Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἀφομοιόω Transliteration: aphomoioō Phonetic Spelling: af-om-oy-o'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make like Meaning: to make like GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G871 GO TO BIBLEHUB G871 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G871 GO TO OPENBIBLE G871 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G871, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἀφομοιόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G871 aphomoioō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: make like. From apo and homoioo; to assimilate closely -- make like. see GREEK apo see GREEK homoioo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 871: ἀφομοιόωἀφομοιόω, ἀφομοιῶ: (perfect passive participle ἀφωμοιωμένος (on augment see WH's Appendix, p. 161)); "to cause a model to pass off (ἀπό) into an image or shape like it — to express itself in it" (cf. ἀπεικάζειν, ἀπεικονίζειν, ἀποπλάσσειν, ἀπομιμεῖσθαι); to copy; to produce a facsimile: τά καλά εἴδη, of painters, Xenophon, mem. 3, 10, 2; often in Plato. Passive to be made like, rendered similar: so Hebrews 7:3. (Epistle Jeremiah 4 (5), 62 (63), 70 (71); and in Plato.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἀφοράω Transliteration: aphoraō Phonetic Spelling: af-or-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to look away from all else at Meaning: to look away from all else at GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G872 GO TO BIBLEHUB G872 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G872 GO TO OPENBIBLE G872 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G872, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἀφοράω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G872 aphoraō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: look. From apo and horao; to consider attentively -- look. see GREEK apo see GREEK horao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 872: ἀφοράωἀφοράω, ἀφόρω; to turn the eyes away from other things and fix them on something; cf. ἀποβλέπω. Tropically, to turn one's mind to: εἰς τινα, Hebrews 12:2 (Winer's Grammar, § 66, 2 d.) (εἰς Θεόν, 4 Macc. 17:10; for examples from Greek writings cf. Bleek on Heb. vol. ii. 2, p. 862). Further, cf. ἀπεῖδον. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἀφορίζω Transliteration: aphorizō Phonetic Spelling: af-or-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to mark off by boundaries from, set apart Meaning: to mark off by boundaries from, set apart GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G873 GO TO BIBLEHUB G873 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G873 GO TO OPENBIBLE G873 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G873, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἀφορίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G873 aphorizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: divide, separate, sever. From apo and horizo; to set off by boundary, i.e. (figuratively) limit, exclude, appoint, etc. -- divide, separate, sever. see GREEK apo see GREEK horizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 873: ἀφορίζωἀφορίζω; imperfect ἀφωριζον; Attic future ἀφοριω Matthew 25:32 (T WH ἀφορίσω); (Winers Grammar, § 13, the passage cited; Buttmann, 37 (32)); 1 aorist ἀφώρισα; passive, perfect participle ἀφωρισμένος; 1 aorist imperative ἀφορίσθητε; (ὁρίζω to make a ὅρος or boundary); "to mark off from (ἀπό) others by boundaries, to limit, to separate": ἑαυτόν, from others, Galatians 2:12; τούς μαθητάς, from those unwilling to obey the gospel, Acts 19:9; ἐκ μέσου τινων, Matthew 13:49; ἀπό τίνος, . Passive in a reflexive sense: 2 Corinthians 6:17. absolutely: in a bad sense, to exclude as disreputable, Luke 6:22; in a good sense, τινα εἰς τί, to appoint, set apart, one for some purpose (to do something), Acts 13:2; Romans 1:1; τινα followed by a telic infinitive, Galatians 1:15 ((?) see the commentaries at the passage). ((Sophocles), Euripides, Plato, Isocrates, Demosthenes, Polybius, others; very often in the Sept. especially for הִבְדִּיל, הֵנִיף, הֵרִים, סָגַר, etc.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἀφορμή Transliteration: aphormē Phonetic Spelling: af-or-may' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a starting point, an occasion Meaning: a starting point, an occasion GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G874 GO TO BIBLEHUB G874 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G874 GO TO OPENBIBLE G874 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G874, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἀφορμή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G874 aphormē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: occasion. From a compound of apo and hormao; a starting-point, i.e. (figuratively) an opportunity -- occasion. see GREEK apo see GREEK hormao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 874: ἀφορμήἀφορμή, ἀφορμῆς, ἡ (ἀπό and ὁρμή which see); 1. properly, a place from which a movement or attack is made, a base of operations: Thucydides 1, 90 (τήν Πελοποννησον πᾶσιν ἀναχωρησιν τέ καί ἀφορμήν ἱκανήν εἶναι); Polybius 1, 41, 6. 2. metaphorically, "that by which endeavor is excited and from which it goes forth; that which gives occasion and supplies matter for an undertaking, the incentive; the resources we avail ourselves of in attempting or performing anything": Xenophon, mem. 3, 12, 4 (τοῖς ἑαυτῶν παισί καλλιους ἀφορμας εἰς τόν βίον καταλειπουσι), and often in Greek writings; λαμβάνειν, to take occasion, find an incentive, Romans 7:8, 11 διδόναι, 2 Corinthians 5:12; 1 Timothy 5:14 (3Macc. 3:2; both phrases often also in Greek writings); 2 Corinthians 11:12; Galatians 5:13. On the meanings of this word see Viger. edition Herm., p. 81f; Phryn. ed. Lob., p. 223f; (Rutherford, New Phryn., p. 304). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἀφρίζω Transliteration: aphrizō Phonetic Spelling: af-rid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to foam at the mouth Meaning: to foam at the mouth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G875 GO TO BIBLEHUB G875 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G875 GO TO OPENBIBLE G875 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G875, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἀφρίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G875 aphrizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: foam. From aphros; to froth at the mouth (in epilepsy) -- foam. see GREEK aphros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 875: ἀφρίζωἀφρίζω; (ἀφρός); to foam: Mark 9:18, 20. (Sophocles El. 719; Diodorus 3, 10; Athen. 11, 43, p. 472 a.; (others).) (Compare: ἐπαφρίζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἀφρός Transliteration: aphros Phonetic Spelling: af-ros' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: foam Meaning: foam GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G876 GO TO BIBLEHUB G876 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G876 GO TO OPENBIBLE G876 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G876, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἀφρός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G876 aphros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: foaming. Apparently a primary word; froth, i.e. Slaver -- foaming. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 876: ἀφρόςἀφρός, ἀφροῦ, ὁ, foam: Luke 9:39. (Homer, Iliad 20, 168; (others).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἀφροσύνη Transliteration: aphrosynē Phonetic Spelling: af-ros-oo'-nay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: foolishness Meaning: foolishness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G877 GO TO BIBLEHUB G877 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G877 GO TO OPENBIBLE G877 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G877, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἀφροσύνη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G877 aphrosynē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: folly, foolishly. From aphron; senselessness, i.e. (euphemistically) egotism; (morally) recklessness -- folly, foolishly(-ness). see GREEK aphron Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 877: ἀφροσύνηἀφροσύνη, ἀφροσύνης, ἡ (ἄφρων), foolishness, folly, senselessness: 2 Corinthians 11:1, 17, 21; thoughtlessness, recklessness, Mark 7:22. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἄφρων Transliteration: aphrōn Phonetic Spelling: af'-rone Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: without reason, foolish Meaning: without reason, foolish GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G878 GO TO BIBLEHUB G878 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G878 GO TO OPENBIBLE G878 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G878, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἄφρων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G878 aphrōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: foolish, unwise. From a (as a negative particle) and phren; properly, mindless, i.e. Stupid, (by implication) ignorant, (specially) egotistic, (practically) rash, or (morally) unbelieving -- fool(-ish), unwise. see GREEK a see GREEK phren Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 878: ἄφρωνἄφρων, ἀφρωνος, ὁ, ἡ, Ἄφρον, τό (from the alpha privative and φρήν, cf. εὔφρων, σώφρων) (from Homer down), properly, without reason ((εἴδωλα, Xenophon, mem. 1, 4, 4); of beasts, ibid. 1, 4, 14), senseless, foolish, stupid; without refection or intelligence, acting rashly: Luke 11:40; Luke 12:20; Romans 2:20; 1 Corinthians 15:36; 2 Corinthians 11:16, 19 (opposed to φρόνιμος, as in Proverbs 11:29); 2 Corinthians 12:6, 11; Ephesians 5:17 (opposed to συνιέντες); 1 Peter 2:15. (A strong term; cf. Schmidt, chapter 147 § 17.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἀφυπνόω Transliteration: aphypnoō Phonetic Spelling: af-oop-no'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to fall asleep Meaning: to fall asleep GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G879 GO TO BIBLEHUB G879 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G879 GO TO OPENBIBLE G879 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G879, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἀφυπνόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G879 aphypnoō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fall asleep. From a compound of apo and hupnos; properly, to become awake, i.e. (by implication) to drop (off) in slumber -- fall asleep. see GREEK apo see GREEK hupnos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 879: ἀφυπνόωἀφυπνόω, ἀφύπνω: 1 aorist ἀφυπνωσα; (ὑπνόω to put to sleep, to sleep); a. to awaken from sleep (Anthol. Pal. 9, 517, 5). b. to fall asleep, to fall off to sleep: Luke 8:23; for this the ancient Greeks used καθυπνόω; see Lobeck ad Phryn., p. 224. (Hermas, vis. 1, 1 [ET].) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἄφωνος Transliteration: aphōnos Phonetic Spelling: af'-o-nos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: without voice, speechless Meaning: without voice, speechless GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G880 GO TO BIBLEHUB G880 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G880 GO TO OPENBIBLE G880 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G880, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἄφωνος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G880 aphōnos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: speechless, mute, silentFrom a (as a negative particle) and phone; voiceless, i.e. Mute (by nature or choice); figuratively, unmeaning -- dumb, without signification. see GREEK a see GREEK phone Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 880: ἄφωνοςἄφωνος, ἁφῶν (φωνή), voiceless, dumb; without the faculty of speech; used of idols, 1 Corinthians 12:2 (cf. Psalm 115:5 (); Habakkuk 2:18); of beasts, 2 Peter 2:16. 1 Corinthians 14:10 τοσαῦτα γένη φωνῶν καί οὐδέν αὐτῶν (L T Tr WH omit αὐτῶν) ἄφωνον, i. e. there is no language destitute of the power of language (R. V. text no kind (of voice) is without signification) (cf. the phrases βίος ἀβίωτος a life unworthy of the name of life, χάρις ἄχαρις). used of one that is patiently silent or dumb: ἀμνός, Acts 8:32 from Isaiah 53:7. (In Greek writings from (Theog.), Pindar, Aeschylus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἄχαζ Transliteration: Achaz Phonetic Spelling: akh-adz' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Ahaz, a king of Judah Meaning: Ahaz -- a king of Judah GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G881 GO TO BIBLEHUB G881 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G881 GO TO OPENBIBLE G881 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G881, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἄχαζ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G881 Achaz 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Achaz. Of Hebrew origin ('Achaz); Achaz, an Israelite -- Achaz. see HEBREW 'Achaz Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 881: ἈχάζἈχάζ (WH Ἀχας), ὁ (so the Sept. for אָחָז possessing, possessor; in Josephus, Ἀχαζης, Ἀχου, ὁ), Ahaz, king of Judah, (from circa to circa ; cf. B. D. under the word ), (2 Kings 16:1ff; 2 Chronicles 28:16ff; Isaiah 7:1ff): Matthew 1:9. STRONGS NT 881: Ἀχας [Ἀχας, Matthew 1:9 WH; see Ἀχάζ.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἀχαϊα Transliteration: Achaia Phonetic Spelling: ach-ah-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Achaia, a Roman province including most of Greece Meaning: Achaia -- a Roman province including most of Greece GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G882 GO TO BIBLEHUB G882 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G882 GO TO OPENBIBLE G882 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G882, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἀχαϊα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G882 Achaia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Achaia. Of uncertain derivation; Achaia (i.e. Greece), a country of Europe -- Achaia. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 882: ἈχαΐαἈχαΐα (WH Ἀχαΐα (see Iota)), Ἀχαΐας, ἡ, Achaia; 1. in a restricted sense, the maritime region of northern Peloponnesus. 2. in a broader sense, from on (yet see Dict. of Geog. under the word), a Roman province embracing all Greece except Thessaly. So in the N. T.: Acts 18:12, 27; Acts 19:21; Romans 15:26; Romans 16:5 Rec.; 1 Corinthians 16:15; 2 Corinthians 1:1; 2 Corinthians 9:2; 2 Corinthians 11:10; 1 Thessalonians 1:7f (B. D. under the word.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἀχαϊκός Transliteration: Achaikos Phonetic Spelling: ach-ah-ee-kos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: "an Achaian", Achaicus, a Christian at Corinth Meaning: Achaicus -- "an Achaian", a Christian at Corinth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G883 GO TO BIBLEHUB G883 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G883 GO TO OPENBIBLE G883 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G883, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἀχαϊκός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G883 Achaikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Achaicus. From Achaia; an Achaian; Achaicus, a Christian -- Achaicus. see GREEK Achaia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 883: ἈχαϊκόςἈχαϊκός, Ἀχαϊκοῦ, ὁ, Achaicus, the name of a Christian of Corinth: 1 Corinthians 16:17. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἀχάριστος Transliteration: acharistos Phonetic Spelling: ach-ar'-is-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: ungracious, ungrateful Meaning: ungracious, ungrateful GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G884 GO TO BIBLEHUB G884 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G884 GO TO OPENBIBLE G884 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G884, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἀχάριστος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G884 acharistos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: unthankful. From a (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of charizomai; thankless, i.e. Ungrateful -- unthankful. see GREEK a see GREEK charizomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 884: ἀχάριστοςἀχάριστος, ἀχαριστον (χαρίζομαι), ungracious; a. unpleasing (Homer, Odyssey 8, 236; 20, 392; Xenophon, oec. 7, 37; others). b. unthankful (so in Greek writings from Herodotus 1, 90 down): Luke 6:35; 2 Timothy 3:2. (Sir. 29:17; Wis. 16:29.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἀχείμ Transliteration: Acheim Phonetic Spelling: akh-ime' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Achim, an ancestor of Christ Meaning: Achim -- an ancestor of Christ GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G885 GO TO BIBLEHUB G885 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G885 GO TO OPENBIBLE G885 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G885, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἀχείμ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G885 Acheim 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Achim. Probably of Hebrew origin (compare Yowqiym); Achim, an Israelite -- Achim. see HEBREW Yowqiym Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 885: ἈχείμἈχείμ, ὁ, Achim, proper name of one of the ancestors of Christ, not mentioned in the O. T.: Matthew 1:14. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἀχειροποίητος Transliteration: acheiropoiētos Phonetic Spelling: akh-i-rop-oy'-ay-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: not made by hands Meaning: not made by hands GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G886 GO TO BIBLEHUB G886 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G886 GO TO OPENBIBLE G886 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G886, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἀχειροποίητος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G886 acheiropoiētos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: not made with hands. From a (as a negative particle) and cheiropoietos; unmanufactured, i.e. Inartificial -- made without (not made with) hands. see GREEK a see GREEK cheiropoietos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 886: ἀχειροποίητοςἀχειροποίητος, ἀχειροποίητον (χειροποίητος, which see), not made with hands: Mark 14:58; 2 Corinthians 5:1; Colossians 2:11 (where cf. Lightfoot). (Found neither in secular authors nor in the Sept. (Winer's Grammar, § 34, 3).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἀχλύς Transliteration: achlys Phonetic Spelling: akh-looce' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a mist Meaning: a mist GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G887 GO TO BIBLEHUB G887 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G887 GO TO OPENBIBLE G887 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G887, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἀχλύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G887 achlys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: mist. Of uncertain derivation; dimness of sight, i.e. (probably) a cataract -- mist. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 887: ἀχλύςἀχλύς, ἀχλυος, ἡ, a mist, dimness (Latincaligo), especially over the eyes (a poetic word, often in Homer; then in Hesiod, Aeschylus; in prose writings from (Aristotle, meteor. 2, 8, p. 367{b}, 17 etc. and) Polybius 34, 11, 15 on; (of a cataract, Dioscor. Cf. Trench, § c.)): Acts 13:11. (Josephus, Antiquities 9, 4, 3 τάς τῶν πολεμίων ὄψεις ἀμαυρωσαι τόν Θεόν παρεκάλει ἀχλυν αὐταῖς ἐπιβαλοντα. Metaphorically, of the mind, Clement of Rome, 2 Cor. 1, 6 [ET] ἀχλυος γέμειν.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἀχρεῖος Transliteration: achreios Phonetic Spelling: akh-ri'-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: useless Meaning: useless GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G888 GO TO BIBLEHUB G888 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G888 GO TO OPENBIBLE G888 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G888, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἀχρεῖος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G888 achreios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: unprofitable. From a (as a negative particle) and a derivative of chre (compare chreia); useless, i.e. (euphemistically) unmeritorious -- unprofitable. see GREEK a see GREEK chre see GREEK chreia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 888: ἀχρεῖοςἀχρεῖος, ἀχρεῖον (χρεῖος useful), useless, good for nothing: Matthew 25:30 (δοῦλος, cf. Plato, Alc. 1:17, p. 122 b. τῶν οἰκετῶν τόν ἀχρειοτατον); by an hyperbole of pious modesty in Luke 17:10 'the servant' calls himself ἀχρεῖον, because, although he has done all, yet he has done nothing except what he ought to have done; accordingly he possesses no merit, and could only claim to be called 'profitable,' should he do more than what he is bound to do; cf. Bengel, at the passage. (Often in Greek writings from Homer down; Xenophon, mem. 1, 2, 54 ἀχρεῖον καί ἀνωφελές. The Sept. 2 Samuel 6:22 equivalent to שָׁפָל low, base.) (Synonyms: cf. Tittmann ii., p. 11f; Ellicott on Philemon 1:11.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἀχρειόω Transliteration: achreioō Phonetic Spelling: akh-ri-o'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make useless Meaning: to make useless GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G889 GO TO BIBLEHUB G889 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G889 GO TO OPENBIBLE G889 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G889, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἀχρειόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G889 achreioō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: become unprofitable, render uselessFrom achreios; to render useless, i.e. Spoil -- become unprofitable. see GREEK achreios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 889: ἀχρειόωἀχρειόω, ἀχρειω: 1 aorist passive ἠχρειωθην; (ἀχρεῖος, which see); to make useless, render unserviceable: of character, Romans 3:12 (from Psalm 13:3 (), where L marginal reading T Tr WH read ἠχρεώθησαν from the rarer ἀχρεος equivalent to ἀχρεῖος. (Several times properly, in Polybius) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἄχρηστος Transliteration: achrēstos Phonetic Spelling: akh'-race-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: useless Meaning: useless GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G890 GO TO BIBLEHUB G890 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G890 GO TO OPENBIBLE G890 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G890, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἄχρηστος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G890 achrēstos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: unprofitable, uselessFrom a (as a negative particle) and chrestos; inefficient, i.e. (by implication) detrimental -- unprofitable. see GREEK a see GREEK chrestos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 890: ἄχρηστοςἄχρηστος, ἄχρηστον (χρηστός, and this from χράομαι), useless, unprofitable: Philemon 1:11 (here opposed to εὔχρηστος). (In Greek writings from Homer (i. e. Batrach. 70; Theognis) down.) (Synonyms: cf. Tittmann ii. 11f; Trench, § c. 17; Ellicott on Philemon 1:11.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἄχρι Transliteration: achri Phonetic Spelling: akh'-ree Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: until, as far as Meaning: until, as far as GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G891 GO TO BIBLEHUB G891 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G891 GO TO OPENBIBLE G891 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G891, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἄχρι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G891 achri 🕊 Strong's Concordance: as far as, for, until, while. Or achris akh'-rece; akin to akron (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to -- as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare mechri. see GREEK akron see GREEK mechri Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 891: ἄχριἄχρι and ἄχρις (the latter of which in the N. T. is nowhere placed before a consonant, but the former before both vowels and consonants, although euphony is so far regarded that we almost constantly find ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας, ἄχρις οὗ, cf. Buttmann, 10 (9); (Winer's Grammar, 42); and ἄχρι οὗ is not used except in Acts 7:18 and Revelation 2:25 by L T Tr WH and Luke 21:24 by T Tr WH; (to these instances must now be added 1 Corinthians 11:26 T WH; T WH; Romans 11:25 WH (see their Appendix, p. 148); on the usage in secular authors (`where ἄχρι is the only Attic form, but in later authors the epic ἄχρις prevailed', Liddell and Scott, under the word) cf. Lobeck, Pathol. Elementa, vol. ii., p. 210f; Rutherford, New Phryn., p. 64; further, Klotz ad Devar. vol. ii. 1, p. 230f)); a particle indicating the terminus ad quem. (On its use in the Greek writings cf. Klotz as above, p. 224ff). It has the force now of a preposition now of a conjunction, even to; until, to the time that; (on its derivation see below). 1. as a preposition it takes the genitive (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 54, 6), and is used a. of place: Acts 11:5; Acts 13:6; Acts 20:4 (T Tr marginal reading WH omit; Tr text brackets); Acts 28:15; 2 Corinthians 10:13; Hebrews 4:12 (see μερισμός, 2); Revelation 14:20; Revelation 18:5. b. of Time: ἄχρι καιροῦ, until a season that seemed to him opportune, Luke 4:13 (but cf. καιρός, 2 a.); until a certain time, for a season, Acts 13:11; (ἄχρι (vel μέχρι, which see 1 a.) τοῦ θερισμοῦ, Matthew 13:30 WH marginal reading cf. ἕως, II. 5); ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας until the day that etc. Matthew 24:38; Luke 1:20; Luke 17:27; Acts 1:2; (ἄχρι (Rec. et al. ἕως) τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς, Acts 1:22 Tdf.); ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας and ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης, Acts 2:29; Acts 23:1; Acts 26:22; ἄχρι (ἄχρις R G) ἡμερῶν πέντε even to the space of five days, i. e. after (A. V. in) five days, Acts 20:6; ἄχρις (ἄχρι T Tr WH) αὐγῆς, Acts 20:11; ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν, Romans 8:22; Philippians 1:5; ἄχρι τέλους, Hebrews 6:11; Revelation 2:26; see besides, Acts 3:21; (Acts 22:22); Romans 1:13; Romans 5:13; 1 Corinthians 4:11; 2 Corinthians 3:14; Galatians 4:2; Philippians 1:6 (ἄχρι L T WH). c. of Manner and Degree: ἄχρι θανάτου, Acts 22:4 (even to delivering unto death); Revelation 2:10 (to the enduring of death itself); Revelation 12:11; and, in the option of many interpreters, Hebrews 4:12 (see μερισμός, 2). d. joined to the relative οὗ (ἄχρις οὗ for ἄχρι τούτου, ᾧ) it has the force of a conjunction, until, to the time that: followed by the indicative preterite, of things that actually occurred and up to the beginning of which something continued, Acts 7:18 (ἄχρις οὗ ἀνέστη βασιλεύς); . followed by a subjunctive aorist having the force of a future perfect, Luke 21:24 L T Tr WH; Romans 11:25; 1 Corinthians 11:26 (Rec. ἄχρις οὗ ἄν); Galatians 3:19 (not WH text (see 2 below)); Galatians 4:19 (T Tr WH μεχρες); Revelation 7:3 Rec.elz G; ἄχρις οὗ ἄν until, whenever it may be (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 42, 5 b.), 1 Corinthians 15:25 (Rec.); Revelation 2:25. with indicative present as long as: Hebrews 3:13; cf. Bleek at the passage and Buttmann, 231 (199). 2. ἄχρις without οὗ has the force of a simple conjunction, until, to the time that: followed by subjunctive aorist, Luke 21:24 R G; Revelation 7:3 L T Tr WH; ; (Revelation 17:17 Rec.); Revelation 20:3 ( G L T Tr WH); with indicative future, Revelation 17:17 (L T Tr WH); (ἄχρις ἄν followed by subjunctive aorist, Galatians 3:19 WH text (see 1 d. above)). Since ἄχρι is akin to ἀκή and ἄκρος (but cf. Vanicek, p. 22; Curtius, § 166), and μέχρι to μῆκος, μακρός, by the use of the former particle the reach to which a thing is said to extend is likened to a height, by use of μέχρι, to a length; ἄχρι, indicating ascent, signifies up to; μέχρι, indicating extent, is unto, as far as; cf. Klotz as above, p. 225f. But this primitive distinction is often disregarded, and each particle used of the same thing; cf. ἄχρι τέλους, Hebrews 6:11; μέχρι τέλους, Hebrews 3:6, 14; Xenophon, symp. 4, 37 περιεστι μοι καί ἐσθίοντι ἀρχι τοῦ μή πεινην ἀφίκεσθαι καί πινοντι μέχρι τοῦ μή διψην. Cf. Fritzsche on Romans 5:13, vol i., p. 308ff; .(Ellicott on 2 Timothy 2:9. Ἄχρι occurs 20 times in the writings of Luke; elsewhere in the four Gospels only in Matthew 24:38.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἄχυρον Transliteration: achyron Phonetic Spelling: akh'-oo-ron Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: chaff Meaning: chaff GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G892 GO TO BIBLEHUB G892 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G892 GO TO OPENBIBLE G892 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G892, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἄχυρον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G892 achyron 🕊 Strong's Concordance: chaff. Perhaps remotely from cheo (to shed forth); chaff (as diffusive) -- chaff. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 892: ἄχυρονἄχυρον, ἀχύρου, τό, "a stalk of grain from which the kernels have been beaten out; straw broken up by a threshing-machine, chaff": Matthew 3:12; Luke 3:17. (In Greek writings from Herodotus 4, 72; Xenophon, oec. 18. 1, 2, 6 down; mostly in plural τά ἄχυρα; in Job 21:18 the Sept. also of the chaff accustomed to being driven away by the wind.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἀψευδής Transliteration: apseudēs Phonetic Spelling: aps-yoo-dace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: free from falsehood Meaning: free from falsehood GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G893 GO TO BIBLEHUB G893 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G893 GO TO OPENBIBLE G893 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G893, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἀψευδής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G893 apseudēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: that cannot lie. From a (as a negative particle) and pseudos; veracious -- that cannot lie. see GREEK a see GREEK pseudos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 893: ἀψευδήςἀψευδής, ἀψευδες (ψεῦδος), without lie, truthful: Titus 1:2. (In Greek writings from Hesiod theog. 233 down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἄψινθος Transliteration: apsinthos Phonetic Spelling: ap'-sin-thos Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine; Noun, Masculine Short Definition: wormwood Meaning: Wormwood GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G894 GO TO BIBLEHUB G894 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G894 GO TO OPENBIBLE G894 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G894, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἄψινθος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G894 apsinthos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wormwood. Of uncertain derivation; wormwood (as a type of bitterness, i.e. (figuratively) calamity) -- wormwood. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 894: ἄψινθοςἄψινθος, ἀψινθου, ἡ, wormwood, Absinthe: Revelation 8:11; ἄψινθος ibid. is given as a proper name to the star which fell into the waters and made them bitter. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἄψυχος Transliteration: apsychos Phonetic Spelling: ap'-soo-khos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: lifeless Meaning: lifeless GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G895 GO TO BIBLEHUB G895 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G895 GO TO OPENBIBLE G895 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G895, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἄψυχος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G895 apsychos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: without life. From a (as a negative particle) and psuche; lifeless, i.e. Inanimate (mechanical) -- without life. see GREEK a see GREEK psuche Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 895: ἄψυχοςἄψυχος, ἀψυχον (ψυχή), without a soul, lifeless: 1 Corinthians 14:7. (In Greek writings from (Archilochus (), Simonides and) Aeschylus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βάαλ Transliteration: Baal Phonetic Spelling: bah'-al Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Baal, a Canaanite deity Meaning: Baal -- a Canaanite deity GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G896 GO TO BIBLEHUB G896 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G896 GO TO OPENBIBLE G896 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G896, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βάαλ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G896 Baal 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Baal. Of Hebrew origin (Ba'al); Baal, a Phoenician deity (used as a symbol of idolatry) -- Baal. see HEBREW Ba'al Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 896: ΒάαλΒάαλ (so accented also by Pape (Eigenn. under the word), Kuenen and Cobet (Rom. as below); but L T (yet the name of the month, 1 Kings 6:5 (38), Βάαλ) Tr WH etc. Βάαλ; so Etym. Magn. 194, 19; Suidas 1746 a. etc. Dindorf in Stephanus' Thesaurus, under the word Βάαλ or Βάαλ), ὁ, ἡ, an indeclinable noun (Hebrew בַּעַל, Chaldean בּל contracted from בְּעֵל), lord: Romans 11:4. This was the name of the supreme heavenly divinity worshipped by the Shemitic nations (the Phoenicians, Canaanites, Babylonians, Assyrians), often also by the Israelites themselves, and represented by the Sun: τῇ Βάαλ, Romans 11:4. Cf. Winers RWB (and BB. DD.) under the word and J. G. Müller in Herzog i., p. 637ff; Merx in Schenkel i., 322ff; Schlottmann in Riehm, p. 126f. Since in this form the supreme power of nature generating all things, and consequently a male deity, was worshipped, with which the female deity Astarte was associated, it is hard to explain why the Sept. in some places say ὁ Βάαλ (Numbers 22:41; Judges 2:13; 1 Kings 16:1; 1 Kings 19:18, etc.), in others ἡ Βάαλ (Hosea 2:8; 1 Samuel 7:4, etc. (yet see Dillmann, as below, p. 617)). Among the various conjectures on tiffs subject the easiest is this: that the Sept. called the deity ἡ Βάαλ in derision, as weak and impotent, just as the Arabs call idols goddesses and the rabbis אֱלֹהות; so Gesenius in Rosenmüller's Repert. i., p. 139 and Tholuck on Romans, the passage cited; (yet cf. Dillmann, as below, p. 602; for other opinions and references see Meyer at the passage; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 27, 6 N. 1. But Prof. Dillmann shows (in the Monatsbericht d. Akad. zu Berlin, 16 Juni 1881, p. 601ff), that the Jews (just as they abstained from pronouncing the word Jehovah) avoided uttering the abhorred name of Βάαλ (Exodus 23:13). As a substitute in Aramaic they read טעות, דחלא or פתכרא, and in Greek αἰσχύνη (cf. 1 Kings 18:19, 25). This substitute in Greek was suggested by the use of the feminine article. Hence, we find in the Sept., ἡ Βάαλ everywhere in the prophetic books Jeremiah, Zephaniah, Hosea, etc., while in the Pentateuch it does not prevail, nor even in Judges, Samuel, Kings (except 1 Samuel 7:4; 2 Kings 21:3). It disappears, too (when the worship of Baal had died out) in the later versions of Aq., Symm., etc. The apostle's use in Romans, the passage cited accords with the sacred custom; cf. the substitution of the Hebrew בֹּשֶׁת in Ish-bosheth, Mephi-bosheth, etc. 2 Samuel 2:8, 10; 2 Samuel 4:4 with 1 Chronicles 8:33, 34, also 2 Samuel 11:21 with Judges 6:32; etc.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βαβυλών Transliteration: Babylōn Phonetic Spelling: bab-oo-lone' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: "gate of god(s)", Babylon, a large city situated astride the Euphrates river Meaning: Babylon -- "gate of god(s)", a large city situated astride the Euphrates river GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G897 GO TO BIBLEHUB G897 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G897 GO TO OPENBIBLE G897 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G897, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βαβυλών [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G897 Babylōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Babylon. Of Hebrew origin (Babel); Babylon, the capitol of Chaldaea (literally or figuratively (as a type of tyranny)) -- Babylon. see HEBREW Babel Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 897: ΒαβυλώνΒαβυλών, Βαβυλῶνος, ἡ (Hebrew בָּבֶל from בָּלַל to confound, according to Genesis 11:9; cf. Aeschylus Pers. 52 Βαβυλών δ' ἡ πολύχρυσος παμμικτον ὄχλον πέμπει σύρδην. But more correctly, as it seems, from בַּל בָּאב the gate i. e. the court or city of Belus (Assyr.Bab-Il the Gate of God; (perhaps of Il, the supreme God); cf. Schrader, Keilinschr. u. d. Alt. Test. 2te Aufl., p. 127f; Oppert in the Zeitsch. d. Deutsch. Morg. Gesellschaft, viii., p. 595)), Babylon, formerly a very celebrated and large city, the residence of the Babylonian kings, situated on both banks of the Euphrates. Cyrus had formerly captured it, but Darius Hystaspis threw down its gates and walls, and Xerxes destroyed (?) the temple of Belus. At length the city was reduced almost to a solitude, the population having been drawn off by the neighboring Seleucia, built on the Tigris by Seleucus Nicanor. (Cf. Prof. Rawlinson in B. D. under the word and his Herodotus, vol. i. Essays vi. and viii., vol. ii. Essay iv.) The name is used in the N. T. 1. of the city itself: Acts 7:43; 1 Peter 5:13 (where some have understood Babylon, a small town in Egypt, to be referred to; but in opposition cf. Mayerhoff, Einl. in die petrin. Schriften, p. 126ff; (cf. 3 at the end below)). 2. of the territory, Babylonia: Matthew 1:11f, 17; (often so in Greek writings). 3. allegorically, of Rome as the most corrupt seat of idolatry and the enemy of Christianity: Revelation 14:8 (here Rec.elz Βαβουλων); (in the opinion of some 1 Peter 5:13 also; (cf. 1 at the end, above)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαθμός Transliteration: bathmos Phonetic Spelling: bath-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a step, degree Meaning: a step, degree GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G898 GO TO BIBLEHUB G898 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G898 GO TO OPENBIBLE G898 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G898, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαθμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G898 bathmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: degree. From the same as bathos; a step, i.e. (figuratively) grade (of dignity) -- degree. see GREEK bathos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 898: βαθμόςβαθμός, βαθμου, ὁ (from the obsolete βάω equivalent to βαίνω, like σταθμός (from ἵστημι), threshold, step; of a grade of dignity and wholesome influence in the church (R. V. standing), 1 Timothy 3:13 (cf. Ellicott at the passage). (Used by (the Sept. 1 Samuel 5:5; 2 Kings 20:9; also Sir. 6:36); Strabo (Plutarch), Lucian, Appian, Artemidorus Daldianus (others); cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 324.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βάθος Transliteration: bathos Phonetic Spelling: bath'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: depth Meaning: depth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G899 GO TO BIBLEHUB G899 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G899 GO TO OPENBIBLE G899 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G899, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βάθος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G899 bathos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: deepness, depth. From the same as bathus; profundity, i.e. (by implication) extent; (figuratively) mystery -- deep(-ness, things), depth. see GREEK bathus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 899: βάθοςβάθος, βαθέος (βάθους), τό (connected with the obsolete verb βάζω, βάω (but cf. Curtius, § 635; Vanicek, p. 195); cf. βαθύς, βάσσων, and ὁ βυθός, ὁ βύσσος; German Boden), depth, height — (accusative, as measured down or up); 1. properly: Matthew 13:5; Mark 4:5; Romans 8:39 (opposed to ὕψωμα); Ephesians 3:18 (opposed to ὕψος); of 'the deep' sea (the 'high seas'), Luke 5:4 2. metaphorically: ἡ κατά βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν, deep, extreme, poverty, 2 Corinthians 8:2; τά βάθη τοῦ Θεοῦ the deep things of God, things hidden and above man's scrutiny, especially the divine counsels, 1 Corinthians 2:10 (τοῦ Σατανᾶ, Revelation 2:24 Rec.; καρδίας ἀνθρώπου, Judith 8:14; (τά βαθα τῆς θείας γνώσεως, Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 40, 1 [ET] (cf. Lightfoot at the passage))); inexhaustible abundance, immense amount, πλούτου, Romans 11:33 (so also Sophocles Aj. 130; βαθύς πλοῦτος, Aelian v. h. 3, 18; κακῶν (Aeschylus Pers. 465, 712); Euripides, Hel. 303; the Sept. Proverbs 18:3). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαθύνω Transliteration: bathynō Phonetic Spelling: bath-oo'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to deepen Meaning: to deepen GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G900 GO TO BIBLEHUB G900 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G900 GO TO OPENBIBLE G900 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G900, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαθύνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G900 bathynō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: deep. From bathus; to deepen -- deep. see GREEK bathus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 900: βαθύνωβαθύνω: (impf ἐβαθυνον); (βαθύς); to make deep: Luke 6:48, where ἔσκαψε καί ἐβάθυνε is not used for βαθέως ἔσκαψε, but ἐβάθυνε expresses the continuation of the work (he dug and deepened i. e. went deep); cf. Winers Grammar, § 54, 5. (In Greek writings from Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαθύς Transliteration: bathys Phonetic Spelling: bath-oos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: deep Meaning: deep GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G901 GO TO BIBLEHUB G901 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G901 GO TO OPENBIBLE G901 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G901, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαθύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G901 bathys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: deepFrom the base of basis; profound (as going down), literally or figuratively -- deep, very early. see GREEK basis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 901: βαθέωςβαθέως, adverb, deeply: ὄρθρου βαθέως namely, ὄντος (cf. Bernhardy (1829), p. 338), deep in the morning, at early dawn, Luke 24:1 L T Tr WH; so Meyer at the passage But βαθέως here is more correctly taken as the Attic form of the genitive from βαθύς, which see; cf. Buttmann, 26 (23); (Lob. Phryn., p. 247). STRONGS NT 901: βαθύςβαθύς, βαθεῖα, βαθύ (cf. βάθος), deep; properly: John 4:11. metaphorically: ὕπνος, a deep sleep, Acts 20:9 (Sir. 22:7; often also in Greek writings); ὄρθρος (see βαθέως), Luke 24:1 ((Aristophanes vesp. 215); Plato, Crito 43 a.; Polyaen. 4, 9, 1; ἔτι βαθέος ὄρθρου, Plato, Prot. 310 a. (cf. also Philo de mutat. nom. § 30; de vita Moys. i. § 32)); τά βαθέα τοῦ Σατανᾶ, Revelation 2:24 (G L T Tr WH; cf. βάθος). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαΐον Transliteration: baion Phonetic Spelling: bah-ee'-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a palm branch Meaning: a palm branch GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G902 GO TO BIBLEHUB G902 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G902 GO TO OPENBIBLE G902 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G902, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαΐον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G902 baion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: palm branchA diminutive of a derivative probably of the base of basis; a palm twig (as going out far) -- branch. see GREEK basis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 902: βάϊονβάϊον (others also βάϊον (or even βάϊον, Chandler edition 1, p. 272); on its derivation (from the Egyptian) cf. Stephanus' Thesaurus under the word βάϊς), βαιου, τό, a palm-branch; with τῶν φονικων added (so Test xii. Patr. test. Naph. § 5) (after the fashion of οἰκοδεσπότης τῆς οἰκίας, ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν (cf. Winer's Grammar, 603 (561))), John 12:13. (A Biblical and ecclesiastical word: 1 Macc. 13:51; Song of Solomon 7:8 Symm.; Leviticus 23:40 unknown translation. In the Greek church Palm-Sunday is called ἡ κυριακῇ τῶν βαΐων. Cf. Fischer, De vitiis Lexicons of the N. T., p. 18ff; (Sturz, Dial. Maced. etc., p. 88f; especially Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βαλαάμ Transliteration: Balaam Phonetic Spelling: bal-ah-am' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Balaam, an unrighteous prophet Meaning: Balaam -- an unrighteous prophet GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G903 GO TO BIBLEHUB G903 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G903 GO TO OPENBIBLE G903 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G903, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βαλαάμ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G903 Balaam 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Balaam. Of Hebrew origin (Bil'am); Balaam, a Mesopotamian (symbolic of a false teacher) -- Balaam. see HEBREW Bil'am Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 903: ΒαλαάμΒαλαάμ, ὁ, indeclinable (in the Sept. for בִּלְעָם, according to Gesenius (perhaps) from בַּל and עָם non-populus, i. e. foreign; according to Jo. Simonis equivalent to עָם בֶּלַע a swallowing up of the people; in Josephus, ὁ Βαλαμος), Balaam (or Bileam), a native of Pethor a city of Mesopotamia, endued by Jehovah with prophetic power. He was hired by Balak (see Βαλάκ) to curse the Israelites; and influenced by the love of reward, he wished to gratify Balak; but he was compelled by Jehovah's power to bless them (Numbers 22-24; Deuteronomy 23:5; Joshua 13:22; Joshua 24:9; Micah 6:5). Hence, the later Jews saw in him a most abandoned deceiver: Revelation 2:14; 2 Peter 2:15; Jude 1:11. Cf. Winers RWB (and BB. DD.) under the word. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βαλάκ Transliteration: Balak Phonetic Spelling: bal-ak' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Balak, a king of the Moabites Meaning: Balak -- a king of the Moabites GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G904 GO TO BIBLEHUB G904 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G904 GO TO OPENBIBLE G904 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G904, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βαλάκ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G904 Balak 🕊 Strong's Concordance: BalakOf Hebrew origin (Balaq); Balak, a Moabite -- Balac. see HEBREW Balaq Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 904: ΒαλάκΒαλάκ, ὁ, indeclinable (בָּלַק empty (so Gesenius in his Thesaurus, but in his later works he adopts (with Fürst, et al.) an active sense 'one who makes empty,' 'a devastator,' 'spoiler'; see B. D. American edition, under the word)), Balak, king of the Moabites (Numbers 22:2f and elsewhere): Revelation 2:14. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαλάντιον Transliteration: balantion Phonetic Spelling: bal-an'-tee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a purse Meaning: a purse GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G905 GO TO BIBLEHUB G905 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G905 GO TO OPENBIBLE G905 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G905, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαλάντιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G905 balantion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bag, purse. Probably remotely from ballo (as a depository); a pouch (for money) -- bag, purse. see GREEK ballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 905: βαλάντιονβαλάντιον and βαλλάντιον (so L T Tr WH; cf. (Tdf. Proleg., p. 79); Fritzsche on Mark, p. 620; Winers Grammar, p. 43; Passow, Lex. (also Liddell and Scott) under the word), βαλαντίου, τό, a money-bag, purse: Luke 10:4; Luke 12:33; Luke 22:35f (the Sept. Job 14:17 cf. (Simonides 181); Aristophanes ran. 772; Xenophon, syrup. 4, 2; Plato, Gorgias, p. 508 e.; Herodian, 5, 4, 4 (3, Bekker edition), and other writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βάλλω Transliteration: ballō Phonetic Spelling: bal'-lo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to throw, cast Meaning: to throw, cast GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G906 GO TO BIBLEHUB G906 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G906 GO TO OPENBIBLE G906 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G906, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βάλλω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G906 ballō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cast out, send, throw down, thrust A primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense) -- arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare rhipto. see GREEK rhipto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 906: βάλλωβάλλω; future βάλω; perfect βέβληκα; 2 aorist ἔβαλον (3 person plural ἔβαλον in Luke 23:34; Acts 16:23, ἔβαλαν, the Alex. form, in Acts 16:37 L T Tr WH; (Revelation 18:19 Lachmann, see WH's Appendix, p. 165 and) for references ἀπέρχομαι at the beginning); passive (present βάλλομαι); perfect βέβλημαι; pluperfect ἐβεβλημην; 1 aorist ἐβλήθην; 1 future βληθήσομαι; to throw — either with force, or without force yet with a purpose, or even carelessly; 1. with force and effort: βάλλειν τινα ῥαπισμασι to smite one with slaps, to buffet, Mark 14:65 Rec. (an imitation of the phrases, τινα βάλλειν λίθοις, βελεσι, τόξοις, etc., κακοῖς, ψόγῳ, σκωμμασι, etc., in Greek writings; cf. Passow, i., p. 487; (Liddell and Scott, under the word I. 1 and 3); for the Rec. ἔβαλλον we must read with Fritzsche and Schott ἔβαλον, from which arose ἔλαβον, adopted by L T Tr WH; βαλεῖν and λαβεῖν are often confounded in manuscripts; cf. Grimm on 2 Macc. 5:6; (Scrivener, Introduction, p. 10)); βάλλειν λίθους ἐπί τίνι or τινα, John 8:(),; χοῦν ἐπί τάς κεφαλάς, Revelation 18:19 (WH marginal reading ἐπέβαλον); κονιορτόν εἰς τόν ἀέρα, Acts 22:23; τί εἰς τήν θάλασσαν, Mark 9:42; Revelation 8:8; Revelation 18:21; εἰς τό πῦρ, Matthew 3:10; Matthew 18:8; Luke 3:9; Mark 9:22; John 15:6; εἰς κλίβανον, Matthew 6:30; Luke 12:28; εἰς γηνναν, Matthew 5:(29),30 (R G); Mark 9:47; εἰς τήν γῆν, Revelation 8:5, 7; Revelation 12:4, 9, 13; εἰς τήν ληνόν, Revelation 14:19; εἰς τήν λίμνην, Revelation 19:20; Revelation 20:10, 14f; εἰς τήν ἄβυσσον, Revelation 20:3; absolutely and in the passive to be violently displaced from a position gained, Revelation 12:10 L T Tr WH. an attack of disease is said βάλλειν τινα εἰς κλίνην, Revelation 2:22; passive to lie sick abed, be prostrated by sickness: βέβλημαι ἐπί κλίνης, Matthew 9:2; Mark 7:30 (R G L marginal reading); with ἐπί κλίνης omitted, Matthew 8:6, 14, cf. Luke 16:20; τινα εἰς φυλακήν, to cast one into prison, Matthew 5:25; Matthew 18:30; Luke 12:58; Luke 23:19 (R G L),25; John 3:24; Acts 16:23f, 37; Revelation 2:10; (βάλλειν ἐπί τινα τήν χεῖρα or τάς χεῖρας to lay hand or hands on one, apprehend him, John 7:44 L Tr WH, also 30 L marginal reading); δρέπανον εἰς γῆν to apply with force, thrust in, the sickle, Revelation 14:19; μάχαιραν βάλλειν (to cast, send) ἐπί τήν γῆν, Matthew 10:34, which phrase gave rise to another found in the same passage, viz., βάλλειν εἰρήνην ἐπί τήν γῆν, to cast (send) peace; ἔξω, to cast out or forth: Matthew 5:13; Matthew 13:48; Luke 14:35 (34); 1 John 4:18; John 15:6; ἑαυτόν κάτω to cast oneself down: Matthew 4:6; Luke 4:9; ἑαυτόν εἰς τήν θάλασσαν, John 21:7; passive in a reflexive sense (Buttmann, 52 (45)), βλήθητι, Matthew 21:21; Mark 11:23; τί ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ to cast a thing from oneself, throw it away: Matthew 5:29; Matthew 18:8; ὕδωρ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, Revelation 12:15f (cast out of his mouth, LutherschossausihremMunde); ἐνώπιον with the genitive of place, to cast before (eagerly lay down), Revelation 4:10; of a tree casting its fruit because violently shaken by the wind, Revelation 6:13. Intransitive, to rush (throw oneself (cf. Winers Grammar, 251 (236); 381 (357) note{1}; Buttmann, 145 (127))): Acts 27:14; (Homer, Iliad 11, 722; 23, 462, and other writings; (cf. Liddell and Scott, under the word III. 1)). 2. without force and effort; to throw or let go of a thing without caring where it falls: κλῆρον to cast a lot into the urn (B. D. under the word Lot), Matthew 27:35; Mark 15:24; Luke 23:34; John 19:24 from Psalm 21:19 (); (κυβους, Plato, legg. 12, p. 968 e. and in other writings). to scatter: κοπρία (Rec.st] κοπρίαν), Luke 13:8; seed ἐπί τῆς γῆς, Mark 4:26; εἰς κῆπον, Luke 13:19. to throw, cast, into: ἀργύριον εἰς τόν κορβανᾶν (L marginal reading Tr marginal reading κορβᾶν), Matthew 27:6; χαλκόν, δῶρα, etc., εἰς τό γαζοφυλάκιον, Mark 12:41-44; Luke 21:1-4, cf. John 12:6. βάλλειν τί τίνι, to throw, cast, a thing to: τόν ἄρτον τοῖς κυναρίοις, Matthew 15:26; Mark 7:21; ἔμπροσθεν τίνος, Matthew 7:6; ἐνώπιον τίνος, Revelation 2:14 (see σκάνδαλον, b. β.); to give over to one's care uncertain about the result: ἀργύριον τοῖς τραπεζίταις, to deposit, Matthew 25:27. of fluids, to pour, to pour in: followed by εἰς, Matthew 9:17; Mark 2:22; Luke 5:37; John 13:5 (οἶνον εἰς τόν πιθον, Epictetus 4, 13, 12; of rivers, ῥων εἰς ἅλα, Ap. Rhod. 2, 401, etc.; the Sept. Judges 6:19 (Ald., Complutensian)); to pour out, ἐπί τίνος, Matthew 26:12. 3. to move, give motion to, not with force yet with attention and for a purpose; εἰς τί, to put into, insert: Mark 7:33 (τούς δακτύλους εἰς τά ὦτα); John 20:25, 27; John 18:11; χαλινούς εἰς τό στόμα James 3:3; to let down, cast down: John 5:7; Matthew 4:18 (cf. Mark 1:16 Rec.); Matthew 17:27. Metaphorically: εἰς τήν καρδίαν τίνος, to suggest, John 13:2 (τί ἐν θυμῷ τίνος, Homer, Odyssey 1, 201; 14, 269; εἰς νοῦν, schol. ad Pindar Pythagoras 4, 133; others; ἐμβάλλειν εἰς νοῦν τίνι, Plutarch, vit. Timol c. 3). (Compare: ἀμφιβάλλω, ἀναβάλλω, ἀντιβάλλω, ἀποβάλλω, διαβάλλω, ἐκβάλλω, ἐμβάλλω, παρεμβάλλω, ἐπιβάλλω, καταβάλλω, μεταβάλλω, παραβάλλω, περιβάλλω, προβάλλω, συμβάλλω, ὑπερβάλλω, ὑποβάλλω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαπτίζω Transliteration: baptizō Phonetic Spelling: bap-tid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to dip, sink Meaning: to dip, sink GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G907 GO TO BIBLEHUB G907 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G907 GO TO OPENBIBLE G907 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G907, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαπτίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G907 baptizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: baptize, wash. From a derivative of bapto; to immerse, submerge; to make whelmed (i.e. Fully wet); used only (in the New Testament) of ceremonial ablution, especially (technically) of the ordinance of Christian baptism -- Baptist, baptize, wash. see GREEK bapto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 907: βαπτίζωβαπτίζω; (imperfect ἐβαπτιζον); future βαπτίσω; 1 aorist ἐβάπτισα; passive (present βαπτίζομαι); imperfect ἐβαπτιζομην; perfect participle βεβαπτισμενος; 1 aorist ἐβαπτίσθην; 1 future βαπτισθήσομαι; 1 aorist middle ἐβαπτισαμην; (frequent. (?) from βάπτω, like βαλλίζω from βάλλω); here and there in Plato, Polybius, Diodorus, Strabo, Josephus, Plutarch, others. I. 1. properly, to dip repeatedly, to immerge, submerge (of vessels sunk, Polybius 1, 51, 6; 8, 8, 4; of animals, Diodorus 1, 36). 2. to cleanse by dipping or submerging, to wash, to make clean with water; in the middle and the 1 aorist passive to wash oneself, bathe; so Mark 7:4 (where WH text ῥαντισωνται); Luke 11:38 (2 Kings 5:14 ἐβαπτίσατο ἐν τῷ Ιορδάνῃ, for טָבַל; Sir. 31:30 (Sir. 34:30; Judith 12:7). 3. metaphorically, to overwhelm, as ἰδιωτας ταῖς ἐισφοραις, Diodorus 1, 73; ὀφλημασι, Plutarch, Galba 21; τῇ συμφορά βεβαπτισμενος, Heliodorus Aeth. 2, 3; and alone, to inflict great and abounding calamities on one: ἐβαπτισαν τήν πόλιν, Josephus, b. j. 4, 3, 3; ἡ ἀνομία με βαπτίζει, Isaiah 21:4 the Sept. hence, βαπτίζεσθαι βάπτισμα (cf. Winers Grammar, 225 (211); (Buttmann, 148 (129)); cf. λούεσθαι τό λουτρόν, Aelian de nat. an. 3, 42), to be overwhelmed with calamities, of those who must bear them, Matthew 20:22f Rec.; Mark 10:38; Luke 12:50 (cf. the German etwasauszubadenhaben, and the use of the word e. g. respecting those who cross a river with difficulty, ἕως τῶν μαστῶν οἱ πεζοί βαπτιζόμενοι διέβαινον, Polybius 3, 72, 4; (for examples see Sophocles' Lexicon under the word; also T. J. Conant, βαπτίζειν, its meaning and use, N. Y. 1864 (printed also as an Appendix to their revised version of the Gospel of Matthew by the American Bible Union); and especially four works by J. W. Dale entitled Classic, Judaic, Johannic, Christic, Baptism, Phil. 1867ff; D. B. Ford, Studies on the Bapt. Quest. (including a review of Dr. Dale's works), Bost. 1879)). II. In the N. T. it is used particularly of the rite of sacred ablution, first instituted by John the Baptist, afterward by Christ's command received by Christians and adjusted to the contents and nature of their religion (see βάπτισμα, 3), viz., an immersion in water, performed as a sign of the removal of sin, and administered to those who, impelled by a desire for salvation, sought admission to the benefits of the Messiah's kingdom; (for patristic references respecting the mode, ministrant, subjects, etc. of the rite, cf. Sophocles Lexicon, under the word; Dict. of Chris. Antiq. under the word Baptism). a. The word is used absolutely, to administer the rite of ablution, to baptize (Vulg.baptizo; Tertulliantingo,tinguo (cf.metgiro, de corona mil. § 3)): Mark 1:4; John 1:25f, 28; John 3:22f, 26; John 4:2; John 10:40; 1 Corinthians 1:17; with the cognate noun τό βάπτισμα, Acts 19:4; ὁ βαπτίζων substantively equivalent to ὁ βαπτιστής, Mark 6:14 (24 T Tr WH). τινα, John 4:1; Acts 8:38; 1 Corinthians 1:14, 16. Passive to be baptized: Matthew 3:13f, 16; Mark 16:16; Luke 3:21; Acts 2:41; Acts 8:12, 13,(); ; 1 Corinthians 1:15 L T Tr WH; L T Tr marginal reading. WH marginal reading. Passive in a reflexive sense (i. e. middle, cf. Winers Grammar, § 38, 3), to allow oneself to be initiated by baptism, to receive baptism: Luke (); ; Acts 2:38; Acts 9:18; Acts 16:33; Acts 18:8; with the cognate noun τό βάπτισμα added, Luke 7:29; 1 aorist middle, 1 Corinthians 10:2 (L T Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading ἐβαπτίσθησαν (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 38, 4 b.)); Acts 22:16. followed by a dative of the thing with which baptism is performed, ὕδατι, see bb. below. b. with prepositions; aa. εἰς, to mark the element into which the immersion is made: εἰς τόν Ιορδάνην, Mark 1:9. to mark the end: εἰς μετάνοιαν, to bind one to repentance, Matthew 3:11; εἰς τό Ἰωάννου βάπτισμα, to bind to the duties imposed by John's baptism, Acts 19:3 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 397 (371)); εἰς ὄνομα τίνος, to profess the name (see ὄνομα, 2) of one whose follower we become, Matthew 28:19; Acts 8:16; Acts 19:5; 1 Corinthians 1:13, 15; εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν, to obtain the forgiveness of sins, Acts 2:38; εἰς τόν Μωυσῆν, to follow Moses as a leader, 1 Corinthians 10:2. to indicate the effect: εἰς ἕν σῶμα, to unite together into one body by baptism, 1 Corinthians 12:13; εἰς Χριστόν, εἰς τόν θάνατον αὐτοῦ, to bring by baptism into fellowship with Christ, into fellowship in his death, by which fellowship we have died to sin, Galatians 3:27; Romans 6:3 (cf. Meyer on the latter passive, Ellicott on the former). bb. ἐν, with the dative of the thing in which one is immersed: ἐν τῷ Ιορδάνῃ, Mark 1:5; ἐν τῷ ὕδατι, John 1:31 (L T Tr WH ἐν ὕδατι, but compare Meyer at the passage (who makes the article deictic)). of the thing used in baptizing: ἐν ὕδατι, Matthew 3:11; Mark 1:8 (T WH Tr marginal reading omit; Tr text brackets ἐν); John 1:26, 33; cf. Buttmann, § 133, 19; (cf. Winers Grammar, 412 (384); see ἐν, I. 5 d. α.); with the simple dative, ὕδατι, Luke 3:16; Acts 1:5; Acts 11:16. ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, to imbue richly with the Holy Spirit (just as its large bestowment is called an outpouring): Matthew 3:11; Mark 1:8 (L Tr brackets ἐν); Luke 3:16; John 1:33; Acts 1:5; Acts 11:16; with the addition καί πυρί to overwhelm with fire (those who do not repent), i. e. to subject them to the terrible penalties of hell, Matthew 3:11. ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου, by the authority of the Lord, Acts 10:48. cc. Passive ἐπί (L Tr WH ἐν) τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, relying on the name of Jesus Christ, i. e. reposing one's hope on him, Acts 2:38. dd. ὑπέρ τῶν νεκρῶν on behalf of the dead, i. e. to promote their eternal salvation by undergoing baptism in their stead, 1 Corinthians 15:29; cf. (Winers Grammar, 175 (165); 279 (262); 382 (358); Meyer (or Beet) at the passage); especially Neander at the passage; Rückert, Progr. on the passage, Jen. 18 47; Paret in Ewald's Jahrb. d. Biblical Wissensch. ix., p. 247; (cf. B. D. under the word Baptism XII. Alex.'s Kitto ibid. VI.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βάπτισμα Transliteration: baptisma Phonetic Spelling: bap'-tis-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: (the result of) a dipping or sinking Meaning: baptism -- the result of a dipping or sinking GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G908 GO TO BIBLEHUB G908 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G908 GO TO OPENBIBLE G908 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G908, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βάπτισμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G908 baptisma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: baptism. From baptizo; baptism (technically or figuratively) -- baptism. see GREEK baptizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 908: βάπτισμαβάπτισμα, βαπτίσματος, τό (βαπτίζω), a word peculiar to N. T. and ecclesiastical writings, immersion, submersion; 1. used tropically of calamities and afflictions with which one is quite overwhelmed: Matthew 20:22f Rec.; Mark 10:38; Luke 12:50 (see βαπτίζω, I. 3). 2. of John's baptism, that purificatory rite by which men on confessing their sins were bound to a spiritual reformation, obtained the pardon of their past sins and became qualified for the benefits of the Messiah's kingdom soon to be set up: Matthew 3:7; Matthew 21:25; Mark 11:30; Luke 7:29; Luke 20:4; Acts 1:22; Acts 10:37; Acts 18:25; (); βάπτισμα μετανοίας, binding to repentance (Winer's Grammar, 188 (177)), Mark 1:4; Luke 3:3; Acts 13:24; Acts 19:4. 3. of Christian baptism; this, according to the view of the apostles, is a rite of sacred immersion, commanded by Christ, by which men confessing their sins and professing their faith in Christ are born again by the Holy Spirit unto a new life, come into the fellowship of Christ and the church (1 Corinthians 12:13), and are made partakers of eternal salvation; (but see article in BB. DD., McClintock and |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαπτισμός Transliteration: baptismos Phonetic Spelling: bap-tis-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: (the act of) a dipping or washing Meaning: washings -- the act of a dipping or washing GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G909 GO TO BIBLEHUB G909 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G909 GO TO OPENBIBLE G909 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G909, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαπτισμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G909 baptismos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: baptism, washing. From baptizo; ablution (ceremonial or Christian) -- baptism, washing. see GREEK baptizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 909: βαπτισμόςβαπτισμός, βαπτισμου, ὁ (βαπτίζω), a washing, purification effected by means of water: Mark 7:4, 8 (R G L Tr in brackets) (ξεστῶν καί ποτηρίων); of the washings prescribed by the Mosaic law, Hebrews 9:10. βαπτισμῶν διδαχῆς equivalent to διδαχῆς περί βαπτισμῶν, Hebrews 6:2 (where L text, WH text, βαπτισμῶν διδαχῆς), which seems to mean an exposition of the difference between the washings prescribed by the Mosaic law and Christian baptism. (Among secular writings Josephus alone, Antiquities 18, 5, 2, uses the word, and of John's baptism; (respecting its interchange with βάπτισμα cf. examples in Sophocles Lexicon, under the word 2 and Lightfoot on Colossians 2:12, where L marginal reading Tr read βαπτισμός; cf. Trench, § xcix.).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαπτιστής Transliteration: baptistēs Phonetic Spelling: bap-tis-tace' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a baptizer Meaning: Baptist -- a baptizer GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G910 GO TO BIBLEHUB G910 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G910 GO TO OPENBIBLE G910 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G910, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαπτιστής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G910 baptistēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Baptist. From baptizo; a baptizer, as an epithet of Christ's forerunner -- Baptist. see GREEK baptizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 910: βαπτιστήςβαπτιστής, βαπτιστοῦ, ὁ (βαπτίζω), a baptizer; one who administers the rite of baptism; the surname of John, the forerunner of Christ: Matthew 3:1; Matthew 11:11f; (Matthew 14:2, 8; Matthew 16:14; Matthew 17:13); Mark 6:24 (T Tr WH τοῦ βαπτίζοντος), Mark 6:25; Mark 8:28; Luke 7:20, 28 (T Tr WH omit), Luke 7:38; Luke 9:19; also given him by Josephus, Antiquities 18, 5, 2, and found in no other secular writings (Joh. d. Täufer by Breest (1881), Köhler (1884).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βάπτω Transliteration: baptō Phonetic Spelling: bap'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to dip Meaning: to dip GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G911 GO TO BIBLEHUB G911 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G911 GO TO OPENBIBLE G911 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G911, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βάπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G911 baptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dip. A primary verb; to whelm, i.e. Cover wholly with a fluid; in the New Testament only in a qualified or special sense, i.e. (literally) to moisten (a part of one's person), or (by implication) to stain (as with dye) -- dip. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 911: βάπτωβάπτω: (future βάψω, John 13:26 T Tr WH); 1 aorist ἐβαψα; perfect passive participle βεβαμμένος; in Greek writings from Homer down; in the Sept. for טָבַל; a. to dip, dip in, immerse: τί, John 13:26 (but in 26 Lachmann ἐμβάψας, as in 26b L text R G); followed by a genitive of the thing into which the object is dipped (because only a part of it is touched by the act of dipping), Luke 16:24 (cf. ἅπτεσθαι τίνος, λούεσθαι ποταμοιο, Homer, Iliad 5, 6; 6, 508; cf. Buttmann, § 132, 25; (Winers Grammar, § 30, 8. c.)). b. to dip into dye, to dye, color: ἱμάτιον αἵματι, Revelation 19:13 (Tdf. περιρεραμμενον, see under the word περιρραίνω; WH ῥεραντισμενον, see ῤαντίζω). (Herodotus 7, 67; Anth. 11, 68; Josephus, Antiquities 3, 6, 1.) (Compare: ἐμβάπτω.) STRONGS NT 911a: βαρ(βαρ(, Chaldean בַּר (cf. Psalm 2:12; Proverbs 31:2); βαρ Ἰωνᾶ son of Jonah (or Jonas): Matthew 16:17, where L T WH Βαριωνᾶ (which see) Barjonah (or Barjonas), as if a surname, like Βαρναβᾶς, etc. (R. V. Bar-Jonah. Cf. Ἰωνᾶς, 2.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βαραββᾶς Transliteration: Barabbas Phonetic Spelling: bar-ab-bas' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: "son of Abba", Barabbas, the Israelite robber released instead of Christ Meaning: Barabbas -- "son of Abba", the Israelite robber released instead of Christ GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G912 GO TO BIBLEHUB G912 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G912 GO TO OPENBIBLE G912 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G912, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βαραββᾶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G912 Barabbas 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Barabbas. Of Chaldee origin (dikaiosis and Abba); son of Abba; Bar-abbas, an Israelite -- Barabbas. see HEBREW ga'own see HEBREW 'Abagtha' Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 912: ΒαραββᾶςΒαραββᾶς, Βαραββα, ὁ (from בַּר son, and אַבָּא father, hence, son of a father i. e. of a master (cf. Matthew 23:9)), a captive robber whom the Jews begged Pilate to release instead of Christ: Matthew 27:16f (where manuscripts mentioned by Origen, and some other authorities, place Ἰησοῦν before Βαραββᾶν, approved by Fritzsche, DeWette, Meyer, Bleek, others; (cf. WH Appendix and Tdf.s note at the passage; also Treg. Printed Text, etc., p. 194f)), Matthew 27:20f, 26; Mark 15:7, 11, 15; Luke 23:18; John 18:40. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βαράκ Transliteration: Barak Phonetic Spelling: bar-ak' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Barak, a commander of the Isr Meaning: Barak -- a commander of the Israelites GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G913 GO TO BIBLEHUB G913 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G913 GO TO OPENBIBLE G913 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G913, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βαράκ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G913 Barak 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Barak. Of Hebrew origin (Baraq); Barak, an Israelite -- Barak. see HEBREW Baraq Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 913: ΒαράκΒαράκ, ὁ, indeclinable (בָּרָק lightning), Barak, a commander of the Israelites (Judges 4:6, 8): Hebrews 11:32. (BB. DD.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βαραχίας Transliteration: Barachias Phonetic Spelling: bar-akh-ee'-as Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Barachiah, the father of a man killed in the temple Meaning: Barachiah -- the father of a man killed in the temple GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G914 GO TO BIBLEHUB G914 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G914 GO TO OPENBIBLE G914 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G914, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βαραχίας [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G914 Barachias 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Barachias. Of Hebrew origin (Berekyah); Barachias (i.e. Berechijah), an Israelite -- Barachias. see HEBREW Berekyah Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 914: ΒαραχίαςΒαραχίας, Βαραχιου, ὁ (בֶּרֶכְיָה, Jehovah blesses), Barachiah in Matthew 23:35 said to have been the father of the Zachariah slain in the temple; cf. Ζαχαρίας. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βάρβαρος Transliteration: barbaros Phonetic Spelling: bar'-bar-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: barbarous, barbarian Meaning: barbarous, barbarian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G915 GO TO BIBLEHUB G915 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G915 GO TO OPENBIBLE G915 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G915, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βάρβαρος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G915 barbaros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: barbarian. Of uncertain derivation; a foreigner (i.e. Non-Greek) -- barbarian(-rous). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 915: βάρβαροςβάρβαρος, βαρβαρον; 1. properly, one whose speech is rude, rough, harsh, as if repeating the syllables βαρβαρ (cf. Strabo 14, 2, 28, p. 662; ὠνοματοπεποίηται ἡ λέξις, Etym. Magn. (188, 11 (but Gaisf. reads βραγχός for βάρβαρος); cf. Curtius, § 394; Vanicek, p. 561)); hence, 2. one who speaks a foreign or strange language which is not understood by another (Herodotus 2, 158 βαρβάρους πάντας οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι καλεουσι τούς μή σφισι ὁμογλωσσους, Ovid. trist. 5, 10, 37barbarushicegosum,quianonintelligorulli); so 1 Corinthians 14:11. 3. The Greeks used βάρβαρος of any foreigner ignorant of the Greek language and the Greek culture, whether mental or moral, with the added notion, after the Persian war, of rudeness and brutality. Hence, the word is applied in the N. T., but not reproachfully, in Acts 28:2, 4, to the inhabitants of Malta (i. e. Μελίτη, which see), who were of Phoenician or Punic origin; and to those nations that had, indeed, some refinement of manners, but not the opportunity of becoming Christians, as the Scythians, Colossians 3:11 (but cf. Lightfoot at the passage). But the phrase Ἕλληνες τέ καί βάρβαροι forms also a periphrasis for all peoples, or indicates their diversity yet without reproach to foreigners (Plato, Theact., p. 175{a}; Isocrates, Euag c. 17, p. 192b.; Josephus, Antiquities 4, 2, 1 and in other writings); so in Romans 1:14. (In Philo de Abr. § 45 under the end of all nations not Jews. Josephus, b. j. prooem. I reckons the Jews among barbarians.) Cf. Grimm on 2 Macc. 2:21, p. 61; (Lightfoot on Col. as above; B. D. under the word ). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαρέω Transliteration: bareō Phonetic Spelling: bar-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to weigh down Meaning: to weigh down GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G916 GO TO BIBLEHUB G916 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G916 GO TO OPENBIBLE G916 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G916, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαρέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G916 bareō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to burden, weigh downFrom barus; to weigh down (figuratively) -- burden, charge, heavy, press. see GREEK barus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 916: βαρέωβαρέω, βάρω: to burden, weigh down, depress; in the N. T. found only in the passive, viz., present participle βαρούμενοι, imperative βαρείσθω; 1 aorist ἐβαρήθην; perfect participle βεβαρημενος; the better writings do not use the present; they use only the participles, βεβαρηως and βεβαρημενος; see Matth. § 227; Winers Grammar, 83 (80); (Buttmann, 54 (47); Veitch, under the word). Used simply: to be weighed down, oppressed, with external evils and calamities, 2 Corinthians 1:8; of the mental oppression which the thought of inevitable death occasions, 2 Corinthians 5:4; ὀφθαλμοί βεβαρημένοι, namely, ὕπνῳ, weighed down with sleep, Mark 14:40 (L T Tr WH καταβαρυνόμενοι); Matthew 26:43; with ὕπνῳ added, Luke 9:32; ἐν (בְּ) κραιπάλῃ, Luke 21:34 Rec. βαρυνθῶσιν (see βαρύνω) (Homer, Odyssey 19, 122 οἴνῳ βεβαρηοτες, Diodorus Siculus 4, 38 τῇ νόσῳ); μή βαρείσθω let it not be burdened, namely, with their expense, 1 Timothy 5:16, (ἐισφοραις, Dio Cassius, 46, 32). (Compare: ἐπιβαρέω, καταβαρέω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαρέως Transliteration: bareōs Phonetic Spelling: bar-eh'-oce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: heavily Meaning: heavily GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G917 GO TO BIBLEHUB G917 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G917 GO TO OPENBIBLE G917 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G917, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαρέως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G917 bareōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: heavilyAdverb from barus; heavily (figuratively) -- dull. see GREEK barus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 917: βαρέωςβαρέως, adverb (βαρύς, which see), heavily, with difficulty: Matthew 13:15; Acts 28:27 (Isaiah 6:10). (From Herodotus on.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βαρθολομαῖος Transliteration: Bartholomaios Phonetic Spelling: bar-thol-om-ah'-yos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: "son of Tolmai", Bartholomew, one of the twelve apostles Meaning: Bartholomew -- "son of Tolmai", one of the twelve apostles GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G918 GO TO BIBLEHUB G918 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G918 GO TO OPENBIBLE G918 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G918, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βαρθολομαῖος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G918 Bartholomaios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: BartholomewOf Chaldee origin (bar and Talmay); son of Tolmai; Bar-tholomoeus, a Christian apostle -- Bartholomeus. see HEBREW bar see HEBREW Talmay Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 918: ΒαρθολομαῖοςΒαρθολομαῖος, Βαρθολομαιου, ὁ (טָלְמַי בַּר son of Tolmai), Bartholomew, one of the twelve apostles of Christ: Matthew 10:3; Mark 3:18; Luke 6:14; Acts 1:13. (See Ναθαναήλ and BB. DD.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βαρϊησοῦς Transliteration: Bariēsous Phonetic Spelling: bar-ee-ay-sooce' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: "son of Joshua", Bar-Jesus, a false prophet Meaning: Bar-Jesus -- "son of Joshua", a false prophet GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G919 GO TO BIBLEHUB G919 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G919 GO TO OPENBIBLE G919 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G919, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βαρϊησοῦς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G919 Bariēsous 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Bar-jesusOf Chaldee origin (bar and Yhowshuwa'); son of Jesus (or Joshua); Bar-jesus, an Israelite -- Barjesus. see HEBREW bar see HEBREW Yhowshuwa' Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 919: ΒαριησοῦςΒαριησοῦς, ὁ (בַּר son, יֵשׁוּעַ Jesus), Bar-Jesus, a certain false prophet: Acts 13:6 (where Tdf. Βαριησοῦ; see his note. Cf. Ἐλύμας). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βαριωνᾶς Transliteration: Bariōnas Phonetic Spelling: bar-ee-oo-nas' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: "son of Jonah", Bar-Jonah, a surname of Peter Meaning: Barjona -- "son of Jonah", a surname of Peter GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G920 GO TO BIBLEHUB G920 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G920 GO TO OPENBIBLE G920 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G920, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βαριωνᾶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G920 Bariōnas 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Bar-jona. Of Chaldee origin (diakoneo and Malchos); son of Jonas (or Jonah); Bar-jonas, an Israelite -- Bar-jona. see HEBREW bar see HEBREW Yonah Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 920: ΒαριωναςΒαριωνας, Βαριωνᾶ (cf. Buttmann, 20 (17f)), ὁ (from בַּר son, and יונָה Jonah (others יוהָנָן i. e. Johanan, Jona, John; cf. Meyer on John 1:42(43) and Lightfoot as below)), Bar-Jonah (or Bar-Jonas), the surname of the apostle Peter: Matthew 16:17 (L T WH; in John 1:42 (); ff son of John; see Lightfoot Fresh Revision, etc., p. 159 note (American edition, p. 137 note)); see in Βαρ and Ἰοωνας, 2. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βαρνάβας Transliteration: Barnabas Phonetic Spelling: bar-nab'-as Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Barnabas, an Israelite companion of Paul Meaning: Barnabas -- an Israelite companion of Paul GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G921 GO TO BIBLEHUB G921 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G921 GO TO OPENBIBLE G921 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G921, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βαρνάβας [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G921 Barnabas 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Barnabas. Of Chaldee origin (diakoneo and tacha); son of Nabas (i.e. Prophecy); Barnabas, an Israelite -- Barnabas. see HEBREW bar see HEBREW nbiy' Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 921: ΒαρναβᾶςΒαρναβᾶς, Βαρναβᾷ (Buttmann, 20 (18)), ὁ (בַּר son, and נָבָא; according to Luke's interpretation υἱός παρακλήσεως, i. e. excelling in the power τῆς παρακλήσεως, Acts 4:36; see παράκλησις, 5), Barnabas, the surname of Joses (better Joseph), a Levite, a native of Cyprus. He was a distinguished teacher of the Christian religion, and a companion and colleague of Paul: Acts 9:27; Acts 11:22,( Rec.),; Acts 12:25; Acts 13-15; 1 Corinthians 9:6; Galatians 2:1, 9, 13; Colossians 4:10. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βάρος Transliteration: baros Phonetic Spelling: bar'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: weight Meaning: weight GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G922 GO TO BIBLEHUB G922 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G922 GO TO OPENBIBLE G922 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G922, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βάρος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G922 baros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: burden, weight. Probably from the same as basis (through the notion of going down; compare bathos); weight; in the New Testament only, figuratively, a load, abundance, authority -- burden(-some), weight. see GREEK basis see GREEK bathos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 922: βάροςβάρος, βαρέος, τό, heaviness, weight, burden, trouble: load, ἐπιτιθεναι τίνι (Xenophon, oec. 17, 9), to impose upon one cult requirements, Acts 15:28; βάλλειν ἐπί τινα, Revelation 2:24 (where the meaning is, 'I put upon you no other injunction which it might be difficult to observe'; cf. Düsterdieck at the passage); βαστάζειν τό βάρος τίνος, i. e. either the burden of a thing, as τό βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας the wearisome labor of the day Matthew 20:12, or that which a person bears, as in Galatians 6:2 (where used of troublesome moral faults; the meaning is, 'bear one another's faults'). αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης a weight of glory never to cease, i. e. vast and transcendent glory (blessedness), 2 Corinthians 4:17; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 34, 3; (πλούτου, Plutarch, Alex. M. 48). weight equivalent to authority: ἐν βαρεῖ εἶναι to have authority and influence, 1 Thessalonians 2:7(6) (so also in Greek writings; cf. Wesseling on Diodorus Siculus 4, 61; (examples in Suidas under the word)). (Synonyms: see ὄγκος.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βαρσαββᾶς Transliteration: Barsabbas Phonetic Spelling: bar-sab-as' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: "son of Sabba", Barsabbas, the surname of two Israelites Christian Meaning: Barsabbas -- "son of Sabba", the surname of two Israelites Christian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G923 GO TO BIBLEHUB G923 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G923 GO TO OPENBIBLE G923 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G923, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βαρσαββᾶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G923 Barsabbas 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Barsabas. Of Chaldee origin (bar and probably tsba'); son of Sabas (or Tsaba); Bar-sabas, the name of two Israelites -- Barsabas. see HEBREW bar see HEBREW tsba' Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 923: ΒαρσαβαςΒαρσαβας (Βαρσαββᾶς L T Tr WH; see WH's Appendix, p. 159), Βαρσαβα (Buttmann, 20 (18)), ὁ, Barsabas (or Barsabbas) (i. e. son of Saba (others, Zaba)); 1. the surname of a certain Joseph: Acts 1:23 (B. D. under the word ). 2. the surname of a certain Judas: Acts 15:22 (B. D. under the word Judas Barsabas). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βαρτίμαιος Transliteration: Bartimaios Phonetic Spelling: bar-tim-ah'-yos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: "son of Timaeus", Bartimaeus, a beggar Meaning: Bartimaeus -- "son of Timaeus", a beggar GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G924 GO TO BIBLEHUB G924 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G924 GO TO OPENBIBLE G924 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G924, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βαρτίμαιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G924 Bartimaios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Bartimaeus. Of Chaldee origin (diakoneo and kruphe); son of Timoeus (or the unclean); Bar-timoeus, an Israelite -- Bartimaeus. see HEBREW bar see HEBREW tame' Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 924: ΒαρτιμαῖοςΒαρτιμαῖος (Tdf. Βαρτιμαῖος, yet cf. Chandler § 253), Βαρτιμαιου, ὁ (son of Timaeus), Bartimaeus, a certain blind man: Mark 10:46. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαρύνω Transliteration: barynō Phonetic Spelling: bar-oo'-no Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: overcharge Meaning: overcharge GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G925 GO TO BIBLEHUB G925 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G925 GO TO OPENBIBLE G925 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G925, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαρύνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G925 barynō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: overcharge. From barus; to burden (figuratively) -- overcharge. see GREEK barus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 925: βαρύνωβαρύνω: to weigh dawn, overcharge: Luke 21:34 (1 aorist passive subjunctive) βαρυνθῶσιν Rec. (cf. Winers Grammar, 83 (80); Buttmann, 54 (47)), for βαρηθῶσιν; see βαρέω. (Compare: καταβαρύνω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαρύς Transliteration: barys Phonetic Spelling: bar-ooce' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: heavy Meaning: heavy GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G926 GO TO BIBLEHUB G926 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G926 GO TO OPENBIBLE G926 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G926, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαρύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G926 barys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: grievous, heavy, burdensome From the same as baros; weighty, i.e. (fig) burdensome, grave -- grievous, heavy, weightier. see GREEK baros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 926: βαρύςβαρύς, βαρεῖα, βαρύ, heavy; 1. properly, i. e. heavy in weight: φορτίον, Matthew 23:4 (in 11:30 we have the opposite, ἐλαφρόν). 2. metaphorically, a. burdensome: ἐντολή, the keeping of which is grievous, 1 John 5:3. b. severe, stern: ἐπιστολή, 2 Corinthians 10:10 (others, imposing, impressive, cf. Wetstein at the passage). c. weighty, i. e. of great moment: τά βαρύτερα τοῦ νόμου the weightier precepts of the law, Matthew 23:23; αἰτιάματα (better αἰτιώματα (which see)), Acts 25:7. d. violent, cruel, unsparing (A. V. grievous): λύκοι, Acts 20:29 (so also Homer, Iliad 1:89; Xenophon, Ages. 11, 12). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαρύτιμος Transliteration: barytimos Phonetic Spelling: bar-oo'-tim-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of great value Meaning: of great value GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G927 GO TO BIBLEHUB G927 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G927 GO TO OPENBIBLE G927 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G927, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαρύτιμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G927 barytimos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: very precious. From barus and time; highly valuable -- very precious. see GREEK barus see GREEK time Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 927: βαρύτιμοςβαρύτιμος, βαρυτιμον (βαρύς and τιμή), of weighty (i. e. great) value, very precious, costly: Matthew 26:7 (R G Tr text WH) (so Strabo 17, p. 798; selling at a great price, Heliodorus 2, 30 (variant); possessed of great honor, Aeschylus suppl. 25 (but Dindorf (Lexicon under the word) gives here (after schol.) severely punishing)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βασανίζω Transliteration: basanizō Phonetic Spelling: bas-an-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to torture Meaning: to torture GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G928 GO TO BIBLEHUB G928 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G928 GO TO OPENBIBLE G928 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G928, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βασανίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G928 basanizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pain, toil, tormentFrom basanos; to torture -- pain, toil, torment, toss, vex. see GREEK basanos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 928: βασανίζωβασανίζω: (imperfect ἐβασάνιζον); 1 aorist ἐβασανισα; passive (present βασανίζομαι); 1 aorist ἐβασανίσθην; 1 future βασανισθήσομαι; (βάσανος); 1. properly, to test (metals) by the touchstone. 2. to question by applying torture. 3. to torture (2 Macc. 7:13); hence, 4. universally, to vex with grievous pains (of body or mind), to torment: τινα, Matthew 8:29; Mark 5:7; Luke 8:28; 2 Peter 2:8; Revelation 11:10; passively, Matthew 8:6; Revelation 9:5; Revelation 20:10; of the pains of childbirth, Revelation 12:2 (cf. Anthol. 2, p. 205, Jacobs edition); with ἐν and the dative of the material in which one is tormented, Revelation 14:10. 5. Passive to be harassed, distressed; of those who at sea are struggling with a head wind, Mark 6:48; of a ship tossed by the waves, Matthew 14:24. (In Greek writings from Herodotus down. Often in O. T. Apocrypha.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βασανισμός Transliteration: basanismos Phonetic Spelling: bas-an-is-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: torture Meaning: torture GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G929 GO TO BIBLEHUB G929 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G929 GO TO OPENBIBLE G929 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G929, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βασανισμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G929 basanismos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: torment. From basanizo; torture -- torment. see GREEK basanizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 929: βασανισμόςβασανισμός, βασανισμοῦ, ὁ (βασανίζω, which see); 1. a testing by the touchstone or by torture. 2. torment, torture; a. the act of tormenting: Revelation 9:5. b. the state or condition of those tormented: Revelation 18:7, 10, 15; ὁ καπνός τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῶν the smoke of the fire by which they are tormented, Revelation 14:11. (4 Macc. 9:6; 11:2; (others); bad wine is called βασανισμός by Alexis in Athen. 1, 56, p. 30 f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βασανιστής Transliteration: basanistēs Phonetic Spelling: bas-an-is-tace' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a torturer Meaning: a torturer GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G930 GO TO BIBLEHUB G930 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G930 GO TO OPENBIBLE G930 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G930, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βασανιστής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G930 basanistēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tormentor. From basanizo; a torturer -- tormentor. see GREEK basanizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 930: βασανιστήςβασανιστής, βασανιστου, ὁ (βασανίζω), one who elicits the truth by the use of the rack, an inquisitor, torturer, ((Antiphon, others); Demosthenes, p. 978, 11; Philo in Flacc. § 11 end; (de concupisc. § 1; quod omn. prob. book 16; Plutarch, an vitios. ad infel. suff. § 2)); used in Matthew 18:34 of a jailer (δεσμοφύλαξ Acts 16:23), doubtless because the business of torturing was also assigned to him. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βάσανος Transliteration: basanos Phonetic Spelling: bas'-an-os Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a touchstone (a dark stone used in testing metals), examination by torture, torture Meaning: a touchstone (a dark stone used in testing metals), examination by torture, torture GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G931 GO TO BIBLEHUB G931 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G931 GO TO OPENBIBLE G931 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G931, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βάσανος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G931 basanos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: torment. Perhaps remotely from the same as basis (through the notion of going to the bottom); a touch-stone, i.e. (by analogy) torture -- torment. see GREEK basis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 931: βάσανοςβάσανος, βασάνου, ἡ (Curtius, p. 439); a. the touchstone (called also basanite, LatinlapisLydius), by which gold and other metals are tested. b. the rack or instrument of torture by which one is forced to divulge the truth. c. torture, torment, acute pains: used of the pains of disease, Matthew 4:24; of the torments of the wicked after death, ἐν βασάνοις ὑπάρχειν, Luke 16:23 (Wis. 3:1; 4 Macc. 13:14); hence, ὁ τόπος τῆς βασάνου is used of Gehenna, Luke 16:28. (In Greek writings from (Theognis), Pindar down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βασιλεία Transliteration: basileia Phonetic Spelling: bas-il-i'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: kingdom, sovereignty, royal power Meaning: kingdom, sovereignty, royal power GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G932 GO TO BIBLEHUB G932 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G932 GO TO OPENBIBLE G932 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G932, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βασιλεία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G932 basileia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: kingdom, reign. From basileus; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively) -- kingdom, + reign. see GREEK basileus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 932: βασιλείαβασιλεία, βασιλείας, ἡ (from βασιλεύω; to be distinguished from βασιλεία a queen; cf. ἱερεία priesthood from ἱερεύω, and ἱερεία a priestess from ἱερεύς) (from Herodotus down); 1. royal power, kingship, dominion, rule: Luke 1:33; Luke 19:12, 15; Luke 22:29; John 18:36; Acts 1:6; Hebrews 1:8; 1 Corinthians 15:24; Revelation 17:12; of the royal power of Jesus as the triumphant Messiah, in the phrase ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ βασαυτου, i. e. to come in his kingship, clothed with this power: Matthew 16:28; Luke 23:42 (εἰς τήν βασιλείαν L marginal reading Tr marginal reading WH text); of the royal power and dignity conferred on Christians in the Messiah's kingdom: Revelation 1:6 (according to Tr text WH marginal reading ἐποίησεν ἡμῖν or L ἡμῶν (yet R G T WH text Tr marginal reading ἡμᾶς) βασιλείαν (Rec. βασιλεῖς)); τοῦ Θεοῦ, the royal power and dignity belonging to God, Revelation 12:10. 2. a kingdom i. e. the territory subject to the rule of a king: Matthew 12:25; Matthew 24:7; Mark 3:24; Mark 6:23; Mark 13:8; Luke 11:17; Luke 21:10; plural: Matthew 4:8; Luke 4:5; Hebrews 11:33. 3. Frequent in the N. T. in reference to the Reign of the Messiah are the following phrases: ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ (דֶאֱלָהָא מַלְכוּתָא, Targ. Isaiah 40:9; Micah 4:7), properly, the kingdom over which God rules; ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Χριστοῦ (דִמְשִׁיחָא מַלְכוּת, Targ. Jonath. ad Isaiah 53:10), the kingdom of the Messiah, which will be founded by God through the Messiah and over which the Messiah will preside as God's vicegerent; ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν, only in Matthew, but very frequently (some 33 times), the kingdom of heaven, i. e. the kingdom which is of heavenly or divine origin and nature (in rabbinical writings שָׁמַיִם מַלְכוּת is the rule of God, the theocracy viewed universally, not the Messianic kingdom); sometimes simply ἡ βασιλεία: Matthew 4:23, etc.; James 2:5; once ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Δαυίδ, because it was supposed the Messiah would be one of David's descendants and a king very like David, Mark 11:10; once also ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Χριστοῦ καί Θεοῦ, Ephesians 5:5. Relying principally on the prophecies of Daniel — who had declared it to be the purpose of God that, after four vast and mighty kingdoms had succeeded one other and the last of them shown itself hostile to the people of God, at length its despotism shoed be broken, and the empire of the world pass over for ever to the holy people of God (Daniel 2:44; Daniel 7:14, 18, 27) — the Jews were expecting a kingdom of the greatest felicity, which God through the Messiah would set up, raising the dead to life again and renovating earth and heaven; and that in this kingdom they would bear sway for ever over all the nations of the world. This kingdom was called the kingdom of God or the kingdom of the Messiah; and in this sense must these terms be understood in the utterances of the Jews and of the disciples of Jesus when conversing with him, as Matthew 18:1; Matthew 20:21; Mark 11:10; Luke 17:20; Luke 19:11. But Jesus employed the phrase "kingdom of God or of heaven to indicate that perfect order of things which he was about to establish, in which all those of every nation who should believe in him were to be gathered together into one society, dedicated and intimately united to God, and made partakers of eternal salvation". This kingdom is spoken of as now begun and actually present inasmuch as its foundations have already been laid by Christ and its benefits realized among men that believe in him: Matthew 11:12; Matthew 12:28; Matthew 13:41 (in this passage its earthly condition is spoken of, in which it includes bad subjects as well as good); Luke 17:21; 1 Corinthians 4:20; Romans 14:17 (where the meaning is, 'the essence of the kingdom of God is not to be found in questions about eating and drinking'); Colossians 1:13. But far more frequently the kingdom of heaven is spoken of as a future blessing, since its consummate establishment is to be looked for on Christ's solemn return from the skies, the dead being called to life again, the ills and wrongs which burden the present state of things being done away, the powers hostile to God being vanquished: Matthew 6:10; Matthew 8:11; Matthew 26:29; Mark 9:1; Mark 15:43; Luke 9:27; Luke 13:28; Luke 14:15; Luke 22:18; 2 Peter 1:11; also in the phrases εἰς τήν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν or τοῦ Θεοῦ: Matthew 5:20; Matthew 7:21; Matthew 18:3; Matthew 19:23, 24; Mark 9:47; Mark 10:23, 24, 25; Luke 18:24 (T Tr text WH εἰσπορεύονται), Luke 18:25; John 3:5; Acts 14:22; κληρονόμος τῆς βασιλείας, James 2:5; κληρονομεῖν τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; see d. below. By a singular use ἡ βασιλείαν τοῦ κυρίου ἡ ἐπουράνιος God's heavenly kingdom, in 2 Timothy 4:18, denotes the exalted and perfect order of things which already exists in heaven, and into which true Christians are ushered immediately after death; cf. Philippians 1:23; Hebrews 12:22f. The phrase βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν or βασειλεια τοῦ Θεοῦ, while retaining its meaning kingdom of heaven or of God, must be understood, according to the requirements of the context, a. of the beginning, growth, potency, of the divine kingdom: Matthew 13:31-33; Mark 4:30; Luke 13:18. b. of its fortunes: Matthew 13:24; Mark 4:26. c. of the conditions to be complied with in order to reception among its citizens: Matthew 18:23; Matthew 20:1; Matthew 22:2; Matthew 25:1. d. of its blessings and benefits, whether present or future: Matthew 13:44; Luke 6:20; also in the phrases ζητεῖν τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, Matthew 6:33 (L T WH omit τοῦ Θεοῦ); Luke 12:31 (αὐτοῦ L text T Tr WH); δέχεσθαι τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, Mark 10:15; Luke 18:17; κληρονομεῖν ... τήν ... βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, Matthew 25:34; 1 Corinthians 6:9; 1 Corinthians 15:50; Galatians 5:21; see in κληρονομέω, 2. e. of the congregation of those who constitute the royal 'city of God': ποιεῖν τινας βασιλείαν, Revelation 1:6 G T WH text Tr marginal reading (cf. 1 above); (here R G βασιλεῖς, so R in the preceding passage), cf. Exodus 19:6. Further, the following expressions are noteworthy: of persons fit for admission into the divine kingdom it is said αὐτῶν or τοιούτων ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανοῦ or τοῦ Θεοῦ: Matthew 5:3, 10; Matthew 19:14; Mark 10:14; Luke 18:16. διδόναι τίνι τήν βασιλείαν is used of God, making men partners of his kingdom, Luke 12:32; παραλαμβάνειν of those who are made partners, Hebrews 12:28. διά τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ οὐρανόν to advance the interests of the heavenly kingdom, Matthew 19:12; ἕνεκεν τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ for the sake of becoming a partner in the kingdom of God, Luke 18:29. Those who announce the near approach of the kingdom, and describe its nature, and set forth the conditions of obtaining citizenship in it, are said διαγγέλλειν τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ Luke 9:60; εὐαγγελίζεσθαι τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ Luke 4:43; Luke 8:1; Luke 16:16; περί τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ, Acts 8:12; κηρύσσειν τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ Luke 9:2; Acts 20:25; Acts 28:31; τό εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας Matthew 4:23; Matthew 9:35; Matthew 24:14; with the addition of τοῦ Θεοῦ, Mark 1:14 R L brackets ἤγγικεν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ οὐρανοῦ or τοῦ Θεοῦ, is used of its institution as close at hand: Matthew 3:2; Matthew 4:17; Mark 1:15; Luke 10:9, 11. it is said ἔρχεσθαι i. e. to be established, in Matthew 6:10; Luke 11:2; Luke 17:20; Mark 11:10. In accordance with the comparison which likens the kingdom of God to a palace, the power of admitting into it and of excluding from it is called τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Matthew 16:19; κλείειν τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ to keep from entering, Matthew 23:13 (14). υἱοί τῆς βασιλείας are those to whom the prophetic promise of the heavenly kingdom extends: used of the Jews, Matthew 8:12; of those gathered out of all nations who have shown themselves worthy of a share in this kingdom, Matthew 13:38. (In the O. T. Apocrypha ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ denotes God's rule, the divine administration, Wis. 6:5 Wis. 10:10; Tobit 13:1; so too in Psalm 102:19 (); Psalm 104:11-13 (; Daniel 4:33; Daniel 6:26; the universe subject to God's sway, God's royal domain, Song of the Three Children 32; ἡ βασιλεία, simply, the O. T. theocratic commonwealth, 2 Macc. 1:7.) Cf. Fleck, De regno divino, Lipsius 1829; Baumg.-Crusius, Biblical Theol., p. 147ff; Tholuck, Die Bergrede Christi, 5te Aufl., p. 55ff (on Matthew 5:3); Cölln, Biblical Theol. i., p. 567ff, ii., p. 108ff; Schmid, Biblical Theol. des N. T., p. 262ff edition 4; Baur, Neutest. Theol., p. 69ff; Weiss, Biblical Theol. d. N. T. § 13; (also in his Leben Jesu, book iv., chapter 2); Schürer (Neutest. Zeitgesch. § 29 (especially par. 8) and references there; also) in the Jahrbb. für protest. Theol., 1876, pp. 166-187 (cf. Lipsius ibid. 1878, p. 189); (B. D. American edition, under the word , and references there). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βασίλειον Transliteration: basileion Phonetic Spelling: bas-il'-i-on Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: a palace Meaning: a palace GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G933 GO TO BIBLEHUB G933 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G933 GO TO OPENBIBLE G933 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G933, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βασίλειον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G933 basileion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: king's court. Neuter of basileios; a palace -- king's court. see GREEK basileios |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βασίλειος Transliteration: basileios Phonetic Spelling: bas-il'-i-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: royal Meaning: royal GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G934 GO TO BIBLEHUB G934 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G934 GO TO OPENBIBLE G934 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G934, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βασίλειος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G934 basileios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: royal. From basileus; kingly (in nature) -- royal. see GREEK basileus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 934: βασίλειοςβασίλειος (rarely βασιλεία), βασίλειον, royal, kingly, regal: 1 Peter 2:9. As a substantive, τό βασίλειον (Xenophon, Cyril 2, 4, 3; Proverbs 18:19, the Sept.; Josephus, Antiquities 6, 12, 4), and much more often (from Herodotus 1, 30 down) in plural τά βασιλεία (the Sept. Esther 1:9, etc.), the royal palace: Luke 7:25 (A. V. "kings courts). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βασιλεύς Transliteration: basileus Phonetic Spelling: bas-il-yooce' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a king Meaning: a king GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G935 GO TO BIBLEHUB G935 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G935 GO TO OPENBIBLE G935 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G935, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βασιλεύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G935 basileus 🕊 Strong's Concordance: king. Probably from basis (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively) -- king. see GREEK basis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 935: βασιλεύςβασιλεύς, βασιλέως, ὁ, leader of the people, prince, commander, lord of the land, king; universally: οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, Matthew 17:25; Revelation 16:14 (L T Tr WH omit τῆς γῆς), etc.; τῶν ἐθνῶν, Luke 22:25; of the king of Egypt, Acts 7:10, 18; Hebrews 11:23, 27; of David, Matthew 1:6; Acts 13:22; of Herod the Great and his successors, Matthew 2:1ff; Luke 1:5; Acts 12:1; Acts 25:13; of a tetrarch, Matthew 14:9; Mark 6:14, 22 (of the son of a king, Xenophon, oec. 4, 16; "regesSyriac,regisAntiochipueros,scitisRomaenuperfuisse," Cicero, Verr. 2:4, 27, cf. de senectute 17, 59; (Vergil Aen. 9, 223)); of a Roman emperor, 1 Timothy 2:2; 1 Peter 2:17, cf. Revelation 17:9 (10), (so in secular writings in the Roman age, as in Josephus, b. j. 5, 13, 6; Herodian, 2, 4, 8 (4 Bekker); of the son of the emperor, ibid. 1, 5, 15 (5 Bekker)); of the Messiah, ὁ βασιλεύς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, Matthew 2:2, etc.; τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, Mark 15:32; John 1:49 (50); ; of Christians, as to reign over the world with Christ in the millennial kingdom, Revelation 1:6; Revelation 5:10 (Rec. in both passages and (Griesbach in the latter; see βασιλεία, 3 e.); of God, the supreme ruler over all, Matthew 5:35; 1 Timothy 1:17 (see αἰών, 2); Revelation 15:3; βασιλεύς βασιλέων, Revelation 17:14 (but here, as in Revelation 19:16 of the victorious Messiah); ὁ βασιλεία τῶν βασιλευόντων, 1 Timothy 6:15 (2 Macc. 13:4; 3Macc. 5:35; Enoch 9, 4; (84, 2; Philo de decal. § 10); cf. (κύριος τῶν βασιλειῶν, Daniel 2:47); κύριος τῶν κυρίων, Deuteronomy 10:17; Psalm 135:3 (; (so of the king of the Parthians, Plutarch, Pomp. § 38, 1)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βασιλεύω Transliteration: basileuō Phonetic Spelling: bas-il-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be king, reign Meaning: to be king, reign GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G936 GO TO BIBLEHUB G936 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G936 GO TO OPENBIBLE G936 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G936, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βασιλεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G936 basileuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: king, reign. From basileus; to rule (literally or figuratively) -- king, reign. see GREEK basileus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 936: βασιλεύωβασιλεύω; future βασιλεύσω; 1 aorist ἐβασίλευσα; βασιλεύς); — in Greek writings (from Homer down) with the genitive or dative, in the sacred writings, after the Hebrew (עַל מָשַׁל), followed by ἐπί with the genitive of place, Matthew 2:22 (where L T WH omit; Tr brackets ἐπί); Revelation 5:10; followed by ἐπί with the accusative of the person, Luke 1:33; Luke 19:14, 27; Romans 5:14; (cf. Winers Grammar, 206 (193f); Buttmann, 169 (147)) — to be king, to exercise kingly power, to reign: universally, 1 Timothy 6:15; Luke 19:14, 27; of the governor of a country, although not possessing kingly rank, Matthew 2:22; of God, Revelation 11:15, 17; Revelation 19:6; of the rule of Jesus, the Messiah, Luke 1:33; 1 Corinthians 15:25; Revelation 11:15; of the reign of Christians in the millennium, Revelation 5:10; Revelation 20:4, 6; Revelation 22:5; hence, Paul transfers the word to denote the supreme moral dignity, liberty, blessedness, which will be enjoyed by Christ's redeemed ones: Romans 5:17 (cf. DeWette and Thol. at the passage); 1 Corinthians 4:8. Metaphorically, to exercise the highest influence, to control: Romans 5:14, 17, 21; Romans 6:12. The aorist βασίλευσα denotes I obtained royal power, became king, have come to reign, in 1 Corinthians 4:8 (cf. Winers Grammar, 302 (283); Buttmann, 215 (185)); Revelation 11:17; Revelation 19:6 (as often in the Sept. and secular writings; cf. Grimm on 1 Macc., p. 11; Breitenbach or Kühner, on Xenophon, mem. 1, 1, 18; on the aorist to express entrance into a state, see Bernhardy (1829), p. 382; Krüger, § 53, 5, 1; (Kühner, § 386, 5; Goodwin § 19 N. 1)). (Compare: συμβασιλεύω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βασιλικός Transliteration: basilikos Phonetic Spelling: bas-il-ee-kos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: royal Meaning: royal GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G937 GO TO BIBLEHUB G937 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G937 GO TO OPENBIBLE G937 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G937, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βασιλικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G937 basilikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: king's, nobleman, royal. From basileus; regal (in relation), i.e. (literally) belonging to (or befitting) the sovereign (as land, dress, or a courtier), or (figuratively) preeminent -- king's, nobleman, royal. see GREEK basileus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 937: βασιλικόςβασιλικός, βασιλικῇ, βασιλικόν, of or belonging to a king, kingly, royal, regal; of a man, the officer or minister of a prince, a courtier: John 4:46, 49 (Polybius 4, 76, 2; Plutarch, Sol. 27; often in Josephus). subject to a king: of a country, Acts 12:20. befitting or worthy of a king, royal: ἐσθής, Acts 12:21. Hence, metaphorically, principal, chief: νόμος, James 2:8 (Plato, Min., p. 317 c. τό ὀρθόν νόμος ἐστι βασιλικός, Xenophon, symp. 1, 8 βασιλικόν κάλλος; 4 Macc. 14:2). STRONGS NT 937a: βασιλίσκος [βασιλίσκος, βασιλισκου, ὁ (diminutive of βασιλεύς), a petty king; a reading noted by WH in their (rejected) margin of John 4:46, 49. (Polybius, others.)] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βασίλισσα Transliteration: basilissa Phonetic Spelling: bas-il'-is-sah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a queen Meaning: Queen -- a queen GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G938 GO TO BIBLEHUB G938 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G938 GO TO OPENBIBLE G938 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G938, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βασίλισσα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G938 basilissa 🕊 Strong's Concordance: queen. Feminine from basileuo; a queen -- queen. see GREEK basileuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 938: βασίλισσαβασίλισσα, βασιλίσσης, ἡ, queen: Matthew 12:42; Luke 11:31; Acts 8:27; Revelation 18:7. (Xenophon, oec. 9, 15; Aristotle, oec. 9 (in Bekker, Anecd. i., p. 84; cf. fragment 385 (from Pollux 8, 90), p. 1542{a}, 25); Polybius 23, 18, 2 (excerpt Vales. 7), and often in later writings; the Sept.; Josephus; the Atticists prefer the forms βασιλίς and βασιλεία; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 225; (on the termination, corresponding to the English -ess, cf. Winers Grammar, 24; Buttmann, 73; Sophocles Lexicon, p. 37; Sturz, De dial. Maced. et Alex., p. 151ff; Curtius, p. 653).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βάσις Transliteration: basis Phonetic Spelling: bas'-ece Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a foot Meaning: a foot GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G939 GO TO BIBLEHUB G939 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G939 GO TO OPENBIBLE G939 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G939, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βάσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G939 basis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: foot. From baino (to walk); a pace ("base"), i.e. (by implication) the foot -- foot. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 939: βάσιςβάσις, βάσεως, ἡ (ΒΑΩ, βαίνω); 1. a stepping, walking (Aeschylus, Sophocles, others). 2. that with which one steps, the foot: Acts 3:7 (Plato, Tim., p. 92{a}, et al.; Wis. 13:18). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βασκαίνω Transliteration: baskainō Phonetic Spelling: bas-kah'-ee-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to slander, to bewitch Meaning: to slander, to bewitch GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G940 GO TO BIBLEHUB G940 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G940 GO TO OPENBIBLE G940 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G940, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βασκαίνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G940 baskainō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bewitch. Akin to phasko; to malign, i.e. (by extension) to fascinate (by false representations) -- bewitch. see GREEK phasko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 940: βασκαίνωβασκαίνω: 1 aorist ἐβασκανα, on which form cf. Winers Grammar, (75 (72)); 83 (80); (Buttmann, 41 (35); Lob. ad Phryn., p. 25f; Paralip., p. 21f); (βάζω, βάσκω (φάσκω) to speak, talk); τινα (Winer's Grammar, 223 (209)); 1. to speak ill of one, to slander, traduce him (Demosthenes 8, 19 (94, 19); Aelian v. h. 2, 13, etc.). 2. to bring evil on one by feigned praise or an evil eye, to charm, bewitch one (Aristotle, probl. 20, 34 (p. 926{b}, 24); Theocritus, 6, 39; Aelian nat. an. 1, 35); hence, of those who lead away others into error by wicked arts (Diodorus 4, 6): Galatians 3:1. Cf. Schott (or Lightfoot) at the passage; Lob. ad Phryn., p. 462. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαστάζω Transliteration: bastazō Phonetic Spelling: bas-tad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to take up, carry Meaning: to take up, carry GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G941 GO TO BIBLEHUB G941 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G941 GO TO OPENBIBLE G941 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G941, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαστάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G941 bastazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bear, carry, take up. Perhaps remotely derived from the base of basis (through the idea of removal); to lift, literally or figuratively (endure, declare, sustain, receive, etc.) -- bear, carry, take up. see GREEK basis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 941: βαστάζωβαστάζω; future βαστάσω; 1 aorist ἐβάστασα; 1. to take up with the hands: λίθους, John 10:31 (λααν, Homer, Odyssey 11, 594; τήν μάχαιραν ἀπό τῆς γῆς, Josephus, Antiquities 7, 11, 7). 2. to take up in order to carry or bear; to put upon oneself (something) to be carried; to bear what is burdensome: τόν σταυρόν, John 19:17; Luke 14:27 (see σταυρός 2 a. and b.); Metaphorically: βαστάζειν τί, to be equal to understanding a matter and receiving it calmly, John 16:12 (Epictetus ench. 29, 5); φορτίον, Galatians 6:5; βαστάσει τό κρίμα, must take upon himself the condemnation of the judge, Galatians 5:10 (מִשְׁפָּט נָשָׂא, Micah 7:9). Hence, to bear, endure: Matthew 20:12; Acts 15:10 (ζυγόν); Romans 15:1; Galatians 6:2; Revelation 2:2f (Epictetus diss. 1, 3, 2; Anthol. 5, 9, 3; in this sense the Greeks more commonly use φέρειν.) 3. simply to bear, carry: Matthew 3:11; Mark 14:13; Luke 7:14; Luke 22:10; Revelation 17:7; passive, Acts 3:2; Acts 21:35. τό ὄνομα μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν, so to bear it that it may be in the presence of Gentiles, i. e. by preaching to carry the knowledge of my name to the Gentiles, Acts 9:15. to carry on one's person: Luke 10:4; Galatians 6:17 (cf. Ellicott at the passage); of the womb carrying the foetus, Luke 11:27; to sustain, i. e., uphold, support: Romans 11:18. 4. by a use unknown to Attic writers, to bear away, carry off: νόσους, to take away or remove by curing them, Matthew 8:17 (Galen de compos. medicam. per gen. 2, 14 (339, Bas. edition) ψωρας τέ θεραπεύει καί ὑπώπια βαστάζει) (others refer the use in Matthew, the passage cited to 2; cf. Meyer). John 12:6 (ἐβασταζε used to pilfer (R. V. text took away; cf. our 'shoplifting', though path. this lift is a different word, see Skeat, under the word)); John 20:15 (Polybius 1, 48, 2 ὁ ἄνεμος τούς πύργους τῇ βία βαστάζει, Apollod. Bibl. 2, 6, 2; 3, 4, 3; Athen. 2, 26, p. 46 f.; 15, 48, p. 693{e}; very many instances from Josephus are given by Krebs, Observations, p. 152ff). (Synonyms: cf. Schmidt, chapter 105.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βάτος Transliteration: batos Phonetic Spelling: bat'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine; Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a bramble bush Meaning: a bramble bush GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G942 GO TO BIBLEHUB G942 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G942 GO TO OPENBIBLE G942 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G942, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βάτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G942 batos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bramble, bush. Of uncertain derivation; a brier shrub -- bramble, bush. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 942: βάτος (1)βάτος (1), βάτου, ἡ and (in Mark 12:26 G L T Tr WH) ὁ, (the latter according to Moeris, Attic; the former Hellenistic; cf. Fritzsche on Mark, p. 532; Winers Grammar, 63 (62) (cf. 36; Buttmann, 12 (11))) (from Homer down), a thorn or bramble-bush (cf. B. D., under the word ): Luke 6:44; Acts 7:30, 35; ἐπί τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the Bush, i. e. where it tells about the Bush, Mark 12:26; Luke 20:37; cf. Fritzsche on Romans 11:2; (B. D., under the word IV. 1). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βάτος Transliteration: batos Phonetic Spelling: bat'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a bath, an Israelite liquid measure Meaning: a bath, an Israelite liquid measure GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G943 GO TO BIBLEHUB G943 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G943 GO TO OPENBIBLE G943 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G943, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βάτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G943 batos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a measure for liquids. Of Hebrew origin (bath); a bath, or measure for liquids -- measure. see HEBREW bath Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 943: βάτος (2)βάτος (2), βάτου, ὁ, Hebrew בַּת a bath (A. V. measure), a Jewish measure of liquids containing 72 sextarii (between 8 and 9 gallons) (Josephus, Antiquities 8, 2, 9): Luke 16:6 (see B. D. under the word II. 2). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βάτραχος Transliteration: batrachos Phonetic Spelling: bat'-rakh-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a frog Meaning: a frog GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G944 GO TO BIBLEHUB G944 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G944 GO TO OPENBIBLE G944 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G944, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βάτραχος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G944 batrachos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: frog. Of uncertain derivation; a frog -- frog. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 944: βάτραχοςβάτραχος, βατραχου, ὁ, a frog (from Homer (i. e. Battach., and Herodotus) down): Revelation 16:13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βαττολογέω Transliteration: battologeō Phonetic Spelling: bat-tol-og-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to stammer Meaning: to stammer GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G945 GO TO BIBLEHUB G945 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G945 GO TO OPENBIBLE G945 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G945, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βαττολογέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G945 battologeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: use vain repetitions. From Battos (a proverbial stammerer) and logos; to stutter, i.e. (by implication) to prate tediously -- use vain repetitions. see GREEK logos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 945: βαττολογέωβαττολογέω (T WH βατταλογέω (with א B, see WH's Appendix, p. 152)), βαττολόγω: 1 aorist subjunctive βαττολογήσω; a. to stammer, and, since stammerers are accustomed to repeat the same sounds, b. to repeat the same things over and over, to use many and idle words, to babble, prate; so Matthew 6:7, where it is explained by ἐν τῇ πολυλογία, (Vulg.multumloqui; (A. V. to use vain repetitions)); cf. Tholuck at the passage Some suppose the word to be derived from Battus, a king of Cyrene, who is said to have stuttered (Herodotus 4, 155); others from Battus, an author of tedious and wordy poems; but comparing βατταρίζειν, which has the same meaning, and βάρβαρος (which see), it seems fax more probable that the word is onomatopoetic. (Simplicius, in Epictetus (ench. 30 at the end), p. 340, Schweigh edition.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βδέλυγμα Transliteration: bdelygma Phonetic Spelling: bdel'-oog-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a detestable thing Meaning: a detestable thing GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G946 GO TO BIBLEHUB G946 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G946 GO TO OPENBIBLE G946 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G946, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βδέλυγμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G946 bdelygma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: abomination. From bdelusso; a detestation, i.e. (specially) idolatry -- abomination. see GREEK bdelusso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 946: βδέλυγμαβδέλυγμα, βδελύγματος, τό (βδελύσσομαι), a Biblical and ecclesiastical word; in the Sept. mostly for תּועֵבָה, also for שִׁקוּץ and שֶׁקֶץ, a foul thing (loathsome on acct. of its stench), a detestable thing; (Tertullianabominamentum); Luth.Greuel; (A. V. abomination); a. universally: Luke 16:15. b. in the O. T. often used of idols and things pertaining to idolatry, to be held in abomination by the Israelites; as 1 Kings 11:6 (); (); 2 Kings 16:3; 2 Kings 21:2; 1 Esdr. 7:13; Wis. 12:23 Wis. 14:11; hence, in the N. T. in Revelation 17:4f of idol-worship and its impurities; ποιεῖν βδέλυγμα ψεῦδος, Revelation 21:27. c. the expression τό βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως the desolating abomination (others take the genitive, others; e. g. Meyer as a genitive epexegetical) in Matthew 24:15; Mark 13:14 (1 Macc. 1:54), seems to designate some terrible event in the Jewish war by which the temple was desecrated, perhaps that related by Josephus, b. j. 4, 9, 11ff (the Sept. Daniel 11:31; Daniel 12:11, βδέλυγμα (τῆς) ἐρημώσεως for מְשֹׁמֵם שִׁקּוּץ and שֹׁמֵם שִׁקוּץ, Daniel 9:27 βδέλυγμα τῶν ἐρημώσεων for מְשֹׁמֵם שִׁקוּצִים the abomination (or abominations) wrought by the desolator, i. e. not the statue of Jupiter Olympius, but a little idol-altar placed upon the altar of whole burnt offerings; cf. Grimm on 1 Macc., p. 31; Hengstenberg, Authentie des Daniel, p. 85f; (the principal explanations of the N. T. phrase are noticed in Dr. James Morison's Commentary on Matthew, the passage cited).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βδελυκτός Transliteration: bdelyktos Phonetic Spelling: bdel-ook-tos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: detestable Meaning: detestable GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G947 GO TO BIBLEHUB G947 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G947 GO TO OPENBIBLE G947 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G947, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βδελυκτός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G947 bdelyktos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: abominable. From bdelusso; detestable, i.e. (specially) idolatrous -- abominable. see GREEK bdelusso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 947: βδελυκτόςβδελυκτός, βδελυκτη, ὄν (βδελύσσομαι), abominable, detestable: Titus 1:16. (Besides only in Proverbs 17:15; Sir. 41:5; 2 Macc. 1:27; (cf. Philo de victim. offer. § 12 under the end).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βδελύσσομαι Transliteration: bdelyssomai Phonetic Spelling: bdel-oos'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to detest Meaning: to detest GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G948 GO TO BIBLEHUB G948 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G948 GO TO OPENBIBLE G948 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G948, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βδελύσσομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G948 bdelyssomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: abhor, abominable. From a (presumed) derivative of bdeo (to stink); to be disgusted, i.e. (by implication) detest (especially of idolatry) -- abhor, abominable. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 948: βδελύσσωβδελύσσω: (βδέω quietly to break wind, to stink); 1. to render foul, to cause to be abhorred: τήν ὀσμήν, Exodus 5:21; to defile, pollute: τάς ψυχάς, τήν ψυχήν, Leviticus 11:43; Leviticus 20:25; 1 Macc. 1:48; perfect passive participle ἐβδελυγμένος abominable, Revelation 21:8 (Leviticus 18:30; Proverbs 8:7; Job 15:16; 3Macc. 6:9; βδελυσσόμενος, 2 Macc. 5:8). In native Greek writings neither the active nor the passive is found. 2. βδελύσσομαι; deponent middle (1 aorist ἐβδελυξάμην often in the Sept. (Josephus, b. j 6, 2, 10); in Greek writings deponent passive, and from Aristophanes down); properly, to turn oneself away from on account of the stench; metaphorically, to abhor, detest: τί, Romans 2:22. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βέβαιος Transliteration: bebaios Phonetic Spelling: beb'-ah-yos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: firm, secure Meaning: firm, secure GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G949 GO TO BIBLEHUB G949 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G949 GO TO OPENBIBLE G949 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G949, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βέβαιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G949 bebaios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: firm, steadfast, sure. From the base of basis (through the idea of basality); stable (literally or figuratively) -- firm, of force, stedfast, sure. see GREEK basis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 949: βέβαιοςβέβαιος, βεβαία (Winers Grammar, 69 (67); Buttmann, 25 (22)), βέβαιον (ΒΑΩ, βαίνω) (from Aeschylus down), stable, fast, firm; properly: ἄγκυρα, Hebrews 6:19; metaphorically, sure, trusty: ἐπαγγελία, Romans 4:16; κλῆσις καί ἐκλογή, 2 Peter 1:10; λόγος προφητικός, 2 Peter 1:19; unshaken, constant, Hebrews 3:14; ἐλπίς, 2 Corinthians 1:7 (6) (4 Macc. 17:4); παρρησία, Hebrews 3:6 (but WH Tr marginal reading in brackets); valid and therefore inviolable, λόγος, Hebrews 2:2; διαθήκη, Hebrews 9:17. (With the same meanings in Greek writings from Herodotus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βεβαιόω Transliteration: bebaioō Phonetic Spelling: beb-ah-yo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to confirm, secure Meaning: to confirm, secure GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G950 GO TO BIBLEHUB G950 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G950 GO TO OPENBIBLE G950 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G950, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βεβαιόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G950 bebaioō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: confirm, establish. From bebaios; to stabilitate (figuratively) -- confirm, (e-)stablish. see GREEK bebaios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 950: βεβαιόωβεβαιόω, βεβαιω; future βεβαιώσω; 1 aorist ἐβεβαιωσα; passive (present βεβαιοῦμαι); 1 aorist ἐβεβαιωθην; (βέβαιος); to make firm, establish, confirm, make sure: τόν λόγον, to prove its truth and divinity, Mark 16:20; τάς ἐπαγγελίας make good the promises by the event, i. e. fulfil them, Romans 15:8 (so also in Greek writings as Diodorus 1, 5); passive: τό μαρτύριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 Corinthians 1:6; ἡ σωτηρία ... εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐβεβαιώθη,a constructio praegnans (Winer's Grammar, § 66, 2 d.) which may be resolved into εἰς ἡμᾶς παρεδόθη καί ἐν ἡμῖν βέβαιος ἐγένετο, Hebrews 2:3 cf. Hebrews 2:2; see βέβαιος. of men made steadfast and constant in soul: Hebrews 13:9; 1 Corinthians 1:8 (βεβαιώσει ὑμᾶς ἀνεγκλήτους will so confirm you that ye may be unreprovable (Winer's Grammar, § 59, 6 at the end)); 2 Corinthians 1:21 (βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς εἰς Χριστόν, causing us to be steadfast in our fellowship with Christ; cf. Meyer at the passage); ἐν τῇ πίστει, Colossians 2:7 (L T Tr WH omit ἐν). (In Greek writings from Thucydides and Plato down.) (Compare: διαβεβαιωμαι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βεβαίωσις Transliteration: bebaiōsis Phonetic Spelling: beb-ah'-yo-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: confirmation Meaning: confirmation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G951 GO TO BIBLEHUB G951 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G951 GO TO OPENBIBLE G951 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G951, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βεβαίωσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G951 bebaiōsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: confirmation. From bebaioo; stabiliment -- confirmation. see GREEK bebaioo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 951: βεβαίωσιςβεβαίωσις, βεβαιωσεως, ἡ (βεβαιόω), confirmation: τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, Philippians 1:7; εἰς βεβαίωσιν to produce confidence, Hebrews 6:16. (Wis. 6:19. Thucydides, Plutarch, Dio Cass., (others).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βέβηλος Transliteration: bebēlos Phonetic Spelling: beb'-ay-los Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: permitted to be trodden, by implication unhallowed Meaning: permitted to be trodden, by implication unhallowed GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G952 GO TO BIBLEHUB G952 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G952 GO TO OPENBIBLE G952 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G952, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βέβηλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G952 bebēlos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: profane person. From the base of basis and belos (a threshold); accessible (as by crossing the door-way), i.e. (by implication, of Jewish notions) heathenish, wicked -- profane (person). see GREEK basis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 952: βέβηλοςβέβηλος, βεβηλον (ΒΑΩ, βαίνω, βηλός threshold); 1. accessible, lawful to be trodden; properly, used of places; hence, 2. profane, equivalent to חֹל (i. e. unhallowed, common), Leviticus 10:10; 1 Samuel 21:4; opposed to ἅγιος (as in (Ezekiel 22:26); Philo, vit. Moys. iii., § 18): 1 Timothy 4:7; 1 Timothy 6:20; 2 Timothy 2:16; of men, profane i. e. ungodly: 1 Timothy 1:9; Hebrews 12:16. (Often in Greek writings from Aeschylus down.) (Cf. Trench, § 101.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βεβηλόω Transliteration: bebēloō Phonetic Spelling: beb-ay-lo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to profane Meaning: to profane GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G953 GO TO BIBLEHUB G953 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G953 GO TO OPENBIBLE G953 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G953, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βεβηλόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G953 bebēloō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: profane. From bebelos; to desecrate -- profane. see GREEK bebelos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 953: βεβηλόωβεβηλόω, βεβηλῶ; 1 aorist ἐβεβηλωσα; (βέβηλος); to profane, desecrate: τό σάββατον, Matthew 12:5; τά ἱερόν, Acts 24:6. (Often in the Sept. for חִלֵּל; Judith 9:8; 1 Macc. 2:12, etc.; Heliodorus 2, 25.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βεελζεβούλ Transliteration: Beelzeboul Phonetic Spelling: beh-el-zeb-ool' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Beelzebul, a name of Satan Meaning: Beelzebul, a name of Satan GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G954 GO TO BIBLEHUB G954 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G954 GO TO OPENBIBLE G954 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G954, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βεελζεβούλ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G954 Beelzeboul 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Beelzebub. Of Chaldee origin (by parody on Ba'al Zbuwb); dung-god; Beelzebul, a name of Satan -- Beelzebub. see HEBREW Ba'al Zbuwb Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 954: ΒηλζεβουλΒηλζεβουλ and, as written by some (yet no Greek) authorities, Βηλζεβουβ (cod. B Βηζεβουλ, so manuscript א except in Mark 3:22; adopted by WH, see their Appendix, p. 159; cf. Buttmann, 6), ὁ, indeclinable, Beelzebul or Beelzebub, a name of Satan, the prince of evil spirits: Matthew 10:25; Matthew 12:24, 27; Mark 3:22; Luke 11:15, 18, 19. The form Βηλζεβουλ is composed of זְבוּל (rabbinical Hebrew for זֶבֶל dung) and בַּעַל, lord of dung or of filth, i. e. of idolatry; cf. Lightfoot on Matthew 12:21. The few who follow Jerome in preferring the form Βηλζεβουβ derive the name from זְבוּב בַּעַל, lord of flies, a false god of the Ekronites (2 Kings 1:2) having the power to drive away troublesome flies, and think the Jews transferred the name to Satan in contempt. Cf. Winers RWB under the word Beelzebub: and J. G. M(üller) in Herzog vol. i., p. 768ff; (BB. DD.; cf. also Meyer and Dr. James Morison on Matthew 10:25; some, as Weiss (on Mark, the passage cited; Biblical Theol. § 23 a.), doubt alike whether the true derivation of the name has yet been hit upon, and whether it denotes Satan or only some subordinate 'Prince of demons'). (Besides only in ecclesiastical writings, as Ev. Nicod. c. 1f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βελίαρ Transliteration: Beliar Phonetic Spelling: bel-ee'-al Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: "lord of the forest", Beliar, a name of Satan Meaning: "lord of the forest", Beliar, a name of Satan GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G955 GO TO BIBLEHUB G955 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G955 GO TO OPENBIBLE G955 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G955, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βελίαρ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G955 Beliar 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Belial. Of Hebrew origin (bliya'al); worthlessness; Belial, as an epithet of Satan -- Belial. see HEBREW bliya'al Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 955: ΒελιαλΒελιαλ, ὁ (בְּלִיַעַל worthlessness, wickedness), Belial, a name of Satan, 2 Corinthians 6:15 in Rec.bez elz L. But Βελιάρ (which see) is preferable (see WHs Appendix, p. 159; Buttmann, 6). STRONGS NT 955: ΒελιάρΒελιάρ, ὁ, indeclinable, Beliar, a name of Satan in 2 Corinthians 6:15 Rec.st G T Tr WH, etc. This form is either robe ascribed (as most suppose) to the harsh Syriac pronunciation of the word Βελιαλ (q. v.), or must be derived from יַעַר בֵּל lord of the forest, i. e. who rules over forests and deserts (cf. the Sept. Isaiah 13:21; Matthew 12:43; (BB. DD. under the word , especially Alex.'s Kitto)). Often in ecclesiastical writings STRONGS NT 955a: βελόνηβελόνη, βελόνης, ἡ (βέλος); a. the point of a spear. b. a needle: Luke 18:25 L T Tr WH; see ῤαφίς. ((Batr. 130), Aristophanes, Aeschines, Aristotle, others; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 90.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βέλος Transliteration: belos Phonetic Spelling: bel'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a needle Meaning: a needle GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G956 GO TO BIBLEHUB G956 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G956 GO TO OPENBIBLE G956 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G956, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βέλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G956 belos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dart, arrowFrom ballo; a missile, i.e. Spear or arrow -- dart. see GREEK ballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 956: βέλοςβέλος, βελεος, τό (βάλλω), a missile, a dart, javelins, arrow: Ephesians 6:16. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βελτίων Transliteration: beltiōn Phonetic Spelling: bel-tee'-on Part of Speech: Adverb, Comparative Short Definition: better Meaning: better GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G957 GO TO BIBLEHUB G957 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G957 GO TO OPENBIBLE G957 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G957, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βελτίων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G957 beltiōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: very well. Neuter of a compound of a derivative of ballo (used for the comparative of agathos); better -- very well. see GREEK ballo see GREEK agathos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 957: βελτίωνβελτίων, βέλτιον, genitive βελτιονος, better; neuter adverbially in 2 Timothy 1:18 (Winers Grammar, 242 (227); Buttmann, 27 (24). Sophocles, Thucydides, others). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βενιαμίν Transliteration: Beniamin Phonetic Spelling: ben-ee-am-een' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Benjamin, one of the twelve Israelite tribes Meaning: Benjamin -- one of the twelve Israelite tribes GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G958 GO TO BIBLEHUB G958 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G958 GO TO OPENBIBLE G958 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G958, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βενιαμίν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G958 Beniamin 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Benjamin. Of Hebrew origin (Binyamiyn); Benjamin, an Israelite -- Benjamin. see HEBREW Binyamiyn Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 958: ΒενιαμίνΒενιαμίν (Βενιάμειν L T Tr WH; see WH's Appendix, p. 155, and under the word εἰ, ἰ), ὁ (בִּנְיָמִין, i. e. בֶּן־יָמִין, son of the right hand, i. e. of good fortune, Genesis 35:18), Benjamin, Jacob's twelfth son; φυλή Βενιαμίν the tribe of Benjamin: Acts 13:21; Romans 11:1; Philippians 3:5; Revelation 7:8. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βερνίκη Transliteration: Bernikē Phonetic Spelling: ber-nee'-kay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Berenice, Bernice, daughter of Herod Agrippa I Meaning: Berenice -- Bernice, daughter of Herod Agrippa I GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G959 GO TO BIBLEHUB G959 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G959 GO TO OPENBIBLE G959 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G959, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βερνίκη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G959 Bernikē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Bernice. From a provincial form of phero and nike; victorious; Bernice, a member of the Herodian family -- Bernice. see GREEK phero see GREEK nike Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 959: ΒερνίκηΒερνίκη, Βερνίκης, ἡ (for Βερενικη, and this the Macedonic form (cf. Sturz, De dial. Mac., p. 31) of Φερενικη (i. e. victorious)), Bernice or Berenice, daughter of Herod Agrippa the elder. She married first her uncle Herod, king of Chalcis, and after his death Polemon, king of Cilicia. Deserting him soon afterward, she returned to her brother Agrippa, with whom previously when a widow she was said to have lived incestuously. Finally she became for a tithe the mistress of the emperor Titus (Josephus, Antiquities 19, 5, 1; 20, 7, 1 and 3; Tacitus, hist. 2, 2 and 81; Suetonius, Titus 7): Acts 25:13, 23; Acts 26:30. Cf. Hausrath in Schenkel i., p. 396f; (Farrar, St. Paul, ii. 599f). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βέροια Transliteration: Beroia Phonetic Spelling: ber'-oy-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Berea, a city of Macedonia Meaning: Berea -- a city of Macedonia GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G960 GO TO BIBLEHUB G960 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G960 GO TO OPENBIBLE G960 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G960, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βέροια [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G960 Beroia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Berea. Perhaps a provincial from a derivative of peran (Peroea, i.e. The region beyond the coast-line); Beroea, a place in Macedonia -- Berea. see GREEK peran Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 960: ΒέροιαΒέροια, Βεροιας, ἡ (also Βερροια (i. e. well-watered)), Beraea, a city of Macedonia, near Pella, at the foot of Mount Bermius: Acts 17:10, 13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βεροιαῖος Transliteration: Beroiaios Phonetic Spelling: ber-oy-ah'-yos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: Berean, a native of Berea Meaning: Berean, a native of Berea GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G961 GO TO BIBLEHUB G961 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G961 GO TO OPENBIBLE G961 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G961, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βεροιαῖος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G961 Beroiaios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: of Berea. From Beroia; a Beroeoean or native of Beroea -- of Berea. see GREEK Beroia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 961: ΒεροιαῖοςΒεροιαῖος, Βεροιαια, Βεροιαιον, Beraean: Acts 20:4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βηθαβαρά Transliteration: Bēthabara Phonetic Spelling: bay-thab-ar-ah' Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: Bethabara Meaning: Bethabara GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G962 GO TO BIBLEHUB G962 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G962 GO TO OPENBIBLE G962 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G962, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βηθαβαρά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G962 Bēthabara 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Bethabara. Of Hebrew origin (bayith and abarah); ferry-house; Bethabara (i.e. Bethabarah), a place on the Jordan -- Bethabara. see HEBREW bayith see HEBREW abarah Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 962: ΒηθαβαρᾶΒηθαβαρᾶ, Βηθαβαρας Βηθαβαρᾶ Rec.bez st, indeclinable), ἡ (עֲבָרָה בֵּית place of crossing, i. e. where there is a crossing or ford, cf. German Furthhausen), Bethabara: John 1:28 Rec. (in Rec.elz of 1st decl., but cf. Winers Grammar, 61 (60)); see (WH's Appendix at the passage and) Βηθανία, 2. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βηθανία Transliteration: Bēthania Phonetic Spelling: bay-than-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: "house of affliction" or "house of dates", Bethany, the name of two cities in Palestine Meaning: Bethany -- "house of affliction" or "house of dates", the name of two cities in Palestine GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G963 GO TO BIBLEHUB G963 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G963 GO TO OPENBIBLE G963 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G963, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βηθανία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G963 Bēthania 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Bethany. Of Chaldee origin; date-house; Beth-any, a place in Palestine -- Bethany. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 963: ΒηθανίαΒηθανία Βηθανίας, ἡ (עֲנִיָּה בֵּית house of depression or misery (cf. B. D. American edition)), Bethany; 1. a town or village beyond the Mount of Olives, fifteen furlongs from Jerusalem: John 11:1, 18; John 12:1; Matthew 21:17; Matthew 26:6; Luke 19:29 (here WH give the accusative Βηθανία (see their Appendix, p. 160), cf. Tr marginal reading); ; Mark 11:1, 11; Mark 14:3; now a little Arab hamlet, of from 20 to 30 families, calledel-'Aziriyeh orel-'Azir (the Arabic name of Lazarus); cf. Robinson i. 431f; (BB. DD. under the word). 2. a town or village on the east bank of the Jordan, where John baptized: John 1:28 L T Tr WH (see the preceding word). But Origen, although confessing that in his day nearly all the manuscripts read ἐν Βηθανία, declares that when he journeyed through those parts he did not find any place of that name, but that Bethabara was pointed out as the place where John had baptized; the statement is confirmed by Eusebius and Jerome also, who were well acquainted with the region. Hence, it is most probable that Bethany disappeared after the Apostles' time, and was restored under the name of Bethabara; cf. Lücke at the passage, p. 391ff (Cf. Prof. J. A. Paine in Phila. S. S. Times for Apr. 16, 1881, p. 243f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βηθεσδά Transliteration: Bēthesda Phonetic Spelling: bay-thes-dah' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Bethesda, a pool in Jer Meaning: Bethesda -- a pool in Jerusalem GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G964 GO TO BIBLEHUB G964 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G964 GO TO OPENBIBLE G964 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G964, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βηθεσδά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G964 Bēthesda 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Bethesda. Of Chaldee origin (compare bayith and checed); house of kindness; Beth-esda, a pool in Jerusalem -- Bethesda. see HEBREW bayith see HEBREW checed Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 964: ΒηθεσδάΒηθεσδά, ἡ, indec. (Chaldean חֶסְדָּא בֵּית, i. e. house of mercy, or place for receiving and caring for the sick), Bethesda, the name of a pool near the sheep-gate at Jerusalem, the waters of which had curative powers: John 5:2 (here L marginal reading WH marginal reading read Βηθσαϊδά, T WH text Βηθζαθά (which see)). What locality in the modern city is its representative is not clear; cf. Winers RWB under the word; Arnold in Herzog ii., p. 117f; Robinson i. 330f, 342f; (B. D. under the word; The Recovery of Jerusalem (see index)). STRONGS NT 964a: ΒηθζαθάΒηθζαθά, ἡ (perhaps from Chaldean זַיְתָא בֵּית, house of olives; not, as some suppose, חֲדַתָּא בֵּית, house of newness, German Neuhaus, since it cannot be shown that the Hebrew letter chet ח is ever represented by the Greek zeta ζ'), Bethzatha: John 5:2 T (WH text) after manuscripts א L D and other authorities (no doubt a corrupt reading, yet approved by Keim, ii., p. 177 (see also WHs Appendix, ad loc.)), for Rec. Βηθεσδά, which see (Cf. Kautzsch, Gram. d. Biblical-Aram., p. 9.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βηθλεέμ Transliteration: Bēthleem Phonetic Spelling: bayth-leh-em' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: "house of bread", Bethlehem, a city near Jer Meaning: Bethlehem -- "house of bread", a city near Jerusalem GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G965 GO TO BIBLEHUB G965 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G965 GO TO OPENBIBLE G965 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G965, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βηθλεέμ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G965 Bēthleem 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Bethlehem. Of Hebrew origin (Beyth l-'Aphrah); Bethleem (i.e. Beth-lechem), a place in Palestine -- Bethlehem. see HEBREW Beyth l-'Aphrah Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 965: ΒηθλημΒηθλημ, ἡ (indecl) (in Josephus not only so (Antiquities 8, 10, 1), but also Βηθλημη, Βηθλημης, Antiquities 6, 8, 1; 11, 7; (7, 1, 3); ἀπό Βηθλεμων, 5, 2, 8; ἐκ Βηθλημων, 5, 9, 1; (cf. 7, 13; 9, 2)), Bethlehem (לֶחֶם בֵּית house of bread), a little town, named from the fertility of its sort, six Roman miles south of Jerusalem; now Beit Lachm, with about 3,000 ("5,000," Baedeker) inhabitants: Matthew 2:1, 5f, 8, 16; Luke 2:4, 15; John 7:42. Cf. Winers RWB, under the word; Robinson i., p. 470ff; Raumer, p. 313ff; Tobler, Bethlehem in Palastina as above with 1849; (Socin (i. e. Baedeker), Handbook. etc., under the word; Porter (i. e. Murray) ibid.; BB. DD.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βηθσαϊδά Transliteration: Bēthsaida Phonetic Spelling: bayth-sahee-dah' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: "house of fish", Bethsaida, the name of two cities on the shore of the Sea of Galilee Meaning: Bethsaida -- "house of fish", the name of two cities on the shore of the Sea of Galilee GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G966 GO TO BIBLEHUB G966 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G966 GO TO OPENBIBLE G966 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G966, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βηθσαϊδά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G966 Bēthsaida 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Bethsaida. Of Chaldee origin (compare bayith and tsayad); fishing-house; Bethsaida, a place in Palestine -- Bethsaida. see HEBREW bayith see HEBREW tsayad Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 966: Βηδσαιδα [Βηδσαιδα, given by L marginal reading Tr marginal reading in Luke 10:13 where Rec. etc. Βηθσαϊδά, which see] STRONGS NT 966: ΒηθσαϊδάΒηθσαϊδά (WH Βηθσαϊδά; see Iota) and (Matthew 11:21 R G T WH) Βηθσαϊδάν, ἡ, indeclinable but with accusative (which may, however, be only the alternate form just given; cf. WH's Appendix, p. 160) Βηθσαϊδάν (Buttmann, 17 (16f); Winers 61 (60); Tdf. Proleg., p. 119f), (Syriac )dYc tYB [] i. e. house or place of hunting or fishing), Bethsaida; 1. a small city (πόλις, John 1:44 (45)) or a village (κώμη Mark 8:22, 23) on the western shore of the Lake of Gennesaret: John 1:44 (45); Matthew 11:21; Mark 6:45; Luke 10:13 (here L marginal reading Tr marginal reading Βηδσαιδα; cf. Tdf. Proleg. as above); John 12:21 (where τῆς Γαλιλαίας is added). 2. a village in lower Gaulanitis on the eastern shore of Lake Gennesaret, not far from the place where the Jordan empties into it. Philip the tetrarch so increased its population that it was reckoned as a city, and was called Julius in honor of Julia, the daughter of the emperor Augustus (Josephus, Antiquities 18, 2, 1; Pliny, h. n. 5, 15). Many think that this city is referred to in Luke 9:10, on account of Mark 6:32, 45; John 6:1; others that the Evangelists disagree. Cf. Winers RWB under the word; Raumer, p. 122f; (BB. DD. under the word, Bethsaida. 3. In John 5:2 Lachmann marginal reading WH marginal reading read Βηθσαϊδά; see under the word Βηθεσδά.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βηθφαγή Transliteration: Bēthphagē Phonetic Spelling: bayth-fag-ay' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: "house of unripe figs", Bethphage, a village on the Mount of Olives Meaning: Bethphage -- "house of unripe figs", a village on the Mount of Olives GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G967 GO TO BIBLEHUB G967 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G967 GO TO OPENBIBLE G967 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G967, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βηθφαγή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G967 Bēthphagē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Bethphage. Of Chaldee origin (compare bayith and pag); fig-house; Beth-phage, a place in Palestine -- Bethphage. see HEBREW bayith see HEBREW pag Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 967: ΒηθφαγήΒηθφαγή (but Lachmann uniformly, Treg. in Matt. and Mark and R G in Matt. Βηθφαγή (Buttmann, 15; Winers Grammar, 52 (51); cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 103); in Matthew 21:1 Tdf. edition 7 Βηθσφαγή), ἡ, indeclinable (from בֵּית and פַּג house of unripe figs), Bethphage, the name of a country-seat or hamlet (Eusebius calls it κώμη, Jeromevillula), on the Mount of Olives, near Bethany: Matthew 21:1; Mark 11:1 R G Tr text WH text, but Tr marginal reading in brackets; Luke 19:29. (BB. DD. under the word.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βῆμα Transliteration: bēma Phonetic Spelling: bay'-ma Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a step, raised place, by implication a tribunal Meaning: a step, raised place, by implication a tribunal GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G968 GO TO BIBLEHUB G968 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G968 GO TO OPENBIBLE G968 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G968, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βῆμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G968 bēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: judgment seat, throne. From the base of basis; a step, i.e. Foot-breath; by implication, a rostrum, i.e. A tribunal -- judgment-seat, set (foot) on, throne. see GREEK basis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 968: βῆμαβῆμα, βήματος, τό (from ΒΑΩ, βαίνω) (fr. Homer (h. Merc.), Pindar down); 1. a step, pace: βῆμα ποδός the space which the foot covers, a foot-breadth, Acts 7:5 (for כַּף־רֶגֶל, Deuteronomy 2:5, cf. Xenophon, an. 4, 7, 10; Cyril 7, 5, 6). 2. a raised place mounted by steps; a platform, tribune: used of the official seat of a judge, Matthew 27:19; John 19:13; Acts 18:12, 16; Acts 25:6, 10,(17); of the judgment-seat of Christ, Romans 14:10 (L T Tr WH τοῦ Θεοῦ); 2 Corinthians 5:10; of the structure, resembling a throne, which Herod built in the theater at Caesarea, and from which he used to view the games and make speeches to the people, Acts 12:21; (of an orator's pulpit, 2 Macc. 13:26; Nehemiah 8:4. Xenophon, mem. 3, 6, 1; Herodian, 2, 10, 2 (1, Bekker edition)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βήρυλλος Transliteration: bēryllos Phonetic Spelling: bay'-rool-los Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: beryl Meaning: beryl GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G969 GO TO BIBLEHUB G969 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G969 GO TO OPENBIBLE G969 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G969, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βήρυλλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G969 bēryllos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: beryl. Of uncertain derivation; a "beryl" -- beryl. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 969: βήρυλλοςβήρυλλος, βηρυλλου, ὁ, ἡ, beryl, a precious stone of a pale green color (Pliny, h. n. 37, 5 (20) (i. e. 37, 79)): Revelation 21:20. (Tobit 13:17; neuter βηρύλλιον, equivalent to שֹׁהַם, Exodus 28:20; Exodus 36:20 ()). Cf. Winers RWB under the word Edelsteine, 11; (especially Riehm, HWB, ibid. 3 and 12). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βία Transliteration: bia Phonetic Spelling: bee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: strength, force Meaning: strength, force GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G970 GO TO BIBLEHUB G970 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G970 GO TO OPENBIBLE G970 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G970, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G970 bia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: violence. Probably akin to bia (through the idea of vital activity); force -- violence. see GREEK bia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 970: βίαβία, βίας, ἡ; 1. strength, whether of body or of mind: Homer and subsequent writers. 2. strength in violent action, force: μετά βίας by the use of force, with violence, Acts 5:26; Acts 24:7 (Rec.); shock τῶν κυμάτων, Acts 27:41 (R G, but Tr text brackets; others omit τῶν κυμάτων); διά τήν βίαν τοῦ ὄχλου, the crowd pressing on so violently, Acts 21:35. (Synonym: see δύναμις, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βίαζομαι Transliteration: biazomai Phonetic Spelling: bee-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to force Meaning: to force GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G971 GO TO BIBLEHUB G971 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G971 GO TO OPENBIBLE G971 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G971, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βίαζομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G971 biazomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: press, suffer violence. From bios; to force, i.e. (reflexively) to crowd oneself (into), or (passively) to be seized -- press, suffer violence. see GREEK bios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 971: βιάζωβιάζω: (βία); to use force, to apply force; τινα, to force, inflict violence on, one; the active is very rare and almost exclusively poetic (from Homer down); passive (Buttmann, 53 (46)) in Matthew 11:12 ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ οὐρανοῦ βιάζεται, the kingdom of heaven is taken by violence, carried by storm, i. e. a share in the heavenly kingdom is sought for with the most ardent zeal and the intensest exertion; cf. Xenophon, Hell. 5, 2, 15 (23) πόλεις τάς βεβιασμενας; (but see Weiss, James Morison, Norton, in the place cited). The other explanation: the kingdom of heaven suffereth violence namely, from its enemies, agrees neither with the time when Christ spoke the words, nor with the context; cf. Fritzsche, DeWette, Meyer, at the passage, middle, βιάζομαι followed by εἰς τί to force one's way into a thing, (ἐς τήν Ποτιδαιαν, Thucydides 1, 63; ἐς τό ἔξω, 7, 69; εἰς τήν παρεμβολήν, Polybius 1, 74, 5; εἰς τά ἐντός, Philo, vit. Moys. i., § 19; εἰς τό στρατόπεδον, Plutarch, Otho 12, etc.): εἰς τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, to get a share in the kingdom of God by the utmost earnestness and effort, Luke 16:16. (Compare: παραβιάζομαι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βίαιος Transliteration: biaios Phonetic Spelling: bee'-ah-yos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: violent Meaning: violent GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G972 GO TO BIBLEHUB G972 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G972 GO TO OPENBIBLE G972 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G972, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βίαιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G972 biaios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: mighty. From bia; violent -- mighty. see GREEK bia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 972: βίαιοςβίαιος, βιαια, βίαιον (βία), violent, forcible: Acts 2:2 (A. V. mighty). (In Greek writings from Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βιαστής Transliteration: biastēs Phonetic Spelling: bee-as-tace' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a violent man Meaning: a violent man GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G973 GO TO BIBLEHUB G973 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G973 GO TO OPENBIBLE G973 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G973, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βιαστής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G973 biastēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: violent. From biazo; a forcer, i.e. (figuratively) energetic -- violent. see GREEK biazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 973: βιαστήςβιαστής, βιαστου, ὁ (biazoo]); 1. strong, forceful: Pindar Ol. 9, 114 (75); Pythagoras 4, 420 (236; but Pindar only uses the form βιατας, so others). 2. using force, violent: Philo, agric. § 19. In Matthew 11:12 those are called βιασταί by whom the kingdom of God βιάζεται, i. e. who strive to obtain its privileges with the utmost eagerness and effort. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βιβλιδάριον Transliteration: biblidarion Phonetic Spelling: bib-lee-ar-id'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a little book Meaning: a little book GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G974 GO TO BIBLEHUB G974 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G974 GO TO OPENBIBLE G974 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G974, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βιβλιδάριον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G974 biblidarion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: little book. A diminutive of biblion; a booklet -- little book. see GREEK biblion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 974: βιβλαρίδιονβιβλαρίδιον, βιβλαριδιου, τό (diminutive of the diminutive βιβλάριον from ἡ βίβλος), a little book: Revelation 10:2, 8 (L Tr WH βιβλίον, Tdf. 2 and 7 βιβλιδάριον, which see), 9, 10. Not found in secular authors (Hermas, vis. 2, 4, 3 [ET]); cf. Winer's Grammar, 96 (91). STRONGS NT 974a: βιβλιδάριονβιβλιδάριον, βιβλιδαριου, τό (from βιβλίδιον, like ἱματιδαριον, from ἱματίδιον), a little book: Revelation 10:8 Tdf. (editions 2 and) 7. (Aristophanes fragment 596.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βιβλίον Transliteration: biblion Phonetic Spelling: bib-lee'-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a paper, book Meaning: a paper, book GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G975 GO TO BIBLEHUB G975 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G975 GO TO OPENBIBLE G975 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G975, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βιβλίον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G975 biblion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: book, scroll, writing. A diminutive of biblos; a roll -- bill, book, scroll, writing. see GREEK biblos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 975: βιβλίονβιβλίον, βιβλίου, τό (diminutive of βίβλος), a small book, a scroll: Luke 4:17, 20; John 20:30; Galatians 3:10; 2 Timothy 4:13, etc.; a written document; a sheet on which something has been written, βιβλίον ἀποστασίου (bill of divorcement): Matthew 19:7; Mark 10:4; see ἀποστάσιον, 1. βιβλίον ζωῆς, the list of those whom God has appointed to eternal salvation: Revelation 13:8 (Rec. τῇ βίβλῳ); ; see ζωή, 2 b. (From Herodotus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βίβλος Transliteration: biblos Phonetic Spelling: bib'-los Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: (the inner) bark (of a papyrus plant), a scroll, a book Meaning: (the inner) bark (of a papyrus plant), a scroll, a book GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G976 GO TO BIBLEHUB G976 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G976 GO TO OPENBIBLE G976 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G976, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βίβλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G976 biblos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: book. Properly, the inner bark of the papyrus plant, i.e. (by implication) a sheet or scroll of writing -- book. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 976: βίβλοςβίβλος, βίβλου, ἡ (or rather ἡ βύβλος (but the form βίβλος is more common when it denotes a writing), the plant called papyrus, Theophrastus, hist. plant. 4, 8, 2f; (Pliny, h. n. 13, 11f (21f)); from its bark (rather, the cellular substance of its stem (for it was an endogenous plant)) paper was made (see Tristram, Nat. Hist. etc., p. 433f; especially Dureau de la Malle in the Memoires de l'Acad. d. Inscriptions etc. tom. 19 part 1 (1851), pp. 140-183, and (in correction of current misapprehensions) Prof. E. Abbot in the Library Journal for Nov. 1878, p. 323f, where other references are also given)), a written book, a roll or scroll: Matthew 1:1; Luke 3:4; Mark 12:26; Acts 1:20; τῆς ζωῆς, Philippians 4:3; Revelation 3:5, etc.; see βιβλίον. (From Aeschylus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βιβρώσκω Transliteration: bibrōskō Phonetic Spelling: bib-ro'-sko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to eat Meaning: to eat GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G977 GO TO BIBLEHUB G977 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G977 GO TO OPENBIBLE G977 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G977, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βιβρώσκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G977 bibrōskō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: eat. A reduplicated and prolonged form of an obsolete primary verb (perhaps causative of bosko); to eat -- eat. see GREEK bosko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 977: βιβρώσκωβιβρώσκω: perfect βέβρωκα; to eat: John 6:13. (In Greek writings from Homer down; often in the Sept..) STRONGS NT 977: βρώσκωβρώσκω, unused present whence perfect βέβρωκα; see βιβρώσκω. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βιθυνία Transliteration: bithynia Phonetic Spelling: bee-thoo-nee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Bithynia, a province in Asia Minor Meaning: Bithynia -- a province in Asia Minor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G978 GO TO BIBLEHUB G978 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G978 GO TO OPENBIBLE G978 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G978, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βιθυνία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G978 bithynia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Bithynia. Of uncertain derivation; Bithynia, a region of Asia -- Bithynia. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 978: ΒιθυνίαΒιθυνία, Βιθυνίας, ἡ, Bithynia, a province of Asia Minor, bounded by the Euxine Sea, the Propontis, Mysia, Phrygia, Galatia, Paphlagonia: Acts 16:7; 1 Peter 1:1. (Cf. B. D. under the word; Dict. of Greek and Rom. Geog. under the word; Conybeare and Howson, St. Paul, etc., chapter viii.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βίος Transliteration: bios Phonetic Spelling: bee'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: life, living Meaning: life, living GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G979 GO TO BIBLEHUB G979 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G979 GO TO OPENBIBLE G979 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G979, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βίος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G979 bios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: life, living. A primary word; life, i.e. (literally) the present state of existence; by implication, the means of livelihood -- good, life, living. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 979: βίοςβίος, βίου, ὁ (from Homer down); a. life extensively, i. e. the period or course of life (see below and Trench, § xxvii.): Luke 8:14; 1 Timothy 2:2; 2 Timothy 2:4; 1 John 2:16; 1 Peter 4:3 (Rec.). b. (as often in Greek writings from Hesiod, Works, 230, 575; Herodotus, Xenophon) that by which life is sustained, resources, wealth (A. V. living): Mark 12:44; Luke 8:43 (WH omits; Tr marginal reading brackets the clause); Luke 15:12, 30; Luke 21:4; 1 John 3:17 (goods). (For לֶחֶם in Proverbs 31:14 ().) [SYNONYMS: βίος, ζωή: ζωή existence (having death as its antithesis); βίος the period, means, manner, of existence. Hence, the former is more naturally used of animals, the latter of men; cf. zoology, biography. N. T. usage exalts ζωή, and so tends to debase βίος. But see Lightfoot, Ignatius ad Rom. 7 [ET].] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βιόω Transliteration: bioō Phonetic Spelling: bee-o'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to live Meaning: to live GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G980 GO TO BIBLEHUB G980 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G980 GO TO OPENBIBLE G980 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G980, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βιόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G980 bioō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: live. From bios; to spend existence -- live. see GREEK bios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 980: βιόωβιόω, βίῳ: 1 aorist infinitive βιῶσαι; for which in Attic the 2 aorist infinitive βιωναι is more common, cf. Winers Grammar, 84 (80); (Buttmann, 54 (48); Veitch, or Liddell and Scott, under the word); (βίος); (from Homer down); to spend life, to live: τόν χρόνον, to pass the time, 1 Peter 4:2; (Job 29:18; ἡμέρας, Xenophon, mem. 4, 8, 2). (Synonym: see βίος, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βίωσις Transliteration: biōsis Phonetic Spelling: bee'-o-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: manner of life Meaning: manner of life GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G981 GO TO BIBLEHUB G981 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G981 GO TO OPENBIBLE G981 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G981, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βίωσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G981 biōsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: manner of life. From bioo; living (properly, the act, by implication, the mode) -- manner of life. see GREEK bioo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 981: βίωσιςβίωσις, βιώσεως, ἡ, manner of living and acting, way of life: Acts 26:4. (Sir. prolog. 10 διά τῆς ἐννόμου βιώσεως; not found in secular authors.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βιωτικός Transliteration: biōtikos Phonetic Spelling: bee-o-tee-kos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: pertaining to life Meaning: pertaining to life GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G982 GO TO BIBLEHUB G982 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G982 GO TO OPENBIBLE G982 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G982, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βιωτικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G982 biōtikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pertaining to daily life. From a derivative of bioo; relating to the present existence -- of (pertaining to, things that pertain to) this life. see GREEK bioo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 982: βιωτικόςβιωτικός, βιωτικη, βιωτικον, pertaining to life and the affairs of this life: Luke 21:34; 1 Corinthians 6:3f. (The word, not used in Attic, first occurs in Aristotle, h. a. 9, 17, 2 (p. 616{b}, 27); χρειαι βιωτικαι is often used, as Polybius 4, 73, 8; Philo, vit. Moys. iii. § 18 at the end; Diodorus 2, 29; Artemidorus Daldianus, oneir. 1, 31. Cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 354f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βλαβερός Transliteration: blaberos Phonetic Spelling: blab-er-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: hurtful Meaning: hurtful GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G983 GO TO BIBLEHUB G983 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G983 GO TO OPENBIBLE G983 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G983, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βλαβερός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G983 blaberos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hurtful. From blapto; injurious -- hurtful. see GREEK blapto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 983: βλαβερόςβλαβερός, βλαβερα, βλαβερόν (βλάπτω), hurtful, injurious (Xenophon, mem. 1, 5, 3 opposed to ὠφέλιμος): 1 Timothy 6:9 ἐπιθυμίαι βλαβεραι, cf. ἡδοναι βλαβερός Xenophon, mem. 1, 3, 11. (Often in Greek writings from Homer (i. e. h. Merc. 36 (taken from Hesiod, Works, 365)) down; once in the Sept., Proverbs 10:26.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βλάπτω Transliteration: blaptō Phonetic Spelling: blap'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to hurt Meaning: to hurt GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G984 GO TO BIBLEHUB G984 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G984 GO TO OPENBIBLE G984 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G984, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βλάπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G984 blaptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hurt. A primary verb; properly, to hinder, i.e. (by implication) to injure -- hurt. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 984: βλάπτωβλάπτω: future βλαψω; 1 aorist ἐβλαψα; to hurt, harm, injure: τινα, Mark 16:18; Luke 4:35. (Very often in Greek writings from Homer down; Tobit 12:2; 2 Macc. 12:22, etc.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βλαστάνω Transliteration: blastanō Phonetic Spelling: blas-tan'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sprout, produce Meaning: to sprout, produce GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G985 GO TO BIBLEHUB G985 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G985 GO TO OPENBIBLE G985 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G985, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βλαστάνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G985 blastanō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bring forth, bud, spring up. From blastos (a sprout); to germinate; by implication, to yield fruit -- bring forth, bud, spring (up). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 985: βλαστάνωβλαστάνω, 3 person singular present subjunctive βλαστᾷ from the form βλαστάω, Mark 4:27 L T Tr WH (cf. Buttmann, 55 (48); (Ecclesiastes 2:6; Hermas, sim. 4, 1f [ET])); 1 aorist ἐβλάστησα (cf. Winers Grammar, 84 (80); (Buttmann, the passage cited)); 1. intransitively, to sprout, bud, put forth leaves: Mark 4:27; Matthew 13:26; Hebrews 9:4; (Numbers 17:8; Joel 2:22, etc.; in Greek writings from Pindar down). 2. in later Greek writings transitively, to produce: τόν καρπόν, James 5:18. (Genesis 1:11, etc.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βλάστος Transliteration: Blastos Phonetic Spelling: blas'-tos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Blastus, the chamberlain of Herod Agrippa I Meaning: Blastus -- the chamberlain of Herod Agrippa I GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G986 GO TO BIBLEHUB G986 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G986 GO TO OPENBIBLE G986 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G986, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βλάστος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G986 Blastos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Blastus. Perhaps the same as the base of blastano; Blastus, an officer of Herod Agrippa -- Blastus. see GREEK blastano Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 986: ΒλάστοςΒλάστος (i. e. a sprout), βλαστοῦ, ὁ, Blastus, the chamberlain of king Herod Agrippa I.: Acts 12:20 (cf. Meyer at the passage). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βλασφημέω Transliteration: blasphēmeō Phonetic Spelling: blas-fay-meh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to slander, to speak lightly or profanely of sacred things Meaning: to slander, to speak lightly or profanely of sacred things GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G987 GO TO BIBLEHUB G987 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G987 GO TO OPENBIBLE G987 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G987, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βλασφημέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G987 blasphēmeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: blaspheme, defame, revile, speak evil. From blasphemos; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously -- (speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil. see GREEK blasphemos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 987: βλασφημέωβλασφημέω, βλασφήμω; imperfect ἐβλασφήμουν; 1 aorist ἐβλασφήμησα; passive (present βλασφημοῦμαι); 1 future βλασφημηθήσομαι; (βλάσφημος, which see); to speak reproachfully, rail at, revile, calumniate (Vulg.blasphemo); absolutely: Luke 22:65; Acts 13:45; Acts 18:6; Acts 26:11; 1 Timothy 1:20; 1 Peter 4:4; with accusative of person or thing (as in later Greek, Joseph, Plutarch, Appian, etc.): Matthew 27:39; Mark 3:28 L T Tr WH; ; Luke 23:39; Titus 3:2; James 2:7; Jude 1:10; with the cognate noun βλασφημίαν, to utter blasphemy (Plato, legg. 7, p. 800 c.; see ἀγαπάω at the end), Mark 3:28 R G (where L T Tr WH ὅσα for ὅσας, see above); (followed by ἐν, 2 Peter 2:12; cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) as at end, and see ἀγνοέω, a.). Passive βλασφημοῦμαι to be evil spoken of, reviled, railed at: Romans 3:8; Romans 14:16; 1 Corinthians 4:13 (T WH Tr marginal reading δυσφημούμενοι); 1 Corinthians 10:30; Titus 2:5; 2 Peter 2:2; τό ὄνομα τίνος, Romans 2:24; 1 Timothy 6:1. Specifically, of those who by contemptuous speech intentionally come short of the reverence due to God or to sacred things (for גִּדֵּף, 2 Kings 19:6, 22 cf. 2 Kings 19:4; cf. Grimm on 2 Macc. 10:34); absolutely: Matthew 9:3; Matthew 26:65; Mark 2:7 L T Tr WH; (John 10:36); τόν Θεόν, Revelation 16:11, 21; τήν θεάν, Acts 19:37 (G L T Tr WH τήν Θεόν); τό ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ, Revelation 13:6; Revelation 16:9; τό πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ (βλασφημεῖται), 1 Peter 4:14 Rec.; δόξας, Jude 1:8; 2 Peter 2:10 (see δόξα, III. 3 b. γ.); εἰς τό πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον, Mark 3:29; Luke 12:10 (εἰς θεούς, Plato, rep. 2, p. 381 e.). The earlier Greeks say βλασφημαν εἰς τινα, περί or κατά τίνος; (on the N. T. constructions cf. Winers Grammar, 222 (208); 629 (584); Buttmann, 146 (128)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βλασφημία Transliteration: blasphēmia Phonetic Spelling: blas-fay-me'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: slander Meaning: slander GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G988 GO TO BIBLEHUB G988 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G988 GO TO OPENBIBLE G988 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G988, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βλασφημία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G988 blasphēmia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: blasphemy, evil speaking, railing. From blasphemos; vilification (especially against God) -- blasphemy, evil speaking, railing. see GREEK blasphemos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 988: βλασφημίαβλασφημία, βλασφημίας, ἡ, railing, reviling (Vulg.blasphemia); a. universally, slander, detraction, speech injurious to another's good name: Matthew 12:31; Matthew 15:19; Mark 3:28; Mark 7:22; Ephesians 4:31; Colossians 3:8; 1 Timothy 6:4; Jude 1:9 (κρίσις βλασφημίας, equivalent to κρίσις βλάσφημος in 2 Peter 2:11, a judgment pronounced in reproachful terms); Revelation 2:9. b. specifically, impious and reproachful speech injurious to the divine majesty: Matthew 26:65; Mark 2:7 (R G); ; Luke 5:21; John 10:33; Revelation 13:5 (not Lachmann); ὄνομα or ὀνόματα βλασφημίας equivalent to βλάσφημα (cf. Winers Grammar, § 34, 3 b.; (Buttmann, § 132, 10)): Revelation 13:1; Revelation 17:3 (R G Tr, see γέμω); τοῦ πνεύματος, genitive of the object, Matthew 12:31; πρός τόν Θεόν, Revelation 13:6. (Euripides, Plato, Demosthenes, others; for נֶאָצָה Ezekiel 35:12.) (BB. DD. under the word ; Campbell, Diss. on the Gospels, diss. ix. part ii.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βλάσφημος Transliteration: blasphēmos Phonetic Spelling: blas'-fay-mos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: slanderous, evil-speaking Meaning: slanderous, evil-speaking GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G989 GO TO BIBLEHUB G989 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G989 GO TO OPENBIBLE G989 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G989, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βλάσφημος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G989 blasphēmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: blasphemous, slanderousFrom a derivative of blapto and pheme; scurrilious, i.e. Calumnious (against men), or (specially) impious (against God) -- blasphemer(-mous), railing. see GREEK blapto see GREEK pheme Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 989: βλάσφημοςβλάσφημος, βλάσφημον (βλάξ sluggish, stupid, and φήμη speech, report (others, βλάπτω (which see) and φήμη)), speaking evil, slanderous, reproachful, railing, abusive: Acts 6:11 (ῤήματα βλάσφημα εἰς Μωυσῆν καί τόν Θεόν); (Acts 6:13 Rec. (ῤήματα βλάσφημα κατά τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἁγίου)); 2 Peter 2:11 (see βλασφημία, a.); Revelation 13:5 (Lachmann); βλάσφημος as a substantive, a blasphemer: 1 Timothy 1:13; 2 Timothy 3:2. (Isaiah 66:3; Wis. 1:6; Sir. 3:16; 2 Macc. 9:28; ( (cf. 4)); in Greek writings from Demosthenes down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βλέμμα Transliteration: blemma Phonetic Spelling: blem'-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a look Meaning: a look GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G990 GO TO BIBLEHUB G990 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G990 GO TO OPENBIBLE G990 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G990, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βλέμμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G990 blemma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: seeing. From blepo; vision (properly concrete; by implication, abstract) -- seeing. see GREEK blepo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 990: βλέμμαβλέμμα, βλεμματος, τό (βλέπω); "a look, glance: βλέμματι καί ἀκοή, in seeing and hearing," 2 Peter 2:8 (cf. Warfield in Presbyt. Rev. for 1883, p. 629ff). (Euripides, Aristophanes, Demosthenes, Plutarch, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βλέπω Transliteration: blepō Phonetic Spelling: blep'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to look (at) Meaning: to look (at) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G991 GO TO BIBLEHUB G991 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G991 GO TO OPENBIBLE G991 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G991, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βλέπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G991 blepō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: behold, perceive, take heed.A primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively) -- behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare optanomai. see GREEK optanomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 991: βλέπωβλέπω; (imperfect ἔβλεπον); future βλεψω; 1 aorist ἔβλεψα; (present passive βλέπομαι); the Sept. for רָאָה, פָּנָה, חָזָה, הִבִּיט; in Greek writings from Aeschylus down; to see, discern: 1. With the bodily eye; a. to be possessed of sight, have the power of seeing, opposed to τυφλός: Matthew 12:22; Matthew 13:16; Matthew 15:31; John 9:7, 15, 19, 25; Acts 9:9; Romans 11:8, 10; Revelation 3:18, etc. (Sophocles Oed. Col. 73; Aristophanes Plutarch, 15; Xenophon, mem. 1, 3, 4; Aelian v. h. 6, 12, etc. Exodus 4:11; Exodus 23:8, etc. Tobit 11:15). τό βλέπειν sight, the power of seeing, Luke 7:21 (G L T Tr WH omit τό). b. to perceive by the use of the eyes, to see, look, descry; α. absolutely: βλεπόντων αὐτῶν while they were looking, Acts 1:9; ( Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading); ἔρχου καί βλέπε, Rec. in Revelation 6:1, 3, 5, 7. β. with the accusative of person or thing: Matthew 7:3; Matthew 11:4; Matthew 24:2; Mark 5:31; Mark 8:23; Mark 13:2; Luke 6:41; Luke 24:12 (T omits; L Tr brackets WH reject the verse); John 1:29; Acts 4:14, etc.; (Revelation 18:18 Rec. ὁρῶντες); τήν φωνήν, him who uttered the voice, Revelation 1:12; ὅραμα, Acts 12:9; he who has free access to one, as princes, ministers, and personal friends have to a king, is said βλέπειν τό πρόσωπον τίνος (הַמֶּלֶך פְּנֵי רֹאֵי 2 Kings 25:19; Jeremiah 52:25; Esther 1:14); hence, in Matthew 18:10 angels of closest access or of highest rank are referred to (see ἀρχάγγελος). Passive τά βλεπόμενα the things that are seen: 2 Corinthians 4:18; Hebrews 11:3 (L T Tr WH τό βλεπόμενον the sum-total or complex of things seen); ἐλπίς βλεπομένη hope of things that are seen, i. e. that are present, Romans 8:24. c. to turn the eyes to anything, to look at, look upon, gaze at: γυναῖκα, Matthew 5:28; εἰς τί or τινα (Winer's Grammar, § 33 g.), Luke 9:62; John 13:22; Acts 3:4; εἰς τόν οὐρανόν, Acts 1:11 T Tr WH; in the sense of looking into (i. e. in order to read), βιβλίον, Revelation 5:3f. d. universally, to perceive by the senses, to feel: τόν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρόν (T WH omit ἰσχυρόν), Matthew 14:30 (κτυπον δέδορκα, Aeschylus sept. 104). e. to discover by use, to know by experience: τί, Romans 7:23; followed by ὅτι, 2 Corinthians 7:8; by attract. τό θηρίον, ὅτι κτλ., Revelation 17:8; ὑπέρ ὁ βλέπει με for ὑπέρ τοῦτο, ὁ βλέπει με ὄντα, lest he think me greater than on personal knowledge he finds me to be, 2 Corinthians 12:6. 2. metaphorically, to see with the mind's eye; a. to have (the power of) understanding: βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσι, though endued with understanding they do not understand, Matthew 13:13; Luke 8:10. b. to discern mentally, observe, perceive, discover, understand; absolutely: δἰ ἐσόπτρου, 1 Corinthians 13:12; of the omniscient God βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρύπτω seeing in secret, where man sees nothing, Matthew 6:4, 6, 18 (here L T Tr WH βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ); ἐγγίζουσαν τήν ἡμέραν, Hebrews 10:25 (from certain external signs); Ἰησοῦν ... ἐστεφανωμένον, we see (from his resurrection and from the effects and witness of the Holy Spirit) Jesus crowned, Hebrews 2:9; followed by ὅτι, Hebrews 3:19; James 2:22. c. to turn the thoughts or direct the mind to a thing, to consider, contemplate, look to; absolutely βλέπετε take heed: Mark 13:23, 33; with an accusative of the thing or person, 1 Corinthians 1:26; 1 Corinthians 10:18; 2 Corinthians 10:7; Philippians 3:2; Colossians 2:5; followed by πῶς with indicative (Winers Grammar, 300 (282); Buttmann, 255 (219)), Luke 8:18; 1 Corinthians 3:10; Ephesians 5:15; to weigh carefully, examine, followed by the interrogative τί with indicative Mark 4:24; εἰς πρόσωπον τίνος, to look at i. e. have regard to one's external condition — used of those who are influenced by partiality: Matthew 22:16; Mark 12:14. By a use not found in Greek authors ἑαυτόν βλέπειν to look to oneself (equivalent tosibicavere): Mark 13:9; followed by ἵνα μή (cf. Buttmann, 242 (209)), 2 John 1:8; βλέπειν ἀπό τίνος (equivalent tosibicavereabaliquo) to beware of one (Winers Grammar, 223 (209), cf. 39 (38); Buttmann, 242 (209), cf. 323 (278)), Mark 8:15; Mark 12:38; look to in the sense of providing, taking care: followed by ἵνα, 1 Corinthians 16:10; followed by μή with subjunctive aorist, Matthew 24:4; Mark 13:5; Luke 21:8; Acts 13:40; 1 Corinthians 8:9 (μήπως); 1 Corinthians 10:12; Galatians 5:15; Hebrews 12:25; followed by μή with future indicative, Colossians 2:8; Hebrews 3:12. The Greeks say ὁρᾶν μή (cf. Winers Grammar, 503 (468f); Buttmann, 242f (209)). 3. in a geographical sense, like Latinspecto (English look), of places, mountains, buildings, etc., turned toward any quarter, as it were facing it: followed by κατά with the accusative, Acts 27:12 (cf. Buttmann, D. American edition under the word ) (the Sept. (Numbers 21:20); Ezekiel 11:1; (); πρός, Xenophon, Hell. 7, 1, 17; mem. 3, 8, 9; Herodian, 6, 5, 2; (Diogenes Laërtius 1, 2, 48; the Sept. Ezekiel 9:2; Ezekiel 40:24; (); εἰς, , etc. (for other examples see Sophocles Lexicon, under the word)). (Synonym: see under the word ὁράω. Compare: ἀναβλέπω, ἀποβλέπω, διαβλέπω, ἐμβλέπω, ἐπιβλέπω, περιβλέπω, προβλέπω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βλητέος Transliteration: blēteos Phonetic Spelling: blay-teh'-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: (that which) one must put Meaning: (that which) one must put GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G992 GO TO BIBLEHUB G992 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G992 GO TO OPENBIBLE G992 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G992, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βλητέος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G992 blēteos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: must be put. From ballo; fit to be cast (i.e. Applied) -- must be put. see GREEK ballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 992: βλητέοςβλητέος, βλητεα, βλητέον (βάλλω), which must be thrown or put (see βάλλω, 2); found only in neuter: Mark 2:22 (WH T omit; Tr brackets); Luke 5:38 βλητέον ἐστι followed by the accusative τόν οἶνον, cf. Matth. § 447, 3 a.; (Buttmann, 190 (165)). (Besides only in Basil, i., p. 137 c., Benedict edition.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βοανεργές Transliteration: Boanerges Phonetic Spelling: bo-an-erg-es' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Boanerges, an epithet applied to the two sons of Zebedee Meaning: Boanerges -- an epithet applied to the two sons of Zebedee GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G993 GO TO BIBLEHUB G993 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G993 GO TO OPENBIBLE G993 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G993, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βοανεργές [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G993 Boanerges 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Boanerges. Of Chaldee origin (ben and rgaz); sons of commotion; Boanerges, an epithet of two of the apostles -- Boanerges. see HEBREW ben see HEBREW rgaz Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 993: ΒοανεργέςΒοανεργές ((R G, so Suidas (ed. Gaisf. 751 a.); but) L T Tr WH Βοανηργές), Boanerges, Hebrew רֶגֶשׁ בֲּנֵי i. e. sons of thunder (as Mark himself explains it) (the name given by our Lord to James and John the sons of Zebedee): Mark 3:17; בְּ pronounced Boa as Noabhyim for Nebhyim; see Lightfoot Horae Hebrew at the passage; רֶגֶשׁ, in Psalm 55:15 a tumultuous crowd, seems in Syriac to have signified thunder; so that the name Βοανηργές seems to denote fiery and destructive zeal that may be likened to a thunderstorm, and to make reference to the occurrence narrated in Luke 9:54. (Cf. Dr. James Morison's Commentary on Mark, the passage cited; Kautzsch, Gram. d. Biblical-Aram., p. 9.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βοάω Transliteration: boaō Phonetic Spelling: bo-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to call out Meaning: to call out GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G994 GO TO BIBLEHUB G994 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G994 GO TO OPENBIBLE G994 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G994, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βοάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G994 boaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cry. Apparently a prolonged form of a primary verb; to halloo, i.e. Shout (for help or in a tumultuous way) -- cry. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 994: βοάωβοάω, βόω; (imperfect ἐβόων, Acts 21:34 Rec.); 1 aorist ἐβόησα; (βοή); from Homer down; in the Sept. mostly for קָרָא, זָעַק, צָעַק, to cry aloud, shout (Latinboo); 1. to raise a cry: of joy, Galatians 4:27 (from Isaiah 54:1); of pain, Matthew 27:46 L marginal reading Tr WH; Acts 8:7. 2. to cry i. e. speak with a high, strong voice: Matthew 3:3, Mark 1:3, Luke 3:4, John 1:23 (all from Isaiah 40:3); Mark 15:34; Luke 9:38 (R G ἀναβοάω); (Luke 18:38); Acts 17:6; Acts 21:34 Rec.; (R G ἐπιβοάω). 3. πρός τινα to cry to one for help, implore his aid: Luke 18:7 (T Tr WH αὐτῷ; cf. Winer's Grammar, 212 (199)) (1 Samuel 7:8; 1 Chronicles 5:20; Hosea 7:14, etc. for אֶל זָעַק). (Compare: ἀναβοάω, ἐπιβοάω.) [SYNONYMS: βοάω, καλέω, κράζω, κραυγάζω: It is not uninstructive to notice that ill classic usage καλεῖν denotes 'to cry out' for a purpose, to call; βοᾶν to cry out as a manifestation of feeling; κράζειν to cry out harshly, often of an inarticulate and brutish sound; thus καλεῖν suggests intelligence; βοᾶν sensibilities; κράζειν instincts; hence, βοᾶν especially a cry for help. κραυγάζειν, intensive of κράζω, denotes to cry coarsely, in contempt, etc. Cf. Schmidt, chapter 3.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βοή Transliteration: boē Phonetic Spelling: bo-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a cry Meaning: a cry GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G995 GO TO BIBLEHUB G995 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G995 GO TO OPENBIBLE G995 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G995, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βοή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G995 boē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cry. From boao; a halloo, i.e. Call (for aid, etc.) -- cry. see GREEK boao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 995: βοήβοή, βοῆς, ἡ, a cry: James 5:4 (of those imploring vengeance). From Homer down. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βοήθεια Transliteration: boētheia Phonetic Spelling: bo-ay'-thi-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: help Meaning: help GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G996 GO TO BIBLEHUB G996 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G996 GO TO OPENBIBLE G996 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G996, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βοήθεια [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G996 boētheia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: help. From boethos; aid; specially, a rope or chain for frapping a vessel -- help. see GREEK boethos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 996: βοήθειαβοήθεια, βοηθείας, ἡ (see βοηθέω), help: Hebrews 4:16 (often in the Sept., chiefly for עֶזְרָה and עֵזֶר; in Greek writings from Thucydides and Xenophon down); plural helps: Acts 27:17 (see Hackett at the passage; B. D. under the word Ship 4; Smith, Voyage and Shipwr. of St. Paul, pp. 106f, 204f; cf. ὑποζώννυμι). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βοηθέω Transliteration: boētheō Phonetic Spelling: bo-ay-theh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to come to the aid of Meaning: to come to the aid of GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G997 GO TO BIBLEHUB G997 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G997 GO TO OPENBIBLE G997 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G997, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βοηθέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G997 boētheō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: aid, helpFrom boethos; to aid or relieve -- help, succor. see GREEK boethos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 997: βοηθέωβοηθέω, βοηθῷ; 1 aorist ἐβοήθησά; (from βοή a cry and θεῷ to run); in the Sept. chiefly for עָזַר; in Greek writings from (Aeschylus and) Herodotus down; properly, to run to the cry (of those in danger); hence, universally, to help, succor, bring aid: τίνι, Matthew 15:25; Mark 9:22, 24 (βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστία, "quodfiduciaemeacdeestbonitatetuasupple," Grotius); Acts 16:9; Acts 21:28; 2 Corinthians 6:2; Hebrews 2:18; Revelation 12:16. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βοηθός Transliteration: boēthos Phonetic Spelling: bo-ay-thos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: helping, a helper Meaning: helping, a helper GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G998 GO TO BIBLEHUB G998 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G998 GO TO OPENBIBLE G998 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G998, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βοηθός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G998 boēthos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: helper. From boe and theo (to run); a succorer -- helper. see GREEK boe Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 998: βοηθόςβοηθός, βοηθόν, helping (νεης, Herodotus 5, 97; στήριγμα, Tobit 8:6); mostly as a substantive (so from Herodotus down) a helper: Hebrews 13:6 (of God, from Psalm 117:7 (), as often in the Sept.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βόθυνος Transliteration: bothynos Phonetic Spelling: both'-oo-nos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a pit Meaning: a pit GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G999 GO TO BIBLEHUB G999 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G999 GO TO OPENBIBLE G999 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G999, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βόθυνος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G999 bothynos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ditch, pit. Akin to bathuno; a hole (in the ground); specially, a cistern -- ditch, pit. see GREEK bathuno Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 999: βόθυνοςβόθυνος, βοθύνου, ὁ, a pit, a ditch: Matthew 12:11; Matthew 15:14; Luke 6:39. (Solon in Bekker's Anecd. 1:85; Xenophon, oec. 19, 3; Theophrastus, hist. pl. 4, 2, 2 ((variant); others); the Sept. 2 Samuel 18:17, etc.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βολή Transliteration: bolē Phonetic Spelling: bol-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a throw Meaning: a throw GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1000 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1000 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1000 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1000 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1000, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βολή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1000 bolē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cast. From ballo; a throw (as a measure of distance) -- cast. see GREEK ballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1000: βολήβολή, βολης, ἡ (βάλλω), a throw: ὡσεί λίθου βολήν about a stone's throw, as far as a stone can be cast by the hand, Luke 22:41 (ὡσεί τόξου βολήν, Genesis 21:16; μέχρι λίθου καί ἀκοντιου βολης, Thucydides 5, 65; ἐξ ἀκοντιου βολης, Xenophon, Hell. 4, 5, 15). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βολίζω Transliteration: bolizō Phonetic Spelling: bol-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to heave the lead Meaning: to heave the lead GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1001 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1001 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1001 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1001 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1001, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βολίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1001 bolizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to take soundingsFrom bolis; to heave the lead -- sound. see GREEK bolis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1001: βολίζωβολίζω: 1 aorist ἐβολισα; (βολίς a missile, dart; a line and plummet with which mariners sound the depth of the sea, a sounding-lead); to heave the lead, take soundings: Acts 27:28. (Besides only in Eustathius; (middle intransitive, to sink in water, Geoponica, 6, 17).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βολίς Transliteration: bolis Phonetic Spelling: bol-ece' Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: a dart, javelin Meaning: a dart, javelin GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1002 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1002 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1002 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1002 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1002, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βολίς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1002 bolis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dart. From ballo; a missile, i.e. Javelin -- dart. see GREEK ballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1002: βολίςβολίς, βολιδος, ἡ (βάλλω), a missle, dart, javelin: Hebrews 12:20 Rec. from Exodus 19:13. (Nehemiah 4:17; Numbers 24:8; (Wis. 5:22; Habakkuk 3:11); Plutarch, Demetr. 3.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βοόζ Transliteration: Booz Phonetic Spelling: bo-oz' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Boaz, an Israelite Meaning: Boaz -- an Israelite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1003 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1003 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1003 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1003 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1003, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βοόζ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1003 Booz 🕊 Strong's Concordance: BoazOf Hebrew origin (Bo'az); Booz, (i.e. Boaz), an Israelite -- Booz. see HEBREW Bo'az Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1003: ΒόεςΒόες, ὁ, Matthew 1:5 T WH, for Rec. Βωζ, which see STRONGS NT 1003: ΒωζΒωζ, ὁ (בֹּעַז fleetness (but see B. D. American edition)), Booz (more commonly) Boaz, a kinsman of Ruth, afterward her (second) husband (Ruth 2:1ff; 1 Chronicles 2:11): Matthew 1:5 (βῶς L Tr, Βόες T WH); Luke 3:32 (L T Tr WH βῶς). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βόρβορος Transliteration: borboros Phonetic Spelling: bor'-bor-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: mud, filth Meaning: mud, filth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1004 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1004 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1004 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1004 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1004, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βόρβορος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1004 borboros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: mire, mudOf uncertain derivation; mud -- mire. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1004: βόρβοροςβόρβορος, βορβόρου, ὁ, dung, mire: 2 Peter 2:22. (the Sept.; Aeschylus, Aristophanes, Plato, and following; ἐν βορβόρῳ κυλίεσθαι, of the vicious, Epictetus diss. 4, 11, 29.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βορρᾶς Transliteration: borras Phonetic Spelling: bor-hras' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: north Meaning: north GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1005 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1005 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1005 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1005 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1005, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βορρᾶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1005 borras 🕊 Strong's Concordance: north. Of uncertain derivation; the north (properly, wind) -- north. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1005: βορρᾶςβορρᾶς, βορρᾶ (Winers Grammar, § 8, 1; Buttmann, 20 (18)), ὁ (equivalent to βορέας, βορέου), often (in Attic writings), in the Sept. for צָפון; 1. Boreas; the north-northeast wind. 2. the north: Luke 13:29; Revelation 21:13 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 121 (115) under the word μεσημβρία). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βόσκω Transliteration: boskō Phonetic Spelling: bos'-ko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to feed Meaning: to feed GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1006 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1006 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1006 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1006 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1006, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βόσκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1006 boskō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: feed, keep. A prolonged form of a primary verb (compare bibrosko, bous); to pasture; by extension to, fodder; reflexively, to graze -- feed, keep. see GREEK bibrosko see GREEK bous Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1006: βόσκωβόσκω; as in Greek writings from Homer down, to feed: Mark 5:14; Luke 15:15; ἀρνία, πρόβατα, John 21:15, 17 (in a figurative discourse portraying the duty of a Christian teacher to promote in every way the spiritual welfare of the members of the church); ὁ βόσκων a herdsman: Matthew 8:33; Luke 8:34. In the passive and middle (present participle βοσκόμενος, cf. Winers Grammar, § 38, 2 note) of flocks or herds, to feed, graze: Matthew 8:30; Mark 5:11; Luke 8:32. (In the Sept. for רָעָה.) [SYNONYMS: βόσκειν, ποιμαίνειν: ποιμαίνειν is the wider, βόσκειν the narrower term; the former includes oversight, the latter denotes nourishment; ποιμαίνειν may be rendered tend, βόσκειν specifically feed. See Trench, § xxv.; Meyer on John as above; Schmidt, chapter 200.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Βοσόρ Transliteration: Bosor Phonetic Spelling: bos-or' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Bosor Meaning: Bosor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1007 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1007 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1007 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1007 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1007, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Βοσόρ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1007 Bosor 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Bosor. Of Hebrew origin (b'owr); Bosor (i.e. Beor), a Moabite -- Bosor. see HEBREW b'owr Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1007: ΒοσόρΒοσόρ, ὁ (בְּעור a torch, a lamp; the Sept. Βεωρ, Numbers 22:5; Numbers 31:8; Deuteronomy 23:4; by change of 'ayin ע into sigma ς', Βοσόρ), Bosor, the father of Balaam: 2 Peter 2:15 (WH text Βεωρ). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βοτάνη Transliteration: botanē Phonetic Spelling: bot-an'-ay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: grass, fodder Meaning: grass, fodder GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1008 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1008 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1008 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1008 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1008, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βοτάνη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1008 botanē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: herb. From bosko; herbage (as if for grazing) -- herb. see GREEK bosko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1008: βοτάνηβοτάνη, βοτανης, ἡ (βόσκω), an herb fit for fodder, green herb, growing plant: Hebrews 6:7. (Homer, Pindar, Plato, Euripides, Diodorus, Aelian, others, the Sept. for דֶּשֶׁא, חָצִיר, עֵשֶׂב. (Metaphorically, of men, Ignatius ad Eph. 10, 3 [ET]; ad Trall. 6, 1 [ET]; ad Philad. 3, 1 [ET]).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βότρυς Transliteration: botrys Phonetic Spelling: bot'-rooce Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a cluster of grapes Meaning: a cluster of grapes GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1009 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1009 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1009 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1009 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1009, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βότρυς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1009 botrys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cluster, bunch of grapesOf uncertain derivation; a bunch (of grapes) -- (vine) cluster (of the vine). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1009: βότρυςβότρυς, βότρυος, ὁ, a bunch or cluster of grapes: Revelation 14:18 (cf. Buttmann, 14 (13)). (Genesis 40:10; Numbers 13:24f. Greek writings from Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βουλευτής Transliteration: bouleutēs Phonetic Spelling: bool-yoo-tace' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a councilor Meaning: a councilor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1010 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1010 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1010 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1010 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1010, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βουλευτής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1010 bouleutēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: counselor. From bouleuo; an adviser, i.e. (specially) a councillor or member of the Jewish Sanhedrin -- counsellor. see GREEK bouleuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1010: βουλευτήςβουλευτής, βουλευτου, ὁ, a councillor, senator, (buleuta, Pliny, epistles): first in Homer, Iliad 6, 114; of a member of the Sanhedrin, Mark 15:43; Luke 23:50. (Job 3:14; Job 12:17.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βουλεύω Transliteration: bouleuō Phonetic Spelling: bool-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to take counsel, deliberate Meaning: to take counsel, deliberate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1011 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1011 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1011 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1011 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1011, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βουλεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1011 bouleuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: consult, take counsel, determine, purpose. From boule; to advise, i.e. (reflexively) deliberate, or (by implication) resolve -- consult, take counsel, determine, be minded, purpose. see GREEK boule Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1011: βουλεύωβουλεύω: 1. to deliberate, take counsel, resolve, give counsel (Isaiah 23:8; (from Homer down)). 2. to be a councillor or senator, discharge the office of a senator: Xenophon, mem. 1, 1, 18; Plato, Gorgias, p. 473{e}; (others). In the N. T. middle, (present βουλεύομαι; imperfect ἐβουλευομην; future βουλεύσομαι, Luke 14:31 L marginal reading T WH; 1 aorist ἐβουλευσαμην): 1. to deliberate with oneself consider: followed by εἰ, Luke 14:31, (Xenophon, mem. 3, 6, 8). 2. to take counsel, resolve: followed by an infinitive, Acts 5:33 (R G T Tr marginal reading); (Rec.); ; τί, 2 Corinthians 1:17; followed by ἵνα, John 11:53 L T Tr text WH; (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 38, 3). (Compare: παραβουλεύω (παραβούλομαι), συμβουλεύω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βουλή Transliteration: boulē Phonetic Spelling: boo-lay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: counsel Meaning: counsel GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1012 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1012 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1012 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1012 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1012, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βουλή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1012 boulē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: advise, counsel.From boulomai; volition, i.e. (objectively) advice, or (by implication) purpose -- + advise, counsel, will. see GREEK boulomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1012: βουλήβουλή, βουλῆς, ἡ (βούλομαι), from Homer down; often in the Sept. for עֵצָה; counsel, purpose: Luke 23:51 (where distinguished from ἡ πρᾶξις); Acts 5:38; Acts 27:12 (see τίθημι, 1 a.), 42; plural 1 Corinthians 4:5; ἡ βουλή τοῦ Θεοῦ, Acts 13:36; especially of the purpose of God respecting the salvation of men through Christ: Luke 7:30; Acts 2:23; Acts 4:28; (Hebrews 6:17); πᾶσαν τήν βουλήν τοῦ Θεοῦ all the contents of the divine plan, Acts 20:27; ἡ βουλή τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ the counsel of his will, Ephesians 1:11. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βούλημα Transliteration: boulēma Phonetic Spelling: boo'-lay-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: purpose, will Meaning: purpose, will GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1013 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1013 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1013 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1013 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1013, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βούλημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1013 boulēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: purpose, will. From boulomai; a resolve -- purpose, will. see GREEK boulomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1013: βούλημαβούλημα, βουλήματος, τό (βούλομαι), will, counsel, purpose: Acts 27:43; Romans 9:19; 1 Peter 4:3 (Rec. θέλημα). (2 Macc. 15:5; in Greek writings from Plato down.) (Synonym: cf. θέλω, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βούλομαι Transliteration: boulomai Phonetic Spelling: boo'-lom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to will Meaning: to will GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1014 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1014 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1014 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1014 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1014, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βούλομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1014 boulomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be disposed, determine, intend.Middle voice of a primary verb; to "will," i.e. (reflexively) be willing -- be disposed, minded, intend, list, (be, of own) will (-ing). Compare ethelo. see GREEK ethelo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1014: βούλομαιβούλομαι, 2 person singular βούλει Luke 22:42 (Attic for βουλή, cf. Winers Grammar, § 13, 2 a.; Buttmann, 42 (37)); imperfect ἐβουλόμην (Attic ((cf. Veitch), yet commonly) ἠβουλομην); 1 aorist ἐβουλήθην (Matthew 1:19) and ἠβουλήθην (2 John 1:12 R G; but others ἐβουλήθην cf. (WHs Appendix, p. 162); Winers Grammar, § 12, the passage cited; Buttmann, 33 (29)); the Sept. for אָבָה, חָפֵץ; (from Homer down); to will, wish; and 1. commonly, to will deliberately, have a purpose, be minded: followed by an infinitive, Mark 15:15; Acts 5:28, 33 (L WH Tr text for R G T ἐβουλεύοντο); (L T Tr WH for R ἐβουλεύσατο); ; 2 Corinthians 1:15; Hebrews 6:17; 2 John 1:12; 3 John 1:10 (τούς βουλομένους namely, ἐπιδέχεσθαι τούς ἀδελφούς); Jude 1:5; James 1:18 (βουληθείς ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς of his own free will he brought us forth, with which will it ill accords to say, as some do, that they are tempted to sin by God). with an accusative of the object τοῦτο, 2 Corinthians 1:17 (L T Tr WH for R βουλευόμενος); followed by an accusative with an infinitive 2 Peter 3:9. of the will electing or choosing between two or more things, answering to file Latinplacetmihi: Matthew 1:19 (cf. ἐνθυμεῖσθαι, ); (not L marginal reading); Luke 10:22; Luke 22:42; Acts 25:20; (1 Corinthians 12:11); James 3:4; James 4:4; followed by the subjunctive βούλεσθε, ὑμῖν ἀπολύσω; is it your will I should release unto you? (cf. Winers Grammar, § 41 a. 4 b.; Buttmann, § 139, 2), John 18:39. of the will prescribing, followed by an accusative with an infinitive: Philippians 1:12 (γινώσκειν ὑμᾶς βούλομαι I would have you know, know ye); 1 Timothy 2:8; 1 Timothy 5:14; Titus 3:8. 2. of willing as an affection, to desire: followed by an infinitive, 1 Timothy 6:9 (οἱ βουλόμενοι πλουτεῖν); Acts 17:20; Acts 18:15; ἐβουλόμην (on this use of the imperfect see Buttmann, 217f (187f); (cf. Winers Grammar, 283 (266); Lightfoot on Philemon 1:13)), Acts 25:22; Philemon 1:13. On the difference between βούλομαι and θέλω, see θέλω, at the end |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βουνός Transliteration: bounos Phonetic Spelling: boo-nos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a hill Meaning: a hill GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1015 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1015 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1015 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1015 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1015, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βουνός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1015 bounos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hill. Probably of foreign origin; a hillock -- hill. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1015: βουνόςβουνός, βουνοῦ, ὁ, a Cyrenaic word according to Herodotus 4, 199, which Eustathius (831, 33) on Iliad 11, 710 says was used by Philemon (No theta 1), a comic poet (of the 3rd century B.C.). It was rejected by the Atticists, but from Polybius on (who (5, 22, 1f) uses it interchangeably with λόφος) it was occasionally received by the later Greek writings. (Strabo, Pausanias, Plutarch, others); in the Sept. very often for גִּבְעָה; (perhaps from ΒΑΩ to ascend (cf. Hesychius βουνοί. βωμοί, and βωμιδες in Herodotus 2, 125 (Schmidt, chapter 99, 11))); a hill, eminence, mound: Luke 3:5 (Isaiah 40:4); (Hosea 10:8). Cf. Sturz, De dial. Maced. etc., p. 153f; Lob. ad Phryn., p. 355f; (Donaldson, New Crat. § 469). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βοῦς Transliteration: bous Phonetic Spelling: booce Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: an ox, a cow Meaning: an ox, a cow GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1016 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1016 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1016 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1016 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1016, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βοῦς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1016 bous 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ox. Probably from the base of bosko; an ox (as grazing), i.e. An animal of that species ("beef") -- ox. see GREEK bosko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1016: βοῦςβοῦς, βῶς, accusative singular βοῦν (accusative plural βόας, Buttmann, 14 (13)), ὁ, ἡ, an ox, a cow: Luke 13:15; Luke 14:5, 19; John 2:14; 1 Corinthians 9:9; 1 Timothy 5:18. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βραβεῖον Transliteration: brabeion Phonetic Spelling: brab-i'-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a prize Meaning: a prize GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1017 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1017 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1017 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1017 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1017, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βραβεῖον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1017 brabeion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: prize. From brabeus (an umpire of uncertain derivation); an award (of arbitration), i.e. (specially) a prize in the public games -- prize. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1017: βραβεῖονβραβεῖον, βραβειου, τό (βραβεύς the arbiter and director of a contest, who awards the prize; called also βραβευτής, Latindsesignator), the award to the victor in the games, a prize, (in ecclesiastical Latinbrabeum,brabium) (Vulg.brarvium): 1 Corinthians 9:24; metaphorically, of the heavenly reward for Christian character, Philippians 3:14. (Oppian, cyn. 4, 197; Locophron, 1154; ὑπομονῆς βραβεῖον Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 5, 5 [ET] (where see Lightfoot, Gebh. and Harn.); ἀφθαρσίας, Martyr. Polycarp, 17 [ET].) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βραβεύω Transliteration: brabeuō Phonetic Spelling: brab-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to act as umpire Meaning: to act as umpire GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1018 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1018 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1018 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1018 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1018, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βραβεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1018 brabeuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: rule. From the same as brabeion; to arbitrate, i.e. (genitive case) to govern (figuratively, prevail) -- rule. see GREEK brabeion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1018: βραβεύωβραβεύω; in Greek writings from Isocrates and Demosthenes down; 1. "to be a βραβεύς or umpire" (see βραβεῖον). 2. to decide, determine. 3. to direct, control, rule: Colossians 3:15 (where see Meyer; contra, Lightfoot Compare: καταβραβεύω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βραδύνω Transliteration: bradynō Phonetic Spelling: brad-oo'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to retard, to be slow Meaning: to retard, to be slow GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1019 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1019 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1019 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1019 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1019, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βραδύνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1019 bradynō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hesitate, delay, tarry. From bradus; to delay -- be slack, tarry. see GREEK bradus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1019: βραδύνωβραδύνω; (βραδύς); to delay, be slow; 1. rarely transitive, to render slow, retard: τήν σωτηρίαν, the Sept. Isaiah 46:13; passive ὁδός, Sophocles El. 1501 (cf. O. C. 1628). Mostly 2. intransitive, "to be long, to tarry, loiter (so from Aeschylus down): 1 Timothy 3:15; unusually, with the genitive of the thing which one delays to effect, 2 Peter 3:9 τῆς ἐπαγγελίας (A. V. is not slack concerning his promise) i. e. to fulfil his promise; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 30, 6 b. (Sir. 32:22 (Sir. 35:22.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βραδυπλοέω Transliteration: bradyploeō Phonetic Spelling: brad-oo-plo-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sail slowly Meaning: to sail slowly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1020 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1020 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1020 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1020 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1020, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βραδυπλοέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1020 bradyploeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sail slowly. From bradus and a prolonged form of pleo; to sail slowly -- sail slowly. see GREEK bradus see GREEK pleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1020: βραδυπλοέωβραδυπλοέω, βραδύπλω; (βραδύς and πλοῦς); to sail slowly: present participle in Acts 27:7. (Artemidorus Daldianus, oneir. 4, 30.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βραδύς Transliteration: bradys Phonetic Spelling: brad-ooce' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: slow Meaning: slow GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1021 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1021 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1021 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1021 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1021, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βραδύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1021 bradys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: slow. Of uncertain affinity; slow; figuratively, dull -- slow. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1021: βραδύςβραδύς βραδεια, βραδυ, slow; a. properly: εἰς τί, James 1:19. b. metaphorically, dull, inactive, in mind; stupid, slow to apprehend or believe (so Homer, Iliad 10, 226; opposed to συνετός, Polybius 4, 8, 7; τόν νοῦν, Dionysius Halicarnassus, de Art. oratt. 7 (de Lysias judic.); δυσμαθία βραδύτης ἐν μαθησει, Plato, defin., p. 415 e.): with a dative of respect, τῇ καρδία, Luke 24:25. (Synonym: see ἀργός, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βραδυτής Transliteration: bradytēs Phonetic Spelling: brad-oo'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: slowness Meaning: slowness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1022 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1022 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1022 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1022 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1022, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βραδυτής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1022 bradytēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: slackness, slownessFrom bradus; tardiness -- slackness. see GREEK bradus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1022: βραδύτηςβραδύτης (on accent cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. ii., p. 417f; (Chandler §§ 634, 635; Winer's Grammar, 52f (52))), βραδυτητος, ἡ, (βραδύς), slowness, delay: 2 Peter 3:9. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βραχίων Transliteration: brachiōn Phonetic Spelling: brakh-ee'-own Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: the arm Meaning: the arm GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1023 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1023 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1023 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1023 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1023, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βραχίων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1023 brachiōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: arm. Properly, comparative of brachus, but apparently in the sense of brasso (to wield); the arm, i.e. (figuratively) strength -- arm. see GREEK brachus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1023: βραχίωνβραχίων, βραχίονος, ὁ (from Homer down), the arm: the βραχίων of God is spoken of Hebraistically for the might, the power of God, Luke 1:51 (cf. Deuteronomy 4:34; Deuteronomy 5:15; Deuteronomy 26:8); John 12:38 (Isaiah 53:1); Acts 13:17. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βραχύς Transliteration: brachys Phonetic Spelling: brakh-ooce' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: short, little Meaning: short, little GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1024 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1024 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1024 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1024 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1024, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βραχύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1024 brachys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: few words, little space. Of uncertain affinity; short (of time, place, quantity, or number) -- few words, little (space, while). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1024: βραχύςβραχύς, βραχεια, βραχύ, short, small, little (from Pindar, Herodotus, Thucydides down); a. of place; neuter βραχύ adverbially, a short distance, a little: Acts 27:28 (2 Samuel 16:1; Thucydides 1, 63). b. of time; βραχύ τί a short time, for a little while: Hebrews 2:7, 9, (where the writer transfers to time what the Sept. in Psalm 8:6 says of rank); Acts 5:34 (here L T Tr WH omit τί); μετά βραχύ shortly after, Luke 22:58. c. of quantity and measure; βραχύ τί (Tr text WH omits; L Tr marginal reading brackets τί) some little part, a little: John 6:7 (βραχύ τί τοῦ μέλιτος, 1 Samuel 14:29; ἔλαιον βραχύ, Josephus, Antiquities 9, 4, 2; βραχυτατος λιβανωτός, Philo de vict. off. § 4); διά βραχέων in few namely, words, briefly, Hebrews 13:22 (so (Plato, Demosthenes, others (cf. Bleek on Hebrews, the passage cited)) Josephus, b. j. 4, 5, 4; ἐν βραχυτάτω δηλουν to show very briefly, Xenophon, Cyril 1, 2, 15). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βρέφος Transliteration: brephos Phonetic Spelling: bref'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: an unborn or a newborn child Meaning: an unborn or a newborn child GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1025 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1025 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1025 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1025 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1025, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βρέφος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1025 brephos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: unborn or newborn child, infantOf uncertain affinity; an infant (properly, unborn) literally or figuratively -- babe, (young) child, infant. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1025: βρέφοςβρέφος, βρέφους, τό; a. an unborn child, embryo, fetus: Luke 1:41, 44; (Homer, Iliad 23, 266; Plutarch, rep. Stoic. 41 τό βρέφος ἐν τῇ γαστρί). b. a new-born child, an infant, a babe (so from Pindar down): Luke 2:12, 16; Luke 18:15; Acts 7:19; 1 Peter 2:2; ἀπό βρέφους from infancy, 2 Timothy 3:15 (so ἐκ βρέφους, Anth. Pal. 9, 567). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βρέχω Transliteration: brechō Phonetic Spelling: brekh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to send rain, to rain Meaning: to send rain, to rain GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1026 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1026 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1026 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1026 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1026, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βρέχω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1026 brechō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: send rain, wash. A primary verb; to moisten (especially by a shower) -- (send) rain, wash. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1026: βρέχωβρέχω; 1 aorist ἐβρεξα; from Pindar and Herodotus down; 1. to moisten, wet, water: Luke 7:38 (τούς πόδας ... δάκρυσιν, cf. Psalm 6:7),44. 2. in later writings (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 291 (Winers Grammar, 23)) to water with rain (Polybius 16, 12, 3), to cause to rain, to pour the rain, spoken of God: ἐπί τινα, Matthew 5:45; to send down like rain: κύριος ἔβρεξε θεῖον καί πῦρ, Genesis 19:24; χάλαζαν, Exodus 9:23; (μάννα, Psalm 77:24 ()); impersonally, βρέχει it rains (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 58, 9 b. β.): James 5:17; with added accusative, πῦρ καί θεῖον, Luke 17:29; with added subject, ὑετός, Revelation 11:6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βροντή Transliteration: brontē Phonetic Spelling: bron-tay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: thunder Meaning: thunder GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1027 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1027 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1027 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1027 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1027, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βροντή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1027 brontē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: thunder, thundering. Akin to bremo (to roar); thunder -- thunder(-ing). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1027: βροντήβροντή, βροντῆς, ἡ, thunder: Mark 3:17 (on which see Βοανεργές); John 12:29; Revelation 4:5; Revelation 6:1; Revelation 8:5; Revelation 10:3; Revelation 11:19; Revelation 14:2; Revelation 16:18; Revelation 19:6. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βροχή Transliteration: brochē Phonetic Spelling: brokh-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a wetting Meaning: a wetting GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1028 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1028 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1028 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1028 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1028, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βροχή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1028 brochē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: rain. From brecho; rain -- rain. see GREEK brecho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1028: βροχήβροχή, βροχης, ἡ (βρέχω, which see), a later Greek word (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 291), a besprinkling, watering, rain: used of a heavy shower or violent rainstorm, Matthew 7:25, 27; Psalm 67:10 (); Psalm 104:32 (, for גֶּשֶׁם. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βρόχος Transliteration: brochos Phonetic Spelling: brokh'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a noose, halter Meaning: a noose, halter GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1029 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1029 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1029 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1029 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1029, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βρόχος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1029 brochos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: snare, nooseOf uncertain derivation; a noose -- snare. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1029: βρόχοςβρόχος, βροχου, ὁ, a noose, slip-knot, by which any person or thing is caught, or fastened, or suspended (from Homer down): βρόχον ἐπιβάλλειν τίνι to throw a noose upon one, a figurative expression borrowed from war (or the chase) (so βρόχος περιβάλλειν τίνι, Philo, vit. Moys. iii. § 34; Josephus, b. j. 7, 7, 4), i. e. by craft or by force to bind one to some necessity, to constrain him to obey some command, 1 Corinthians 7:35. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βρυγμός Transliteration: brygmos Phonetic Spelling: broog-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a biting, a gnashing of teeth Meaning: a biting, a gnashing of teeth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1030 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1030 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1030 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1030 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1030, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βρυγμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1030 brygmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: gnashing. From brucho; a grating (of the teeth) -- gnashing. see GREEK brucho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1030: βρυγμόςβρυγμός, βρυγμου, ὁ (βρύχω, which see), a gnashing of teeth: with τῶν ὀδόντων added, a phrase denoting the extreme anguish and utter despair of men consigned to eternal condemnation, Matthew 8:12; Matthew 13:42, 50; Matthew 22:13; Matthew 24:51; Matthew 25:30; Luke 13:28. (In Sir. 51:3 βρυγμός is attributed to beasts, which gnash the teeth as they attack their prey; in Proverbs 19:12 the Sept. for נַהַם snarling, growling; in the sense of biting, Nic. th. 716, to be derived from βρύκω to bite; cf. Fritzsche on Sirach, as above, p. 308.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βρύχω Transliteration: brychō Phonetic Spelling: broo'-kho Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to bite, to gnash Meaning: to bite, to gnash GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1031 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1031 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1031 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1031 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1031, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βρύχω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1031 brychō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: gnash. A primary verb; to grate the teeth (in pain or rage) -- gnash. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1031: βρύχωβρύχω: (imperfect ἔβρυχον); to grind, gnash, with the teeth: ὀδόντας ἐπί τινα, Acts 7:54 (Job 16:9; Psalm 34:16 (); Psalm 36:12 () for בִּשְׁנַּיִם חָרַק and שִׁנַּיִם חָרַק; intransitive, without ὀδόντας (quoted in Hermippus ()) Plutarch, Pericl. 33 at the end; (Hipp. (see Liddell and Scott))). Of the same origin as βρύκω (cf. δέχω and δέκω), to bite, chew; see Hermann on Sophocles Philoct. 735;Ellendt, Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word βρύκω). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βρύω Transliteration: bryō Phonetic Spelling: broo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be full to bursting, to gush with Meaning: to be full to bursting, to gush with GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1032 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1032 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1032 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1032 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1032, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βρύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1032 bryō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: send forth. A primary verb; to swell out, i.e. (by implication) to gush -- send forth. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1032: βρύωβρύω; 1. intransitive, to abound, gush forth, teem with juices ((akin to βλύω, φλύω; see Lob. Techn., p. 22f; Curtius, p. 531), cf. German Brust, Brühe); often so from Homer down (Iliad 17, 56 ἔρνος ἀνθει βρύει). 2. more rarely transitive, to send forth abundantly: absolutely to teem, ἡ γῆ βρύει, Xenophon, venat. 5, 12; with an accusative of flowers, fruits, χάριτες ῤόδα βρυουσι, Anacreon () 44, 2 (37, 2); to send forth water, James 3:11. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βρῶμα Transliteration: brōma Phonetic Spelling: bro'-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: food Meaning: food GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1033 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1033 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1033 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1033 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1033, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βρῶμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1033 brōma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: meat, food. From the base of bibrosko; food (literally or figuratively), especially (ceremonially) articles allowed or forbidden by the Jewish law -- meat, victuals. see GREEK bibrosko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1033: βρῶμαβρῶμα βρώματος, τό (βρόω equivalent to βιβρώσκω), that which is eaten, food; (from Thucydides and Xenophon, down): 1 Corinthians 8:8, 13; 1 Corinthians 10:3; Romans 14:15, 20; plural: Matthew 14:15; Mark 7:19; Luke 3:11; Luke 9:13; 1 Corinthians 6:13; 1 Timothy 4:3; Hebrews 13:9; βρώματα καί ποματα meats and drinks, Hebrews 9:10 (as in Plato, legg. 11, p. 932 e.; 6, p. 782 a.; Critias, p. 115 b.; in singular Xenophon, Cyril 5, 2, 17). of the soul's aliment, i. e. either instruction, 1 Corinthians 3:2 (as solid food opposed to τό γάλα), or that which delights and truly satisfies the mind, John 4:34. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βρώσιμος Transliteration: brōsimos Phonetic Spelling: bro'-sim-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: edible Meaning: edible GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1034 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1034 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1034 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1034 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1034, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βρώσιμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1034 brōsimos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: meat. From brosis; eatable -- meat. see GREEK brosis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1034: βρώσιμοςβρώσιμος, βρώσιμον (βρῶσις), eatable: Luke 24:41. (Leviticus 19:23; Ezekiel 47:12. Aeschylus Prom. 479; (Antiatt. in Bekker, Anecd., p. 84, 25).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βρῶσις Transliteration: brōsis Phonetic Spelling: bro'-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: eating, food Meaning: eating, food GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1035 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1035 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1035 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1035 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1035, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βρῶσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1035 brōsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: eating, food, meat. From the base of bibrosko; (abstractly) eating (literally or figuratively); by extension (concretely) food (literally or figuratively) -- eating, food, meat. see GREEK bibrosko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1035: βρῶσιςβρῶσις, βρώσεως, ἡ (βρόω, βιβρώσκω); 1. the act of eating (Tertullianesus): βρῶσις καί πόσις, Romans 14:17 (on which see βασιλεία, 3); with the genitive of the object 1 Corinthians 8:4 (Plato, de rep. 10, p. 619 c. παίδων αὐτοῦ); in a wider sense, corrosion: Matthew 6:19f. 2. as almost everywhere in Greek writings that which is eaten, food, aliment: Hebrews 12:16; εἰς βρῶσιν for food, 2 Corinthians 9:10 (Wis. 4:5); βρῶσις καί (so WH text Tr marginal reading; others ἤ) πόσις, Colossians 2:16 (Homer, Odyssey 1, 191; Plato, legg. 6, 783{c}; Xenophon, mem. 1, 3, 15; (cf. Fritzsche on Romans iii., p. 200 note; per contra Meyer or Ellicott on Colossians, the passage cited)), used of the soups aliment — either that which refreshes it, John 4:32, or nourishes and supports it unto life eternal, John 6:27, 55. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βυθίζω Transliteration: bythizō Phonetic Spelling: boo-thid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sink, to cause to sink Meaning: to sink, to cause to sink GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1036 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1036 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1036 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1036 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1036, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βυθίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1036 bythizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: begin to sink, drown. From buthos; to sink; by implication, to drown -- begin to sink, drown. see GREEK buthos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1036: βυθίζωβυθίζω; (present passive βυθίζομαι); (βυθός, which see); to plunge into the deep, to sink: ὥστε βυθίζεσθαι αὐτά, of ships (as Polybius 2, 10, 5; 16, 3, 2 (Aristotle, Diodorus, others)), so that they began to sink, Luke 5:7; metaphorically, τινα εἰς ὄλεθρον (A. V. drown), 1 Timothy 6:9. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βυθός Transliteration: bythos Phonetic Spelling: boo-thos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: the bottom, the depth Meaning: the bottom, the depth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1037 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1037 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1037 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1037 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1037, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βυθός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1037 bythos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: deep. A variation of bathos; depth, i.e. (by implication) the sea -- deep. see GREEK bathos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1037: βυθόςβυθός, βυθοῦ, ὁ, the bottom (of a ditch or trench, Xenophon, oec. 19, 11); the bottom or depth of the sea, often in Greek writings from Aeschylus Prom. 432 down; the sea itself, the deep sea: 2 Corinthians 11:25, as in Psalm 106:24 (); so Latinprofundum in Lucan, Phars. 2, 680 "profundioravidens." |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βυρσεύς Transliteration: byrseus Phonetic Spelling: boorce-yooce' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a tanner Meaning: a tanner GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1038 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1038 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1038 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1038 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1038, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βυρσεύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1038 byrseus 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tanner. From bursa (a hide); a tanner -- tanner. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1038: βυρσεύςβυρσεύς, βυρσέως, ὁ (βύρσα a skin stripped off, a hide), a tanner: Acts 9:43; Acts 10:6, 32. (Artemidorus Daldianus, oneir. 4, 56.) (Cf. B. D. American edition under the word .) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βύσσινος Transliteration: byssinos Phonetic Spelling: boos'-see-nos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: fine linen Meaning: fine linen GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1039 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1039 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1039 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1039 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1039, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βύσσινος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1039 byssinos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fine linen. From bussos; made of linen (neuter a linen cloth) -- fine linen. see GREEK bussos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1039: βύσσινοςβύσσινος, βυσσίνῃ, βύσσινον (ἡ βύσσος, which see; cf. ἀκάνθινος, ἀμαράντινος), made of fine linen; neuter βύσσινον namely, ἱμάτιον (Winers Grammar, 591 (550); (Buttmann, 82 (72))) (a) fine linen (garment): Revelation 18:12 (Rec. βύσσου), ; (WH marginal reading λευκοβυσσινον (for βύσσινον λευκόν)). (Genesis 41:42; 1 Chronicles 15:21. Aeschylus, Herodotus, Euripides, Diodorus 1, 85; Plutarch, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βύσσος Transliteration: byssos Phonetic Spelling: boos'-sos Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: byssus (a species of flax), also (the) linen (made from it) Meaning: byssus (a species of flax), also (the) linen (made from it) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1040 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1040 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1040 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1040 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1040, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βύσσος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1040 byssos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fine linen. Of Hebrew origin (buwts); white linen -- fine linen. see HEBREW buwts Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1040: βύσσοςβύσσος, βύσσου, ἡ (Vanicek, Fremdwörter, under the word), byssus, a species of Egyptian flax (found also in India and Achaia) — or linen made from it — very costly, delicate, soft, white, and also of a yellow color (see respecting it Pollux, onomast. 50:7 c. 17 § 75): Luke 16:19; Revelation 18:12 Rec. (In the Sept. generally for שֵׁשׁ, also בּוּץ, cf. 1 Chronicles 15:27; 2 Chronicles 5:12; cf. Winers RWB under the word Baumwolle; (BB. DD., see under the words, and ). Josephus, Antiquities 3, 6, 1f; 3, 7, 2; Philostr. vit. Apoll. 2, 20 (p. 71, Olear. edition); on the flax of Achaia growing about Elis, cf. Pausanias, 5, 5, 2; 7, 21, 7.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: βωμός Transliteration: bōmos Phonetic Spelling: bo'-mos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a platform, an altar Meaning: a platform, an altar GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1041 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1041 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1041 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1041 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1041, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/βωμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1041 bōmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: altar. From the base of basis; properly, a stand, i.e. (specially) an altar -- altar. see GREEK basis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1041: βωμόςβωμός, βωμοῦ, ὁ (see βουνός), an elevated place; very frequent in Greek writings from Homer down, a raised place on which to offer sacrifice, an altar: Acts 17:23. (Often in the Sept. for מִזְבֵּחַ.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γαββαθᾶ Transliteration: Gabbatha Phonetic Spelling: gab-bath-ah' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: stone pavement Meaning: Gabbatha -- stone pavement GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1042 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1042 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1042 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1042 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1042, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γαββαθᾶ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1042 Gabbatha 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gabbatha. Of Chaldee origin (compare gab); the knoll; gabbatha, a vernacular term for the Roman tribunal in Jerusalem -- Gabbatha. see HEBREW gab Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1042: ΓαββαθαΓαββαθα (Γαββαθα WH), ἡ, indeclinable, Gabbatha, Chaldean גַּבְּתָא (Hebrew גַּב, the back); hence, a raised place, an elevation, (cf. C. F. A. Fritzsche, Ueber die Verdienste Tholucks as above with, p. 102f; Delitzsch in the Zeitschr. f. luth. Theol. for 1876, p. 605; (Wünsche, Neue Beitäge as above with p. 560); but see the somewhat different opinion of Keim, Jesu von Nazara, iii. 365): John 19:13, where is added the rather loose interpretation λιθόστρωτον, i. e. a stone pavement, which some interpreters think was a portable pavement, or the square blocks such as the Roman generals carried with them, to be laid down not only under their seats in general, but also under those they occupied in administering justice (cf. Suetonius, Julius Caesar 46 and Casaubon at the passage). This opinion is opposed by the circumstance that John is not accustomed to add a Greek interpretation except to the Hebrew names of fixed Jewish localities, cf. John 5:2; John 9:7; John 19:17; and that this is so in the present case is evident from the fact that he has said εἰς τόπον, i. e. in a definite locality which had that name. Besides, it cannot be proved that that custom of the military commanders was followed also by the governors of provinces residing in cities. Doubtless the Chaldaic name was given to the spot from its shape, the Greek name from the nature of its pavement. Cf. below under λιθόστρωτον; Winers RWB under the word Lithostroton; (BB. DD. under the word ; Tholuck, Beiträge zur Spracherklärung as above with p. 119ff). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γαβριήλ Transliteration: Gabriēl Phonetic Spelling: gab-ree-ale' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Gabriel, an angel Meaning: Gabriel -- an angel GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1043 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1043 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1043 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1043 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1043, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γαβριήλ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1043 Gabriēl 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gabriel. Of Hebrew origin (Gabriy'el); Gabriel, an archangel -- Gabriel. see HEBREW Gabriy'el Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1043: ΓαβριήλΓαβριήλ, ὁ (גַּבְרִיאֵל, from גֶּבֶר, strong man, hero, and אֵל, God), indeclinable, Gabriel, one of the angel-princes or chiefs of the angels (Daniel 8:16; Daniel 9:21): Luke 1:19, 26; see ἀρχάγγελος (and references under the word ἄγγελος, at the end; BB. DD. under the word). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γάγγραινα Transliteration: gangraina Phonetic Spelling: gang'-grahee-nah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a gangrene, an eating sore Meaning: a gangrene, an eating sore GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1044 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1044 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1044 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1044 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1044, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γάγγραινα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1044 gangraina 🕊 Strong's Concordance: canker. From graino (to gnaw); an ulcer ("gangrene") -- canker. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1044: γάγγραιναγάγγραινα, γαγγραινης, ἡ (γράω or γραίνω to gnaw, eat), a gangrene, a disease by which any part of the body suffering from inflammation becomes so corrupted that, unless a remedy be seasonably applied, the evil continually spreads, attacks other parts, and at last eats away the bones: 2 Timothy 2:17 (where cf. Ellicott). (Medical writings (cf. Wetstein (1752) at the passage cited); Plutarch, diser. am. et adulat. c. 36.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γάδ Transliteration: Gad Phonetic Spelling: gad Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Gad, a tribe of Isr Meaning: Gad -- a tribe of Israel GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1045 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1045 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1045 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1045 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1045, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γάδ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1045 Gad 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gad. Of Hebrew origin (Gad); Gad, a tribe of Israelites -- Gad. see HEBREW Gad Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1045: ΓάδΓάδ, ὁ (גָּד, fortune, cf. Genesis 30:11; (Genesis 49:19; on the meaning of the word see B. D. under the word)), indeclinable, Gad, the seventh son of the patriarch Jacob, by Zilpah, Leah's maid: Revelation 7:5. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γαδαρηνός Transliteration: Gadarēnos Phonetic Spelling: gad-ar-ay-nos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of Gadara, Gadarene Meaning: of Gadara -- Gadarene GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1046 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1046 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1046 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1046 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1046, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γαδαρηνός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1046 Gadarēnos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gadarene. From Gadara (a town east of the Jordan); a Gadarene or inhabitant of Gadara -- Gadarene. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1046: ΓαδαρηνόςΓαδαρηνός, Γαδαρηνη, Γαδαρηνον (from the proper name Γαδαρα; cf. the adjective Ἀβιληνή, Μαγδαληνή), of Gadara, a Gadarene. Gadara was the capital of Peraea (Josephus, b. j. 4, 7, 3), situated opposite the southern extremity of the Lake of Gennesaret to the southeast, but at some distance from the lake on the banks of the river Hieromax (Pliny, h. n. 5, 16), 60 stadia from the city Tiberias (Josephus, Vita65), inhabited chiefly by Gentiles (Josephus, Antiquities 17, 11, 4); cf. Winers RWB under the word Gadara; Rüetschi in Herzog iv., p. 636f; Kneucker in Schenkel ii. 313f; Riehm, HWB, p. 454; (BB. DD. under the word). χώρα τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν the country of the Gadarenes, Gadaris: Mark 5:1 Rec.; Luke 8:26 Rec., 37 R G (but here ἡ περίχωρος τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν), and in Matthew 8:28 T Tr WH; but the manuscripts differ in these passages; see Γερασηνοι and Γεργεσηνοι. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γάζα Transliteration: gaza Phonetic Spelling: gad'-zah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: treasure Meaning: treasure GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1047 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1047 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1047 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1047 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1047, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γάζα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1047 gaza 🕊 Strong's Concordance: treasure. Of foreign origin; a treasure -- treasure. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1047: γάζαγάζα, γάζης, ἡ, a Persian word, adopted by the Greeks and Latins (Cicero, off. 2, 22), the royal treasury, treasure, riches, (Curt. 3, 13, 5 pecuniam regiam, quam gazam Persae vocant): Acts 8:27. ((Theophrastus), Polybius, Diodorus 17, 35 and 64; Plutarch, others. The Sept., 2 Esdr. 5:17 2Esdr. 7:20.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γάζα Transliteration: Gaza Phonetic Spelling: gad'-zah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Gaza, a Philistine city Meaning: Gaza -- a Philistine city GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1048 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1048 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1048 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1048 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1048, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γάζα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1048 Gaza 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gaza. Of Hebrew origin (Azzah); Gazah (i.e. Azzah), a place in Palestine -- Gaza. see HEBREW Azzah Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1048: ΓάζαΓάζα, Γάζης (Buttmann, 17 (15)), ἡ (אַזָּה i. e. strong, fortified (cf. Valentia); the 'ayin ע being represented by gamma γ', cf. עֲמֹרָה Γόμορρα), formerly a celebrated city of the Philistines, situated on a hill near the southern border of the land of Israel, between Raphia and Ascalon, twenty stadia (`at the most,' Arrian. exp. Alex. 2, 26; seven, Strabo 16, 30) from the sea and eleven geographical miles from Jerusalem. It was fortified and surrounded by a massive wall. Although held by a Persian garrison, Alexander the Great captured it after a siege of two months, but did not destroy it ((Josephus, Antiquities 11, 8, 4); Diodorus 17, 48; Plutarch, Alex. 25; Curt. 4, 6f). Afterward, in the year , Alexander Janmaeus, king of the Jews, took it, after a year's siege and destroyed it (Josephus, Antiquities 13, 13, 3). Gabinius rebuilt it (Josephus, the passage cited 14:5, 3). Finally, the emperor Augustus gave it () to Herod the Great (Josephus, the passage cited 15, 7, 3), after whose death it was annexed to Syria (Josephus, the passage cited 17, 11, 4). Modern Ghuzzeh (or Ghazzeh), an unfortified town, having an area of two English miles, with between fifteen and sixteen thousand inhabitants. Mentioned in the N. T. in Acts 8:26, where the words αὕτη ἐστιν ἔρημος refer to ἡ ὁδός; Philip is bidden to take the way which is ἔρημος, solitary; cf. Meyer at the passage; (Winers Grammar, § 18, 9 N. 3; Buttmann, 104 (91)). A full history of the city is given by Stark, Gaza u. d. philistäische Küste. Jena, 1852; a briefer account by Winers RWB (see also BB. DD.) under the word ; Arnold in Herzog iv., p. 671ff |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γαζοφυλάκιον Transliteration: gazophylakion Phonetic Spelling: gad-zof-oo-lak'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: treasury Meaning: treasury GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1049 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1049 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1049 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1049 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1049, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γαζοφυλάκιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1049 gazophylakion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: treasury. From gaza and phulake; a treasure-house, i.e. A court in the temple for the collection-boxes -- treasury. see GREEK gaza see GREEK phulake Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1049: γαζοφυλάκιονγαζοφυλάκιον, γαζοφυλακίου, τό (from γάζα, which see, and φυλακή; hence, equivalent to θησαυροφυλακιον, Hesychius), a repository of treasure, especially of public treasure, a treasury: Esther 3:9; 1 Esdr. 8:18, 44; 1 Macc. 3:28. In the Sept. used for לִשְׁכָּה and נִשְׁכָּה of apartments constructed in the courts of the temple, in which not only the sacred offerings and things needful for the temple service were kept, but in which also the priests, etc., dwelt: Nehemiah 13:7; Nehemiah 10:37ff; of the sacred treasury, in which not only treasure but also the public records (1 Macc. 14:49; cf. Grimm at the passage) were stored, and the property of widows and orphans was deposited (2 Macc. 3:10; cf. Grimm at the passage): 1 Macc. 14:49; 2 Macc. 3:6, 28, 40 2Macc. 4:42 2Macc. 5:18. Josephus speaks of both γαζοφυλάκια (plural) in the women's court of Herod's temple, b. j. 5, 5, 2; 6, 5, 2; and τό γαζοφυλάκιον, Antiquities 19, 6, 1. In the N. T., in Mark 12:41, 43; Luke 21:1; John 8:20 (ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ, at, near, the treasury (yet cf. Winer's Grammar, § 48, a., the passage cited)), τό γαζοφυλάκιον seems to be used of that receptacle mentioned by the rabbis to which were fitted thirteen chests or boxes, שׁופָרות i. e. trumpets, so called from their shape, and into which were put the contributions made voluntarily or paid yearly by the Jews for the service of the temple and the support of the poor; cf. Lightfoot, Horae Hebrew et Talm., p. 536f; Lücke (Tholuck, or Godet) on John 8:20; (B. D. American edition under the word ). (Strabo 2, p. 319 (i. e. 7, 6, 1).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γάϊος Transliteration: Gaios Phonetic Spelling: gah'-ee-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Gaius, the name of several Christian Meaning: Gaius -- the name of several Christian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1050 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1050 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1050 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1050 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1050, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γάϊος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1050 Gaios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gaius. Of Latin origin; Gaius (i.e. Caius), a Christian -- Gaius. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1050: ΓάϊοςΓάϊος (WH Γάϊος (cf. Iota)), Γαιου, ὁ, Gaius or Caius; the name of a Christian: 1. of Derbe: Acts 20:4. 2. of Macedonia: Acts 19:29. 3. of Corinth, Paul's host during his (second) sojourn there: Romans 16:23; 1 Corinthians 1:14. 4. of an unknown Christian, to whom the third Epistle of John was addressed: 3 John 1:1. (B. D. American edition under the word ; Farrar, Early Days of Christianity, ii. 506.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γάλα Transliteration: gala Phonetic Spelling: gal'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: milk Meaning: milk GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1051 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1051 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1051 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1051 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1051, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γάλα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1051 gala 🕊 Strong's Concordance: milk. Of uncertain affinity; milk (figuratively) -- milk. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1051: γάλαγάλα, γάλακτος (cf. Latinlac; Curtius, § 123), τό (from Homer down), milk: 1 Corinthians 9:7. Metaphorically, of the less difficult truths of the Christian religion, 1 Corinthians 3:2; Hebrews 5:12f (Quintilian 2, 4, 5 "doctoribushocessecuraevelim,uttenerasadhucmentesmorenutricummolliusalantetsatiarivelutquodamjucundiorisdisciplinaelactepatiantur," (cf. Siegfried, Philo von Alex., p. 329, cf. p. 261)); of the word of God, by which souls newly regenerate are healthfully nourished unto growth in the Christian life, 1 Peter 2:2. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γαλάτης Transliteration: Galatēs Phonetic Spelling: gal-at'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a Galatian Meaning: Galatians -- a Galatian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1052 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1052 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1052 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1052 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1052, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γαλάτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1052 Galatēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Galatian. From Galatia; a Galatian or inhabitant of Galatia -- Galatian. see GREEK Galatia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1052: ΓαλάτηςΓαλάτης, Γαλατου, ὁ, a Galatian (see Γαλατία): Galatians 3:1. (1 Macc. 8:2; 2 Macc. 8:20.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γαλατία Transliteration: Galatia Phonetic Spelling: gal-at-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Galatia, a district in Asia Minor or a larger Roman province including this district as well as others Meaning: Galatia -- a district in Asia Minor or a larger Roman province including this district as well as others GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1053 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1053 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1053 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1053 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1053, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γαλατία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1053 Galatia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Galatia. Of foreign origin; Galatia, a region of Asia -- Galatia. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1053: ΓαλατίαΓαλατία, Γαλατίας, ἡ, Galatia, Gallograecia, a region of Asia Minor, bounded by Paphlagonia, Pontus, Cappadocia, Lycaonia, Phrygia, and Bithynia. It took its name from those Gallic tribes that crossed into Asia Minor , and after roaming about there for a time at length settled down permanently in the above-mentioned region, and intermarried with the Greeks. From on, though subject to the Romans, they were governed by their own chiefs; but (others, 25) their country was formally reduced to a Roman province (cf. Livy 37, 8; 38, 16 and 18; Josephus, Antiquities 16, 6; Strabo 12, 5, 1, p. 567; Flor. 2, 11 (i. e. 1, 27)): Galatians 1:2; 1 Corinthians 16:1; 2 Timothy 4:10 (T Tr marginal reading Γαλλιαν); 1 Peter 1:1. Cf. Grimm, Ueb. d. (keltische) Nationalität der kleinasiat. Galater, in the Studien und Kritiken for 1876, p. 199ff; replied to by K. Wieseler, Die deutsche Nationalität d. kleinas. Galater. Gütersl. 1877; (but see Hertzberg in the Studien und Kritiken for 1878, pp. 525-541; Lightfoot in his Commentary on Galatians, Dissertation i., also Introduction, § 1). STRONGS NT 1053: ΓαλλίαΓαλλία, Γαλλιας, ἡ, Gallia: 2 Timothy 4:10 T Tr margin, by which is to be understood Galatia in Asia Minor or Γαλλία ἡ ἐωα, Appendix B, 104:2, 49. (See especially Lightfoot Commentary on Galatians, pp. 3, 31 (American edition, pp. 11, 37).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γαλατικός Transliteration: Galatikos Phonetic Spelling: gal-at-ee-kos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: belonging to Galatia Meaning: belonging to Galatia GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1054 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1054 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1054 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1054 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1054, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γαλατικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1054 Galatikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: of Galatia. From Galatia; Galatic or relating to Galatia -- of Galatia. see GREEK Galatia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1054: ΓαλατικόςΓαλατικός, Γαλατικη, Γαλατικον, Galatian, belonging to Galatia: Acts 16:6; Acts 18:23. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γαλήνη Transliteration: galēnē Phonetic Spelling: gal-ay'-nay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a calm Meaning: a calm GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1055 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1055 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1055 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1055 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1055, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γαλήνη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1055 galēnē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: calm. Of uncertain derivation; tranquillity -- calm. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1055: γαλήνηγαλήνη, γαληνης, ἡ (adjective ὁ, ἡ, γαληνός calm, cheerful), calmness, stillness of the sea, a calm: Matthew 8:26; Mark 4:39; Luke 8:24. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γαλιλαία Transliteration: Galilaia Phonetic Spelling: gal-il-ah'-yah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Galilee, the northern region of Palestine, also the name of a sea Meaning: Galilee -- the northern region of Palestine, also the name of a sea GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1056 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1056 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1056 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1056 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1056, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γαλιλαία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1056 Galilaia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Galilee. Of Hebrew origin (Galiyl); Galiloea (i.e. The heathen circle), a region of Palestine -- Galilee. see HEBREW Galiyl Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1056: ΓαλιλαίαΓαλιλαία, Γαλιλαίας, ἡ, Galilee, (from הַגָּלִילָה, 2 Kings 15:29; הַגָּלִיל, Joshua 20:7; Joshua 21:32; גָּלִיל אֶרֶץ, 1 Kings 9:11, i. e. the circle or circuit, by which name even before the exile a certain district of northern Palestine was designated; the Sept. Γαλιλαία); the name of a region of northern Palestine, bounded on the north by Syria, on the west by Sidon, Tyre, Ptolemais and their territories and the promontory of Carmel, on the south by Samaria and on the east by the Jordan. It was divided into Upper Galilee (extending from the borders of Tyre and Sidon to the sources of the Jordan), and Lower Galilee (which, lower and more level, embraced the lands of the tribes of Issachar and Zebulun and the part of Naphtali bordering on the Sea of Galilee): ἡ ἄνω καί ἡ κάτω Γαλιλαία (Josephus, b. j. 3, 3, 1, where its boundaries are given). It was a very fertile region, populous, having 204 towns and villages (Josephus, Vita45), and inasmuch as it had, especially in the upper part, many Gentiles among its inhabitants (Judges 1:30-33; Strabo 16, 34, p. 760), it was called, Matthew 4:15, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν (Isaiah 8:23 ()), and, 1 Macc. 5:15, Γαλιλαία ἀλλοφύλων. Often mentioned in the Gospels, and three times in the Acts, viz., Acts 9:31; Acts 10:37; Acts 13:31. (Cf. Merrill, Galilee in the Time of Christ, Boston 1881.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γαλιλαῖος Transliteration: Galilaios Phonetic Spelling: gal-ee-lah'-yos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Galilean Meaning: Galilean GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1057 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1057 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1057 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1057 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1057, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γαλιλαῖος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1057 Galilaios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Galilean, of Galilee. From Galilaia; Galilean or belonging to Galilea -- Galilean, of Galilee. see GREEK Galilaia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1057: ΓαλιλαῖοςΓαλιλαῖος, Γαλιλαία, Γαλιλαιον, Gallilaean, a native of Galilee: Matthew 26:69; Mark 14:70; Luke 13:1; Luke 22:59; Luke 23:6; John 4:45; Acts 1:11; Acts 2:7; Acts 5:37. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γαλλίων Transliteration: Galliōn Phonetic Spelling: gal-lee'-own Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Gallio, proconsul of Asia Meaning: Gallio -- proconsul of Asia GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1058 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1058 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1058 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1058 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1058, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γαλλίων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1058 Galliōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gallio. Of Latin origin; Gallion (i.e. Gallio), a Roman officer -- Gallio. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1058: ΓαλλίωνΓαλλίων, Γαλλίωνος, ὁ, Gallio, proconsul of Achaia, elder brother of L. Annaeus Seneca the philosopher. His original name was Marcus Annaeus Novatus, but after his adoption into the family of Junius Gallio the rhetorician, he was called Gallio: Acts 18:12, 14, 17. (Cf. B. D. American edition; Farrar, St. Paul, i. 566f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γαμαλιήλ Transliteration: Gamaliēl Phonetic Spelling: gam-al-ee-ale' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Gamaliel, a renowned teacher of the law Meaning: Gamaliel -- a renowned teacher of the law GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1059 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1059 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1059 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1059 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1059, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γαμαλιήλ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1059 Gamaliēl 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gamaliel. Of Hebrew origin (Gamliy'el); Gamaliel (i.e. Gamliel), an Israelite -- Gamaliel. see HEBREW Gamliy'el Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1059: ΓαμαλιήλΓαμαλιήλ, ὁ (גַּמְלִיאֵל, recompense of God (God, the Avenger, Fürst); Numbers 1:10; Numbers 2:20), indeclinable, Gamaliel (distinguished by the Jews from his grandson of the same name by the title הַזָּקֵן, the elder), a Pharisee and doctor of the law, son of R. Simeon, grandson of Hillel, and teacher of the apostle Paul. He is said to have had very great influence in the Sanhedrin, and to have died eighteen years before the destruction of Jerusalem. A man of permanent renown among the Jews: Acts 5:34; Acts 22:3. Cf. Gräiz, Gesch. d. Juden, iii., p. 289ff; Schenkel, BL. ii., p. 328ff; (especially Alex.'s Kitto under the word Gamaliel I. (cf. Farrar, St. Paul, i. 44 and except v.)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γαμέω Transliteration: gameō Phonetic Spelling: gam-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to marry Meaning: to marry GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1060 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1060 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1060 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1060 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1060, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γαμέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1060 gameō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: marryFrom gamos; to wed (of either sex) -- marry (a wife). see GREEK gamos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1060: γαμέωγαμέω, γάμω; imperfect ἐγάμουν (Luke 17:27); 1 aorist ἔγημα (the classic form (Matthew 22:25 L T Tr WH); Luke 14:20; 1 Corinthians 7:28a R G, 28b) and ἐγάμησα (the later form, Matthew 5:32; ( R G); Mark 6:17; Mark 10:11; 1 Corinthians 7:9 (a L T Tr WH), 33); perfect γεγάμηκα; 1 aorist passive ἐγαμήθην; (cf. Winers Grammar, 84 (80); Buttmann, 55 (48); Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. ii. 134; Lob. ad Phryn., p. 742; (Veitch, under the word)); 1. used of the man, as in Greek writings from Homer down, to lead in marriage, take to wife; a. with the addition of γυναῖκα or other accusative: Matthew 5:32 (here WH brackets the clause); Matthew 19:9; Mark 6:17; Mark 10:11; Luke 14:20; Luke 16:18. b. without a case, absolutely to get married, to marry, (cf. Buttmann, 145 (127)): Matthew 19:10; Matthew 22:25, 30; Matthew 24:38; Mark 12:25; Luke 17:27; Luke 20:34; 1 Corinthians 7:28, 33; (Aelian v. h. 4, 1; οἱ γεγαμηκοτες, Xenophon, Cyril 1, 2, 4; opposed to ἄγαμοι, Xenophon, symp. 9, 7). Passive and middle γαμέομαι τίνι, of women (Latinnuberealicui, cf. Buttmann, § 133, 8), to give oneself in marriage (Winer's Grammar, § 38, 3): 1 aorist passive, Mark 10:12 (where L T Tr WH γαμήσῃ ἄλλον for R G γαμηθῇ ἄλλῳ); 1 Corinthians 7:39. 2. contrary to Greek usage, the active γαμεῖν is used of women, to give oneself in marriage; and a. with the accusative: Mark 10:12 L T Tr WH (see above); b. absolutely: 1 Corinthians 7:28, 34: (ἡ γαμήσασα, opposed to ἡ ἄγαμος); 1 Timothy 5:11, 14. 3. absolutely of both sexes: 1 Timothy 4:3; 1 Corinthians 7:9f, 36 (γαμείτωσαν, namely, the virgin and he who seeks her to wife). In the O. T. γαμεῖν occurs only in 2 Macc. 14:25. STRONGS NT 1060a: γαμίζωγαμίζω; (passive, present γαμίζομαι; imperfect ἐγαμιζομην); (γάμος); to give a daughter in marriage: 1 Corinthians 7:38a (L T Tr WH, 38{b}) G L T Tr WH; passive: Matthew 22:30 L T Tr WH; (Matthew 24:38 T WH); Mark 12:25; Luke 17:27; Luke 20:35 (WH marginal reading γαμίσκονται). (The word is mentioned in Apoll. de constr. 3, 31, p. 280, 10, Bekker edition). (Compare: ἐκγαμίζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γαμίσκω Transliteration: gamiskō Phonetic Spelling: gam-is'-ko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to give in marriage Meaning: to give in marriage GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1061 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1061 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1061 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1061 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1061, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γαμίσκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1061 gamiskō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: give in marriage. From gamos; to espouse (a daughter to a husband) -- give in marriage. see GREEK gamos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1061: γαμίσκωγαμίσκω, equivalent to γαμίζω, which see (Matthew 24:38 Lachmann); passive (present γαμίσκομαι); Mark 12:25 R G; Luke 20:34 L T Tr WH (35 WH marginal reading; cf. Winers Grammar, 92 (88); and Tdf.'s note on Matthew 22:30). (Aristotle, pol. 7, 14, 4 etc.) (Compare: ἐκ῟γαμίσκω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γάμος Transliteration: gamos Phonetic Spelling: gam'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a wedding Meaning: a wedding GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1062 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1062 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1062 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1062 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1062, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γάμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1062 gamos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: marriage, wedding. Of uncertain affinity; nuptials -- marriage, wedding. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1062: γάμοςγάμος, γάμου, ὁ (probably from the root, gam, to bind, unite; Curtius, p. 546f), as in Greek writings from Homer down; 1. a wedding or marriage-festival: John 2:1; Revelation 19:7 (under the figure of a marriage here is represented the intimate and everlasting union of Christ, at his return from heaven, with his church); τό δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου, Revelation 19:9 (a symbol of the future blessings of the Messiah's kingdom); especially a wedding-banquet, a marriage-feast: Matthew 22:8, 10 (here T WH Tr marginal reading νυμφών), Matthew 22:11, 12; plural (referring apparently to the several acts of feasting), Matthew 22:2ff,; ; Luke 12:36; Luke 14:8 (cf. Winers Grammar, § 27, 3; Buttmann, 23 (21)). 2. marriage, matrimony: Hebrews 13:4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γάρ Transliteration: gar Phonetic Spelling: gar Part of Speech: Conjunction Short Definition: for, indeed (a conjunction used to express cause, explanation, inference or continuation) Meaning: for, indeed GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1063 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1063 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1063 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1063 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1063, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γάρ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1063 gar 🕊 Strong's Concordance: and, as, because, forA primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles) -- and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1063: γάργάρ, a conjunction, which according to its composition, γέ and ἄρα (equivalent to ἀρ), is properly a particle of affirmation and conclusion, denoting truly therefore, verily as the case stands, "the thing is first affirmed by the particle γέ, and then is referred to what precedes by the force of the particle ἄρα (Klotz ad Devar. ii. 1, p. 232; cf. Kühner, ii., p. 724; (Jelf, § 786; Winers Grammar, 445f (415f))). Now since by a new affirmation not infrequently the reason and nature of something previously mentioned are set forth, it comes to pass that, by the use of this particle, either the reason and cause of a foregoing statement is added, whence arises the causal or argumentative force of the particle, for (Latinnam,enim; German denn); or some previous declaration is explained, whence γάρ takes on an explicative force: for, the fact is, namely (Latinvidelicet, German nämlich). Thus the force of the particle is either conclusive, or demonstrative, or explicative and declaratory; cf. Rost in Passow's Lexicon, i., p. 535ff; Kühner, ii., pp. 724ff, 852ff; (cf. Liddell and Scott, under the word). The use of the particle in the N. T. does not differ from that in the classics. I. Its primary and original Conclusive force is seen in questions (in Greek writings also in exclamations) and answers expressed with emotion; where, according to the connexion, it may be freely represented by assuredly, verily, forsooth, why, then, etc.: ἐν γάρ τούτῳ etc. ye profess not to know whence he is; herein then is assuredly a marvellous thing, why, herein etc. John 9:30; οὐ γάρ, ἀλλά etc. by no means in this state of things, nay verily, but etc. Acts 16:37; certainly, if that is the case, 1 Corinthians 8:11 L T Tr WH. It is joined to interrogative particles and pronouns: μή γάρ etc. John 7:41 (do ye then suppose that the Christ comes out of Galilee? What, doth the Christ, etc.?); μή γάρ ... οὐκ, 1 Corinthians 11:22 ("what! since ye are so eager to eat and drink, have ye not," etc.?); τίς γάρ, τί γάρ: Matthew 27:23 (τί γάρ κακόν ἐποίησεν, ye demand that he be crucified like a malefactor, Why, what evil hath he done?); Matthew 9:5 (your thoughts are evil; which then do ye suppose to be the easier, etc.?); Matthew 16:26; Matthew 23:17, 19; Luke 9:25; Acts 19:35; τί γάρ; for τί γάρ ἐστι, what then? i. e. what, under these circumstances, ought to be the conclusion? Philippians 1:18 (cf. Ellicott at the passage); πῶς γάρ, Acts 8:31; cf. Klotz, the passage cited, p. 245ff; Kühner, ii., p. 726; (Jelf, ii., p. 608); Winer's Grammar, 447 (416). Here belongs also the vexed passage Luke 18:14 ἤ γάρ ἐκεῖνος (so G T Tr marginal reading, but L WH Tr text παῥ ἐκεῖνον) or do ye suppose then that that man went down approved of God? cf. Winer's Grammar, 241 (226). II. It adduces the Cause or gives the Reason of a preceding statement or opinion; 1. universally: Matthew 2:5; Matthew 6:24; Mark 1:22; Mark 9:6; Luke 1:15, 18; Luke 21:4; John 2:25; Acts 2:25; Romans 1:9, 11; 1 Corinthians 11:5; Hebrews 2:8; 1 John 2:19; Revelation 1:3, and very often. In John 4:44 γάρ assigns the reason why now at length Jesus betook himself into Galilee; for the authority denied to a prophet in his own country (Galilee), he had previously to seek and obtain among strangers; cf. John 4:45; Meyer (yet see edition 6 (Weiss)) at the passage; Strauss, Leben Jesu, i. 725 edition 3; Neander, Leben Jesu, p. 385f edition 1 (American translation, pp. 100, 168); Ewald, Jahrbb. d. Biblical Wissensch. x., p. 108ff. 2. Often the sentences are connected in such a way that either some particular statement is established by a general proposition (`the particular by the universal'), as in Matthew 7:8; Matthew 13:12; Matthew 22:14; Mark 4:22, 25; John 3:20; 1 Corinthians 12:12; Hebrews 5:13, etc.; or what has been stated generally, is proved to be correctly stated by a particular instance (`the universal by the particular'): Mark 7:10; Luke 12:52, 58; Romans 7:2; 1 Corinthians 1:26; 1 Corinthians 12:8. 3. To sentences in which something is commanded or forbidden, γάρ annexes the reason why the thing must either be done or avoided: Matthew 1:20; Matthew 2:20; Matthew 3:9; Matthew 7:2; Romans 13:11; Colossians 3:3; 1 Thessalonians 4:3; Hebrews 2:2, and very often. In Philippians 2:13 γάρ connects the verse with Philippians 2:12 thus: work out your salvation with most intense earnestness, for nothing short of this accords with God's saving efficiency within your souls, to whom you owe both the good desire and the power to execute that desire. 4. To questions, γάρ annexes the reason why the question is asked: Matthew 2:2 (we ask this with good reason, for we have seen the star which announces his birth); Matthew 22:28; Romans 14:10; 1 Corinthians 14:9; Galatians 1:10. 5. Frequently the statement which contains the cause is interrogative; τίς, τί γάρ: Luke 22:27; Romans 4:3; Romans 11:34; 1 Corinthians 2:16; 1 Corinthians 7:16; Hebrews 1:5; Hebrews 12:7; τί γάρ for τί γάρ ἐστι, Romans 3:3 (cf. Fritzsche at the passage; (Ellicott on Philippians 1:18)); ἵνα τί γάρ, 1 Corinthians 10:29; ποίᾳ γάρ, James 4:14 (WH text omits; Tr brackets γάρ). 6. Sometimes in answers it is so used to make good the substance of a preceding question that it can be rendered yea, assuredly: 1 Corinthians 9:10; 1 Thessalonians 2:20; cf. Kühner, ii., p. 724. 7. Sometimes it confirms, not a single statement, but the point of an entire discussion: Romans 2:25 (it is no advantage to a wicked Jew, for etc.). On the other hand, it may so confirm but a single thought as to involve the force of asseveration and be rendered assuredly, yea: Romans 15:27 (εὐδόκησαν γάρ); so also καί γάρ, Philippians 2:27. 8. It is often said that the sentence of which γάρ introduces the cause, or renders the reason, is not expressed, but must be gathered from the context and supplied in thought. But that this ellipsis is wholly imaginary is clearly shown by Klotz ad Devar. ii. 1, p. 236f, cf. Winer's Grammar, 446f (415f). The particle is everywhere used in reference to something expressly stated. Suffice it to append a very few examples; the true nature of many others is shown under the remaining heads of this article: In Matthew 5:12 before γάρ some supply 'nor does this happen to you alone'; but the reason is added why a great reward in heaven is reserved for those who suffer persecution, which reason consists in this, that the prophets also suffered persecution, and that their reward is great no one can doubt. In Romans 8:18 some have supplied 'do not shrink from this suffering with Christ'; but on the use of γάρ here, see III. a. below. On Mark 7:28 (T Tr WH omit; L brackets γάρ), where before καί γάρ some supply 'but help me,' or 'yet we do not suffer even the dogs to perish with hunger,' see 10 b. below. In Acts 9:11 before γάρ many supply 'he will listen to thee'; but it introduces the reason for the preceding command. 9. When in successive statements γάρ is repeated twice or thrice, or even four or five times, either a. one and the same thought is confirmed by as many arguments, each having its own force, as there are repetitions of the particle (Meyer denies the coordinate use of γάρ in the N. T., asserting that the first is argumentative, the second explicative, see his commentaries on the passage to follow, also on Romans 8:6): Matthew 6:32; Romans 16:18f; or b. every succeeding statement contains the reason for its immediate predecessor, so that the statements are subordinate one to another: Mark 6:52; Matthew 16:25-27; John 3:19; John 5:21; Acts 2:15; Romans 4:13-15; Romans 8:2f, 5; 1 Corinthians 3:3; 1 Corinthians 9:15-17 (where five times in G L T Tr WH); 1 Corinthians 16:7; James 2:10, etc.; or c. it is repeated in a different sense: Mark 9:39-41; Romans 5:6f (where cf. Winer's Grammar, 453 (422)); Romans 10:2-5 (four times); James 4:14 (WH text omits; Tr brackets the first γάρ, L WH marginal reading omit the second). 10. καί γάρ (on which cf. Kühner, ii., p. 854f; Winer's Grammar, 448 (417); (Ellicott on 2 Thessalonians 3:10)) is a. for, and truly (etenim,namque, (the simple rendering for is regarded as inexact by many; cf. Meyer on 2 Corinthians 13:4 and see Hartung, Partikeln, i. 137f; Krüger, § 69, 32, 21)): Mark 14:70; Luke 22:37 (L Tr brackets γάρ); 1 Corinthians 5:7; 1 Corinthians 11:9; 1 Corinthians 12:13. b. for also, for even (nametiam): Matthew 8:9; Mark 10:45; Luke 6:32; John 4:45; 1 Corinthians 12:14, etc. In Mark 7:28 καί γάρ (R G L brackets) τά κυνάρια etc. the woman, by adducing an example, confirms what Christ had said, but the example is of such a sort as also to prove that her request ought to be granted. τέ γάρ for indeed (German dennja): Romans 7:7; cf. Fritzsche at the passage; Winer's Grammar, 448 (417). ἰδού γάρ, see under ἰδού. III. It serves to explain, make clear, illustrate, a preceding thought or word: for equivalent to that is, namely; a. so that it begins an exposition of the thing just announced (cf. Winer's Grammar, 454f (423f)): Matthew 1:18 (R G); ; Luke 11:30; Luke 18:32. In Romans 8:18 γάρ introduces a statement setting forth the nature of the συνδοξασθῆναι just mentioned. b. so that the explanation is intercalated into the discourse, or even added by way of appendix: Matthew 4:18; Mark 1:16; Mark 2:15; Mark 5:42; Romans 7:1; 1 Corinthians 16:5. In Mark 16:4 the information ἦν γάρ μέγας σφόδρα is added to throw light on all that has been previously said (in Mark 16:3f) about the stone. IV. As respects position: γάρ never occupies the first place in a sentence, but the second, or third, or even the fourth (ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ γάρ υἱός, 2 Corinthians 1:19 — according to true text). Moreover, not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed, Hermann on Sophocles Phil. 1437. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γαστήρ Transliteration: gastēr Phonetic Spelling: gas-tare' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the belly Meaning: the belly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1064 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1064 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1064 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1064 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1064, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γαστήρ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1064 gastēr 🕊 Strong's Concordance: belly, womb. Of uncertain derivation; the stomach; by analogy, the matrix; figuratively, a gourmand -- belly, + with child, womb. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1064: γαστήργαστήρ, γαστρός (poetic, γαστερος), ἡ, in Greek authors from Homer down; in the Sept. for בֶּטֶן; 1. the belly; by metonymy, of the whole for a part, 2. Latinuterus, the womb: ἐν γαστρί ἔχειν to be with child) see ἔχω, I. 1 b.): Matthew 1:18, 23; Matthew 24:19; Mark 13:17; Luke 21:23; 1 Thessalonians 5:3; Revelation 12:2; (in the Sept. for הָרָה, Genesis 16:4; Genesis 38:25; Isaiah 7:14, etc.; Herodotus 3, 32 and vit. Homer 2; Artemidorus Daldianus, oneir. 2, 18, p. 105; 3, 32, p. 177; Pausanias, Herodian, others); συλλαμβάνεσθαι ἐν γαστρί to conceive, become pregnant, Luke 1:31. 3. the stomach; by synecdoche a glutton, gormandizer, a man who is as it were all stomach, Hesiod theog. 26 (so also γάστρις, Aristophanes av. 1604; Aelian v. h. 1, 28; and Latinventer in Lucil. sat. 2, 24 edition Gerl. 'vivite ventres'): γαστέρες ἀργαί, Titus 1:12; see ἀργός, b. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γε Transliteration: ge Phonetic Spelling: gheh Part of Speech: Particle, Disjunctive Particle Short Definition: emphasizes the word to which it is joined Meaning: emphasizes the word to which it is joined GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1065 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1065 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1065 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1065 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1065, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1065 ge 🕊 Strong's Concordance: besides, doubtless, at least, yet. A primary particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with other particles prefixed) -- and besides, doubtless, at least, yet. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1065: γέγέ, an enclitic particle, answering exactly to no one word in Latin or English; used by the Biblical writers much more rarely than by Greek writers. How the Greeks use it, is shown by (among others) Hermann ad Vig., p. 822ff; Klotz ad Devar. ii. 1, p. 272ff; Rost in Passow's Lexicon, i., p. 538ff; (Liddell and Scott, under the word; T. S. Evans in Journ. of class. and sacr. Philol. for 1857, pp. 187ff). It indicates that the meaning of the word to which it belongs has special prominence, and therefore that that word is to be distinguished from the rest of the sentence and uttered with greater emphasis. This distinction "can be made in two ways, by mentioning either the least important or the most; thus it happens that γέ seems to have contrary significations: 'at least' and 'even'" (Hermann, the passage cited, p. 822). 1. where what is least is indicated; indeed, truly, at least: διά γέ τήν ἀναίδειαν, Luke 11:8 (where, since the force of the statement lies in the substantive not in the preposition, the Greek should have read διά τήν γέ ἀναίδειαν, cf. Klotz, the passage cited, p. 327; Rost, the passage cited, p. 542; (Liddell and Scott, under the word IV.)); διά γέ τό παρέχειν μοι κόπον, at least for this reason, that she troubleth me (A. V. yet because etc.), Luke 18:5 (better Greek διά τό γέ etc.). 2. where what is most or greatest is indicated; even: ὅς γέ the very one who etc., precisely he who etc. (German deresjaist,welcher etc.), Romans 8:32; cf. Klotz, the passage cited, p. 305; Matthiae, Lex. Euripides i., p. 613f. 3. joined to other particles it strengthens their force; a. ἀλλά γέ (so most editions) or ἀλλαγε (Griesbach) (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 5, 2): Luke 24:21; 1 Corinthians 9:2; see ἀλλά, I. 10. b. ἄρα γέ or ἄραγε, see ἄρα, 4. ἄρα γέ, see ἄρα, the passage cited εἴγε (so G T, but L Tr WH εἰ γέ; cf. Winers Grammar, as above; Lipsius Gram. Unters., p. 123), followed by the indicative if indeed, seeing that, of a thing believed to be correctly assumed (Herm. ad Vig., p. 831; cf. Fritzsche, Praeliminarien as above with p. 67ff; Anger, Laodicenerbrief, p. 46; (Winer's Grammar, 448 (417f). Others hold that Hermann's statement does not apply to the N. T. instances. According to Meyer (see notes on 2 Corinthians 5:3; Ephesians 3:2; Galatians 3:4) the certainty of the assumption resides not in the particle but in the context; so Ellicott (on Galatians, the passage cited; also Ephesians, the passage cited); cf. Lightfoot on Galatians, the passage cited; Colossians 1:23. Hermann's canon, though assented to by Bornemann (Cyrop. 2, 2, 3, p. 132), Stallbaum (Meno, p. 36), others, is qualified by Bäumlein (Partikeln, p. 64f), who holds that γέ often has no other effect than to emphasize the condition expressed by εἰ; cf. also Winer edition Moulton, p. 561)), if, that is to say; on the assumption that (see εἴπερ under the word εἰ, III. 13): Ephesians 3:2; Ephesians 4:21; Colossians 1:23; with καί added, if that also, if it be indeed (German wenndennauch): εἴγε (L Tr WH marginal reading εἰ περ) καί ἐνδυσάμενοι, οὐ γυμνοί εὑρεθησόμεθα if indeed we shall be found actually clothed (with a new body), not naked, 2 Corinthians 5:3 (cf. Meyer at the passage); εἴγε καί εἰκῇ namely, τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε, if indeed, as I believe, ye have experienced such benefits in vain, and have not already received harm from your inclination to Judaism, Galatians 3:4 (yet cf. Meyer, Ellicott, Lightfoot, others at the passage). d. εἰ δέ μήγε (or εἰ δέ μή γέ Lachmann Treg.) (also in Plato, Aristophanes, Plutarch, others; cf. Bornemann, Scholia ad Luc., p. 95; Klotz ad Devar. ii. 2, p. 527), stronger than εἰ δέ μή (Buttmann, 393 (336f); cf. Winer's Grammar, 583 (543); 605 (563); Meyer on 2 Corinthians 11:16), a. after affirmative sentences, but unless perchance, but if not: Matthew 6:1; Luke 10:6; Luke 13:9. b. after negative sentences, otherwise, else, in the contrary event: Matthew 9:17 Luke 5:36; Luke 14:32; 2 Corinthians 11:16. e. καίγε (so G T, but L Tr WH καί γέ; cf. references under εἴγε above) (cf. Klotz ad Devar. ii. 1, p. 319; (Winers Grammar, 438 (408))), a. and at least: Luke 19:42 (Tr text WH omit; L Tr marginal reading brackets). b. and truly, yea indeed, yea and: Acts 2:18; Acts 17:27 L T Tr WH. f. καίτοιγε (so G T WH, but L καίτοι γέ, Tr καί τοι γέ; cf. references under c. above. Cf. Klotz ad Devar. ii. 2, p. 654; Winers Grammar, 444 (413)), although indeed, and yet indeed: John 4:2; also in Acts 14:17 (R G); Rec. g. μενουγγε see in its place. h. μήτιγε, see μήτι (and in its place). STRONGS NT 1065: διάγεδιάγε, see γέ, 1. STRONGS NT 1065: μήγεμήγε, εἰ δέ μήγε, see γέ, 3 d. STRONGS NT 1065: ὅσγεὅσγε, for ὅς γέ, see γέ, 2. STRONGS NT 1065: τοιγετοιγε in καίτοιγε, see γέ, 3 f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γεδεών Transliteration: Gedeōn Phonetic Spelling: ghed-eh-own' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Gideon, an Israelite Meaning: Gideon -- an Israelite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1066 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1066 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1066 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1066 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1066, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γεδεών [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1066 Gedeōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gideon. Of Hebrew origin (Gid'own); Gedeon (i.e. Gid(e)on), an Israelite -- Gedeon (in the King James Version). see HEBREW Gid'own Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1066: ΓεδεώνΓεδεών, ὁ, indeclinable (in the Bible (cf. Buttmann, p. 15 (14)), and in Suidas (e. g. 1737 a.); but) in Josephus, Antiquities 5, 6 (3 and) 4 Γεδεών, Γεδεωνος (גִּדעון cutting off (others, tree-feller i. e. mighty warrior), from גָּדַע ), Gideon, a leader of the Israelites, who delivered them from the power of the Midianites (Judges 6-8): Hebrews 11:32 (where A. V. unfortunately follows the Greek spelling Gedeon). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γέεννα Transliteration: geenna Phonetic Spelling: gheh'-en-nah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Gehenna, a valley west and South of Jerusalem, also a symbolic name for the final place of punishment of the ungodly Meaning: Gehenna -- a valley west and South of Jerusalem, also a symbolic name for the final place of punishment of the ungodly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1067 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1067 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1067 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1067 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1067, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γέεννα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1067 geenna 🕊 Strong's Concordance: gehenna, hell. Of Hebrew origin (gay' and Hinnom); valley of (the son of) Hinnom; ge-henna (or Ge-Hinnom), a valley of Jerusalem, used (figuratively) as a name for the place (or state) of everlasting punishment -- hell. see HEBREW gay' see HEBREW Hinnom Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1067: γηνναγηννα (others would accent γηννα, deriving it through the Chaldee. In Mark 9:45 Rec.st γηνα), γηνης (Buttmann, 17 (15)), ἡ, (from הִנֹּם גֵּי, Nehemiah 11:30; more fully בֶּן־הִנֹּם גֵּיא, Joshua 15:8; Joshua 18:16; 2 Chronicles 28:3; Jeremiah 7:32; בְּנֵי־הִנֹּם גֵּי, 2 Kings 23:10 Kethibh; Chaldean גְּהִנָם, the valley of the son of lamentation, or of the sons of lamentation, the valley of lamentation, הִנֹּם being used for נִהֹם lamentation; see Hiller, Onomasticum; cf. Hitzig (and Graf) on Jeremiah 7:31; (Böttcher, De Inferis, i., p. 82ff); accusative to the common opinion הִנֹּם is the name of a man), Gehenna, the name of a valley on the south and east of Jerusalem (yet apparently beginning on the Winer's Grammar, cf. Joshua 15:8; Pressel in Herzog, under the word), which was so called from the cries of the little children who were thrown into the fiery arms of Moloch (which see), i. e. of an idol having the form of a bull. The Jews so abhorred the place after these horrible sacrifices had been abolished by king Josiah (2 Kings 23:10), that they cast into it not only all manner of refuse, but even the dead bodies of animals and of unburied criminals who had been executed. And since fires were always needed to consume the dead bodies, that the air might not become tainted by the putrefaction, it came to pass that the place was called γηννα τοῦ πυρός (this common explanation of the descriptive genitive τοῦ πυρός is found in Rabbi David Kimchi (fl. circa A.D. 1200) on Psalm 27:13. Some suppose the genitive to refer not to purifying fires but to the fires of Moloch; others regard it as the natural symbol of penalty (cf. Leviticus 10:2; Numbers 16:35; 2 Kings 1; Psalm 11:6; also Matthew 3:11; Matthew 13:42; 2 Thessalonians 1:8, etc.). See Böttcher, as above, p. 84; Meyer (Thol.) Wetstein (1752) on Matthew 5:22); and then this name was transferred to that place in Hades where the wicked after death will suffer punishment: Matthew 5:22, 29; Matthew 10:28; Luke 12:5; Mark 9:43, 45; James 3:6; γηννα τοῦ πυρός, Matthew 5:22; Matthew 18:9; Mark 9:47 (R G Tr marginal reading brackets); κρίσις τῆς γηννης, Matthew 23:33; υἱός τῆς γηννης, worthy of punishment in Gehenna, Matthew 23:15. Further, cf. Dillmann, Buch Henoch, 27, 1f, p. 131f; (B. D. American edition; Böttcher, as above, p. 80ff; Hamburger, Real-Encycl., Abth. I. under the word Hölle; Bartlett, Life and Death eternal, Appendix H.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γεθσημανῆ Transliteration: Gethsēmanē Phonetic Spelling: gheth-say-man-ay' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Gethsemane, an olive orchard on the Mount of Olives Meaning: Gethsemane -- an olive orchard on the Mount of Olives GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1068 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1068 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1068 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1068 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1068, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γεθσημανῆ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1068 Gethsēmanē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gethsemane. Of Chaldee origin (compare gath and shemen); oil-press; Gethsemane, a garden near Jerusalem -- Gethsemane. see HEBREW gath see HEBREW shemen Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1068: ΓεθσημανῆΓεθσημανῆ, or Γεθσημανει (T WH), or Γεθσημανει (L Tr.); (on the accent in manuscripts see Tdf. Proleg., p. 103; Winers Grammar, § 6, 1 m.; indeclinable Buttmann, 15 (14)) (from גִּת press, and שָׁמְנָא oil), Gethsemane, the name of a 'place' (χωρίον (an enclosure or landed property)) at the foot of the Mount of Olives, beyond the torrent Kidron: Matthew 26:36; Mark 14:32. (B. D. American edition, under the word.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γείτων Transliteration: geitōn Phonetic Spelling: ghi'-tone Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine; Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a neighbor Meaning: a neighbor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1069 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1069 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1069 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1069 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1069, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γείτων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1069 geitōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: neighbor. From ge; a neighbour (as adjoining one's ground); by implication, a friend -- neighbour. see GREEK ge Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1069: γείτωνγείτων, γείτονος, ὁ, ἡ (from γῆ, hence, originally 'of the same land,' of. Curtius, § 132) from Homer down, a neighbor: Luke 14:12; Luke 15:6, 9; John 9:8. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γελάω Transliteration: gelaō Phonetic Spelling: ghel-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to laugh Meaning: to laugh GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1070 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1070 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1070 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1070 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1070, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γελάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1070 gelaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: laugh. Of uncertain affinity; to laugh (as a sign of joy or satisfaction) -- laugh. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1070: γελάωγελάω, γελῶ; future γελάσω (in Greek writings more common γελάσομαι (Buttmann, 53 (46); Winers Grammar, 84 (80))); (from Homer down); to laugh: Luke 6:21 (opposed to κλαίω), 25. (Compare: καταγελάω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γέλως Transliteration: gelōs Phonetic Spelling: ghel'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: laughter Meaning: laughter GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1071 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1071 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1071 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1071 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1071, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γέλως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1071 gelōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: laughter. From gelao; laughter (as a mark of gratification) -- laughter. see GREEK gelao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1071: γέλωςγέλως, γέλωτος, ὁ, laughter: James 4:9. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γεμίζω Transliteration: gemizō Phonetic Spelling: ghem-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to fill Meaning: to fill GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1072 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1072 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1072 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1072 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1072, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γεμίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1072 gemizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fill, be full. Transitive from gemo; to fill entirely -- fill (be) full. see GREEK gemo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1072: γεμίζωγεμίζω: 1 aorist ἐγεμισα; passive (present γεμίζομαι); 1 aorist ἐγεμίσθην; (γέμω, which see); to fill, fill full; a. absolutely in passive: Mark 4:37; Luke 14:23. b. τί τίνος, to fill a thing full of something: Mark 15:36; John 2:7; John 6:13; Revelation 15:8 (Aesehyl. Ag. 443; others); τί ἀπό τίνος, of that which is used for filling, Luke 15:16 (not WH Tr marginal reading); also in the same sense τί ἐκ τίνος, Revelation 8:5; (cf. Luke 15:16 in WH marginal reading) (מִן מָלֵא, Exodus 16:32; Jeremiah 51:34, etc. (cf. Winers Grammar, § 30, 8 b.; Buttmann, 163 (143))). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γέμω Transliteration: gemō Phonetic Spelling: ghem'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be full Meaning: to be full GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1073 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1073 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1073 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1073 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1073, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γέμω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1073 gemō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be full. A primary verb; to swell out, i.e. Be full -- be full. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1073: γέμωγέμω, defect. verb, used only in present and imperfect (in N. T. only in present indicative and participle); to be full, filled full; a. τίνος (as generally in Greek writings): Matthew 23:25 Lachmann, 27; Luke 11:39; Romans 3:14 (from Psalm 9:28 ()); Revelation 4:6, 8; Revelation 5:8; Revelation 15:7; Revelation 17:3 R G (see below), ; . b. ἐκ τίνος: Matthew 23:25 (γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς (L omits; Tr brackets ἐξ) their contents are derived from plunder; see γεμίζω, b. (and references there)). c. Hebraistically (see πληρόω, 1 (cf. Buttmann, 164 (143); Winer's Grammar, § 30, 8 b.)), with accusative of the material. γέμοντα (Treg. γέμον τά) ὀνόματα βλασφημίας, Revelation 17:3 (L T Tr WH (see above and cf. Buttmann, 80 (70))). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γενεά Transliteration: genea Phonetic Spelling: ghen-eh-ah' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: race, family, generation Meaning: race, family, generation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1074 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1074 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1074 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1074 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1074, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γενεά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1074 genea 🕊 Strong's Concordance: age, generationFrom (a presumed derivative of) genos; a generation; by implication, an age (the period or the persons) -- age, generation, nation, time. see GREEK genos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1074: γενεάγενεά, γενεάς, ἡ (ΓΑΝΩ, γίνομαι (crf. Curtius, p. 610)); the Sept. often for דּור; in Greek writings from Homer down; 1. a begetting, birth, nativity: Herodotus 3, 33; Xenophon, Cyril 1, 2, 8, etc.; (others make the collective sense the primary significance, see Curtius as above). 2. passively, that which has been begotten, men of the same stock, a family; a. properly, as early as Homer; equivalent to מִשְׁפָּחַה, Genesis 31:3, etc. σῴζειν Ρ᾽αχαβην καί τήν γενεάν αὐτῆς, Josephus, Antiquities 5, 1, 5. the several ranks in a natural descent, the successive members of a genealogy: Matthew 1:17 (ἑβδόμῃ γενεά οὗτος ἐστιν ἀπό τοῦ πρώτου, Philo, vit. Moys. i. § 2). b. metaphorically, a race of men very like each other in endowments, pursuits, character; and especially in a bad sense a perverse race: Matthew 17:17; Mark 9:19; Luke 9:41; Luke 16:8; (Acts 2:40). 3. the whole multitude of men living at the same time: Matthew 24:34; Mark 13:30; Luke 1:48 (πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί); ; Philippians 2:15; used especially of the Jewish race living at one and the same period: Matthew 11:16; Matthew 12:39, 41f, 45; Matthew 16:4; Matthew 23:36; Mark 8:12, 38; Luke 11:29f, 32, 50; Luke 17:25; Acts 13:36; Hebrews 3:10; ἄνθρωποι τῆς γενεάς ταύτης, Luke 7:31; ἄνδρες τῆς γενεάς ταύτης, Luke 11:31; τήν δέ γενεάν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται, who can describe the wickedness of the present generation, Acts 8:33 (from Isaiah 53:8 the Sept.) (but cf. Meyer, at the passage). 4. an age (i. e. the time ordinarily occupied by each successive generation), the space of from 30 to 33 years (Herodotus 2, 142, et al.; Heraclitus in Plutarch, def. orac. c. 11), or ὁ χρόνος, ἐν ᾧ γεννωντα παρέχει τόν ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγεννημένον ὁ γεννησας (Plutarch, the passage cited); in the N. T. common in plural: Ephesians 3:5 (Winers Grammar, § 31, 9 a.; Buttmann, 186 (161)); παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς in ages gone by, Acts 14:16; ἀπό τῶν γενεῶν for ages, since the generations began, Colossians 1:26; ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων from the generations of old, from ancient times down, Acts 15:21; εἰς γενεάς γενεῶν unto generations of generations, through all ages, forever (a phrase which assumes that the longer ages are made up of shorter; see αἰών, 1 a.): Luke 1:50 R L (דּורִים לְדור, Isaiah 51:8); εἰς γενεάς καί γενεάς unto generations and generations, ibid. T Tr WH equivalent to וָדור לְדור, Psalm 89:2; Isaiah 34:17; very often in the Sept.; (add, εἰς πάσας τάς γενεάς τοῦ αἰῶνος τῶν αἰώνων, Ephesians 3:21, cf. Ellicott at the passage) (γενεά is used of a century in Genesis 15:16, cf. Knobel at the passage, and on the senses of the word see the full remarks of Keim, iii. 206 (v. 245 English translation)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γενεαλογέω Transliteration: genealogeō Phonetic Spelling: ghen-eh-al-og-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to trace ancestry Meaning: to trace ancestry GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1075 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1075 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1075 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1075 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1075, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γενεαλογέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1075 genealogeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: trace descent or ancestryFrom genea and logos; to reckon by generations, i.e. Trace in genealogy -- count by descent. see GREEK genea see GREEK logos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1075: γενεαλογέωγενεαλογέω, γενεαλόγω: (present passive γενεαλογοῦμαι); to act the genealogist (γενεά and λέγω), to recount a family's origin and lineage, trace ancestry (often in Herodotus; Xenophon, Plato, Theophrastus, Lucian, Aelian, others; (the Sept. 1 Chronicles 5:2)); passive to draw one's origin, derive one's pedigree: ἐκ τίνος, Hebrews 7:6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γενεαλογία Transliteration: genealogia Phonetic Spelling: ghen-eh-al-og-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the making of a pedigree, a genealogy Meaning: the making of a pedigree, a genealogy GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1076 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1076 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1076 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1076 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1076, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γενεαλογία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1076 genealogia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: genealogy. From the same as genealogeo; tracing by generations, i.e. "genealogy" -- genealogy. see GREEK genealogeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1076: γεναλογιαγεναλογια, γεναλογιας, ἡ, a genealogy, a record of descent or lineage (Plato, Crat., p. 396 c.; Polybius 9, 2, 1; Dionysius Halicarnassus Antiquities 1, 11; (others). The Sept. (editions Ald., Complutensian) 1 Chronicles 7:5, 7; 1 Chronicles 9:22; ( Complutensian; Ezra 8:1 ibid.)); in plural of the orders of aeons, according to the doctrine of the Gnostics: 1 Timothy 1:4; Titus 3:9; cf. DeWette on Titus 1:14 (substantially reproduced by Alford on 1 Timothy, the passage cited; see also Holtzmann, Pastoralbriefe, pp. 126f, 134f, 143). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γενέσια Transliteration: genesia Phonetic Spelling: ghen-es'-ee-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a birthday celebration Meaning: a birthday celebration GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1077 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1077 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1077 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1077 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1077, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γενέσια [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1077 genesia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: birthday. Neuter plural of a derivative of genesis; birthday ceremonies -- birthday. see GREEK genesis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1077: γενέσιαγενέσια, γενεσίων, τά (cf. Winer's Grammar, 176 (166)) (from the adjective γενέσιος from γένεσις), a birthday celebration, a birth-day feast: Mark 6:21; Matthew 14:6; (Alciphron epistles 3, 18 and 55; Dio Cassius, 47, 18, etc.; ἡ γενέσιος ἡμέρα, Josephus, Antiquities 12, 4, 7). The earlier Greeks used γενέσια of funeral commemorations, a festival commemorative of a deceased friend (Latinferiaedenicales), see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 103f; (Rutherford, New Phryn., p. 184; Winers Grammar, 24 (23)). Cf. Keim, ii., p. 516 (iv. 223 English translation). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γένεσις Transliteration: genesis Phonetic Spelling: ghen'-es-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: origin, birth Meaning: origin, birth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1078 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1078 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1078 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1078 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1078, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γένεσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1078 genesis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: origin, birth, genealogyFrom the same as genea; nativity; figuratively, nature -- generation, nature(-ral). see GREEK genea Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1078: γένεσιςγένεσις, γενέσεως, ἡ (ΓΑΝΩ (Curtius, § 128)), in Greek writings for the first time in Homer, Iliad 14, 201 (cf. 246); 1. source, origin: βίβλος γενέσεως τίνος a book of one's lineage, i. e. in which his ancestry or his progeny are enumerated (equivalent to תּולְדות סֵפֶר, Genesis 5:1, etc.) (Matthew 1:1). 2. used of birth, nativity, in Matthew 1:18 and Luke 1:14, for Rec. γέννησις (ἡμέραι τῆς γενέσεως μου equivalent to ἀφ' οὗ ἐγεννήθην, Judith 12:18 cf. 20); πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως his native (natural) face, James 1:23. 3. of that which follows origin, viz. existence, life: ὁ τροχός τῆς γενέσεως the wheel (cf. English machinery) of life, James 3:6 (cf. Grimm on Sap. vii. 5); but others explain it the wheel of human origin which as soon as men are born begins to run, i. e. the course (cf. English round) of life. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γενετή Transliteration: genetē Phonetic Spelling: ghen-et-ay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: birth Meaning: birth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1079 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1079 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1079 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1079 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1079, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γενετή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1079 genetē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: birth. Feminine of a presumed derivative of the base of genea; birth -- birth. see GREEK genea Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1079: γενετήγενετή, γενετῆς, ἡ (ΓΑΝΩ, γίνομαι) (cf. German dieGewordenheit), birth; hence, very often ἐκ γενετῆς from birth on (Homer, Iliad 24, 535; Aristotle, eth. Nic. 6, 13, 1, p. 1144b, 6 etc.; Polybius 3, 20, 4; Diodorus 5, 32, others; the Sept. Leviticus 25:47): John 9:1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γεννάω Transliteration: gennaō Phonetic Spelling: ghen-nah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to beget, to bring forth Meaning: to beget, to bring forth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1080 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1080 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1080 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1080 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1080, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γεννάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1080 gennaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bear, beget, conceive. From a variation of genos; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate -- bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring. see GREEK genos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1080: γεννάωγεννάω, γέννω; future γεννήσω; 1 aorist ἐγέννησα; perfect γεγέννηκά; (passive, present γεννάομαι, γεννωμαι); perfect γεγέννημαι; 1 aorist ἐγεννήθην; (from γεννᾷ, poetic for γένος); in Greek writings from Pindar down; in the Sept. for יָלַד; to beget; 1. properly: of men begetting children, Matthew 1:1-16; Acts 7:8, 29; followed by ἐκ with the genitive of the mother, Matthew 1:3, 5, 6; more rarely of women giving birth to children, Luke 1:13, 57; Luke 23:29; John 16:21; εἰς δουλείαν to bear a child unto bondage, that will be a slave, Galatians 4:24 ((Xenophon, de rep. Lac. 1, 3); Lucian, de sacrif. 6; Plutarch, de liber. educ. 5; others; the Sept. Isaiah 66:9; 4 Macc. 10:2, etc.). Passive, to be begotten: τό ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθέν that which is begotten in her womb, Matthew 1:20; to be born: Matthew 2:1, 4 (Winers Grammar, 266 (250); Buttmann, 203 (176)); ; Mark 14:21; Luke 1:35; John 3:4; (Acts 7:20); Romans 9:11; Hebrews 11:23; with the addition εἰς τόν κόσμον, John 16:21; followed by ἐν with the dative of place, Acts 22:3; ἀπό τίνος, to spring from one as father, Hebrews 11:12 (L WH marginal reading ἐγεννήθησαν see Tdf. at the passage); ἐκ τίνος to be born of a mother, Matthew 1:16; ἐκ πορνείας, John 8:41; ἐξ αἱμάτων, ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρός, John 1:13; ἐκ τῆς σαρκός, John 3:6 (Rec.elz γεγενημένον); ἐν ἁμαρτίαις ὅλος, John 9:34 (see ἁμαρτία, 2 a.); εἰς τί, to be born for something, John 18:37; 2 Peter 2:12 (Tdf. γεγενημένα so Rec.st bez); with an adjective: τυφλός γεγέννημαι, John 9:2, 19f, 32; Ῥωμαῖος to be supplied, Acts 22:28; τῇ διαλέκτῳ, ἐν ἡ ἐγεννήθημεν, Acts 2:8; γεννηθείς κατά σάρκα begotten or born according to (by) the working of natural passion; κατά πνεῦμα according to (by) the working of the divine promise, Galatians 4:29, cf. Galatians 4:23. 2. metaphorically, a. universally, to engender, cause to arise, excite: μάχας, 2 Timothy 2:23 (βλαβην, λύπην, etc. in Greek writings). b. in a Jewish sense, of one who brings others over to his way of life: ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα I am the author of your Christian life, 1 Corinthians 4:15; Philemon 1:10 (Sanhedr. fol. 19, 2 "If one teaches the son of his neighbor the law, the Scripture reckons this the same as though he had begotten him"; (cf. Philo, leg. ad Gaium § 8)). c. after Psalm 2:7, it is used of God making Christ his son; a. formally to show him to be the Messiah (υἱόν τοῦ Θεοῦ), viz. by the resurrection: Acts 13:33. b. to be the author of the divine nature which he possesses (but compare the commentaries on the passages that follow): Hebrews 1:5; Hebrews 5:5. d. peculiarly, in the Gospel and First Epistle of John, of God conferring upon men the nature and disposition of his sons, imparting to them spiritual life, i. e. by his own holy power prompting and persuading souls to put faith in Christ and live a new life consecrated to himself; absolutely 1 John 5:1; mostly in passive, ἐκ Θεοῦ or ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγεννήθησαν, γεγέννηται, γεγεννημένος, etc.: John 1:13; 1 John 2:29 (Rec.st γεγένηται); ; also ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος γέννασθαι, John 3:6 (Rec.elz γεγενημένον), ; ἐξ ὕδατος καί πνεύματος (because that moral generation is effected in receiving baptism ((?) cf. Schaff's Lange, Godet, Westcott, on the words, and references under the word βάπτισμα, 3)), John 3:5; ἄνωθεν γέννασθαι, John 3:3, 7 (see ἄνωθεν, c.) equivalent to τέκνον Θεοῦ γίνεσθαι, . (Compare: ἀναγεννάω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γέννημα Transliteration: gennēma Phonetic Spelling: ghen'-nay-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: offspring Meaning: offspring GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1081 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1081 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1081 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1081 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1081, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γέννημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1081 gennēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fruit, offspring From gennao; offspring; by analogy, produce (literally or figuratively) -- fruit, generation. see GREEK gennao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1081: γένημαγένημα, γενήματος, τό (from γίνομαι), a form supported by the best manuscripts in Matthew 26:29; Mark 14:25; Luke 12:18; Luke 22:18; 2 Corinthians 9:10, and therefore adopted by T (see his Proleg., p. 79) Tr (L WH (see WH's Appendix, p. 148 and below)), printed by Griesbach only in Luke 12:18; 2 Corinthians 9:10, but given by no grammarian, and therefore attributed by Fritzsche (on Mark, p. 619f) to the carelessness of transcribers — for Rec. (but in Luke, the passage cited Rst reads γενημ.) γέννημα, which see In Mark 14:25 Lachmann has retained the common reading; (and in Luke 12:18 Tr text WH have σῖτον. In Ezekiel 36:30 manuscripts A B read γενήματα). STRONGS NT 1081: γέννημαγέννημα, γεννήματος, τό (from γεννάω), that which has been begotten or born; a. as in the earlier Greek writings from Sophocles down, the offspring, progeny, of men or of animals: ἐχιδνῶν, Matthew 3:7; Matthew 12:34; Matthew 23:33; Luke 3:7; (γυναικῶν, Sir. 10:18). b. from Polybius (1, 71, 1 etc.) on (cf. Winers Grammar, 23), the fruits of the earth, products of agriculture (in the Sept. often γεννήματα τῆς γῆς): Luke 12:18 (where Tr (txt. WH) τόν σῖτον); τῆς ἀμπέλου, Matthew 26:29; Mark 14:25; Luke 22:18; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 286. Metaphorically, fruit, reward, profit: τῆς δικαιοσύνης, 2 Corinthians 9:10 (Hosea 10:12; τῆς σοφίας, Sir. 1:17 Sir. 6:19). Further, see γένημα. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γεννησαρέτ Transliteration: Gennēsaret Phonetic Spelling: ghen-nay-sar-et' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Gennesaret, a fertile plain on west shore of the Sea of Galilee Meaning: Gennesaret -- a fertile plain on west shore of the Sea of Galilee GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1082 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1082 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1082 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1082 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1082, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γεννησαρέτ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1082 Gennēsaret 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gennesaret. Of Hebrew origin (compare Kinnrowth); Gennesaret (i.e. Kinnereth), a lake and plain in Palestine -- Gennesaret. see HEBREW Kinnrowth Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1082: ΓεννησαρέτΓεννησαρέτ (so G T Tr WH), Γεννησαρεθ (Lachmann in Matthew 14:34) (Γενησαρετ Rec. in Mark 6:58; cf. Tdf. edition 2 Proleg., p. xxxv., edition 7 Proleg., p. liv. note{3}) (Targums גֲּנֵיסַר or גִּנּוסַר (according to Delitzsch (Römerbr. in d. Hebrew übers., p. 27) גִּנֵּיסַר, גִּנּוּסַר; Γεννησαρ, 1 Macc. 11:67; Josephus, b. j. 2, 20, 6 etc.; Genesara, Pliny, 5, 15), Gennesaret, a very lovely and fertile region on the Sea of Galilee (Josephus, b. j. 3, 10, 7): ἡ γῆ Γεννησαρέτ Matthew 14:34; Mark 6:53; ἡ λίμνη Γεννησαρέτ Luke 5:1, anciently כִּנֶּרֶת יָם, Numbers 34:11, or כִּנֲּרות יָם, Joshua 12:3, from the city כִּנֶּרֶת, Deuteronomy 3:17, which was near by; called in the Gospels ἡ θάλασσα τῆς Γαλιλαίας, Mark 1:16; Matthew 4:18; ἡ θάλασσα τῆς Τιβεριάδος, John 6:1; John 21:1. The lake, according to Josephus, b. j. 3, 10, 7, is 140 stadia long and 40 wide; (its extreme dimensions now are said to average 12 1/4 miles by 6 3/4 miles, and its level to be nearly 700 feet below that of the Mediterranean). Cf. Rüetschi in Herzog v., p. 6f; Furrer in Schenkel ii., p. 322ff; (Wilson in The Recovery of Jerusalem, Part ii.; Robinson, Phys. Geog. of the Holy Land, p. 199ff; BB. DD. For conjectures respecting the derivation of the word cf. Alex.'s Kitto under the end; Merrill, Galilee in the Time of Christ, § vii.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γέννησις Transliteration: gennēsis Phonetic Spelling: ghen'-nay-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: birth Meaning: birth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1083 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1083 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1083 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1083 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1083, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γέννησις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1083 gennēsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: birth. From gennao; nativity -- birth. see GREEK gennao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1083: γέννησιςγέννησις, γεννησεως, ἡ (γεννάω), a begetting, engendering (often so in Plato); nativity, birth: Rec. in Matthew 1:18 and Luke 1:14; see γένεσις, 2. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γεννητός Transliteration: gennētos Phonetic Spelling: ghen-nay-tos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: begotten, born Meaning: begotten, born GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1084 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1084 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1084 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1084 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1084, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γεννητός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1084 gennētos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: they that are born. From gennao; born -- they that are born. see GREEK gennao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1084: γεννητόςγεννητός, γεννητη, γεννητον (γεννάω), begotten, born (often in Plato; Diodorus 1, 6ff); after the Hebrew (אִשָּׁה יְלוּד, Job 14:1, etc.), γεννητοι γυναικῶν (Buttmann, 169 (147), born of women) is a periphrasis for men, with the implied idea of weakness and frailty: Matthew 11:11; Luke 7:28. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γένος Transliteration: genos Phonetic Spelling: ghen'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: family, offspring Meaning: family, offspring GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1085 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1085 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1085 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1085 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1085, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γένος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1085 genos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: race, kind, nation, offspring. From ginomai; "kin" (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective) -- born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock. see GREEK ginomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1085: γένοςγένος, γένους, τό (ΓΑΝΩ, γίνομαι), race; a. offspring: τίνος, Acts 17:28f (from the poet Aratus); Revelation 22:16. b. family: Acts (Acts 4:6, see ἀρχιερεύς, 2 at the end); (others refer this to c.); . c. stock, race: Acts 7:19; 2 Corinthians 11:26; Philippians 3:5; Galatians 1:14; 1 Peter 2:9; (Genesis 11:6; Genesis 17:14, etc. for עַם); nation (i. e. nationality or descent from a particular people): Mark 7:26; Acts 4:36; Acts 18:2, 24. d. concrete, the aggregate of many individuals of the same nature, kind, sort, species: Matthew 13:7; Matthew 17:21 (T WH omit; Tr brackets the verse); Mark 9:29; 1 Corinthians 12:10, 28; 1 Corinthians 14:10. (With the same significations in Greek writings from Homer down.) STRONGS NT 1085a: ΓερασηνόςΓερασηνός, Γερασηνου, ὁ, Gerasene, i. e. belonging to the city Gerasa (τά Γέρασα, Josephus, b. j. 3, 3, 3): Matthew 8:28 (Lachmann); Mark 5:1 (L T WH Tr text); Luke 8:26 and 37 (L Tr WH) according to very many manuscripts seen by Origen. But since Gerasa was a city situated in the southern part of Peraea (Josephus, the passage cited, cf. 4, 9, 1), or in Arabia (Origen, Works, iv. 140, De la Rue edition), that cannot be referred to here; see Γαδαρηνός, and the next word. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γεργεσηνός Transliteration: Gergesēnos Phonetic Spelling: gher-ghes-ay-nos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Gerasene, of Gerasa, a city East of the Jordan Meaning: Gerasene -- of Gerasa, a city East of the Jordan GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1086 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1086 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1086 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1086 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1086, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γεργεσηνός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1086 Gergesēnos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gergesene. Of Hebrew origin (Girgashiy); a Gergesene (i.e. Girgashite) or one of the aborigines of Palestine -- Gergesene. see HEBREW Girgashiy Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1086: ΓεργεσηνόςΓεργεσηνός, Γεργεσηνη, Γεργεσηνον, Gergesene, belonging to the city Gergesa, which is assumed to have been situated on the eastern shore of Lake Gennesaret: Matthew 8:28 Rec. But this reading depends on the authority and opinion of Origen, who thought the variants found in his manuscripts Γαδαρηνῶν and Γερασηνῶν (see these words) must be made to conform to the testimony of those who said that there was formerly a certain city Gergesa near the lake. But Josephus knows nothing of it, and states expressly (Antiquities 1, 6, 2), that no trace of the ancient Gergesites (A. V. Girgashites, cf. B. D. under the word) (mentioned Genesis 15:20; Joshua 24:11) had survived, except the names preserved in the O. T. Hence, in Matthew 8:28 we must read Γαδαρηνῶν (so T Tr WH) and suppose that the jurisdiction of the city Gadara extended quite to the Lake of Gennesaret; but that Matthew (Matthew 8:34) erroneously thought that this city was situated on the lake itself. For in Mark 5:14; Luke 8:34, there is no objection to the supposition that the men came to Jesus from the rural districts alone. (But for the light thrown on this matter by modern research, see B. D. American edition under the word ; Thomson, The Land and the Book, ii. 34ff; Wilson in The Recovery of Jerusalem, p. 286f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γερουσία Transliteration: gerousia Phonetic Spelling: gher-oo-see'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a council of elders Meaning: Senate -- a council of elders GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1087 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1087 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1087 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1087 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1087, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γερουσία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1087 gerousia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: council of elders, SanhedrinFrom geron; the eldership, i.e. (collectively) the Jewish Sanhedrin -- senate. see GREEK geron Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1087: γερουσίαγερουσία, γερουσίας, ἡ (adjective γερούσιος, belonging to old men, γέρων), a senate, council of elders; used in secular authors of the chief council of nations and cities (ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι αἱ γερουσιαι, Xenophon, mem. 4, 4, 16; in the O. T. of the chief council not only of the whole people of Israel, Exodus 3:16, etc.; 1 Macc. 12:6, etc.; but also of cities, Deuteronomy 19:12, etc.); of the Great Council, the Sanhedrin of the Jews: Acts 5:21, where to τό συνέδριον is added καί πᾶσαν τήν γερουσίαν τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ and indeed (καί explicative) all the senate, to signify the full Sanhedrin. Cf. Schürer, Die Gemeindeverfassung d. Juden in Rom in d. Kaiserzeit nach d. Inschriften dargestellt. Leips. 1879, p. 18f; Hatch, Bamp. Lects. for 1880, p. 64f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γέρων Transliteration: gerōn Phonetic Spelling: gher'-own Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: an old man Meaning: an old man GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1088 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1088 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1088 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1088 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1088, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γέρων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1088 gerōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: old. Of uncertain affinity (compare geras); aged -- old. see GREEK geras Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1088: γέρωνγέρων, γεροντος, ὁ (from Homer down), an old man: John 3:4. (Synonym: cf. Augustine in Trench, § 107:2.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γεύομαι Transliteration: geuomai Phonetic Spelling: ghyoo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to taste, eat Meaning: to taste, eat GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1089 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1089 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1089 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1089 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1089, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γεύομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1089 geuomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: eat, taste. A primary verb; to taste; by implication, to eat; figuratively, to experience (good or ill) -- eat, taste. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1089: γεύωγεύω: (cf. Latingusto, German kosten; Curtius, § 131); to cause to taste, to give one a taste of, τινα (Genesis 25:30). In the N. T. only the middle γεύομαι: future γεύσομαι; 1 aorist ἐγευσάμην; 1. to taste, try the flavor of: Matthew 27:34; contrary to better Greek usage (cf. Winers Grammar, § 30, 7 c. (and p. 36; Anthol. Pal. 6, 120)) with the accusative of the object: John 2:9. 2. to taste, i. e. perceive the flavor of, partake of, enjoy: τίνος, Luke 14:24 (γεύσεται μου τοῦ δείπνου, i. e. shall partake of my banquet); hence, as in Greek writings from Homer down, equivalent to to feel, make trial of, experience: τίνος, Hebrews 6:4; ῤῆμα Θεοῦ, Hebrews 6:5, (τῆς γνώσεως, Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 36, 2 [ET]). as in Chaldean, Syriac, and rabbinical writers, γεύεσθαι τοῦ θανάτου (Winer's Grammar, 33 (32)): Matthew 16:28; Mark 9:1; Luke 9:27; John 8:52; Hebrews 2:9; (cf. Wetstein on Matthew, the passage cited; Meyer on John, the passage cited; Bleek, Lünem., Alford on Hebrews, the passage cited), followed by ὅτι: 1 Peter 2:3 (Psalm 33:9 (). 3. to take food, eat: absolutely, Acts 10:10; Acts 20:11; cf. Kypke, Observations, ii., p. 47; to take nourishment, eat — (but substantially as above), with the genitive μηδενός, Acts 23:14; with the ellipsis of a genitive denoting unlawful food, Colossians 2:21. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γεωργέω Transliteration: geōrgeō Phonetic Spelling: gheh-or-gheh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to till Meaning: to till GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1090 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1090 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1090 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1090 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1090, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γεωργέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1090 geōrgeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to cultivate, tillFrom georgos; to till (the soil) -- dress. see GREEK georgos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1090: γεωργέωγεωργέω, γεωργῷ: (present passive γεωργοῦμαι); (γεωργός, which see); to practise agriculture, to till the ground: τήν γῆν (Plato, Theag., p. 121 b.; Eryx., p. 392 d.; (others); 1 Esdr. 4:6; 1 Macc. 14:8); passive: Hebrews 6:7. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γεώργιον Transliteration: geōrgion Phonetic Spelling: gheh-ore'-ghee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: cultivation Meaning: cultivation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1091 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1091 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1091 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1091 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1091, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γεώργιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1091 geōrgion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cultivated land, fieldNeuter of a (presumed) derivative of georgos; cultivable, i.e. A farm -- husbandry. see GREEK georgos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1091: γεώργιονγεώργιον, γεωργίου, τό, a (cultivated) field: 1 Corinthians 3:9 (A. V. husbandry (with margin tillage)). (Proverbs 24:45 (); Proverbs 31:16 (); Theag. in schol. Pindar Nem. 3, 21; Strabo 14, 5, 6, p. 671; (others).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γεωργός Transliteration: geōrgos Phonetic Spelling: gheh-ore-gos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a husbandman, vinedresser Meaning: a husbandman, vinedresser GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1092 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1092 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1092 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1092 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1092, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γεωργός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1092 geōrgos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: farmerFrom ge and the base of ergon; a land-worker, i.e. Farmer -- husbandman. see GREEK ge see GREEK ergon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1092: γεωργόςγεωργός, γεωργου, ὁ (from γῆ and ἘΡΓΩ), from (Herodotus), Xenophon, and Plato down; a husbandman, tiller of the soil: 2 Timothy 2:6; James 5:7; several times in the Sept.; used of a vine-dresser (Aelian nat. an. 7, 28; (Plato, Theact., p. 178 d.; others)) in Matthew 21:33ff; Mark 12:1f, 7, 9; Luke 20:9f, 14, 16; John 15:1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γῆ Transliteration: gē Phonetic Spelling: ghay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the earth, land Meaning: the earth, land GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1093 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1093 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1093 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1093 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1093, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γῆ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1093 gē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: country, ground, land, world. Contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application) -- country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1093: γῆγῆ, genitive γῆς, ἡ (contracted from γεα, poetic γαῖα), the Sept. very often for אֶרֶץ and אֲדָמָה, earth; 1. arable land: Matthew 13:5, 8, 23; Mark 4:8, 20, 26, 28, 31; Luke 13:7; Luke 14:35 (34); John 12:24; Hebrews 6:7; James 5:7; Revelation 9:4; of the earthy material out of which a thing is formed, with the implied idea of frailty and weakness: ἐκ γῆς χοϊκός, 1 Corinthians 15:47. 2. the ground, the earth as a standing-place (German Boden): Matthew 10:29; Matthew 15:35; Matthew 23:35; Matthew 27:51; Mark 8:6; Mark 9:20; Mark 14:35; Luke 22:44 (L brackets WH reject the passage); ; John 8:6, 8 (i. e. Rec.); Acts 9:4, 8. 3. the main land, opposed to sea or water: Mark 4:1; Mark 6:47; Luke 5:3; Luke 8:27; John 6:21; John 21:8f, 11; Revelation 12:12. 4. the earth as a whole, the world (Latinterrarumorbis); a. the earth as opposed to the heavens: Matthew 5:18, 35; Matthew 6:10; Matthew 16:19; Matthew 18:18; Matthew 24:35; Mark 13:31; Luke 2:14; John 12:32; Acts 2:19; Acts 4:24; 2 Peter 3:5, 7, 10, 13; Revelation 21:1; τά ἐπί τῆς γῆς the things and beings that are on the earth, Ephesians 1:10; Colossians 1:16 (T WH omit; L Tr brackets τά); involving a suggestion of mutability, frailty, infirmity, alike in thought and in action, Matthew 6:19; τά ἐπί τῆς γῆς (equivalent to τά ἐπίγεια, Philippians 3:19) terrestrial goods, pleasures, honors, Colossians 3:2 (opposed to τά ἄνω); τά μέλη ὑμῶν τά ἐπί τῆς γῆς the members of your earthly body, as it were the abode and instruments of corrupt desires, Colossians 3:5; ὁ ὤν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ... λαλεῖ (in contrast with Christ as having come from heaven) he who is of earthly (human) origin, has an earthly nature, and speaks as his earthly origin and nature prompt, John 3:31. b. the inhabited earth, the abode of men and animals: Luke 21:35; Acts 1:8; Acts 10:12; Acts 11:6; Acts 17:26; Hebrews 11:13; Revelation 3:10; αἴρειν ζωήν τίνος or τινα ἀπό τῆς γῆς, Acts 8:33; Acts 22:22; κληρονομεῖν τήν γῆν (see κληρονομέω, 2), Matthew 5:5 (4); πῦρ βάλλειν ἐπί (Rec. εἰς) τήν γῆν, i. e. among men, Luke 12:49, cf. Luke 12:51 and Matthew 10:34; ἐπί τῆς γῆς among men, Luke 18:8; John 17:4. 5. a country, land enclosed within fixed boundaries, a tract of land, territory, region; simply, when it is plain from the context what land is meant, as that of the Jews: Luke 4:25; Luke 21:23; Romans 9:28; James 5:17; with a gentile noun added (then, as a rule, anarthrous, Winer's Grammar, 121 (114f)): γῆ Ἰσραήλ, Matthew 2:20f; Ιουδα, Matthew 2:6; Γεννησαρέτ, Matthew 14:34; Mark 6:53; Σοδομων καί Γομόρρων, Matthew 10:15; Matthew 11:24; Χαλδαίων, Acts 7:4; Αἴγυπτος (see Αἴγυπτος); ἡ Ἰουδαία γῆ, John 3:22; with the addition of an adjective: ἀλλότρια, Acts 7:6; ἐκείνῃ, Matthew 9:26, 31; with the genitive of person one's country, native land, Acts 7:3. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γῆρας Transliteration: gēras Phonetic Spelling: ghay'-ras Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: old age Meaning: old age GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1094 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1094 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1094 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1094 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1094, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γῆρας [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1094 gēras 🕊 Strong's Concordance: old age. Akin to geron; senility -- old age. see GREEK geron Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1094: γῆραςγῆρας, γηραός (γερως), Ionic γηρεος, dative γήρει, γήρει, τό (from Homer down), old age: Luke 1:36 ἐν γήρει G L T Tr WH for Rec. ἐν γήρᾳ, a form found without variant in Sir. 25:3; (also Psalm 91:15 (); cf. Genesis 15:15 Alex.; Genesis 21:7; Genesis 25:8; 1 Chronicles 29:28 ibid.; Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 10, 7 [ET] variant; cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 117); Fritzsche on Sir. 3:12; Sturz, De dial. Maced. etc., p. 155; Winers Grammar, (36 and) 64 (62); (Buttmann, 15 (14)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γηράσκω Transliteration: gēraskō Phonetic Spelling: ghay-ras'-ko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to grow old Meaning: to grow old GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1095 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1095 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1095 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1095 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1095, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γηράσκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1095 gēraskō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: become old. From geras; to be senescent -- be (wax) old. see GREEK geras Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1095: γηράσκωγηράσκω or γηράω: 1 aorist ἐγήρασα; from Homer down; (cf. Winers Grammar, 92 (88); Donaldson, New Crat. § 387); to grow old: John 21:18; of things, institutions, etc., to fail from age, be obsolescent: Hebrews 8:13 (to be deprived of force and authority; (here associated with παλαιουμενος — the latter (used only of things) marking the lapse of time, while γηρασκων carries with it a suggestion of the waning strength, the decay, incident to old age (cf. Schmidt, chapter 46, 7; Theophrastus, caus. pl. 6, 7, 5): that which is becoming old and faileth for age etc.)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γίνομαι Transliteration: ginomai Phonetic Spelling: ghin'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to come into being, to happen, to become Meaning: to come into being, to happen, to become GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1096 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1096 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1096 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1096 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1096, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γίνομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1096 ginomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be brought to pass, happenA prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be ("gen"-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.) -- arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1096: γίνομαιγίνομαι (in Ionic prose writings and in common Greek from Aristotle, on for Attic γίγνομαι); (imperfect ἐγινόμην); future γενήσομαι; 2 aorist ἐγενόμην (often in 3 person singular optative γένοιτο; (participle γεναμενος, Luke 24:22 Tdf. edition 7)), and, with no difference in significance, 1 aorist passive ἐγενήθην, rejected by the Atticists (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 108f; (Thomas Magister, Ritschl edition, p. 75, 6f)), not rare in later Greek, common in the Sept. (Acts 4:4; 1 Thessalonians 2:14; 1 Corinthians 15:10, etc.), imperative γενηθήτω (Matthew 6:10; Matthew 15:28, etc.); perfect γεγένημαι and γέγονα, 3 person plural γέγοναν L T Tr WH in Romans 16:7 and Revelation 21:6 (cf. (Tdf. Proleg., p. 124; WHs Appendix, p. 166; Sophocles Lexicon, p. 37f; Curtius, Das Verbum, 2:187); Winers Grammar, 36 and 76f (73f); Mullach, p. 16; Buttmann, 43 (37f)), (participle γεγονώς); pluperfect 3 person singular ἐγεγόνει (John 6:17 (not Tdf.); Acts 4:22 (where L T Tr WH γεγόνει, cf. Winers Grammar, § 12, 9; Buttmann, 33 (29); Tdf.s note on the passage)); to become, and 1. to become, i. e. to come into existence, begin to be, receive being: absolutely, John 1:15, 30 (ἔμπροσθεν μου γέγονεν); John 8:58 (πρίν Ἀβραάμ γενέσθαι); 1 Corinthians 15:37 (τό σῶμα τό γενησόμενον); ἐκ τίνος, to be born, Romans 1:3 (ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυίδ); Galatians 4:4 (ἐκ γυναικός); Matthew 21:19 (μηκέτι ἐκ σου καρπός γένηται, come from); of the origin of all things, Hebrews 11:3; διά τίνος, John 1:3, 10. to rise, arise, come on, appear, of occurrences in nature or in life: as γίνεται βροντή, John 12:29; ἀστραπή, Revelation 8:5; σεισμός, Rev. (); ; γαλήνη, Matthew 8:26; Mark 4:39; Luke 8:24; λαῖλαψ, Mark 4:37; γογγυσμός, Acts 6:1; ζήτησις, John 3:25 (followed by ἐκ of origin; στάσις καί ζήτησις), Acts 15:2 (Griesbach questions ζήτησις, Rec. reads συζήτησις); πόλεμος, Revelation 12:7; ἡ βασιλεία (or αἱ βασιλεῖαι) κτλ., Revelation 11:15; Revelation 12:10; χαρά, Acts 8:8, and in many other examples Here belong also the phrases γίνεται ἡμέρα it becomes day, day comes on, Luke 4:42; Luke 6:13; Luke 22:66; Acts 12:18; Acts 16:35; Acts 23:12; Acts 27:29, 33, 39; γίνεσθαι ὀψέ evening comes, Mark 11:19, equivalent to γίνεσθαι ὀψία, Matthew 8:16; Matthew 14:15, 23; Matthew 16:2 (T brackets WH reject the passage); ; Mark 14:17; John 6:16, etc.; πρωΐα, Matthew 27:1; John 21:4; νύξ, Acts 27:27 (cf. under the word ἐπιγίνομαι 2); σκοτία, John 6:17 (not Tdf.). Hence, 2. to become equivalent to to come to pass, happen, of events; a. universally: Matthew 5:18; Matthew 24:6, 20, 34; Luke 1:20; Luke 12:54; Luke 21:28; John 1:28; John 13:19, etc.; τοῦτο γέγονεν, ἵνα etc. this hath come to pass that etc., Matthew 1:22; Matthew 21:4; Matthew 26:56; τά γενόμενα or γινόμενα, Matthew 18:31; Matthew 27:54; Matthew 28:11; Luke 23:48; (cf. τά γενόμενα ἀγαθά, Hebrews 9:11 L WH text Tr marginal reading); τό γενόμενον, Luke 23:47; τό γεγονός, Mark 5:14; Luke 24:12 (T omits; L Tr brackets; WH reject the verse); Acts 4:21; τό ῤῆμα τό γεγονός, Luke 2:15; τά μέλλοντα γίνεσθαι, Luke 21:36; Acts 26:22; τήν ἀνάστασιν ἤδη γεγονέναι, 2 Timothy 2:18; θανάτου γενομένου a death having taken place (German nacherfolgtemTode), Hebrews 9:15. μή γένοιτο, a formula especially frequent in Paul (and in Epictetus, cf. Schweigh. Index Graec. in Epictetus, p. 392), "Far be it! God forbid!" (cf. Morison, Exposition of Romans 3, p. 31f): Luke 20:16; Romans 3:4, 6, 31; Romans 6:2, 15; Romans 7:7, 13; Romans 9:14; Romans 11:1, 11; 1 Corinthians 6:15; Galatians 2:17; Galatians 3:21 (equivalent to חָלִילָה, Joshua 22:29, etc.); cf. Sturz, De dial. Maced. etc., p. 204f; τί γέγονεν, ὅτι etc. what has come to pass, that etc. equivalent to for what reason, why? John 14:22 (τί ἐγένετο, ὅτι ... Ecclesiastes 7:11 (10); τί ἐστιν, ὡς etc., Euripides, Troad. 889). b. Very common in the first three Gospels, especially that of Luke, and in the Acts, is the phrase καί ἐγένετο (וַיְהִי followed by וְ); cf. Winers Grammar, § 65, 4 e. (also § 44, 3 c.), and especially Buttmann, § 141, 6. (a.) καί ἐγένετο καί with a finite verb: Mark 2:15 ((Tr text καί γίνεται), T WH καί γίνεται (followed by the accusative and infinitive)); Luke 2:15 (R G L brackets Tr brackets); (WH brackets καί); followed by καί ἰδού, Matthew 9:10 (T omits καί before ἰδού; Luke 24:4. (b.) much more often καί is not repeated: Matthew 7:28; Mark 4:4; Luke 1:23; 2:( T WH), ; . (g.) καί ἐγένετο followed by the accusative with an infinitive: Mark 2:23 (Winer's Grammar, 578 (537) note); Luke 6:1, 6 (R G ἐγένετο δέ καί). c. In like manner ἐγένετο δέ (a.) followed by καί with a finite verb: Luke 5:1; Luke 9:28 (WH text omits; L brackets καί, ; R G T, L Tr marginal reading brackets καί); Acts 5:7. (b.) ἐγένετο δέ followed by a finite verb without καί: Luke 1:8; Luke 2:1, 6; ( R G L); (WH Tr text omit ἐγένετο); . γ. ἐγένετο δέ followed by the accusative with an infinitive: Luke 3:21; (Luke 6:1, 6 L T Tr WH, T Tr WH); ; Acts 4:5; Acts 9:3 (without δέ), ; R G; ; (); (). (d.) ἐγένετο δέ (ὡς δέ ἐγένετο) followed by τοῦ with an infinitive: Acts 10:25 (Rec. omits τοῦ), cf. Meyer at the passage and Winers Grammar, 328 (307); (Buttmann, 270 (232)). d. with the dative of person to occur or happen to one, befall one: followed by an infinitive, Acts 20:16; ἐάν γένηται (namely, αὐτῷ) εὑρεῖν αὐτό, if it happen to him, Matthew 18:13; ἐμοί δέ μή γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι far be it from me to glory, Galatians 6:14 (Genesis 44:7, 17; 1 Kings 20:3 (); Alciphron, epistles 1, 26); followed by the accusative with an infinitive it happened to me, that etc.: Acts 11:26 L T Tr WH (but the accusative implied); (cf. Winers Grammar, 323 (303); Buttmann, 305 (262)); with adverbs, go, fare (German ergehen): εὖ, Ephesians 6:3 (μή γένοιτο σοι οὕτω κακῶς, Aelian v. h. 9, 36). with specification of the thing befalling one: τί γέγονεν (L T Tr text WH ἐγένετο) αὐτῷ, Acts 7:40 (from Exodus 32:1); ἐγένετο (L T Tr WH ἐγίνετο) πάσῃ ψυχή φόβος fear came upon, Acts 2:43. — Mark 4:11; Mark 9:21; Luke 19:9; John 5:14; John 15:7; Romans 11:25; 1 Corinthians 4:5; 2 Corinthians 1:8 (G L T Tr WH omit the dative); 2 Timothy 3:11; 1 Peter 4:12; with the ellipsis of ἡμῖν, John 1:17. ἐγένετο (αὐτῷ) γνώμη a purpose occurred to him, he determined, Acts 20:3 (Buttmann, 268 (230), but T Tr WH read ἐγένετο γνώμης; see below, 5 e. (a.)). followed by prepositions: ἐπ' αὐτῇ upon (German bei oran) her, Mark 5:33 (R G L brackets); εἰς τινα, Acts 28:6. 3. to arise, appear in history, come upon the stage: of men appearing in public, Mark 1:4; John 1:6 (on which two passages compare Winers Grammar, 350 (328); Buttmann, 308f (264f)); 2 Peter 2:1; γεγόνασι, have arisen and now exist, 1 John 2:18. 4. to be made, done, finished: τά ἔργα, Hebrews 4:3; διά χειρῶν, of things fabricated, Acts 19:26; of miracles to be performed, wrought: διά τῶν χειρῶν τίνος, Mark 6:2; διά τίνος, Acts 2:43; Acts 4:16, 30; Acts 12:9; ὑπό τίνος, Luke 9:7 (R L (but the latter brackets ὑπ' αὐτοῦ)); Luke 13:17; Luke 23:8; γενόμενα εἰς τήν Καφαρναούμ done unto (on) Capernaum i. e. for its benefit (Winers Grammar, 416 (388); (cf. Buttmann, 333 (286))), Luke 4:23 (Rec. ἐν τῇ Καφαρναούμ) of commands, decisions, purposes, requests, etc. to be done, executed: Matthew 6:10; Matthew 21:21; Matthew 26:42; Mark 11:23; Luke 14:22; Luke 23:24; Acts 21:14; γενήσεται ὁ λόγος will be accomplished the saying, 1 Corinthians 15:54. joined to nouns implying a certain action: ἡ ἀπώλεια γέγονε, Mark 14:4; ἀπογραφή, Luke 2:2; ἐπαγγελία γενομένη ὑπό Θεοῦ given by God, Acts 26:6; ἀνάκρισις, Acts 25:26; νόμου μετάθεσις, Hebrews 7:12; ἄφεσις, Hebrews 9:22. of institutions, laws, etc. to be established, enacted: τό σάββατον ἐγένετο, the institution of the Sabbath, Mark 2:27; ὁ νόμος, Galatians 3:17; οὗ γέγονεν οὕτως hath not been so ordained, Matthew 19:8. of feasts, marriages, entertainments, to be kept, celebrated: τό πάσχα, Matthew 26:2 (equivalent to נַעֲשֶׂה, 2 Kings 23:22); τό σάββατον, Mark 6:2; τά ἐγκαίνια, John 10:22; (γενεσίοις γενομένοις (cf. Winers Grammar, § 31, 9 b.; R G γενεσίων ἀγομένων), Matthew 14:6) (τά Ὀλυμπια, Xenophon, Hell. 7, 4, 28; Ἰσθμια, 4, 5, 1); γάμος, John 2:1. οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί so done with me, in my case, 1 Corinthians 9:15. 5. to become, be made, "in passages where it is specified who or what a person or thing is or has been rendered, as respects quality, condition, place, rank, character" (Wahl, Clavis Apocr. V. T., p. 101). a. with a predicate added, expressed by a substantive or an adjective: οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται, Matthew 4:3; Luke 4:3; ὕδωρ οἶνον γεγενημένον, John 2:9; ἀρχιερεύς γενόμενος, Hebrews 6:20; διάκονος, Colossians 1:25; ὁ λόγος σάρξ ἐγένετο, John 1:14; ἀνήρ, 1 Corinthians 13:11, and many other examples; χάρις οὐκέτι γίνεται χάρις grace ceases to have the nature of grace, can no longer be called grace, Romans 11:6; ἄκαρπος γίνεται, Matthew 13:22; Mark 4:19; — in Matthew 17:2; Luke 8:17; John 5:6, and many other places. contextually, to show oneself, prove oneself: Luke 10:36; Luke 19:17; Luke 24:19; Romans 11:34; Romans 16:2; 2 Corinthians 1:18 Rec.; 1 Thessalonians 1:6; 1 Thessalonians 2:7; Hebrews 11:6, etc.; especially in exhortations: γίνεσθε, Matthew 10:16; Matthew 24:44; Luke 6:36; Ephesians 4:32; Colossians 3:15; μή γίνου, John 20:27; μή γίνεσθε, Matthew 6:16; Ephesians 5:7, 17; 1 Corinthians 10:7; μή γινώμεθα, Galatians 5:26; hence, used declaratively, equivalent to to be found, shown: Luke 13:2 (that it was shown by their fate that they were sinners); Romans 3:4; 2 Corinthians 7:14; — γίνομαι τίνι τίς to show oneself (to be) someone to one: 1 Corinthians 9:20, 22. b. with an interrogative pronoun as predicate: τί ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο what had become of Peter, Acts 12:18 (cf. use of τί ἐγένετο in Act. Phil. in Hell. § 23, Tdf. Acta apost. apocr., p. 104). c. γίνεσθαι ὡς or ὡσεί τινα to become as or like to one: Matthew 10:25; Matthew 18:3; Matthew 28:4; Mark 9:26; Luke 22:44 (L brackets WH reject the passage); Romans 9:29 (from Isaiah 1:9); 1 Corinthians 4:13; Galatians 4:12. d. γινεσθα εἰς τί to become i. e. be changed into something, come to be, issue in, something (German zuetwaswerden): ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλήν γωνίας, Matthew 21:42; Mark 12:10; Luke 20:17; Acts 4:11; 1 Peter 2:7 — all after Psalm 117:22 (). Luke 13:19 (εἰς δένδρον μέγα); John 16:20; Acts 5:36; Romans 11:9 (from Psalm 68: (69) 23); 1 Thessalonians 3:5; Revelation 8:11; Revelation 16:19, etc. (equivalent to לְ הָיָה; but the expression is also classic; cf. Winers Grammar, § 29, 3 a.; Buttmann, 150 (131)). e. γίνεσθαι with Cases; (a.) with the genitive to become the property of anyone, to come into the power of a person or thing (cf. Winers Grammar, § 30, 5; especially Buttmann, 162 (142)): Luke 20:14 (L marginal reading ἔσται), 33; Revelation 11:15; (γνώμης, Acts 20:3 T Tr WH (cf. ἐλπίδος μεγάλης γίνεσθαι Plutarch, Phocylides, 23, 4)); προφητεία ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται no one can explain prophecy by his own mental power (it is not a matter of subjective interpretation), but to explain it one needs the same illumination of the Holy Spirit in which it originated, for etc. 2 Peter 1:20. γενέσθαι with a genitive indicating one's age (to be) so many years old: Luke 2:42; 1 Timothy 5:9. (b.) with the dative (cf. W 210f (198)): γίνεσθαι ἀνδρί to become a man's wife, Romans 7:3f (לְאִישׁ הָיָה, Leviticus 22:12; Ruth 1:12, etc.). f. joined to prepositions with their substantives; ἐν τίνι, to come or pass into a certain state (cf. Buttmann, 330 (284)): ἐν ἀγωνία, Luke 22:44 (L brackets WH reject the passage); ἐν ἐκστάσει, Acts 22:17; ἐν πνεύματι, Revelation 1:10; Revelation 4:2; ἐν δόξῃ (R. V. came with (in) glory), 2 Corinthians 3:7; ἐν παραβάσει, 1 Timothy 2:14; ἐν ἑαυτῷ, to come to himself, recover reason, Acts 12:11 (also in Greek writings; cf. Hermann ad Vig., p. 749); ἐν Χριστῷ, to be brought to the fellowship of Christ, to become a Christian, Romans 16:7; ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων, to become like men, Philippians 2:7; ἐν λόγῳ κολακείας (R. V. were we found using) flattering speech, 1 Thessalonians 2:5. ἐπάνω τίνος to be placed over a thing, Luke 19:19. μετά τίνος or σύν τίνι to become one's companion, associate with him: Mark 16:10; Acts 7:38; Acts 20:18; ὑπό τινα to be made subject to one, Galatians 4:4. (Cf. h. below.) g. with specification of the terminus of motion or the place of rest: εἰς with the accusative of place, to come to some place, arrive at something, Acts 20:16; Acts 21:17; Acts 25:15; ὡς ἐγένετο ... εἰς τά ὦτα μου when the voice came into my ears, Luke 1:44; εἰς with the accusative of person, of evils coming upon one, Revelation 16:2 R G; of blessings, Galatians 3:14; 1 Thessalonians 1:5 (Lachmann πρός; Acts 26:6 L T Tr WH); γενέσθαι ἐπί τοῦ τόπου, Luke 22:40; ἐπί τῆς γῆς, John 6:21 (Tdf. ἐπί τήν γῆν); ὧδε, John 6:25 (ἐκεῖ, Xenophon, an. 6, 3 (5), 20; (cf. Buttmann, 71)); ἐπί with the accusative of place, Luke 24:22; Acts 21:35; (John 6:21 Tdf.); ἐγένετο διωγμός ἐπί τήν ἐκκλησίαν, Acts 8:1; ἐγένετο φόβος or θάμβος ἐπί πάντας, Luke 1:65; Luke 4:36; Acts 5:5, 11; (ἔκστασις, Acts 10:10 (Rec. ἐπέπεσεν)); ἕλκος κακόν καί πονηρόν ἐπί τούς ἀνθρώπους, Revelation 16:2 L T Tr WH; ἐγένετο ... ῤῆμα ἐπί τινα, λόγος or φωνή πρός τινα (came to): Luke 3:2; John 10:35; Acts 7:31 (Rec.); (Genesis 15:1, 4; Jeremiah 1:2, 11; Jeremiah 13:8; Ezekiel 6:1; Hosea 1:1); (ἐπαγγελία, Acts 13:32; Acts 26:6 Rec.); κατά with the accusative of place, Luke 10:32 (Tr WH omit); Acts 27:7, (Xenophon, Cyril 7, 1, 15); κατά with the genitive: τό γενόμενον ῤῆμα καθ' ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας the matter the report of which spread throughout all Judaea, Acts 10:37; πρός τινα, 2 John 1:12 (Rec. ἐλθεῖν); 1 Corinthians 2:3; σύν τίνι, to be joined to one as an associate, Luke 2:13 (Xenophon, Cyril 5, 3, 8); ἐγγύς γίνεσθαι, Ephesians 2:13; τίνος, John 6:19; (h.) (with ἐκ of the source (see above): Mark 1:11 (Tdf. omits ἐγένετο); (T Tr marginal reading WH); Luke 3:22; Luke 9:35; Acts 19:34); γίνεσθαι ἐκ μέσου, to be taken out of the way, 2 Thessalonians 2:7; γενέσθαι ὁμοθυμαδόν, of many come together in one place, Acts 15:25 cf. Acts 2:1 (but only in R G; γενομένοις ὁμοθυμαδόν in may mean either having become of one mind, or possibly having come together with one accord. On the alleged use of γίνομαι in the N. T. as interchangeable with εἰμί see Fritzschior. Opuscc., p. 284 note. Compare: ἀπογίνομαι, διαγίνομαι, ἐπιγίνομαι, παραγίνομαι, συμγίνομαι παραγίνομαι, προγίνομαι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γινώσκω Transliteration: ginōskō Phonetic Spelling: ghin-oce'-ko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to come to know, recognize, perceive Meaning: to come to know, recognize, perceive GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1097 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1097 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1097 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1097 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1097, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γινώσκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1097 ginōskō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: allow, be aware of, perceive. A prolonged form of a primary verb; to "know" (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed) -- allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1097: γινώσκωγινώσκω (Attic γιγνώσκω, see γίνομαι at the beginning; from ΓΝΟΩ, as βιβρώσκω from ΒΡΟΩ); (imperfect ἐγίνωσκον); future γνώσομαι; 2 aorist ἔγνων (from ΓΝΩΜΙ), imperative γνῶθι, γνώτω, subjunctive γνῷ (3 person singular γνοῖ, Mark 5:43; Mark 9:30; Luke 19:15 L T Tr WH, for R G γνῷ (Buttmann, p. 46 (40); cf. δίδωμι at the beginning)), infinitive γνῶναι, participle γνούς; perfect ἔγνωκα (John 17:7; 3 person plural ἔγνωκαν for ἐγνωκασι, see references in γίνομαι at the beginning); pluperfect ἐγνώκειν; passive (present 3 person singular γινώσκεται (Mark 13:28 Tr marginal reading)); perfect ἐγνωσμαι; 1 aorist ἐγνώσθην; future γνωσθήσομαί; in Greek writings from Homer down; the Sept. for יָדַע ; Latinnosco,novi (i. e.gnosco, gnovi); I. universally: 1. to learn to know, come to know, get a knowledge of; passive to become known: with the accusative, Matthew 22:18; Mark 5:43; Acts 21:34; 1 Corinthians 4:19; 2 Corinthians 2:4; Colossians 4:8; 1 Thessalonians 3:5, etc. Passive, Matthew 10:26; Acts 9:24; Philippians 4:5, etc.; (impersonally, γινώσκεται, Mark 13:28 Tr marginal reading T 2, 7); τί ἐκ τίνος, Matthew 12:33; Luke 6:44; 1 John 4:6; τινα or τί ἐν τίνι, to find a sign in a thing by which to know, to recognize in or by something, Luke 24:35; John 13:35; 1 John 4:2; κατά τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο, the truth of this promise, Luke 1:18 (Genesis 15:8); περί τῆς διδαχῆς, John 7:17. often the object is not added, but is readily understood from what precedes: Matthew 9:30; Matthew 12:15 (the consultation held by the Pharisees); Mark 7:24 (he would have no one know that he was present): Mark 9:30; Romans 10:19, etc.; followed by ὅτι, Matthew 21:45; John 4:1; John 5:6; John 12:9, etc.; followed by the interrogative τί, Matthew 6:3; Luke 16:4; ἀπό τίνος to learn from one, Mark 15:45. with the accusative of person to recognize as worthy of intimacy and love, to own; so those whom God has judged worthy of the blessings of the gospel are said ὑπό τοῦ Θεοῦ γινώσκεσθαι, 1 Corinthians 8:3; Galatians 4:9 (on both cf. Winers Grammar, § 39, 3 Note 2; Buttmann, 55 (48)); negatively, in the sentence of Christ οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς, I never knew you, never had any acquaintance with you, Matthew 7:23. to perceive, feel: ἔγνω τῷ σώματι, ὅτι etc. Mark 5:29; ἔγνων δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, Luke 8:46. 2. to know, understand, perceive, have knowledge of; a. to understand: with the accusative, τά λεγόμενα, Luke 18:34; ἅ ἀναγινώσκεις, Acts 8:30; followed by ὅτι, Matthew 21:45; John 8:27; 2 Corinthians 13:6; Galatians 3:7; James 2:20; followed by interrog, τί, John 10:6; John 13:12, 28; ὁ κατεργάζομαι οὐ γινώσκω I do not understand what I am doing, my conduct is inexplicable to me, Romans 7:15. b. to know: τό θέλημα, Luke 12:47; τάς καρδίας, Luke 16:15; τόν μή γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν ignorant of sin, i. e. not conscious of having committed it, 2 Corinthians 5:21; ἐπιστολή γινωσκομένη καί ἀναγινωσκομένη, 2 Corinthians 3:2; τινα, to know one, his person, character, mind, plans: John 1:48 (); ; Acts 19:15; 2 Timothy 2:19 (from Numbers 16:5); followed by ὅτι, John 21:17; Philippians 1:12; James 1:3; 2 Peter 1:20; followed by the accusative with an infinitive Hebrews 10:34; followed by an indirect question, Revelation 3:3; Ἑλληνιστί γινώσκειν, to know Greek (graecescire, Cicero, de fin. 2, 5): Acts 21:37 (ἐπίστασθαί Συριστί, Xenophon, Cyril 7, 5, 31;graecenescire, Cicero, pro Flac. 4, 10); ἴστε (Rec. ἐστε) γινώσκοντες ye know, understanding etc. (R. V. ye know of a surety, etc.), Ephesians 5:5; see Winers Grammar, 355 (333); (cf. Buttmann, 51 (44); 314 (269)). imperative γινώσκετε know ye: Matthew 24:32f, 43; Mark 13:29; Luke 10:11; John 15:18; Acts 2:36; Hebrews 13:23; 1 John 2:29. 3. by a Hebraistic euphemism (cf. Winer's Grammar, 18), found also in Greek writings from the Alexandrian age down, γινώσκω is used of the carnal connection of male and female,remcumaliquo oraliquahabere (cf. our have a (criminal) intimacy with): of a husband, Matthew 1:25; of the woman, Luke 1:34; (Genesis 4:1, 17; Genesis 19:8; 1 Samuel 1:19, etc.; Judith 16:22; Callimachus () epigr. 58, 3; often in Plutarch; cf. Vögelin, Plutarch, Brut., p. 10ff; so also Latincognosco, Ovid. met. 4, 596; novi, Justin Martyr, hist. 27, 3, 11). II. In particular γινώσκω, to become acquainted with, to know, is employed in the N. T. of the knowledge of God and Christ, and of the things relating to them or proceeding from them; a. τόν Θεόν, the one, true God, in contrast with the polytheism of the Gentiles: Romans 1:21; Galatians 4:9; also τόν μόνον ἀληθινόν Θεόν, John 17:3 cf. 1 John 5:20; τόν Θεόν, the nature and will of God, in contrast with the false wisdom of both Jews and Gentiles, 1 Corinthians 1:21; τόν πατέρα, the nature of God the Father, especially the holy will and affection by which he aims to sanctify and redeem men through Christ, John 8:55; John 16:3; 1 John 2:3f, 14 (); ; a peculiar knowledge of God the Father is claimed by Christ for himself, John 10:15; John 17:25; γνῶθι τόν κύριον, the precepts of the Lord, Hebrews 8:11; τό θέλημα (of God), Romans 2:18; νοῦν κυρίου, Romans 11:34; 1 Corinthians 2:16; τήν σοφίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, 1 Corinthians 2:8; τάς ὁδούς τοῦ Θεοῦ, Hebrews 3:10 (from Psalm 94:10 (). b. Χριστόν, his blessings, Philippians 3:10; in Χριστόν ἐγνωκέναι κατά σάρκα, 2 Corinthians 5:16, Paul speaks of that knowledge of Christ which he had before his conversion, and by which he knew him merely in the form of a servant, and therefore had not yet seen in him the Son of God. According to John's usage, γινώσκειν, ἐγνωκέναι Χριστόν denotes to come to know, to know, his Messianic dignity (John 17:3; John 6:69); his divinity (τόν ἀπ' ἀρχῆς, 1 John 2:13f cf. John 1:10), his consummate kindness toward us, and the benefits redounding to us from fellowship with him (in Christ's words γινώσκομαι ὑπό τῶν ἐμῶν, John 10:14 (according to the critical texts γινώσκουσιν με τά ἐμά)); his love of God (John 14:31); his sinless holiness (1 John 3:6). John unites πιστεύειν and γινώσκειν, at one time putting πιστεύειν first: John 6:69 (cf. Schaff's Lange or Meyer at the passage); but at another time γινώσκειν: John 10:38 (according to R G, for which L T Tr WH read ἵνα γνῶτε καί γινώσκητε (R. V. know and understand)); John 17:8 (L brackets καί ἔγνωσαν); 1 John 4:16 (the love of God). c. γνῶναι ... τά τοῦ πνεύματος the things which proceed from the Spirit, 1 Corinthians 2:14; τό πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας καί τό πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, 1 John 4:6; τά μυστήρια τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν, Matthew 13:11; τήν ἀλήθειαν, John 8:32; 2 John 1:1; absolutely, of the knowledge of divine things, 1 Corinthians 13:12; of the knowledge of things lawful for a Christian, 1 Corinthians 8:2. [SYNONYMS: γινώσκειν, εἰδέναι, ἐπίστασθαί, συνιέναι: In classic usage (cf. Schmidt, chapter 13), γινώσκειν, distinguished from the rest by its original inchoative force, denotes a discriminating apprehension of external impressions, a knowledge grounded in personal experience. εἰδέναι, literally, 'to have seen with the mind's eye,' signifies a clear and purely mental perception, in contrast both to conjecture and to knowledge derived from others. ἐπίστασθαί primarily expresses the knowledge obtained by proximity to the thing known (cf. our understand, German verstehen); then knowledge viewed as the result of prolonged practice, in opposition to the process of learning on the one hand, and to the uncertain knowledge of a dilettante on the other. συνιέναι implies native insight, the soul's capacity of itself not only to lay hold of the phenomena of the outer world through the senses, but by combination (σύν and ἰέναι) to arrive at their underlying laws. Hence, συνιέναι may mark an antithesis to sense-perception; whereas γινώσκειν marks an advance upon it. As applied e. g. to a work of literature, γινώσκειν expresses an acquaintance with it; ἐπίστασθαί the knowledge of its contents; συνιέναι the understanding of it, a comprehension of its meaning. γινώσκειν and εἰδέναι most readily come into contrast with each other; if εἰδέναι and ἐπίστασθαί are contrasted, the former refers more to natural, the latter to acquired knowledge. In the N. T., as might be expected, these distinctions are somewhat less sharply marked. Such passages as John 1:26, 31, 48 (); ; 2 Corinthians 5:16; 1 John 5:20 may seem to indicate that, sometimes at least, γινώσκω and οἶδα are nearly interchangeable; yet see John 3:10, 11; John 8:55 (yet cf. ); 1 John 2:29 (know ... perceive), and the characteristic use of εἰδέναι by John to describe our Lord's direct insight into divine things: (contrast ); , etc; cf. Lightfoot's note on Galatians 4:9; Green, 'Critical Notes' etc., p. 75 (on John 8:55); Westcott on John 2:24. γινώσκω and ἐπίσταμαι are associated in Acts 19:15 (cf. Green, as above, p. 97); οἶδα and γινώσκω in 1 Corinthians 2:11; Ephesians 5:5; οἶδα and ἐπίσταμαι in Jude 1:10. Compare: ἀναγινώσκω, διαγινώσκω, ἐπιγινώσκω, καταινώσκω, προγινώσκω.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γλεῦκος Transliteration: gleukos Phonetic Spelling: glyoo'-kos Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: sweet new wine Meaning: sweet new wine GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1098 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1098 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1098 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1098 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1098, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γλεῦκος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1098 gleukos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: new wine, sweet wine Akin to glukus; sweet wine, i.e. (properly) must (fresh juice), but used of the more saccharine (and therefore highly inebriating) fermented wine -- new wine. see GREEK glukus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1098: γλεῦκοςγλεῦκος, γλεύκους, τό, must, the sweet juice pressed from the grape; Nicander, alex. 184, 299; Plutarch, others; Job 32:19; sweet wine: Acts 2:13. (Cf. BB. DD. under the word .) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γλυκύς Transliteration: glykys Phonetic Spelling: gloo-koos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: sweet Meaning: sweet GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1099 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1099 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1099 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1099 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1099, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γλυκύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1099 glykys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sweet, fresh. Of uncertain affinity; sweet (i.e. Not bitter nor salt) -- sweet, fresh. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1099: γλυκύςγλυκύς, γλυκεῖα, γλυκύ, sweet: James 3:11 (opposed to πικρόν); 12 (opposed to ἁλυκόν); Revelation 10:9 (10). (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γλῶσσα Transliteration: glōssa Phonetic Spelling: gloce-sah' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the tongue, a language Meaning: the tongue, a language GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1100 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1100 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1100 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1100 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1100, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γλῶσσα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1100 glōssa 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tongue. Of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired) -- tongue. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1100: γλῶσσαγλῶσσα, γλωσης, ἡ (from Homer down), the tongue; 1. the tongue, a member of the body, the organ of speech: Mark 7:33, 35; Luke 1:64; Luke 16:24; 1 Corinthians 14:9; James 1:26; James 3:5, 6, 8; 1 Peter 3:10; 1 John 3:18; (Revelation 16:10). By a poetic and rhetorical usage, especially Hebraistic, that member of the body which is chiefly engaged in some act has ascribed to it what belongs to the man; the tongue is so used in Acts 2:26 (ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσα μου); Romans 3:13; Romans 14:11; Philippians 2:11 (the tongue of every man); of the little tongue-like flames symbolizing the gift of foreign tongues, in Acts 2:3. 2. a tongue, i. e. the language used by a particular people in distinction from that of other nations: Acts 2:11; hence, in later Jewish usage (Isaiah 66:18; Daniel 3:4; Daniel 5:19 Theod.; Theod.; Judges 3:8) joined with φυλή, λαός, ἔθνος, it serves to designate people of various languages (cf. Winer's Grammar, 32), Revelation 5:9; Revelation 7:9; Revelation 10:11; Revelation 11:9; Revelation 13:7; Revelation 14:6; Revelation 17:15. λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις to speak with other than their native i. e. in foreign tongues, Acts 2:4, cf. Acts 2:6-11; γλώσσαις λαλεῖν καιναῖς to speak with new tongues which the speaker has not learned previously, Mark 16:17 (but Tr text WH text omit; Tr marginal reading brackets καιναῖς); cf. DeWette on Acts, p. 27ff (correct and supplement his references by Meyer on 1 Corinthians 12:10; cf. also B. D. under the word Tongues, Gift of). From both these expressions must be carefully distinguished the simple phrases λαλεῖν γλώσσαις, γλώσσαις λαλεῖν, λαλεῖν γλώσσῃ, γλώσσῃ λαλεῖν (and προσεύχεσθαι γλώσσῃ, 1 Corinthians 14:14), to speak with (in) a tongue (the organ of speech), to speak with tongues; this, as appears from 1 Corinthians 14:7ff, is the gift of men who, rapt in an ecstasy and no longer quite masters of their own reason and consciousness, pour forth their glowing spiritual emotions in strange utterances, rugged, dark, disconnected, quite unfitted to instruct or to influence the minds of others: Acts 10:46; Acts 19:6; 1 Corinthians 12:30; 1 Corinthians 13:1; 1 Corinthians 14:2, 4-6, 13, 18, 23, 27, 39. The origin of the expression is apparently to be found in the fact, that in Hebrew the tongue is spoken of as the leading instrument by which the praises of God are proclaimed (ἡ τῶν θείων ὕμνων μελῳδός, 4 Macc. 10:21, cf. Psalm 34:28 (); (); (); Psalm 125:2 (); Acts 2:26; Philippians 2:11; λαλεῖν ἐν γλώσσῃ, Psalm 38:4 (), and that according to the more rigorous conception of inspiration nothing human in an inspired man was thought to be active except the tongue, put in motion by the Holy Spirit (κατάχρηται ἕτερος αὐτοῦ τοῖς φωνητηριοις ὀργάνοις, στόματι καί γλωττη πρός μηνυσιν ὧν ἄν θέλῃ, Philo, rer. div. haer. § 53 (i. 510, Mang. edition)); hence, the contrast διατουνως (critical editions τῷ νοι<) λαλεῖν, 1 Corinthians 14:19 cf. 1 Corinthians 14:9. The plural in the phrase γλώσσαις λαλεῖν, used even of a single person (1 Corinthians 14:5f), refers to the various motions of the tongue. By metonymy, of the cause for the effect, γλῶσσαι tongues are equivalent to λόγοι ἐν γλώσσῃ (1 Corinthians 14:19) words spoken in a tongue (Zungenvorträge): 1 Corinthians 13:8; 1 Corinthians 14:22; γένη γλωσσῶν, 1 Corinthians 12:10, 28, of which two kinds are mentioned viz. προσευχή and ψαλμός, 1 Corinthians 14:15; γλῶσσαν ἔχω, something to utter with a tongue, 1 Corinthians 14:26. (On 'Speaking with Tongues' see, in addition to the discussions above referred to, Wendt in the 5th edition of Meyer on Acts (Acts 2:4); Heinrici, Korinthierbriefe, i., 372ff; Schaff, Hist. of the Chr. Church, i. 234-245 (1882); Farrar, St. Paul, i. 95ff.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γλωσσόκομον Transliteration: glōssokomon Phonetic Spelling: gloce-sok'-om-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a case, a box Meaning: a case, a box GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1101 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1101 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1101 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1101 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1101, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γλωσσόκομον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1101 glōssokomon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: money-box, purse, bagFrom glossa and the base of kosmos; properly, a case (to keep mouthpieces of wind-instruments in) i.e. (by extension) a casket or (specially) purse -- bag. see GREEK glossa see GREEK kosmos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1101: γλωσσόκομονγλωσσόκομον, γλωσσοκομου, τό (for the earlier γλωσσοκομειον or γλωσσοκομιον (Winer's Grammar, 24 (23), 94 (90); yet see Boeckh, Corpus inscriptions 2448, 8:25, 31), from γλῶσσα and κομέω to tend); a. a case in which to keep the mouth-pieces of wind instruments. b. a small box for other uses also; especially a casket, purse to keep money in: John 12:6; John 13:29; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 98f. (For אָרון a chest, 2 Chronicles 24:8, 10f; Josephus, Antiquities 6, 1, 2; Plutarch, Longin, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γναφεύς Transliteration: gnapheus Phonetic Spelling: gnaf-yuce' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: one who cleans woolen cloth Meaning: one who cleans woolen cloth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1102 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1102 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1102 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1102 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1102, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γναφεύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1102 gnapheus 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cleaner, laundererBy variation for a derivative from knapto (to tease cloth); a cloth-dresser -- fuller. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1102: γναφεύςγναφεύς, γναφέως, ὁ (also (earlier) κναφεύς, from γνάπτω or κνάπτω to card), a fuller: Mark 9:3. (Herodotus, Xenophon, and following; the Sept. Isaiah 7:3; Isaiah 36:2; 2 Kings 18:17.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γνήσιος Transliteration: gnēsios Phonetic Spelling: gnay'-see-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: lawfully begotten, genuine Meaning: lawfully begotten, genuine GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1103 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1103 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1103 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1103 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1103, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γνήσιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1103 gnēsios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: genuine, true, legitimateFrom the same as genesia; legitimate (of birth), i.e. Genuine -- own, sincerity, true. see GREEK genesia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1103: γνήσιοςγνήσιος, γνησια, γνήσιον (by syncope for γενησιος from γίνομαι, γένομαι (cf. Curtius, § 128)), legitimately born, not spurious; genuine, true, sincere: Philippians 4:3; 1 Timothy 1:2; Titus 1:4; τό τῆς ἀγάπης γνήσιον equivalent to τήν γνησιοτητα (A. V. (the sincerity), 2 Corinthians 8:8. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γνησίως Transliteration: gnēsiōs Phonetic Spelling: gnay-see'-ose Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: sincerely, truly Meaning: sincerely, truly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1104 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1104 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1104 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1104 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1104, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γνησίως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1104 gnēsiōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: naturally, genuinelyAdverb from gnesios; genuinely, i.e. Really -- naturally. see GREEK gnesios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1104: γνησίωςγνησίως, adverb, genuinely, faithfully, sincerely: Philippians 2:20. (From Euripides down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γνόφος Transliteration: gnophos Phonetic Spelling: gnof'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: darkness, gloom Meaning: darkness, gloom GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1105 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1105 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1105 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1105 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1105, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γνόφος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1105 gnophos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: blackness. Akin to nephos; gloom (as of a storm) -- blackness. see GREEK nephos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1105: γνόφοςγνόφος, γνόφου, ὁ (for the earlier (and poetic) δνόφος, akin to νέφος (so Alexander Buttmann (1873) Lexil. 2:266; but see Curtius, pp. 704f, 706, cf. 535; Vanicek, p. 1070)), darkness, gloom: Hebrews 12:18. (Aristotle, de mund. c. 2 at the end, p. 392b, 12; Lucian, de mort. Peregr. 43; Dio Chrysostom; the Sept. also for עָנָן a cloud, Deuteronomy 4:11, etc. and for עֲרָפֶל 'thick cloud,' Exodus 20:21, etc.; (Trench, § c.).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γνώμη Transliteration: gnōmē Phonetic Spelling: gno'-may Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: purpose, opinion, consent, decision Meaning: purpose, opinion, consent, decision GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1106 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1106 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1106 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1106 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1106, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γνώμη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1106 gnōmē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: advice, judgment, mind, purpose, will. From ginosko; cognition, i.e. (subjectively) opinion, or (objectively) resolve (counsel, consent, etc.) -- advice, + agree, judgment, mind, purpose, will. see GREEK ginosko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1106: γνώμηγνώμη, γνώμης, ἡ (from γινώσκω); 1. the faculty of knowing, mind, reason. 2. that which is thought or known, one's mind; a. view, judgment, opinion: 1 Corinthians 1:10; Revelation 17:13. b. mind concerning what ought to be done, aa. by oneself, resolve, purpose, intention: ἐγένετο γνώμη (T Tr WH γνώμης, see γίνομαι 5 e. a.) τοῦ ὑποστρέφειν, Acts 20:3 (Buttmann, 268 (230)). bb. by others, judgment, advice: διδόναι γνώμην, 1 Corinthians 7:25 (40); 2 Corinthians 8:10. cc. decree: Revelation 17:17; χωρίς τῆς σής γνώμης, without thy consent, Philemon 1:14. (In the same senses in Greek writings; (cf. Schmidt, chapter 13, 9; Meyer on 1 Corinthians 1:10).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γνωρίζω Transliteration: gnōrizō Phonetic Spelling: gno-rid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to come to know, to make known Meaning: to come to know, to make known GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1107 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1107 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1107 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1107 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1107, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γνωρίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1107 gnōrizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: certify, declare, make known. From a derivative of ginosko; to make known; subjectively, to know -- certify, declare, make known, give to understand, do to wit, wot. see GREEK ginosko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1107: γνωρίζωγνωρίζω; future γνωρίσω (John 17:26; Ephesians 6:21; Colossians 4:7), Attic γνωριῶ (Colossians 4:9 (L WH γνωρίσω; Buttmann, 37 (32); WH's Appendix, p. 163)); 1 aorist ἐγνώρισα; passive (present γνωρίζομαι); 1 aorist ἐγνωρίσθην; in Greek writings from Aeschylus down (see at the end); the Sept. for הודִיעַ and Chaldean הודַע ; 1. transitive, to make known: τί, Romans 9:22f; τί τίνι, Luke 2:15; John 15:15; John 17:26; Acts 2:28; 2 Corinthians 8:1; Ephesians 3:5, 10 (passive in these two examples); Ephesians 6:21; Colossians 4:7, 9; 2 Peter 1:16; τίνι τό μυστήριον, Ephesians 1:9; Ephesians 3:3 (G L T Tr WH read the passive); ; τίνι ὅτι, 1 Corinthians 12:3; τίνι τί, ὅτι equivalent to τίνι ὅτι τί, Galatians 1:11; followed by τί interrogative Colossians 1:27; περί τίνος, Luke 2:17 L T Tr WH; γνωριζέσθω πρός τόν Θεόν be brought to the knowledge of God, Philippians 4:6; γνωρίζεσθαι εἰς πάντα τά ἔθνη to be made known unto all the nations, Romans 16:26; contextually and emphatically equivalent to to recall to one's mind, as though what is made known had escaped him, 1 Corinthians 15:1; with the accusative of person ((Plutarch, Fab. Max. 21, 6)), in passive, to become known, be recognized: Acts 7:13 Tr text WH text. 2. intransitive, to know: τί αἱρήσομαι, οὐ γνωρίζω, Philippians 1:22 (WH marginal reading punctuate τί αἱρήσομαι; οὐ γνωρίζω; some refer this to 1 (R. V. marginal reading I do not make known), cf. Meyer at the passage In earlier Greek γνωρίζω signifies either 'to gain a knowledge of,' or 'to have thorough knowledge of.' Its later (and N. T.) causative force seems to be found only in Aeschylus Prom. 487; cf. Schmidt vol. i., p. 287; Lightfoot on Philippians, the passage cited Compare: ἀναγνωρίζω, διαγνωρίζω). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γνῶσις Transliteration: gnōsis Phonetic Spelling: gno'-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a knowing, knowledge Meaning: a knowing, knowledge GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1108 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1108 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1108 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1108 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1108, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γνῶσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1108 gnōsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: knowledge, science. From ginosko; knowing (the act), i.e. (by implication) knowledge -- knowledge, science. see GREEK ginosko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1108: γνῶσιςγνῶσις, γνώσεως, ἡ (γινώσκω) (from Thucydides down), knowledge: with the genitive of the object, σωτηρίας, Luke 1:77; τοῦ Θεοῦ, the knowledge of God, such as is offered in the gospel, 2 Corinthians 2:14, especially in Paul's exposition of it, 2 Corinthians 10:5; τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν προσώπῳ Χριστοῦ, 2 Corinthians 4:6; Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, of Christ as a saviour, Philippians 3:8; 2 Peter 3:18; with subjunctive genitive τοῦ Θεοῦ, the knowledge of things which belongs to God, Romans 11:33. γνῶσις, by itself, signifies in general intelligence, understanding: Ephesians 3:19; the general knowledge of the Christian religion, Romans 15:14; 1 Corinthians 1:5; the deeper, more perfect and enlarged knowledge of this religion, such as belongs to the more advanced, 1 Corinthians 12:8; 1 Corinthians 13:2, 8; 1 Corinthians 14:6; 2 Corinthians 6:6; 2 Corinthians 8:7; 2 Corinthians 11:6; especially of things lawful and unlawful for Christians, 1 Corinthians 8:1, 7, 10f; the higher knowledge of Christian and divine things which false teachers boast of, ψευδωνομος γνῶσις, 1 Timothy 6:20 (cf. Holtzmann, Pastoralbriefe, p. 132f); moral wisdom, such as is seen in right living, 2 Peter 1:5; and in contact with others: κατά γνῶσιν, wisely, 1 Peter 3:7. objective knowledge: what is known concerning divine things and human duties, Romans 2:20; Colossians 2:3; concerning salvation through Christ, Luke 11:52. Where γνῶσις and σοφία are used together the former seems to be knowledge regarded by itself, the latter wisdom as exhibited in action: Romans 11:33; 1 Corinthians 12:8; Colossians 2:3. ("γνῶσις is simply intuitive, σοφία is ratiocinative also; γνῶσις applies chiefly to the apprehension of truths, σοφία superadds the power of reasoning about them and tracing their relations." Lightfoot on Colossians, the passage cited. To much the same effect Fritzsche (on Romans, the passage cited), "γνῶσιςperspicientia veri, σοφίαsapientia aut mentis sollertia, quae cognita intellectaque veritate utatur, ut res efficiendas efficiat. Meyer (on 1 Corinthians, the passage cited) nearly reverses Lightfoot's distinction; elsewhere, however (e. g. on Colossians, the passage cited, cf. 9), he and others regard σοφία merely as the more general, γνῶσις as the more restricted and special term. Cf. Lightfoot as above; Trench, § lxxv.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γνώστης Transliteration: gnōstēs Phonetic Spelling: gnoce'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: one who knows Meaning: one who knows GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1109 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1109 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1109 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1109 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1109, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γνώστης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1109 gnōstēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: expert. From ginosko; a knower -- expert. see GREEK ginosko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1109: γνώστηςγνώστης, γνωστου, ὁ (a knower), an expert; a connoisseur: Acts 26:3. (Plutarch, Flam c. 4; Θεός ὁ τῶν κρύπτων γνώστης, Hist. Susanna, verse 42; of those who divine the future, 1 Samuel 28:3, 9, etc.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γνωστός Transliteration: gnōstos Phonetic Spelling: gnoce-tos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: known Meaning: known GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1110 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1110 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1110 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1110 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1110, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γνωστός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1110 gnōstos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: well known. From ginosko; well-known -- acquaintance, (which may be) known, notable. see GREEK ginosko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1110: γνωστόςγνωστός, γνωστή, γνωστόν, known: Acts 9:42; τίνι, John 18:15; Acts 1:19; Acts 15:18 R L; ; γνωστόν ἔστω ὑμῖν be it known to you: Acts 2:14; Acts 4:10; Acts 13:38; Acts 28:28; contextually, notable, Acts 4:16; γνοωστον ποιεῖν to make known, disclose: Acts 15:17f G T Tr WH (others construe γνωστά as predicate of ταῦτα: R. V. marginal reading who doeth these things which were known; cf. Meyer at the passage). τό γνωστόν τοῦ Θεοῦ, either that which may be known of God, or equivalent to γνῶσις τοῦ Θεοῦ, for both come to the same thing: Romans 1:19; cf. Fritzsche at the passage and Winer's Grammar, 235 (220) (and Meyer (edited by Weiss) at the passage). plural οἱ γνωστοί acquaintance, intimates, Psalm 30:12 (); (Psalm 87:9, 19 ()); Nehemiah 5:10; Luke 2:44; Luke 23:49. (In Greek writings from Aeschylus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γογγύζω Transliteration: gongyzō Phonetic Spelling: gong-good'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to mutter, murmur Meaning: to mutter, murmur GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1111 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1111 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1111 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1111 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1111, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γογγύζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1111 gongyzō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: murmur. Of uncertain derivation; to grumble -- murmur. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1111: γογγύζωγογγύζω; imperfect ἐγόγγυζον; 1 aorist ἐγογγυσα; to murmur, mutter, grumble, say anything in a low tone (according to Pollux and Phavorinus used of the cooing of doves, like the τονθρύζω and τονθορύζω of the more elegant Greek writings; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 358; (Winers Grammar, 22; Lightfoot on Philippians 2:14)); hence, of those who confer together secretly, τί περί τίνος, John 7:32; of those who discontentedly complain: 1 Corinthians 10:10; πρός τινα, Luke 5:30; μετ' ἀλλήλων, John 6:43; κατά ἰτνος, Matthew 20:11; περί τίνος, John 6:41, 61. (the Sept.; Antoninus 2, 3; Epictetus diss. 1, 29, 55; 4, 1, 79; (others).) (Compare: διαγογγύζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γογγυσμός Transliteration: gongysmos Phonetic Spelling: gong-goos-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a muttering, murmuring Meaning: a muttering, murmuring GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1112 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1112 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1112 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1112 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1112, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γογγυσμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1112 gongysmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: grudging, murmuring. From gogguzo; a grumbling -- grudging, murmuring. see GREEK gogguzo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1112: γογγυσμόςγογγυσμός, γογγυσμοῦ, ὁ (γογγύζω, which see), a murmur, murmuring, muttering; applied to a. secret debate: περί τίνος, John 7:12. b. secret displeasure, not openly avowed: πρός τινα, Acts 6:1; in plural χωρίς or ἄνευ γογγυσμῶν without querulous discontent, without murmurings, i. e. with a cheerful and willing mind, Philippians 2:14; 1 Peter 4:9 (where L T Tr WH read the singular). (Exodus 16:7ff; Wis. 1:10f; Antoninus 9, 37.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γογγυστής Transliteration: gongystēs Phonetic Spelling: gong-goos-tace' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a murmurer Meaning: a murmurer GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1113 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1113 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1113 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1113 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1113, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γογγυστής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1113 gongystēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: murmurer. From gogguzo; a grumbler -- murmurer. see GREEK gogguzo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1113: γογγυστήςγογγυστής, γογγυστου, ὁ, a murmurer (Vulg., Augustine,murmurator), one who discontentedly complains (against God; for μεμψίμοιροι is added): Jude 1:16. (Proverbs 26:21 Theod., Symm.; Graecus Venetus) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γόης Transliteration: goēs Phonetic Spelling: go'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a wailer, a sorcerer, a swindler Meaning: a wailer, a sorcerer, a swindler GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1114 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1114 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1114 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1114 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1114, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γόης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1114 goēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: seducer. From goao (to wail); properly, a wizard (as muttering spells), i.e. (by implication) an imposter -- seducer. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1114: γόηςγόης, γοητος, ὁ (γοάω to bewail, howl); 1. a wailer, howler: Aeschylus choëph. 823 (Hermann, et al. γοητής). 2. a juggler, enchanter (because incantations used to be uttered in a kind of howl). 3. a deceiver, impostor: 2 Timothy 3:13; (Herodotus, Euripides, Plato, and subsequent writers). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γολγοθᾶ Transliteration: Golgotha Phonetic Spelling: gol-goth-ah' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Golgotha, a hill near Jer Meaning: Golgotha -- a hill near Jerusalem GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1115 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1115 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1115 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1115 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1115, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γολγοθᾶ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1115 Golgotha 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Golgotha. Of Chaldee origin (compare gulgoleth); the skull; Golgotha, a knoll near Jerusalem -- Golgotha. see HEBREW gulgoleth Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1115: ΓολγοθᾶΓολγοθᾶ (Tr WH, or Γολγοθᾶ R G L T (see Tdf. Proleg., p. 102; Kautzsch, p. 10); also Γολγοθᾶ L WH marginal reading in John 19:17; accusative Γολγοθᾶν Tdf. in Mark 15:22 (WH Γολγοθᾶν, see their Appendix, p. 160), elsewhere indeclinable, Winers Grammar, 61 (60)), Golgotha, Chaldean גֻּלְגָלְתָא, Heb. גֻּלְגֹּלֶת (from גָּלַל to roll), i. e. κρανίον, a skull (Latincalvaria], the name of a place outside of Jerusalem where Jesus was crucified; so called, apparently, because its form resembled a skull: Matthew 27:33; Mark 15:22; John 19:17. Cf. Tobler, Golgatha. St. Gall. 1851; Furrer in Schenkel ii. 506ff; Keim, Jesus von Naz. iii. 404f; (Porter in Alex.'s Kitto under the word; F. Howe, The true Site of Calvary, N. Y., 1871). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γόμορρα Transliteration: Gomorra Phonetic Spelling: gom'-or-hrhah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine; Noun, Neuter Short Definition: Gomorrah, one of the cities near the Dead Sea Meaning: Gomorrah -- one of the cities near the Dead Sea GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1116 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1116 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1116 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1116 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1116, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γόμορρα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1116 Gomorra 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gomorrha. Of Hebrew origin (Amorah); Gomorrha (i.e. Amorah), a place near the Dead Sea -- Gomorrha. see HEBREW Amorah Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1116: ΓόμορραΓόμορρα (or Γόμορρα, cf. Chandler § 167), Γομορρας, ἡ, and Γομόρρων, τά (cf. Buttmann, 18 (16); Tdf. Proleg., p. 116; WHs Appendix, p. 156), Gomorrah (עַמֹרָה, cf. עַזָּה Gaza), the name of a city in the eastern part of Judaea, destroyed by the same earthquake (cf. B. D. under the word Sea, The Salt) with Sodom and its neighbor cities: Genesis 19:24. Their site is now occupied by the Asphaltic Lake or Dead Sea (cf. BB. DD., see under the words, and ): Matthew 10:15; Mark 6:11 R L in brackets; Romans 9:29; 2 Peter 2:6; Jude 1:7. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γόμος Transliteration: gomos Phonetic Spelling: gom'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a ship's freight, cargo Meaning: a ship's freight, cargo GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1117 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1117 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1117 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1117 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1117, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γόμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1117 gomos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cargo, freight, merchandiseFrom gemo; a load (as filling), i.e. (specially) a cargo, or (by extension) wares -- burden, merchandise. see GREEK gemo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1117: γόμοςγόμος, γομου, ὁ (γέμω); a. the lading or freight of a ship, cargo, merchandise conveyed in a ship: Acts 21:3 (Herodotus 1, 194; (Aeschylus), Demosthenes, others; (in the Sept. the load of a beast of burden, Exodus 23:5; 2 Kings 5:17)). b. any merchandise: Revelation 18:11f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γονεύς Transliteration: goneus Phonetic Spelling: gon-yooce' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a parent Meaning: a parent GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1118 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1118 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1118 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1118 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1118, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γονεύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1118 goneus 🕊 Strong's Concordance: parent. From the base of ginomai; a parent -- parent. see GREEK ginomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1118: γονεύςγονεύς, γονεως, ὁ (ΓΑΝΩ, γέγονα) (Homer h. Cer., Hesiod, others); a begetter, parent; plural οἱ γονεῖς the parents: Luke 2:41, 43 L text T Tr WH; (); ; John 9:2, 3, 20, 22, 23; 2 Corinthians 12:14; Romans 1:30; Ephesians 6:1; Colossians 3:20; 2 Timothy 3:2; accusative plural γονεῖς: Matthew 10:21; ( Lachmann marginal reading); Luke 2:27; (); Mark 13:12; (John 9:18); on this form cf. Winers Grammar, § 9, 2; (Buttmann, 14 (13)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γόνυ Transliteration: gony Phonetic Spelling: gon-oo' Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: the knee Meaning: the knee GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1119 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1119 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1119 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1119 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1119, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γόνυ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1119 gony 🕊 Strong's Concordance: kneeOf uncertain affinity; the "knee" -- knee(X -l). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1119: γόνυγόνυ, γονατος, τό (from Homer down), the knee: Hebrews 12:12; τιθέναι τά γόνατα to bend the knees, kneel down, of persons supplicating: Luke 22:41; Acts 7:60; Acts 9:40; Acts 20:36; Acts 21:5; of (mock) worshippers, Mark 15:19, so also προσπίπτειν τοῖς γόνασι τίνος, Luke 5:8 (of a suppliant in Euripides, Or. 1332); κάμπτειν τά γόνατα to bow the knee, of those worshipping God or Christ: τίνι, Romans 11:4; πρός τινα, Ephesians 3:14; reflexively, γόνυ καμπτει τίνι, to i. e. in honor of one, Romans 14:11 (1 Kings 19:18); ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, Philippians 2:10 (Isaiah 45:23). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γονυπετέω Transliteration: gonypeteō Phonetic Spelling: gon-oo-pet-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to fall on the knees Meaning: to fall on the knees GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1120 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1120 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1120 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1120 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1120, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γονυπετέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1120 gonypeteō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bow the knee, kneel down. From a compound of gonu and the alternate of pipto; to fall on the knee -- bow the knee, kneel down. see GREEK gonu see GREEK pipto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1120: γονυπετέωγονυπετέω, γονυπέτω; 1 aorist participle γονυπετήσας; (γονυπετής, and this from γόνυ and ΠΑΤΩ equivalent to πίπτω); to fall on the knees, the act of one imploring aid, and of one expressing reverence and honor: τίνι, Matthew 17:14 Rec.; τινα, ibid. G L T Tr WH; Mark 1:40 R G Tr text brackets WH brackets; ; cf. Winers Grammar, 210 (197); (Buttmann, 147f (129)); ἔμπροσθεν τίνος, Matthew 27:29. (Polybius, Heliodorus; ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γράμμα Transliteration: gramma Phonetic Spelling: gram'-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: that which is drawn or written, a letter Meaning: that which is drawn or written, a letter GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1121 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1121 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1121 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1121 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1121, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γράμμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1121 gramma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: letter, scripture, writing. From grapho; a writing, i.e. A letter, note, epistle, book, etc.; plural learning -- bill, learning, letter, scripture, writing, written. see GREEK grapho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1121: γράμμαγράμμα, γράμματος, τό (γράφω), that which has been written; 1. a letter i. e. the character: Luke 23:38 (R G L brackets Tr marginal reading brackets); Galatians 6:11. 2. any writing, a document or record; a. a note of hand, bill, bond, account, written acknowledgment of debt (asscriptio in Varro sat. Men. 8, 1 (cf. Edersheim ii., 268ff)): Luke 16:6f. ((Josephus, Antiquities 18, 6, 3), in L text T Tr WH plural τά γράμματα; so of one document also in Antiph., p. 114 (30); Demosthenes, p. 1034, 16; Vulg.cautio). b. a letter, an epistle: Acts 28:21; (Herodotus 5, 14; Thucydides 8, 50; Xenophon, Cyril 4, 5, 26, etc.). c. τά ἱερά γράμματα the sacred writings (of the O. T.; (so Josephus, Antiquities prooem. § 3; 10, 10, 4 at the end; contra Apion 1, 10; Philo, de vit. Moys. 3, 39; de praem. et poen. § 14; leg. ad Gai. § 29, etc. — but always τά ἱερά γράμματα)): 2 Timothy 3:15 (here T WH omit; L Tr brackets τά); γράμμα equivalent to the written law of Moses, Romans 2:27; Μωϋσέως γράμματα, John 5:47. Since the Jews so clave to the letter of the law that it not only became to them a mere letter but also a hindrance to true religion, Paul calls it γράμμα in a disparaging sense, and contrasts it with τό πνεῦμα i. e. the divine Spirit, whether operative in the Mosaic law, Romans 2:29, or in the gospel, by which Christians are governed, Romans 7:6; 2 Corinthians 3:6f (but in 2 Corinthians 3:7 R G T WH read the plural written in letters, so L marginal reading Tr marginal reading). 3. τά γράμματα, like the Latinlitterae, English letters, equivalent to learning: Acts 26:24; εἰδέναι, μεμαθηκέναι γράμματα (cf. German studirthaben), of sacred learning, John 7:15. (μανθάνειν, ἐπίστασθαί, etc., γράμματα are used by the Greeks of the rudiments of learning; cf. Passow, i. p. 571; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, II. a.).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γραμματεύς Transliteration: grammateus Phonetic Spelling: gram-mat-yooce' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a writer, scribe Meaning: a writer, scribe GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1122 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1122 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1122 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1122 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1122, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γραμματεύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1122 grammateus 🕊 Strong's Concordance: scribe, town-clerk. From gramma. A writer, i.e. (professionally) scribe or secretary -- scribe, town-clerk. see GREEK gramma Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1122: γραμματεύςγραμματεύς, γραμματέως (accusative plural γραμματεῖς, Winers Grammar, § 9, 2; (Buttmann, 14 (13))), ὁ (γράμμα), the Sept. for סֹפֵר and שֹׁטֵר; 1. in secular authors and here and there in the O. T. (e. g. 2 Samuel 8:17; 2 Samuel 20:25; 2 Kings 19:2; 2 Kings 25:19; Psalm 44:2 (), a clerk, scribe, especially a public scribe, secretary, recorder, whose office and influence differed in different states: Acts 19:35 (Sir. 10:5); (cf. Lightfoot in The Contemporary Review for 1878, p. 294; Wood, Discoveries at Ephesus, Appendix, Inscriptions from the Great Theatre, p. 49 n.), 2. in the Bible, a man learned in the Mosaic law and in the sacred writings, an interpreter, teacher: Matthew 23:34; 1 Corinthians 1:20 (called also νομικός in Luke 10:25, and νομοδιδάσκαλος in Luke 5:17; (Meyer (on Matthew 22:35), while denying any essential different between γραμματεύς and νομικός (cf. Luke 11:52, 53 — yet see critical texts), regards the latter name as the more specific (a jurisconsult) and Classic, γραμματεύς as the more general (a learned man) and Hebraistic; it is also the more common in the Apocrypha, where νομικός occurs only 4 Macc. 5:3. As teachers they were called νομοδιδάσκαλοι. Cf. B. D. under the word , also under the word I. 1 note)); Jeremiah 8:8 (cf. 2:8); Nehemiah 8:1; Nehemiah 12:26, 36; 2 Esdr. 7:6, 11, and especially Sir. 38:24, 31ff Sir. 39:1-11. The γραμματεῖς explained the meaning of the sacred oracles, Matthew 2:4 (γραμματεῖς τοῦ λαοῦ, Joshua 1:10; 1 Macc. 5:42; cf. Sir. 44:4); ; Mark 9:11; Mark 12:35; examined into the more difficult and subtile questions of the law, Matthew 9:3; Mark 2:6; Mark 12:28; added to the Mosaic law decisions of various kinds thought to elucidate its meaning and scope, and did this to the detriment of religion, Matthew 5:20; Matthew 15:1ff; 23:2ff; Mark 7:1ff; cf. Luke 11:46. Since the advice of men skilled in the law was needed in the examination of causes and the solution of difficult questions, they were enrolled in the Sanhedrin; and accordingly in the N. T. they are often mentioned in connection with the priests and elders of the people: Matthew 21:15; Matthew 26:3 R G; Mark 11:18, 27; Mark 14:1; Mark 15:1; Luke 19:47; Luke 20:1; Luke 22:2. Cf. Schürer, Neutest. Zeitgesch. § 25 ii.; Klöpper in Schenkel v. 247ff; (and thorough articles in BB. DD. under the word ; cf. Winer's Grammar, Robertson Smith, The O. T. in the Jewish Ch., Lect. iii.): 3. universally, a religious teacher: γραμματεύς μαθητευθείς εἰς τήν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν a teacher so instructed that from his learning and ability to teach advantage may redound to the kingdom of heaven, Matthew 13:52 (but G T Tr WH read μαθητευθείς τῇ βασιλεία (L ἐν τῇ βασιλείαν); and many interpret made a disciple unto the kingdom of heaven (which is personified); see μαθητεύω, at the end). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γραπτός Transliteration: graptos Phonetic Spelling: grap-tos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: written Meaning: written GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1123 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1123 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1123 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1123 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1123, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γραπτός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1123 graptos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: written. From grapho; inscribed (figuratively) -- written. see GREEK grapho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1123: γραπτόςγραπτός, Γραπτή, γραπτόν, written: Romans 2:15. (Gorgias, Apology Palam., p. 190 under the end; the Sept.; others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γραφή Transliteration: graphē Phonetic Spelling: graf-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a writing, scripture Meaning: a writing, scripture GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1124 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1124 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1124 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1124 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1124, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γραφή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1124 graphē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: scripture. A document, i.e. Holy Writ (or its contents or a statement in it) -- scripture. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1124: γραφήγραφή, γραφῆς, ἡ (γράφω, cf. γλυφή and γλύφω); a. a writing, thing written (from Sophocles down): πᾶσα γραφή every scripture namely, of the O. T., 2 Timothy 3:16; plural γραφαί ἅγιαι, holy scriptures, the sacred books (of the O. T.), Romans 1:2; προφητικαι, Romans 16:26; αἱ γραφαί τῶν προφητῶν, Matthew 26:56. b. ἡ γραφή, the Scripture κατ' ἐξοχήν, the holy scripture (of the O. T.) — and used to denote either the book itself, or its contents (some would restrict the singular γραφή always to a particular passage; see Lightfoot on Galatians 3:22): John 7:38; John 10:35; Acts 8:32; Romans 4:3; Galatians 3:22; Galatians 4:30; James 2:8; 1 Peter 2:6; 2 Peter 1:20; also in plural αἱ γραφαί: Matthew 21:42; Matthew 26:54; Mark 14:49; Luke 24:27; John 5:39; Acts 17:2, 11; Acts 18:24, 28; 1 Corinthians 15:3f; once αἱ γραφαί comprehends also the books of the N. T. already begun to be collected into a canon, 2 Peter 3:16; by metonymy, ἡ γραφή is used for God speaking in it: Romans 9:17; Galatians 4:30; ἡ γραφή is introduced as a person and distinguished from God in Galatians 3:8. εἰδέναι τάς γραφάς, Matthew 22:29; Mark 12:24; συνιέναι, Luke 24:45. c. a certain portion or section of holy Scripture: Mark 12:10; Luke 4:21; John 19:37; Acts 1:16. (Cf. B. D. under the word .) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γράφω Transliteration: graphō Phonetic Spelling: graf'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to write Meaning: to write GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1125 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1125 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1125 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1125 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1125, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γράφω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1125 graphō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: describe, write. A primary verb; to "grave", especially to write; figuratively, to describe -- describe, write(-ing, -ten). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1125: γράφωγράφω; (imperfect ἔγραφον); future γράψω; 1 aorist ἔγραψα; perfect γέγραφα; passive (present γράφομαι); perfect γεγραμμαι; (pluperfect 3 person singular ἐγέγραπτο, Revelation 17:8 Lachmann); 2 aorist ἐγράφην; (properly, to grave, scrape, scratch, engrave; cf. German graben,eingraben; γραψεν δέ οἱ ὀστέον ἄχρις αἰχμή, Homer, Iliad 17, 599; σηματα γράψας ἐν πίνακι, ibid. 6, 169; hence, to draw letters), to write; 1. with reference to the form of the letters; to delineate (or form) letters on a tablet, parchment, paper, or other material: τῷ δακτύλῳ ἔγραφεν εἰς τήν γῆν made figures on the ground, John 8:6 Rec.; οὕτω γράφω so I am accustomed to form my letters, 2 Thessalonians 3:17; πηλίκοις γραμμασι ἔγραψα with how large (and so, ill-formed (?)) letters I have written, Galatians 6:11; cf. Winer, Rückert, Hilgenfeld at the passage (for the views of those who regard ἔγραψα as covering the close of the Epistle only, see Lightfoot and Meyer; cf. Winers Grammar, 278 (261); Buttmann, 198 (171f)). 2. with reference to the contents of the writing; a. to express in written characters, followed by the words expressed: ἔγραψε λέγων. Ἰωάννης ἐστι τό ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Luke 1:63; μή γράφε. ὁ βασιλεύς τῶν Ἰουδαίων κτλ., John 19:21; γράψον μακάριοι κτλ., Revelation 14:13. γράφω τί, John 19:22; passive Revelation 1:3; ἐπί τί, Revelation 2:17; Revelation 19:16; τί ἐπί τινα, Revelation 3:12; ἐπί τίνος, Revelation 14:1. b. to commit to writing (things not to be forgotten), write dozen, record: Revelation 1:19 (γράψον ἅ εἶδες); Revelation 10:4; γράφειν εἰς βιβλίον, Revelation 1:11; ἐπί τό βιβλίον τῆς ζωῆς, Revelation 17:8; γεγραμμένων ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ (or τῇ βίβλῳ), ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις, Revelation 13:8; Revelation 20:12, 15; Revelation 21:27; Revelation 22:18, 19; τά ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐγράφη (ἐγγραφή (ἐγγραφή Tr see Nu) γεγραμμένον T Tr WH) ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, i. e. that ye have been enrolled with those for whom eternal blessedness has been prepared, Luke 10:20; γράφειν τί τίνι, to record something for someone's use, Luke 1:3. c. ἐγράφη and γέγραπται (in the Synoptists and Paul), and γεγραμμένον ἐστι (in John), are used of those things which stand written in the sacred books (of the O. T.); absolutely γέγραπται, followed by the quotation from the sacred vol.: Matthew 4:4, 6f, 10; Matthew 21:13; Mark 7:6; Mark 11:17; Mark 14:27; Luke 4:8; Luke 19:46; καθώς γέγραπται, Acts 15:15, very often in Paul, as Romans 1:17; Romans 2:24; Romans 3:4 (see below); 1 Corinthians 1:31; 1 Corinthians 2:9; 2 Corinthians 8:15; 2 Corinthians 9:9; καθάπερ γεγραμμένον, Romans 11:8 T Tr WH; (Romans 3:4 T Tr WH); γέγραπται γάρ, Matthew 26:31; Luke 4:10; Acts 23:5; Romans 12:19; Romans 14:11; 1 Corinthians 3:19; Galatians 3:10, 13 Rec.; ; ὁ λόγος ὁ γεγραμμένος, 1 Corinthians 15:54; κατά τό γεγραμμένον, 2 Corinthians 4:13; γεγραμμένον ἐστι, John 2:17; John 6:31; John 12:14; ἐγράφη δέ πρός νουθεσίαν ἡμῶν, 1 Corinthians 10:11; ἐγράφη δἰ ἡμᾶς for our sake, Romans 4:24; 1 Corinthians 9:10; with the name of the author of the written words or of the books in which they are found: γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν, Acts 1:20; ἐν βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν, Acts 7:42; ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ (R WH δευτέρῳ) ψαλμῷ, Acts 13:33; ἐν Ἠσαΐᾳ, Mark 1:2 (not Rec.), etc. τινα or τί to write of, i. e. in writing to mention or refer to a person or a thing: ὅν ἔγραψε Μωϋσῆς whom Moses had in mind in writing of the Messiah, or whose likeness Moses delineated, John 1:45 (46); Μωϋσῆς γράφει τήν δικαιοσύνην τήν ἐκ νόμου, Moses, writing the words ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτά κτλ., points out the righteousness which is of the law, Romans 10:5. γέγραπται, γράφειν, etc. περί τίνος, concerning one: Matthew 26:24; Mark 14:21; John 5:46; Acts 13:29; ἐπί τόν υἱόν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, that it should find fulfilment in him, Mark 9:12f (cf. ἵνα, II. 2b.); ἐπ' αὐτῷ, on him i. e. of him (cf. Winer's Grammar, 393 (368) (and ἐπί, Buttmann, 2f. β.)), John 12:16; τά γεγραμμένα τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου written for him, allotted to him in Scripture, i. e. to be accomplished in his career, Luke 18:31; cf. Winers Grammar, § 31, 4; (yet cf. Buttmann, 178 (154)); Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν ἵνα etc. Moses in the Scripture commanded us that etc. (cf. Buttmann, 237 (204)), Mark 12:19; Luke 20:28. d. γράφειν τίνι to write to one, i. e. by writing (in a written epistle) to give information, directions, etc. to one: Romans 15:15; 2 Corinthians 2:4, 9 (dative implied); ; Philemon 1:21; 2 Peter 3:15; 1 John 2:12ff; δἰ ὀλίγων, 1 Peter 5:12; διά μέλανος καί καλάμου, 3 John 1:13; followed by the words written or to be written in the letter: Acts 15:23; Revelation 2:1, 8, 12, 18; Revelation 3:1, 7, 14; γράφειν τίνι τί, 1 Corinthians 14:37; 2 Corinthians 1:13; 2 Corinthians 2:3 (L T Tr WH omit the dative); Galatians 1:20; 1 Timothy 3:14; 1 John 1:4 (R G L); ; περί τίνος, 1 John 2:26; Acts 25:23; 2 Corinthians 9:1; 1 Thessalonians 4:9; 1 Thessalonians 5:1; Jude 1:3; διά χειρός τίνος, to send a letter by one, Acts 15:23 (see χείρ); γράφειν τίνι, followed by an infinitive, by letter to bid one do a thing, Acts 18:27; followed by μή with an infinitive (to forbid, write one not to etc.), 1 Corinthians 5:9, 11. 3. to fill with writing (German beschreiben): βιβλίον γεγραμμένον ἔσωθεν καί ὄπισθεν a volume written within and behind, on the back, hence, on both sides, Revelation 5:1 (Ezekiel 2:10); cf. Düsterdieck (Alford, others) at the passage 4. to draw up in writing, compose: βιβλίον, Mark 10:4; John 21:25 (Tdf. omit the verse; see WH's Appendix at the passage); τίτλον, John 19:19; ἐπιστολήν, Acts 23:25; 2 Peter 3:1; ἐντολήν τίνι to write a commandment to one, Mark 10:5; 1 John 2:7; 2 John 1:5. (Compare: ἀπογράφω, ἐγγράφω, ἐπιγράφω, καταγράφω, προ(γράφω.) STRONGS NT 1125: καταγράφωκαταγράφω: imperfect 3 person singular κατέγραφεν; to draw (forms or figures), to delineate: John 8:6 manuscript D etc. which T Tr WH (txt.) would substitute for R G ἔγραφεν. (Pausanias 1, 28, 2. Differently in other Greek writings) (Perhaps it may be taken in John, the passage cited in a more general sense: to mark (cf. Pollux 9, 7, 104, etc.).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γραώδης Transliteration: graōdēs Phonetic Spelling: grah-o'-dace Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: characteristic of old women, anile Meaning: characteristic of old women, anile GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1126 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1126 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1126 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1126 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1126, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γραώδης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1126 graōdēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: silly, wives' tale. From graus (an old woman) and eidos; crone-like, i.e. Silly -- old wives'. see GREEK eidos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1126: γραώδηςγραώδης, γραωδες (from γραῦς an old woman, and εἶδος), old-womanish, anile (A. V. old wives'): 1 Timothy 4:7. (Strabo 1, p. 32 (p. 44, Sieben. edition); Galen; others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γρηγορέω Transliteration: grēgoreō Phonetic Spelling: gray-gor-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be awake, to watch Meaning: to be awake, to watch GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1127 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1127 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1127 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1127 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1127, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γρηγορέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1127 grēgoreō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be vigilant, wake, be watchful. From egeiro; to keep awake, i.e. Watch (literally or figuratively) -- be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful). see GREEK egeiro Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1127: γρηγορέωγρηγορέω, γρηγόρω; 1 aorist ἐγρηγόρησα; (from ἐγρήγορα, to have been roused from sleep, to be awake, perfect of ἐγείρω; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 118f; Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. ii., p. 158; (Winers Grammar, 26 (25); 92 (88))); to watch; 1. properly: Matthew 24:43; Matthew 26:38, 40; Mark 13:34; Mark 14:34, 37; Luke 12:37, 39 R G L Tr text WH text As to sleep is often equivalent to to die, so once, 1 Thessalonians 5:10, γρηγορέω means to live, be alive on earth. 2. Metaphorically, to watch i. e. give strict attention to, be cautious, active: — to take heed lest through remissness and indolence some destructive calamity suddenly overtake one, Matthew 24:42; Matthew 25:13; Mark 13:35,(37); Revelation 16:15; or lest one be led to forsake Christ, Matthew 26:41; Mark 14:38; or lest one fall into sin, 1 Thessalonians 5:6; 1 Corinthians 16:13; 1 Peter 5:8; Revelation 3:2f; or be corrupted by errors, Acts 20:31; ἐν τίνι, to be watchful in, employ the most punctilious care in a thing: Colossians 4:2. (the Sept.; (Baruch 2:9; 1 Macc. 12:27; Aristotle, plant. 1, 2, p. 816b, 29, 37); Josephus, Antiquities 11, 3, 4; Achilles Tatius; others) (Synonym: see ἀγρυπνέω. Compare: διαγρηγορέω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γυμνάζω Transliteration: gymnazō Phonetic Spelling: goom-nad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to exercise naked, to train Meaning: to exercise naked, to train GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1128 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1128 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1128 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1128 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1128, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γυμνάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1128 gymnazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: exercise, trainFrom gumnos; to practise naked (in the games), i.e. Train (figuratively) -- exercise. see GREEK gumnos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1128: γυμνάζωγυμνάζω; (perfect passive participle γεγυμνασμενοσ'; (γυμνός); common in Greek writings from Aeschylus down; 1. properly, to exercise naked (in the palaestra). 2. to exercise vigorously, in any way, either the body or the mind: ἑαυτόν πρός εὐσέβειαν, of one who strives earnestly to become godly, 1 Timothy 4:7; γεγυμνασμενος exercised, Hebrews 5:14; Hebrews 12:11; καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας (Rec. πλεονεξίαις), a soul that covetousness or the love of gain has trained in its crafty ways, 2 Peter 2:14; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 30, 4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γυμνασία Transliteration: gymnasia Phonetic Spelling: goom-nas-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: exercise Meaning: exercise GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1129 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1129 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1129 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1129 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1129, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γυμνασία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1129 gymnasia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: exercise, training, disciplineFrom gumnazo; training, i.e. (figuratively) asceticism -- exercise. see GREEK gumnazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1129: γυμνασίαγυμνασία, γυμνασιας, ἡ (γυμνάζω); a. properly, the exercise of the body in the palaestra. b. any exercise whatever: σωματική γυμνασία, the exercise of conscientiousness relative to the body, such as is characteristic of ascetics and consists in abstinence from matrimony and certain kinds of food, 1 Timothy 4:8. (4 Macc. 11:19. In Greek writings from Plato, legg. i., p. 648 c. down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γυμνητεύω Transliteration: gymnēteuō Phonetic Spelling: goom-nayt-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be naked or poorly clothed Meaning: to be naked or poorly clothed GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1130 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1130 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1130 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1130 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1130, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γυμνητεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1130 gymnēteuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be naked. From a derivative of gumnos; to strip, i.e. (reflexively) go poorly clad -- be naked. see GREEK gumnos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1130: γυμνητεύωγυμνητεύω (γυμνιτεύω L T Tr WH; (cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 81; Winer's Grammar, 92 (88))); (γυμνήτης); (A. V. literally to be naked, i. e.) to be lightly or poorly clad: 1 Corinthians 4:11. (So in Dio Chrysostom 25, 3 and other later writings; to be a light-armed soldier, Plutarch, Aem. 16; Dio Cassius, 47, 34, 2.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γυμνός Transliteration: gymnos Phonetic Spelling: goom-nos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: naked, poorly clothed Meaning: naked, poorly clothed GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1131 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1131 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1131 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1131 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1131, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γυμνός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1131 gymnos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: naked. Of uncertain affinity; nude (absolute or relative, literal or figurative) -- naked. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1131: γυμνόςγυμνός, γυμνή, γυμνόν, in the Sept. for עֵירֹם. and עָרום, naked, not covered; 1. properly, a. unclad, without clothing: Mark 14:52; Revelation 3:17; Revelation 16:15; Revelation 17:16; τό γυμνόν, substantively, the naked body: ἐπί γυμνοῦ, Mark 14:51; cf. Fritzsche at the passage; (τά γυμνά, Lucian, nav. 33). b. ill-clad: Matthew 25:36, 38, 43; Acts 19:16 (with torn garments); James 2:15; (Job 22:6; Job 24:10; Job 26:6). c. clad in the undergarment only (the outer garment or cloak being laid aside): John 21:7; (1 Samuel 19:24; Isaiah 20:2; Hesiod, Works, 389; often in Attic; so nudus, Vergil Georg. 1, 299). d. of the soul, whose garment is the body, stripped of the body, without a body: 2 Corinthians 5:3 (Plato, Crat c. 20, p. 403 b. ἡ ψυχή γυμνή τοῦ σώματος). 2. metaphorically, a. naked, i. e. open, laid bare: Hebrews 4:13 (γυμνός ὁ ᾅδης ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, Job 26:6; examples from Greek authors, see in Bleek on Heb. vol. ii. 1, p. 585). b. only, mere, bare, equivalent to ψιλός (like Latinvudus): γυμνός κόκκος, mere grain, not the plant itself, 1 Corinthians 15:37 (Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 24, 5 [ET] σπέρματα πεσόντα εἰς τήν γῆν ξηρά καί γυμνά διαλύεται). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γυμνότης Transliteration: gymnotēs Phonetic Spelling: goom-not'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: nakedness Meaning: nakedness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1132 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1132 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1132 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1132 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1132, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γυμνότης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1132 gymnotēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: nakedness. From gumnos; nudity (absolute or comparative) -- nakedness. see GREEK gumnos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1132: γυμνότηςγυμνότης, γυμνότητός, ἡ (γυμνός), nakedness: of the body, Revelation 3:18 (see αἰσχύνη, 3); used of want of clothing, Romans 8:35; 2 Corinthians 11:27. (Deuteronomy 28:48; Antoninus 11, 27.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γυναικάριον Transliteration: gynaikarion Phonetic Spelling: goo-nahee-kar'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a little woman, (contemptuously) a silly woman Meaning: a little woman, (contemptuously) a silly woman GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1133 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1133 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1133 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1133 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1133, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γυναικάριον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1133 gynaikarion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: idle or foolish woman. A diminutive from gune; a little (i.e. Foolish) woman -- silly woman. see GREEK gune Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1133: γυναικάριονγυναικάριον, γυναικαριου, τό (diminutive from γυνή), a little woman; used contemptuously in 2 Timothy 3:6 (A. V. silly women; cf. Latinmuliercula). (Diocles. com. in Bekker Anecd., p. 87, 4; Antoninus 5, 11; occasionally in Epictetus) On diminutive ending in ἀριον see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 180; Fritzsche on Mark, p. 638; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 24, 96 (91)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γυναικεῖος Transliteration: gynaikeios Phonetic Spelling: goo-nahee-ki'-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: female Meaning: female GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1134 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1134 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1134 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1134 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1134, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γυναικεῖος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1134 gynaikeios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wife, femaleFrom gune; feminine -- wife. see GREEK gune Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1134: γυναικεῖοςγυναικεῖος, γυναικεῖα, γυναικεῖον, of or belonging to a woman, feminine, female: 1 Peter 3:7. (From Homer down; the Sept.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γυνή Transliteration: gynē Phonetic Spelling: goo-nay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a woman Meaning: a woman GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1135 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1135 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1135 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1135 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1135, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γυνή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1135 gynē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wife, woman. Probably from the base of ginomai; a woman; specially, a wife -- wife, woman. see GREEK ginomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1135: γυνήγυνή, γυναικός, ἡ; 1. universally, a woman of any age, whether a virgin, or married, or a widow: Matthew 9:20; Matthew 13:33; Matthew 27:55; Luke 13:11; Acts 5:14, etc.; ἡ μεμνηστευμένῃ τίνι γυνή, Luke 2:5 R G; ἡ ὕπανδρος γυνή, Romans 7:2; γυνή χήρα, Luke 4:26 (1 Kings 7:2 (); ;feminavidua, Nepos, praef. 4). 2. a wife: 1 Corinthians 7:3f, 10, 18; Ephesians 5:22, etc.; γυνή τίνος, Matthew 5:31; Matthew 19:3, 5; Acts 5:1, 7; 1 Corinthians 7:2; Ephesians 5:28; Revelation 2:20 (G L WH marginal reading), etc. of a betrothed woman: Matthew 1:20, 24. ἡ γυνή τοῦ πατρός his step-mother: 1 Corinthians 5:1 (אָב אֵשֶׁת, Leviticus 18:8). ἔχειν γυναῖκα: Matthew 14:4; Matthew 22:28; Mark 6:18; Mark 12:23; Luke 20:33; see ἔχω, I. 2 b. at the end γύναι, as a form of address, may be used — either in indignation, Luke 22:57; or in admiration, Matthew 15:28; or in kindness and favor, Luke 13:12; John 4:21; or in respect, John 2:4; John 19:26 (as in Homer, Iliad 3, 204; Odyssey 19, 221; Josephus, Antiquities 1, 16, 3). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Γώγ Transliteration: Gōg Phonetic Spelling: gogue Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Gog, associated with Magog Meaning: Gog -- associated with Magog GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1136 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1136 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1136 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1136 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1136, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Γώγ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1136 Gōg 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gog. Of Hebrew origin (Gowg); Gog, a symbolic name for some future Antichrist -- Gog. see HEBREW Gowg Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1136: ΓώγΓώγ, ὁ (גּוג), indeclinable proper name, Gog, king of the land of Magog (which see in BB. DD.), who it is said in Ezekiel 38f will come from the remote north, with innumerable hosts of his own nation as well as of allies, and will attack the people of Israel, re-established after the exile; but by divine interposition he will be utterly destroyed. Hence, in Revelation 20:8f ὁ Γώγ and ὁ Μαγώγ are used collectively to designate the nations that at the close of the millennial reign, instigated by Satan, will break forth from the four quarters of the earth against the Messiah's kingdom, but will be destroyed by fire from heaven. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: γωνία Transliteration: gōnia Phonetic Spelling: go-nee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: an angle, a corner Meaning: an angle, a corner GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1137 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1137 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1137 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1137 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1137, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/γωνία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1137 gōnia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: angle, corner, quarter. Probably akin to gonu; an angle -- corner, quarter. see GREEK gonu Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1137: γωνίαγωνία, γωνίας, ἡ (from Herodotus down), an angle, i. e. a. an external angle, corner (German Ecke): τῶν πλατειῶν, Matthew 6:5; κεφαλή γωνίας, Matthew 21:42; Mark 12:10; Luke 20:17; Acts 4:11; 1 Peter 2:7 (פִּנָּה רֹאשׁ, Psalm 117:22 (), the head of the corner, i. e. the cornerstone (ἀκρογωνιαῖος, which see); αἱ τέσσαρες γωνίαι τῆς γῆς, the four extreme limits of the earth, Revelation 7:1; Revelation 20:8. b. like German Winkel, Latinangulus, English (internal) corner, equivalent to a secret place: Acts 26:26 (so Plato, Gorgias, p. 485 d. βίον βιωναι ἐν γωνία, Epictetus diss. 2, 12, 17; (for other examples see Wetstein on Acts, the passage cited; Stallbaum on Plato, the passage cited)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δαυίδ Transliteration: Dauid Phonetic Spelling: dab-eed' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: David Meaning: David GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1138 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1138 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1138 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1138 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1138, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δαυίδ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1138 Dauid 🕊 Strong's Concordance: David. Of Hebrew origin (David); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king -- David. see HEBREW David Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1138: ΔαβίδΔαβίδ (the form in Rec. after the more recent manuscripts (minuscules, cf. Tdf. on Matthew 1:1, and Treg. on Luke 3:31)), Δαυίδ (Griesbach, Schott, Knapp, Theile, others), and Δαυειδ (L T Tr WH (on the εἰ see WH's Appendix, p. 155 and under the word εἰ, ἰ); cf. Winers Grammar, p. 44; Bleek on Heb. vol. ii. 1, p. 538; in Josephus (Antiquities 6, 8, 1ff also Nicolaus Damascenus from 31, p. 114) Δαυιδης, Δαυιδου), ὁ (דָּוִד, and especially after the exile דָּוִיד (i. e. beloved)), David, indeclinable name of by far the most celebrated king of the Israelites: Matthew 1:1, 6, 17, etc. ἡ σκηνή Δαβίδ Acts 15:16; ἡ κλείς τοῦ Δαβίδ Revelation 3:7; ὁ θρόνος Δαβίδ Luke 1:32; ὁ υἱός Δαβίδ, a name of the Messiah, viz. the descendant of David and heir to his throne (see υἱός, 1 b.); ἡ ῤίζα Δαβίδ the offspring of David, Revelation 5:5; Revelation 22:16; ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Δαβίδ Mark 11:10 (see βασιλεία, 3); ἐν Δαυίδ, in the book of the Psalms of David, Hebrews 4:7 (others take it personally, cf. Hebrews 1:1f; yet see ἐν, I. 1 d.). STRONGS NT 1138: ΔαυειδΔαυειδ and Δαυίδ, see Δαβίδ. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δαιμονίζομαι Transliteration: daimonizomai Phonetic Spelling: dahee-mon-id'-zom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be possessed by a demon Meaning: to be possessed by a demon GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1139 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1139 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1139 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1139 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1139, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δαιμονίζομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1139 daimonizomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to be demon possessedMiddle voice from daimon; to be exercised by a d?Mon -- have a (be vexed with, be possessed with) devil(-s). see GREEK daimon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1139: δαιμονίζομαιδαιμονίζομαι; 1 aorist passive participle δαιμονισθείς; (δαίμων); to be under the power of a demon: ἄλλος κατ' ἄλλην δαιμονίζεται τυχην, Philemon 1 in Stobaeus, ecl. phys. 1, p. 196; of the insane, Plutarch, symp. 7, 5, 4, and in other later authors. In the N. T. δαιμονιζόμενοι are persons afflicted with especially severe diseases, either bodily or mental (such as paralysis, blindness, deafness, loss of speech, epilepsy, melancholy, insanity, etc.), whose bodies in the opinion of the Jews demons (see δαιμόνιον) had entered, and so held possession of them as not only to afflict them with ills, but also to dethrone the reason and take its place themselves; accordingly, the possessed were accustomed to express the mind and consciousness of the demons dwelling in them; and their cure was thought to require the expulsion of the demon — (but on this subject see B. D. American edition under the word Demoniacs and references there; Weiss, Leben Jesu, book iii., chapter 6): Matthew 4:24; Matthew 8:16, 28, 33; Matthew 9:32; Matthew 12:22; Matthew 15:22; Mark 1:32; Mark 5:15; John 10:21; δαιμονισθείς, that had been possessed by a demon (demons), Mark 5:18; Luke 8:36. They are said also to be ὀχλούμενοι ὑπό or ἀπό πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, Luke 6:18 (T Tr WH ἐνοχλούμενοι); Acts 5:16; καταδυναστευόμενοι ὑπό τοῦ διαβόλου, i. e. by his ministers, the demons, Acts 10:38. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δαιμόνιον Transliteration: daimonion Phonetic Spelling: dahee-mon'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: an evil spirit, a demon Meaning: an evil spirit, a demon GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1140 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1140 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1140 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1140 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1140, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δαιμόνιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1140 daimonion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a demonNeuter of a derivative of daimon; a d?Monic being; by extension a deity -- devil, god. see GREEK daimon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1140: δαιμόνιονδαιμόνιον, δαιμονίου, τό (neuter of adjective δαιμόνιος, δαιμόνια, δαιμόνιον, divine, from δαίμων; equivalent to τό θεῖον); 1. the divine Power, deity, divinity; so sometimes in secular authors as Josephus, b. j. 1, 2, 8; Aelian v. h. 12, 57; in plural καινά δαιμόνια, Xenophon, mem. 1, 1, 1f, and once in the N. T. ξενα δαιμόνια, Acts 17:18. 2. a spirit, a being inferior to God, superior to men (πᾶν τό δαιμόνιον μεταξύ ἐστι Θεοῦ τέ καί θνητοῦ, Plato, symp. 23, p. 202 e. (where see Stallbaum)), in both a good sense and a bad; thus Jesus, after his resurrection, said to his disciples οὐκ εἰμί δαιμόνιον ἀσωματον, as Ignatius (ad Smyrn. 3, 2 [ET]) records it; πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (genitive of apposition), Luke 4:33; (πονηρόν, Tobit 3:8, 17; δαιμόνιον ἤ πνεῦμα πονηρόν, ibid. ). But elsewhere in the Scriptures used, without an adjunct, of evil spirits or the messengers and ministers of the devil (Winer's Grammar, 23 (22)): Luke 4:35; Luke 9:1, 42; Luke 10:17; John 10:21; James 2:19; (Psalm 90:6 (); Isaiah 13:21; Isaiah 34:14; Tobit 6:18 Tobit 8:3; Baruch 4:35); πνεύματα δαιμονίων (Rec. δαιμον´ων) i. e. of that rank of spirits that are demons (genitive of apposition), Revelation 16:14; ἄρχων τῶν δαιμονίων, the prince of the demons, or the devil: Matthew 9:34; Matthew 12:24; Mark 3:22; Luke 11:15; they are said ἐισέρχεσθαι εἰς τινα, to enter into (the body of) one to vex him with diseases (see δαιμονίζομαι): Luke 8:30, 32f; ἐκβληθῆναι and ἐξέρχεσθαι ἐκ τίνος or ἀπό τίνος, when they are forced to come out of one to restore him to health: Matthew 9:33; Matthew 17:18; Mark 7:29, 30; Luke 4:35, 41; Luke 8:2, 33, 35. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια, is used of those who compel demons to come out: Matthew 7:22; Matthew 12:21; Mark 1:34, 39; Luke 9:49, etc. ἔχειν δαιμόνιον, to have a demon, be possessed by a demon, is said of those who either suffer from some exceptionally severe disease, Luke 4:33; Luke 8:27 (ἔχων δαιμόνια); or act and speak as though they were mad, Matthew 11:18; Luke 7:33; John 7:20; John 8:48f, 52; John 10:20. According to a Jewish opinion which passed over to the Christians, the demons are the gods of the Gentiles and the authors of idolatry; hence, δαιμόνια stands for אֱלִילִים Psalm 95:5 (), and שֵׁדִים Deuteronomy 32:17; Psalm 105:37 (), cf. Baruch 4:7: προσκυνεῖν τά δαιμόνια καί τά εἴδωλα, Revelation 9:20. The apostle Paul, though teaching that the gods of the Gentiles are a fiction (1 Corinthians 8:4; 1 Corinthians 10:19), thinks that the conception of them has been put into the minds of men by demons, who appropriate to their own use and honor the sacrifices offered to idols. Hence, what the Gentiles θυουσι, he says δαιμονίοις θύουσιν καί οὐ Θεῷ, 1 Corinthians 10:20 (from the Sept. of Deuteronomy 32:17, cf. Baruch 4:7), and those who frequent the sacrificial feasts of the Gentiles come into fellowship with demons, 1 Corinthians 10:20f; (cf. Baudissin, Stud. zur scmit. Religionsgesch. vol. i. (St. ii. 4), p. 110ff). Pernicious errors are disseminated by demons even among Christians, seducing them from the truth, 1 Timothy 4:1. Josephus, also makes mention of δαιμόνια taking possession of men, Antiquities 6, 11, 2f; 6, 8, 2; 8, 2, 5; but he sees in them, not as the N. T. writers do, bad angels, but the spirits of wicked men deceased, b. j. 7, 6, 3. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δαιμονιώδης Transliteration: daimoniōdēs Phonetic Spelling: dahee-mon-ee-o'-dace Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: demon-like Meaning: demon-like GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1141 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1141 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1141 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1141 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1141, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δαιμονιώδης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1141 daimoniōdēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: devilish. From daimonion and daimon; d?Mon-like -- devilish. see GREEK daimonion see GREEK daimon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1141: δαιμονιώδηςδαιμονιώδης, δαιμονιωδες (δαιμόνιον, which see, and εἶδος), resembling or proceeding from an evil spirit, demon-like: James 3:15. (Schol. Aristophanes ran. 295; Psalm 90:6 Symm..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δαίμων Transliteration: daimōn Phonetic Spelling: dah'-ee-mown Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a demon Meaning: a demon GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1142 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1142 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1142 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1142 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1142, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δαίμων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1142 daimōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: demon, evil spiritFrom daio (to distribute fortunes); a d?Mon or supernatural spirit (of a bad nature) -- devil. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1142: δαίμωνδαίμων, δαίμονος, ὁ, ἡ; 1. in Greek authors, a god, a goddess; an inferior deity, whether good or bad; hence, ἀγαθοδαιμονες and κακοδαιμονες are distinguished (cf. Winer's Grammar, 23 (22)). 2. In the N. T. an evil spirit (see δαιμόνιον, 2): Matthew 8:31; Mark 5:12 (R L); Luke 8:29 (R G L marginal reading); Revelation 16:14 (Rec.); (where L T Tr WH δαιμονίων). (B. D. (especially American edition) under the word ; cf. δαιμονίζομαι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δάκνω Transliteration: daknō Phonetic Spelling: dak'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to bite Meaning: to bite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1143 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1143 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1143 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1143 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1143, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δάκνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1143 daknō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bite. A prolonged form of a primary root; to bite, i.e. (figuratively) thwart -- bite. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1143: δάκνωδάκνω; to bite; a. properly, with the teeth. b. metaphorically, to wound the soul, cut, lacerate, rend with reproaches: Galatians 5:15. So even in Homer, Iliad 5, 493 μῦθος δακε φρενας, Menander quoted in Athen. 12, 77, p. 552 e., and times without number in other authors. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δάκρυον Transliteration: dakryon Phonetic Spelling: dak'-roo Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a teardrop Meaning: a teardrop GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1144 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1144 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1144 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1144 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1144, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δάκρυον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1144 dakryon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tear. Or dakruon dak'-roo-on; of uncertain affinity; a tear -- tear. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1144: δάκρυδάκρυ, δακρυος, τό, and τό δάκρυον, δακρυου (from Homer down), a tear: Mark 9:24 R G; Acts 20:19, 31; 2 Corinthians 2:4; 2 Timothy 1:4; Hebrews 5:7; Hebrews 12:17. The (nominative) form τό δάκρυον in Revelation 7:17; Revelation 21:4, (Isaiah 25:8). The dative plural δάκρυσι in Luke 7:38, 44 (Psalm 125:5 (); Lamentations 2:11). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δακρύω Transliteration: dakryō Phonetic Spelling: dak-roo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to weep Meaning: to weep GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1145 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1145 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1145 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1145 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1145, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δακρύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1145 dakryō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: weep. From dakru; to shed tears -- weep. Compare klaio. see GREEK dakru see GREEK klaio Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1145: δακρύωδακρύω: 1 aorist ἐδακρυσα; to weep, shed tears: John 11:35. (From Homer down. Synonym: see κλαίω, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δακτύλιος Transliteration: daktylios Phonetic Spelling: dak-too'-lee-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a ring Meaning: a ring GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1146 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1146 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1146 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1146 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1146, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δακτύλιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1146 daktylios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ring. From daktulos; a finger-ring -- ring. see GREEK daktulos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1146: δακτύλιοςδακτύλιος, δακτυλίου, ὁ (from δάκτυλος, because decorating the fingers), a ring: Luke 15:22. (From Herodotus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δάκτυλος Transliteration: daktylos Phonetic Spelling: dak'-too-los Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a finger Meaning: a finger GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1147 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1147 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1147 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1147 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1147, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δάκτυλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1147 daktylos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: finger. Probably from deka; a finger -- finger. see GREEK deka Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1147: δάκτυλοςδάκτυλος, δακτύλου, ὁ (from Batrach. 45 and Herodotus down), a finger: Matthew 23:4; Luke 11:46; Luke 16:24; Mark 7:33; John 8:6 Rec.; ; ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, by the power of God, divine efficiency by which something is made visible to men, Luke 11:20 (Matthew 12:28 ἐν πνεύματι Θεοῦ); Exodus 8:19 (cf. Exodus 31:18; Psalm 8:4). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δαλμανουθά Transliteration: Dalmanoutha Phonetic Spelling: dal-man-oo-thah' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Dalmanutha, an unidentified place near the Sea of Galilee Meaning: Dalmanutha -- an unidentified place near the Sea of Galilee GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1148 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1148 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1148 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1148 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1148, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δαλμανουθά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1148 Dalmanoutha 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Dalmanutha. Probably of Chaldee origin; Dalmanutha, a place in Palestine -- Dalmanutha. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1148: ΔαλμανουθάΔαλμανουθά (on the accent cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 103), ἡ, Dalmanutha, the name of a little town or village not far from Magdala (better Magadan (which see)), or lying within its territory: Mark 8:10 (cf. Matthew 15:39), see Fritzsche at the passage (B. D. American edition under the word). Derivation of the name uncertain; cf. Keim, ii. 528 ((English translation 4:238), who associates it with Zalmonah, Numbers 33:41f, but mentions other opinions. Furrer in the Zeitschr. des Deutsch. Palaestin.-Vereins for 1879, p. 58ff identifies it with Minyeh (abbrev. Manutha, Latinmensa)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δαλματία Transliteration: Dalmatia Phonetic Spelling: dal-mat-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Dalmatia, southern Illyricum on the Adriatic Sea Meaning: Dalmatia -- southern Illyricum on the Adriatic Sea GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1149 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1149 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1149 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1149 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1149, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δαλματία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1149 Dalmatia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Dalmatia. Probably of foreign derivation; Dalmatia, a region of Europe -- Dalmatia. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1149: ΔαλματίαΔαλματία (Lachmann, Δελματιαν (probably Alexandrian but possibly genuine, Hort)), Δαλματιας, ἡ, Dalmatia, a part of Illyricum on the Adriatic Sea; on the east adjoining Pannonia and upper Moesia, on the north separated from Liburnia by the river Titius, and extending southward as far as to the river Drinus and the city Lissus (cf. Dict. of Geog., under the word; Conyb. and Hows. St. Paul, 2:126f; Lewin, St. Paul, 2:357): 2 Timothy 4:10. STRONGS NT 1149: Δελματια [Δελματια see Δαλματία.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δαμάζω Transliteration: damazō Phonetic Spelling: dam-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to tame Meaning: to tame GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1150 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1150 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1150 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1150 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1150, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δαμάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1150 damazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tame, subdueA variation of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to tame -- tame. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1150: δαμάζωδαμάζω: 1 aorist ἐδάμασα; passive (present δαμάζομαι; perfect δεδάμασμαι; (akin to Latindomo,dominus, Goth.gatamjan; English tame; cf. Curtius, § 260); common from Homer down; to tame: Mark 5:4; James 3:7; to restrain, curb, τήν γλῶσσαν, James 3:8. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δάμαλις Transliteration: damalis Phonetic Spelling: dam'-al-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a heifer Meaning: a heifer GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1151 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1151 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1151 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1151 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1151, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δάμαλις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1151 damalis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: heifer. Probably from the base of damazo; a heifer (as tame) -- heifer. see GREEK damazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1151: δάμαλιςδάμαλις, δαμαλισεως, ἡ (feminine of ὁ δαμάλης a young bullock or steer), a young cow, heifer (Aeschylus, Dionysius Halicarnassus, Lucian, others); used in Numbers 19:2, 6, 9f for פָּרָה and in Hebrews 9:13 of the red heifer with whose ashes, by the Mosaic law, those were to be sprinkled who had become defiled. (Besides in the Sept. chiefly for עֶגְלָה.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δάμαρις Transliteration: Damaris Phonetic Spelling: dam'-ar-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Damaris, an Athenian woman Meaning: Damaris -- an Athenian woman GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1152 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1152 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1152 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1152 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1152, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δάμαρις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1152 Damaris 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Damaris. Probably from the base of damazo; perhaps gentle; Damaris, an Athenian woman -- Damaris. see GREEK damazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1152: ΔάμαριςΔάμαρις, Δαμαριδος, ἡ, Damaris, a woman of Athens converted by Paul: Acts 17:34; (cf. Meyer at the passage; B. D. under the word). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δαμασκηνός Transliteration: Damaskēnos Phonetic Spelling: dam-as-kay-nos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of Damascus Meaning: of Damascus GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1153 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1153 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1153 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1153 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1153, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δαμασκηνός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1153 Damaskēnos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Damascene. From Damaskos; a Damascene or inhabitant of Damascus -- Damascene. see GREEK Damaskos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1153: ΔαμασκηνόςΔαμασκηνός, Δαμασκηνή, Δαμασκηνον, of Damascus, Damascene; substantively οἱ Δαμασκηνοι: 2 Corinthians 11:32. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δαμασκός Transliteration: Damaskos Phonetic Spelling: dam-as-kos' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Damascus, a city of Syria Meaning: Damascus -- a city of Syria GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1154 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1154 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1154 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1154 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1154, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δαμασκός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1154 Damaskos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Damascus. Of Hebrew origin (Dammeseq); Damascus, a city of Syria -- Damascus. see HEBREW Dammeseq Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1154: ΔαμασκόςΔαμασκός, Δαμασκοῦ, ἡ, Damascus (Hebrew דַּמֶשֶׂק), a very ancient (Genesis 14:15), celebrated, flourishing city of Syria, lying in a most lovely and fertile plain at the eastern base of Antilibanus. It had a great number of Jews among its inhabitants (Josephus, b. j. 2, 20, 2 cf. 7, 8, 7). Still one of the most opulent cities of western Asia, having about 109,000 inhabitants ("in 1859 about 150,000; of these 6,000 were Jews, and 15,000 Christians" (Porter)): Acts 9:2ff; ff; 2 Corinthians 11:32; Galatians 1:17. (Cf. BB. DD. under the word, especially Alex.'s Kitto.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δανείζω Transliteration: daneizō Phonetic Spelling: dan-ide'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to lend, borrow Meaning: to lend, borrow GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1155 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1155 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1155 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1155 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1155, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δανείζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1155 daneizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: borrow, lend. From daneion; to loan on interest; reflexively, to borrow -- borrow, lend. see GREEK daneion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1155: δανείζωδανείζω (T WH δανίζω (see Iota); 1 aorist ἐδανεισα (Luke 6:34 L text T WH Tr marginal reading); 1 aorist middle ἐδανεισαμην; (δάνειον, which see); (from Aristophanes down); to lend money: Luke 6:34f; middle to have money lent to oneself to take a loan, borrow (cf. Winers Grammar, § 38, 3; Riddell, Platonic idioms, § 87): Matthew 5:42. (Deuteronomy 15:6, 8; Proverbs 19:17; in Greek authors from Xenophon, and Plato down.) [SYNONYMS: δανείζω, κίχρημι: δανείζω, to lend on interest, as a business transaction; κίχρημι to lend, grant the use of, as a friendly act.] STRONGS NT 1155: δανίζωδανίζω, see δανείζω. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δάνειον Transliteration: daneion Phonetic Spelling: dan'-i-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a loan Meaning: a loan GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1156 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1156 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1156 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1156 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1156, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δάνειον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1156 daneion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: debt. From danos (a gift); probably akin to the base of didomi; a loan -- debt. see GREEK didomi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1156: δάνειονδάνειον (WH δανιον, see Iota), δανειου, τό, (δάνος a gift), a loan: Matthew 18:27. (Deuteronomy 15:8; Deuteronomy 24:13 (11); Aristotle, eth. Nic. 9, 2, 3; Diodorus 1, 79; Plutarch; others.) STRONGS NT 1156: δανιον [δανιον, see δάνειον.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δανειστής Transliteration: daneistēs Phonetic Spelling: dan-ice-tace' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a moneylender Meaning: a moneylender GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1157 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1157 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1157 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1157 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1157, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δανειστής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1157 daneistēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: creditor. From daneizo; a lender -- creditor. see GREEK daneizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1157: δανειστήςδανειστής (T WH δανιστής (see Iota)), δανειστοῦ, ὁ (δανείζω, which see), a money-lender, creditor: Luke 7:41. (2 Kings 4:1; Psalm 108:11 (); Proverbs 29:13; Sir. 29:28. Demosthenes, p. 885, 18; Plutarch, Sol. 13, 5; de vitand. acre, etc. 7, 8; (others).) STRONGS NT 1157: δανιστήςδανιστής, see δανειστής. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δανιήλ Transliteration: Daniēl Phonetic Spelling: dan-ee-ale' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Daniel, the prophet Meaning: Daniel -- the prophet GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1158 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1158 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1158 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1158 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1158, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δανιήλ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1158 Daniēl 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Daniel. Of Hebrew origin (Daniye'l); Daniel, an Israelite -- Daniel. see HEBREW Daniye'l Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1158: ΔανιήλΔανιήλ, ὁ (דָּנִיאֵל and דָּנִאֵל i. e. judge of God (or God is my judge)), Daniel, proper name of a Jewish prophet, conspicuous for his wisdom, to whom are ascribed the well-known prophecies composed between ; (but cf. BB. DD.): Matthew 24:15; Mark 13:14 Rec. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δαπανάω Transliteration: dapanaō Phonetic Spelling: dap-an-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to spend, spend freely Meaning: to spend, spend freely GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1159 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1159 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1159 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1159 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1159, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δαπανάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1159 dapanaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: consume, spend. From dapane; to expend, i.e. (in a good sense) to incur cost, or (in a bad one) to waste -- be at charges, consume, spend. see GREEK dapane Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1159: δαπανάωδαπανάω, δαπάνω: future δαπανήσω; 1 aorist ἐδαπάνησα; (δαπάνη); from (Herodotus and) Thucydides down; to incur expense, expend, spend: τί, Mark 5:26 (1 Macc. 14:32); ἐπί with the dative of person, for one, in his favor, Acts 21:24; ὑπέρ τίνος, 2 Corinthians 12:15. in a bad sense, to waste, squander, consume: πάντα, Luke 15:14; ἵνα ἐν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ὑμῶν δαπανήσητε, that ye may consume, waste what ye receive, in luxurious indulgence — (ἐν marking the realm in rather than the object on): James 4:3. (Compare: ἐκδαπανάω, προσδαπανάω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δαπάνη Transliteration: dapanē Phonetic Spelling: dap-an'-ay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: expense, cost Meaning: expense, cost GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1160 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1160 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1160 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1160 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1160, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δαπάνη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1160 dapanē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cost. From dapto (to devour); expense (as consuming) -- cost. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1160: δαπάνηδαπάνη, δαπανης, ἡ (from δάπτω to tear, consume, (akin are δεῖπνον, Latindaps; Curtius, § 261)), expense, cost: Luke 14:28. (2 Esdr. 6:4; 1 Macc. 3:30, etc. Among Greek writings Hesiod, Works, 721, Pindar, Euripides, Thucydides, and following.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δέ Transliteration: de Phonetic Spelling: deh Part of Speech: Conjunction Short Definition: but, and, now, (a connective or adversative particle) Meaning: but, and, now, (a connective or adversative particle) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1161 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1161 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1161 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1161 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1161, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δέ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1161 de 🕊 Strong's Concordance: also, and, but, moreover, now. A primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc. -- also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1161: δέδέ (related to δή, as μέν to μήν, cf. Klotz ad Devar. ii. 2, p. 355), a particle adversative, distinctive, disjunctive, but, moreover (Winers Grammar, § 53, 7 and 10, 2); it is much more frequent in the historical parts of the N. T. than in the other books, very rare in the Epistles of John and the Apocalypse. (On its general neglect of elision (when the next word begins with a vowel) cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 96; WHs Appendix, p. 146; Winers Grammar, § 5, 1a.; Buttmann, p. 10f) It is used: 1. universally, by way of opposition and distinction; it is added to statements opposed to a preceding statement: ἐάν ὀφθαλμός κτλ. Matthew 6:23; ἐλεύσονται δέ ἡμέραι, Mark 2:20; it opposes persons to persons or things previously mentioned or thought of — either with strong emphasis: ἐγώ δέ, Matthew 5:22, 28, 32, 34, 39, 44; ἡμεῖς δέ, 1 Corinthians 1:23; 2 Corinthians 10:13; σύ δέ, Matthew 6:6; ὑμεῖς δέ, Mark 8:29; οἱ δέ υἱοί τῆς βασιλείας, Matthew 8:12; αἱ ἀλώπεκες ... ὁ δέ υἱός τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Matthew 8:20; Luke 9:58; πᾶς ὁ λαός ... οἱ δέ φαρισαῖοι, Luke 7:29f; ὁ δέ πνευματικός, 1 Corinthians 2:15, and often; — or with a slight discrimination, ὁ δέ, αὐτός δέ: Mark 1:45; Mark 5:34; Mark 6:37; Mark 7:6; Matthew 13:29, 37, 52; Matthew 15:23ff; Luke 4:40, 43; Luke 5:16; Luke 6:8; Luke 8:10, 54; Luke 15:29; οἱ δέ, Matthew 2:5; Mark 3:4; Mark 8:28, etc., etc.; with the addition also of a proper name, as ὁ δέ Ἰησοῦς: Matthew 8:22 (Tdf. omits Ἰησοῦς); (R G Tr brackets); (Tdf. omits Ἰησοῦς); ; Mark 1:41 (R G L marginal reading Tr marginal reading); ἀποκροκριθεις δέ (ὁ) Σίμων, Luke 7:43 R G L brackets; ἡ δέ Μαρία, Luke 2:19, etc. 2. μέν ... δέ, see μέν. 3. after negative sentences, but, but rather (German wohlaber): Matthew 6:19f (μή θησαυρίζετε ... θησαυρίζετε δέ); f; Acts 12:9, 14; Romans 3:4; Romans 4:5; 1 Corinthians 1:10; 1 Corinthians 7:37; 1 Thessalonians 5:21 (not Rec.); Ephesians 4:14; Hebrews 2:5; Hebrews 4:13, 15; Hebrews 9:12; Hebrews 10:26; Hebrews 12:13; 1 Peter 1:12 (οὐχ ἑαυτοῖς ὑμῖν (Rec. ἡμῖν) δέ); James 1:13; James 2:11. 4. it is joined to terms which are repeated with a certain emphasis, and with such additions as tend to explain and establish them more exactly; in this use of the particle we may supply a suppressed negative clause and give its force in English by inserting I say, and that, so then, etc.): Romans 3:21f (not that common δικαιοσύνη which the Jews boasted of and strove after, but δικαιοσυνεσς ... διά πίστεως); Romans 9:30; 1 Corinthians 2:6 (σοφίαν δέ οὐ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου); Galatians 2:2 (I went up, not of my own accord, but etc.); Philippians 2:8; cf. Klotz ad Dev. ii. 2, p. 361f; L. Dindorf in Stephanus Thesaurus ii. col. 928; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 443 (412)). 5. it serves to mark a transition to something new (δέ metabatic); by this use of the particle, the new addition is distinguished from and, as it were, opposed to what goes before: Matthew 1:18; Matthew 2:19; Matthew 10:21; Luke 12:13; Luke 13:1; John 7:14, 37; Acts 6:1; Romans 8:28; 1 Corinthians 7:1; 1 Corinthians 8:1, etc., etc.; so also in the phrase ἐγένετο δέ, see γίνομαι, 2 c. 6. it introduces explanations and separates them from the things to be explained: John 3:19; John 6:39; 1 Corinthians 1:12; 1 Corinthians 7:6, 29; Ephesians 5:32, etc.; — especially remarks and explanations intercalated into the discourse, or added, as it were, by way of appendix: Mark 5:13 (ἦσαν δέ etc. R L brackets); (R G); John 6:10; John 9:14; John 12:3; τοῦτο δέ γέγονε, Matthew 1:22; Matthew 21:4. Owing to this use, the particle not infrequently came to be confounded in the manuscripts (of secular writings also) with γάρ; cf. Winer on Galatians 1:11; Fritzsche on Mark 14:2; also his Commentary on Romans, vol. i., pp. 234, 265; ii., p. 476; iii., p. 196; (Winers Grammar, 452 (421); Buttmann, 363 (312)). 7. after a parenthesis or an explanation which had led away from the subject under discussion, it serves to take up the discourse again (cf. Winer's Grammar, 443 (412)): Matthew 3:4; Luke 4:1; Romans 5:8; 2 Corinthians 2:12; 2 Corinthians 5:8; 2 Corinthians 10:2; Ephesians 2:4; cf. Klotz ad Devar. ii. 2, p. 376f. 8. it introduces the apodosis and, as it were, opposes it to the protasis: Acts 11:17 R G (1 Macc. 14:29; 2 Macc. 1:34); after a participial construction which has the force of a protasis: Colossians 1:22 (21); cf. Matthiae 2:1470; Kühner, 2:818; (Jelf, § 770); Klotz as above, p. 370f; (Buttmann, 364 (312)). 9. καί ... δέ, but ... also, yea and, moreover also: Matthew 10:18; Matthew 16:18; Luke 2:35 (WH text omits; L Tr brackets δέ); John 6:51; John 15:27; Acts 3:24; Acts 22:29; Romans 11:23; 2 Timothy 3:12; 1 John 1:3; 2 Peter 1:5; cf. Klotz as above, p. 645f; Buttmann, 364 (312); (also Winer's Grammar, 443 (413); Ellicott on 1 Timothy 3:10; Meyer on John 6:51). ἐάν δέ yea even if: John 8:16. 10. δέ never stands as the first word in the sentence, but generally second; and when the words to which it is added cannot be separated, it stands third (as in Matthew 10:11; Matthew 18:25; Mark 4:34; Luke 10:31; Acts 17:6; Acts 28:6; Galatians 3:23; 2 Timothy 3:8, etc.; in οὐ μόνον δέ, Romans 5:3, 11, etc.), or even in the fourth place, Matthew 10:18; John 6:51; John 8:16; 1 John 1:3; 1 Corinthians 4:18; (Luke 22:69 L T Tr WH). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δέησις Transliteration: deēsis Phonetic Spelling: deh'-ay-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a need, entreaty Meaning: a need, entreaty GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1162 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1162 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1162 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1162 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1162, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δέησις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1162 deēsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: prayer, request, supplication. From deomai; a petition -- prayer, request, supplication. see GREEK deomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1162: δέησιςδέησις, δεήσεως, ἡ (δέομαι); 1. need, indigence (Psalm 21:25 (); Aeschines dial. 2, 39f; (Plato, Eryx. 405 e. bis); Aristotle, rhet. 2, 7 (ii., p. 1385a, 27)). 2. a seeking, asking, entreating, entreaty (from Plato down); in the N. T. requests addressed by men to God (German Bittgebet, supplication); universally: James 5:16; 1 Peter 3:12; as often in the Sept., joined with προσευχή (i. e. any pious address to God (see below)): Acts 1:14 Rec.; Ephesians 6:18; Philippians 4:6; plural 2 Timothy 1:3; joined with προσευχαί, 1 Timothy 5:5; with νηστειαι, Luke 2:37; ποιεῖσθαι δέησιν, Philippians 1:4; ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, Luke 5:33; 1 Timothy 2:1. contextually, of prayers imploring God's aid in some particular matter: Luke 1:13; Philippians 1:19; plural Hebrews 5:7; supplication for others: (2 Corinthians 1:11); περί τίνος, Ephesians 6:18; ὑπέρ τίνος, 2 Corinthians 9:14; Philippians 1:4; with the addition πρός τόν Θεόν, Romans 10:1. [SYNONYMS: δέησις, προσευχή, ἔντευξις: προσευχή, as Prof. Grimm remarks, is unrestricted as respects its contents, while δέησις is petitionary; moreover προσευχή is a word of sacred character, being limited to prayer to God, whereas δέησις may also be used of a request addressed to man. In Byzantine Greek it is used of a written supplication (like our petition); cf. Sophocles Lexicon, under the word. See more at length Trench, § li.; also Lightfoot on Philippians 4:6; Ellicott on Ephesians 6:18; cf. Schmidt, chapter vii. In 1 Timothy 2:1 to these two words is added ἔντευξις, which expresses confiding access to God; thus, in combination, δέησις gives prominence to the expression of personal need, προσευχή to the element of devotion, ἔντευξις to that of childlike confidence, by representing prayer as the heart's converse with God. See Huther's extended note at the passage; Ellicott at the passage; Trench, as above] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεῖ Transliteration: dei Phonetic Spelling: die Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: it is necessary Meaning: it is necessary GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1163 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1163 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1163 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1163 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1163, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεῖ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1163 dei 🕊 Strong's Concordance: needful, ought, should. 3d person singular active present of deo; also deon deh-on'; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) Necessary (as binding) -- behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should. see GREEK deo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1163: δεῖδεῖ; subjunctive present δέῃ; imperfect ἔδει; an impersonal verb (cf. Buttmann, § 132, 12; cf. § 131, 3; from Homer down); (δέω, namely, τίνος, to have need of, be in want of; cf. German esbedarf), it is necessary, there is need of, it behooves, is right and proper; followed either by the infinitive alone (cf. our one ought), or by the accusative with an infinitive (cf. Buttmann, 147 (129)), it denotes any sort of necessity; as a. necessity lying in the nature of the case: John 3:30; 2 Timothy 2:6. b. necessity brought on by circumstances or by the conduct of others toward us: Matthew 26:35 (κἄν δέῃ με ἀποθανεῖν), cf. Mark 14:31; John 4:4; Acts 27:21; 2 Corinthians 11:30; (2 Corinthians 12:1 L T Tr WH text); or imposed by a condition of mind: Luke 2:49; Luke 19:5. c. necessity in reference to what is required to attain some end: Luke 12:12; John 3:7; Acts 9:6; Acts 16:30; 1 Corinthians 11:19; Hebrews 9:26 (on this cf. Winers Grammar, 283 (266); (also Buttmann, 216 (187); 225 (195))); Hebrews 11:6. d. a necessity of law and command, of duty, equity: Matthew 18:33; Matthew 23:23; Luke 11:42; Luke 13:14; Luke 15:32; Luke 18:1; Luke 22:7; John 4:20; Acts 5:29; Acts 15:5; Romans 1:27 (ἀντιμισθίαν, ἥν ἔδει, namely, ἀπολαμβάνεσθαι, the recompense due by the law of God); Romans 8:26; Romans 12:3; 1 Corinthians 8:2, etc. or of office: Luke 4:43; Luke 13:33; John 9:4; John 10:16; Ephesians 6:20; Colossians 4:4; 2 Timothy 2:24. e. necessity established by the counsel and decree of God, especially by that purpose of his which relates to the salvation of men by the intervention of Christ and which is disclosed in the O. T. prophecies: Matthew 17:10; Matthew 24:6; Mark 9:11; Acts 4:12; 1 Corinthians 15:53; in this use, especially of what Christ was destined finally to undergo, his sufferings, death, resurrection, ascension: Luke 24:46 (R G L brackets); Matthew 26:54; John 3:14; Acts 3:21, etc. (of the necessity of fate in Herodotus 5, 33; with the addition κατά τό θεοπρόπιον, 8, 53; Thucydides 5, 26.) [SYNONYMS: δεῖ, χρή: δεῖ seems to be more suggestive of moral obligation, denoting especially that constraint which arises from divine appointment; whereas χρή signifies rather the necessity resulting from time and circumstance. Schmidt, chapter 150.] STRONGS NT 1163: δέονδέον, δεοντος, τό (participle of δεῖ, which see), from (Sophocles and) Herodotus down, that of which there is need, which is requisite, due, proper: δέον ἐστι there is need, 1 Peter 1:6 (T Tr text WH omit; Tr marginal reading brackets ἐστι); followed by the accusative with an infinitive Acts 19:36; τά μή δέοντα that are not proper, 1 Timothy 5:13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεῖγμα Transliteration: deigma Phonetic Spelling: digh'-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a thing shown, specimen Meaning: a thing shown, specimen GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1164 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1164 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1164 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1164 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1164, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεῖγμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1164 deigma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: example. From the base of deiknuo; a specimen (as shown) -- example. see GREEK deiknuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1164: δεῖγμαδεῖγμα, δειγματος, τό (δείκνυμι); a. properly, thing shown. b. a specimen of anything, example, pattern: πυρός αἰωνίου, set forth as a warning, Jude 1:7. (From Xenophon, Plato, Isocrates down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δειγματίζω Transliteration: deigmatizō Phonetic Spelling: digh-mat-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to expose, make a show of Meaning: to expose, make a show of GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1165 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1165 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1165 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1165 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1165, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δειγματίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1165 deigmatizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: make a show. From deigma; to exhibit -- make a shew. see GREEK deigma Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1165: δειγματίζωδειγματίζω: 1 aorist ἐδειγματισα; (δεῖγμα); to make an example of, to show as an example; τινα, to expose one to disgrace (cf. παραδειγματίζω, θεατρίζω): Matthew 1:19 L T Tr WH; Colossians 2:15. A word unknown to Greek writers. (Cf. Act. Petr. et Paul. § 33; Winer's Grammar, 25 (24); 91 (87); δειγματισμος occurs on the Rosetta stone, line 30; Boeckh, Inscriptions 4697. Compare: παραδειγματίζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δείκνυμι Transliteration: deiknymi Phonetic Spelling: dike-noo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to show Meaning: to show GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1166 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1166 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1166 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1166 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1166, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δείκνυμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1166 deiknymi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: showA prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively) -- shew. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1166: δεικνύωδεικνύω (δεικνύειν, Matthew 16:21; δεικνύεις, John 2:18; τοῦ δεικνύοντός, Revelation 22:8 (not Tdf.)) and δείκνυμι (1 Corinthians 12:31; Matthew 4:8; John 5:20; cf. Buttmann, 45 (39)); future δείξω; 1 aorist ἔδειξα; 1 aorist passive participle δειχθεις (Hebrews 8:5); the Sept. mostly for הִרְאָה; to show, exhibit; 1. properly, to show, i. e. expose to the eyes: τίνι τί, Matthew 4:8; Luke 4:5; Luke 20:24 (for Rec. ἐπιδείξατέ); (R G L, but T omits; Tr brackets WH reject the verse); Mark 14:15; John 20:20; Acts 7:3; ὁδόν τίνι, metaphorically, in which one ought to go, i. e. to teach one what he ought to do, 1 Corinthians 12:31; κατά τόν τύπον τόν δειχθέντα σοι, Hebrews 8:5; ἑαυτόν δεικνύναι τίνι to expose oneself to the view of one, Matthew 8:4; Mark 1:44; Luke 5:14; δεῖξον ἡμῖν τόν πατέρα render the Father visible to us, John 14:8f; of things presented to one in a vision: τίνι τί, Revelation 17:1; Revelation 21:9; Revelation 22:1, 8; δεῖξαι τίνι, ἅ δεῖ γενέσθαι, Revelation 1:1; Revelation 4:1; Revelation 22:6. to show, equivalent to to bring to pass, produce what can be seen (German sehenlassen); of miracles performed in presence of others to be seen by them: σημεῖον, John 2:18, (Baruch 6 (i. e., epistle of Jeremiah) 66; σῆμα, Homer, Odyssey 3, 174; Iliad 13, 244); ἔργα ἐκ τίνος, works done by the aid of one, John 10:32; τήν ἐπιφάνειαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, spoken of God, as the author of Christ's visible return, 1 Timothy 6:15; ἔργα δεικνύειν is used differently in John 5:20, to show works to one for him to do. 2. metaphorically, a. with the accusative of the thing, to give the evidence or proof of a thing: πίστιν, James 2:18; τί ἐκ τίνος, as τήν πίστιν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων, ibid.; τά ἔργα ἐκ τῆς καλῆς ἀναστροφῆς, James 3:13. b. to show by words, to teach: followed by ὅτι, Matthew 16:21 (διδάσκειν in Mark 8:31 for δεικνύειν); followed by an infinitive Acts 10:28. (Compare: ἀναδείκνυμι, ἀποδείκνυμι, ἐνδείκνυμι, ἐπιδείκνυμι, ὑποδείκνυμι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δειλία Transliteration: deilia Phonetic Spelling: di-lee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: cowardice Meaning: cowardice GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1167 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1167 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1167 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1167 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1167, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δειλία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1167 deilia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fear. From deilos; timidity -- fear. see GREEK deilos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1167: δειλίαδειλία, δειλίας, ἡ (δειλός), timidity, fearfullness, cowardice: 2 Timothy 1:7. (Sophocles (Herodotus), Euripides, (Aristophanes), Thucydides, and subsequent writings.) [SYNONYMS: δειλία, φόβος, εὐλάβεια: "of these three words the first is used always in a bad sense; the second is a middle term, capable of a good interpretation, capable of an evil, and lying pretty evenly between the two; the third is quite predominantly used in a good sense, though it too has not altogether escaped being employed in an evil." Trench, § x, which see; cf. δέος.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δειλιάω Transliteration: deiliaō Phonetic Spelling: di-lee-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be cowardly Meaning: to be cowardly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1168 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1168 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1168 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1168 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1168, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δειλιάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1168 deiliaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be afraid. From deilia; to be timid -- be afraid. see GREEK deilia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1168: δειλιάωδειλιάω, δειλιω; (δειλία, which see); to be timid, fearful: John 14:27. (Deuteronomy 31:6; Deuteronomy 1:21 and often in the Sept.; Sir. 22:16 Sir. 31:16 (Sir. 34:16); 4 Macc. 14:4. Diodorus 20, 78. The Greeks prefer the compound ἀποδειλιω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δειλός Transliteration: deilos Phonetic Spelling: di-los' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: cowardly, fearful Meaning: cowardly, fearful GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1169 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1169 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1169 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1169 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1169, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δειλός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1169 deilos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fearful. From deos (dread); timid, i.e. (by implication) faithless -- fearful. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1169: δειλόςδειλός, δείλη, δειλόν (δείδω to fear), timid, fearful: Matthew 8:28; Mark 4:40; in Revelation 21:8 of Christians who through cowardice give way under persecutions and apostatize. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεῖνα Transliteration: deina Phonetic Spelling: di'-nah Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: a certain one Meaning: a certain one GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1170 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1170 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1170 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1170 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1170, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεῖνα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1170 deina 🕊 Strong's Concordance: such a man. Probably from the same as deinos (through the idea of forgetting the name as fearful, i.e. Strange); so and so (when the person is not specified) -- such a man. see GREEK deinos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1170: δεῖναδεῖνα, ὁ, ἡ; genitive δεινός; dative δεινι; accusative τόν, τήν, τό δεῖνα (cf. Matthiae, § 151), such a one, a certain one, i. e. one whose name I cannot call on the instant, or whose name it is of no importance to mention; once in the Scriptures, viz. Matthew 26:18. (Aristophanes, Demosthenes, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεινῶς Transliteration: deinōs Phonetic Spelling: di-noce' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: terribly, vehemently Meaning: terribly, vehemently GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1171 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1171 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1171 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1171 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1171, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεινῶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1171 deinōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: grievously, vehemently. Adverb from a derivative of the same as deilos; terribly, i.e. Excessively -- grievously, vehemently. see GREEK deilos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1171: δεινῶςδεινῶς, adverb (δεινός), terribly, grievously: Matthew 8:6; Luke 11:53. (From Herodotus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δειπνέω Transliteration: deipneō Phonetic Spelling: dipe-neh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to eat, dine Meaning: to eat, dine GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1172 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1172 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1172 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1172 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1172, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δειπνέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1172 deipneō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to eat, dineFrom deipnon; to dine, i.e. Take the principle (or evening) meal -- sup (X -er). see GREEK deipnon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1172: δειπνέωδειπνέω, δείπνῳ: (future δειπνήσω; 1 aorist ἐδείπνησα; (δεῖπνον); to sup: Luke 17:8; Luke 22:20 (WH reject the whole passage, see their Appendix); 1 Corinthians 11:25; in an allegory, δειπνήσω μετ' αὐτοῦ, I will make him to share in my most intimate and blissful contact: Revelation 3:20. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεῖπνον Transliteration: deipnon Phonetic Spelling: dipe'-non Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: dinner, supper Meaning: dinner, supper GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1173 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1173 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1173 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1173 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1173, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεῖπνον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1173 deipnon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: supper. From the same as dapane; dinner, i.e. The chief meal (usually in the evening) -- feast, supper. see GREEK dapane Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1173: δεῖπνονδεῖπνον, δείπνου, τό, and according to a rare and late form ὁ δεῖπνος in Luke 14:16 Lachmann (cf. Tdf. on Revelation 19:9, 17, also Winers Grammar, 65 (64); on the derivation cf. δαπάνη) (in Homer the morning meal or breakfast, cf. Passow (more fully Liddell and Scott) under the word; this the Greeks afterward call τό ἄριστον which see (and references there), designating as τό δεῖπνον the evening meal or supper); 1. supper, especially a formal meal usually held at evening: Luke 14:17, 24; John 13:2, 4; John 21:20; plural: Matthew 23:6; Mark 12:39; Luke (Luke 11:43 Lachmann in brackets); Luke 20:46; used of the Messiah's feast, symbolizing salvation in the kingdom of heaven: Revelation 19:9, 17; κυριακόν δεῖπνον (see κυριακός, 1), 1 Corinthians 11:20; ποιεῖν δεῖπνον, Luke 14:12 (ἄριστον ἤ δεῖπνον); Luke 14:16 (Daniel 5:1 (Theod.)); with the addition τίνι, Mark 6:21; John 12:2. 2. universally, food taken at evening: 1 Corinthians 11:21. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεισιδαίμων Transliteration: deisidaimōn Phonetic Spelling: dice-ee-dahee-mon-es'-ter-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: very fearful of gods, religious, superstitious Meaning: very fearful of gods, religious, superstitious GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1174 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1174 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1174 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1174 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1174, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεισιδαίμων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1174 deisidaimōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: devout, religious, superstitious. The compound of a derivative of the base of deilos and daimon; more religious than others -- too superstitious. see GREEK deilos see GREEK daimon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1174: δεισιδαίμωνδεισιδαίμων, δεισιδαιμον, genitive δεισιδαιμονος (δείδω to fear, and δαίμων deity), fearing the deity or deities, like the Latinreligiosus; used either 1. in a good sense, reverencing god or the gods, pious, religious: Xenophon, Cyril 3, 3, 58; Ages. 11, 8; Aristotle, pol. 5, 11 (p. 1315a, 1); or 2. in a bad sense, superstitious: Theophrastus, char. 16 (22); Diodorus 1, 62; 4, 51; Plutarch, de adul. c. 16; de superstit. c. 10f Paul in the opening of his address to the Athenians, Acts 17:22, calls them, with kindly ambiguity, κατά πάντα δεισιδαιμονεστέρους (namely, than the rest of the Greeks (Winer's Grammar, 244 (229)), cf. Meyer at the passage), as being devout without the knowledge of the true God; cf. Bengel at the passage. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεισιδαιμονία Transliteration: deisidaimonia Phonetic Spelling: dice-ee-dahee-mon-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a religion, superstition Meaning: a religion, superstition GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1175 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1175 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1175 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1175 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1175, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεισιδαιμονία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1175 deisidaimonia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: religionFrom the same as deisidaimonesteros; religion -- superstition. see GREEK deisidaimonesteros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1175: δεισιδαιμονίαδεισιδαιμονία, δεισιδαιμονίας, ἡ (δεισιδαίμων), fear of the gods; 1. in a good sense, reverence for the gods, piety, religion: Polybius 6, 56, 7; Josephus, Antiquities 10, 3, 2; καί θεοφιλής βίος, Diodorus 1, 70. 2. equivalent to ἡ δειλία πρός τό δαιμόνιον (Theophrastus, char. 16 (22) at the beginning (cf. Jebb, p. 263f)); superstition: (Polybius 12, 24, 5); Plutarch (Sol. 12, 4); Alex. 75, 1; de adulat. et am. 25, and in his Essay περί τῆς δεισιδαιμονίας; Antoninus 6, 30 θεοσεβής χωρίς δεισιδαιμονίας. 3. religion, in an objective sense; in which sense Josephus, Antiquities 19, 5, 3, says Claudius commanded the Jews μή τάς τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν δεισιδαιμονίας ἐξουδενίζειν. Festus in the presence of Agrippa the Jewish king employs the word ambiguously and cautiously, in Acts 25:19, of the Jewish religion, viz. so as to leave his own judgment concerning its truth in suspense. Cf. Zezschwitz, Profangräcität u. Biblical Sprachgeist, p. 59; (K. F. Hermann, Lehrb. d. gottesdienstl. Alterthümer, § 8 note 6; Trench, § xlviii.; (cf. Kenrick, Biblical Essays, 1864, p. 108ff; Field, Otium Norv. iii., p. 80f)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δέκα Transliteration: deka Phonetic Spelling: dek'-ah Part of Speech: Indeclinable Numeral (Adjective) Short Definition: ten Meaning: ten GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1176 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1176 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1176 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1176 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1176, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δέκα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1176 deka 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ten. A primary number; ten -- (eight-)een, ten. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1176: δέκαδέκα, οἱ, αἱ, τά (from Homer down), ten: Matthew 20:24, etc. θλῖψις ἡμερῶν δέκα, i. e. to last a short time: Revelation 2:10; cf. Daniel 1:12, 14; Numbers 11:19; Terence, heaut. 5, 1, 36 decem dierum vix mi est familia. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεκαδύο Transliteration: dekadyo Phonetic Spelling: dek-ad-oo'-o Part of Speech: Indeclinable Numeral (Adjective) Short Definition: twelve Meaning: twelve GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1177 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1177 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1177 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1177 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1177, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεκαδύο [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1177 dekadyo 🕊 Strong's Concordance: twelve. From deka and duo; two and ten, i.e. Twelve -- twelve. see GREEK deka see GREEK duo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1177: δεκαδύοδεκαδύο, rare in the earlier writings, frequent in the later (see Passow, under the word δέκα (especially Sophocles Lexicon, under the word; cf. Winers Grammar, 23 (22); Lightfoot on Galatians 1:18)), and in the Sept.; equivalent to δώδεκα, twelve: Acts 19:7 and , in both places L T Tr WH δώδεκα; (Revelation 21:16 Tdf. editions 2, 7). STRONGS NT 1177b: δεκαέξ [δεκαέξ, sixteen: Revelation 13:18 L marginal reading (the Sept., others.)] STRONGS NT 1177a: δεκαοκτώ [δεκαοκτώ for δέκα καί ὀκτώ, eighteen: Tdf. in Luke 13:4, 11, but WH omits; L Tr brackets καί; cf. under the word καί, I. 1 b.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεκαπέντε Transliteration: dekapente Phonetic Spelling: dek-ap-en'-teh Part of Speech: Indeclinable Numeral (Adjective) Short Definition: eighteen Meaning: eighteen GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1178 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1178 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1178 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1178 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1178, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεκαπέντε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1178 dekapente 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fifteen. From deka and pente; ten and five, i.e. Fifteen -- fifteen. see GREEK deka see GREEK pente Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1178: δεκαπέντεδεκαπέντε, for the earlier πεντεκαίδεκα, fifteen: John 11:18; Acts 27:28; Galatians 1:18; (Genesis 7:20 Ald., Complutensian; Exodus 27:15; 1 Macc. 10:40; Polybius 3, 56, 3 var.; Diodorus 2, 13; Plutarch, Dion 38, 1; others; cf. δεκαδύο). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δεκάπολις Transliteration: Dekapolis Phonetic Spelling: dek-ap'-ol-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Decapolis, a region East of the Jordan Meaning: Decapolis -- a region East of the Jordan GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1179 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1179 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1179 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1179 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1179, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δεκάπολις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1179 Dekapolis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Decapolis. From deka and polis; the ten-city region; the Decapolis, a district in Syria -- Decapolis. see GREEK deka see GREEK polis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1179: ΔεκάπολιςΔεκάπολις, Δεκαπολισεως, ἡ, Decapolis (regiodecapolitana, Pliny, h. n. 5, 16, 17), i. e. a region embracing ten cities. This name is borne by a district of the tribe of Manasseh beyond the Jordan and bordering upon Syria, embracing ten principal cities with smaller towns also scattered in among them. But the ancient geographers vary in their enumeration of these ten cities. Pliny, the passage cited reckons Damascus among them, which Josephus seems to have excluded, calling Scythopolis μεγίστην τῆς Δεκαπόλεως, b. j. 3, 9, 7. All seem to agree in this, that Gadara, Hippo, Pella and Scythopolis were of the number. Cf. Winers RWB under the word Decapolis; Vaihinger in Herzog 3:325f; Riehm, HWB, 266f; (BB. DD., under the word): Matthew 4:25; Mark 5:20; Mark 7:31. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεκατέσσαρες Transliteration: dekatessares Phonetic Spelling: dek-at-es'-sar-es Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: fourteen Meaning: fourteen GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1180 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1180 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1180 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1180 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1180, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεκατέσσαρες [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1180 dekatessares 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fourteen. From deka and tessares; ten and four, i.e. Fourteen -- fourteen. see GREEK deka see GREEK tessares Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1180: δεκατέσσαρεςδεκατέσσαρες, δεκατεσσάρων, οἱ, αἱ, δεκατεσσαρα, τά, fourteen: Matthew 1:17; 2 Corinthians 12:2; Galatians 2:1. (Genesis 31:41; Tobit 8:19 Tobit 10:7; Polybius 1, 36, 11; cf. δεκαδύο.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεκάτη Transliteration: dekatē Phonetic Spelling: dek-at'-ay Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: a tenth part, a tithe Meaning: a tenth part, a tithe GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1181 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1181 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1181 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1181 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1181, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεκάτη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1181 dekatē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tenth, tithe. Feminine of dekatos; a tenth, i.e. As a percentage or (technically) tithe -- tenth (part), tithe. see GREEK dekatos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1181: δεκάτῃδεκάτῃ, δεκάτης, ἡ (δέκατος), the tenth part of anything, a tithe; specially the tenth part of booty taken from the enemy: Hebrews 7:2, 4; the tithes of the fruits of the earth and of the flocks, which, by the law of Moses, were presented to the Levites in the congregation of Israel: Hebrews 7:8f (In Greek writings from (Simonides 133 Bgk.; Herodotus 2, 135); 4, 152 down; the Sept. for מַעֲשֵׂר.) (Cf. BB. DD. under the word .) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δέκατος Transliteration: dekatos Phonetic Spelling: dek'-at-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: tenth Meaning: tenth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1182 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1182 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1182 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1182 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1182, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δέκατος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1182 dekatos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tenth. Ordinal from deka; tenth -- tenth. see GREEK deka Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1182: δέκατοςδέκατος, δεκάτῃ, δέκατον (δέκα) (from Homer down), the tenth: John 1:39 (40); Revelation 21:20; τό δέκατον, a substantive, the tenth part: Revelation 11:13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεκατόω Transliteration: dekatoō Phonetic Spelling: dek-at-o'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to collect tithes Meaning: to collect tithes GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1183 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1183 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1183 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1183 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1183, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεκατόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1183 dekatoō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pay or receive tithes. From dekate; to tithe, i.e. To give or take a tenth -- pay (receive) tithes. see GREEK dekate Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1183: δεκατόωδεκατόω, δεκάτῳ: perfect δεδεκάτωκα; perfect passive δεδεκατωμαι; (δέκατος); to exact or receive the tenth part (for which Greek writers use δεκατεύω (Winer's Grammar, 24)): with the accusative of person from whom, Hebrews 7:6 (on the perfect cf. Winers Grammar, § 40, 4 a.; Lightfoot St. Clement, Appendix, p. 414); passive to pay tithes (Vulg.decimor): Hebrews 7:9. (Nehemiah 10:37.) (Compare: ἀποδεκατόω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεκτός Transliteration: dektos Phonetic Spelling: dek-tos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: acceptable Meaning: acceptable GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1184 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1184 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1184 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1184 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1184, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεκτός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1184 dektos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: acceptable. From dechomai; approved; (figuratively) propitious -- accepted(-table). see GREEK dechomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1184: δεκτόςδεκτός, δεκτή, δεκτόν (δέχομαι), accepted, acceptable: Luke 4:24; Philippians 4:18; τίνι, Acts 10:35; the phrases καιρός δεκτός, 2 Corinthians 6:2 (Isaiah 59:8 for רָצון עֵת), and ἐνιαυτός δεκτός, Luke 4:19 (Isaiah 61:2 for רָצון שְׁנַת), denote that most blessed time when salvation and the free favors of God profusely abound. (Exodus 28:34; Isaiah 56:7 (etc.). Among secular authors used by Jamblichus, protr. symb. § 20, p. 350.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δελεάζω Transliteration: deleazō Phonetic Spelling: del-eh-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to lure Meaning: to lure GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1185 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1185 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1185 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1185 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1185, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δελεάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1185 deleazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: allure, beguile, entice. From the base of dolos; to entrap, i.e. (figuratively) delude -- allure, beguile, entice. see GREEK dolos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1185: δελεάζωδελεάζω; (present passive δελεάζομαι); (δέλεαρ a bait); 1. properly, to bait, catch by a bait: Xenophon, mem. 2, 1, 4, et al. 2. as often in secular authors, metaphorically, to beguile by blandishments, allure, entice, deceive: τινα, 2 Peter 2:14, 18; James 1:14, on this passage cf. Philo, quod omn. prob. book § 22. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δένδρον Transliteration: dendron Phonetic Spelling: den'-dron Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a tree Meaning: a tree GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1186 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1186 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1186 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1186 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1186, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δένδρον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1186 dendron 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tree. Probably from drus (an oak); a tree -- tree. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1186: δένδρονδένδρον, δένδρου, τό, a tree: Matthew 7:17, etc.; γίνεσθαι δένδρον or εἰς δένδρον, to grow to the shape and size of a tree, Matthew 13:32; Luke 13:19. ((Homer, Herodotus), Aristophanes, Thucydides down.) STRONGS NT 1186a: δεξιοβόλοςδεξιοβόλος, δεξιοβολου, ὁ (from δεξιός and βάλλω), throwing with the right hand, a slinger, an archer: Acts 23:23 in Lachmann edition min.; cf. the following word. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεξιόλαβος Transliteration: dexiolabos Phonetic Spelling: dex-ee-ol-ab'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: probably a spearman or slinger Meaning: probably a spearman or slinger GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1187 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1187 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1187 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1187 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1187, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεξιόλαβος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1187 dexiolabos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: spearman. From dexios and lambano; a guardsman (as if taking the right) or light-armed soldier -- spearman. see GREEK dexios see GREEK lambano Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1187: δεξιολάβοςδεξιολάβος, δεξιολαβου, ὁ (δεξιός and λαμβάνω), a word unknown to the earlier writings, found in Constantinus Porphyrogenitus (10th century) de them. 1, 1, who speaks of δεξιολαβοι, as a kind of soldiers, in company with bowmen (τοξοφοροι) and peltasts; (they are also mentioned by Theophylact Simocatta (hist. 4, 1) in the 7th century; see the quotations in Meyer). Since in Acts 23:23 two hundred of them are ordered to be ready, apparently spearmen are referred to (carrying a lance in the right hand); and so the Vulg. has taken it. The great number spoken of conflicts with the interpretation of those who suppose them to be soldiers whose duty it was to guard captives bound by a chain on the right hand. Meyer at the passage understands them to be (either) javelin men (or slingers). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεξιός Transliteration: dexios Phonetic Spelling: dex-ee-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: the right hand or side Meaning: the right hand or side GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1188 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1188 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1188 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1188 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1188, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεξιός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1188 dexios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: right hand or side. From dechomai; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes) -- right (hand, side). see GREEK dechomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1188: δεξιόςδεξιός, δεξιά, δεξιόν (from δέχομαι, future δέξομαι, or from δέκω, which is akin to δείκνυμι; properly, of that hand which is accustomed to take told of as well as to point out; just as ἄξιος comes from ἄξω, future of ἄγω; (cf. Curtius, §§ 11, 266)), the right: Matthew 5:29, 39; Luke 22:50; John 18:10; Revelation 10:2; ἡ δεξιά χείρ, Matthew 5:30; Luke 6:6; Acts 3:7; Revelation 1:16; Revelation 13:16; and (with χείρ omitted) ἡ δεξιά (like ἡ ἀριστερά), Matthew 6:3; Matthew 27:29; Revelation 1:20; Revelation 2:1; Revelation 5:7; ἐπί τήν δεξιάν (on the right hand i. e.) at the right side, Revelation 5:1 (but others take it more closely, in the right hand; cf. Revelation 5:7 and Revelation 20:1); διδόναι τήν δεξιάν or τάς δεξιᾶς, to pledge either a mutual friendship, or a compact, by joining the right hands: Galatians 2:9 (1 Macc. 6:58 1 Macc. 11:50, 62, 66 1 Macc. 13:50; 2 Macc. 11:26 2Macc. 12:11 2Macc. 13:22; cf. Gesenius, Thesaurus ii., pp. 566 and 599; and in secular authors as Xenophon, an. 1, 6, 6; 2, 5, 3; Josephus, Antiquities 18, 9, 3 δεξιάν τέ καί πίστιν διδόναι τίνι); God is said to have done something τῇ δεξιά αὐτοῦ with his right hand i. e., according to Hebrew idiom, by his own power (cf. Winer's Grammar, 214 (201)): Acts 2:33; Acts 5:31; τά ὅπλα τά δεξιά, arms carried in the right hand and used for attack, as the sword, the spear, καί ἀριστερά those carried in the left hand, for the purpose of defense, as the shield: 2 Corinthians 6:7; τά δεξιά μέρη τοῦ πλοίου, John 21:6. τά δεξιά the right side (Winer's Grammar, 176 (166)): Mark 16:5; ἐκ δεξιῶν τίνος on one's right hand (Latinadalicuiusdextram), Matthew 25:33; Matthew 27:38; Mark 15:27; Luke 1:11; Luke 23:33; εἶναι, Acts 2:25 (from Psalm 15:8 (), he is at my right hand, namely, as a leader, to sustain me). As in this expression the Greeks use the preposition ἐκ, so the Hebrews sometimes use מִן (מִימִין from i. e. at the right, פְּ מֵאֵצֶל from i. e. at the side of anyone) and the Romansab (sedereadextraalicuis,proximumesseabaliquo), because they define the position of one standing or sitting next another by proceeding from the one next to whom he is said to stand or sit (cf. Winer's Grammar, 367 (344)). καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν καί ἐξ εὐωνύμων τίνος βασιλέως, to occupy the places of honor nearest the king, Matthew 20:21, 23; Mark 10:37, 40; (יָשַׁב פְּ לִימִין, 1 Kings 2:19; Psalm 44:10 ()). Hence, after Psalm 109:1 () as applied to the Messiah (Matthew 22:44; Mark 12:36; Luke 20:42), Christ is said to have ascended καθῆσθαι or καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν (at or on the right hand) of God, Matthew 26:64; Mark 14:62; Mark 16:19; Luke 22:69; Acts 2:34; Hebrews 1:13; εἶναι or καθίσαι ἐν δεξιά τοῦ Θεοῦ, Romans 8:34; Ephesians 1:20; Colossians 3:1; Hebrews 1:3; Hebrews 8:1; Hebrews 10:12; Hebrews 12:2 — to indicate that he has become a partner in God's universal government (cf. Knapp, De J. Chr. ad dextram dei sedente, in his Scripts var. arg., p. 41ff; (Stuart, Commentary on Hebrews, excurs. iv.)). That these expressions are to be understood in this figurative sense, and not of a fixed and definite place in the highest heavens (as Chr. From Fritzsche in Nov. Opuscc. acad., p. 209ff tries to prove, after the orthodox theologians of the reformed church), will be questioned by no one who carefully considers Revelation 3:21. Christ is once spoken of as ἑστώς ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ, as though in indignation at his adversaries (according to others, to welcome his martyred servant) he had risen from his heavenly throne, Acts 7:55f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δέομαι Transliteration: deomai Phonetic Spelling: deh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to want, entreat Meaning: to want, entreat GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1189 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1189 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1189 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1189 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1189, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δέομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1189 deomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: beseech, pray to, make request. Middle voice of deo; to beg (as binding oneself), i.e. Petition -- beseech, pray (to), make request. Compare punthanomai. see GREEK deo see GREEK punthanomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1189: δέομαιδέομαι; 3 person singular imperfect ἐδητο (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 220; Winers Grammar, 46; (Veitch, under the word δέω to need at the end)), Luke 8:38 (where Lachmann ἐδηιτο, Tr WH ἐδεῖτο; cf. Meyer at the passage; (WHs Appendix, p. 166); Buttmann, 55 (48)); 1 aorist ἐδεήθην; (from δέω to want, need; whence middle δέομαι to stand in need of, want for oneself); (from Herodotus down); 1. to want, lack: τίνος. 2. to desire, long for: τίνος. 3. to ask, beg (German bitten); a. universally — the thing asked for being evident from the context: with the genitive of the person from whom, Galatians 4:12; the thing sought being specified in direct discourse: Luke 5:12; Luke 8:28; Luke 9:38 (according to the reading ἐπίβλεψον R L); Acts 8:34 (δέομαι σου, περί τίνος ὁ προφήτης λέγει τοῦτο; of whom, I pray thee, doth the prophet say this?); Acts 21:39; 2 Corinthians 5:20; followed by the infinitive, Luke 8:38; Luke 9:38 (according to the reading ἐπιβλέψαι Tr WH); Acts 26:3 (where G L T Tr WH omit σου after δέομαι); followed by ἵνα, Luke 9:40 (cf. Winers Grammar, 335 (315); (Buttmann, 258 (222))); followed by τό with an infinitive 2 Corinthians 10:2 (cf. Buttmann, 263 (226), 279 (239); Winer's Grammar, 321, 322 (301f)); with the genitive of person and the accusative of a thing, 2 Corinthians 8:4 (G L T Tr WH; for Rec. adds δέξασθαι ἡμᾶς without warrant) (cf. Buttmann, 164 (143); Winers Grammar, 198 (186)). b. specifically, of requests addressed to God; absolutely to pray, make supplication: Acts 4:31; τοῦ Θεοῦ, Acts 10:2; followed by εἰ ἄρα, Acts 8:22 (Buttmann, 256 (220); Winer's Grammar, 300 (282)); τοῦ κυρίου, ὅπως etc. Matthew 9:38; Luke 10:2; without the genitive Θεοῦ — followed by εἰ πῶς, Romans 1:10 (cf. Winers Grammar, and Buttmann's Grammar, the passages cited); by ἵνα, Luke 21:36; Luke 22:32; by the relic εἰς τό, 1 Thessalonians 3:10 (cf. Buttmann, 265 (228)); ὑπέρ τίνος πρός τόν κύριον, ὅπως, Acts 8:24. (Synonyms: see αἰτέω and δέησις. Compare: προσδέομαι.) STRONGS NT 1189a: δέοςδέος, δέους, τό (δείδω) (from Homer down), fear, awe: μετά εὐλαβείας καί δέους, Hebrews 12:28 L T Tr WH. [SYNONYMS: δέος (apprehension), φόβος (fear): Ammonius under the word δέος says δέος καί φόβος διαφέρει. δέος μέν γάρ ἐστι πολυχρόνιος κακοῦ ὑπόνοια. φόβος δέ ἡ παραυτίκα πτόησις. Plato (Laches, p. 198 b.): δέος γάρ εἶναι προσδοκίαν μέλλοντος κακοῦ. Cf. Stallbaum on Platos Protag., p. 167; Schmidt, chapter 139; and see under the word δειλία.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δερβαῖος Transliteration: Derbaios Phonetic Spelling: der-bah'-ee-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: fear, reverence Meaning: fear, reverence GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1190 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1190 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1190 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1190 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1190, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δερβαῖος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1190 Derbaios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: of Derbe. From Derbe; a Derb?An or inhabitant of Derbe -- of Derbe. see GREEK Derbe Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1190: ΔερβαῖοςΔερβαῖος, Δερβαιου, ὁ, of Derbe, a native of Derbe: Acts 20:4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δέρβη Transliteration: Derbē Phonetic Spelling: der-bay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Derbe, a city of Lycaonia Meaning: Derbe -- a city of Lycaonia GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1191 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1191 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1191 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1191 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1191, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δέρβη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1191 Derbē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Derbe. Of foreign origin; Derbe, a place in Asia Minor -- Derbe. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1191: ΔέρβηΔέρβη, Δερβης, ἡ, Derbe, a city of Lycaonia, on the confines of Isauria (on its supposed site see Lewin, St. Paul, i. 151f; B. D. under the word; cf. Conyb. and Hows. St. Paul Index under the word): Acts 14:6, 20; Acts 16:1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δέρμα Transliteration: derma Phonetic Spelling: der'-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: the skin Meaning: the skin GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1192 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1192 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1192 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1192 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1192, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δέρμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1192 derma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: skin. From dero; a hide -- skin. see GREEK dero Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1192: δέρμαδέρμα, δέρματος, τό (from δέρω or δείρω, as κέρμα from κείρω), a skin, hide, leather: Hebrews 11:37. (Homer and following.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δερμάτινος Transliteration: dermatinos Phonetic Spelling: der-mat'-ee-nos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: made of skin, leathern Meaning: made of skin, leathern GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1193 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1193 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1193 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1193 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1193, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δερμάτινος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1193 dermatinos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: leathern, of a skin. From derma; made of hide -- leathern, of a skin. see GREEK derma Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1193: δερμάτινοςδερμάτινος, δερματινη, δερμάτινον (δέρμα), made of skin, leather (Vulg.pelliceus): Matthew 3:4; Mark 1:6; cf. 2 Kings 1:8. (Homer, Herodotus, Plato, Strabo, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δέρω Transliteration: derō Phonetic Spelling: der'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to skin, to thrash Meaning: to skin, to thrash GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1194 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1194 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1194 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1194 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1194, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δέρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1194 derō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: beat, smite. A primary verb; properly, to flay, i.e. (by implication) to scourge, or (by analogy) to thrash -- beat, smite. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1194: δέρωδέρω; 1 aorist ἔδειρα; 2 future passive δαρήσομαι; 1. to flay, skin: Homer, Iliad 1, 459; 23, 167, etc. 2. to beat, throb, smite (cf. German durchgerben (low English hide)), so sometimes in secular authors from Aristophanes ran. 619 (cf. vesp. 485) down: τινα, Matthew 21:35; Mark 12:3, 5; Luke 20:10; Luke 22:63; John 18:23; Acts 5:40; Acts 16:37; Acts 22:19; εἰς πρόσωπον δέρειν τινα, 2 Corinthians 11:20; ἀέρα δέρειν (see ἀήρ), 1 Corinthians 9:26; passive: Mark 13:9; Luke 12:47 (δαρήσεται πολλάς, namely, πληγάς, will be beaten with many stripes); Luke 12:48 (ὀλίγας, cf. Xenophon, an. 5, 8, 12 παίειν ὀλίγας, Sophocles El. 1415 παίειν διπλην, Aristophanes nub. 968 (972) τύπτεσθαι πολλάς, Plato, legg. 8, p. 845 a. μαστιγουσθαι πληγάς; cf. (Winers Grammar, 589 (548)); Buttmann, (82 (72)); § 134, 6). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεσμεύω Transliteration: desmeuō Phonetic Spelling: des-myoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to bind together, to fetter Meaning: to bind together, to fetter GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1195 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1195 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1195 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1195 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1195, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεσμεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1195 desmeuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bind togetherFrom a (presumed) derivative of desmeo; to be a binder (captor), i.e. To enchain (a prisoner), to tie on (a load) -- bind. see GREEK desmeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1195: δεσμεύωδεσμεύω; (imperfect passive 3 person singular ἐδεσμεύετο (Luke 8:29 T Tr WH)); (δεσμός); a. to put in chains: Luke 8:29 T Tr WH; Acts 22:4; (the Sept. Judges 16:11; Euripides, Bacch. 616; Xenophon, Hier. 6, 14; Plato, legg. 7, p. 808 d.). b. to bind up, bind together: φορτία, Matthew 23:4; (δράγματα, Genesis 37:7; Judith 8:3. (Hesiod, Works, 479, others)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεσμέω Transliteration: desmeō Phonetic Spelling: des-meh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: bind, shackle Meaning: bind, shackle GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1196 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1196 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1196 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1196 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1196, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεσμέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1196 desmeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bind, shackleFrom desmon; to tie, i.e. Shackle -- bind. see GREEK desmon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1196: δεσμέωδεσμέω, δεσμῷ: (imperfect passive 3 person singular ἐδεσμεῖτο); to bind, tie: Luke 8:29 R G L; see δεσμεύω. ((Aristotle, de plant. 1, 2, p. 817b, 21; others); Heliodorus 8, 9.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δέσμη Transliteration: desmē Phonetic Spelling: des-may' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a bundle Meaning: a bundle GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1197 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1197 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1197 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1197 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1197, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δέσμη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1197 desmē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bundle. From desmeo; a bundle -- bundle. see GREEK desmeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1197: δέσμηδέσμη, δεσμης, or as others write it (e. g. Rec.st T; yet cf. Lob. Paralip., p. 396; Chandler § 132) δέσμη, δεσμης, ἡ (δέω), a bundle: Matthew 13:30. (Exodus 12:22. Demosthenes, Dionysius Halicarnassus, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δέσμιος Transliteration: desmios Phonetic Spelling: des'-mee-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: binding, bound Meaning: binding, bound GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1198 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1198 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1198 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1198 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1198, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δέσμιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1198 desmios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: prisoner. From desmon; a captive (as bound) -- in bonds, prisoner. see GREEK desmon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1198: δέσμιοςδέσμιος, δεσμιου, ὁ, bound, in bonds, a captive, a prisoner (from Sophocles down): Matthew 27:15; Mark 15:6; Acts 16:25, 27; Acts 23:18; Acts 25:14, 27; Acts 28:16 (R G), 17; Hebrews 10:34 G L T Tr text WH; ; ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, whom Christ, i. e. his truth which I have preached, has put in bonds (Winers Grammar, 189 (178); (Buttmann, 169 (147))), Ephesians 3:1; 2 Timothy 1:8; Philemon 1:1, 9; in the same sense ὁ δέσμιος ἐν κυρίῳ, Ephesians 4:1; (cf. Lightfoot on Philemon 1:13). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεσμός Transliteration: desmos Phonetic Spelling: des-mon' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine; Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a band, bond Meaning: a band, bond GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1199 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1199 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1199 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1199 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1199, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεσμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1199 desmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ligament, chain, string. Or desmos des-mos' neuter and masculine respectively from deo; a band, i.e. Ligament (of the body) or shackle (of a prisoner); figuratively, an impediment or disability -- band, bond, chain, string. see GREEK deo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1199: δεσμόςδεσμός, δεσμοῦ, ὁ (δέω) (from Homer down), a band or bond: Mark 7:35 (ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμός τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ, i. e. the impediment in his speech was removed); Luke 13:16 (λυθῆναι ἀπό τοῦ δεσμοῦ, of a woman bowed together, held fasces it were by a bond). The plural form τά δεσμά the more common form in Greek writers (Winers Grammar, 63 (62) (cf. Buttmann, 23 (21); see below)), is found in Luke 8:29; Acts 16:26; Acts 20:23; the other form οἱ δεσμοί in Philippians 1:13 (ὥστε τούς δεσμούς μου φανερούς ἐν Χριστῷ γενέσθαι, so that my captivity became manifest as made for the cause of Christ) ("δεσμάsuntvinculaquibusquisconstringitur,sed δεσμόςestincarceremconjectioetcaptivitasinvinculis ...UtraqueformaetceteriGraeciomnesetAtticiutuntur,sednonpromiscueutintersepermutaripossint." Cobet as quoted in Rutherford, New Phryn., p. 353); the genitive and dative in Acts 22:30 Rec.; ; Philippians 1:7, 14, 16 (); Colossians 4:18; 2 Timothy 2:9; Philemon 1:10; Hebrews 10:34 R Tr marginal reading; Hebrews 11:36; Jude 1:6; ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, in the captivity into which the preaching of the gospel has thrown me, Philemon 1:13 (Winer's Grammar, 189 (178); cf. reference under the word δέσμιος, at the end). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεσμοφύλαξ Transliteration: desmophylax Phonetic Spelling: des-mof-oo'-lax Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a prison keeper Meaning: a prison keeper GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1200 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1200 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1200 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1200 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1200, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεσμοφύλαξ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1200 desmophylax 🕊 Strong's Concordance: jailor, keeper of the prison. From desmon and phulax; a jailer (as guarding the prisoners) -- jailor, keeper of the prison. see GREEK desmon see GREEK phulax Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1200: δεσμοφύλαξδεσμοφύλαξ, δεσμοφυλακος, ὁ (δεσμός and φύλαξ, like θησαυροφύλαξ (cf. with 100 (95))), a keeper of a prison, a jailer: Acts 16:23, 27, 36. (Josephus, Antiquities 2, 5, 1; Lucian, Tox. 30; (Artemidorus Daldianus, oneir. 3, 60; others); ἀρχιδεσμοφύλαξ, Genesis 39:21-23.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεσμωτήριον Transliteration: desmōtērion Phonetic Spelling: des-mo-tay'-ree-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a prison Meaning: a prison GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1201 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1201 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1201 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1201 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1201, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεσμωτήριον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1201 desmōtērion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: prison. From a derivative of desmon (equivalent to desmeo); a place of bondage, i.e. A dungeon -- prison. see GREEK desmon see GREEK desmeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1201: δεσμωτήριονδεσμωτήριον, δεσμωτηρίου, τό, a prison, jail: Matthew 11:2; Acts 5:21, 23; Acts 16:26. (Genesis 40:3; (Herodotus), Thucydides, Plato, Demosthenes, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεσμώτης Transliteration: desmōtēs Phonetic Spelling: des-mo'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a prisoner Meaning: a prisoner GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1202 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1202 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1202 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1202 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1202, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεσμώτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1202 desmōtēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: prisoner. From the same as desmoterion; (passively) a captive -- prisoner. see GREEK desmoterion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1202: δεσμώτηςδεσμώτης, δεσμώτου, ὁ, one bound, a prisoner: Acts 27:1, 42. (Genesis 39:20; Baruch 1:9; Herodotus, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Thucydides, subsequent writers) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεσπότης Transliteration: despotēs Phonetic Spelling: des-pot'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: lord, master Meaning: lord, master GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1203 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1203 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1203 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1203 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1203, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεσπότης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1203 despotēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Lord, master. Perhaps from deo and posis (a husband); an absolute ruler ("despot") -- Lord, master. see GREEK deo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1203: δεσπότηςδεσπότης, δεσπότου, ὁ (from Pindar down), a master, lord (as of δοῦλοι, οἰκέται): 1 Timothy 6:1,(2); 2 Timothy 2:21; Titus 2:9; 1 Peter 2:18; God is thus addressed by one who calls himself his δοῦλος: Luke 2:29, cf. Acts 4:24, 29 (δεσπότης τῶν πάντων, Job 5:8; Wis. 6:8); Christ is so called, as one who has bought his servants, 2 Peter 2:1; rules over his church, Jude 1:4 (some take δεσπότης here as designating God; cf. R. V. marginal reading); and whose prerogative it is to take vengeance on those who persecute his followers, Revelation 6:10. [SYNONYMS: δεσπότης, κύριος: δεσπότης was strictly the correlative of slave, δοῦλος, and hence, denoted absolute ownership and uncontrolled power; κύριος had a wider meaning, applicable to the various ranks and relations of life, and not suggestive either of property or of absolutism. Ammonius under the word δεσπότης says δεδσποτης ὁ τῶν ἀργυρωνητων. κύριος δέ καί πατήρ υἱοῦ καί αὐτός τίς ἑαυτοῦ. So Philo, quis rer. div. heres § 6 ὥστε τόν δεσπότην κύριον εἶναι καί ἔτι ὡσανεί φοβερόν κύριον, οὐ μόνον τό κῦρος καί τό κράτος ἁπάντων ἀνημμενον, ἀλλά καί δέος καί φόβον ἱκανόν ἐμποιησαι. Cf. Trench, § xxviii.; Woolsey, in Bib. Sacr. for 1861, p. 599f; Schmidt, chapter 161, 5.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεῦρο Transliteration: deuro Phonetic Spelling: dyoo'-ro Part of Speech: Adverb; Verb Short Definition: until now, come here! Meaning: until now, come here! GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1204 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1204 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1204 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1204 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1204, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεῦρο [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1204 deuro 🕊 Strong's Concordance: come hither.Of uncertain affinity; here; used also imperative hither!; and of time, hitherto -- come (hither), hither(-to). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1204: δεῦροδεῦρο, adverb, from Homer down; 1. of place, a. hither; to this place. b. in urging and calling, "Here! Come!" (the Sept. especially for לֵך and לְכָה): Matthew 19:21; Mark 10:21; Luke 18:22; John 11:43 (δεῦρο ἔξω come forth). Acts 7:34; Revelation 17:1; Revelation 21:9; δεῦρο εἰς γῆν, ἥν κτλ., Acts 7:3 (δεῦρο εἰς τόν οἶκον σου, 1 Kings 1:53; eis Ptolemaida, 1 Macc. 12:45). 2. of time, hitherto, now: ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο up to this time, Romans 1:13 (μέχρι δεῦρο (Plato, legg. 7, p. 811 c.); Athen. 1, 62, p. 34 c.; Plutarch, vit. Numbers 4; Pomp. 24). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεῦτε Transliteration: deute Phonetic Spelling: dyoo'-teh Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: come! Meaning: come! GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1205 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1205 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1205 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1205 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1205, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεῦτε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1205 deute 🕊 Strong's Concordance: come, follow. From deuro and an imperative form of eimi (to go); come hither! -- come, X follow. see GREEK deuro Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1205: δεῦτεδεῦτε, adverb, used when two or more are addressed (cf. Buttmann, 70 (61)); perhaps from δευῥ ἰτε (yet see Alexander Buttmann (1873) Gram. 21te Aufl. § 115 Anm. 8), see δεῦρο, 1; 1. from Homer down, come hither, come here, come: followed by an imperative, δεῦτε, κληρονομήσατε, Matthew 25:34; δεῦτε, ἴδετε, Matthew 28:6; John 4:29; δεῦτε, ἀριστήσατε, John 21:12; δεῦτε, συνάχθητε (Rec. δεῦτε καί συνάγεσθε), Revelation 19:17. δεῦτε ἀπίσω μου come after me, be my disciples: Matthew 4:19; Mark 1:17 (equivalent to אַחֲרַי לְכוּ, 2 Kings 6:19); δεῦτε εἰς τούς γάμους, Matthew 22:4; εἰς ἔρημον τόπον, Mark 6:31; δεῦτε πρός με, Matthew 11:28. 2. It gets the force of an interjection, "Come! Come now!" followed by a hortatory subjunctive: δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν, Matthew 21:38; Mark 12:7 and R G in Luke 20:14. (the Sept. mostly for לְכוּ, sometimes for בֹּאוּ.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δευτεραῖος Transliteration: deuteraios Phonetic Spelling: dyoo-ter-ah'-yos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: on the second day Meaning: on the second day GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1206 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1206 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1206 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1206 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1206, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δευτεραῖος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1206 deuteraios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: next day. From deuteros; secondary, i.e. (specially) on the second day -- next day. see GREEK deuteros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1206: δευτεραῖοςδευτεραῖος, δευτεραια, δευτεραιον (δεύτερος) (Herodotus, Xenophon, others), of or belonging to the second; of one who comes, or does a thing, on the second day (cf. τριταῖος, τεταρταῖος, etc.): δευτεραῖοι ἤλθομεν, Acts 28:13; cf. Winers Grammar, § 54, 2; (Buttmann, § 123, 9). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δευτερόπρωτος Transliteration: deuteroprōtos Phonetic Spelling: dyoo-ter-op'-ro-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: second, after the first Meaning: second, after the first GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1207 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1207 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1207 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1207 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1207, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δευτερόπρωτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1207deuteroprōtos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: second, after the first. From deuteros and protos; second-first, i.e. (specially) a designation of the Sabbath immediately after the Paschal week (being the second after Passover day, and the first of the seven Sabbaths intervening before Pentecost) -- second... After the first. see GREEK deuteros see GREEK protos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1207: δευτερόπρωτοςδευτερόπρωτος, δευτερόπρωτον, second-first (cf. δευτερεσχατος second-last, last but one): ἐν σαββάτῳ δευτεροπρώτῳ in Luke 6:1 seems to be, the second of the first sabbaths after the feast of the Passover; cf. Redslob in the Intelligenzblatt zur Hall. Lit. Zeit. 1847, N. 70; Ewald, Jahrbb. d. Biblical Wissensch. i., p. 72; (WH's Appendix, at the passage). The various opinions of others are reviewed by Meyer (and McClellan) at the passage and Lübkert in the Studien und Kritiken for 1835, p. 664ff (Eustrat. in vita Eutych. n. 95 calls the first Sunday after Easter δευτεροπρωτην κυριακην). (But the genuineness of the word is questionable. It is lacking in א B L 1, 33, 69 and some other authorities. Hence, Tr text WH omit the word; L Tr marginal reading brackets it. Tischendorf, after expunging it in his 2nd edition, restored it in his 7th edition, subsequently put it in brackets, and finally (8th edition) inserted it again. It is questioned or discarded, by Meyer, Bleek, Alford, Weiss (on Mark, p. 101), Holtz., Hilgenf., Volkm., Farrar (commentary at the passage and Life of Christ 1:435), others. For the evidence see Tdf.s note, and for discussions of it see WHs Appendix at the passage; Scrivener, Introduction, p. 515f; Green, Developed Criticism at the passage.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δεύτερος Transliteration: deuteros Phonetic Spelling: dyoo'-ter-os Part of Speech: Adjective; Adverb Short Definition: second Meaning: second GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1208 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1208 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1208 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1208 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1208, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δεύτερος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1208 deuteros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: afterward, again, secondarily. As the compare of duo; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb) -- afterward, again, second(-arily, time). see GREEK duo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1208: δεύτεροςδεύτερος, δευτέρᾳ, δεύτερον (from Homer down; Curtius, § 277), second: Matthew 22:26; Mark 12:21; Luke 12:38; John 4:54; Revelation 4:7, etc.; the second, the other of two: Matthew 22:39; Mark 12:31; 1 Corinthians 15:47; Titus 3:10; 2 Peter 3:1; Hebrews 8:7; Hebrews 10:9; δεύτερος θάνατος (see θάνατος, 3), Revelation 2:11; Revelation 20:14; Revelation 21:8; δευτέρᾳ χάρις in 2 Corinthians 1:15 is not a double benefit, but a second, opposed to the former which the Corinthians would have had if Paul in passing through Achaia into Macedonia had visited them πρότερον (WH text Tr marginal reading read δεύτερον χαράν, which see). The neuter δεύτερον is used adverbially in the second place, a second time (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 37, 5 Note 1): John 3:4; Revelation 19:3; πάλιν is added, as often in Greek writers (see ἄνωθεν, at the end): John 21:16; also τό δεύτερον, 2 Corinthians 13:2; Jude 1:5; ἐκ δευτέρου (1 Macc. 9:1), Mark 14:72; John 9:24; Acts 11:9; Hebrews 9:28; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 51, 1d.; with πάλιν added, Matthew 26:42; Acts 10:15 (Homer, Odyssey 3, 161 ἐπί δεύτερον ἀυτις); έ᾿ντω δευτέρῳ at the second time, Acts 7:13 (when they had come the second time); δεύτερον in a partition then, in the second place: 1 Corinthians 12:28. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δέχομαι Transliteration: dechomai Phonetic Spelling: dekh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to receive Meaning: to receive GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1209 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1209 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1209 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1209 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1209, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δέχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1209 dechomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: accept, receive, take. Middle voice of a primary verb; to receive (in various applications, literally or figuratively) -- accept, receive, take. Compare lambano. see GREEK lambano Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1209: δέχομαιδέχομαι; (future 2 person plural δεξεσθε, Ephesians 6:17 Rec.bez); 1 aorist ἐδεξάμην; perfect δεδεγμαι (Acts 8:14); deponent middle; the Sept. mostly for לָקַח; 1. to take with the hand: τό γράμμα (L text T Tr WH τά γράμματα), Luke 16:6f; τό ποτήριον, Luke 22:17; to take hold of, take up, τήν περικεφαλαίαν ... τήν μάχαιραν, Ephesians 6:17; τό παιδίον εἰς ἀγκάλας, Luke 2:28. 2. to take up, receive (German aufnehmen,annehmen); a. used of a place receiving one: ὅν δεῖ οὐρανόν δέξασθαι (οὐρανόν is subject), Acts 3:21 (Plato, Theact., p. 177 a. τελευτησαντας αὐτούς ... ὁ τῶν κακῶν καθαρός τόπος οὐ δέξεται). b. with the accusative of person to receive, grant access to, a visitor; not to refuse contact or friendship: Luke 9:11 R G; John 4:45; 2 Corinthians 7:15; Galatians 4:14; Colossians 4:10; to receive to hospitality, Matthew 10:14, 40; Mark 6:11; Luke 9:5, 53; Luke 10:8, 10; Acts 21:17 Rec.; Hebrews 11:31 (often in Greek writings from Homer down); παιδίον, to receive into one's family in order to bring up and educate, Matthew 18:5; Mark 9:37; Luke 9:48; to receive εἰς τούς οἴκους, τάς σκηνάς, Luke 16:4, 9; δέξαι τό πνεῦμα μου, to thyself in heaven, Acts 7:59. c. with the accusative of the thing offered in speaking, teaching, instructing; to receive favorably, give ear to, embrace, make one's own, approve, not to reject: τόν λόγον, Luke 8:13; Acts 8:14; Acts 11:1; Acts 17:11; 1 Thessalonians 1:6; 1 Thessalonians 2:13; James 1:21; τά τοῦ πνεύματος 1 Corinthians 2:14; τήν παράκλησιν, 2 Corinthians 8:17; τήν ἀγάπην τῆς ἀληθείας namely, commended to them, 2 Thessalonians 2:10; (add the elliptical construction in Matthew 11:14) (often in Greek writings); to receive a benefit offered, not to reject it, 2 Corinthians 8:4 Rec. d. to receive equivalent to to take upon oneself, sustain, bear, endure: τινα, his bearing and behavior, 2 Corinthians 11:16 τήν ἀδικίαν, Hebrew נָשָׂא, Genesis 50:17; πᾶν, ὁ ἐάν ἐπαχθῇ, Sir. 2:4; μυθον χαλεπόν, Homer, Odyssey 20, 271, and often in Greek writers). 3. to receive, get, (German empfangen): ἐπιστολάς, Acts 22:5; γράμματα, Acts 28:21; τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, to become a partaker of the benefits of God's kingdom, Mark 10:15; Luke 18:17; λόγια ζῶντα, Acts 7:38; εὐαγγέλιον, 2 Corinthians 11:4; τήν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ, 2 Corinthians 6:1; — equivalent to to learn: Philippians 4:18 ((?) see the commentaries at the passage). [SYNONYMS: δέχομαι, λαμβάνω: The earlier classic use of these verbs sustains in the main the distinction laid down in the glossaries (e. g. Ammonius, under the word λαβεῖν; λαβεῖν μέν ἐστι, τό κείμενον τί ἀνέλεσθαι. δέξασθαι δέ, τό διδόμενον ἐκ χειρός), and the suggestion of a self-prompted taking still adheres to λαμβάνω in many connections (cf. λαβεῖν τινα γυναῖκα, ἀρχήν λαβεῖν) in distinction from a receiving of what is offered; in use, however, the words overlap and distinctions disappear; yet the suggestion of a welcoming or an appropriating reception generally cleaves to δέχομαι. See Schimdt, chapter 107, who treats of the compound of δέχομαι. in detail. Compare: ἀναδέχομαι, ἀποδέχομαι, διαδέχομαι, εἰσδέχομαι, ἐκδέχομαι, ἀπεκδέχομαι, ἐνδέχομαι, ἐπιδέχομαι, παραδέχομαι, προσδέχομαι, ὑποδέχομαι.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δέω Transliteration: deō Phonetic Spelling: deh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to tie, bind Meaning: to tie, bind GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1210 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1210 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1210 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1210 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1210, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1210 deō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. A primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively) -- bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also dei, deomai. see GREEK dei see GREEK deomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1210: δέωδέω: (future δήσω); 1 aorist έ᾿δησα; perfect participle δεδεκώς (Acts 22:29); passive, perfect δέδεμαι; 1 aorist infinitive δεθῆναι (Acts 21:33); the Sept. chiefly for אָסַר; (from Homer down); to bind, tie, fasten; 1. properly: τί, εἰςδέσμας, Matthew 13:30 (Tr WH brackets G probably omit εἰς, cf. Buttmann, 150 (131); Winer's Grammar, 225 (211)); ὀθόνη τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς δεδεμεναις a sheet bound by the four corners (to the sky), Acts 10:11 (G L T Tr WH omit δεδεμεναις καί); an animal, to prevent it from straying around, ὄνος δεδεμενη, πῶλος δεδεμένος, Matthew 21:2; Mark 11:2; Luke 19:30; with πρός τήν θύραν added, Mark 11:4; with the accusative of person to bind, to fasten with chains, to throw into chains: ἀγγέλους, Revelation 9:14; a madman, πέδαις καί ἁλύσεσι, Mark 5:3f; captives, Matt. (); ; Mark (); ; John 18:12; Acts 9:14; Acts 21:11; Acts 22:29; Revelation 20:2; Passive, Mark 15:7; John 18:24; Acts 9:2, 21 (in the last two passages δεδεμένον ἄγειν τινα); Acts 21:13; Acts 22:5; Acts 24:27; Colossians 4:3; ἁλύσεσι, Acts 12:6; Acts 21:33; ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐ δέδεται, figuratively for these bonds of mine in no way hinder its course, i. e. the preaching, extension, and efficacy of the gospel, 2 Timothy 2:9; the bodies of the dead, which were accustomed to be bound with bandages and linen cloths: ὁ τεθνηκώς δεδεμονος τούς πόδας καί τάς χεῖρας κειριας, bound hand and foot with grave-cloths, John 11:44; τό σῶμα ὀθονίοις (Tdf. 2, 7 ἐν ὀθονίοις), to swathe in linen cloths, John 19:40. 2. metaphorically, a. Satan is said δῆσαι a woman bent together, i. e. by means of a demon, as his messenger, taking possession of the woman and preventing her from standing upright, Luke 13:16 cf. Luke 13:11. b. to bind, i. e. put under obligation, namely, of law, duty, etc.: δεδεμένος τῷ πνεύματι, bound or constrained in my spirit, i. e. compelled by my convictions, Acts 20:22 (so not infrequent in Greek authors as Plato, rep. 8, p. 567 d. ἀνάγκη δέδεται ἡ προσταττει αὐτῷ); with the dative of person δεδέσθαι τίνι, to be bound to one: ἀνδρί, of a wife, Romans 7:2; γυναικί, of a husband, 1 Corinthians 7:27; δέδεται absolutely, opposed to ἐλευθέρα ἐστι, 1 Corinthians 7:39; (Achilles Tatius 1, 11, p. 41 ἄλλη δέδεμαι παρθένῳ, Jamblichus, vit. Pythagoras 11, 56 τήν μέν ἀγαμον, ... τήν δέ πρός ἄνδρα δεδεμένην). c. by a Chaldean and rabbinical idiom (equivalent to אֲסַר), to forbid, prohibit, declare to be illicit: Matthew 16:19; Matthew 18:18. (Compare: καταδέω, περιδέω, συνδέω, ὑποδέω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δή Transliteration: dē Phonetic Spelling: day Part of Speech: Particle, Disjunctive Particle Short Definition: indeed, now (used to give emphasis or urgency to a statement) Meaning: indeed, now (used to give emphasis or urgency to a statement) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1211 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1211 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1211 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1211 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1211, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1211 dē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: also, and, doubtless, now, therefore. Probably akin to de; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc. -- also, and, doubtless, now, therefore. see GREEK de Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1211: δήδή (shortened from ἤδη (others besides)), a particle which, the epic phrases δή τότε, δή γάρ excepted, is never placed at the beginning of a sentence, but is joined to some preceding word, and indicates that what it introduces can be taken as something settled, laid down in deed and in truth (Klotz ad Devar. ii. 2, p. 392): now therefore, then, verily, in truth, (Latinjam, igitur, sane, etc. — although neither Latin, German (nor English) has a word precisely equivalent to δή). 1. added to relative pronouns: ὅς δή, who is such a one as, who preeminently, who then, Matthew 13:23. 2. joined to imperatives and hortatory subjunctives it signifies that the thing enjoined must be done forthwith, at once (cf. Winers Grammar, § 43, 3 a.), so that it may be evident that it is being done (cf. Passow, i., p. 612{b}), where the Latin saysagedum,jam, German doch,nur (English, now, only, but): Luke 2:15; Acts ( L WH marginal reading brackets); Acts 13:2; Acts 15:36; 1 Corinthians 6:20 (Sir. 44:1). 3. surely, certainly: 2 Corinthians 12:1 R G. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δῆλος Transliteration: dēlos Phonetic Spelling: day'-los Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: clear, evident Meaning: clear, evident GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1212 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1212 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1212 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1212 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1212, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δῆλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1212 dēlos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: certain, evident, manifest.Of uncertain derivation; clear -- + bewray, certain, evident, manifest. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1212: δῆλοςδῆλος, δηλη, δῆλον (from Homer down), clear, evident, manifest: Matthew 26:73; δῆλον namely, ἐστιν it is manifest, evident, followed by ὅτι (4 Macc. 2:7; Xenophon, an. 1, 3, 9; others): 1 Corinthians 15:27 (here some would take the words adverbially and parenthetically, i. e. δηλονότι, manifestly, cf. Winer's Grammar, § 64, 2 a.); Galatians 3:11; 1 Timothy 6:7 (here L T Tr WH omit δῆλον). [SYNONYMS: δῆλος, φανερός: δῆλος, evident, what is known and understood, φανερός, manifest, as opposed to what is concealed or invisible; δῆλος points rather to inner perception, φανερός to outward appearance. Cf. Schmidt, chapter 129.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δηλόω Transliteration: dēloō Phonetic Spelling: day-lo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make plain, declare Meaning: to make plain, declare GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1213 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1213 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1213 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1213 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1213, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δηλόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1213 dēloō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: declare, show, signify. From delos; to make plain (by words) -- declare, shew, signify. see GREEK delos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1213: δηλόωδηλόω, δήλω; (imperfect ἐδηλουν; future δηλώσω); 1 aorist ἐδήλωσα; passive (imperfect 3 person singular ἐδηλοῦτο (1 Peter 1:11 WH marginal reading)); 1 aorist ἐδηλωθην; (δῆλος); the Sept. for הודִיעַ and sometimes for הורָה; in Greek authors from (Aeschylus and) Herodotus down; to make manifest: τί, 1 Corinthians 3:13; to make known by relating, to declare: τί, Colossians 1:8; τίνι περί τίνος, ὅτι, at, 1 Corinthians 1:11; to give one to understand, to indicate, signify: τί, Hebrews 12:27; 2 Peter 1:14; followed by the accusative with an infinitive Hebrews 9:8; εἰς τί, point unto, 1 Peter 1:11. [SYNONYMS: δηλόω, ἐμφανίζω: ἐμπηανίζω, to manifest to the sight, make visible; δηλόω, to render evident to the mind, of such disclosures as exhibit character or suggest inferences; hence, especially of prophetic, typical, or other supernatural disclosures. Cf. Schmidt, chapter 129 § 6; Bleek on Hebrews 9:8.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δημᾶς Transliteration: Dēmas Phonetic Spelling: day-mas' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Demas, a companion of Paul Meaning: Demas -- a companion of Paul GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1214 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1214 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1214 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1214 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1214, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δημᾶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1214 Dēmas 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Demas. Probably for Demetrios; Demas, a Christian -- Demas. see GREEK Demetrios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1214: ΔημᾶςΔημᾶς, ὁ, Demas, (proper name, contracted apparently Δημήτριος, cf. Winers Grammar, 103 (97); (on its declension, cf. Buttmann, 20 (18))), a companion of Paul, who deserted the apostle when he was a prisoner at Rome and returned to Thessalonica: Colossians 4:14; Philemon 1:24; 2 Timothy 4:10. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δημηγορέω Transliteration: dēmēgoreō Phonetic Spelling: day-may-gor-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to deliver a public address Meaning: to deliver a public address GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1215 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1215 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1215 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1215 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1215, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δημηγορέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1215 dēmēgoreō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: make an oration. From a compound of demos and agora; to be a people-gatherer, i.e. To address a public assembly -- make an oration. see GREEK demos see GREEK agora Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1215: δημηγορέωδημηγορέω, δημηγόρω: (imperfect ἐδημηγορουν); (to be a δημηγόρος, from δῆμος and ἀγορεύω, to harangue the people); to address a public assembly, make a speech to the people: ἐδημηγόρει πρός αὐτούς (A. V. made an oration), Acts 12:21. (Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, Demosthenes, others. Proverbs 30:31 (); 4 Macc. 5:15.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δημήτριος Transliteration: Dēmētrios Phonetic Spelling: day-may'-tree-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Demetrius, the name of a silversmith and of a Christian Meaning: Demetrius -- the name of a silversmith and of a Christian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1216 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1216 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1216 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1216 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1216, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δημήτριος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1216 Dēmētrios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Demetrius. From Demeter (Ceres); Demetrius, the name of an Ephesian and of a Christian -- Demetrius. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1216: ΔημήτριοςΔημήτριος, Δημετριου, ὁ, Demetrius; 1. a silversmith of Ephesus, a heathen: Acts 19:24, 38. 2. a certain Christian: 3 John 1:12. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δημιουργός Transliteration: dēmiourgos Phonetic Spelling: day-me-oor-gos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: builder, maker, creator Meaning: builder, maker, creator GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1217 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1217 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1217 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1217 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1217, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δημιουργός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1217 dēmiourgos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: maker. From demos and ergon; a worker for the people, i.e. Mechanic (spoken of the Creator) -- maker. see GREEK demos see GREEK ergon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1217: δημιουργόςδημιουργός, δημιουργου, ὁ (δήμιος, public, belonging to the people, and ἘΡΓΩ; cf. ἱερουργός, ἀμπελουργός, etc.), often in Greek writers from Homer down; a. properly, a workman for the public. b. universally, the author of any work, an artisan, framer, builder: τεχνιτεσς καί δημιουργός, Hebrews 11:10; (Xenophon, mem. 1, 4, 7 (cf. 9) σοφοῦ τίνος δημιουργου τέχνημα. God is called ὁ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ δημιουργός in Plato, rep. 7, p. 530 a.; ὁ δημιουργός τῶν ὅλων in Josephus, Antiquities 1, 7, 1, and often in ecclesiastical writers from Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 20, 11 [ET]; 26, 1 [ET]; 33, 2 [ET] on; (cf. Philo, de mut. nom. § 4; de opif. mund., Muller, edition, p. 133; Piper, Einl. in monument. Theol. § 26; Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word). In the Scriptures, besides, only in 2 Macc. 4:1 κακῶν δημιουργός). (Cf. Trench, § cv.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δῆμος Transliteration: dēmos Phonetic Spelling: day'-mos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a district or country, the common people, the people assembled Meaning: a district or country, the common people, the people assembled GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1218 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1218 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1218 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1218 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1218, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δῆμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1218 dēmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: people. From deo; the public (as bound together socially) -- people. see GREEK deo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1218: δῆμοςδῆμος, δήμου ὁ, the people, the mass of the people assembled in a public place: Acts 12:22; Acts 19:33; ἄγειν (R G), εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τόν δῆμον: Acts 17:5 (L T Tr WH προάγειν); Acts 19:30. (From Homer down.) [SYNONYMS: δῆμος, λαός: in classic Greek δῆμος denotes the people as organized into a body politic; λαός, the unorganized people at large. But in biblical Greek λαός, is used especially of the chosen people of God; δῆμος, on the other hand (found only in Acts) denotes the people of a heathen city. Cf. Trench, § xcviii.; Schmidt, chapter 199.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δημόσιος Transliteration: dēmosios Phonetic Spelling: day-mos'ee-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: public Meaning: public GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1219 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1219 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1219 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1219 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1219, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δημόσιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1219 dēmosios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: common, open, public. From demos; public; (feminine singular dative case as adverb) in public -- common, openly, publickly. see GREEK demos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1219: δημόσιοςδημόσιος, δημοσίᾳ, δημοσιον, especially frequent in Attic; belonging to the people or state, public (opposed to ἴδιος): Acts 5:18; in dative feminine δημοσίᾳ used adverbially (opposed to ἰδίᾳ) (cf. Winers Grammar, 591 (549) note), publicly, in public places, in view of all: Acts 16:37; Acts 18:28; δημόσιος καί κατ' οἴκους, Acts 20:20; (2 Macc. 6:10; 3Macc. 2:27; in Greek writings also by public authority, at the public expense). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δηνάριον Transliteration: dēnarion Phonetic Spelling: day-nar'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: denarius (a Roman coin) Meaning: denarius (a Roman coin) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1220 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1220 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1220 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1220 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1220, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δηνάριον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1220 dēnarion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: denarius, pence, penny. Of Latin origin; a denarius (or ten asses) -- pence, penny(-worth). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1220: δηνάριονδηνάριον, δηναρίου, τό (Plutarch, Epictetus, others), a Latin word, a denarius, a silver coin, originally consisting of ten (whence its name), afterward (from on) of sixteen asses; about (3.898 grams, i. e. 8 1/2 pence or 16 2/3 cents; rapidly debased from Nero on; cf. BB. DD. under the word ): Matthew 18:28; Matthew 20:2, 9, 13; Matthew 22:19; Mark 6:37; Mark 12:15; Mark 14:5; Luke 7:41; Luke 10:35; Luke 20:24; John 6:7; John 12:5; Revelation 6:6 (cf. Winers Grammar, 587 (546); Buttmann, 164 (143)); τό ἀνά δηνάριον namely, ὄν, the pay of a denarius apiece promised to each workman, Matthew 20:10 T Tr (txt., Tr marginal reading WH brackets τό). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δήποτε Transliteration: dēpote Phonetic Spelling: day'-pot-eh Part of Speech: Particle, Disjunctive Particle Short Definition: sometime Meaning: sometime GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1221 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1221 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1221 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1221 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1221, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δήποτε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1221 dēpote 🕊 Strong's Concordance: whatsoever. From de and pote; a particle of generalization; indeed, at any time -- (what-)soever. see GREEK de see GREEK pote Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1221: δήποτεδήποτε (from δή and πότε), adverb, now at length (jam aliquando); at any time; at last, etc., just exactly; (hence, it generalizes a relative, like the Latincumque; see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 373): ᾧ δήποτε νοσήματι, with whatsoever disease, John 5:4 (R G, but L ὁιωδηποτουν). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δήπου Transliteration: dēpou Phonetic Spelling: day'-poo Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: of course, surely Meaning: of course, surely GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1222 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1222 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1222 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1222 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1222, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δήπου [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1222 dēpou 🕊 Strong's Concordance: verily. From de and pou; a particle of asseveration; indeed doubtless -- verily. see GREEK de see GREEK pou Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1222: δήπουδήπου (L WH δή ποῦ; cf. Lipsius, Gram. Untersuch., p. 123f), adverb (from δή and ποῦ), properly, now in some way, whatever that way is; it is used when something is affirmed in a slightly ironical manner, as if with an affectation of uncertainty, perhaps, doubtless, verily: οὐ δήπου, not surely (German doch nicht etwa), hardly I trow; (cf. Rost in Passow, i., p. 613{b}; Klotz ad Devar. ii. 2, p. 427f.). Once in Scripture: Hebrews 2:16. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διά Transliteration: dia Phonetic Spelling: dee-ah' Part of Speech: Preposition Short Definition: through, on account of, because of Meaning: through, on account of, because of GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1223 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1223 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1223 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1223 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1223, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1223 dia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: through, on account ofA primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional) -- after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause)... Fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1223: διάδιά ("written δἰ before a vowel, except in proper names and 2 Corinthians 5:7; Romans 8:10" Tdf. Proleg., p. 94), akin to δίς and Latindis in composition, properly, denoting a division into two or more parts; a preposition taking the genitive and the accusative. In its use the biblical writers differ in no respect from the Greek; cf. Winer's Grammar, 377ff (353ff); 398 (372)f A. with the genitive: through; I. of place; 1. properly, after verbs denoting an extension, or a motion, or an act, that occurs through any place: δἰ ἄλλης ὁδοῦ ἀναχωρεῖν, Matthew 2:12; δἰ ἀνύδρων τόπων, Matthew 12:43; διά τῆς Σαμαρείας, John 4:4; διά τῆς θύρας, John 10:1f; add, Matthew 19:24; Mark 2:23; Mark 10:25; Mark 11:16; Luke 4:30; Luke 5:19; Luke 18:25; 2 Corinthians 11:33; Hebrews 9:11; Hebrews 11:29, etc.; δἰ ὑμῶν, through your city, Romans 15:28; (on διά πάντων, Acts 9:32, see πᾶς, II. 1); ὁ διά πάντων, diffusing his saving influence through all, Ephesians 4:6; σῴζεσθαι διά πυρός, 1 Corinthians 3:15; διασῴζεσθαι δἰ ὕδατος, 1 Peter 3:20 (Ev. Nicod. c. 9, p. 568f, Thilo edition (p. 228, Tdf. edition) διά θαλάσσης ὡς διά ξηρᾶς); βλέλπειν δἰ ἐσόπτρου, 1 Corinthians 13:12 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 380 (356)). Add the adverbial phrase δἰ ὅλου from top to bottom, throughout, John 19:23 (metaphorically, in every way, 1 Macc. 6:18). From this use of the preposition has come 2. its tropical use of state or condition in which (properly, passing through which as through a space) one does or suffers something, where we, with a different conception, employ with, in, etc. (German bei, unter, mit): ὁ διά γράμματος καί περιτομῆς παραβάτης νόμου, Romans 2:27 (Winers Grammar, 380 (355)); οἱ πιστεύοντες :2di) ἀκροβυστίας who believe, though uncircumcised (see ἀκροβυστία, a.), Romans 4:11; διά προσκόμματος ἐσθίειν, with offence, or so as to be an offence (cf. Winers Grammar, 380 (356), and see πρόσκομμα), Romans 14:20; διά πίστεως περιπατεῖν, οὐ διά εἴδους (see εἶδος, 1), 2 Corinthians 5:7; τά διά (Lachmann marginal reading (cf. Tr marginal reading) τά ἰδίᾳ (see Meyer at the passage)) τοῦ σώματος;, done in the body (i. e. while we were clothed with our earthly body (others take διά here instrumentally; see III. 2 below)), 2 Corinthians 5:10; διά πολλῶν δακρύων, 2 Corinthians 2:4; διά δόξης, clothed with glory, 2 Corinthians 3:11; ἔρχεσθαι, ἐισέρχεσθαι διά τίνος with a thing, Hebrews 9:12; 1 John 5:6 (but cf. Winer's Grammar, 380 (355)); δἰ ὑπομονῆς, Romans 8:25 (διά πένθους τό γῆρας διάγειν, Xenophon, Cyril 4, 6, 6; cf. Mattiae ii., p. 1353). II. of Time (cf. Winer's Grammar, 380 (356); Ellicott or Meyer on Galatians 2:1; Fritzsche as below); 1. of continued time; hence, a. of the time throughout (during) which anything is done: Matthew 26:61; Mark 14:58; δἰ ὅλης (τῆς R G) νυκτός, Luke 5:5; διά παντός τοῦ ζῆν, Hebrews 2:15; διά παντός (so L WH Tr (except Mark 5:5; Luke 24:53)), or written together διαπαντός (so G T (except in Matt.); cf. Winers Grammar, 46 (45); Lipsius, Gram. Unters., p. 125), continually, always: Matthew 18:10; Mark 5:5; Luke 24:53; Acts 2:25 (from Psalm 15:8 ()); ; Romans 11:10 (from Psalm 68:24 ()); 2 Thessalonians 3:16; Hebrews 9:6; Hebrews 13:15 (often in Greek writings). b. of the time within which a thing is done: διά τῆς νυκτός (L T Tr WH διά νυκτός), by night, Acts 5:19; Acts 16:9; Acts 17:10; Acts 23:31, (Palaeph. 1, 10); δἰ ἡμερῶν τεσσαράκοντα, repeatedly within the space of forty days, Acts 1:3; — (denying this use of the preposition, C. F. A. Fritzsche in Fritzschiorum Opuscc., p. 164f would refer these instances to the use noted under a. (see Winer's, Ellicott, Meyer as above)). 2. of time elapsed, and which has, so to say, been passed through: Galatians 2:1 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 380 (356)); δἰ ἡμερῶν (some) days having intervened, after (some) days, Mark 2:1; δἰ ἐτῶν πλειόνων, Acts 24:17; examples from Greek authors in Fritzsche on Mark, p. 50; (Winers Grammar, 380 (356); Liddell and Scott, under the word, A. II. 2; Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word, 2; Field, Otium Norv. iii, p. 14). III. of the Means or Instrument by which anything is effected; because what is done by means of person or thing seems to pass as it were through the same (cf. Winer's Grammar, 378 (354)). 1. of one who is the author of the action as well as its instrument, or of the efficient cause: δἰ αὐτοῦ (i. e. τοῦ Θεοῦ) τά πάντα namely, ἐστιν or ἐγένετο, Romans 11:36; also δἰ οὗ, Hebrews 2:10; δἰ οὗ ἐκλήθητε, 1 Corinthians 1:9; add (Galatians 4:7 L T Tr WH, see below); Hebrews 7:21 (ἡ ἰατρικη πᾶσα διά τοῦ Θεοῦ τούτου, i. e. Aesculapius, κυβερναται, Plato, symp., p. 186 e.; cf. Fritzsche on Romans, vol. i., p. 15 (and for examples Sophocles Lexicon, under the word, 1)); of him to whom that is due which anyone has or has done; hence equivalent to by the fault of anyone: δἰ οὗ τό σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται, Matthew 18:7; δἰ ἑνός ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία ... εἰσῆλθε, Romans 5:12, cf. Romans 5:16-19; ἠσθένει διά τῆς σαρκός, Romans 8:3; by the merit, aid, favor of anyone: ἐν ζωή βασιλεύσουσι διά, etc. Romans 5:17, cf. Romans 5:18; 1 Corinthians 15:21; διά τοῦ Χριστοῦ, and the like: Romans 5:1f Romans 5:11; Acts 10:43; Galatians 4:7 (Rec., but see above); δοκάζειν τόν Θεόν διά Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 1 Peter 4:11, and εὐχαριστεῖν τῷ Θεῷ διά Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Romans 1:8; Romans 7:25 (where L T Tr WH text χάρις τῷ Θεῷ); Colossians 3:17 — because the possibility both of glorifying God and of giving thanks to him is due to the kindness of Christ: καυχᾶσθαι ἐν τῷ Θεῷ διά Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Romans 5:11; ἀναπαύεσθαι διά τίνος, Philemon 1:7; οἱ πεπιστευκότες διά τῆς χαριστος, Acts 18:27; πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες διά σου ... διά τῆς σής προνοίας, Acts 24:2 (3); ὑπερνικαν διά τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, Romans 8:37; περισσεύειν διά τίνος, by the increase which comes from one, Philippians 1:26; 2 Corinthians 1:5; 2 Corinthians 9:12; διά τῆς ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Philippians 1:19; add, Philemon 1:22 Romans 1:12; 2 Corinthians 1:4; Galatians 4:23; 1 Peter 1:5. 2. of the instrument used to accomplish a thing, or of the instrumental cause in the stricter sense: — with the genitive of person by the service, the intervention of, anyone; with the genitive of thing, "by means of with the help of, anything; a. in passages where a subject expressly mentioned is said to do or to have done a thing by some person or by some thing: Mark 16:20 (τοῦ κυρίου τόν λόγον βεβαιοῦντος διά τῶν σημείων); Luke 1:70; Acts 1:16; Acts 2:22 (τέρασι καί σημείοις, οἷς ἐποίησε δἰ αὐτοῦ ὁ Θεός); Acts 8:20; Acts 10:36; Acts 15:28 (γράψαντες διά χειρός αὐτῶν); Acts 20:28; Acts 21:19; Acts 28:25; Romans 2:16; Romans 3:31; Romans 7:13; ( Rec.bez elz L edition min. T WH text); Romans 15:18; Romans 16:18; 1 Corinthians 1:21 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 381 (357)); 1 Corinthians 2:10; 1 Corinthians 4:15; 1 Corinthians 6:14; 1 Corinthians 14:9, 19 (R G); ; 2 Corinthians 1:4; 2 Corinthians 4:14 R G; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 381 (357)); ; Ephesians 1:5; Ephesians 2:16; Colossians 1:20, 22; Colossians 2:8; 1 Thessalonians 4:14; 2 Thessalonians 2:14; Titus 3:5; Hebrews 1:2, 3 (R G); ; Revelation 1:1; γῆ ἐξ ὕδατος (material cause) καί δἰ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ, 2 Peter 3:5 (Winers Grammar, 419 (390) cf. 217 (204)). b. in passages in which the author or principal cause is not mentioned, but is easily understood from the nature of the case, or from the context: Romans 1:12; 1 Corinthians 11:12 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 381 (357)); Philippians 1:20; 1 Thessalonians 3:7; 2 Thessalonians 2:2, 15; Hebrews 11:39 (cf. Winer's Grammar, as above, also § 50, 3); ; 1 Peter 1:7; διά πολλῶν μαρτύρων, by the mediation (intervention) of many witnesses, they being summoned for that purpose (cf. Winers Grammar, 378 (354); A. V. among), 2 Timothy 2:2. Where it is evident from the religious conceptions of the Bible that God is the author or first cause: John 11:4; Acts 5:12; Ephesians 3:10; Ephesians 4:16; Colossians 2:19; 2 Timothy 1:6; Hebrews 10:10; 2 Peter 3:6; σῴζεσθαι διά πίστεως, Ephesians 2:8; συνεγείρεσθαι διά τῆς πίστεως, Colossians 2:12; δικαιοῦσθαι διά τῆς πίστεως, Galatians 2:16, cf. Romans 3:30; in the phrases διά τοῦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, and the like: John 1:17; John 3:17; Acts 13:38; Romans 1:5; Romans 5:9; 1 Corinthians 15:57; 1 John 4:9; Philippians 1:11; διά τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 1 Corinthians 15:2; Ephesians 3:6; διά λόγου Θεοῦ, 1 Peter 1:23, cf. 1 Peter 1:3; διά νόμου, Romans 3:27; Romans 4:13; δἰ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Galatians 1:12, cf. Galatians 1:15f; διά τοῦ (ἁγίου) πνεύματος, Romans 5:5; 1 Corinthians 7:8; Ephesians 3:16; πιστεύειν διά τίνος (see πιστεύω, 1 b. γ), John 1:7; 1 Corinthians 3:5; σημεῖον γέγονε δἰ αὐτῶν, Acts 4:16; ὁ λόγος δἰ ἀγγέλων λαληθείς, Hebrews 2:2, cf. Galatians 3:19; ὁ νόμος διά Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη, John 1:17; in passages in which something is said to have been spoken through the O. T. prophets, or some one of them (cf. Lightfoot Fresh Revision etc., p. 121f): Matthew 2:5, 17 L T Tr WH, Matthew 2:23; (Matthew 3:3 L T Tr WH); Matthew 4:14; Matthew 8:17; Matthew 12:17; Matthew 21:4; Matthew 24:15; Matthew 27:9; Acts 2:16; or to have been so written: Luke 18:31; with the added mention of the first cause: ὑπό τοῦ κυρίου διά τοῦ προφήτου, Matthew 1:22; Matthew 2:15, cf. Luke 1:70; Acts 1:16; Acts 28:25; Romans 1:2; in passages relating to the Logos: πάντα δἰ αὐτοῦ (i. e., through the Divine Logos (cf. Winer's Grammar, 379 (355))) ἐγένετο or ἐκτίσθη: John 1:3; 1 Corinthians 8:6 (where he is expressly distinguished from the first cause: ἐξ αὐτοῦ (Winer's Grammar, 419 (391))); Colossians 1:16 (Winer's Grammar, the passage cited), cf. Hebrews 1:2 (Philo de cherub. § 35). The instrumental cause and the principal are distinguished in 1 Corinthians 11:12 (διά τῆς γυναικός ... ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ); Galatians 1:1 (ἀπ' ἀνθρώπων ... δἰ ἀνθρώπου (cf. Winer's Grammar, 418 (390))). 3. with the genitive of a thing διά is used to denote the manner in which a thing is done, or the formal cause: εἶπε διά παραβολῆς, Luke 8:4; εἶπε δἰ ὁρματος, Acts 18:9; ἀπαγγέλλειν διά λόγου, by word of mouth, Acts 15:27; τῷ λόγῳ δἰ ἐπιστολῶν, 2 Corinthians 10:11, cf. 2 Thessalonians 2:15; πίστις ἐνεργουμένη δἰ ἀγάπης, Galatians 5:6; κεχάρισται δἰ ἐπαγγελίας, Galatians 3:18; δουλεύειν διά τῆς ἀγάπης, Galatians 5:13; ἐπιστέλλειν διά βραχέων, Hebrews 13:22; γράφειν δἰ ὀλίγων, 1 Peter 5:12 (Plato, Gorgias, p. 449 b. διά μακρῶν λόγους ποιεῖσθαι (see ὀλίγος, at the end; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 51, 1 b.)); διά χάρτου καί μέλανος, 2 John 1:12; διά μέλανος καί καλάμου, 3 John 1:13 (Plutarch, Sol. 17, 3). To this head I should refer also the use of διά τίνος in exhortations etc. where one seeks to strengthen his exhortation by the mention of a thing or a person held sacred by those whom he is admonishing (διά equivalent to by an allusion to, by reminding you of (cf. Winer's Grammar, 381 (357))): Romans 12:1 15:30; 1 Corinthians 1:10; 2 Corinthians 10:1; 1 Thessalonians 4:2 (yet cf. Winer's Grammar, 379 (355) note); 2 Thessalonians 3:12 R G. B. with the accusative (Winer's Grammar, 398f (372f)). I. of place; through; often so in the Greek poets, once in the N. T. according to L T Tr WH viz. Luke 17:11 διά μέσον Σαμαρείας, for R G διά μέσου Σαμαρείας (but see μέσος, 2). II. of the Ground or Reason on account of which anything is or is not done; by reason of because of (German aus Grund). 1. of the reason for which a thing is done, or of the efficient reason, when for greater perspicuity it may be rendered by (cf. Kühner, § 434 Anm.); a. with the accusative of the thing: δἰ ἥν, viz. τήν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμέραν (properly, by reason of which day, i. e. because it will come (cf. Winer's Grammar, 400 (373))), 2 Peter 3:12; διά τόν λόγον (properly, by reason of the word, i. e. because the word has cleansing power), John 15:3; διά τό θέλημα σου (Vulg.proptar voluntatem tuam, i. e. because thou didst will it), Revelation 4:11; add, Revelation 12:11; Revelation 13:14 (ἀναβιώσκεται διά τήν τοῦ πατρός φύσιν, Plato, symp., p. 203 e.); cf. Grimm on 2 Macc. 3:1. b. with the accusative of the person, by whose will, agency, favor, fault, anything is or is done: διά τόν πατέρα ... δἰ ἐμέ (properly, because the father lives ... because I live (cf. Winer's Grammar, 399 (373))), John 6:57; διά τόν ὑπταξαντα, by the will of him who subjected it, opposed to οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, Romans 8:20 (cf. Winer's 399 (373) note); μή εἴπῃς ὅτι διά κύριον ἀπέστην, Sir. 15:11; so too in the Greek writings of every age; cf. Krüger, § 68, 23; Grimm on 2 Macc. 6:25. Much more often 2. of the reason or cause on account of which anything is or is done, or ought to be done; on account of, because of; a. in the phrases διά τοῦτο, for this cause; for this reason; therefore; on this account; since this is so: Matthew 6:25; Matthew 12:27, 31; Matthew 13:13, etc.; Mark 6:14; Mark 11:24; Luke 11:49; Luke 14:20; John 6:65; John 9:23; Acts 2:26; Romans 1:26; Romans 4:16; Romans 5:12; Romans 13:6; Romans 15:9; 1 Corinthians 4:17; 1 Corinthians 11:10, 30; 2 Corinthians 4:1; Ephesians 1:15; Ephesians 5:17; Ephesians 6:13; Colossians 1:9; 1 Thessalonians 2:13; 1 Thessalonians 3:5, 7; 2 Thessalonians 2:11; 2 Timothy 2:10; Hebrews 1:9; Hebrews 2:1; 1 John 4:5; 3 John 1:10; Revelation 7:15; Revelation 12:12; Revelation 18:8. followed by ὅτι, for this cause ... because, therefore ... because: John 5:16, 18; John 8:47; John 10:17; John 12:18, 39; 1 John 3:1; cf. Tholuck edition 7 on John 10:17 (he questions, at least for John 10:17 and John 12:39, the canon of Meyer (on 12:39), Luthardt (on John 10:17), others, that in this phrase in John the τοῦτο always looks backward) in the opposite order (when the words that precede with ὅτι are to be emphasized): John 15:19. It indicates the end and purpose, being followed either by ἵνα, 2 Corinthians 13:10; 1 Timothy 1:16; Philemon 1:15, (in the opposite order, John 1:31); or by ὅπως, Hebrews 9:15. διά τί (so L Tr WH) and written together διατί (so G T; cf. Winers Grammar, 45; (Lipsius, Gram. Unters., p. 126), why? wherefore? Matthew 9:11, 14; Matthew 13:10; Matthew 17:19; Mark 2:18; Luke 5:30; John 7:45; Acts 5:3; Romans 9:32; 1 Corinthians 6:7; Revelation 17:7. δἰ ἥν αἰτίαν, see αἰτία, 1. τίς ἡ αἰτία, δἰ ἥν, Acts 10:21; Acts 23:28; διά ταύτην τήν αἰτίαν, Acts 28:20; διά ταῦτα, Ephesians 5:6, etc. b. used, with the accusative of any noun, of the mental affection by which one is impelled to some act (English for; cf. Winer's Grammar, 399 (372) διά φθόνον, because prompted by envy, for envy, Matthew 27:18; Mark 15:10; διά τόν φόβον τίνος, John 7:13; John 19:38; John 20:19; Revelation 18:10, 15; διά τήν πολλήν ἀγάπην, Ephesians 2:4. of any other cause on account of which one is said to do or to have done something — as in Matthew 14:3, 9; Matthew 15:3, 6; John 4:39, 41; John 12:11; John 14:11; Acts 28:2; Romans 3:25 (διά τήν πάρεσιν τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων because of the pretermission etc., i. e. because he had left the sins unpunished); Romans 6:19; Romans 15:15; 2 Corinthians 9:14; Galatians 4:13 (δἰ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκός, on account of an infirmity of the flesh, i. e. detained among you by sickness; cf. Wieseler (or Lightfoot) at the passage); — or to suffer or have suffered something, Matthew 24:9; Matthew 27:19; Luke 23:19, 25; Acts 21:35; 2 Corinthians 4:11; Colossians 3:6; 1 Peter 3:14; Revelation 1:9; Revelation 6:9; — or to have obtained something, Hebrews 2:9; Hebrews 5:14; 1 John 2:12; — or to be or to become something, Romans 8:10 11:28; Ephesians 4:18; Hebrews 5:12 (Winer's Grammar, 399 (373)); Hebrews 7:18. of the impeding cause, where by reason of some person or thing something is said to have been impossible: Matthew 13:58; Matthew 17:20; Mark 2:4; Luke 5:19; Luke 8:19; Acts 21:34; Hebrews 3:19; Hebrews 4:6. διά with the accusative of a person is often equivalent to for the benefit of (English for the sake of): Mark 2:27; John 11:42; John 12:30; 1 Corinthians 11:9; Hebrews 1:14; Hebrews 6:7 διά τούς ἐκλεκτούς, Matthew 24:22; Mark 13:20; 2 Timothy 2:10; διά Χριστόν for Christ's sake, to promote his cause, 1 Corinthians 4:10; δἰ ὑμᾶς, John 12:30; 2 Corinthians 4:15; 2 Corinthians 8:9; Philippians 1:24; 1 Thessalonians 1:5. διά τινα, because of the example set by one: 2 Corinthians 2:10; Romans 2:24; 2 Peter 2:2; διά τόν Χριστόν, for Christ, to become a partner of Christ, Philippians 3:7 (equivalent to ἵνα Χριστόν κερδήσω, Philippians 3:8). c. διά τό, because that, for that, is placed before the infinitive — either standing alone, as Luke 9:7; Hebrews 7:23; — or having a subject accusative expressed, as Matthew 24:12; Mark 5:4; Luke 2:4; Luke 19:11; Acts 4:2; Acts 12:20; Acts 18:2; Acts 27:4, 9; Acts 28:18; Philippians 1:7; Hebrews 7:24; Hebrews 10:2; James 4:2; — or with its subject accusative evident from the context, as Matthew 13:6; Mark 4:6; Luke 11:8; Luke 18:5; Luke 23:8; Acts 8:11; Acts 18:3. C. In Composition διά indicates: 1. a passing through space or time, through, (διαβαίνω, διέρχομαι, διϋλίζω, etc.); hence, 2. continuity of time (διαμένω, διατελέω, διατηρέω), and completeness of action (διακαθαρίζω, διαζώννυμι). 3. distribution (διαδίδωμι, διαγγέλλω, διαφημίζω). 4. separation (διαλύω, διαιρέω). 5. rivalry and endeavor (διαπίνω, διακατελέγχομαι; cf. Herm. ad Vig., p. 854; (Winer. as below, p. 6)). 6. transition from one state to another (διαλλάσσω, διορθόω). (Cf. Winer, De verb. comp. etc. Part v.; Valckenaer on Herodotus 5, 18; Cattier. Gazophyl. edition Abresch, Cant. 1810, p. 39; A. Rieder, Ueb. d. mit mehr als ein. prap. zusammeng. verba im N. T., p. 17f) No one of the N. T. writers makes more frequent use of verbs compounded with διά than Luke, (see the list in Winer, as above, p. 3 note; on their construction Winers Grammar, § 52, 4, 8). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαβαίνω Transliteration: diabainō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ab-ah'-ee-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to step across Meaning: to step across GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1224 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1224 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1224 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1224 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1224, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαβαίνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1224 diabainō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: come over, pass through. From dia and the base of basis; to cross -- come over, pass (through). see GREEK dia see GREEK basis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1224: διαβαίνωδιαβαίνω: 2 aorist διέβην, infinitive διαβῆναι, participle διαβάς; as in Greek writings from Homer down; (Pliny,pertranseo); to pass through, cross over; a. transitively: τήν θάλασσαν ὡς διά ξηρᾶς, Hebrews 11:29. b. intransitive: πρός τινα, Luke 16:26; εἰς with the accusative of place, Acts 16:9; (for עָבַר, 1 Samuel 13:7). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαβάλλω Transliteration: diaballō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ab-al'-lo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to bring charges (usually with hostile intent) Meaning: to bring charges (usually with hostile intent) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1225 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1225 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1225 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1225 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1225, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαβάλλω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1225 diaballō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: accuse. From dia and ballo; (figuratively) to traduce -- accuse. see GREEK dia see GREEK ballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1225: διαβάλλωδιαβάλλω: 1 aorist passive διεβλήθην: 1. properly, to throw over or across, to send over, (τί διά τίνος). 2. very often, from Herodotus down, to traduce, calumniate, slander, accuse, defame (cf. Latinperstringere, German durchziehen, διά as it were from one to another; see Winer, De verb. comp. etc. Part v., p. 17)), not only of those who bring a false charge against one (διεβλητο πρός αὐτόν ἀδίκως, Josephus, Antiquities 7, 11, 3), but also of those who disseminate the truth concerning a man, but do so maliciously, insidiously, with hostility (cf. Lucian's Essay de calumn. non temere credend.) (Daniel 3:8, the Sept.; Daniel 6:24 Theod.); so διεβλήθη αὐτῷ ὡς διασκορπίζων, Luke 16:1 (with the dative of person to whom the charge is made, also in Herodotus 5, 35, et al.; τινα πρός τινα, Herodotus 5, 96, et al.; followed by ὡς with participle, Xenophon, Hell. 2, 3, 23; Plato, epistles 7, p. 334 a.). (Synonym: see κατηγορέω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαβεβαιόομαι Transliteration: diabebaioomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-ab-eb-ahee-o'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to affirm confidently Meaning: to affirm confidently GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1226 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1226 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1226 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1226 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1226, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαβεβαιόομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1226 diabebaioomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: affirm constantly. Middle voice of a compound of dia and bebaioo; to confirm thoroughly (by words), i.e. Asseverate -- affirm constantly. see GREEK dia see GREEK bebaioo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1226: διαβεβαιοομαιδιαβεβαιοομαι (διαβεβαιοῦμαι); middle to affirm strongly, assert confidently, (cf. Winer's Grammar, 253 (238)): περί τινο (Polybius 12, 11 (12), 6), 1 Timothy 1:7 (cf. WH's Appendix, p. 167); Titus 3:8. (Demosthenes, p. 220, 4; Diodorus, Dionysius Halicarnassus, Plutarch, Aelian) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαβλέπω Transliteration: diablepō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ab-lep'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to look through, to see clearly Meaning: to look through, to see clearly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1227 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1227 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1227 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1227 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1227, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαβλέπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1227 diablepō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: see clearly. From dia and blepo; to look through, i.e. Recover full vision -- see clearly. see GREEK dia see GREEK blepo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1227: διαβλέπωδιαβλέπω: future διαβλεψω; 1 aorist διεβλεψα; to look through, penetrate by vision; a. to look fixedly, stare straight before one (Plato, Phaedo, p. 86 d.): διεβλεψε, of a blind man recovering sight, Mark 8:25 T WH Tr text (some refer this to b.). b. to see clearly: followed by an infinitive expressing the purpose, Matthew 7:5; Luke 6:42. (Aristotle, Plutarch) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διάβολος Transliteration: diabolos Phonetic Spelling: dee-ab'-ol-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: slanderous, accusing falsely Meaning: slanderous, accusing falsely GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1228 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1228 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1228 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1228 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1228, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διάβολος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1228 diabolos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: false accuser, devil, slanderer. From diaballo; a traducer; specially, Satan (compare satan) -- false accuser, devil, slanderer. see GREEK diaballo see HEBREW satan Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1228: διάβολοςδιάβολος, διάβολον (διαβάλλω which see), prone to slander, slanderous, accusing falsely, (Aristophanes, Andocides (), Plutarch, others): 1 Timothy 3:11; 2 Timothy 3:3; Titus 2:3; as a substantive, ὁ διάβολος, a calumniator, false accuser, slanderer, (see κατηγορέω, at the end) (Xenophon, Ages. 11, 5; (Aristotle, others)): the Sept. Esther 7:4; Esther 8:1. In the Bible and in ecclesiastical writings ὁ διάβολος (also διάβολος without the article; cf. Winers Grammar, 124 (118); Buttmann, 89 (78)) is applied κατ' ἐξοχήν to the one called in Hebrew הַשָּׂטָן, ὁ σατανᾶς (which see), viz., Satan, the prince of demons, the author of evil, persecuting good men (Job 1; Zechariah 3:1ff, cf. Revelation 12:10), estranging mankind from God and enticing them to sin, and afflicting them with diseases by means of demons who take possession of their bodies at his bidding; the malignant enemy of God and the Messiah: Matthew 4:1, 5,(); ; Luke 4:2,( R L, ); ; John 13:2; Acts 10:38; Ephesians 4:27; Ephesians 6:11; 1 Timothy 3:6; 2 Timothy 2:26; Hebrews 2:14; James 4:7; 1 Peter 5:8; Jude 1:9; Revelation 2:10; Revelation 12:9, 12; Revelation 20:2, 10; (Wis. 2:24; (cf. Psalm 108:6 (); 1 Chronicles 21:1)). Men who resemble the devil in mind and will are said εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου to be of the devil, properly, to derive their origin from the devil, tropically, to depend upon the devil in thought and action, to be prompted and governed by him: John 8:44; 1 John 3:8; the same are called τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου, children of the devil, 1 John 3:10; υἱοί τοῦ διαβόλου, sons of the devil, Acts 13:10, cf. Matthew 13:38; John 8:38; 1 John 3:10. The name διάβολος is figuratively applied to a man who, by opposing the cause of God, may be said to act the part of the devil or to side with him: John 6:70, cf. Matthew 16:23; Mark 8:33. (Cf. σαταν at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαγγέλλω Transliteration: diangellō Phonetic Spelling: de-ang-gel'-lo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to publish abroad, proclaim Meaning: to publish abroad, proclaim GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1229 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1229 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1229 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1229 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1229, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαγγέλλω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1229 diangellō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: declare, preach, signify. From dia and the base of aggelos; to herald thoroughly -- declare, preach, signify. see GREEK dia see GREEK aggelos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1229: διαγγέλλωδιαγγέλλω; 2 aorist passive διηγγελην; from Pindar down; to carry a message through, announce everywhere, through places, through assemblies of men, etc.; to publish abroad, declare, (see διά, C. 8): τί, Luke 9:60; Acts 21:26 (διαγγέλλων, namely, to all who were in the temple and were knowing to the affair); with the addition ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῆ, Romans 9:17 from Exodus 9:16. (Leviticus 25:9; Joshua 6:10; Psalm 2:7; (Psalm 58:13 ()); Sir. 43:2; 2 Macc. 3:34.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαγίνομαι Transliteration: diaginomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-ag-in'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to go through, to elapse Meaning: to go through, to elapse GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1230 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1230 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1230 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1230 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1230, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαγίνομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1230 diaginomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be past, be spent. From dia and ginomai; to elapse meanwhile -- X after, be past, be spent. see GREEK dia see GREEK ginomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1230: διαγίνομαιδιαγίνομαι 2 aorist διεγενομην; 1. to be through, continue. 2. to be between, intervene; hence, in Greek writings from Isaeus (p. 84, 14, 9 (or. de Hagn. hered.) χρόνων διαγενομένων) down, the aorist is used of time, to have intervened, elapsed, passed meanwhile, (cf. χρόνου μεταξύ διαγενομένου Lysias 93, 6): ἡμερῶν διαγενομένων τινων, Acts 25:13; ἱκανοῦ χρόνου διαγενομένου Acts 27:9; διαγενομένου τοῦ σαββάτου, Mark 16:1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαγινώσκω Transliteration: diaginōskō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ag-in-o'-sko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to distinguish, to determine Meaning: to distinguish, to determine GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1231 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1231 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1231 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1231 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1231, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαγινώσκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1231 diaginōskō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: enquire, know the uttermost. From dia and ginosko; to know thoroughly, i.e. Ascertain exactly -- (would) enquire, know the uttermost. see GREEK dia see GREEK ginosko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1231: διαγινώσκωδιαγινώσκω; future διαγνώσομαι; 1. to distinguish (Latindignosco), i. e. to know accurately, ascertain exactly: τί, Acts 23:15; (so in Greek writings from Homer down). 2. in a legal sense, to examine, determine, decide, (cf. Cicero,cognosco): τά καθ' ὑμᾶς your case, Acts 24:22; (2 Macc. 9:15; Demosthenes, p. 629, 25; p. 545, 9; others). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαγνωρίζω Transliteration: diagnōrizō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ag-no-rid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: make known Meaning: make known GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1232 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1232 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1232 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1232 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1232, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαγνωρίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1232 diagnōrizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: make known. From graptos and gnorizo; to tell abroad -- make known. see GREEK graptos see GREEK gnorizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1232: διαγνωρίζωδιαγνωρίζω 1 aorist διεγνωρισα; to publish abroad, make known thoroughly: περί τίνος, Luke 2:17 R G. Besides, only in (Philo, quod det. pot. § 26, i. 210, 16, Mang. edition and) in Schol. in Bekker Anecd., p. 787, 15 to discriminate. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διάγνωσις Transliteration: diagnōsis Phonetic Spelling: dee-ag'-no-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a distinguishing, determination Meaning: a distinguishing, determination GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1233 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1233 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1233 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1233 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1233, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διάγνωσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1233 diagnōsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hearing. From diaginosko; (magisterial) examination ("diagnosis") -- hearing. see GREEK diaginosko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1233: διάγνωσιςδιάγνωσις, διαγνώσεως, ἡ, (see διαγινώσκω); 1. a distinguishing. 2. in a legal sense (Latincognitio), examination, opinion, decision, (Sap. iii. 18; Plato, legg. 9, p. 865 c.): Acts 25:21. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαγογγύζω Transliteration: diagongyzō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ag-ong-good'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to murmur among themselves Meaning: to murmur among themselves GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1234 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1234 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1234 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1234 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1234, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαγογγύζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1234 diagongyzō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: murmur. From dia and gogguzo; to complain throughout a crowd -- murmur. see GREEK dia see GREEK gogguzo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1234: διαγογγύζωδιαγογγύζω: imperfect διεγόγγυζον; to murmur (διά, i. e. either through a whole crowd, or 'among one another,' German durch einander (cf. διά, C.)); hence, it is always used of many indignantly complaining (see γογγύζω): Luke 15:2; Luke 19:7. (Exodus 16:2, 7, 8; (Numbers 14:2); Joshua 9:24 (18), etc.; Sir. 34:24 (Sir. 31:24); Clement of Alexandria, i, p. 528, Pott. edition; Heliodorus 7, 27, and in some Byzantine writings) Cf. Winer's De verb. comp. etc. Part v., p. 16f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαγρηγορέω Transliteration: diagrēgoreō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ag-ray-gor-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to keep awake, to be fully awake Meaning: to keep awake, to be fully awake GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1235 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1235 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1235 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1235 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1235, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαγρηγορέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1235 diagrēgoreō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be awake. From dia and gregoreuo; to waken thoroughly -- be awake. see GREEK dia see GREEK gregoreuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1235: διαγρηγορέωδιαγρηγορέω, διαγρηγόρω: 1 aorist διεγρηγόρησα; to watch through, (Herodian, 3, 4, 8 (4, Bekker edition) πάσης τῆς νυκτός ... διαγρηγορήσαντες, Niceph. Greg. Hist. Byz., p. 205 f. and 571 a.); to remain awake: Luke 9:32 (for they had overcome the force of sleep, with which they were weighed down, βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ); (others (e. g., R. V. text) to be fully awake, cf. Niceph. as above, p. 205 f. δόξαν ἀπεβαλομην ὥσπερ οἱ διαγρηγορήσαντες τά ἐν τοῖς ὑπνοῖς ὀνειρατα; Winer's De verb. comp. etc. Part v., p. 11f). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διάγω Transliteration: diagō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ag'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to carry over, to pass Meaning: to carry over, to pass GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1236 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1236 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1236 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1236 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1236, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διάγω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1236 diagō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: lead life, live. From dia and ago; to pass time or life -- lead life, living. see GREEK dia see GREEK ago Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1236: διάγωδιάγω; 1. to lead through, lead across, send across. 2. with τόν βίον, τόν χρόνον, etc., added or understood, to pass: βίον, 1 Timothy 2:2 (very often in Greek writings); διάγειν ἐν τίνι, namely, τόν βίον, to live (Winers Grammar, 593 (551f); Buttmann, 144 (126)), Titus 3:3 (ἐν φιλοσοφία, Plato, Phaedr., p. 259 d.; ἐν εἰρήνη καί σχολή, Plutarch, Timol. 3). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαδέχομαι Transliteration: diadechomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-ad-ekh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to receive in turn Meaning: to receive in turn GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1237 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1237 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1237 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1237 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1237, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαδέχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1237 diadechomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: come after. From dia and dechomai; to receive in turn, i.e. (figuratively) succeed to -- come after. see GREEK dia see GREEK dechomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1237: διαδέχομαιδιαδέχομαι: 1 aorist διεδεξαμην; properly, to receive through another anything left or bequeathed by him, to receive in succession, receive in turn, succeed to: τήν σκηνήν, the tabernacle, Acts 7:45. (τήν ἀρχήν, τήν βασιλείαν, etc., in Polybius, Diodorus, Josephus, others) (Cf. δέχομαι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διάδημα Transliteration: diadēma Phonetic Spelling: dee-ad'-ay-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a diadem, a crown Meaning: a diadem, a crown GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1238 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1238 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1238 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1238 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1238, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διάδημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1238 diadēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: crown. From a compound of dia and deo; a "diadem" (as bound about the head) -- crown. Compare stephanos. see GREEK dia see GREEK deo see GREEK stephanos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1238: διάδημαδιάδημα, διαδήματος, τό (διαδέω, to bind round), a diadem, i. e. the blue band marked with white with which Persian kings used to bind on the turban or tiara; the kingly ornament for the head: Revelation 12:3; Revelation 13:1; Revelation 19:12. (Xenophon, Cyril 8, 3, 13; Esther 1:11; Esther 2:17 for כֶּתֶר; 1 Macc. 1:9.) [SYNONYMS: διάδημα στέφανος: στέφανος, like the Latincorona, is a crown in the sense of a chaplet, wreath, or garland — the badge of victory in the games, of civic worth, of military valor, of nuptial joy, of festal gladness ; διάδημα is a crown as the badge of royalty, βασιλείας γνώρισμα (Lucian, Pisc. 35). Cf. Trench, § xxiii.; Lightfoot on Philippians 4:1; Dict. of Christ. Antiq. under the word Coronation, p. 464f; B. D. American edition under the word ; but cf. στέφανος, a.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαδίδωμι Transliteration: diadidōmi Phonetic Spelling: dee-ad-id'-o-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to hand over, distribute Meaning: to hand over, distribute GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1239 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1239 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1239 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1239 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1239, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαδίδωμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1239 diadidōmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: distribute, divide, give. From dia and didomi; to give throughout a crowd, i.e. Deal out; also to deliver over (as to a successor) -- (make) distribute(-ion), divide, give. see GREEK dia see GREEK didomi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1239: διαδίδωμιδιαδίδωμι; future διαδιδώσω (Revelation 17:13 Rec.); 1 aorist διέδωκα; 2 aorist imperative διάδος; passive, imperfect 3 person singular διεδίδοτο (Acts 4:35), for which L T Tr WH read διεδίδετο (see ἀποδίδωμι); 1. to distribute, divide among several (cf. διά, C. 3): τί, Luke 11:22; τί τίνι, Luke 18:22 (Lachmann δός); John 6:11 (Tdf. ἔδωκεν); passive Acts 4:35. Its meaning is especially illustrated by Xenophon, Cyril 1, 3, 7 τόν Κυρον λαβόντα τῶν κρεῶν διαδιδοναι τοῖς ... θεραπευταις ... τοιαῦτα ἐποίει, ἕως διεδιδου πάντα ἅ ἔλαβε κρέα. 2. to give over, deliver: τί τίνι, Revelation 17:13; but here G L T Tr WH have restored διδοασι (cf. δίδωμι, at the beginning). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διάδοχος Transliteration: diadochos Phonetic Spelling: dee-ad'-okh-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a successor Meaning: a successor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1240 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1240 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1240 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1240 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1240, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διάδοχος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1240 diadochos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: successorFrom diadechomai; a successor in office -- room. see GREEK diadechomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1240: διάδοχοςδιάδοχος, διαδόχου, ὁ, ἡ (διαδέχομαι), succeeding, a successor: Acts 24:27. (Sir. 46:1; (); 2 Macc. 14:26; often in Greek writings from (Aesehyl. and) Herodotus 5, 26 down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαζώννυμι Transliteration: diazōnnymi Phonetic Spelling: dee-az-own'-noo-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to gird around Meaning: to gird around GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1241 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1241 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1241 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1241 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1241, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαζώννυμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1241 diazōnnymi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: gird, put onFrom dia and zonnumi; to gird tightly -- gird. see GREEK dia see GREEK zonnumi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1241: διαζωννύωδιαζωννύω or διαζώννυμι: 1 aorist διέζωσα; 1 aorist middle διεζωσαμην; perfect passive preposition διεζωσμένος; to bind or gird all around (διά; this force of the preposition appears in the tropical use of the verb in Plutarch, Brut. 31, 2 ὡς δ' ἡ φλόξ ῥυεις καί διαζώσασα πανταχόθεν τήν πόλιν διελαμψε πολλή): ἑαυτόν, John 13:4; passive διαζωννυμαι τί to be girded: ᾧ (by attraction for ὁ (yet cf. Meyer)) ἥν διεζωσμένος, John 13:5; middle διαζωννυμαι τί, "to gird oneself with a thing, gird a thing around oneself: John 21:7; (Ezekiel 23:15 (Alex.). in Greek writings occasionally from Thucydides on). Cf. Winer's De verb. camp. etc. Part v., p. 13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαθήκη Transliteration: diathēkē Phonetic Spelling: dee-ath-ay'-kay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: testament, will, covenant Meaning: testament, will, covenant GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1242 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1242 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1242 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1242 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1242, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαθήκη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1242 diathēkē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: covenant, testament. From diatithemai; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will) -- covenant, testament. see GREEK diatithemai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1242: διαθήκηδιαθήκη, διαθήκης, ἡ (διατίθημι); 1. a disposition, arrangement, of any sort, which one wishes to be valid (German Verordnung, Willensverfugung): Galatians 3:15, where under the name of a man's disposition is meant specifically a testament, so far forth as it is a specimen and example of that disposition (cf. Meyer or Lightfoot at the passage); especially the last disposal which one makes of his earthly possessions after his death, a testament or will (so in Greek writings from (Aristophanes), Plato, legg. 11, p. 922 c. following down): Hebrews 9:16f 2. a compact, covenant (Aristophanes av. 440), very often in the Scriptures for בְּרִית (Vulg.testamentum). For the word covenant is used to denote the close relationship which God entered into, first with Noah (Genesis 6:18; Genesis 9:9ff (cf. Sir. 44:18)), then with Abraham, Isaac and Jacob and their posterity (Leviticus 26:42 (cf. 2 Macc. 1:2)), but especially with Abraham (Genesis 15 and Genesis 17), and afterward through Moses with the people of Israel (Exodus 24; Deuteronomy 5:2; Deuteronomy 28:69 ()). By this last covenant the Israelites are bound to obey God's will as expressed and solemnly promulged in the Mosaic law; and he promises them his almighty protection and blessings of every kind in this world, but threatens transgressors with the severest punishments. Hence, in the N. T. we find mention of αἱ πλάκες τῆς διαθήκης (הַבְּרִית לוּחות, Deuteronomy 9:9, 15), the tables of the law, on which the duties of the covenant were inscribed (Exodus 20); of ἡ κιβωτός τῆς διαθήκης (הַבְּרִית אֲרון, Deuteronomy 10:8; Deuteronomy 31:9; Joshua 3:6, etc.), the ark of the covenant or law, in which those tables were deposited, Hebrews 9:4; Revelation 11:19; of ἡ διαθήκη περιτομῆς, the covenant of circumcision, made with Abraham, whose sign and seal was circumcision (Genesis 17:10ff), Acts 7:8; of τό αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης, the blood of the victims, by the shedding and sprinkling of which the Mosaic covenant was ratified, Hebrews 9:20 from Exodus 24:8; of αἱ διαθῆκαι, the covenants, one made with Abraham, the other through Moses with the Israelites, Romans 9:4 (L text Tr marginal reading ἡ διαθήκη) (Sap). 18:22; Sir. 44:11; 2 Macc. 8:15; Epistle of Barnabas 9 [ET]; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 177 (166))); of αἱ διαθῆκαι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, the covenants to which the promise of salvation through the Messiah was annexed, Ephesians 2:12 (συνθηκαι ἀγαθῶν ὑποσχέσεων, Wis. 12:21); for Christian salvation is the fulfillment of the divine promises annexed to those covenants, especially to that made with Abraham: Luke 1:72; Acts 3:25; Romans 11:27; Galatians 3:17 (where διαθήκη is God's arrangement, i. e. the promise made to Abraham). As the new and far more excellent bond of friendship which God in the Messiah's time would enter into with the people of Israel is called, חֲדָשָׁה בְּרִית, καινή διαθήκη (Jeremiah 38:31 ()) — which divine promise Christ has made good (Hebrews 8:8-10; Hebrews 10:16) — we find in the N. T. two distinct covenants spoken of, δύο διαθῆκαι (Galatians 4:24), viz. the Mosaic and the Christian, with the former of which (τῇ πρώτη διαθήκη, Hebrews 9:15, 18, cf. 8:9) the latter is contrasted, as καινή διαθήκη, Matthew 26:28; Mark 14:24 (in both passages in R G L (in Matthew in Tr also)); Luke 22:20 (WH reject the passage); 1 Corinthians 11:25; 2 Corinthians 3:6; Hebrews 8:8; κρείττων διαθήκη, Hebrews 7:22; αἰώνιος διαθήκη, Hebrews 13:20; and Christ is called κρείττονος or καινῆς or νέας διαθήκης μεσίτης: Hebrews 8:6; Hebrews 9:15; Hebrews 12:24. This new covenant binds men to exercise faith in Christ, and God promises them grace and salvation eternal. This covenant Christ set up and ratified by undergoing death; hence, the phrases τό αἷμα τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης, τό αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης (see αἷμα sub at the end) (Hebrews 10:29); τό αἷμα μου τῆς διαθήκης, my blood by the shedding of which the covenant is established, Matthew 26:28 T WH and Mark 14:24 T Tr WH (on two genitives after one noun cf. Matthiae, § 380, Anm. 1; Kühner, ii., p. 288f; (Jelf, § 543, 1, cf § 466; Winers Grammar, § 30, 3 Note 3; Buttmann, 155 (136))). By metonymy of the contained for the container ἡ παλαιά διαθήκη is used in 2 Corinthians 3:14 of the sacred books of the O. T. because in them the conditions and principles of the older covenant were recorded. Finally must be noted the amphiboly or twofold use (cf. Philo de mut. nom. § 6) by which the writer to the Hebrews, in Hebrews 9:16f, substitutes for the meaning covenant which διαθήκη bears elsewhere in the Epistle that of testament (see 1 above), and likens Christ to a testator — not only because the author regards eternal blessedness as an inheritance bequeathed by Christ, but also because he is endeavoring to show, both that the attainment of eternal salvation is made possible for the disciples of Christ by his death (Hebrews 9:15), and that even the Mosaic covenant had been consecrated by blood (Hebrews 9:18ff). This, apparently, led the Latin Vulg. to render διαθήκη wherever it occurs in the Bible (i. e. in the New Testament, not always in the Old Testament; see B. D. under the word , and B. D. American edition under the word ) by the wordtestamentum. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαίρεσις Transliteration: diairesis Phonetic Spelling: dee-ah'-ee-res-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a division Meaning: a division GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1243 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1243 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1243 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1243 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1243, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαίρεσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1243 diairesis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: difference, diversity. From diaireo; a distinction or (concretely) variety -- difference, diversity. see GREEK diaireo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1243: διαίρεσιςδιαίρεσις, διαιρέσεως, ἡ (διαιρέω, which see); 1. division, distribution, (Herodotus, Xenophon, Plato, others). 2. distinction, difference, (Plato, Sophocles, p. 267 b. τινα διαίρεσιν ἀγνωσιας τέ καί γνώσεως θήσομεν; others); in particular, a distinction arising from a different distribution to different persons, (A. V. diversity): 1 Corinthians 12:4-6, cf. 1 Corinthians 12:11 διαιροῦν ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστῳ καθώς βούλεται. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαιρέω Transliteration: diaireō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ahee-reh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to divide, to distribute Meaning: to divide, to distribute GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1244 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1244 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1244 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1244 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1244, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαιρέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1244 diaireō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: divide. From dia and haireomai; to separate, i.e. Distribute -- divide. see GREEK dia see GREEK haireomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1244: διαιρέωδιαιρέω, διαίρω; 2 aorist διεῖλον; 1. to divide into parts, to part, to tear, cleave or cut asunder, (Homer and subsequent writings; Genesis 15:10; 1 Kings 3:25). 2. to distribute: τί τίνι (Xenophon, Cyril 4, 5, 51; Hell. 3, 2, 10): Luke 15:12; 1 Corinthians 12:11; (Joshua 18:5; 1 Chronicles 23:6, etc.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διακαθαρίζω Transliteration: diakatharizō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ak-ath-ar-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cleanse thoroughly Meaning: to cleanse thoroughly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1245 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1245 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1245 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1245 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1245, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διακαθαρίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1245 diakatharizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: thoroughly purge. From dia and katharizo; to cleanse perfectly, i.e. (specially) winnow -- thoroughly purge. see GREEK dia see GREEK katharizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1245: διακαθαίρω [διακαθαίρω: 1 aorist διεκαθαρα (un-Attic and later form; cf. Moeris, edition Piers., p. 137; Lob. ad Phryn., p. 25; Veitch, under the word καθαίρω), infinitive διακαθᾶραι; to cleanse (thoroughly, cf. διά, C. 2 i. e.) thoroughly: Luke 3:17 T WH L marginal reading Tr marginal reading; for R G διακαθαρίζω. (From Aristophanes and Plato down.)] STRONGS NT 1245: διακαθαρίζωδιακαθαρίζω: future διακαθαριω (Buttmann, 37 (32); Winers Grammar, § 13, 1 c.; WHs Appendix, p. 163); to cleanse thoroughly, (Vulg.permundo): τήν ἅλωνα, Matthew 3:12; Luke 3:17 (T WH etc. διακαθᾶραι, which see). (Not found in secular authors, who use διακαθαίρω, as τήν ἅλω, Alciphron, epistles 3, 26.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διακατελέγχομαι Transliteration: diakatelenchomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-ak-at-el-eng'-khom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to confute completely Meaning: to confute completely GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1246 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1246 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1246 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1246 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1246, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διακατελέγχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1246 diakatelenchomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: convince. Middle voice from dia and a compound of kata and elegcho; to prove downright, i.e. Confute -- convince. see GREEK dia see GREEK kata see GREEK elegcho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1246: διακατελέγχομαιδιακατελέγχομαι: imperfect διακατηλεγχομην; to confute with rivalry and effort or in a contest (on this use of the preposition διά in compos. cf. Herm. ad Vig., p. 854; (others give it here the sense of completeness; see διά, C. 2)): with the dative of person (Winers Grammar, § 31, 1 f.; Buttmann, 177 (154)); not found except in Acts 18:28 (R. V. powerfully confuted). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διακονέω Transliteration: diakoneō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ak-on-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to serve, minister Meaning: to serve, minister GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1247 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1247 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1247 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1247 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1247, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διακονέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1247 diakoneō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: administer, serve, use the office of a deacon.From diakonos; to be an attendant, i.e. Wait upon (menially or as a host, friend, or (figuratively) teacher); technically, to act as a Christian deacon -- (ad-)minister (unto), serve, use the office of a deacon. see GREEK diakonos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1247: διακονέωδιακονέω, διακόνῳ; imperfect διηκόνουν (as if the verb were compounded of διά and ἀκονέω, for the rarer and earlier form ἐδιακονουν, cf. Buttmann, 35 (31); Ph. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. § 86 Anm. 6; Krüger, § 28, 14, 13); (future διακονήσω); 1 aorist διηκόνησα (for the earlier ἐδιακόνησα); passive, present participle διακονουμενος; 1 aorist infinitive διακονηθῆναι, participle διακονηθεις; (διάκονος, which see); in Greek writings from (Sophocles), Herodotus down; to be a servant, attendant, domestic; to serve, wait upon; 1. universally: (absolutely ὁ διακονῶν, Luke 22:26); with the dative of person to minister to one; render ministering offices to: John 12:26; Acts 19:22; Philemon 1:13; passive to be served, ministered unto (Winers Grammar, § 39, 1; (Buttmann, 188 (163))): Matthew 20:28; Mark 10:45. 2. Like the Latinministrare, to wait at table and offer food and drink to the guests, (cf. Winer's Grammar, 593 (552)): with the dative of person, Matthew 4:11; Matthew 8:15; Mark 1:13, 31; Luke 4:39; Luke 12:37; Luke 17:8; absolutely ὁ διακονῶν, Luke 22:27; so also of women preparing food, Luke 10:40; John 12:2; (Menander quoted in Athen. 6 c. 46, p. 245 c.; Anacreon () 4, 6; others; passive διακονεῖσθαι ὑπό τίνος, Diodorus 5, 28; Philo, vit. contempl. § 9). 3. to minister, i. e. supply food and the necessaries of life: with the dative of person, Matthew 25:44; Matthew 27:55; Mark 15:41; διηκόνουν αὐτοῖς ἐκ: (Rec. ἀπό) τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐταῖς, Luke 8:3; to relieve one's necessities (e. g. by collecting alms): Romans 15:25; Hebrews 6:10 τραπέζαις, to provide, take care of, distribute, the things necessary to sustain life, Acts 6:2. absolutely, those are said διακονεῖν, i. e. to take care of the poor and the sick, who administer the office of deacon (see διάκονος, 2) in the Christian churches, to serve as deacons: 1 Timothy 3:10, 13; 1 Peter 4:11 (many take this last example in a general rather than an official sense). 4. with the accusative of the thing, to minister, i. e. attend to, anything, that may serve another's interests: χάρις διακονουμένῃ ὑφ' ἡμῶν, 2 Corinthians 8:19; (ἁδρότης, ibid. 20); ὅσα διηκόνησε, how many things I owe to his ministration, 2 Timothy 1:18; ἐπιστολή διακονηθεῖσα ὑφ' ἡμῶν, an epistle written, as it were, by our serving as amanuenses, 2 Corinthians 3:3. with the accusative of the thing and the dative of person, to minister a thing unto one, to serve one with or by supplying anything: 1 Peter 1:12; τί εἰς ἑαυτούς, i. e. εἰς ἀλλήλους, to one another, for mutual use, 1 Peter 4:10. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διακονία Transliteration: diakonia Phonetic Spelling: dee-ak-on-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: service, ministry Meaning: service, ministry GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1248 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1248 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1248 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1248 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1248, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διακονία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1248 diakonia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: administration, office, service. From diakonos; attendance (as a servant, etc.); figuratively (eleemosynary) aid, (official) service (especially of the Christian teacher, or technically of the diaconate) -- (ad-)minister(-ing, -tration, -try), office, relief, service(-ing). see GREEK diakonos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1248: διακονίαδιακονία, διακονίας, ἡ (διάκονος) (from Thucydides, Plato down), service, ministering, especially of those who execute the commands of others; 1. universally: 2 Timothy 4:11; Hebrews 1:14. 2. of those who by the command of God proclaim and promote religion among men; a. of the office of Moses: ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου, concisely for the ministration by which the law is promulgated that threatens and brings death, 2 Corinthians 3:7; τῆς κατακρίσεως, the ministration by which condemnation is announced, ibid. 9. b. of the office of the apostles and its administration: Acts 1:17, 25; Acts 20:24; Acts 21:19; Romans 11:13; 2 Corinthians 4:1; 2 Corinthians 6:3; 1 Timothy 1:12; τοῦ λόγου, Acts 6:4; τοῦ πνεύματος, the ministry whose office it is to cause men to obtain and be governed by the Holy Spirit, 2 Corinthians 3:8; τῆς δικαιοσύνης, by which men are taught how they may become righteous with God, ibid. 9; τῆς καταλλαγῆς, the ministry whose work it is to induce men to embrace the offered reconciliation with God, 2 Corinthians 5:18; πρός τήν ὑμῶν διακονίαν, that by preaching the gospel I might minister unto you, 2 Corinthians 11:8. c. of the ministration or service of all who, endowed by God with powers of mind and heart peculiarly adapted to this end, endeavor zealously and laboriously to promote the cause of Christ among men, as apostles, prophets, evangelists, elders, etc.: 1 Corinthians 12:5; Ephesians 4:12; 2 Timothy 4:5. What ministry is referred to in Colossians 4:17 is not clear. 3. the ministration of those who render to others the offices of Christian affection: 1 Corinthians 16:15; Revelation 2:19, especially of those who succor need by either collecting or bestowing benefactions (Acts 12:25); the care of the poor, the supplying or distributing of charities (Luther uses Handreichung): Acts 6:1; 2 Corinthians 9:13; ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τούς ἁγίους, 2 Corinthians 8:4; 2 Corinthians 9:1; ἡ διακονία τῆς λειτουργίας, the ministration rendered through this λειτουργία, 2 Corinthians 9:12; πέμπειν εἰς διακονίαν τίνι, to send a thing to one for the relief of his want (A. V. to send relief unto), Acts 11:29 (κομίζειν χρήματα πολλά εἰς διακονίαν τῶν χηρῶν, Acta Thomae § 56, p. 233, Tdf. edition); ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ. my ministration in bringing the money collected by me, a ministration intended for Jerusalem (Fritzsche), Romans 15:31 (here L Tr marginal reading read ἡ δωροφορία ... ἐν, etc.). 4. the office of deacon in the primitive church (see διάκονος, 2): Romans 12:7. 5. the service of those who prepare and present food: Luke 10:40 (as in Xenophon, oec. 7, 41). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διάκονος Transliteration: diakonos Phonetic Spelling: dee-ak'-on-os Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine; Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a servant, minister Meaning: a servant, minister GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1249 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1249 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1249 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1249 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1249, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διάκονος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1249 diakonos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: deacon, minister, servant. Probably from an obsolete diako (to run on errands; compare dioko); an attendant, i.e. (genitive case) a waiter (at table or in other menial duties); specially, a Christian teacher and pastor (technically, a deacon or deaconess) -- deacon, minister, servant. see GREEK dioko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1249: διάκονοςδιάκονος, διακονου, ὁ, ἡ (of uncertain origin, but by no means, as was formerly thought, compounded of διά and κόνις, so as to mean, properly, 'raising dust by hastening'; cf. ἐγκόνειν; for the alpha in the preposition διά is short, in διάκονος, long. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Lexil. i., p. 218ff (English translation, p. 231f) thinks it is derived from the obsolete διάκω equivalent to διήκω (allied with διώκω; cf. Vanicek, p. 363)); one who executes the commands of another, especially of a master; a sergeant, attendant, minister; 1. universally: of the servant of a king, Matthew 22:13; with the genitive of the person served, Matthew 20:26; Matthew 23:11; Mark 9:35; Mark 10:43 (in which passage it is used figuratively of those who advance others' interests even at the sacrifice of their own); τῆς ἐκκλησίας, of one who does what promotes the welfare and prosperity of the church, Colossians 1:25; διάκονοι τοῦ Θεοῦ, those through whom God carries on his administration on earth, as magistrates, Romans 13:4; teachers of the Christian religion, 1 Corinthians 3:5; 2 Corinthians 6:4; 1 Thessalonians 3:2 R T Tr WH text L marginal reading; the same are called διάκονοι (τοῦ) Χριστοῦ, 2 Corinthians 11:23; Colossians 1:7; 1 Timothy 4:6; ἐν κυρίῳ, in the cause of the Lord, Colossians 4:7; (Ephesians 6:21); ὁ διάκονος μου, my follower, John 12:26; τοῦ Σατανᾶ, whom Satan uses as a servant, 2 Corinthians 11:15; (ἁμαρτίας, Galatians 2:17); διάκονος περιτομῆς (abstract for concrete), of Christ, who labored for the salvation of the circumcised, i. e. the Jews, Romans 15:8; with the genitive of the thing to which service is rendered, i. e. to which one is devoted: καινῆς διαθήκης, 2 Corinthians 3:6; τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, Ephesians 3:7; Colossians 1:23; δικαιοσύνης, 2 Corinthians 11:15. 2. a deacon, one who, by virtue of the office assigned him by the church, cares for the poor and has charge of and distributes the money collected for their use (cf. BB. DD., Dict. of Christ. Antiq., Schaff-Herzog under the word ; Lightfoot's Commentary on Philippians, dissert. i. § i.; Julius Muller, Dogmatische Abhandlungen, p. 560ff): Philippians 1:1; 1 Timothy 3:8, 12, cf. Acts 6:3ff; ἡ διάκονος, a deaconess (ministra, Pliny, epistles 10, 97), a woman to whom the care of either poor or sick women was entrusted, Romans 16:1 (cf. Dictionaries as above, under the word ; Lightfoot as above, p. 191; B. D. under the word ). 3. a waiter, one who serves food and drink: John 2:5, 9, as in Xenophon, mem. 1, 5, 2; Hier. 3, 11 (4, 2); Polybius 31, 4, 5; Lucian, de merced. cond. § 26; Athen. 7, p. 291 a.; 10, 420 e.; see διακονέω, 2 and διακονία, 5; (also Wetstein (1752) on Matthew 4:11). [SYNONYMS: διάκονος, δοῦλος, θεράπων, ὑπηρέτης: "διάκονος represents the servant in his activity for the work; not in his relation, either servile, as that of the δοῦλος, or more voluntary, as in the case of the θεράπων, to a person" Trench; yet cf. e. g. Romans 13:4; 2 Corinthians 6:4 etc.). δοῦλος opposed to ἐλεύθερος, and correlate to δεσπότης or κύριος, denotes a bondman, one who sustains a permanent servile relation to another. θεράπων is the voluntary performer of services, whether as a freeman or a slave; it is a nobler, tenderer word than δοῦλος. ὑπηρέτης according to its etymol. suggests subordination. Cf. Trench, § ix.; B. D. under the word ; Meyer on Ephesians 3:7; Schmidt, chapter 164.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διακόσιοι Transliteration: diakosioi Phonetic Spelling: dee-ak-os'-ee-oy Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: two hundred Meaning: two hundred GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1250 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1250 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1250 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1250 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1250, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διακόσιοι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1250 diakosioi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: two hundred. From dis and hekaton; two hundred -- two hundred. see GREEK dis see GREEK hekaton Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1250: διακόσιοιδιακόσιοι, διακόσιαι, διακόσια, two hundred: Mark 6:37; John 6:7, etc. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διακούω Transliteration: diakouō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ak-oo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to give a hearing to Meaning: to give a hearing to GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1251 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1251 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1251 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1251 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1251, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διακούω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1251 diakouō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hear. Middle voice from dia and akouo; to hear throughout, i.e. Patiently listen (to a prisoner's plea) -- hear. see GREEK dia see GREEK akouo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1251: διακούωδιακούω: future διακούσομαί; properly, to hear one through, hear to the end, hear with care, hear fully, (cf. διά, C. 2) (Xenophon, Plato, and following): of a judge trying a cause, Acts 23:35; so in Deuteronomy 1:16; Dio Cass. 36, 53 (36). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διακρίνω Transliteration: diakrinō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ak-ree'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to distinguish, to judge Meaning: to distinguish, to judge GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1252 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1252 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1252 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1252 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1252, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διακρίνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1252 diakrinō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: contend, discern, doubt, judge, be partial. From dia and krino; to separate thoroughly, i.e. (literally and reflexively) to withdraw from, or (by implication) oppose; figuratively, to discriminate (by implication, decide), or (reflexively) hesitate -- contend, make (to) differ(-ence), discern, doubt, judge, be partial, stagger, waver. see GREEK dia see GREEK krino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1252: διακρίνωδιακρίνω; imperfect διεκρινον; 1 aorist διεκρινα; middle (present διακρίνομαι); imperfect διεκρινομην; 1 aorist διεκρίθην (in secular authors in a passive sense, to be separated; cf. Winers Grammar, § 39, 2; (Buttmann, 52 (45))); in Greek writings from Homer down; in the Sept. chiefly for שָׁפַט, also for הֵדִין etc. 1. "to separate, make a distinction, discriminate (cf. διά, C. 4): οὐδέν διέκρινε μεταξύ ἡμῶν τέ καί αὐτῶν, Acts 15:9; μηδέν διακρίναντα, making no difference, namely, between Jews and Gentiles, Acts 11:12 L T Tr WH; like the Latindistinguo, used emphatically: to distinguish or separate a person or thing from the rest, in effect equivalent to to prefer, yield to him the preference or honor: τινα, 1 Corinthians 4:7 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 452 (421)); τό σῶμα (τοῦ κυρίου), 1 Corinthians 11:29. 2. to learn by discrimination, to try, decide: Matthew 16:3 (T brackets WH reject the passage); 1 Corinthians 14:29; ἑαυτόν, 1 Corinthians 11:31; to determine, give judgment, decide a dispute: 1 Corinthians 6:5. Passive and middle to be parted, to separate oneself from; 1. to withdraw from one, desert him (Thucydides 1, 105; 3, 9); of heretics withdrawing from the society of true Christians (Sozom. 7, 2 (p. 705, Vales. edition) ἐκ τούτου οἱ μέν διακριθεντες ἰδίᾳ ἐκκλησιαζον): Jude 1:22 according to the (preferable) reading of L T Tr text ἐλέγχετε διακρινομένους, those who separate themselves from you, i. e. who apostatize; instead of the Rec. ἐληιτε διακρινομένοι, which is to be rendered, making for yourselves a selection; cf. Huther at the passage; (others though adopting the reading preferred above, refer διακρίνω to the following head and translate it while they dispute with you; but WH (see their Appendix) Tr marginal reading follow manuscripts א B and a few other authorities in reading ἐλεᾶτε διακρινομένους, according to which διακρίνω is probably to be referred to signification 3: R. V. text on some have mercy, who are in doubt). 2. to separate oneself in a hostile spirit, to oppose, strive with, dispute, contend: with the dative of person Jude 1:9 (Polybius 2, 22,11 (cf. Winers Grammar, § 31, 1 g.; Buttmann, 177 (154)); πρός τινα, Acts 11:2 (Herodotus 9, 58). 3. in a sense not found in secular authors, to be at variance with oneself, hesitate, doubt: Matthew 21:21; Romans 14:23; James 1:6; ἐν τῇ καρδία αὐτοῦ, Mark 11:23; ἐν ἑαυτῷ (i. e., ἑαυτοῖς), James 2:4 (others refer this to 1: do ye not make distinctions among yourselves); μηδέν διακρινόμενος, nothing doubting, i. e. wholly free from doubt, James 1:6; without any hesitation as to whether it be lawful or not, Acts 10:20 and according to R G in ; οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστία, he did not hesitate through lack of faith, Romans 4:20. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διάκρισις Transliteration: diakrisis Phonetic Spelling: dee-ak'-ree-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the act of judgment Meaning: the act of judgment GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1253 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1253 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1253 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1253 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1253, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διάκρισις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1253 diakrisis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: discerning, disputation. From diakrino; judicial estimation -- discern(-ing), disputation. see GREEK diakrino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1253: διάκρισιςδιάκρισις, διακρισεως, ἡ (διακρίνω), a distinguishing, discerning, judging: πνευμάτων, 1 Corinthians 12:10; καλοῦ τέ καί κακοῦ, Hebrews 5:14; μή εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν, not for the purpose of passing judgment on opinions, as to which one is to be preferred as the more correct, Romans 14:1 (see διαλοσμος, 1). (Xenophon, Plato, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διακωλύω Transliteration: diakōlyō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ak-o-loo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to hinder Meaning: to hinder GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1254 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1254 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1254 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1254 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1254, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διακωλύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1254 diakōlyō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: forbid. From dia and koluo; to hinder altogether, i.e. Utterly prohibit -- forbid. see GREEK dia see GREEK koluo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1254: διακωλύωδιακωλύω: imperfect διεκωλυον; (διά in this compound does not denote effort as is commonly said, but separation, Latindis, cf. German verhindern, Latinprohibere; cf. διακλειω, to separate by shutting, shut out; cf. Winers De verb. comp. etc. Part v., p. 17f); to hinder, prevent: τινα, Matthew 3:14 (on the tense cf. Winers Grammar, § 40, 3 c.; Buttmann, 205 (178)). (From Sophocles and Thucydides down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαλαλέω Transliteration: dialaleō Phonetic Spelling: dee-al-al-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to discuss Meaning: to discuss GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1255 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1255 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1255 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1255 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1255, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαλαλέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1255 dialaleō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to discussFrom dia and laleo; to talk throughout a company, i.e. Converse or (genitive case) publish -- commune, noise abroad. see GREEK dia see GREEK laleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1255: διαλαλέωδιαλαλέω: imperfect διελάλουν; imperfect passive διελαλουμην; to converse together, to talk with, (διά denoting by turns, or one with another; see διακατελέγχομαι), τί, passive (were talked of), Luke 1:65; πρός ἀλλήλους (as Polybius 23, 9, 6), τί ἄν ποιήσειαν (ποιήσαιεν, others), of the conference of men deliberating, Luke 6:11. (Euripides, Cycl. 175.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαλέγομαι Transliteration: dialegomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-al-eg'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to discuss, to address, to preach Meaning: to discuss, to address, to preach GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1256 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1256 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1256 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1256 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1256, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαλέγομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1256 dialegomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dispute, preach unto, reason with. Middle voice from dia and lego; to say thoroughly, i.e. Discuss (in argument or exhortation) -- dispute, preach (unto), reason (with), speak. see GREEK dia see GREEK lego Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1256: διαλέγομαιδιαλέγομαι; imperfect διελεγομην; (1 aorist 3 person singular διελέξατο (L T Tr WH in Acts 17:2; Acts 18:19)); 1 aorist διελεχθην; (middle of διαλέγω, to select, distingish); 1. to think different things with oneself, mingle thought with thought (cf. διαλογίζομαι); to ponder, revolve in mind; so in Homer. 2. as very frequent in Attic, to converse, discourse with one, argue, discuss: absolutely, Acts (); f; (); περί τίνος, Acts 24:25; τίνι, with one, Acts 17:17; Acts 18:19; Acts 20:7; Hebrews 12:5; ἀπό τῶν γραφῶν, drawing arguments from the Scriptures, Acts 17:2; πρός τινα, Acts 17:11; Acts 24:12; with the idea of disputing prominent: πρός ἀλλήλους, followed by the interrogative τίς, Mark 9:34; περί τίνος, Jude 1:9. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαλείπω Transliteration: dialeipō Phonetic Spelling: dee-al-i'-po Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to leave off Meaning: to leave off GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1257 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1257 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1257 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1257 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1257, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαλείπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1257 dialeipō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cease. From dia and leipo; to leave off in the middle, i.e. Intermit -- cease. see GREEK dia see GREEK leipo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1257: διαλείπωδιαλείπω: (2 aorist διέλιπον); to interpose a delay, to intermit, leave off for a time something already begun: οὐ διέλιπε (T WH mrg, διελειπεν) καταφιλοῦσά (on the participle cf. Winers Grammar, § 45, 4 a.; (Buttmann, 300 (257))), she has not ceased kissing, has continually kissed, Luke 7:45. (Isaiah 5:14; Jeremiah 17:8; often in Greek writings from Herodotus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διάλεκτος Transliteration: dialektos Phonetic Spelling: dee-al'-ek-tos Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: speech, language Meaning: speech, language GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1258 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1258 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1258 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1258 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1258, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διάλεκτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1258 dialektos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: language, tongue. From dialegomai; a (mode of) discourse, i.e. "dialect" -- language, tongue. see GREEK dialegomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1258: διάλεκτοςδιάλεκτος, διαλεκτου, ἡ (διαλέγω); 1. "conversation, speech, discourse, language (Plato, Demosthenes, others). 2. from Polybius (cf. Aristotle, probl. 10, 38 τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μία φωνή, ἀλλά διαλεκτοι πολλαί) down, the tongue or language peculiar to any people: Acts 1:19; Acts 2:6, 8; Acts 21:40; Acts 22:2; Acts 26:14. (Polybius 1, 80, 6; 3, 22, 3; 40, 6, 3f; μεθερμηνεύειν εἰς τήν Ἑλλήνων διάλεκτον, Diodorus 1, 37; πᾶσα μέν διάλεκτος, ἡ δ' Ἑλληνικῇ διαφερόντως ὀνομαατων πλουτει, Philo, vit. Moys. ii. § 7; (cf. Muller on Josephus, contra Apion 1, 22, 4 at the end).) STRONGS NT 1258a: διαλιμπάνω [διαλιμπάνω (or διαλυμπάνω): imperfect διελιμπανον; to intermit, cease: κλαίων οὐ διελίμπανεν, Acts 8:24 WH (rejected) marginal reading; cf. Winers Grammar, 345f (323f); Buttmann, 300 (257). (Tobit 10:7; Galen in Hipp. Epid. 1, 3; cf. Bornem. on Acts, the passage cited; Veitch, under the word λιμπάνω.)] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαλλάσσομαι Transliteration: diallassomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-al-las'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: change, exchange Meaning: change, exchange GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1259 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1259 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1259 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1259 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1259, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαλλάσσομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1259 diallassomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: reconcile. From dia and allasso; to change thoroughly, i.e. (mentally) to conciliate -- reconcile. see GREEK dia see GREEK allasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1259: διαλλάσσωδιαλλάσσω: 2 aorist passive διηλλαγην; (see διά, C. 6); 1. to change: τί ἀντί τίνος (cf. Winer's Grammar, 206 (194)). 2. to change the mind of anyone, to reconcile (so from (Aeschylus) Thucydides down): τινα τίνι. Passive to be reconciled, τίνι, to renew friendship with one: Matthew 5:24; (1 Samuel 29:4; 1 Esdr. 4:31). See Fritzsche's learned discussion of this word in his Commentary on Romans, vol. i., p. 276ff (in opposed to Tittmann's view that it implies mutual enmity; see καταλλάσσω, at the end); cf. Winer's De verb. comp. etc. Part v., pp. 7, 10; (Tholuck, Bergrede Christi, p. 171 (on Matthew 5:24)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαλογίζομαι Transliteration: dialogizomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-al-og-id'-zom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to consider Meaning: to consider GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1260 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1260 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1260 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1260 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1260, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαλογίζομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1260 dialogizomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: consider, dispute, muse, reason, think. From dia and logizomai; to reckon thoroughly, i.e. (genitive case) to deliberate (by reflection or discussion) -- cast in mind, consider, dispute, muse, reason, think. see GREEK dia see GREEK logizomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1260: διαλογίζομαιδιαλογίζομαι; deponent middle; imperfect διελογιζομην; (1 aorist διελογισάμην, Luke 20:14 Lachmann); (διά as in διαλέγομαι); "to bring together different reasons, to reckon up the reasons, to reason, revolve in one's mind, deliberate": simply, Luke 1:29; Luke 5:21; ἐν τῇ καρδία, Mark 2:6, 8; Luke 5:22; with addition of περί τίνος, Luke 3:15; ἐν ἑαυτῷ (or ἑαυτοῖς), within himself, etc., Mark 2:8; Luke 12:17; ἐν ἑαυτοῖς equivalent to ἐν ἀλλήλοις among themselves, Matthew 16:7f; πρός ἑαυτούς equivalent to πρός ἀλλήλους, one turned toward another, one with another, Mark 9:33 Rec.; L T Tr WH; Luke 20:14; πρός ἀλλήλους, Mark 8:16; παῥ ἑαυτοῖς (see παρά, II. c.), Matthew 21:25 (L Tr WH text ἐν ἑαυτοῖς); ὅτι, John 11:50 Rec.; ὅτι equivalent to περί τούτου ὅτι, Mark 8:17. (For חָשַׁב several times in the Psalms; 2 Macc. 12:43; in Greek writings from Plato and Xenophon down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαλογισμός Transliteration: dialogismos Phonetic Spelling: dee-al-og-is-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a reasoning Meaning: a reasoning GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1261 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1261 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1261 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1261 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1261, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαλογισμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1261 dialogismos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: imagination, reasoning. From dialogizomai; discussion, i.e. (internal) consideration (by implication, purpose), or (external) debate -- dispute, doubtful(-ing), imagination, reasoning, thought. see GREEK dialogizomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1261: διαλογισμόςδιαλογισμός, διαλογισμοῦ, ὁ (διαλογίζομαι), the Sept. for מַחֲשָׁבָה and Chaldean רַעְיון, in Greek writings from Plato down, the thinking of a man deliberating with himself; hence, 1. a thought, inward reasoning: Luke 2:35; Luke 5:22; Luke 6:8; Luke 9:46; Romans 14:1 (yet some bring this under 2); the reasoning of those who think themselves to be wise, Romans 1:21; 1 Corinthians 3:20; an opinion: κριταί διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν, judges with evil thoughts, i. e. who follow perverse opinions, reprehensible principles, James 2:4 (cf. Winers Grammar, 187 (176)); purpose, design: Matthew 15:19; Mark 7:21. 2. a deliberating, questioning, about what is true: Luke 24:38; when in reference to what ought to be done, hesitation, doubting: χωρίς γογγυσμῶν καί διαλογισμῶν, Philippians 2:14 (`γογγυσμῶν is the moral, διαλογισμῶν the intellectual rebellion against God' Lightfoot); χωρίς ὀργῆς καί διαλογισμοῦ, 1 Timothy 2:8; (in the last two passages others still advocate the rendering disputing; yet cf. Meyer on Philippians the passage cited). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαλύω Transliteration: dialyō Phonetic Spelling: dee-al-oo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to break up Meaning: to break up GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1262 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1262 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1262 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1262 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1262, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαλύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1262 dialyō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: scatter. From dia and luo; to dissolve utterly -- scatter. see GREEK dia see GREEK luo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1262: διαλύωδιαλύω: 1 aorist passive διελυθην; to dissolve (cf. διά C. 4): in Acts 5:36 of a body of men broken up and dispersed, as often in Greek writings. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαμαρτύρομαι Transliteration: diamartyromai Phonetic Spelling: dee-am-ar-too'-rom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to affirm solemnly Meaning: to affirm solemnly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1263 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1263 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1263 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1263 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1263, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαμαρτύρομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1263 diamartyromai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: charge, testify unto, witness. From dia and martureo; to attest or protest earnestly, or (by implication) hortatively -- charge, testify (unto), witness. see GREEK dia see GREEK martureo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1263: διαμαρτύρομαιδιαμαρτύρομαι; deponent middle; imperfect διεμαρτυρομην (Acts 2:40 Rec.); 1 aorist διεμαρτυράμην; in the Sept. mostly for הֵעִיד; often in Greek writings from Xenophon down; see a multitude of examples from them in Winers De verb. comp. etc. Part v., p. 20ff; to call gods and men to witness (διά, with the interposition of gods and men; cf. Ellicott (after Winer's) on 1 Timothy 5:21); 1. to testify, i. e. earnestly, religiously to charge: followed by an imperative Acts 2:40; ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καί Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, 2 Timothy 4:1 (2 Kings 17:13; Xenophon, Cyril 7, 1, 17 σύ μή πρότερον ἐμβαλλε τοῖς πολεμίοις, διαμαρτύρομαι, πρίν, etc.); also with ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ κτλ. followed by ἵνα (cf. Buttmann, 237 (204)), 1 Timothy 5:21 (followed by μή, Exodus 19:21); followed by the infinitive 2 Timothy 2:14 (not Lachmann) (Nehemiah 9:26). 2. to attest, testify to, solemnly affirm: Acts 20:23; 1 Thessalonians 4:6; Hebrews 2:6; followed by ὅτι, Acts 10:42; with the dative of person to give solemn testimony to one, Luke 16:28; with the accusative of the object to confirm a thing by (the interposition of) testimony, to testify, cause it to be believed: τόν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, Acts 8:25; τόν εὐαγγέλιον, Acts 20:24; τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, Acts 28:23; for all the apostolic instruction came back finally to testimony respecting things which they themselves had seen or heard, or which had been disclosed to them by divine revelation (Acts 1:21; Acts 5:32; Acts 10:41; Acts 22:18); with the addition of εἰς and an accusative of the place unto which the testimony is borne: τά περί ἐμοῦ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, Acts 23:11; with the addition of a dative of the person to whom the testimony is given: τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τόν Χριστόν Ἰησοῦν, the Messianic dignity of Jesus, Acts 18:5; Ἰουδαίοις ... τήν ... μετάνοιαν καί πίστιν, the necessity of repentance and faith, Acts 20:21 (τῇ Ἱερουσαλήμ τάς ἀνομίας, into what sins she has fallen, Ezekiel 16:2). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαμάχομαι Transliteration: diamachomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-am-akh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to struggle against Meaning: to struggle against GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1264 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1264 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1264 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1264 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1264, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαμάχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1264 diamachomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: strive. From dia and machomai; to fight fiercely (in altercation) -- strive. see GREEK dia see GREEK machomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1264: διαμάχομαιδιαμάχομαι: imperfect διεμαχομην; to fight it out; contend fiercely: of disputants, Acts 23:9. (Sir. 8:1, 3; very frequent in Attic writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαμένω Transliteration: diamenō Phonetic Spelling: dee-am-en'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to remain, continue Meaning: to remain, continue GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1265 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1265 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1265 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1265 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1265, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαμένω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1265 diamenō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: continue, remain. From dia and meno; to stay constantly (in being or relation) -- continue, remain. see GREEK dia see GREEK meno Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1265: διαμένωδιαμένω; (imperfect διεμενον); 2 person singular future διαμένεις (Hebrews 1:11 Knapp, Bleek, others, for Rec. (G L T Tr WH others) διαμένεις); 1 aorist διεμεινα; perfect διαμεμένηκα; to stay permanently, remain permanently, continue, (cf. perdure; διά, C. 2) (Philo de gigant. § 7 πνεῦμα θεῖον μένειν δυνατόν ἐν ψυχή, διαμενεῖν δέ ἀδύνατον): Galatians 2:5; opposed to ἀπόλλυμαι, Hebrews 1:11 from Psalm 101:27 (); with an adjective or adverb added denoting the condition: διεμεινε κωφός, Luke 1:22; οὕτω, as they are, 2 Peter 3:4; to perservere: ἐν τίνι, Luke 22:28. (Xenophon, Plato, and subsequent writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαμερίζω Transliteration: diamerizō Phonetic Spelling: dee-am-er-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to distribute, to divide Meaning: to distribute, to divide GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1266 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1266 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1266 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1266 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1266, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαμερίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1266 diamerizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cloven, dividedFrom dia and merizo; to partition thoroughly (literally in distribution, figuratively in dissension) -- cloven, divide, part. see GREEK dia see GREEK merizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1266: διαμερίζωδιαμερίζω: imperfect διεμέριζον; 1 aorist imperative 2 person plural διαμερίσατε; passive (present διαμερίζομαι); perfect participle διαμεμερισμενος; 1 aorist διεμερίσθην; future διαμερισθήσομαι; (middle, present διαμερίζομαι; 1 aorist διεμερισαμην); to divide; 1. to cleave asunder, cut in pieces: ζῷα διαμερισθενα namely, by the butcher, Plato, legg. 8, p. 849 d.; according to a use peculiar to Luke in the passive, to be divided into opposing parts, to be at variance, in dissension: ἐπί τινα, against one, Luke 11:17f; ἐπί τίνι, f. 2. to distribute (Plato, polit., p. 289 c.; in the Sept. chiefly for חָלַק): τί, Mark 15:24 Rec.; τί τίνι, Luke 22:17 (where L T Tr WH εἰς ἑαυτούς for R G ἑαυτοῖς); Acts 2:45; passive Acts 2:3; middle to distribute among themselves: τί, Matthew 27:35; Mark 15:24 G L T Tr WH; Luke 23:34; with ἑαυτοῖς added (Matthew 27:35 Rec.); John 19:24 from Psalm 21:19 (). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαμερισμός Transliteration: diamerismos Phonetic Spelling: dee-am-er-is-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a division Meaning: a division GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1267 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1267 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1267 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1267 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1267, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαμερισμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1267 diamerismos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: division. From diamerizo; disunion (of opinion and conduct) -- division. see GREEK diamerizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1267: διαμερισμόςδιαμερισμός, διαμερισμου, ὁ (διαμερίζω), division; 1. a parting, distribution: Plato, legg. 6, p. 771 d.; Diodorus 11, 47; Josephus, Antiquities 10, 11, 7; the Sept. Ezekiel 48:29; Micah 7:12. 2. disunion, dissension: opposite εἰρήνη, Luke 12:51; see διαμερίζω, 1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διανέμω Transliteration: dianemō Phonetic Spelling: dee-an-em'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to distribute, to disseminate Meaning: to distribute, to disseminate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1268 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1268 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1268 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1268 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1268, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διανέμω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1268 dianemō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: spread. From dia and the base of nomos; to distribute, i.e. (of information) to disseminate -- spread. see GREEK dia see GREEK nomos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1268: διανέμωδιανέμω: 1 aorist passive διενεμεθην; to distribute, divide, (Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, and following): passive εἰς τόν λαόν, to be disseminated, spread, among the people, Acts 4:17. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διανεύω Transliteration: dianeuō Phonetic Spelling: dee-an-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to wink at, nod to, beckon to Meaning: to wink at, nod to, beckon to GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1269 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1269 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1269 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1269 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1269, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διανεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1269 dianeuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to make a sign, beckonFrom dia and neuo; to nod (or express by signs) across an intervening space -- beckon. see GREEK dia see GREEK neuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1269: διανεύωδιανεύω; to express one's meaning by a sign, nod to, beckon to, wink at, (διά, because the sign is conceived of as passing through the intervening space to him to whom it is made Winer's De verb. comp. etc. Part v., p. 4): Luke 1:22. (Psalm 34:19 (); Sir. 27:22; Diodorus 3, 18; 17, 37; Lucian, ver. hist. 2, 44; Icarom. 15; (others).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διανόημα Transliteration: dianoēma Phonetic Spelling: dee-an-o'-ay-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a thought Meaning: a thought GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1270 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1270 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1270 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1270 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1270, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διανόημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1270 dianoēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: thought. From a compound of dia and noieo; something thought through, i.e. A sentiment -- thought. see GREEK dia see GREEK noieo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1270: διανόημαδιανόημα, διανοήματος, τό (διανοέω, to think), a thought: Luke 11:17 (the Sept.; Sirach (circa ?); often in Plato.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διάνοια Transliteration: dianoia Phonetic Spelling: dee-an'-oy-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the mind, disposition, thought Meaning: the mind, disposition, thought GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1271 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1271 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1271 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1271 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1271, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διάνοια [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1271 dianoia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: imagination, mind, understanding. From dia and nous; deep thought, properly, the faculty (mind or its disposition), by implication, its exercise -- imagination, mind, understanding. see GREEK dia see GREEK nous Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1271: διάνοιαδιάνοια, διανοίας, ἡ (διά and νως), the Sept. for לֵב and לֵבָב; very frequent in Greek writings from (Aeschylus) Herodotus down; 1. the mind as the faculty qf understanding, feeling, desiring: Matthew 22:37; Mark 12:30 (Tr marginal reading brackets); Luke 10:27; Ephesians 1:18 Rec.; ; Hebrews 8:10; Hebrews 10:16; 1 Peter 1:13. 2. understanding: 1 John 5:20. 3. mind, i. e. spirit (Latinanimus), way of thinking and feeling: Colossians 1:21; Luke 1:51; 2 Peter 3:1. 4. thought; plural contextually in a bad sense, evil thoughts: Ephesians 2:3, as in Numbers 15:39 μνησθήσεσθε πασῶν τῶν ἐντολῶν κυρίου ... καί οὐ διαστραφήσεσθε ὀπίσω τῶν διανοιῶν ὑμῶν. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διανοίγω Transliteration: dianoigō Phonetic Spelling: dee-an-oy'-go Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to open up completely Meaning: to open up completely GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1272 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1272 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1272 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1272 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1272, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διανοίγω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1272 dianoigō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to open up completelyFrom dia and anoigo; to open thoroughly, literally (as a first-born) or figuratively (to expound) -- open. see GREEK dia see GREEK anoigo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1272: διανοίγωδιανοίγω; imperfect διηνοιγον; 1 aorist διήνοιξα; passive, 1 aorist διηνοιχθην; (2 aorist διηνοιγην); perfect participle διηνοιγμενος (Acts 7:56 L T Tr WH); (on variations of augment see references under the word ἀμπογππ); the Sept. chiefly for פָּקַח and פָּתַח; occasionally in secular authors from Plato, Lysias, p. 210 a. down; to open by dividing or drawing asunder (διά), to open thoroughly (what had been closed); 1. properly: ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν, a male opening the womb (the closed matrix), i. e. the first-born, Luke 2:23 (Exodus 13:2, etc.); οὐρανούς, passive, Acts 7:56 L T Tr WH; the ears, the eyes, i. e. to restore or to give hearing, sight: Mark 7:34, 35 R G; Luke 24:31 (Genesis 3:5, 7; Isaiah 35:5; 2 Kings 6:17, etc.). 2. tropically: τάς γραφάς, to open the sense of the Scriptures, explain them, Luke 24:32; τόν νοῦν τίνος, to open the mind of one, i. e. cause him to understand a thing, Luke 24:45; τήν καρδίαν, to open one's soul, i. e. to rouse in one the faculty of understanding or the desire of learning, Acts 16:14 (2 Macc. 1:4; Themistius, orat. 2 de Constantio imp. (p. 29, Harduin edition) διανοίγεται μου ἡ καρδία καί διαυγεστερα γίνεται ἡ ψυχή); absolutely, followed by ὅτι, to explain, expound namely, αὐτάς, i. e. τάς γραφάς, Acts 17:3. Cf. Winer's De verb. comp. etc. Part v., p. 19f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διανυκτερεύω Transliteration: dianyktereuō Phonetic Spelling: dee-an-ook-ter-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to pass the night Meaning: to pass the night GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1273 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1273 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1273 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1273 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1273, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διανυκτερεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1273 dianyktereuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: continue all night. From dia and a derivative of nux; to sit up the whole night -- continue all night. see GREEK dia see GREEK nux Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1273: διανυκτερεύωδιανυκτερεύω; (opposed to διημερεύω); to spend the night, to pass the whole night, (cf. διά C. 1): ἐν τίνι, in any employment, Luke 6:12. (Diodorus 13, 62; Antoninus 7, 66; Plutarch, mor., p. 950 b.; Herodian, 1, 16, 12 (5 Bekker); Josephus, Antiquities 6, 13, 9; b. j. 2, 14, 7 (Job 2:9; Phil. incorr. mund. § 2; in Flac. § 6); with τήν νύκτα added, Xenophon, Hell. 5, 4, 3.) STRONGS NT 1273: διαπορεύωδιαπορεύω: to cause one to pass through a place; to carry across; Pass (present διαπορεύομαι; imperfect διεπορευόμην); with future middle ((not found in N. T.); from Herodotus down); to journey through a place, go through: as in Greek writings followed by διά with the genitive of place, Mark 2:23 L Tr WH text; Luke 6:1; followed by an accusative (Winers Grammar, § 52, 4, 8) to travel through: Acts 16:4; absolutely: Luke 18:36; Romans 15:24; with the addition κατά πόλεις καί κώμας, Luke 13:22. (Synonym: see ἔρχομαι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διανύω Transliteration: dianyō Phonetic Spelling: dee-an-oo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to accomplish fully Meaning: to accomplish fully GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1274 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1274 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1274 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1274 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1274, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διανύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1274 dianyō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: finish. From dia and anuo (to effect); to accomplish thoroughly -- finish. see GREEK dia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1274: διανύωδιανύω: 1 aorist participle διανυσας; to accomplish fully, bring quite to an end, finish: τόν πλοῦν, Acts 21:7. (2 Macc. 12:17; from Homer down.) (Cf. Field, Otium Norv. iii., p. 85f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαπαντός Transliteration: diapantos Phonetic Spelling: dee-ap-an-tos' Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: mutual irritation Meaning: mutual irritation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1275 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1275 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1275 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1275 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1275, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαπαντός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1275 diapantos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: always, continually. From dia and the genitive case of pas; through all time, i.e. (adverbially) constantly -- alway(-s), continually. see GREEK dia see GREEK pas Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1275: διαπαντόςδιαπαντός, see διά, A. II. 1. a. STRONGS NT 1275a: διαπαρατριβήδιαπαρατριβή, διαπαρατριβης, ἡ, constant contention, incessant wrangling or strife, (παρατριβη, attrition; contention, wrangling); a word justly adopted in 1 Timothy 6:5 by G L T Tr WH (for Rec. παραδιατριβαί, which see); not found elsewhere (except Clement of Alexandria, etc.); cf. Winer's Grammar, 102 (96). Cf. the double compounds διαπαρατήρειν, 2 Samuel 3:30; also (doubtful, it must be confessed), διαπαρακύπτομαι, 1 Kings 6:4 Ald.; διαπαροξύνω, Josephus, Antiquities 10, 7, 5. (Stephanus' Thesaurus also gives διαπαράγω, Gregory of Nyssa, ii. 177 b.; διαπαραλαμβάνω; διαπαρασιωπάω, Josephus, Genes., p. 9 a.; διαπαρασύρω, Schol. Lucian. ii. 796 Hemst.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαπεράω Transliteration: diaperaō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ap-er-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cross over Meaning: to cross over GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1276 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1276 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1276 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1276 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1276, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαπεράω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1276 diaperaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pass over, sail over. From dia and a derivative of the base of peran; to cross entirely -- go over, pass (over), sail over. see GREEK dia see GREEK peran Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1276: διαπεράωδιαπεράω, διαπέρω; 1 aorist διεπέρασα; to pass over, cross over, e. g. a river, a lake: Matthew 9:1; Matthew 14:34; Mark 6:53 (here T WH follow with ἐπί τήν γῆν, for (to) the land (cf. R. V. marginal reading)); followed by εἰς with the accusative of place, Mark 5:21; Acts 21:2; πρός with the accusative of person Luke 16:26. ((Euripides), Aristophanes, Xenophon, subsequent writings; the Sept. for עָבַר.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαπλέω Transliteration: diapleō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ap-leh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sail across Meaning: to sail across GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1277 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1277 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1277 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1277 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1277, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαπλέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1277 diapleō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to sail throughFrom dia and pleo; to sail through -- sail over. see GREEK dia see GREEK pleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1277: διαπλέωδιαπλέω: 1 aorist participle διαπλευσας; (Pliny,pernavigo), to sail across: πέλαγος (as often in Greek writings), Acts 27:5 (Winer's Grammar, § 52, 4, 8). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαπονέομαι Transliteration: diaponeomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-ap-on-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to toil through, to be worn out or annoyed Meaning: to toil through, to be worn out or annoyed GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1278 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1278 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1278 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1278 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1278, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαπονέομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1278 diaponeomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be grieved. From dia and a derivative of ponos; to toil through, i.e. (passively) be worried -- be grieved. see GREEK dia see GREEK ponos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1278: διαπονέωδιαπονέω: to work out laboriously, make complete by labor. Middle (present διαπονοῦμαι); with 1 aorist passive διεπονήθην (for which Attic writings διεπονησαμην); a. to exert oneself, strive; b. to manage with pains, accomplish with great labor; in secular authors in both senses (from Aeschylus down). c. to be troubled, displeased, offended, pained, (cf. colloquial English to be worked up; Winer's Grammar, 23 (22)): Acts 4:2; Acts 16:18. (Aq. in Genesis 6:6; 1 Samuel 20:30; the Sept. in Ecclesiastes 10:9 for נֶעֱצַב; Hesychius διαπονηθείς; λυπηθείς.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαπορεύομαι Transliteration: diaporeuomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-ap-or-yoo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to pass across, journey through Meaning: to pass across, journey through GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1279 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1279 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1279 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1279 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1279, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαπορεύομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1279 diaporeuomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: go through, journey in, pass by. From dia and poreuomai; to travel through -- go through, journey in, pass by. see GREEK dia see GREEK poreuomai |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαπορέω Transliteration: diaporeō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ap-or-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be greatly perplexed or at a loss Meaning: to be greatly perplexed or at a loss GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1280 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1280 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1280 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1280 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1280, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαπορέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1280 diaporeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be in doubt, be perplexed. From dia and aporeo; to be thoroughly nonplussed -- (be in) doubt, be (much) perplexed. see GREEK dia see GREEK aporeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1280: διαπορέωδιαπορέω: διαπόρω imperfect διηπόρουν; middle (present infinitive διαπορεῖσθαι (Luke 24:4 R G)); imperfect διηπορουμην (Acts 2:12 T Tr WH); in the Greek Bible only in (Daniel 2:3 Symm. and) Luke; properly, thoroughly (δ῾ιἀαπορέω (which see), to be entirely at a loss, to be in perplexity: absolutely Acts 2:12; followed by διά τό with an infinitive Luke 9:7; περί τίνος, Luke 24:4 (here the middle is to be at a loss with oneself, for which L T Tr WH read the simple ἀπορεῖσθαι); Acts 5:24; ἐν ἑαυτῷ followed by indirect discourse, Acts 10:17. (Plato, Aristotle, Polybius, Diodorus, Philo, Plutarch, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαπραγματεύομαι Transliteration: diapragmateuomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-ap-rag-mat-yoo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to examine thoroughly, to gain by trading Meaning: to examine thoroughly, to gain by trading GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1281 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1281 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1281 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1281 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1281, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαπραγματεύομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1281 diapragmateuomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: gain by trading, earnFrom dia and pragmateuomai; to thoroughly occupy oneself, i.e. (transitively and by implication) to earn in business -- gain by trading. see GREEK dia see GREEK pragmateuomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1281: διαπραγματεύομαιδιαπραγματεύομαι: 1 aorist διεπραγματευσαμην; "thoroughly, earnestly (διά) to undertake a business," Dionysius Halicarnassus 3, 72; contextually, to undertake a business for the sake of gain: Luke 19:15. (In Plato, Phaedo, p. 77 d. 95 e. to examine thoroughly.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαπρίω Transliteration: diapriō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ap-ree'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to saw asunder, cut to the heart Meaning: to saw asunder, cut to the heart GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1282 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1282 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1282 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1282 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1282, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαπρίω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1282 diapriō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cut to the heart. From dia and the base of prizo; to saw asunder, i.e. (figuratively) to exasperate -- cut (to the heart). see GREEK dia see GREEK prizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1282: διαπρίωδιαπρίω: imperfect passive διεπριομην; to saw asuuder or in twain, to divide by a saw: 1 Chronicles 20:3; Plato, conv., p. 193 a.; Aristophanes eqq. 768, and elsewhere. Passive tropically, to be sawn through mentally, i. e. to be rent with vexation (A. V. cut to the heart), Acts 5:33; with the addition ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν, Acts 7:54 (cf. Luke 2:35); μεγάλως ἐχαλεπαινον καί διεπρίοντο καθ' ἡμῶν, Eusebius, h. e. 5, 1, 6 (15, Heinich. edition; cf. Gataker, Advers. misc. col. 916 g.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαρπάζω Transliteration: diarpazō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ar-pad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to plunder Meaning: to plunder GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1283 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1283 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1283 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1283 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1283, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαρπάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1283 diarpazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to plunderFrom dia and harpazo; to seize asunder, i.e. Plunder -- spoil. see GREEK dia see GREEK harpazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1283: διαρπάζωδιαρπάζω: future διαρπάσω; 1 aorist (subjunctive 3 person singular διαρπάσῃ), infinitive διαρπάσαι; to plunder: Matthew 12:29{a} (where L T Tr WH ἁρπάσαι), 29^b (R T Tr WH); Mark 3:27. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαρρήσσω Transliteration: diarrēssō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ar-hrayce'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to tear asunder Meaning: to tear asunder GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1284 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1284 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1284 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1284 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1284, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαρρήσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1284 diarrēssō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: break, rend. From dia and rhegnumi; to tear asunder -- break, rend. see GREEK dia see GREEK rhegnumi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1284: διαρρήγνυμιδιαρρήγνυμι and διαρρήσσω (Luke 8:29 (R G; see below)); 1 aorist διέρρηξα; imperfect passive 3 person singular διερρήγνυτο (Luke 5:6, where Lachmann text διερηγνυτο and T Tr WH διερησσετο (L marginal reading διερρήσσετο), also L T Tr WH διαρησσων in Luke 8:29; (WH have διερηξεν in Matthew 26:65, and διαρηξας in Mark 14:68; see their Appendix, p. 163. and under the word P, π)); to break asunder, burst through, rend asunder: τά δεσμά, Luke 8:29; τό δίκτυον, passive, Luke 5:6; τά ἱμάτια, χιτῶνας, to rend, which was done by the Jews in extreme indignation or in deep grief (cf. B. D. under the word , 4): Matthew 26:65; Mark 14:63; Acts 14:14, cf. Genesis 37:29, 34, etc.; 1 Macc. 11:71; Josephus, b. j. 2, 15, 4. (the Sept. (Homer), Sophocles, Xenophon, subsequent writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διασαφέω Transliteration: diasapheō Phonetic Spelling: dee-as-af-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make clear, explain fully Meaning: to make clear, explain fully GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1285 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1285 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1285 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1285 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1285, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διασαφέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1285 diasapheō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tell unto. From dia and saphes (clear); to clear thoroughly, i.e. (figuratively) declare -- tell unto. see GREEK dia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1285: διασαφέωδιασαφέω, διασάφω: 1 aorist διεσάφησα; (σαφής clear); 1. to make clear or plain, to explain, unfold, declare: τήν παραβολήν, Matthew 13:36 L Tr text WH; (Euripides, Phoen. 398; Plato, legg. 6, 754 a.; others; Polybius 2, 1, 1; 3, 52, 5). 2. of things done, to declare, i. e. to tell, announce, narrate: Matthew 18:31; (2 Macc. 1, 18; Polybius 1, 46, 4; 2, 27, 3). Cf. Fischer, De vitiis lexamples N. T., p. 622ff; Winer's De verb. comp. etc. Part v., p. 11. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διασείω Transliteration: diaseiō Phonetic Spelling: dee-as-i'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to shake violently, to intimidate Meaning: to shake violently, to intimidate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1286 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1286 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1286 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1286 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1286, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διασείω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1286 diaseiō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: intimidate, extortFrom dia and seio; to shake thoroughly, i.e. (figuratively) to intimidate -- do violence to. see GREEK dia see GREEK seio Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1286: διασείωδιασείω: 1 aorist διεσεισα; in Greek writings from Herodotus down; to shake thoroughly; tropically, to make to tremble, to terrify (Job 4:14 for הִפְחִיר) to agitate; likeconcurio in juridical Latin, to extort from one by intimidation money or other property: τινα, Luke 3:14 (A. V. do violence to); 3Macc. 7:21; the Basilica; (Heinichen on Eusebius, h. e. 7, 30, 7). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διασκορπίζω Transliteration: diaskorpizō Phonetic Spelling: dee-as-kor-pid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: generally to separate, to winnow, to squander Meaning: generally to separate, to winnow, to squander GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1287 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1287 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1287 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1287 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1287, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διασκορπίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1287 diaskorpizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: disperse, scatter abroad, strew, waste. From dia and skorpizo; to dissipate, i.e. (genitive case) to rout or separate; specially, to winnow; figuratively, to squander -- disperse, scatter (abroad), strew, waste. see GREEK dia see GREEK skorpizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1287: διασκορπίζωδιασκορπίζω; 1 aorist διεσκόρπισα; passive, perfect participle διεσκορπισμενος; 1 aorist διεσκορπίσθην; 1 future διεσκορπισθήσομαι; often in the Sept., more rarely in Greek writings from Polybius 1, 47, 4; 27, 2, 10 on (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 218; (Winers Grammar, 25)); to scatter abroad, disperse: John 11:52 (opposed to συνάγω); of the enemy, Luke 1:51; Acts 5:37 (Numbers 10:35, etc. Josephus, Antiquities 8, 15, 4; Aelian v. h. 13, 46 (1, 6) ὁ δράκων τούς μέν διεσκόρπισε, τούς δέ ἀπέκτεινε). Of a flock of sheep: Matthew 26:31 (from Zechariah 13:7); Mark 14:27; of property, to squander, waste: Luke 15:13; Luke 16:1 (like διασπείρω in Sophocles El. 1291). like the Hebrew זָרָה (the Sept. Ezekiel 5:2, 10, 12 (Ald.), etc.) of grain, to scatter, i. e. to winnow (i. e., to throw the grain a considerable distance, or up into the air, that it may be separated from the chaff; opposed to συνάγω, to gather the wheat, freed from the chaff, into the granary (cf. BB. DD. under the word )): Matthew 25:24, 26. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διασπάω Transliteration: diaspaō Phonetic Spelling: dee-as-pah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to draw apart, tear asunder Meaning: to draw apart, tear asunder GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1288 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1288 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1288 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1288 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1288, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διασπάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1288 diaspaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pluck asunder, tear apartFrom dia and spao; to draw apart, i.e. Sever or dismember -- pluck asunder, pull in pieces. see GREEK dia see GREEK spao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1288: διασπάωδιασπάω: Passive (perfect infinitive διεσπάσθαι); 1 aorist διεσπασθην; to rend asunder, break asunder: τάς ἁλύσεις, Mark 5:4 (τάς νευράς, Judges 16:9); of a man, to tear in pieces: Acts 23:10 (τούς ἄνδρας κρεουργηδόν, Herodotus 3, 13). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διασπείρω Transliteration: diaspeirō Phonetic Spelling: dee-as-pi'-ro Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sow throughout, disperse (in foreign lands) Meaning: to sow throughout, disperse (in foreign lands) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1289 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1289 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1289 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1289 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1289, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διασπείρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1289 diaspeirō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: scatter abroad. From dia and speiro; to sow throughout, i.e. (figuratively) distribute in foreign lands -- scatter abroad. see GREEK dia see GREEK speiro Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1289: διασπείρωδιασπείρω: 2 aorist passive διεσπάρην; to scatter abroad, disperse; passive of those who are driven to different places, Acts 8:1, 4; Acts 11:19. (In Greek writings from (Sophocles and) Herodotus down; very often in the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διασπορά Transliteration: diaspora Phonetic Spelling: dee-as-por-ah' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a dispersion (Israelites in Gentile countries) Meaning: a dispersion (Israelites in Gentile countries) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1290 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1290 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1290 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1290 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1290, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διασπορά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1290 diaspora 🕊 Strong's Concordance: diaspora, a dispersion From diaspeiro; dispersion, i.e. (specially and concretely) the (converted) Israelite resident in Gentile countries -- (which are) scattered (abroad). see GREEK diaspeiro Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1290: διασποράδιασπορά, διασπορᾶς, ἡ (διασπείρω, cf. such words as ἀγορά, διαφθορά) (Vulg.dispersio), a scattering, dispersion: ἀτομων, opposed to σύμμιξις καί παραζευξις, Plutarch, mor., p. 1105 a.; in the Sept. used of the Israelites dispersed among foreign nations, Deuteronomy 28:25; Deuteronomy 30:4; especially of their Babylonian exile, Jeremiah 41:17 (); Isaiah 49:6; Judith 5:19; abstract for concrete of the exiles themselves, Psalm 146:2 () (equivalent to (נִדְחִים, expelled, outcasts); 2 Macc. 1:27; εἰς τήν διασποράν τῶν Ἑλλήνων, unto those dispersed among the Greeks (Winer's Grammar, § 30, 2 a.), John 7:35. Transferred to Christians (i. e. Jewish Christians (?)) scattered abroad among the Gentiles: James 1:1 (ἐν τῇ διασπορά, namely, οὖσι); παρεπίδημοί διασπορᾶς Πόντου, sojourners far away from home, in Pontus, 1 Peter 1:1 (see παρεπίδημος). (BB. DD. under the word ; especially Schürer, N. T. Zeitgeseh. § 31.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαστέλλομαι Transliteration: diastellomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-as-tel'-lom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to set apart, to distinguish, to charge expressly Meaning: to set apart, to distinguish, to charge expressly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1291 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1291 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1291 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1291 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1291, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαστέλλομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1291 diastellomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: set apart for service, distinguishMiddle voice from dia and stello; to set (oneself) apart (figuratively, distinguish), i.e. (by implication) to enjoin -- charge, that which was (give) commanded(-ment). see GREEK dia see GREEK stello Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1291: διαστέλλωδιαστέλλω: to draw asunder, divide, distinguish, dispose, order, (Plato, Polybius, Diodorus, Strabo, Plutarch; often in the Sept.); passive τό διαστελλόμενον, the injunction: Hebrews 12:20 (2 Macc. 14:28). Middle, (present διαστέλλομαι); imperfect διεστελλομην; 1 aorist διεστειλαμην; to open oneself, i. e. one's mind, to set forth distinctly, (Aristotle, Polybius); hence, in the N. T. (so Ezekiel 3:18, 19; Judith 11:12) to admonish, order, charge: τίνι, Mark 8:15; Acts 15:24; followed by (ἵνα (cf. Buttmann, 237 (204)), Matthew 16:20 R T Tr WH marginal reading; Mark 7:36; Mark 9:9; διεστείλατο πολλά, ἵνα etc. Mark 5:43. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διάστημα Transliteration: diastēma Phonetic Spelling: dee-as'-tay-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: an interval Meaning: an interval GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1292 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1292 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1292 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1292 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1292, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διάστημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1292 diastēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: space. From diistemi; an interval -- space. see GREEK diistemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1292: διάστημαδιάστημα, διαστήματος, τό ((διαστῆναι)), an interval, distance; space of time: ὡς ὡρῶν τριῶν διάστημα, Acts 5:7 ((ἐκ πολλοῦ διαστήματος, Aristotle, de audib., p. 800{b}, 5 etc.); τετραετες δδιαστημα Polybius 9, 1, 1; (σύμπας ὁ χρόνος ἡμερῶν καί νυκτῶν ἐστι διάστημα, Philo, alleg. leg. i. § 2 etc., see Siegfried under the word, p. 66)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαστολή Transliteration: diastolē Phonetic Spelling: dee-as-tol-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a separation, a difference Meaning: a separation, a difference GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1293 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1293 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1293 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1293 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1293, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαστολή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1293 diastolē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: difference, distinction. From diastellomai; a variation -- difference, distinction. see GREEK diastellomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1293: διαστολήδιαστολή, διαστολῆς, ἡ (διαστέλλω, cf. ἀνατολή), a distinction, difference: Romans 3:22; Romans 10:12; of the difference of the sounds made by musical instruments, 1 Corinthians 14:7. ((Aristotle, Theophrastus), Polybius, Plutarch, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαστρέφω Transliteration: diastrephō Phonetic Spelling: dee-as-tref'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to distort, misinterpret, corrupt Meaning: to distort, misinterpret, corrupt GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1294 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1294 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1294 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1294 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1294, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαστρέφω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1294 diastrephō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pervert, curruptFrom dia and strepho; to distort, i.e. (figuratively) misinterpret, or (morally) corrupt -- perverse(-rt), turn away. see GREEK dia see GREEK strepho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1294: διαστρέφωδιαστρέφω; 1 aorist infinitive διαστρέψαι; passive participle διεστραμμένος (cf. WHs Appendix, p. 170f); from Aeschylus down; a. to distort, turn aside: τάς ὁδούς κυρίου τάς εὐθείας, figuratively (Proverbs 10:10), to oppose, plot against, the saving purposes and plans of God, Acts 13:10. Hence, b. to turn aside from the right path, to pervert, corrupt: τό ἔθνος, Luke 23:2 (Polybius 5, 41, 1; 8, 24, 3); τινα ἀπό τίνος, to corrupt and so turn one aside from, etc. Acts 13:8 (Exodus 5:4;voluptates animum detorquent a virtute, Cicero); διεστραμμένος, perverse, corrupt, wicked: Matthew 17:17; Luke 9:41; Acts 20:30; Philippians 2:15. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διασώζω Transliteration: diasōzō Phonetic Spelling: dee-as-odze'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to bring safely through (a danger), to save thoroughly Meaning: to bring safely through (a danger), to save thoroughly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1295 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1295 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1295 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1295 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1295, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διασώζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1295 diasōzō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: escape safely, heal, make perfectly whole, save. From dia and sozo; to save thoroughly, i.e. (by implication or analogy) to cure, preserve, rescue, etc. -- bring safe, escape (safe), heal, make perfectly whole, save. see GREEK dia see GREEK sozo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1295: διασῴζωδιασῴζω: 1 aorist διέσωσα; 1 aorist passive διεσώθην; in Greek writings from Herodotus down; often in the Sept., especially for מִלַּט and הושִׁיעַ ; to preserve through danger, to bring safe through; to save, i. e. cure one who is sick (cf. our colloquial, bring him through): Luke 7:3; passive Matthew 14:36; to save i. e. keep safe, keep from perishing: Acts 27:43; to save out of danger, rescue: Acts 28:1; ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης, ibid. 4; — as very often in Greek writings (see examples in Winer's De verb. comp. etc. Part v., p. 9f) with specification of the person to whom or of the place to which one is brought safe through: πρός Φήλικα, Acts 23:24; ἐπί τήν γῆν, Acts 27:44; εἰς τί, 1 Peter 3:20. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαταγή Transliteration: diatagē Phonetic Spelling: dee-at-ag-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: institution, ordinance Meaning: institution, ordinance GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1296 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1296 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1296 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1296 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1296, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαταγή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1296 diatagē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ordinance, directionFrom diatasso; arrangement, i.e. Institution -- instrumentality. see GREEK diatasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1296: διαταγήδιαταγή, διαταγης, ἡ (διατάσσω), a purely Biblical (2 Esdr. 4:11) and ecclesiastical word (for which the Greeks use διάταξις), a disposition, arrangement, ordinance: Romans 13:2; ἐλάβετε τόν νόμον εἰς διαταγάς ἀγγέλων, Acts 7:53, ye received the law, influenced by the authority of the ordaining angels, or because ye thought it your duty to receive what was enjoined by angels (at the ministration of angels (nearly equivalent to as being the ordinances etc.), similar to εἰς ὄνομα δέχεσθαι, Matthew 10:41; see εἰς, B. II 2 d.; (Winers Grammar, 398 (372), cf. 228 (214), also Buttmann, 151 (131))). On the Jewish opinion that angels were employed as God's assistants in the solemn proclamation of the Mosaic law, cf. Deuteronomy 33:2 the Sept.; Acts 7:38; Galatians 3:19; Hebrews 2:2; Josephus, Antiquities 15, 5, 3; (Philo de somn. i. § 22; Lightfoot's Commentary on Galatians, the passage cited). STRONGS NT 1296: διάταγμαδιάταγμα, διατάγματος, τό (διατάσσω), an injunction, mandate: Hebrews 11:23 (Lachmann δόγμα). (2 Esdr. 7:11; Additions to Esther 3:14 [Esther 3:193:13d] (in Tdf., chapter iii. at the end, line 14); Wis. 11:8; Philo, decal. § 4; Diodorus 18, 64; Plutarch, Marcell c. 24 at the end; (others).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διάταγμα Transliteration: diatagma Phonetic Spelling: dee-at'-ag-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: an edict, mandate Meaning: an edict, mandate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1297 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1297 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1297 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1297 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1297, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διάταγμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1297 diatagma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: commandment. From diatasso; an arrangement, i.e. (authoritative) edict -- commandment. see GREEK diatasso |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαταράσσω Transliteration: diatarassō Phonetic Spelling: dee-at-ar-as'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to agitate greatly Meaning: to agitate greatly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1298 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1298 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1298 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1298 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1298, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαταράσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1298 diatarassō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: trouble. From dia and tarasso; to disturb wholly, i.e. Agitate (with alarm) -- trouble. see GREEK dia see GREEK tarasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1298: διαταράσσωδιαταράσσω, or διαταράττω: 1 aorist passive διεταραχθην; to agitate greatly, trouble greatly, (Latinperturbare): Luke 1:29. (Plato, Xenophon, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διατάσσω Transliteration: diatassō Phonetic Spelling: dee-at-as'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to arrange thoroughly, to charge, appoint Meaning: to arrange thoroughly, to charge, appoint GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1299 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1299 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1299 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1299 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1299, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διατάσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1299 diatassō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: appoint, command, order, institute. From dia and tasso; to arrange thoroughly, i.e. (specially) institute, prescribe, etc. -- appoint, command, give, (set in) order, ordain. see GREEK dia see GREEK tasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1299: διατάσσωδιατάσσω; 1 aorist διέταξα; perfect infinitive διατεταχέναι (Acts 18:2 (not Tdf.)); passive, perfect preposition διατεταχέναι; 1 aorist participle διατεταγμένος; 2 aorist participle διαταχθεις; middle, present διατάσσομαι; future διατάξομαι; 1 aorist διεταξάμην; (on the force of διά cf. German verordnen, (Latindisponere, Winers De verb. comp. etc. Part v., p. 7f)); to arrange, appoint, ordain, prescribe, give order: τίνι, Matthew 11:1; 1 Corinthians 16:1; followed by an accusative with an infinitive, Luke 8:55; Acts 18:2 (here T τεταχέναι Tr marginal reading brackets δια(; τίνι followed by an infinitive 1 Corinthians 9:14); τί, passive, ὁ νόμος διαταγείς δἰ ἀγγέλων (see διαταγή): Galatians 3:19 (Hesiod, Works, 274); τίνι τί, passive: Luke 3:18; Luke 17:9 (Rec.),10; Acts 23:31. Middle: 1 Corinthians 7:17; οὕτω ἦν διατεταγμένος (cf. Winers Grammar, 262 (246); (Buttmann, 193 (167))), Acts 20:13; τίνι, Titus 1:5; τί, 1 Corinthians 11:34; τίνι, followed by an infinitive: Acts 7:44; Acts 24:23. (Compare: ἐπιδιατάσσομαι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διατελέω Transliteration: diateleō Phonetic Spelling: dee-at-el-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to accomplish thoroughly, to persist Meaning: to accomplish thoroughly, to persist GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1300 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1300 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1300 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1300 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1300, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διατελέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1300 diateleō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: continue. From dia and teleo; to accomplish thoroughly, i.e. (subjectively) to persist -- continue. see GREEK dia see GREEK teleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1300: διατελέωδιατελέω, διατέλω; to bring thoroughly to an end, accomplish, (cf. διά, C. 2); with the addition of τόν βίον, τόν χρόνον, etc., it is joined to participles or adjectives and denotes the continuousness of the act or state expressed by the prcp. or adjective (as in Herodotus 6, 117; 7, 111; Plato, Apology, p. 31 a.); oftener, however, without the accusative it is joined with the same force simply to the participles or adjectives: thus, ἄσιτοι διατελεῖτε, ye continue fasting, constantly fast, Acts 27:33 (so ἀσφαλεστερος (others, ἀσφαλεστατος) διατελει, Thucydides 1, 34; often in Xenophon; Winers Grammar, 348 (326); (Buttmann, 304 (261))). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διατηρέω Transliteration: diatēreō Phonetic Spelling: dee-at-ay-reh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to keep carefully Meaning: to keep carefully GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1301 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1301 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1301 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1301 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1301, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διατηρέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1301 diatēreō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: keep. From dia and tereo; to watch thoroughly, i.e. (positively and transitively) to observe strictly, or (negatively and reflexively) to avoid wholly -- keep. see GREEK dia see GREEK tereo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1301: διατηρέωδιατηρέω, διατήρω; 3 person singular imperfect διετήρει; to keep continually or carefully (see διά, C. 2): Luke 2:51 (Genesis 37:11); ἐμαυτόν ἐκ τίνος (cf. τηρεῖν ἐκ τίνος, John 17:15), to keep oneself (pure) from a thing, Acts 15:29; ἀπό τίνος for שָׁמַר followed by מִן, Psalm 11:8 (). (Plato, Demosthenes, Polybius, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διατί Transliteration: diati Phonetic Spelling: dee-at-ee' Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: wherefore, why Meaning: wherefore, why GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1302 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1302 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1302 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1302 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1302, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διατί [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1302 diati 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wherefore, why. From dia and tis; through what cause ?, i.e. Why? -- wherefore, why. see GREEK dia see GREEK tis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1302: διατίδιατί, see διά, B. II. 2 a., p. 134{b}. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διατίθεμαι Transliteration: diatithemai Phonetic Spelling: dee-at-ith'-em-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to place separately, dispose of by a will Meaning: to place separately, dispose of by a will GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1303 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1303 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1303 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1303 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1303, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διατίθεμαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1303 diatithemai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: appoint, make, testator. Middle voice from dia and tithemi; to put apart, i.e. (figuratively) dispose (by assignment, compact, or bequest) -- appoint, make, testator. see GREEK dia see GREEK tithemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1303: διατίθημιδιατίθημι: to place separately, dispose, arrange, appoint, (cf. διά, C. 3). In the N. T. only in the middle, present διατίθεμαι; 2 aorist διεθέμην; future διαθήσομαι; 1. to arrange, dispose of, one's own affairs; a. τί, of something that belongs to one (often so in secular authors from Xenophon down); with the dative of person added, in one's favor, to one's advantage; hence, to assign a thing to another as his possession: τίνι βασιλείαν (to appoint), Luke 22:29. b. to dispose of by will, make a testament: Hebrews 9:16f; (Plato, legg. 11, p. 924 e.; with διαθήκην added, ibid., p. 923 c., etc.). 2. διατίθεμαι διαθήκην τίνι (פּ אֶת בֲּרִית כָּרַת, Jeremiah 38:31ff (ff)), to make a covenant, enter into covenant, with one, (cf. Winers Grammar, 225 (211); Buttmann, 148 (129f)): Hebrews 8:10, (Genesis 15:18); πρός τινα, Acts 3:25; Hebrews 10:16 (Deuteronomy 7:2); μετά τίνος, 1 Macc. 1:11. The Greeks said συντίθεμαι πρός τινα, αἱ πρός τινα συνθηκαι, Xenophon, Cyril 3, 1, 21. (Compare: ἀντιδιατίθημι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διατρίβω Transliteration: diatribō Phonetic Spelling: dee-at-ree'-bo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to rub hard, rub away, to spend time Meaning: to rub hard, rub away, to spend time GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1304 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1304 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1304 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1304 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1304, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διατρίβω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1304 diatribō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: abide, be, continue, tarry. From dia and the base of tribos; to wear through (time), i.e. Remain -- abide, be, continue, tarry. see GREEK dia see GREEK tribos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1304: διατρίβωδιατρίβω; imperfect διέτριβον; 1 aorist διετριψα; to rub between, rub hard, (properly, Homer, Iliad 11, 847, others); to wear away, consume; χρόνον or ἡμέρας, to spend, pass time: Acts 14:3, 28; Acts 16:12; Acts 20:6; Acts 25:6, 14 (Leviticus 14:8; Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, others); simply to stay, tarry, (cf. Buttmann, 145 (127); Winer's Grammar, 593 (552)): John 3:22; John 11:54 (WH Tr text ἔμεινεν); Acts 12:19; Acts 14:18 (Lachmann edition min.); ; (Judith 10:2; 2 Macc. 14:23, and often in secular authors from Homer, Iliad 19, 150 down). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διατροφή Transliteration: diatrophē Phonetic Spelling: dee-at-rof-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: food, nourishment Meaning: food, nourishment GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1305 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1305 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1305 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1305 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1305, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διατροφή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1305 diatrophē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: food, nourishmentFrom a compound of dia and trepho; nourishment -- food. see GREEK dia see GREEK trepho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1305: διατροφήδιατροφή, διατροφης ἡ (διατρέφω, to support), sustenance: 1 Timothy 6:8. (Xenophon, vect. 4, 49; Menander quoted in Stobaeus, floril. 61, 1 (vol. ii. 386, Gaisf. edition); Diodorus 19, 32; Epictetus ench. 12; Josephus, Antiquities 2, 5, 7; 4, 8, 21; often in Plutarch; 1 Macc. 6:49.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαυγάζω Transliteration: diaugazō Phonetic Spelling: dee-ow-gad'-zo Part of Speech: Adjective; Verb Short Definition: to shine through Meaning: to shine through GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1306 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1306 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1306 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1306 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1306, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαυγάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1306 diaugazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dawn. From dia and augazo; to glimmer through, i.e. Break (as day) -- dawn. see GREEK dia see GREEK augazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1306: διαυγάζωδιαυγάζω: 1 aorist διηύγασα; to shine through, (Vulg.elucesco), to dawn; of daylight breaking through the darkness of night (Polybius 3, 104, 5 (cf. Act. Andr. 8, p. 116, Tdf. edition)): 2 Peter 1:19. (Plutarch, de plac. philos. 3, 3, 2; others (see Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word).) STRONGS NT 1306a: διαυγήςδιαυγής, διαυγες (αὐγή), translucent, transparent: Revelation 21:21, for the Rec. διαφανής. ((Aristotle) Philo, Apoll. Rh., Lucian, Plutarch, Themistius; often in the Anthol.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαυγής Transliteration: diaugēs Phonetic Spelling: dee-af-an-ace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: transparent Meaning: transparent GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1307 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1307 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1307 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1307 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1307, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαυγής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1307 diaugēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: transparent. From dia and phaino; appearing through, i.e. "diaphanous" -- transparent. see GREEK dia see GREEK phaino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1307: διαφανήςδιαφανής, διαφανες (διαφαίνω, to show through), transparent, translucent: Revelation 21:21 Rec.; see διαυγής. (Herodotus, Aristophanes, Plato, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαφέρω Transliteration: diapherō Phonetic Spelling: dee-af-er'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to carry through, carry about, to differ, make a difference, surpass Meaning: to carry through, carry about, to differ, make a difference, surpass GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1308 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1308 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1308 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1308 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1308, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαφέρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1308 diapherō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be better, differ from, make matter, publish From dia and phero; to bear through, i.e. (literally) transport; usually to bear apart, i.e. (objectively) to toss about (figuratively, report); subjectively, to "differ", or (by implication) surpass -- be better, carry, differ from, drive up and down, be (more) excellent, make matter, publish, be of more value. see GREEK dia see GREEK phero Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1308: διαφέρωδιαφέρω; 2 aorist διηνεγκον (but the subjunctive 3 person singular διενέγκῃ (Mark 11:16), the only aorist form which occurs, can come as well from 1 aorist διήνεγκα; cf Veitch, under the word φέρω, at the end); passive (present διαφέρομαι); imperfect διεφερομην; (from Homer (h. Merc. 255), Pindar down); 1. to bear or carry through any place: σκεῦος διά τοῦ ἱεροῦ, Mark 11:16. 2. to carry different ways, i. e., a. transitive, to carry in different directions, to different places: thus, persons are said διαφέρεσθαι, who are carried hither and thither in a ship, driven to and fro, Acts 27:27 (Strabo 3, 2, 7, p. 144; σκάφος ὑπ' ἐναντίων πνευμάτων διαφερόμενον, Philo, migr. Abr. § 27; Lucian, Hermot. 28; often in Plutarch) metaphorically, to spread abroad: διεφέρετο ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου δἰ ὅλης τῆς χώρας, Acts 13:49 (ἀγγελιας, Lucian, dial. deor. 24, 1; φήμη διαφέρεται, Plutarch, mor., p. 163 d.). b. intransitive (like the Latindiffero) to differ: δοκιμάζειν τά διαφέροντα, to test, prove, the things that differ, i. e. to distinguish between good and evil, lawful and unlawful, Romans 2:18; Philippians 1:10 (διάκρισις καλοῦ τέ καί κακοῦ, Hebrews 5:14); cf. Thol. Commentary on Romans, p. 111 edition 5.; Theophilus of Antioch ad Autol., p. 6, Otto edition δοκιμάζοντες τά διαφέροντα, ἤτοι φῶς, ἤ σκότος, ἤ λευκόν, ἤ μέλαν κτλ.); (others, adopting a secondary sense of each verb in the above passages, translate (cf. A. V.) to approve the things that excel; see Meyer (yet, cf. Weiss edition) on Romans, the passage cited; Ellicott on Philippians, the passage cited). διαφέρω τίνος, to differ from one, i. e. to excel, surpass one: Matthew 6:26; Matthew 10:31; Matthew 12:12; Luke 12:7, 24 (often so in Attic authors); τίνος ἐν τίνι, 1 Corinthians 15:41; (τίνος οὐδέν, Galatians 4:1). c. impersonally, διαφέρει, it makes a difference, it matters, is of importance: οὐδέν μοι διαφέρει, it matters nothing to me, Galatians 2:6 (Plato, Prot., p. 316 b. ἡμῖν οὐδέν διαφέρει, p. 358 e.; de rep. 1, p. 340 c.; Demosthenes 124, 3 (in Philippians 3, 50); Polybius 3, 21, 9; Aelian v. h. 1, 25; others; (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 394; Wetstein (1752) on Galatians, the passage cited)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαφεύγω Transliteration: diapheugō Phonetic Spelling: dee-af-yoo'-go Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to flee through, escape Meaning: to flee through, escape GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1309 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1309 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1309 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1309 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1309, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαφεύγω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1309 diapheugō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: escape. From dia and pheugo; to flee through, i.e. Escape -- escape. see GREEK dia see GREEK pheugo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1309: διαφεύγωδιαφεύγω: (2 aorist διεφυγον; from Herodotus down; to flee through danger, to escape: Acts 27:42 (Proverbs 19:5; Joshua 8:22). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαφημίζω Transliteration: diaphēmizō Phonetic Spelling: dee-af-ay-mid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to spread abroad Meaning: to spread abroad GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1310 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1310 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1310 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1310 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1310, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαφημίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1310 diaphēmizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: blaze abroad, spread abroad From dia and a derivative of pheme; to report thoroughly, i.e. Divulgate -- blaze abroad, commonly report, spread abroad, fame. see GREEK dia see GREEK pheme Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1310: διαφημίζωδιαφημίζω; 1 aorist διεφημισα; 1 aorist passive διεφημίσθην; to spread abroad, blaze abroad: τόν λόγον, Mark 1:45; Matthew 28:15 (T WH marginal reading ἐφημισθη); τινα, to spread abroad his fame, verbally diffuse his renown, Matthew 9:31; in Latindiffamare aliquem, but in a bad sense. (Rarely in Greek writings, as Aratus, phaen. 221; Dionysius Halicarnassus 11, 46; Palaeph. incred. 14, 4; (cf. Winer's De verb. comp. etc. Part v., p. 14f).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαφθείρω Transliteration: diaphtheirō Phonetic Spelling: dee-af-thi'-ro Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to destroy utterly, to spoil, corrupt Meaning: to destroy utterly, to spoil, corrupt GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1311 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1311 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1311 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1311 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1311, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαφθείρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1311 diaphtheirō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: corrupt, destroy, perish. From diaballo and phtheiro; to rot thoroughly, i.e. (by implication) to ruin (passively, decay utterly, figuratively, pervert) -- corrupt, destroy, perish. see GREEK diaballo see GREEK phtheiro Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1311: διαφθείρωδιαφθείρω; 1 aorist διεφθειρα; passive (present διαφθείρομαι); perfect participle διεφθαρμενος; 2 aorist διεφθαρην; the Sept. very often for שִׁחֵת, occasionally for חִבֵּל; in Greek writings from Homer down; 1. to change for the worse, to corrupt: minds, morals; τήν γῆν, i. e. the men that inhabit the earth, Revelation 11:18; διεφθαρμένοι τόν νοῦν, 1 Timothy 6:5 (τήν διάνοιαν, Plato, legg. 10, p. 888 a.; τόν γνώμην, Dionysius Halicarnassus Antiquities 5, 21; τούς ὀφθαλμούς, Xenophon, an. 4, 5, 12). 2. to destroy, ruin, (Latinperdere); a. to consume, of bodily vigor and strength: ὁ ἔξω ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος διαφθείρεται (is decaying), 2 Corinthians 4:16; of the worm or moth that eats provisions, clothing, etc. Luke 12:33. b. to destroy (Latindelere): Revelation 8:9; to kill, διαφθείρειν τούς, etc. Revelation 11:18. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαφθορά Transliteration: diaphthora Phonetic Spelling: dee-af-thor-ah' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: destruction, corruption Meaning: destruction, corruption GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1312 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1312 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1312 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1312 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1312, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαφθορά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1312 diaphthora 🕊 Strong's Concordance: corruption, decayFrom diaphtheiro; decay -- corruption. see GREEK diaphtheiro Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1312: διαφθοράδιαφθορά, διαφθορᾶς, ἡ (διαφθείρω), corruption, destruction; in the N. T. that destruction which is effected by the decay of the body after death: Acts 2:27, 31; Acts 13:34-37 (cf. Winers Grammar, § 65, 10), see εἰδῶ, I 5 and ὑποστρέφω, 2. (the Sept. for שָׁחַת; in Greek writings from Aeschylus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διάφορος Transliteration: diaphoros Phonetic Spelling: dee-af'-or-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: varying, excellent Meaning: varying, excellent GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1313 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1313 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1313 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1313 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1313, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διάφορος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1313 diaphoros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: differing, diverse, more excellent. From diaphero; varying; also surpassing -- differing, divers, more excellent. see GREEK diaphero Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1313: διάφοροςδιάφορος, διάφορον (διαφέρω); 1. different, varying in kind, (Herodotus and following): Romans 12:6; Hebrews 9:10. 2. excellent, surpassing, ((Diodorus), Polybius, Plutarch, others): comparitive διαφορωτερος, Hebrews 1:4; Hebrews 8:6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαφυλάσσω Transliteration: diaphylassō Phonetic Spelling: dee-af-oo-las'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to guard carefully Meaning: to guard carefully GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1314 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1314 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1314 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1314 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1314, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαφυλάσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1314 diaphylassō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to guard, protectFrom dia and phulasso; to guard thoroughly, i.e. Protect -- keep. see GREEK dia see GREEK phulasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1314: διαφυλάσσωδιαφυλάσσω: 1 aorist infinitive διαφυλάξαι; from Herodotus down; to guard carefully: τινα, Luke 4:10 from Psalm 90:11 (). "The seventy chose to employ this term especially of God's providential care; cf. Genesis 28:15; Joshua 24:17; Psalm 40:3 (). Hence, it came to pass that the later writers at the close of their letters used to write διαφυλαττοι, διαφυλαξοι ὑμᾶς ὁ Θεός, cf. Theodoret. iii., pp. 800, 818, 826 (editions Schulze, Nosselt, etc. Hal.)." Winer's De verb. comp. etc. Part v., p. 16. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαχειρίζομαι Transliteration: diacheirizomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-akh-i-rid'-zom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to have in hand, thus to lay hands on (violently) Meaning: to have in hand, thus to lay hands on (violently) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1315 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1315 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1315 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1315 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1315, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαχειρίζομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1315 diacheirizomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: kill, slay. From dia and a derivative of cheir; to handle thoroughly, i.e. Lay violent hands upon -- kill, slay. see GREEK dia see GREEK cheir Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1315: διαχειρίζωδιαχειρίζω: 1 aorist middle διεχειρισαμην; "to move by the use of the hands, take in hand, manage, administer, govern (from (Andocides (), Lysias), Xenophon, and Plato down). Middle to lay hands on, slay, kill (with one's own hand): τινα (Polybius 8, 23, 8; Diodorus 18, 46; Josephus, Dionysius Halicarnassus, Plutarch, Herodian), Acts 5:30; Acts 26:21. STRONGS NT 1315a: διαχλευάζωδιαχλευάζω; to deride, scoff, mock (deridere i. e.ridendo exagitare Winer's): Acts 2:13 G L T Tr WH. (Plato, Ax., p. 364 b.; Demosthenes, p. 1221, 26 (adverb Polycl. 49); Aeschines dial. 3, 2; Polybius 17, 4, 4; others; ecclesiastical writings) Cf. Winer's De verb. comp. etc, Part v., p. 17. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διαχωρίζομαι Transliteration: diachōrizomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-akh-o-rid'-zom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to separate entirely Meaning: to separate entirely GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1316 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1316 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1316 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1316 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1316, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διαχωρίζομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1316 diachōrizomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: depart. From dia and the middle voice of chorizo; to remove (oneself) wholly, i.e. Retire -- depart. see GREEK dia see GREEK chorizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1316: διαχωρίζωδιαχωρίζω: to separate thoroughly or wholly (cf. διά, C. 2) (Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, others; the Sept.). Passive present διαχωρίζομαι ((in a reflexive sense) cf. ἀποχωρίζω) to separate oneself, depart, (Genesis 13:9, 11, 14; Diodorus 4, 53): ἀπό τίνος, Luke 9:33. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διδακτικός Transliteration: didaktikos Phonetic Spelling: did-ak-tik-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: apt at teaching Meaning: apt at teaching GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1317 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1317 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1317 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1317 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1317, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διδακτικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1317 didaktikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: apt to teach, instructiveFrom didaktos; instructive ("didactic") -- apt to teach. see GREEK didaktos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1317: διδακτικόςδιδακτικός, διδακτικη, διδακτικόν (equivalent to διδασκαλικός in Greek writings), apt and skillful in teaching: 1 Timothy 3:2; 2 Timothy 2:24. (διδακτικη ἀρετή, the virtue which renders one teachable, docility, Philo, praem. et poen. § 4; (de congressu erud. § 7).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διδακτός Transliteration: didaktos Phonetic Spelling: did-ak-tos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: instructed, taught Meaning: instructed, taught GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1318 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1318 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1318 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1318 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1318, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διδακτός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1318 didaktos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: instructed, taughtFrom didasko; (subjectively) instructed, or (objectively) communicated by teaching -- taught, which... Teacheth. see GREEK didasko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1318: διδακτόςδιδακτός, διδακτη, διδακτον (διδάσκω); 1. that can be taught (Pindar, Xenophon, Plato, others). 2. taught, instructed, followed by a genitive by one (cf. Winers Grammar, 189 (178); 194 (182); Buttmann, 169 (147)): τοῦ θέο, by God, John 6:45 from Isaiah 54:13; πνεύματος ἁγίου (G L T Tr WH omit ἁγίου), by the (Holy) Spirit, 1 Corinthians 2:13. (νουθετηματα κεινα διδακτα, Sophocles El. 344.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διδασκαλία Transliteration: didaskalia Phonetic Spelling: did-as-kal-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: instruction (the function or the information) Meaning: instruction (the function or the information) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1319 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1319 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1319 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1319 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1319, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διδασκαλία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1319 didaskalia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: doctrine, learning, teaching. From didaskalos; instruction (the function or the information) -- doctrine, learning, teaching. see GREEK didaskalos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1319: διδασκαλίαδιδασκαλία, διδασκαλίας, ἡ (διδάσκαλος) (from Pindar down); 1. teaching, instruction: Romans 12:7; Romans 15:4 (εἰς τήν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν, that we might be taught (A. V. for our learning)); 1 Timothy 4:13, 16; 1 Timothy 5:17; 2 Timothy 3:10, 16; Titus 2:7. 2. teaching, i. e. that which is taught, doctrine: Ephesians 4:14; 1 Timothy 1:10; 1 Timothy 4:6; 1 Timothy 6:1, 3; 2 Timothy 4:3; Titus 1:9; Titus 2:1, 10; plural διδασκαλιαι, teachings, precepts (from Isaiah 29:13), Matthew 15:9; Mark 7:7; ἀνθρώπων, Colossians 2:22; δαιμονίων, 1 Timothy 4:1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διδάσκαλος Transliteration: didaskalos Phonetic Spelling: did-as'-kal-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: an instructor Meaning: Teacher -- an instructor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1320 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1320 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1320 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1320 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1320, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διδάσκαλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1320 didaskalos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: doctor, master, teacher. From didasko; an instructor (genitive case or specially) -- doctor, master, teacher. see GREEK didasko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1320: διδάσκαλοςδιδάσκαλος, διδασκαλου, ὁ (διδάσκω), a teacher; in the N. T. one who teaches concerning the things of God, and the duties of man: 1. of one who is fitted to teach, or thinks himself so: Hebrews 5:12; Romans 2:20. 2. of the teachers of the Jewish religion: Luke 2:46; John 3:10; hence, the Hebrew רַב is rendered in Greek διδάσκαλος: John 1:38 (); ; cf. below, under ῤαββί, and Pressel in Herzog xii., p. 471f; (Campbell, Dissert. on the Gospels, diss. vii. part 2). 3. of those who by their great power as teachers drew crowds about them; a. of John the Baptist: Luke 3:12. b. of Jesus: John 1:38 (); ; often in the first three Gospels. 4. by preeminence used of Jesus by himself, as the one who showed men the way of salvation: Matthew 23:8 L T Tr WH. 5. of the apostles: ὁ διδάσκαλος τῶν ἐθνῶν, of Paul, 1 Timothy 2:7; 2 Timothy 1:11. 6. of those who in the religious assemblies of Christians undertake the work of teaching, with the special assistance of the Holy Spirit: 1 Corinthians 12:28; Ephesians 4:11; Acts 13:1, cf. James 3:1. 7. of false teachers among Christians: 2 Timothy 4:3. (Homer (h. Merc. 556), Aeschylus, others) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διδάσκω Transliteration: didaskō Phonetic Spelling: did-as'-ko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to teach Meaning: to teach GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1321 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1321 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1321 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1321 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1321, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διδάσκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1321 didaskō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: teach. A prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb dao (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application) -- teach. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1321: διδάσκωδιδάσκω; imperfect ἐδίδασκον; future διδάξω; 1 aorist ἐδίδαξα; 1 aorist passive ἐδιδάχθην; (ΔΑΩ (cf. Vanicek, p. 327)); (from Homer down); the Sept. for הודִיעַ , הורָה, and especially for לִמַּד; to teach; 1. absolutely, a. to hold discourse with others in order to instruct them, deliver didactic discourses: Matthew 4:23; Matthew 21:23; Mark 1:21; Mark 6:6; Mark 14:49; Luke 4:15; Luke 5:17; Luke 6:6; John 6:59; John 7:14; John 18:20, and often in the Gospels; 1 Timothy 2:12. b. to be a teacher (see διδάσκαλος, 6): Romans 12:7. c. to discharge the office of teacher, conduct oneself as a teacher: 1 Corinthians 4:17. 2. in construction; a. either in imitation of the Hebrew לְ לִמַּד (Job 21:22) or by an irregular use of the later Greeks (of which no well-attested example remains except one in Plutarch, Marcell c. 12), with the dative of person: τῷ Βαλάκ, Revelation 2:14 (according to the reading now generally accepted for the Rec.bez elz τόν Βαλάκ); cf. Buttmann, 149 (130); Winers Grammar, 223 (209), cf. 227 (213). b. according to the regular use, with the accusative of person, to teach one: used of Jesus and the apostles uttering in public what they wished their hearers to know and remember, Matthew 5:2; Mark 1:22; Mark 2:13; Mark 4:2; Luke 5:3; John 8:2; Acts 4:2; Acts 5:25; Acts 20:20; τούς Ἕλληνας, to act the part of a teacher among the Greeks, John 7:35; used of those who enjoin upon others to observe some ordinance, to embrace some opinion, or to obey some precept: Matthew 5:19; Acts 15:1; Hebrews 8:11; with especially reference to the addition which the teacher makes to the knowledge of the one he teaches, to impart instruction, instill doctrine into one: Acts 11:26; Acts 21:28; John 9:34; Romans 2:21; Colossians 3:16; 1 John 2:27; Revelation 2:20. c. the thing taught or enjoined is indicated by a following ὅτι: Mark 8:31; 1 Corinthians 11:14; by a following infinitive, Luke 11:1; Matthew 28:20; Revelation 2:14; περί τίνος, 1 John 2:27; ἐν Χριστῷ διδαχθῆναι, to be taught in the fellowship of Christ, Ephesians 4:21; followed by an accusative of the thing, to teach i. e. prescribe a thing: διδασκαλίας, ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων, precepts which are commandments of men (from Isaiah 29:13), Matthew 15:9; Mark 7:7 (Buttmann, 148 (129)); τήν ὁδόν τοῦ Θεοῦ, Matthew 22:16; Mark 12:14; Luke 20:21; ταῦτα, 1 Timothy 4:11; ἅ μή δεῖ, Titus 1:11; to explain, expound, a thing: Acts 18:11, 25; Acts 28:31; ἀποστασίαν ἀπό Μωϋσέως, the necessity of forsaking Moses, Acts 21:21. d. with the accusative of person and of thing, to teach one something (Winers Grammar, 226f (212); Buttmann, 149 (130)): (ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα, John 14:26); τοῦ διδάσκειν ὑμᾶς τινα τά στοιχεῖα, Hebrews 5:12 (where R G T Tr and others read — not so well — τινα; (but cf. Buttmann, 260 (224) note, 268 (230) note)); ἑτέρους διδάξαι, namely, αὐτά, 2 Timothy 2:2; hence, passive διδαχθῆναι τί (Buttmann, 188 (163); Winer's Grammar, 229 (215)): Galatians 1:12 (ἐδιδάχθην, namely, αὐτό), 2 Thessalonians 2:15. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διδαχή Transliteration: didachē Phonetic Spelling: did-akh-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: doctrine, teaching Meaning: doctrine, teaching GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1322 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1322 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1322 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1322 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1322, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διδαχή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1322 didachē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: doctrine, teachingFrom didasko; instruction (the act or the matter) -- doctrine, hath been taught. see GREEK didasko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1322: διδαχήδιδαχή, διδαχῆς ἡ (διδάσκω) (from Herodotus down); 1. teaching, viz. that which is taught: Mark 1:27; John 7:16; Acts 17:19; Rom. (); ; 2 John 1:10; Revelation 2:24; ἡ διδαχή τίνος, one's doctrine, i. e. what he teaches: Matthew 7:28; Matthew 16:12; Matthew 22:33; Mark 1:22; Mark 11:18; Luke 4:32; John 18:19; Acts 5:28; Revelation 2:14f; ἡ διδαχή of God, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ Χριστοῦ, the doctrine which has God, Christ, the Lord, for its author and supporter: John 7:17; Acts 13:12; 2 John 1:9; with the genitive of the object, doctrine, teaching, concerning something: Hebrews 6:2 (Winer's Grammar, 187 (176); 192 (181); 551 (513)); plural Hebrews 13:9. 2. (the act of) teaching, instruction, (cf. διδασκαλία (on the supposed distinction between the two words and their use in the N. T. see Ellicott on 2 Timothy 4:2; they are associated in 2 Timothy 4:2, 3; Titus 1:9)): Acts 2:42; 2 Timothy 4:2; ἐν τῇ διδαχή, while he was teaching, a phrase by which the Evangelist indicates that he is about to cite some of the many words which Jesus spoke at that time, Mark 4:2; Mark 12:38; τοῦ κατά τήν διδαχήν πιστοῦ λόγου, the faithful word which is in accordance with the received (2 Timothy 3:14) instruction, Titus 1:9; in particular, the teaching of the διδάσκαλος (which see 6) in the religious assemblies of Christians: λαλεῖν ἐν διδαχή, to speak in the way of teaching, in distinction from other modes of speaking in public, 1 Corinthians 14:6; ἔχω διδαχήν, to have something to teach, 1 Corinthians 14:26. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δίδραχμον Transliteration: didrachmon Phonetic Spelling: did'-rakh-mon Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a double drachma Meaning: a double drachma GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1323 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1323 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1323 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1323 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1323, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δίδραχμον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1323 didrachmon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a double drachmaFrom dis and drachme; a double drachma (didrachm) -- tribute. see GREEK dis see GREEK drachme Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1323: δίδραχμονδίδραχμον, διδράχμου, τό (neuter of the adjective δίδραχμος, δίδραχμον, namely, νόμισμα; from δίς and δραχμή), a didrachmon or double-drachma, a silver coin equal to two Attic drachmas or one Alexandrian, or half a shekel (about one third of a dollar) (see in ἀργύριον, 3): Matthew 17:24. (the Sept. often for שֶׁקֶל; (Pollux, Galen).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δίδυμος Transliteration: Didymos Phonetic Spelling: did'-oo-mos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Didymus Meaning: Didymus GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1324 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1324 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1324 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1324 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1324, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δίδυμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1324 Didymos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Didymus. Prolongation from dis; double, i.e. Twin; Didymus, a Christian -- Didymus. see GREEK dis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1324: δίδυμοςδίδυμος, διδυμη, διδυμον and Δίδυμος, Διδυμον, twofold, twain, (double, Homer, Odyssey 19, 227; as τριδυμος, triple; τετραδυμος, quadruple, ἑπταδυμος); hence, twin (namely, παῖς, as τριδυμοι παῖδες, υἱοί, German Drillinge, three born at a birth), Hebrew תְּאֹם, a surname of the apostle Thomas (cf. Luthardt on the first of the following passages; B. D. under the word, Thomas): John 11:16; John 20:24; John 21:2. (Homer Iliad 23, 641.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δίδωμι Transliteration: didōmi Phonetic Spelling: did'-o-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to give Meaning: to give GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1325 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1325 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1325 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1325 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1325, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δίδωμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1325 didōmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bestow, commit, deliver.A prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection) -- adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1325: δίδωμιδίδωμι (διδῶ, Revelation 3:9 L T WH; (διδῶ Tr, yet see WH Appendix, p. 167)), 3 person plural διδοασι (Revelation 17:13 (not Rec.)), imperative δίδου (Matthew 5:42 R G); imperfect 3 person singular ἐδίδου, 3 person plural ἐδίδουν (ἐδίδοσαν, John 19:3 L T Tr WH (see ἔχω)); future δώσω; 1 aorist ἔδωκα (2 person singular ἐδωκες, John 17:7 Tr marginal reading, 8 Tr marginal reading; cf. references under the word κοπιάω), subjunctive δώσῃ (and δώσωμεν) from an imaginary indicative form ἐδωσα (Mark 6:37 T Tr marginal reading); John 17:2 (Tr marginal reading WH δώσει); Revelation 8:3 (L T Tr WH δώσει; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 720f; Buttmann, 36 (31); Winers Grammar, 79 (76); (Veitch, under the word δίδωμι at the end, also Sophocles Lexicon, under the word, and especially the Introduction, p. 40; WH's Appendix, p. 172)); perfect δέδωκα (on the interchange between the forms of the pf and of the aorist in this verb cf. Buttmann, 199 (172)); pluperfect ἐδεδώκειν and without augment (Winers Grammar, § 12, 9; Buttmann, 33 (29)) δεδώκειν, Mark 14:44; and L text T Tr WH in Luke 19:15; 3 person plural δεδώκεισαν, John 11:57; 2 aorist subjunctive 3 person singular δῷ (δῴη, John 15:16 Tr marginal reading; Ephesians 1:17 WH marginal reading; 2 Timothy 2:25 L WH marginal reading; δοῖ, Mark 8:37 T Tr WH; cf. Buttmann, 46 (40); WH's Appendix, p. 168; Kuenen and Cobet, praef., p. lxi.), plural δῶμεν, δῶτε, δῶσιν, optative 3 person singular δῴη for δοιή, Romans 15:5; (2 Thessalonians 3:16); 2 Timothy 1:16, 18; ( T Tr WH text; Ephesians 1:17 R G; R G) and elsewhere among the variants ((cf. Winers Grammar, § 14, 1 g.; Buttmann, 46 (40), cf. § 139, 37 and 62); see (WHs Appendix, as above; Tdf. Proleg., p. 122;) Lob. ad Phryn., p. 346; (Kühner, § 282 Anm. 2; Veitch, under the word δίδωμι at the end)), imperative δός, δότε, infinitive δοῦναι, participle δούς; passive, perfect δέδομαι; 1 aorist ἐδοθην; 1 future δοθήσομαι; cf. Buttmann, 45f (39f); (WH as above): In the Sept. times without number for נָתַן, sometimes for שׂוּם; and for Chaldean יְהַב; (from Homer down); to give; A. absolutely and generally: μακάριον ἐστι μᾶλλον διδόναι, ἡ λαμβάνειν, Acts 20:35. B. In construction; I. τίνι τί, to give something to some one — in various senses; 1. of one's own accord to give one something, to his advantage; to bestow, give as a gift: Matthew 4:9; Luke 1:32; Luke 12:32, and often δόματα (cf. Buttmann, 148 (129)), Matthew 7:11; Luke 11:13; Ephesians 4:8 (Psalm 67:19 ()); τά ὑπάρχοντα what thou hast τοῖς πτωχοῖς, Matthew 19:21; χρήματα, Acts 24:26. 2. to grant, give to one asking, let have: Matthew 12:39; Matthew 14:7; Matthew 16:4; Matthew 20:23; Mark 6:22, 25; Mark 8:12; Mark 10:40; Luke 11:29; Luke 15:16; John 11:22; John 14:16; John 15:16; John 16:23; Acts 3:6; James 1:5; (noteworthy is 1 John 5:16 δώσει (namely, probably ὁ Θεός) αὐτῷ ζωήν τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν, etc., where αὐτῷ seems to be an ethical dative and τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν dependent on the verb; see Buttmann, 133 (116) note, cf. 179 (156); Winer's Grammar, 523 (487), cf. 530 (494)); in contradistinction from what one claims: John 3:27; John 19:11. 3. to supply, furnish, necessary things: as ἄρτον τίνι, Matthew 6:11; Luke 11:3; John 6:32, 51; τροφήν, Matthew 24:45; βρῶσιν, John 6:27; besides in Matthew 25:15, 28; Mark 2:26; Mark 4:25; Luke 6:4; Luke 8:18; Luke 12:42; Luke 19:24, 26; John 4:10, 14, 15; Ephesians 6:19. 4. to give over, deliver, i. e., a. to reach out, extend, present: as Matthew 14:19; Matthew 17:27; Mark 6:41; Mark 14:22; Luke 9:16; Luke 22:19; τό ψωμίον, John 13:26; τό ποτήριον, John 18:11; Revelation 16:19; τάς χεῖρας διδόναι, to give one the hand, Acts 9:41; Galatians 2:9. b. of a writing: ἀποστάσιον, Matthew 5:31. c. to give to one's care, intrust, commit; aa. something to be administered; universally: παντί ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, Luke 12:48; property, money, Matthew 25:15; Luke 19:13, 15; ἀμπελῶνα, a vineyard to be cultivated, Mark 12:9; Luke 20:16; τάς κλείς (κλεῖδας) τεσς βασιλείας. Matthew 16:19; τήν κρίσιν, John 5:22; κρίμα, Revelation 20:4; τήν ἐξουσίαν ἑαυτῶν, Revelation 17:13 (not Rec.); τά ἔργα, ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, John 5:36; τό ἔργον, ἵνα ποιήσω, John 17:4; τό ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ, to be declared, John 17:11 (not Rec., John 17:12 T Tr WH). bb. to give or commit to some one something to be religiously observed: διαθήκην περιτομῆς, Acts 7:8; τήν περιτομήν, the ordinance of circumcision, John 7:22; τόν νόμον, John 7:19; λόγια ζῶντα, Acts 7:38. 5. to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward, Matthew 20:4, 14; Matthew 26:15; Revelation 11:18; ἀργύριον, as a reward, Mark 14:11; Luke 22:5; taxes, tribute, tithes, etc.: Matthew 17:27; Matthew 22:17; Mark 12:14 (15); Luke 20:22; Luke 23:2; Hebrews 7:4; θυσίαν namely, τῷ κυρίῳ, Luke 2:24 (θυσίαν ἀποδοῦναι τῷ Θεῷ, Josephus, Antiquities 7, 9, 1); λόγον, render account, Romans 14:12 (L text Tr text ἀποδοῦναι). 6. δίδωμι is joined with nouns denoting an act or an effeet; and a. the act or effect of him who gives, in such a sense that what he is said διδόναι (either absolutely or with the dative of person) he is conceived of as effecting, or as becoming its author. Hence, δίδωμι joined with a noun can often be changed into an active verb expressing the effecting of that which the noun denotes. Thus, διδόναι αἶνον τῷ Θεῷ is equivalent to αἰνεῖν τόν Θεόν, Luke 18:43; ἀπόκρισιν τίνι equivalent to ἀποκρίνεσθαι, John 1:22; John 19:9; ἐγκοπήν δοῦναι τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ equivalent to ἐνκόπτειν τό εὐαγγέλιον, to hinder (the progress of) the gospel, 1 Corinthians 9:12; ἐντολήν τίνι equivalent to ἐντέλλεσθαι τίνι John 11:57; John 12:49; John 13:34; 1 John 3:23; δόξαν τίνι equivalent to δοξάζειν τίνι (see δόξα, II.); ἐργασίαν, after the Latinoperam dare, take pains, (A. V. give diligence), equivalent to ἐργάζεσθαι, Luke 12:58 (συμβούλιον, cf. the Latinconsilium dare, equivalent to συμβουλεύεσθαι, Mark 3:6 Tr text WH text); διαστολήν τίνι i. q διαστέλλειν τί, 1 Corinthians 14:7; παραγγελίαν, 1 Thessalonians 4:2 παράκλησιν, 2 Thessalonians 2:16; ἔλεος equivalent to ἐληιν, 2 Timothy 1:16, 18 ἀγάπην, show (A. V. bestow), 1 John 3:1; ἐκδίκησιν 2 Thessalonians 1:8; βασανισμόν, Revelation 18:7; ῤάπισμα equivalent to ῥαπίζειν τινα, John 18:22; John 19:3; φίλημα equivalent to φιλεῖν τινα, Luke 7:45. or b. the noun denotes something to be done by him to whom it is said to be given: διδόναι τίνι μετάνοιαν, to cause him to repent, Acts 5:31; Acts 11:18; γνῶσιν σωτηρίας,Luke 1:77; ἐλπίδα τίνι, 2 Thessalonians 2:16. 7. Joined with nouns denoting strength, faculty, power, virtue, δίδωμι (τίνι τί) is equivalent to: to furnish, endue, (one with a thing): Luke 21:15 (δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα καί σοφίαν); Acts 7:10; ἐξουσίαν, Matthew 9:8; Matthew 10:1; Luke 10:19; John 17:2; Revelation 2:26; Revelation 6:8; Revelation 13:7; διάνοιαν, 1 John 5:20; σύνεσιν, 2 Timothy 2:7; and in the very common phrase διδόναι τό πνεῦμα. (I'. διδόναι τίνι τίνος to give to one (a part) of etc.: Revelation 2:17 (G L T Tr WH) δώσω αὐτῷ τοῦ μάννα, cf. Winers Grammar, 198 (186); Buttmann, 159 (139).) II. δίδωμι τί without a dative, and δίδωμι τινα. 1. δίδωμι τί; a. with the force of to cause, produce, give forth from oneself: ὑετόν, from heaven, James 5:18; καρπόν, Matthew 13:8; Mark 4:7, 8f (Deuteronomy 25:19; Sir. 23:25); σημεῖα, Matthew 24:24; Mark 13:22 (not Tdf.); Acts 2:19 (Exodus 7:9; Deuteronomy 13:1, etc.); ὑπόδειγμα, John 13:15; φέγγος, Matthew 24:29; Mark 13:24 (φῶς, Isaiah 13:10); φωνήν, 1 Corinthians 14:7f; διά τῆς γλώσσης λόγον, 1 Corinthians 14:9; γνώμην, to give one's opinion, to give advice, 1 Corinthians 7:25; 2 Corinthians 8:10. b. διδόναι κλήρους (גּורָל נָתַן, Leviticus 16:8), to give, i. e. hand out lots, namely, to be cast into the urn (see κλῆρος, 1), Acts 1:26. c. δίδωμι τί with the predicate accusative: Matthew 20:28; Mark 10:45 (to give up as a λύτρον); Matthew 16:26; Mark 8:37 (to pay as an equivalent). 2. δίδωμι τινα; a. where the noun refers to the office one bears, to appoint: κριτάς, Acts 13:20. b. to cause to come forth: δίδωμι ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ τῶν λεγόντων (namely, τινας (cf. Buttmann, 158 (138); Winer's Grammar, § 59, 4 b.)), Revelation 3:9; so also the sea, death, Hades, are said to give (up) the dead who have been engulfed or received by them, Revelation 20:13. 3. δίδωμι τινα τίνι; a. to give one to some one as his own: as the object of his saving care, Hebrews 2:13; to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master, John 6:37, 39; John 10:29; John 17:6, 9, 12 (but see B. I. 4. c. aa. above), ; ; in these passages God is said to have given certain men to Christ, i. e. to have disposed them to acknowledge Christ as the author and medium of their salvation, and to enter into intimate relations with him, hence Christ calls them 'his own' (τά ἐμά, John 10:14). b. to give one to some one to care for his interests: John 3:16 (ἔδωκεν namely, αὐτῷ, i. e. τῷ κόσμῳ); Acts 13:21. c. to give one to some one to whom he already belonged, to return: Luke 7:15 ( ἀπεδωκε (so L marginal reading in Luke 7:15)). d. δίδωμι ἐμαυτόν τίνι, to one demanding of me something, I give myself up as it were; an hyperbole for disregarding entirely my private interests, I give as much as ever I can: 2 Corinthians 8:5. 4. δίδωμι τινα with a predicate accusative: ἑαυτόν τύπον, to render or set forth oneself as an example, 2 Thessalonians 3:9; with a predicate of dignity, office, function, and a dative of the person added for whose benefit some one invested with said dignity or office is given, that is, is bestowed: αὐτόν ἔδωκεν κεφαλήν ὑπέρ πάντα τῇ ἐκκλησία, head over all things to the church, Ephesians 1:22; ἔδωκεν τούς μέν ἀποστόλους κτλ., namely, τῇ ἐκκλησία, Ephesians 4:11. For in neither of these passages are we obliged, with many interpreters, to translate the word appointed, made, after the use of the Hebrew נָתַן; especially since in the second Paul seems wish to confirm the words quoted in Ephesians 4:8, ἔδωκε δόματα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. Those in the church whom Christ has endued with gifts and functions for the common advantage the apostle reckons among the δόματα given by him after his ascension to heaven. III. Phrases in which to the verb δίδωμι, either standing alone or joined to cases, there is added: 1. an infinitive, either alone or with an accusative; δίδωμι τίνι followed by an infinitive denoting the object: δίδωμι τίνι φαγεῖν, give, supply, something to eat, give food (Buttmann, 261 (224); Winer's Grammar, 318f (299)), Matthew 14:18; Matthew 25:35, 42; Mark 6:37; Mark 5:43; Luke 8:55; Luke 9:13; Revelation 2:7; πιεῖν, John 4:7, 10; with the addition of an object accusative depending on the φαγεῖν or πιεῖν: Matthew 27:34; Mark 15:23 (R G L); with an accusative added depending on the verb δίδωμι: John 6:31 Revelation 16:6; followed by an infinitive indicating design (cf. Buttmann, as above), to grant or permit one to etc.: Luke 1:73f (δοῦναι ἡμῖν ἀφόβως λατρεύειν αὐτῷ); John 5:26; Acts 4:29; Romans 15:5; Ephesians 3:16; Revelation 3:21; Revelation 6:4; Revelation 7:2; (followed by εἰς, with the infinitive: Romans 15:16, cf. Buttmann, 265 (228)); by a construction borrowed from the Hebrew, καί δώσω τοῖς ... καί προφητεύσουσι, Revelation 11:3; in the passive, Matthew 13:12; Mark 4:11 (ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι (G L T Tr WH omit γνῶναι) to you it has been granted etc.); followed by the accusative and the infinitive: δῴη (L T Tr WH δῷ) ὑμῖν ... κατοικῆσαι τόν Χριστόν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν, Ephesians 3:16f; ἔδωκεν αὐτόν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι, Acts 10:40; οὐ δώσεις τόν ὅσιον σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν (from Psalm 15:10 (), Acts 2:27; Acts 13:35. 2. δίδωμι τίνι, followed by ἵνα, to grant or permit, that, etc. (Buttmann, 238 (205) Winer's Grammar, 337 (316), cf. 545 (507)): Mark 10:37; Revelation 19:8. to commission, Revelation 9:5. IV. δίδωμι τί, or τίνι τί, or τίνι or τινα, followed by a preposition with a noun (or pronoun); 1. τίνι ἐκ τίνος (cf. Winers Grammar, § 28, 1; Buttmann, 159 (139)): δότε ἡμῖν (a part) ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, Matthew 25:8; ἐκ τῶν ἄρτων, easily to be supplied from the context, Mark 2:26; Luke 6:4; ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν, 1 John 4:13; otherwise in John 3:34 ὁ Θεός οὐ δίδωσι τό πνεῦμα ἐκ μέτρου, by measure, i. e. according to measure, moderately (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 51, 1 d.); otherwise in Revelation 3:9 δίδωμι ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς (see II. 2 b. above). τίνι ἀπό τίνος: Luke 20:10 ἵνα ἀπό τί καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος δῶσιν (L T Tr WH δώσουσιν) αὐτῷ, namely, the portion due. Τί followed by εἰς with a noun, to give something to put into, Luke 6:38 μέτρον δώσουσιν εἰς τόν κόλπον ὑμῶν (shall they give, i. e. pour into your bosom), or upon, Luke 15:22 δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τήν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ (put a ring on his hand); εἰς τόν ἀγρόν, for the field, to pay its price, Matthew 27:10; τίνι τί εἰς τάς χεῖρας, to commit a thing to one, deliver it into one's power: John 13:3 (Hebrew פּ בְּיַד נָתַן, Genesis 9:2; Genesis 14:20; Exodus 4:21); εἰς τήν διάνοιαν, or ἐπί τάς καρδίας (Jeremiah 38:33 ()), put into the mind, fasten upon the heart, Hebrews 8:10; Hebrews 10:16; or εἰς τῆς καρδίας with an infinitive of the thing, Revelation 17:17; (Xenophon, Cyril 8, 2, 20 διδόναι τίνι τί εἰς τήν ψυχήν). ἑαυτόν διδόναι εἰς with the accusative of place, to betake oneself somewhere, to go into some place: Acts 19:31 (εἰς τόπους παραβολους, Polybius 5, 14, 9; εἰς τόπους τραχεῖς, Diodorus 14, 81; εἰς τάς ἐρημίας, Diodorus 5, 59; Josephus, Antiquities 15, 7, 7; εἰς κώμην τινα, Josephus, Antiquities 7, 9, 7). 2. δίδωμι τί ἐν τίνι, i. e. to be or remain in, so that it is in (cf. Winers Grammar, 414 (386); Buttmann, 329 (283)): ἐν τῇ χειρί τίνος, John 3:35; ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις, 2 Corinthians 1:22; ἐν τῇ καρδία τίνος, 2 Corinthians 8:16 (cf. 1 Kings 10:24); εἰρήνην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῆ to bring peace to be on earth, Luke 12:51. 3. δίδωμι τί ὑπέρ τίνος, give up for etc. (cf. Winer's Grammar, 383f (358f)): John 6:51; ἑαυτόν ὑπέρ τίνος, Titus 2:14; ἑαυτόν ἀντίλυτρον ὑπέρ τίνος, 1 Timothy 2:6; ἑαυτόν περί (R WH text ὑπέρ; cf. περί, the passage cited δ.) τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν, for sins, i. e. to expiate them, Galatians 1:4. 4. διδόναι τίνι κατά τά ἔργα, τήν πρᾶξιν, to give one according to his works, to render to one the reward of his deeds: Revelation 2:23 (Psalm 27:4 ()); (cf. ἀποδώσει Matthew 16:27; Romans 2:6). 5. Hebraistically, δέδωκα ἐνώπιον σου θύραν ἀνεῳγμένην I have set before thee a door opened, i. e. have caused the door to be open to thee, Revelation 3:8. [SYNONYMS: διδόναι, δωρεῖσθαι: διδόναι, to give in general, antithetic to λαμβάνειν; δωρεῖσθαι specific, to bestow, present; διδόναι might be used even of evils, but δωρεῖσθαι could be used of such things only ironically; see δόμα, at the end. Compare: ἀναδίδωμι, ἀποδίδωμι, ἀνταποδίδωμι, διαδιαδωμι, ἐκδίδωμι, ἐπιδίδωμι μεταδίδωμι, παραδίδωμι προδίδωμι.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διεγείρω Transliteration: diegeirō Phonetic Spelling: dee-eg-i'-ro Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to arouse completely Meaning: to arouse completely GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1326 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1326 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1326 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1326 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1326, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διεγείρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1326 diegeirō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: awake, raise, stir up. From dia and egeiro; to wake fully; i.e. Arouse (literally or figuratively) -- arise, awake, raise, stir up. see GREEK dia see GREEK egeiro Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1326: διεγείρωδιεγείρω; 1 aorist διηγειρα; passive, imperfect διηγειρομην (but Tr WH (T editions 2, 7) διεγείρετο in John 6:18, cf. Buttmann, 34 (30); WH's Appendix, p. 161); 1 aorist preposition διεγερθείς; to wake up, awaken, arouse (from repose; differing from the simple ἐγείρω, which has a wider meaning); from sleep: τινα, Mark 4:38 (here T Tr WH ἐγείρουσιν); Luke 8:24; passive, Luke 8:24 T Tr text WH; Mark 4:39; with the addition ἀπό τοῦ ὕπνου, Matthew 1:24 (L T Tr WH ἐγερθείς); from repose, quiet: in passage of the sea, which begins to be agitated, to rise, John 6:18. Metaphorically, to arouse the mind; stir up, render active: 2 Peter 1:13; 2 Peter 3:1, as in 2 Macc. 15:10, τινα τοῖς θυμοῖς. (Several times in the O. T. Apocrypha (cf. Winers Grammar, 102 (97)); Hipper. (Aristotle), Herodian; occasionally in Anthol.) STRONGS NT 1326a: διεξέρχομαιδιεξέρχομαι: (2 aorist διεξηλθον); to go out through something: διεξελθοῦσα, namely, διά φρυγάνων, Acts 28:3 Tdf editions 2, 7. (the Sept.; in Greek writings from (Sophicles, Herodotus), Euripides down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διέξοδος Transliteration: diexodos Phonetic Spelling: dee-ex'-od-os Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: to consider, reflect Meaning: to consider, reflect GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1327 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1327 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1327 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1327 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1327, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διέξοδος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1327 diexodos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: an outlet, a way out From dia and exodos; an outlet through, i.e. Probably an open square (from which roads diverge) -- highway. see GREEK dia see GREEK exodos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1327: διέξοδοςδιέξοδος, διεξοδου, ἡ; from Herodotus down; a way out through, outlet, exit: διέξοδοι τῶν ὁδῶν, Matthew 22:9, literally, ways through which ways go out, i. e. according to the context and the design of the parable places before the city where the roads from the country terminate, therefore outlets of the country highways, the same being also their entrances; (cf. Obadiah 1:14; Ezekiel 21:21; the R. V. renders it partings of the highways). The phrase figuratively represents the territory of heathen nations, into which the apostles were about to go forth (as is well shown by Fischer, De vitiis lexamples N. T., p. 634ff). Used of the boundaries of countries, it is equivalent to the Hebrew תּוצָאות, Numbers 34:4f, 8f, and often in the book of Joshua (cf. Rieder, Die zusammen gesetzten Verba as above with p. 18. Others understand the crossings or thoroughfares here to represent the most frequented spots.) STRONGS NT 1327a: διερμηνείαδιερμηνεία, διερμηνειας, ἡ (διερμηνεύω, which see), interpretation: of obscure utterances, 1 Corinthians 12:10 L text (not yet found elsewhere.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διερμηνευτής Transliteration: diermēneutēs Phonetic Spelling: dee-er-main-yoo-tace' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: an explainer, an interpreter Meaning: an explainer, an interpreter GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1328 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1328 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1328 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1328 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1328, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διερμηνευτής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1328 diermēneutēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: interpreter. From diermeneuo; an explainer -- interpreter. see GREEK diermeneuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1328: διερμηνευτήςδιερμηνευτής, διερμηνευτου, ὁ (διερμηνεύω, which see), an interpreter: 1 Corinthians 14:28 (L Tr WH marginal reading ἑρμηνευτής.). (Ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διερμηνεύω Transliteration: diermēneuō Phonetic Spelling: dee-er-main-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to explain thoroughly, by implication to translate Meaning: to explain thoroughly, by implication to translate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1329 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1329 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1329 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1329 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1329, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διερμηνεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1329 diermēneuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: expound, interpret. From dia and hermeneuo; to explain thoroughly, by implication, to translate -- expound, interpret(-ation). see GREEK dia see GREEK hermeneuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1329: διερμηνεύωδιερμηνεύω; imperfect διηρμηνευον and (without augment cf. Buttmann, 34 (30)) διερμηνευον (Luke 24:27 L Tr marginal reading); 1 aorist (also without augment; so all early manuscripts Hort) διερμήνευσα (Luke, the passage cited T Tr text WH); (present passive διερμηνεύομαι); to interpret (διά intensifying by marking transition (cf. German verdeutlichen); Winer's De verb. comp. etc. Part v., p. 10f); 1. to unfold the meaning of what is said, explain, expound: τί, Luke 24:27; absolutely, 1 Corinthians 12:30; 1 Corinthians 14:5, 13, 27. 2. to translate into one's native language: Acts 9:36 (2 Macc. 1:36; Polybius 3, 22, 3, and several times in Philo (cf. Siegfried, Glossar. Phil. under the word)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διέρχομαι Transliteration: dierchomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-er'-khom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to go through, go about, to spread Meaning: to go through, go about, to spread GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1330 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1330 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1330 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1330 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1330, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διέρχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1330 dierchomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: come, depart, go, pass.From dia and erchomai; to traverse (literally) -- come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through. see GREEK dia see GREEK erchomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1330: διέρχομαιδιέρχομαι; imperfect διηρχομην; future διελεύσομαι (Luke 2:35; see Winers Grammar, 86 (82); (cf. Buttmann, 58 (50))); 2 aorist διῆλθον; perfect participle διεληλυθως (Hebrews 4:14); (from Homer down); 1. where διά has the force of through (Latinper; (cf. διά, C.)): "to go through, pass through (on its constructions cf. Winers Grammar, § 52, 4, 8); a. διά τίνος, to go, walk, journey, pass through a place (German den Durchweg nehmen): Matthew 12:43; Matthew 19:24 R L Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading; Mark 10:25 Rec.st εἰσελθεῖν); Luke 11:24; Luke 18:25 L Tr marginal reading; John 4:4; 1 Corinthians 10:1; διά μέσου αὐτῶν, through the midst of a crowd, Luke 4:30; John 8:59 Rec.; (διά μέσου (L T Tr WH διά μέσον, see διά, B. I.) Σαμαρείας, Luke 17:11); :2di) ὑμῶν, i. e. διά τῆς χώρας ὑμῶν, 2 Corinthians 1:16 (where Lachmann text ἀπελθεῖν); (διά πάντων namely, τῶν ἁγίων (see πᾶς, II. 1), Acts 9:32). b. with an accusative to travel the road which leads through a place, go, pass, travel through a region: Luke 19:1; Acts 12:10; Acts 13:6; Acts 14:24; Acts 15:3, 41; Acts 16:6; Acts 17:23 (τά σεβάσματα); ; 1 Corinthians 16:5; Hebrews 4:14; of a thing: τήν ψυχήν διελεύσεται ῤομφαία, penetrate, pierce, Luke 2:35 (of a spear, dart, with the genitive Homer, Iliad 20, 263; 23, 876). c. absolutely: ἐκείνης namely, ὁδοῦ (δἰ before ἐκείνης in Rec. is spurious) ἤμελλε διέρχεσθαι, for he was to pass that way, Luke 19:4. d. with specification of the goal or limit, so that the prefix διά makes reference to the intervening space to be passed through or gone over: ἐνθάδε, John 4:15 T WH Tr marginal reading; (εἰς τήν Ἀχαΐαν, Acts 18:27); εἰς τό πέραν to go, cross, over to the farther shore, Mark 4:35; Luke 8:22; ὁ θάνατος διῆλθεν εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους, passed through unto all men, so that no one could escape its power, Romans 5:12; ἕως τίνος, go even unto, etc. Luke 2:15; Acts 9:38; Acts 11:19, 22 R G (Winer's Grammar, 609 (566)). 2. where διά answers to the Latindis (cf. διά, C.); to go to different places (2 Chronicles 17:9; Amos 6:2): Acts 8:4, 40; (Acts 10:38); διελθόντες ἀπό τῆς Πέργης having departed from Perga namely, to various places, Acts 13:14 (others refer this to 1, understanding διελθονες of passing through the extent of country); ἐν οἷς διῆλθον, among whom, i. e. whose country I went about, or visited different places, Acts 20:25; διήρχοντο κατά τάς κώμας, they went about in various directions from one village to another, Luke 9:6; of a report, to spread, go abroad: διέρχεται ὁ λόγος, Luke 5:15; Thucydides 6, 46; Xenophon, an. 1, 4, 7. (Synonym: see ἔρχομαι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διερωτάω Transliteration: dierōtaō Phonetic Spelling: dee-er-o-tah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to find by inquiry Meaning: to find by inquiry GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1331 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1331 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1331 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1331 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1331, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διερωτάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1331 dierōtaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to ask about, learn by inquiryFrom dia and erotao; to question throughout, i.e. Ascertain by interrogation -- make enquiry foreign see GREEK dia see GREEK erotao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1331: διερωτάωδιερωτάω: 1 aorist participle διερωτησας; to ask through (i. e., ask many, one after another): τί, to find out by asking, to inquire out, Acts 10:17. (Xenophon, Plato, Demosthenes, Polybius, Dio Cassius, 43, 10; 48, 8.) Cf. Winer's De verb. comp. etc. Part v., p. 15. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διετής Transliteration: dietēs Phonetic Spelling: dee-et-ace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: lasting two years, two years old Meaning: lasting two years, two years old GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1332 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1332 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1332 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1332 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1332, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διετής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1332 dietēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: two years old. From dis and etos; of two years (in age) -- two years old. see GREEK dis see GREEK etos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1332: διετήςδιετής, διετες (δίς and ἔτος) (from Herodotus down), of two years, two years old: ἀπό διετοῦς namely, παιδός, Matthew 2:16, cf. Fritzsche at the passage; (others take διετοῦς here as neuter; see Meyer). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διετία Transliteration: dietia Phonetic Spelling: dee-et-ee'-a Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a space of two years Meaning: a space of two years GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1333 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1333 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1333 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1333 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1333, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διετία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1333 dietia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: two years. From dietes; a space of two years (biennium) -- two years. see GREEK dietes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1333: διετίαδιετία, διετίας, ἡ (from διετής, cf. τριετία, τετραετία), the space of two years: Acts 24:27; Acts 28:30. (Philo in Flacc. § 16; (Graecus Venutus, Genesis 41:1; Genesis 45:5).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διηγέομαι Transliteration: diēgeomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-ayg-eh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to relate fully Meaning: to relate fully GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1334 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1334 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1334 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1334 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1334, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διηγέομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1334 diēgeomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: declare, show, tell. From dia and hegeomai; to relate fully -- declare, shew, tell. see GREEK dia see GREEK hegeomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1334: διηγέομαιδιηγέομαι, διηγοῦμαι (imperative 2 person singular διηγοῦ, participle διηγούμενος); future διηγήσομαι; 1 aorist διηγησάμην; to lead or carry a narration through to the end, (cf. the figurative use of German durchfuhren); set forth, recount, relate in full: absolutely, Hebrews 11:32; τί, describe, Acts 8:33 (see γενεά, 3); τίνι followed by indirect discourse, πῶς etc., Mark 5:16; Acts 9:27; Acts 12:17 (here T omit; Tr brackets the dative); followed by ἅ εἶδον, Mark 9:9; ὅσα ἐποίησε or ἐποίησαν, Luke 8:39; Luke 9:10. (Aristophanes, Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato, others; the Sept. often for סָפַר.) (Compare: ἐκδιηγέομαι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διήγησις Transliteration: diēgēsis Phonetic Spelling: dee-ayg'-es-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a narrative Meaning: a narrative GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1335 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1335 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1335 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1335 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1335, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διήγησις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1335 diēgēsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: declaration. From diegeomai; a recital -- declaration. see GREEK diegeomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1335: διήγησιςδιήγησις, διηγήσεως, ἡ (διηγέομαι), "a narration, narrative: Luke 1:1; used of the Gospel narratives also in Eusebius, h. e. 3, 24, 7; 3, 39, 12; cf. Grimm in the Jahrbb. f. deutsche Theol. 1871, p. 36. (Plato, Aristotle, Polybius; Sir. 6:35 (); , etc.; 2 Macc. 2:32 2Macc. 6:17.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διηνεκής Transliteration: diēnekēs Phonetic Spelling: dee-ay-nek-es' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: carried through, continuous Meaning: carried through, continuous GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1336 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1336 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1336 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1336 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1336, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διηνεκής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1336 diēnekēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: continually, forever.Neuter of a compound of dia and a derivative of an alternate of phero; carried through, i.e. (adverbially with eis and ho prefixed) perpetually -- + continually, for ever. see GREEK dia see GREEK phero see GREEK eis see GREEK ho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1336: διηνεκήςδιηνεκής, διηνεκές (from διήνεγκα, διαφέρω, as the simple ἠνεκης from ἤνεγκα, φέρω), from Homer down, continuous: εἰς τό διηνεκές, continally"), Hebrews 7:3; Hebrews 10:1, 12, 14 (δικτάτωρ ἐς τό διηνεκές ἡρεθη, Appendix, b. c. 1, 4). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διθάλασσος Transliteration: dithalassos Phonetic Spelling: dee-thal'-as-sos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: divided into two seas, dividing the sea (as a reef) Meaning: divided into two seas, dividing the sea (as a reef) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1337 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1337 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1337 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1337 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1337, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διθάλασσος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1337 dithalassos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: where two seas meet. From dis and thalassa; having two seas, i.e. A sound with a double outlet -- where two seas meet. see GREEK dis see GREEK thalassa Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1337: διθάλασσοςδιθάλασσος, διθάλασσον (δίς and θάλασσα) 1. resembling (or forming) two seas: thus of the Euxine Sea, Strabo 2, 5, 22; Dionysius Periegetes, 156. 2. lying between two seas, i. e. washed by the sea on both sides (Dio Chrysostom 5, p. 83): τόπος διθάλασσος, an isthmus or tongue of land, the extremity of which is covered by the waves, Acts 27:41; others understand here a projecting reef or bar against which the waves dash on both sides; in opposition cf. Meyer at the passage (In Clement. hom., p. 20, Dressel edition (Ep. Petr. ad Jacob. § 14), men ἀλογιστοι καί ἐνδοιαζοντες περί τῶν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπαγγελματων are allegorically styled τόποι διθαλασσοι δέ καί θηριωδεις.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διϊκνέομαι Transliteration: diikneomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-ik-neh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to go through, penetrate Meaning: to go through, penetrate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1338 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1338 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1338 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1338 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1338, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διϊκνέομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1338 diikneomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pierce. From dia and the base of hikanos; to reach through, i.e. Penetrate -- pierce. see GREEK dia see GREEK hikanos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1338: διϊκνέομαιδιϊκνέομαι (L WH διϊκνέομαι. (see Iota)), διικνοῦμαι; to go through, penetrate, pierce: Hebrews 4:12. (Exodus 26:28; Thucydides, Theophrastus, Plutarch, others; in Homer transitively, to go through in narrating.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διΐστημι Transliteration: diistēmi Phonetic Spelling: dee-is'-tay-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to set apart, to intervene, make an interval Meaning: to set apart, to intervene, make an interval GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1339 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1339 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1339 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1339 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1339, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διΐστημι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1339 diistēmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: go further, be parted.From dia and histemi; to stand apart, i.e. (reflexively) to remove, intervene -- go further, be parted, after the space of. see GREEK dia see GREEK histemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1339: διΐστημιδιΐστημι: 1 aorist διέστησα; 2 aorist διέστην; (from Homer down); to place separately, put asunder, disjoin; in the middle (or passive) and the perfect and 2 aorist active to stand apart, to part, depart: βραχύ δέ διαστήσαντες, namely, ἑαυτούς or τήν ναῦν (cf. Buttmann, 47 (41)), when they had gone a little distance, viz. from the place before mentioned, i. e. having gone a little farther, Acts 27:28; of time: διαστάσης ὥρας μιᾶς one hour having intervened, Luke 22:59; διέστη ἀπ' αὐτῶν parted, withdrew from them, Luke 24:51. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διϊσχυρίζομαι Transliteration: diischyrizomai Phonetic Spelling: dee-is-khoo-rid'-zom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to lean upon, affirm confidently Meaning: to lean upon, affirm confidently GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1340 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1340 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1340 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1340 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1340, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διϊσχυρίζομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1340 diischyrizomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: confidently affirm. From dia and a derivative of ischuros; to stout it through, i.e. Asservate -- confidently (constantly) affirm. see GREEK dia see GREEK ischuros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1340: διϊσχυρίζομαιδιϊσχυρίζομαι (L WH διϊσχυρίζομαι (see Iota)): imperfect διισχυριζομην; 1. to lean upon. 2. to affirm stoutly, to assert confidently: Luke 22:59; Acts 12:15. (Lysias, Isaeus, Plato, Demosthenes, Josephus, Antiquities 2, 6, 4; Aelian hist. an. 7, 18; Dio Cassius, 57, 23; others.) δικάζω[δικάζω; 1 aorist passive ἐδικασθην; from Homer down; "to judge, pass judgment: absolutely, Luke 6:37 Tr marginal reading (others, καταδικάζω.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δικαιοκρισία Transliteration: dikaiokrisia Phonetic Spelling: dik-ah-yok-ris-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: righteous judgment Meaning: righteous judgment GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1341 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1341 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1341 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1341 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1341, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δικαιοκρισία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1341 dikaiokrisia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: righteous judgment. From dikaios and krisis; a just sentence -- righteous judgment. see GREEK dikaios see GREEK krisis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1341: δικαιοκρισίαδικαιοκρισία; δικαιοκρισίας, ἡ, righteous judgment: Romans 2:5. (an uncertain translation in Hosea 6:5 (where the Sept. κρίμα) Test. xii. patr. (test. Levi § 3), p. 547, and (sec. 15), p. 581, Fabric. edition; Justin Martyr, resp. de resurrect. xi. (15) 28, p. 360 edition tert. Otto; (Hippolytus, p. 801 a. edition Migne); Basil, iii., p. 476 d., Garn. edition or, p. 694, Par. edition alt. 1839. (Cf. Winer's Grammar, 25; 99 (94)).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δίκαιος Transliteration: dikaios Phonetic Spelling: dik'-ah-yos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: correct, righteous, by implication innocent Meaning: correct, righteous, by implication innocent GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1342 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1342 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1342 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1342 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1342, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δίκαιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1342 dikaios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: just, righteous.From dike; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively) -- just, meet, right(-eous). see GREEK dike Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1342: δίκαιοςδίκαιος, δίκαια, δίκαιον (from δίκη right) (fr. Homer down), properly, the Hebrew צַדִּיק, "observant of ἡ δίκη, righteous, observing divine and human laws; one who is such as he ought to be; (German rechtbeschaffen; in the earlier language, whence appropriated by Luther,gerecht in a broad sense; in Greek writings used even of physical things, as ἵππος, Xenophon, mem. 4, 4, 5; γήδιον δικαιοτατον, most fertile, Xenophon, Cyril 8, 3, 38; (ἅρμα δίκαιον, ibid. 2, 2, 26)); 1. in a wide sense, upright, righteous, virtuous, keeping the commands of God; a. universally: Matthew 1:19 (the meaning is, it was not consistent with his uprightness to expose his betrothed to public reproach); Matthew 10:41; Matthew 13:43, 49; Matthew 23:28; Matthew 25:37, 46; Luke 1:6, 17; Luke 14:14; Luke 18:9; Luke 20:20; Romans 5:7 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 117 (111)); 1 Timothy 1:9; James 5:6, 16; 1 Peter 3:12; 1 John 3:7 (10 Lachmann); Revelation 22:11; opposed to ἁμαρτωλοί καί ἀσεβεῖς, 1 Peter 4:18; δίκαιοι καί ἄδικοι, Matthew 5:45; Acts 24:15; used of O. T. characters noted for piety and probity: Matthew 13:17; (Matthew 23:29); Hebrews 12:23; thus of Abel, Matthew 23:35; Hebrews 11:4; of Lot, 2 Peter 2:7f. (Wis. 10:4f); of those who seem to themselves to be righteous, who pride themselves on their virtues, whether real or imaginary: Matthew 9:13; Mark 2:17; Luke 5:32; Luke 15:7 (Ecclesiastes 7:17 (16)). Joined with εὐλαβής, Luke 2:25 (ἤθη ἐυλαβαη καί δίκαια, τό δίκαιον καί ἐυλαβες, Plato, polit., p. 311 a. b.); with ἅγιος, Mark 6:20; with ἀγαθός, Luke 23:50; with φοβούμενος τόν Θεόν, Acts 10:22; ἔργα δίκαια, opposite πονηρά, 1 John 3:12. Neuter τό δίκαιον, that which regard for duty demands, what is right: 2 Peter 1:13; plural Philippians 4:8; δίκαιον ἐστι, Ephesians 6:1; Philippians 1:7; with the addition of ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, God being judge, Acts 4:19. b. the negative idea predominating: innocent, faultless, guiltless, (for נָקִי, Proverbs 1:11; Job 9:23, etc.); thus used of Christ in the speech of Gentiles: Matthew 27:19, 24 R G L brackets Tr brackets WH marginal reading; Luke 23:47; αἷμα δίκαιον, (Proverbs 6:17; Joel 3:19 (); Jonah 1:14), Matthew 23:35; ( Tr marginal reading WH text); ἡ ἐντολή ἅγια καί δίκαια (having no fellowship with sin (others besides, see the commentaries at the passage)) καί ἀγαθή, Romans 7:12. c. preeminently, of him whose way of thinking, feeling, and acting is wholly conformed to the will of God, and who therefore needs no rectification in heart or life; in this sense Christ alone can be called δίκαιος: Acts 7:52; Acts 22:14; 1 Peter 3:18; 1 John 2:1; ἅγιος καί δίκαιος, Acts 3:14; among the rest of mankind it is rightly denied that one δίκαιος can be found, Romans 3:10 (Ecclesiastes 7:21-20ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἐστι δίκαιος ἐν τῇ γῆ, ὅς ποιήσει ἀγαθόν καί οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεται). of God: holy, Romans 3:26 (where it is to be closely rendered just or righteous, on account of the following καί τόν δικαιοῦντα, and the justifier or who pronounces righteous, but the substantial meaning is holy, that quality by virtue of which he hates and punishes sin); 1 John 2:29. d. contextually, approved God, acceptable to God, (German gottwohlgefallig): Romans 5:19; with the addition ἐκ πίστεως, acceptable to God by faith (Winer's Grammar, 136 (129)): Romans 1:17; Galatians 3:11; Hebrews 10:38; δίκαιος παρά τῷ Θεῷ, Romans 2:13. 2. In a narrower sense, rendering to each his due; and that in a judicial sense, passing just judgment on others, whether expressed in words or shown by the manner of dealing with them: Titus 1:8; so of God recompensing men impartially according to their deeds, Revelation 16:5; in the same sense also in John 17:25 (who does not award the same fate to the loving and faithful disciples of Christ and to 'the world'); 1 John 1:9 (who executes the laws of his government, and therefore also the law concerning the pardon of sins); ὁ δίκαιος κριτής, of Christ, 2 Timothy 4:8; κρίσις δίκαια, John 5:30; John 7:24; 2 Thessalonians 1:5; plural, Revelation 16:7; Revelation 19:2; αἱ ὁδοί τοῦ Θεοῦ δίκαια καί ἀληθιναί, Revelation 15:3; neuter τό δίκαιον, what is due to others, Colossians 4:1; what is agreeable to justice and law, Luke 12:51; δίκαιον namely, ἐστιν, it is agreeable to justice, 2 Thessalonians 1:6; accordant with deserts, Matthew 20:4, and Rec. (See references under the word δικαιόω, at the end; cf. ἀγαθός, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δικαιοσύνη Transliteration: dikaiosynē Phonetic Spelling: dik-ah-yos-oo'-nay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: righteousness, justice Meaning: righteousness, justice GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1343 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1343 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1343 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1343 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1343, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δικαιοσύνη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1343 dikaiosynē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: righteousness. From dikaios; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification -- righteousness. see GREEK dikaios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1343: δικαιοσύνηδικαιοσύνη, δικαιοσύνης, ἡ (δίκαιος); most frequently in the Sept. for צֶדֶק and צְדָקָה, rarely for חֶסֶד; "the virtue or quality or state of one who is δίκαιος;" 1. in the broad sense, the state of him who is such as he ought to be, righteousness (German Rechtbeschaffenheit); the condition acceptable to God (German Gottwohlgefalligkeit); a. universally: λόγος τῆς δικαιοσύνης (like λόγος τῆς καταλλαγῆς, λόγος τοῦ σταυροῦ), the doctrine concerning the way in which man may attain to a state approved of God, Hebrews 5:13; βασιλεύς δικαιοσύνης, the king who himself has the approbation of God, and who renders his subjects acceptable to God, Hebrews 7:2; cf. Bleek at the passage b. "integrity, virtue, purity of life, uprightness, correctness in thinking, feeling, and acting: Matthew 3:15; Matthew 5:6, 10, 20; Matthew 6:1 G L T Tr, WH; Acts 13:10; Acts 24:25; Romans 6:13, 16, 18-20 (opposed to ἁμαρτία, ἀνομία, and ἀκαθαρσία); Romans 8:10 (opposed to ἁμαρτία); Romans 14:17 (? (see c.)); 2 Corinthians 6:7, 14 (opposed to ἀνομία, as in Xenophon, mem. 1, 2, 24); 2 Corinthians 11:15; Ephesians 5:9; Ephesians 6:14; Philippians 1:11; 1 Timothy 6:11; 2 Timothy 2:22; 2 Timothy 3:16; 2 Timothy 4:8; Titus 3:5; Hebrews 1:9; Hebrews 12:11; James 3:18; 1 Peter 3:14; 2 Peter 2:5, 21; 2 Peter 3:13, and very often in the O. T.; ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης, walking in the way of righteousness equivalent to an upright, righteous, man, Matthew 21:32; τοῦ Θεοῦ, the righteousness which God demands, Matthew 6:33; James 1:20; of righteousness which manifests itself in "beneficence: 2 Corinthians 9:9f (cf. Tobit 14:11; Gesenius, Thesaurus iii., p. 1151; so Chaldean צִדְקָה, Daniel 4:24, and in the Talmud and rabbinical writings (Buxtorf. col. 1891 (p. 941, Fischer edition); cf. Winer's Grammar, 32)); where δίκαιος καί ὁσιότης are connected — Luke 1:75; Ephesians 4:24, (Wis. 9:3; Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 48, 4 [ET] and occasionally in secular writings) — the former denotes right conduct toward men, the latter piety toward God (cf. Plato, Gorgias, p. 507 b.; Grimm on Sap., p. 181f; (cf. Trench, § 88, p. 328f; for additional examples see Wetstein (1752) on Ephesians, the passage cited; cf. ὅσιος); εὐσέβεια καί δικαιοσύνη, Diodorus 1, 2); ποιεῖν τήν δικαιοσύνην, to do righteousness, to live uprightly: 1 John 2:29; 1 John 3:7; 1 John 3:10 (not Lachmann); and in Revelation 22:11 according to the text now accepted; in like manner ἐργάζεσθαι δικαιοσύνην, Acts 10:35; Hebrews 11:33; ζῆν τῇ δικαιοσύνη, to live, devote the life, to righteousness, 1 Peter 2:24; πληροῦν πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην, to perform completely whatever is right, Matthew 3:15. When affirmed of Christ, δικαιοσύνη denotes his perfect moral purity, integrity, sinlessness: John 16:8, 10; when used of God, his holiness: Romans 3:5, 25f. c. in the writings of Paul ἡ δικαιοσύνη has a peculiar meaning, opposed to the views of the Jews and Judaizing Christians. To understand this meaning, the following facts especially must be kept in view: the Jews as a people, and very many who had become converts from among them to Christianity, supposed that they secured the favor of God by works conformed to the requirements of the Mosaic law, as though by way of merit; and that they would thus attain to eternal salvation. But this law demands perfect obedience to all its precepts, and threatens condemnation to those who do not render such obedience (Galatians 3:10, 12). Obedience of this kind no one has rendered (Romans 3:10), neither Jews nor Gentiles (Romans 1:24-2:1) — for with the latter the natural law of right written on their souls takes the place of the Mosaic law (Romans 2:14f). On this account Paul proclaims the love of God, in that by giving up Christ, his Son, to die as an expiatory sacrifice for the sins of men he has attested his grace and good-will to mankind, so that they can hope for salvation as if they had not sinned. But the way to obtain this hope, he teaches, is only through faith (see πίστις (especially 1 b. and d.)), by which a man appropriates that grace of God revealed and pledged in Christ; and this faith is reckoned by God to the man as δικαιοσύνη; that is to say, δικαιοσύνη denotes "the state acceptable to God which becomes a sinner's possession through that faith by which he embraces the grace of God offered him in the expiatory death of Jesus Christ (see δικαιόω, 3 b.). In this sense ἡ δικαιοσύνη is used without an adjunct in Romans 4:5f, 11; Romans 5:17, 21; Romans 9:30; Romans 14:11 (? (see b.)); 1 Corinthians 1:30; Galatians 5:5; δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ, ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνη, the righteousness which God ascribes, what God declares to be righteousness (Winer's Grammar, 186 (175)), Romans 1:17; Romans 3:21; Romans 10:3; by a pregnant use, equivalent to that divine arrangement by which God leads men to a state acceptable to him, Romans 10:4; as abstract for concrete, equivalent to those whom God accounts righteous, 2 Corinthians 5:21; δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ διά πίστεως, Romans 3:22; ἡ δικαιοσύνη τῆς πίστεως, which is acquired by faith, or seen in faith, Romans 4:11, 13; ἡ ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνη which comes from God, i. e. is adjudged, imputed, Philippians 3:9 (wbere the addition ἐπί τῇ πίστει depends on ἔχων, having ... founded upon faith (cf. Winer's Grammar, 137 (130); 392 (367); yet cf. Ellicott, at the passage)); ἡ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη which comes from faith, Romans 9:30; Romans 10:6; ἡ διά πίστεως Χριστοῦ, Philippians 3:9; ἡ κατά πίστιν δικαιοσύνη according to, appropriate to, faith, Hebrews 11:7 (but it should be kept in mind that the conception of 'faith' in the Epistle to the Hebrews is broader than in Paul's writings (cf. e. g. Kurtz, at the passage)); Christ is called δικαιοσύνη, as being the one without whom there is no righteousness, as the author of righteousness, 1 Corinthians 1:30; εἰς δικαιοσύνην, unto righteousness as the result, to obtain righteousness, Romans 10:4, 10; ἡ πίστις λογίζεται τίνι εἰς δικαιοσύνην, faith is reckoned to one for righteousness, i. e. is so taken into account, that righteousness is ascribed to it or recognized in it: Romans 4:3, 6, 9, 22; Galatians 3:6; James 2:23; ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης (see διακονία, 2 b.), 2 Corinthians 3:9. Opposed to this δικαιοσύνη, arising from faith, is ἡ ἐκ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, a state acceptable to God which is supposed to result from obedience to the law, Romans 10:5f; ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἐν νόμῳ relying on the law, i. e. on imaginary obedience to it, Philippians 3:6; ἡ ἰδίᾳ δικαιοσύνη and ἡ ἐμή ἐδικαιοσυνη, such as one supposes that he has acquired for himself by his own works, Romans 10:3 Philippians 3:9, cf. Galatians 2:21; Galatians 3:21. 2. in a closer sense, justice, or the virtue which gives each one his due; it is said to belong to God and Christ, as bestowing ἰσότιμον πίστιν upon all Christians impartially, 2 Peter 1:1; of judicial justice, Romans 9:28 R G Tr marginal reading in brackets; κρίνειν ἐν δικαιοσύνη, Acts 17:31; Revelation 19:11. (See references under the word δικαιόω at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δικαιόω Transliteration: dikaioō Phonetic Spelling: dik-ah-yo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to show to be righteous, declare righteous Meaning: to show to be righteous, declare righteous GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1344 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1344 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1344 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1344 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1344, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δικαιόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1344 dikaioō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: free, justify, be righteous. From dikaios; to render (i.e. Show or regard as) just or innocent -- free, justify(-ier), be righteous. see GREEK dikaios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1344: δικαιόωδικαιόω, δικαίῳ; future δικαιώσω; 1 aorist ἐδικαίωσα; passive (present δικαιοῦμαι); perfect δεδικαίωμαι; 1 aorist ἐδικαιωθην; future δικαιωθήσομαι; (δίκαιος); the Sept. for צִדֵּק and הִצְדִּיק; 1. properly, (according to the analogy of other verbs ending in , as τυφλόω, δουλόω) to make δίκαιος; to render righteous or such as he ought to be; (Vulg.justifico); but this meaning is extremely rare, if not altogether doubtful; ἐδικαίωσα τήν καρδίαν μου stands for לְבָבִי זִכִּיתִי in Psalm 72:13 () (unless I have shown my heart to be upright be preferred as the rendering of the Greek there). 2. τινα, to show, exhibit, evince, one to be righteous, such as he is and wishes himself to be considered (Ezekiel 16:51f; τήν ψυχήν αὐτοῦ, Jeremiah 3:11, and, probably, δικαιοῦν δίκαιον, Isaiah 53:11): ἡ σοφία ἐδικαιώθη ἀπό τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς, the wisdom taught and exemplified by John the Baptist, and by Jesus, gained from its disciples (i. e. from their life, character, and deeds) the benefit of being shown to be righteous, i. e. true and divine (cf. Buttmann, 322 (277); others interpret, was acknowledged to be righteous on the part of (nearly, equivalent to, by) her children; cf. Buttmann, 325 (280); see ἀπό, II. 2 d. bb.), Luke 7:35; Matthew 11:19 (here T Tr text WH read ἔργων, i. e. by her works); passive, of Christ: ἐδικαιώθη ἐν πνεύματι, evinced to be righteous as to his spiritual (divine ((?) cf. e. g. Ellicott at the passage or Meyer on Romans 1:4)) nature, 1 Timothy 3:16; of God: ὅπως δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, Romans 3:4 from Psalm 50:6 () (κύριος μόνος δικαιωθήσεται, Sir. 18:2); passive used reflexively, to show oneself righteous: of men, Revelation 22:11 Rec.; (τί δικαιωθῶμεν; Genesis 44:16). 3. τινα, to declare, pronounce, one to be just, righteous, or such as he ought to be, (cf. ὁμοιόω to declare to be like, liken, i. e. compare; ὁσιόω, Wis. 6:11; ἀξιόω, which never means to make worthy, but to judge worthy, to declare worthy, to treat as worthy; see also κοινόω, 2 b.); a. with the negative idea predominant, to declare guiltless one accused or who may be accused, acquitted of a charge or reproach, (Deuteronomy 25:1; Sir. 13:22 (21), etc.; an unjust judge is said δικαιοῦν τόν ἀσεβῆ in Exodus 23:7; Isaiah 5:23): ἑαυτόν, Luke 10:29; passive οὐ δεδικαίωμαι, namely, with God, 1 Corinthians 4:4; pregnantly with ἀπό τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν added, to be declared innocent and therefore to be absolved from the charge of sins (cf. Buttmann, 322 (277)), Acts 13:38 (39) (so ἀπό ἁμαρτίας, Sir. 26:29; simply, to be absolved, namely, from the payment of a vow, Sir. 18:22 (21)); hence, figuratively, by a usage not met with elsewhere, to be freed, ἀπό τῆς ἁμαρτίας, from its dominion, Romans 6:7, where cf. Fritzsche or ((less fully) Meyer). b. with the positive idea predominant, to judge, declare, pronounce, righteous and therefore acceptable, (God is said δικαιοῦν δίκαιον, 1 Kings 8:32): ἑαυτόν, Luke 16:15; ἐδικαίωσαν τόν Θεόν, declared God to be righteous, i. e. by receiving the baptism declared that it had been prescribed by God rightly, Luke 7:29; passive by God, Romans 2:13; ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, got his reputation for righteousness (namely, with his countrymen (but see Meyer (edited by Weiss) at the passage)) by works, Romans 4:2; ἐκ τῶν λόγων, by thy words, in contrast with καταδικάζεσθαι, namely, by God, Matthew 12:37. Especially is it so used, in the technical phraseology of Paul, respecting God who judges and declares such men as put faith in Christ to be righteous and acceptable to him, and accordingly fit to receive the pardon of their sins and eternal life (see δικαιοσύνη, 1 c.): thus absolutely, δικαιοῦν τινα, Romans 3:26; Romans 4:5; Romans 8:30, 33 (namely, ἡμᾶς, opposed to ἐγκάλειν); with the addition of ἐκ (in consequence of) πίστεως, Romans 3:30; Galatians 3:8; of διά τῆς πίστεως, Romans 3:30; men are said δικαιοῦσθαι, δικαιωθῆναι, τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ, Titus 3:7; δωρεάν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ, Romans 3:24 πίστει, Romans 3:28; ἐκ πίστεως, by means of faith, Romans 5:1; Galatians 2:16; Galatians 3:24; ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ (as the meritorious cause of their acceptance, as the old theologians say, faith being the apprehending or subjective cause), Romans 5:9; ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ καί ἐν τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν, by confessing the name of the Lord (which implies faith in him, Romans 10:10, cf. 2 Corinthians 4:13), and by the Spirit of God (which has awakened faith in the soul), 1 Corinthians 6:11; ἐν Χριστῷ through Christ, Galatians 2:17; Acts 13:39; it is vehemently denied by Paul, that a man δικαιοῦται ἐξ ἔργων νόμου, Galatians 2:16 — with the addition ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, i. e. of God, Romans 3:20, cf. Romans 3:28; Romans 4:2, (see δικαιοσύνην, 1 c. under the end) — a statement which is affirmed by James in f (though he says simply ἐξ ἔργων δικαιοῦται, significantly omitting νόμου); to the same purport Paul denies that a man δικαιοῦται ἐν νόμῳ, in obeying the law, or by keeping it, Galatians 5:4; with the addition, παρά τῷ Θεῷ, in the sight of God, Galatians 3:11. Luke 18:14 teaches that a man δικαιοῦται by deep sorrow for his sins, which so humbles him that he hopes for salvation only from divine grace. The Pauline conceptions of δίκαιος, δικαιοσύνη, δικαιόω, are elucidated especially by Winzer, De vocabulis δίκαιος, etc., in Ep. ad Rom., Lipsius 1831; Usteri, Paulin. Lehrbegriff, p. 86f edition 4 etc.; Neander, Gesch. der Pfianzung as above with ii., p. 567ff et passim, edition 3 (Robinson's translation of edition 4, pp. 382ff, 417ff); Baur, Paulus, p. 572ff ((Zeller's) edition 2, vol. ii 145-183; English translation, vol. ii, p. 134ff); Rauwenhoff Disquisitio etc., Lugd. Bat. 1852; Lipsius, Die paulin. Rechtfertigungslehre, Lpz. 1853; Schmid, Biblical Theologie des N. T., p. 562ff edition 2 (p. 558ff edition 4; English translation, p. 495f); Ernesti, Vom Ursprung der Sunde as above with i., p. 152ff; Messner, Lehre der Apostel, p. 256ff (summary by S. R. Asbury in Bib. Sacr. for 1870, p. 140f); Jul. Kostlin in the Jahrbb. fur deutsche Theol. 1856 fasc. 1, p. 85ff; Wieseler, Commentar u. d. Br. an d. Galater, pp. 176ff (see in Schaff's Lange's Rom., p. 122f); Kahnis, Lutherische Dogmatik, Bd. i., p. 592ff; Philippi, Dogmatik, v. 1, p. 208ff; Weiss, Biblical Theol. des N. T. § 65; Ritschl, Die christl. Lehre v. d. Versohnung u. Rechtf. ii. 318ff; Pfleiderer, Paulinismus, p. 172ff (English translation, vol. i., p. 171ff; but especially Dr. James Morison, Critical Exposition of the Third Chapter of the Epistle to the Romans, pp. 163-198. On the patristic usage see Reithmayr, Galaterbrief, p. 177f; Cremer, Worterbuch, 4te Aufl., p. 285; Suicer, Thesaurus under the word). In classic Greek δικαιόω (Ionic δικαιέω, Herodotus) is: 1. equivalent to δίκαιον νομίζω, to deem right or fair: τί, often followed by the infinitive; to choose what is right and fair, hence, universally, to choose, desire, decide: Herodotus, Sophocles, Thucydides, others. 2. with the accusative of person, τό δίκαιον ποιῶ τινα to do one justice, in a bad sense, viz. to condemn, punish, one: Herodotus, Thucydides, Plato, others; hence, δικαιοῦσθαι, to have justice done oneself, to suffer justice, be treated rightly, opposed to ἀδικεῖσθαι, Aristotle, eth. Nic. 5, 9, 11, p. 1136{a}, 18ff (In like manner the German rechtfertigen in its early forensic use bore a bad sense, viz. to try judicially (so for ἀνακρίνειν, Acts 12:19 Luther), then condemn; execute judgment, especially put to death.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δικαίωμα Transliteration: dikaiōma Phonetic Spelling: dik-ah'-yo-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: an ordinance, a sentence of acquittal or condemnation, a righteous deed Meaning: an ordinance, a sentence of acquittal or condemnation, a righteous deed GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1345 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1345 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1345 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1345 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1345, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δικαίωμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1345 dikaiōma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: judgment, justification, ordinance From dikaioo; an equitable deed; by implication, a statute or decision -- judgment, justification, ordinance, righteousness. see GREEK dikaioo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1345: δικαίωμαδικαίωμα, δικαιώματος, τό (from δικαιόω; ὁ δεδικαίωται or τό δεδικαιωμενον), the Sept. very often for חֹק, חֻקָה, and מִשְׁפָּט; for מִצְוָה, Deuteronomy 30:16; 1 Kings 2:3; plural occasionally for פִּקּוּדִים; 1. that which has been deemed right so as to have the force of law; a. what has been established and ordained by law, an ordinance: universally, of an appointment of God having the force of law, Romans 1:32; plural used of the divine precepts of the Mosaic law: τοῦ κυρίου, Luke 1:6; τοῦ νόμου, Romans 2:26; τό δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου, collectively, of the (moral) precepts of the same law, Romans 8:4; δικαιώματα λατρείας, precepts concerning the public worship of God, Hebrews 9:1; δικαιώματα σαρκός, laws respecting bodily purity ((?) cf. Hebrews 7:16), Hebrews 9:10. b. a judicial decision, sentence; of God — either the favorable judgment by which he acquits men and declares them acceptable to him, Romans 5:16; or unfavorable: sentence of condemnation, Revelation 15:4, (punishment, Plato, legg. 9, 864 e.). 2. a righteous act or deed: τά δικαιώματα τῶν ἁγίων, Revelation 19:8 (τῶν πατέρων, Baruch 2:19); ἑνός δικαίωμα, the righteous act of one (Christ) in his giving himself up to death, opposed to the first sin of Adam, Romans 5:18 (Aristotle, eth. Nic. 5, 7, 7, p. 1135{a}, 12f καλεῖται δέ μᾶλλον δικαιοπράγημα τό κοινόν, δικαίωμα δέ τό ἐπανόρθωμα τοῦ ἀδικηματος (cf. rhet. 1, 13, 1 and Cope's note on 1, 3, 9)). (Cf. references in δικαιόω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δικαίως Transliteration: dikaiōs Phonetic Spelling: dik-ah'-yoce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: righteously, justly Meaning: righteously, justly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1346 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1346 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1346 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1346 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1346, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δικαίως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1346 dikaiōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: justly, righteously. Adverb from dikaios; equitably -- justly, (to) righteously(-ness). see GREEK dikaios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1346: δικαίωςδικαίως, adverb (from Homer down); 1. justly, agreeably to right: κρίνειν (see δίκαιος, 2), 1 Peter 2:23; to suffer, Luke 23:41. 2. properly, as is right: 1 Corinthians 15: 3. uprightly, agreeably to the law of rectitude: 1 Thessalonians 2:10 (ὁσίως καί δικαίως, as Plato, rep. 1, p. 331 a. (cf. Trench, § 88, p. 328)); Titus 2:12. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δικαίωσις Transliteration: dikaiōsis Phonetic Spelling: dik-ah'-yo-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the act of pronouncing righteous, acquittal Meaning: the act of pronouncing righteous, acquittal GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1347 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1347 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1347 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1347 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1347, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δικαίωσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1347 dikaiōsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: justification. From dikaioo; aquittal (for Christ's sake) -- justification. see GREEK dikaioo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1347: δικαίωσιςδικαίωσις, δικαιωσεως, ἡ (from δικαιόω, equivalent to τό δικαιοῦν, the act τοῦ δικαιουντος; in extra-biblical writings from Thucydides on, the justification or defense of a cause; sentence of condemnation; judgment in reference to what is just), the act of God's declaring men free from guilt and acceptable to him; adjudging to be righteous, (A. V. justification): διά τήν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν, because God wished to declare us righteous Romans 4:25; εἰς δικαίωσιν ζωῆς, unto acquittal, which brings with it the bestowment of life, Romans 5:18. (Cf. references in δικαιόω). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δικαστής Transliteration: dikastēs Phonetic Spelling: dik-as-tace' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a judge Meaning: a judge GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1348 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1348 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1348 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1348 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1348, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δικαστής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1348 dikastēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: judge. From a derivative of dike; a judger -- judge. see GREEK dike Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1348: δικαστήςδικαστής, δικαστοῦ, ὁ (δικάζω), a judge, arbitrator, umpire: Luke 12:14 (here critical texts κριτήν); Acts 7:27 (from Exodus 2:14); Acts 7:35. (the Sept. for שֹׁפֵט; in Greek writings (Aeschylus and) Herodotus on.) [SYNONYMS: δικαστής, κριτής: according to etymol. and classic usage δικαστής is the more dignified and official term; κριτής gives prominence to the mental process, whether the 'judge' be a magistrate or not. Schmidt, chapter 18, 6.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δίκη Transliteration: dikē Phonetic Spelling: dee'-kay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: right (as self-evident), justice (the principle, a decision or its execution) Meaning: right (as self-evident), justice (the principle, a decision or its execution) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1349 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1349 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1349 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1349 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1349, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δίκη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1349 dikē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: penalty, punishmentProbably from deiknuo; right (as self-evident), i.e. Justice (the principle, a decision, or its execution) -- judgment, punish, vengeance. see GREEK deiknuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1349: δίκηδίκη, δίκης, ἡ (allied with δεικηυμι, Curtius, § 14), from Homer down; 1. custom, usage, (cf. Schmidt, chapter 18, 4 cf. 3). 2. right, justice. 3. a suit at law. 4. a judicial hearing, judicial decision, especially a sentence of condemnation; so in Acts 25:15 (L T Tr WH καταδίκην). 5. execution of the sentence, punishment, (Wis. 18:11; 2 Macc. 8:11): δίκην ὑπέχειν, Jude 1:7; δίκην (Sophocles El. 298; Aj. 113; Euripides, Or. 7), to suffer punishment, 2 Thessalonians 1:9. 6. the goddess Justice, avenging justice: Acts 28:4, as in Greek writings often from Hesiod theog. 902 on; (of the avenging justice of God, personified, Wis. 1:8, etc.; cf. Grimm at the passage and commentary on 4 Macc., p. 318, (he cites 4 Macc. 4:13, 21; 8:13, 21; 9:9; 11:3; 12:12; 18:22; Philo adv. Flacc. § 18; Eusebius, h. e. 2, 6, 8)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δίκτυον Transliteration: diktyon Phonetic Spelling: dik'-too-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a net Meaning: a net GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1350 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1350 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1350 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1350 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1350, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δίκτυον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1350 diktyon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: net. Probably from a primary verb diko (to cast); a seine (for fishing) -- net. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1350: δίκτυονδίκτυον, δικτύου, τό (perhaps from ΔΙΚΑΙΝ to cast, cf. Etym. Magn. col. 275, 21), a net: Matthew 4:20; Mark 1:18; Luke 5:2, 4-6; John 21:6, 8, 11. (Homer and following.) [SYNONYMS: δίκτυον, ἀμφίβληστρον, σαγήνη: δίκτυον seems to be the general name for nets of all kinds; whereas ἀμφίβληστρον and σαγήνη designate specifically nets for fishing: — the former a casting-net, generally pear-shaped; the latter a seine or drag-net. Cf. Trench, § lxiv.; B. D. under the word .] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δίλογος Transliteration: dilogos Phonetic Spelling: dil'-og-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: given to repetition, double-tongued Meaning: given to repetition, double-tongued GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1351 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1351 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1351 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1351 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1351, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δίλογος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1351 dilogos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: double-tongued. From dis and logos; equivocal, i.e. Telling a different story -- double-tongued. see GREEK dis see GREEK logos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1351: δίλογοςδίλογος, διλογον (δίς and λέγω); 1. saying the same thing twice, repeating: Pollux 2, 118, p. 212, Hemst. edition; whence διλόγειν and διλογία, Xenophon, de re equ. 8, 2. 2. double-tongued, double in speech, saying one thing with one person, another with another (with intent to deceive): 1 Timothy 3:8. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διό Transliteration: dio Phonetic Spelling: dee-o' Part of Speech: Conjunction Short Definition: wherefore, on which account Meaning: wherefore, on which account GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1352 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1352 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1352 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1352 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1352, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διό [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1352 dio 🕊 Strong's Concordance: for this reason, therefore, wherefore. From dia and hos; through which thing, i.e. Consequently -- for which cause, therefore, wherefore. see GREEK dia see GREEK hos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1352: διόδιό, conjunction equivalent to δἰ ὁ (from Thucydides and Plato down), wherefore, on which account: Matthew 27:8; Luke 1:35; Luke 7:7; Acts 10:29; Romans 1:24; Romans 2:1; 1 Corinthians 12:3; 2 Corinthians 6:17; Hebrews 3:7; James 1:21; 1 Peter 1:13, and often. (Cf. Winers Grammar, 445 (414); Buttmann, 233 (200); on Paul's use, see Ellicott on Galatians 4:31.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διοδεύω Transliteration: diodeuō Phonetic Spelling: dee-od-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to travel through Meaning: to travel through GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1353 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1353 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1353 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1353 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1353, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διοδεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1353 diodeuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: go throughout, pass through. From dia and hodeuo; to travel through -- go throughout, pass through. see GREEK dia see GREEK hodeuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1353: διοδεύωδιοδεύω: imperfect διωδευον; (1 aorist διώδευσα); 1. to pass or travel through: τόπον τινα, Acts 17:1; (the Sept., Polybius, Plutarch, others). 2. to travel hither and thither, go about: with κατά πόλιν καί κώμην added, through city and village, Luke 8:1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Διονύσιος Transliteration: Dionysios Phonetic Spelling: dee-on-oo'-see-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Dionysius, an Athenian Meaning: Dionysius -- an Athenian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1354 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1354 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1354 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1354 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1354, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Διονύσιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1354 Dionysios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Dionysius. From Dionusos (Bacchus); reveller; Dionysius, an Athenian -- Dionysius. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1354: ΔιονύσιοςΔιονύσιος, Διονψσιου, ὁ, Dionysius, an Athenian, a member of the Areopagus, converted to Christianity by Paul's instrumentality: Acts 17:34. (Cf. B. D., under the word.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διόπερ Transliteration: dioper Phonetic Spelling: dee-op'-er Part of Speech: Conjunction Short Definition: for which very reason Meaning: for which very reason GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1355 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1355 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1355 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1355 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1355, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διόπερ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1355 dioper 🕊 Strong's Concordance: for this reason, therefore, wherefore. From dio and per; on which very account -- wherefore. see GREEK dio see GREEK per Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1355: διόπερδιόπερ, conjunction (from διό and the enclitic particle περ (which see)) (from Thucydides down); on which very account (A. V. wherefore): 1 Corinthians 8:13 (Treg. διό περ); where L T Tr WH διό. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διοπετής Transliteration: diopetēs Phonetic Spelling: dee-op-et'-ace Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: fallen from heaven Meaning: fallen from heaven GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1356 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1356 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1356 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1356 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1356, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διοπετής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1356 diopetēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: which fell down from Jupiter. From the alternate of Zeus and the alternate of pipto; sky-fallen (i.e. An aerolite) -- which fell down from Jupiter. see GREEK Zeus see GREEK pipto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1356: διοπετήςδιοπετής, διοπετες (from Διός of Zeus, and πέτω for πίπτω; in secular writings also Διιπετής), fallen from Zeus, i. e. from heaven: τό διοπετες, namely, ἄγαλμα (which is expressed in Euripides, Iph. T. 977; Herodian, 1, 11, 2 (1, Bekker edition; cf. Winer's Grammar, 234 (219); 592 (551)), an image of the Ephesian Artemis which was supposed to have fallen from heaven, Acts 19:35; (cf. Meyer at the passage; Farrar, St. Paul, 2:13f). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διόρθωσις Transliteration: diorthōsis Phonetic Spelling: dee-or'-tho-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a correction, a reform Meaning: a correction, a reform GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1357 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1357 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1357 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1357 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1357, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διόρθωσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1357 diorthōsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: reformation. From a compound of dia and a derivative of orthos, meaning to straighten thoroughly; rectification, i.e. (specially) the Messianic restauration -- reformation. see GREEK dia see GREEK orthos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1357: διόρθωμαδιόρθωμα, διορθωματος, τό (from διορθόω, to set right); correction, amendment, reform: Acts 24:2-3L T Tr WH for R G κατορθωμάτων. (Hippocrates, Aristotle, Polybius 3, 13; Plutarch, Numbers 17; (Diogenes Laërtius 10, 121; (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 250f).) STRONGS NT 1357: διόρθωσιςδιόρθωσις, διορθώσεως, ἡ (from διορθόω); 1. properly, in a physical sense, a making straight, restoring to its natural and normal condition something which in some way protrudes or has got out of line, as (in Hippocrates) broken or misshapen limbs. 2. of acts and institutions, reformation: καιρός διορθώσεως a season of reformation, or the perfecting of things, referring to the times of the Messiah, Hebrews 9:10. (Aristotle, Pol. 3, 1, 4 (p. 1275{b}, 13); νόμου, de mund. 6, p. 400{b}, 29; (cf. Josephus, contra Apion 2, 20, 2); Polybius 3, 118, 12 τῶν πολιτευματων, Diodorus 1, 75 τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, Josephus, Antiquities 2, 4, 4; b. j. 1, 20, 1; others; (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 250f).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διορύσσω Transliteration: dioryssō Phonetic Spelling: dee-or-oos'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to dig through (as of breaking into a house) Meaning: to dig through (as of breaking into a house) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1358 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1358 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1358 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1358 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1358, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διορύσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1358 dioryssō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: break through. From dia and orusso; to penetrate burglariously -- break through (up). see GREEK dia see GREEK orusso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1358: διορύσσωδιορύσσω; passive, 1 aorist infinitive διορυχθῆναι (Matthew 24:43 T Tr WH; Luke 12:39 T WH Trmarginal reading); 2 aorist infinitive διορυγῆναι (cf. WHs Appendix, p. 170; from Homer down); to dig through: a house (Xenophon, symp. 4, 30; Job 24:16 the Sept.), Matthew 24:43; Luke 12:39; absolutely, Matthew 6:19f (Winers Grammar, 594 (552); Buttmann, 146 (127)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Διόσκουροι Transliteration: Dioskouroi Phonetic Spelling: dee-os'-koo-roy Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: the Dioscuri, twin sons of Zeus (Castor and Pollux) Meaning: the Dioscuri -- twin sons of Zeus (Castor and Pollux) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1359 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1359 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1359 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1359 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1359, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Διόσκουροι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1359 Dioskouroi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Castor and Pollux. From the alternate of Zeus and a form of the base of korasion; sons of Jupiter, i.e. The twins Dioscuri -- Castor and Pollux. see GREEK Zeus see GREEK korasion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1359: ΔιόσκουροιΔιόσκουροι (Phrynichus prefers the form Διόσκοροι; in earlier Attic the dual τῷ Διοσκόρω was more usual, cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 235), Διοσκορων, οἱ (from Διός of Zeus, and κοῦρος; or κόρος, boy, as κόρη, girl), Dioscuri, the name given to Castor and ((Polydeuces, the Roman)) Pollux, the twin sons of Zeus and Leda, tutelary deities of sailors: Acts 28:11 (R. V. The Twin Brothers; cf. B. D. under the word ). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διότι Transliteration: dioti Phonetic Spelling: dee-ot'-ee Part of Speech: Conjunction Short Definition: on the very account that, because, inasmuch as Meaning: on the very account that, because, inasmuch as GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1360 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1360 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1360 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1360 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1360, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διότι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1360 dioti 🕊 Strong's Concordance: because, for, therefore. From dia and hoti; on the very account that, or inasmuch as -- because (that), for, therefore. see GREEK dia see GREEK hoti Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1360: διότιδιότι, conjunction, equivalent to διά τοῦτο, ὅτι; 1. on this account that, because, (cf. Winer's Grammar, 445 (415)): Luke 2:7; Luke 21:28; Acts (, where R G διό); Rec.; T WH Tr marginal reading; ; 1 Corinthians 15:9; Galatians 2:16 (L T Tr WH ὅτι); Philippians 2:26; 1 Thessalonians 2:8; 1 Thessalonians 4:6; Hebrews 11:5, 23; James 4:3; 1 Peter 1:16, 24; 1 Peter 2:6 (Rec. διά καί). 2. for (cf. Fritzsche on Romans 1:19, vol. i., p. 57f; (per contra Meyer at the passage; Ellicott on Galatians 2:16; (cf. Jebb in Vincent and Dickson, Modern Greek etc. edition 2, Appendix, § 80, 3))): Luke 1:13; Acts 10:20 Rec.; ; Romans 1:19, 21; Romans 3:20; Romans 8:7; (1 Thessalonians 2:18 L T Tr WH for R G διό); (1 Peter 1:16{b} Tdf. From Herodotus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Διοτρεφής Transliteration: Diotrephēs Phonetic Spelling: dee-ot-ref-ace' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: "cherished by Zeus", Diotrephes, an opponent of the apostle John Meaning: Diotrephes -- "cherished by Zeus", Diotrephes, an opponent of the apostle John GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1361 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1361 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1361 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1361 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1361, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Διοτρεφής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1361 Diotrephēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Diotrephes. From the alternate of Zeus and trepho; Jove-nourished; Diotrephes, an opponent of Christianity -- Diotrephes. see GREEK Zeus see GREEK trepho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1361: ΔιοτρέφηςΔιοτρέφης (L WH Διοτρέφης; cf. Chandler §§ 634, 637), ὁ (from Διός and τρέφω, nourished by Zeus, or foster-child of Zeus), Diotrephes, a Christian man, but proud and arrogant: 3 John 1:9f (Cf. B. D. (especially American edition) under the word.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διπλοῦς Transliteration: diplous Phonetic Spelling: dip-looce' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: twofold, double Meaning: twofold, double GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1362 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1362 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1362 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1362 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1362, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διπλοῦς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1362 diplous 🕊 Strong's Concordance: double, two-fold more. From dis and (probably) the base of pleion; two-fold -- double, two-fold more. see GREEK dis see GREEK pleion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1362: διπλωςδιπλως (διπλοῦς), διπλοη (διπλῆ, διπλων, διπλοῦν (from Homer down), twofold, double: 1 Timothy 5:17; Revelation 18:6; διπλοτερος (a comparitive found also in Appian. hist. praef. § 10, from the positive form διπλός (Buttmann, 27 (24))) ὑμῶν, twofold more than yourselves, Matthew 23:15 ((cf. Justin Martyr, dialog contra Trypho, 122)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διπλόω Transliteration: diploō Phonetic Spelling: dip-lo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to double Meaning: to double GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1363 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1363 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1363 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1363 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1363, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διπλόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1363 diploō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: double. From diplous; to render two-fold -- double. see GREEK diplous Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1363: διπλόωδιπλόω, διπλῷ: (1 aorist ἐδιπλωσα); (διπλως); to double: διπλώσατε αὐτῇ (only R G) διπλᾶ (τά διπλᾶ T Tr WH brackets), i. e. return to her double, repay in double measure the evils she has brought upon you, Revelation 18:6 (R. V. double unto her the double). (Xenophon, Hell. 6, 5, 19; Plutarch, Cam. 41; (Diogenes Laërtius 6, 22.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δίς Transliteration: dis Phonetic Spelling: dece Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: twice Meaning: twice GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1364 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1364 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1364 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1364 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1364, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δίς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1364 dis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: again, twice. Adverb from duo; twice -- again, twice. see GREEK duo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1364: δίςδίς, adverb (Curtius, § 277; from Homer down), twice: Mark 14:30, 72; δίς τοῦ σαββάτου twice in the week, Luke 18:12; καί ἅπαξ καί δίς (see ἅπαξ, c.), Philippians 4:16; 1 Thessalonians 2:18. In the phrase δίς ἀποθανόντα, Jude 1:12, δίς is not equivalent to completely, absolutely; but the figure is so adjusted to the fact, that men are represented as twice dead in a moral sense, first as not having yet been regenerated, and secondly as having fallen from a state of grace; see ἀποθνῄσκω, I. 4; (but compare the various interpretations as given in (Meyer) Huther or in Schaff's Lange (Fronm.) at the passage In the Babylonian Talmud (Ber. 10 a.) we read, 'Thou art dead here below, and thou shalt have no part in the life to come']. STRONGS NT 1364a: δισμυριάςδισμυριάς, δισμυριαδος, ἡ, twice ten thousand, two myriads: Revelation 9:16 L T (WH δίς μυριάδες), for R G δύο μυριάδες. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διστάζω Transliteration: distazō Phonetic Spelling: dis-tad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: twenty thousand Meaning: twenty thousand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1365 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1365 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1365 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1365 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1365, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διστάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1365 distazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: doubt. From dis; properly, to duplicate, i.e. (mentally) to waver (in opinion) -- doubt. see GREEK dis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1365: διστάζωδιστάζω: 1 aorist ἐδίστασα (δίς); to doubt, waver: Matthew 14:31; Matthew 28:17. (Plato (Sophocles), Aristotle, Plutarch, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δίστομος Transliteration: distomos Phonetic Spelling: dis'-tom-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: double-mouthed, two-edged Meaning: double-mouthed, two-edged GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1366 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1366 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1366 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1366 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1366, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δίστομος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1366 distomos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: with two edges, two-edged. From dis and stoma; double-edged -- with two edges, two-edged. see GREEK dis see GREEK stoma Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1366: δίστομοςδίστομος, δίστομον (δίς and στόμα), having a double mouth, as a river, Polybius 34, 10, 5; (ὁδοί i. e. branching, Sophocles O. C. 900). As στόμα is used of the edge of a sword and of other weapons, so δίστομος has the meaning two-edged: used of a sword in Hebrews 4:12; Revelation 1:16; Revelation 2:12, and according to Schott in ; also Judges 3:16; Proverbs 5:4; Psalm 149:6: Sir. 21:3; ξίφος, Euripides, Hel. 983. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δισχίλιοι Transliteration: dischilioi Phonetic Spelling: dis-khil'-ee-oy Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: two thousand Meaning: two thousand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1367 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1367 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1367 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1367 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1367, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δισχίλιοι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1367 dischilioi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: two thousand. From dis and chilioi; two thousand -- two thousand. see GREEK dis see GREEK chilioi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1367: δισχίλιοιδισχίλιοι, δισχίλιαι, δισχίλια, two thousand: Mark 5:13. (From Herodotus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διϋλίζω Transliteration: diulizō Phonetic Spelling: dee-oo-lid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to strain thoroughly, strain out Meaning: to strain thoroughly, strain out GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1368 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1368 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1368 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1368 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1368, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διϋλίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1368 diulizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: strain at. From dia and hulizo hoo-lid'-zo (to filter); to strain out -- strain at (probably by misprint). see GREEK dia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1368: διϋλίζωδιϋλίζω (R G T Tr διϋλίζω (see Upsilon)); (ὑλίζω to defecate, cleanse from dregs or filth); to filter through, strain thoroughly, pour through a filter: τόν κώνωπα, to rid wine of a gnat by filtering, strain out, Matthew 23:24. (Amos 6:6 διυλισμενος οἶνος, Artemidorus Daldianus, oneir. 4, 48 ἔδοξαν διυλίζειν πρότερον τόν οἶνον, Diosor. 2, 86 διά ῤάκους λινου διυλισθεν (et passim; Plutarch, quaest. conviv. 6, 7, 1, 5); Archyt. quoted in Stab. floril. i., p. 13, 40 metaphorically, Θεός εἰλικρινῆ καί διυλισμεναν ἔχει τήν Ἀρέταν.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διχάζω Transliteration: dichazō Phonetic Spelling: dee-khad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cause a separation, separate, alienate Meaning: to cause a separation, separate, alienate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1369 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1369 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1369 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1369 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1369, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διχάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1369 dichazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: set at variance, alienateFrom a derivative of dis; to make apart, i.e. Sunder (figuratively, alienate) -- set at variance. see GREEK dis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1369: διχάζωδιχάζω: 1 aorist infinitive διχάσαι; (δίχα); to cut into two parts, cleave asunder, dissever: Plato, polit., p. 264 d.; metaphorically, διχάζω τινα κατά τίνος, to set one at variance with (literally, against) another: Matthew 10:35. (Cf. Fischer, De vitiis lexamples etc., p. 334f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διχοστασία Transliteration: dichostasia Phonetic Spelling: dee-khos-tas-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: standing apart, dissension Meaning: standing apart, dissension GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1370 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1370 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1370 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1370 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1370, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διχοστασία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1370 dichostasia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: division, sedition. From a derivative of dis and stasis; disunion, i.e. (figuratively) dissension -- division, sedition. see GREEK dis see GREEK stasis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1370: διχοστασίαδιχοστασία, διχοστασίας, ἡ (διχοστατέωto stand apart), dissension, division; plural: Romans 16:17; 1 Corinthians 3:3 (Rec.); Galatians 5:20. (Occasionally in Greek writings from Solon in Demosthenes, p. 423, 4 and Herodotus 5, 75 on; (1 Macc. 3:29).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διχοτομέω Transliteration: dichotomeō Phonetic Spelling: dee-khot-om-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cut in two, cut asunder Meaning: to cut in two, cut asunder GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1371 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1371 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1371 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1371 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1371, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διχοτομέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1371 dichotomeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cut, flog.From a compound of a derivative of dis and a derivative of temno (to cut); to bisect, i.e. (by extension) to flog severely -- cut asunder (in sunder). see GREEK dis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1371: διχοτομέωδιχοτομέω, διχοτόμω: future διχοτομήσω; (διχότομος cutting in two); to cut into two parts (Exodus 29:17): Matthew 24:51; Luke 12:46 — in these passages many suppose reference to be made to that most cruel mode of punishment, in use among the Hebrews (1 Samuel 15:33) and other ancient nations (see Winers RWB under the word Lebensstrafen; (B. D. under the word , III. b. 3; especially Wetstein on Matthew, the passage cited)), by which criminals and captives were cut in two. But in the text the words which follow, and which imply that the one thus 'cut asunder' is still surviving, oppose this interpretation; so that here the word is more fitly translated cut up by scourging, scourge severely, (but see Meyer on Matthew, the passage cited). (Occasionally in Greek writings from Plato down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διψάω Transliteration: dipsaō Phonetic Spelling: dip-sah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to thirst Meaning: to thirst GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1372 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1372 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1372 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1372 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1372, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διψάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1372 dipsaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be thirsty. From a variation of dipsos; to thirst for (literally or figuratively) -- (be, be a-)thirst(-y). see GREEK dipsos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1372: διψάωδιψάω, διψῶ, subjunctive present 3 person singular δίψα (John 7:37 Romans 12:20; often so from the Maced. age on for the Attic δίψῃ, cf. Winers Grammar, § 13, 3 b.; (Buttmann, 44 (38)); Lob. ad Phryn., p. 61); future διψήσω; 1 aorist ἐδίψησα; (δίψα, thirst); (from Homer down); to thirst; 1. absolutely, to suffer thirst; suffer from thirst: properly, Matthew 25:35, 37, 42, 44; John 4:15; John 19:28; Romans 12:20; 1 Corinthians 4:11; figuratively, those are said to thirst who painfully feel their want of, and eagerly long for, those things by which the soul is refreshed, supported, strengthened: John 4:13; John 6:35; John 7:37; Revelation 7:16; Revelation 21:6; Revelation 22:17; (Sir. 24:21 (); ). 2. with an accusative of the thing desired: τήν δικαιοσύνην, Matthew 5:6, (Psalm 62:2 () in the better Greek writings with the genitive; cf. Winers Grammar, § 30, 10 b.; (Buttmann, 147 (129)); ἐλευθερίας, Plato, rep. 8, p. 562 c.; τιμῆς, Plutarch, Cat. maj. 11; others; cf. Winer's Grammar, 17). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δίψος Transliteration: dipsos Phonetic Spelling: dip'-sos Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: thirst Meaning: thirst GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1373 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1373 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1373 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1373 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1373, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δίψος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1373 dipsos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: thirst. Of uncertain affinity; thirst -- thirst. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1373: δίψοςδίψος, διψηος (δίψους), τό, thirst: 2 Corinthians 11:27. (From Thucydides down, for the older δίψα.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δίψυχος Transliteration: dipsychos Phonetic Spelling: dip'-soo-khos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of two minds, wavering Meaning: of two minds, wavering GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1374 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1374 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1374 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1374 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1374, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δίψυχος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1374 dipsychos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: double minded. From dis and psuche; two-spirited, i.e. Vacillating (in opinion or purpose) -- double minded. see GREEK dis see GREEK psuche Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1374: δίψυχοςδίψυχος, διψυχον (δίς and ψυχή), double-minded; a. wavering, uncertain, doubting: James 1:8 (οἱ δίψυχοι καί οἱ δισταζοντες περί τῆς τοῦ θοῦ δυνάμεως, Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 11, 2 [ET]; ταλαίπωροι εἰσιν οἱ δίψυχοι, οἱ δισταζοντες τήν ψυχήν (others τῇ ψυχή), ibid. 23, 3 [ET]; μή γίνου δίψυχος ἐν προσευχή σου, εἰ ἔσται ἤ οὐ, Apostolic Constitutions 7, 11; μή γίνου δίψυχος ἐν προσευχή σου, μακάριος γάρ ὁ μή διστασας, Ignatius ad. Heron. 7; (cf. references in Muller's note on the Epistle of Barnabas, 19, 5 [ET])). b. divided in interest namely, between God and the world: James 4:8. Not found in secular writings. (Philo, fragment 2:663). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διωγμός Transliteration: diōgmos Phonetic Spelling: dee-ogue-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: persecution Meaning: persecution GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1375 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1375 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1375 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1375 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1375, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διωγμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1375 diōgmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: persecution. From dioko; persecution -- persecution. see GREEK dioko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1375: διωγμόςδιωγμός, διωγμοῦ, ὁ (διώκω), persecution: Matthew 13:21; Mark 4:17; Mark 10:30; Acts 8:1; Acts 13:50; Romans 8:35; plural, 2 Corinthians 12:10; 2 Thessalonians 1:4; 2 Timothy 3:11 (from Aeschylus down). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διώκτης Transliteration: diōktēs Phonetic Spelling: dee-oke'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a persecutor Meaning: a persecutor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1376 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1376 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1376 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1376 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1376, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διώκτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1376 diōktēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: persecutor. From dioko; a persecutor -- persecutor. see GREEK dioko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1376: διώκτηςδιώκτης, διωκτου, ὁ (διώκω), a persecutor: 1 Timothy 1:13. Not found in secular writings. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: διώκω Transliteration: diōkō Phonetic Spelling: dee-o'-ko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to put to flight, pursue, by implication to persecute Meaning: to put to flight, pursue, by implication to persecute GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1377 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1377 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1377 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1377 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1377, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/διώκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1377 diōkō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ensue, follow after, persecute, suffer persecution. A prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb dio (to flee; compare the base of deilos and diakonos); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute -- ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward. see GREEK deilos see GREEK diakonos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1377: διώκωδιώκω; imperfect ἐδίωκον; future διώξω (Matthew 23:34; Luke 21:12; John 15:20; 2 Samuel 22:38; Wis. 19:2; a rarer form for the more common Attic διώξομαι, cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr: 2:154; Winers Grammar, 84 (80); (Buttmann, 53 (46); especially Veitch, under the word; Rutherford, New Phryn., p. 377)); 1 aorist ἐδίωξα; passive (present διώκομαι); perfect participle δεδιωγμενος; 1 future διωχθήσομαι; (from δίω, to flee); the Sept. commonly for רָדַף; 1. to make to run or flee, put to flight, drive away: (τινα) ἀπό πόλεως εἰς πόλιν, Matthew 23:34, cf. 10:23 Griesbach 2. to run swiftly in order to catch some person or thing, to run after; absolutely (Homer, Iliad 23, 344; Sophocles El. 738, etc.; διώκειν δρόμῳ, Xenophon, an. 6, 5, 25; cf. 7, 2, 20), to press on: figuratively, of one who in a race runs swiftly to reach the goal, Philippians 3:12 (where distinguished from καταλαμβάνειν (cf. Herodotus 9, 58; Lucian, Hermot. 77)), Philippians 3:14. to pursue (in a hostile manner): τινα, Acts 26:11; Revelation 12:13. 3. Hence, in any way whatever to harass, trouble, molest one; to persecute, (cf. Latinpersequor, German verfolgen): Matthew 5:10-12, 44; Matthew 10:23; Luke 21:12; ( WH Tr marginal reading); John 5:16; John 15:20; Acts 7:52; Acts 9:4; Acts 22:4, 7; Acts 26:14; Romans 12:14; 1 Corinthians 4:12; 1 Corinthians 15:9; 2 Corinthians 4:9; Galatians 1:13, 23; Galatians 4:29; Galatians 5:11; Philippians 3:6; 2 Timothy 3:12; passive with a dative denoting the cause, to be maltreated, suffer persecution on account of something, Galatians 6:12 (here L marginal reading T read διωκονται (others, διώκωνται), see WHs Appendix, p. 169; on the dative see Winers Grammar, § 31, 6 c.; Buttmann, 186 (161)). 4. without the idea of hostility, to run after, follow after: someone, Luke 17:23. 5. metaphorically, with the accusative of thing, to pursue i. e. to seek after eagerly, earnestly endeavor to acquire: Romans 9:30 (distinguished here from καταλαμβάνειν); 1 Timothy 6:11; 2 Timothy 2:22 (in both passages opposed to φεύγειν); νόμον δικαιοσύνης, Romans 9:31 (Proverbs 15:9; τό δίκαιον, Deuteronomy 16:20; Sir. 27:8, where distinguished from καταλαμβάνειν); τήν φιλοξενίαν, Romans 12:13; τά τῆς εἰρήνης, Romans 14:19 (here L marginal reading Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading T read διώκομεν (for the διώκωμεν of others), see (WH's Appendix, p. 169); τήν ἀγάπην, 1 Corinthians 14:1; τό ἀγαθόν, 1 Thessalonians 5:15; εἰρήνην, Hebrews 12:14; 1 Peter 3:11 (here joined with ζητεῖν τί); times without number in Greek writings (from Homer, Iliad 17, 75 διώκειν ἀκιχητα on; as τιμάς, ἀρετήν, τά καλά (cf. Winer's Grammar, 30.)). (Compare: ἐκδιώκω, καταδιώκω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δόγμα Transliteration: dogma Phonetic Spelling: dog'-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: an opinion, (a public) decree Meaning: an opinion, (a public) decree GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1378 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1378 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1378 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1378 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1378, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δόγμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1378 dogma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: decree, ordinance. From the base of dokeo; a law (civil, ceremonial or ecclesiastical) -- decree, ordinance. see GREEK dokeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1378: δόγμαδόγμα, δογματος, τό (from δοκέω, and equivalent to τό δεδογμενον), an opinion, a judgment (Plato, others), doctrine, decree, ordinance; 1. of public decrees (as τῆς πόλεως, Plato, legg. 1, p. 644 d.; of the Roman Senate (Polybius 6, 13, 2); Herodian, 7, 10, 8 (5, Bekker edition)): of rulers, Luke 2:1; Acts 17:7; Hebrews 11:23 Lachmann (Theod. in Daniel 2:13; Daniel 3:10; Daniel 4:3; Daniel 6:13, etc. — where the Sept. uses other words). 2. of the rules and requirements of the law of Moses, 3Macc. 1:3; διατήρησις τῶν ἁγίων δογμάτων, Philo, alleg. legg. i., § 16; carrying a suggestion of severity, and of threatened punishment, τόν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δογμασι, the law containing precepts in the form of decrees (A. V. the law of commandments contained in ordinances), Ephesians 2:15; τό καθ' ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον τοῖς δογμασι equivalent to τό τοῖς δογμασι (dative of instrument) by ὄν καθ' ἡμῶν, the bond against us by its decrees, Colossians 2:14; cf. Winers Grammar, § 31, 10 Note 1 (Buttmann, 92 (80); on both passages see Lightfoot on Colossians, the passage cited). 3. of certain decrees of the apostles relative to right living: Acts 16:4. (Of all the precepts of the Christian religion: βεβαιωθῆναι ἐν τοῖς δόγμασιν τοῦ κυρίου καί τῶν ἀποστόλων, Ignatius ad Magnes. 13, 1 [ET]; of the precepts (`sentences' or tenets) of philosophers, in the later secular writings: Cicero, acad. 2, 9, 27de suis decretis, quae philosophi vocant dogmata.) (On the use of the word in general, see Lightfoot as above; (cf. 'Teaching' etc. 11, 3 [ET]).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δογματίζω Transliteration: dogmatizō Phonetic Spelling: dog-mat-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to decree, to subject oneself to an ordinance Meaning: to decree, to subject oneself to an ordinance GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1379 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1379 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1379 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1379 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1379, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δογματίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1379 dogmatizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be subject to ordinances. From dogma; to prescribe by statute, i.e. (reflexively) to submit to, ceremonially rule -- be subject to ordinances. see GREEK dogma Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1379: δογματίζωδογματίζω: to decree, command, enjoin, lay down an ordinance: Diodorus 4, 83, etc.; Esther 3:9; 2 Macc. 10:8 (etc.); the Sept. (not Theod.) Daniel 2:13; passive (present δογματίζομαι); ordinances are imposed upon me, I suffer ordinances to be imposed upon me: Colossians 2:20 (R. V. do ye subject yourselves to ordinances; 150, Winers Grammar, § 39, 1 a.; Buttmann, 188 (163) Meyer or Lightfoot at the passage). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δοκέω Transliteration: dokeō Phonetic Spelling: dok-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to have an opinion, to seem Meaning: to have an opinion, to seem GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1380 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1380 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1380 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1380 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1380, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δοκέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1380 dokeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be of reputation, seem good, suppose, think. A prolonged form of a primary verb, doko dok'-o (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of deiknuo) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly) -- be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow. see GREEK deiknuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1380: δοκέωδοκέω, δοκῶ; imperfect ἐδόκουν; 1 aorist ἔδοξα; (akin to δέχομαι or δέκομαι, whence δοκός an assumption, opinion (cf. Latindecus, decet, dignus; Curtius, § 15; cf. his Das Verbum, i., pp. 376, 382)); (from Homer down); 1. to be of opinion, think, suppose: followed by an accusative with an infinitive, Mark 6:49 (R G L Tr); 2 Corinthians 11:16; 1 Corinthians 12:23; with an infinitive relating to the same subject as that of δοκέω itself, Luke 8:18 (ὁ δοκεῖ ἔχειν); Luke 24:37 (ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν); John 5:39; John 16:2; Acts 12:9; Acts 27:13; 1 Corinthians 3:18; 1 Corinthians 7:40; 1 Corinthians 8:2; 1 Corinthians 10:12; 1 Corinthians 14:37; Galatians 6:3; Philippians 3:4; James 1:26; μή δόξητε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς do not suppose that ye may think, Matthew 3:9; cf. Fritzsche at the passage followed by ὅτι, Matthew 6:7; Matthew 26:53; (Mark 6:49 T WH); Luke 12:51; Luke 13:2, 4; Luke 19:11; John 5:45; John 11:13 ( T Tr WH); ; 1 Corinthians 4:9; 2 Corinthians 12:19; James 4:5, so used that the object is easily understood from the context: Matthew 24:44 (ἡ ὥρα οὐ δοκεῖτε ὁ υἱός τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται); Luke 12:40; Luke 17:9 (R G L brackets Tr marginal reading brackets); forming a parenthesis in the midst of a question: πόσῳ, δοκεῖτε, χείρονος ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας; Hebrews 10:29; (Aristophanes Aeharn. 12 πῶς τουτ' ἐσεισε μου, δοκεῖς, τήν καρδίαν; Anacreon () 40, 15 (i. e., 35 (33), 16) πόσον, δοκεῖς, πονουσιν, ἔρως, ὅσους σύ βαλλεις;). (Synonym: see ἡγέομαι, at the end) 2. intransitive, to seem, be accounted, reputed: Luke 10:36; Luke 22:24; Acts 17:18; Acts 25:27; 1 Corinthians 12:22; 2 Corinthians 10:9; Hebrews 12:11; ἔδοξα ἐμαυτῷ δεῖν πρᾶξαι, I seemed to myself, i. e. I thought, Acts 26:9 (cf. Buttmann, 111 (97)); οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν those that are accounted to rule, who are recognized as rulers, Mark 10:42; οἱ δοκοῦντες εἶναι τί those who are reputed to be somewhat (of importance), and therefore have influence, Galatians 2:6 (9) (Plato, Euthyd., p. 303 c.); simply, οἱ δοκοῦντες those highly esteemed, of repute, looked up to, influential, Galatians 2:2 (often in Greek writings as Euripides, Hec. 295, where cf. Schafer; (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 45, 7)). By way of courtesy, things certain are sometimes said δοκεῖν, as in Hebrews 4:1 (cf. Cicero, offic. 3, 2, 6ut tute tibi defuisse videare); 1 Corinthians 11:16 (but cf. Meyer at the passage); cf. Winer's Grammar, § 65, 7 c. 3. impersonally, δοκεῖ μοι, it seems to me; i. e. a. I think, judge": thus in questions, τί σοι (ὑμῖν) δοκεῖ; Matthew 17:25; Matthew 18:12; Matthew 21:28; Matthew 22:17, 42; Matthew 26:66; John 11:56; κατά τό δοκοῦν αὐτοῖς as seemed good to them, Hebrews 12:10 (Lucian, Tim. § 25, and παρά τό δοκοῦν ἡμῖν, Thucydides 1, 84). b. ἔδοξε μοι it seemed good to, pleased, me; I determined: followed by an infinitive, Luke 1:3; Acts 15:22, 25, 28, 34 Rec.; also often in Greek writings. Compare: εὐδοκέω, συνδοκέω, εὐδοκέω. [SYNONYMS: δοκεῖν 2, φαίνεσθαι: φαίνεσθαι (primarily of luminous bodies) makes reference to the actual external appearance, generally correct but possibly deceptive; δοκεῖν refers to the subjective judgment, which may or may not conform to the fact. Hence, such a combination as δοκεῖ φαίνεσθαι is no pleonasm. Cf. Trench, § lxxx.; Schmidt, chapter 15.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δοκιμάζω Transliteration: dokimazō Phonetic Spelling: dok-im-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to test, by implication to approve Meaning: to test, by implication to approve GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1381 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1381 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1381 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1381 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1381, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δοκιμάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1381 dokimazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: allow, discern, examine, approve, try. From dokimos; to test (literally or figuratively); by implication, to approve -- allow, discern, examine, X like, (ap-)prove, try. see GREEK dokimos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1381: δοκιμάζωδοκιμάζω; (future δοκιμάσω); 1 aorist ἐδοκίμασά; passive, (present δοκιμάζομαι); perfect δεδοκίμασμαι; (δόκιμος); the Sept. chiefly for בָּחַן; as in Greek writings from (Herodotus, Thucydides), Xenophon, and Plato onward, to try; 1. to test, examine, prove, scrutinize (to see whether a thing be genuine or not), as metals: χρυσίον διά πυρός (Isocrates, p. 240 d. (i. e. Panathen. § 14); ad Demon., p. 7 b. (here Bekker βασανίζομεν); the Sept., Proverbs 8:10; Sir. 2:5; Wis. 3:6; ἄργυρον, Proverbs 17:3 (cf. Zechariah 13:9)), 1 Peter 1:7; other things: Luke 12:56; Luke 14:19; 2 Corinthians 8:8; Galatians 6:4; 1 Thessalonians 2:4; 1 Thessalonians 5:21; τά διαφέροντα, Romans 2:18; Philippians 1:10 (others refer these passages to 2; see διαφέρω, 2 b.); men, 1 Timothy 3:10 (in the passive); ἑαυτόν, 1 Corinthians 11:28; 2 Corinthians 13:5 (cf. ἐξετάζειν ἑαυτόν, Xenophon, mem. 2, 5, 1 and 4); Θεόν, Hebrews 3:9 (R G, from Psalm 94:9 (); on the sense of the phrase see πειράζω, 2 d. β.); τά πνεύματα, followed by εἰ whether etc. 1 John 4:1; followed by indirect discourse, Romans 12:2; 1 Corinthians 3:13; Ephesians 5:10. 2. to recognize as genuine after examination, to approve, deem worthy: 1 Corinthians 16:3; τινα σπουδαῖον ὄντα, 2 Corinthians 8:22; ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει for ἐν τούτῳ, ὁ δοκιμάζει in that which he approves, deems right, Romans 14:22; δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπό τοῦ Θεοῦ πιστευθῆναι τό εὐαγγέλιον we have been approved by God to be entrusted with the business of pointing out to men the way of salvation, 1 Thessalonians 2:4; our οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν τόν Θεόν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει they did not think God worthy to be kept in knowledge, Romans 1:28. (On δοκιμάζω (as compared with πειράζω) see Trench, § lxxiv.; Cremer, under the word πειράζω. Compare: ἀποδοκιμάζω.) STRONGS NT 1381a: δοκιμασίαδοκιμασία, δοκιμασίας, ἡ, a proving, putting to the proof: πειράζειν ἐν δοκιμασία to tempt by proving, Hebrews 3:9 L T Tr WH. ((Lysias), Xenophon, Plato, Demosthenes, Polybius, Plutarch, others; λίθος δοκιμασίας, Sir. 6:21.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δοκιμή Transliteration: dokimē Phonetic Spelling: dok-ee-may' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: (the process or result of) trial, proving, approval Meaning: (the process or result of) trial, proving, approval GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1382 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1382 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1382 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1382 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1382, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δοκιμή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1382 dokimē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: experience, proof, trial. From the same as dokimos; test (abstractly or concretely); by implication, trustiness -- experience(-riment), proof, trial. see GREEK dokimos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1382: δοκιμήδοκιμή, δοκιμῆς, ἡ (dokimos];); 1. in an active sense, a proving, trial: θλίψεως, through affliction, 2 Corinthians 8:2. 2. approvedness, tried character: Romans 5:4; 2 Corinthians 2:9; Philippians 2:22; τῆς διακονίας, exhibited in the contribution, 2 Corinthians 9:13. 3. "a proof (objectively], a specimen of (Dioscorides (?) 4, 186 (183); occasionally in ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δοκίμιον Transliteration: dokimion Phonetic Spelling: dok-im'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a testing Meaning: a testing GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1383 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1383 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1383 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1383 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1383, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δοκίμιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1383 dokimion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: trial, trying. Neuter of a presumed derivative of dokime; a testing; by implication, trustworthiness -- trial, trying. see GREEK dokime Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1383: δοκίμιονδοκίμιον, δοκιμιου, τό (dokimee]; 1. equivalent to τό δοκιμάζειν, the proving: τῆς πίστεως, James 1:3. 2. that by which something is tried or proved, a test: Dionysius Halicarnassus ars rhet. 11; γλῶσσα γεύσεως δοκίμιον, Longinus, de sublima. 32, 5; δοκίμιον δέ στρατιωτῶν κάματος, Herodian, 2, 10, 12 (6, Bekker edition); in the Sept. of a crucible or furnace for smelting: Proverbs 27:21; Psalm 11:7 (). 3. equivalent to δοκιμή, 2: ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως, your proved faith, 1 Peter 1:7. This word is treated of fully by Fritzsche in his Praliminarien as above with, pp. 40, 44. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δόκιμος Transliteration: dokimos Phonetic Spelling: dok'-ee-mos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: tested, approved Meaning: tested, approved GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1384 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1384 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1384 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1384 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1384, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δόκιμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1384 dokimos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: approved, tried. From dokeo; properly, acceptable (current after assayal), i.e. Approved -- approved, tried. see GREEK dokeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1384: δόκιμοςδόκιμος, δόκιμον (δέχομαι); from Herodotus down; 1. properly, accepted, particularly of coins and metals, Genesis 23:16; 2 Chronicles 9:17; Lucian, Herm. 68, etc.; hence, universally, proved, tried: in the N. T. one who is of tried faith and integrity (R. V. approved), Romans 16:10 (τόν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ, the approved servant of Christ); 1 Corinthians 11:19; 2 Corinthians 10:18; 2 Corinthians 13:7; 2 Timothy 2:15 (παρισταναι ἑαυτόν δόκιμον τῷ Θεῷ); James 1:12. 2. accepted, equivalent to acceptable, pleasing: εὐάρεστος τῷ Θεῷ καί δόκιμος (L marginal reading δοκιμοις) τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, Romans 14:18. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δοκός Transliteration: dokos Phonetic Spelling: dok-os' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a beam of timber Meaning: a beam of timber GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1385 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1385 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1385 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1385 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1385, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δοκός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1385 dokos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: beam. From dechomai (through the idea of holding up); a stick of timber -- beam. see GREEK dechomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1385: δοκόςδοκός, δοκου, ἡ (from δέκομαι for δέχομαι in so far as it has the idea of bearing (cf. Curtius, § 11)); from Homer down; a beam: Matthew 7:3-5; Luke 6:41f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δόλιος Transliteration: dolios Phonetic Spelling: dol'-ee-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: deceitful Meaning: deceitful GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1386 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1386 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1386 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1386 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1386, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δόλιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1386 dolios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: deceitful. From dolos; guileful -- deceitful. see GREEK dolos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1386: δόλιοςδόλιος, δόλια, δόλιον (δόλος); from Homer on, deceitful: 2 Corinthians 11:13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δολιόω Transliteration: dolioō Phonetic Spelling: dol-ee-o'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to deceive Meaning: to deceive GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1387 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1387 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1387 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1387 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1387, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δολιόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1387 dolioō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: use deceit. From dolios; to be guileful -- use deceit. see GREEK dolios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1387: δολιόωδολιόω: (δόλιος); to deceive, use deceit: in Romans 3:13, from Psalm 5:10, imperfect ἐδολιοῦσαν an Alexandrian form for ἐδολιουν, see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 349; Winers Grammar, § 13, 2 f.; Mullach, p. 16; Buttmann, 43 (37); (cf. ἔχω). (Not found in secular writings; (Numbers 25:18; Psalm 104:25 (). Cf. Winer's Grammar, 26 (25)).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δόλος Transliteration: dolos Phonetic Spelling: dol'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a bait, craft, deceit Meaning: a bait, craft, deceit GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1388 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1388 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1388 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1388 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1388, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δόλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1388 dolos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: craft, deceit, guile, subtilty. From an obsolete primary verb, dello (probably meaning to decoy; compare deleazo); a trick (bait), i.e. (figuratively) wile -- craft, deceit, guile, subtilty. see GREEK deleazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1388: δόλοςδόλος, δόλου, ὁ (from δέλω, to catch with a bait ((?); Latindolus, cf. Curtius, § 271); see δελεάζω above); properly, bait, Homer, Odyssey 12, 252; a lure, snare; hence, craft, deceit, guile: Matthew 26:4; Mark 14:1; Mark 7:22; John 1:47 (48); Acts 13:10; 2 Corinthians 12:16; Romans 1:29; 1 Thessalonians 2:3 (οὐκ ἐστι ἐν δόλῳ, there is no deceit under it); 1 Peter 2:(1), 22, and Revelation 14:5 Rec., after Isaiah 53:9; λαλεῖν δόλον to speak deceitfully (Psalm 33:14 ()), 1 Peter 3:10. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δολόω Transliteration: doloō Phonetic Spelling: dol-o'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to ensnare, to adulterate Meaning: to ensnare, to adulterate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1389 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1389 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1389 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1389 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1389, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δολόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1389 doloō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: handle deceitfully. From dolos; to ensnare, i.e. (figuratively) adulterate -- handle deceitfully. see GREEK dolos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1389: δολόωδολόω, δόλῳ; (δόλος; 1. to ensnare: Hesiod, Herodotus and succeeding writers. 2. to corrupt, (βδελλιον and λίβανον, Dioscor. 1, 80. 81); τόν οἶνον, Lucian, Hermot. 59) τόν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, divine truth by mingling with it wrong notions, 2 Corinthians 4:2. (Cf. Trench, § 62, and see καπηλεύω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δόμα Transliteration: doma Phonetic Spelling: dom'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a gift Meaning: a gift GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1390 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1390 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1390 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1390 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1390, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δόμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1390 doma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: gift. From the base of didomi; a present -- gift. see GREEK didomi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1390: δόμαδόμα, δόματος, τό (δίδωμι), a gift: Matthew 7:11; Luke 11:13; Ephesians 4:8; Philippians 4:17. (Plato, def., p. 415 b.; Plutarch; often in the Sept., chiefly for מַתָּנָה) Cf. Fritzsche on Matthew, p. 291f (who quotes Varro de ling. Latin 1. i., p. 48, Bip. edition "dos erit pecunia si nuptiarum causa data: haec Graece δωτίνη,ita enim hoc Siculi: ab eodem Donum. Nam Graece ut ipsi δῶρον,ut alii δόμα,et ut Attici δόσις."). [SYNONYMS: δόμα, δόσις, δῶρον, δωρεά: δόσις active, a giving; passive, a thing given, cf. medical dose; δῶρον specific present, yet not always gratuitous or wholly unsuggestive of recompense; but δωρεά differs from δῶρον in denoting a gift which is also a gratuity, hence, of the benefactions of a sovereign; a δόσις Θεοῦ is what God confers as possessor of all things; a δωρεά Θεοῦ is an expression of his favor; a δῶρον Θεοῦ is something which becomes the recipient's abiding possession. Philo de cherub. § 25, says: πάνυ ἐκδηλως παριστας (Numbers 28:2), ὅτι τῶν ὄντων τά μέν χάριτος μέσης ἠξίωται, ἤ καλεῖται δόσις, τά δέ ἀμεινονος, ἧς ὄνομα οἰκεῖον δωρεά. Again,de leg. alleg. iii. § 70 (on the same Biblical passage), διατηρήσεις ὅτι δῶρα δομάτων διαφερουσι. Τά μέν γάρ ἐμφασιν μεγέθους τελείων ἀγαθῶν δηλουσιν ... τά δέ εἰς βραχυτατον ἐσταλται κτλ.. Hence, δόμα, δοσος, gift; δωρεά, δῶρον, benefaction, bounty, etc.; yet cf. e. g. Test xii. Patr. test. Zab. § 1ἐγώ εἰμί Ζαβουλών, δόσις ἀγαθή τοῖς γονεῦσι μου, with Genesis 30:20 δεδώρηται ὁ Θεός μοι δῶρον καλόν ... καί ἐκάλεσε τό ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ζαβουλών. Cf. Schmidt, chapter 106.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δόξα Transliteration: doxa Phonetic Spelling: dox'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: opinion (always good in NT), praise, honor, glory Meaning: opinion (always good in New Testament ), praise, honor, glory GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1391 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1391 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1391 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1391 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1391, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δόξα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1391 doxa 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dignity, glory, honor, praise, worship. From the base of dokeo; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective) -- dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship. see GREEK dokeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1391: δόξαδόξα, δόξης, ἡ (δοκέω (from Homer down), the Sept. most frequent for כָּבוד, several times for הוד, הָדָר, etc.; I. opinion, judgment, view: in this sense very often in secular writ; but in the Bible only in 4 Macc. 5:17 (18). II. opinion, estimate, whether good or bad, concerning some one; but (like the Latinexistimatio) in secular writings generally, in the sacred writings always, good opinion concerning one, and as resulting from that, praise, honor, glory: Luke 14:10; Hebrews 3:3; 1 Peter 5:4; opposed to ἀτιμία, 2 Corinthians 6:8; opposed to αἰσχύνη, Philippians 3:19; joined with τιμή, Romans 2:7, 10; 1 Peter 1:7; 2 Peter 1:17; δόξα τίνος, praise or honor coming to someone, Luke 2:32; Ephesians 3:13; coming from some one, John 8:54; John 12:43; τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τοῦ Θεοῦ, John 12:43; Romans 3:23; persons whose excellence is to redound to the glory of others are called their δόξα: thus, ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, 1 Thessalonians 2:20; ἀδελφοί ἡμῶν δόξα Χριστοῦ, 2 Corinthians 8:23. ζητεῖν τήν ἰδίαν δόξαν, or τήν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, John 7:18; John 8:50; of God, to endeavor to promote the glory of God, John 7:18: ζητεῖν δόξαν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, 1 Thessalonians 2:6; τήν δόξαν τήν παρά τοῦ Θεοῦ, John 5:44; λαμβάνειν δόξαν (Latincaptare honorem) to seek to receive, catch at glory, John 5:41, 44; to receive glory, 2 Peter 1:17; Revelation 5:12; τήν δόξαν, the glory due (cf. Winers Grammar, 105f (100f); Buttmann, 88 (77); Ellicott on Galatians 1:5, cf. Buttmann, 89 (78)), Revelation 4:11; διδόναι δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, לַיְהוָה כָּבוד שׂוּם or (Jeremiah 13:16) נָתַן, to give or ascribe glory to God, why and how being evident in each case from the context: thus, by declaring one's gratitude to God for a benefit received, Luke 17:18; by not distrusting God's promises, Romans 4:20; by celebrating his praises, Revelation 4:9; Revelation 11:13; Revelation 14:7; (); (τήν δόξαν, the glory due); by rendering its due honor to God's majesty, Acts 12:23; δός δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, acknowledge that God knows all things, and show that you believe it by the confession you are about to make, John 9:24, cf. 1 Samuel 6:5; Joshua 7:19; Ev. Nicod. c. 14 (p. 622, Thilo edition, 296, Tdf. edition); cf. Grimm on 4 Macc. 1:12. εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ, so as to honor God, to promote his glory (among men): Romans 15:7; 1 Corinthians 10:31; Philippians 1:11; Philippians 2:11; εἰς τήν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, Romans 3:7; 2 Corinthians 4:15; τῷ Θεῷ πρός δόξαν, 2 Corinthians 1:20; πρός τήν τοῦ κυρίου δόξαν, 2 Corinthians 8:19: ὑπέρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ, John 11:4; in doxologies: δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ, Luke 2:14, cf. Luke 19:38; αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα, Romans 11:36; Ephesians 3:21; 2 Peter 3:18; ᾧ ἡ δόξα, Romans 16:27; Galatians 1:5; 2 Timothy 4:18; Hebrews 13:21; τῷ Θεῷ ἡ δόξα, Philippians 4:20; τιμή καί δόξα, 1 Timothy 1:17. (Even in classic Greek δόξα is a word of wide significance, ranging from one's private opinion, fancy, to public opinion, repute, renown (κλέος; cf. the relation of (φήμη to φάναι). Coupled with τιμή it denotes rather the splendid condition (evident glory), τιμή, the estimate and acknowledgment of it (paid honor).) III. As a translation of the Hebrew כָּבוד, in a use foreign to Greek writing (Winers Grammar, 32), splendor, brightness; 1. properly: τοῦ φωτός, Acts 22:11; of the sun, moon, stars, 1 Corinthians 15:40f; used of the heavenly brightness, by which God was conceived of as surrounded, Luke 2:9 Acts 7:55, and by which heavenly beings were surrounded when they appeared on earth, Luke 9:31; Revelation 18:1; with which the face of Moses was once made luminous, 2 Corinthians 3:7, and also Christ in his transfiguration, Luke 9:32; δόξα τοῦ κυρίου, in the Sept. equivalent to יְהוָה כְּבוד, in the Targum and Talmud שְׁכִינָה, Shekinah or Shechinah (see BB. DD. under the word), the glory of the Lord, and simply ἡ δόξα, a bright cloud by which God made manifest to men his presence and power on earth (Exodus 24:17; Exodus 40:28 (34ff), etc.): Romans 9:4; Revelation 15:8; Revelation 21:11, 23; hence, ὁ Θεός τῆς δόξης (God to whom belongs δόξα ὤφθη, Acts 7:2; Χερούβειν δόξης, on whom the divine glory rests (so δόξα, without the article, Exodus 40:28 (34); 1 Samuel 4:22; Sir. 49:8), Hebrews 9:5. 2. magnificence, excellence, preeminence, dignity, grace: βασιλεῖαι τοῦ κόσμου καί ἡ δόξα αὐτῶν, i. e. their resources, wealth, the magnificence and greatness of their cities, their fertile lands, their thronging population, Matthew 4:8; Luke 4:6; ἡ δόξα τῶν βασιλειῶν τῆς γῆς, Revelation 21:(24; τῶν ἐθνῶν, ibid.) Revelation 21:26; used of royal state, splendid apparel, and the like: Matthew 6:29; Luke 12:27 (Esther 5:1; Josephus, Antiquities 8, 6, 5); glorious form and appearance: e. g. of human bodies restored to life, opposed to ἡ ἀτιμία which characterized them when they were buried, 1 Corinthians 15:43; ἡ δόξα τῆς σαρκός "omne id, quod in rebus humanis magnificum dicitur (Calvin), 1 Peter 1:24; εἶναι τίνι δόξα, to be a glory, ornament, to one, 1 Corinthians 11:15; universally, preeminence, excellence: 2 Corinthians 3:8-11. 3. majesty; a. that which belongs to God; and a. the kingly majesty which belongs to him as the supreme ruler; so in passages where it is joined with βασιλεία, δύναμις, κράτος, ἐξουσία, and the like: Matthew 6:13 Rec.; especially in doxologies, 1 Peter 4:11; 1 Peter 5:11 R G; Jude 1:25; Revelation 1:6; these passage I have preferred to distinguish from those cited above, II. at the end, and yet in passages similar to each other in form it is not always clear whether δόξα is used to denote praise and honor, or regal majesty, as in Revelation 7:12 ἡ εὐλογία καί ἡ δοκα καί ἡ σοφία καί ἡ εὐχαριστία καί ἡ τιμή καί ἡ ἰσχύς, Revelation 19:1 ἡ σωτηρία καί ἡ δόξα καί ἡ τιμή καί ἡ δύναμις; likewise in Revelation 5:12 (13). of the judicial majesty of God as exhibited at the last day, Jude 1:24. ἀνήρ εἰκών καί δόξα Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων, whose function of government reflects the majesty of the divine ruler, 1 Corinthians 11:7; (ἡ) γυνή δόξα ἀνδρός, because in her the preeminence and authority of her husband are conspicuous, ibid. β. majesty in the sense of the absolute perfection of the deity: Romans 1:23; 2 Corinthians 4:6; Hebrews 1:3; 2 Peter 1:17; 1 Peter 4:14; ἐν δόξῃ, equivalent to ἐνδόξως, i. e. as accords with his divine perfection, Philippians 4:19 (cf. Meyer and Lightfoot at the passage); of the majesty of his saving grace: Romans 9:23; Ephesians 1:12, 14, 18; Ephesians 3:16; 1 Timothy 1:11; 2 Peter 1:3 (Winer's Grammar, 381 (356)); more fully δόξα τῆς χάριτος. Ephesians 1:6; ὁ πατήρ τῆς δόξης, the Father whose characteristic is majesty, Ephesians 1:17; the majesty of God as exhibited in deeds of power: John 11:40; Romans 6:4 (whence δόξα for עֹז, the Sept. Isaiah 12:2; Isaiah 45:24); hence, τό κράτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ, the might in which His majesty excels, Colossians 1:11. b. majesty which belongs to Christ; and α. the kingly majesty of the Messiah, to which belongs his kingly state, the splendor of His external appearance, the retinue of angels, and the like (see in III. 1): Mark 10:37; in this sense it is said that Christ will come hereafter to set up the Messianic kingdom ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός, clothed by the Father in kingly array, Matthew 16:27; Mark 8:38; Luke 9:26; μετά δυνάμεως καί δόξης πολλῆς, Matthew 24:30; Mark 13:26; Luke 21:27 cf. Matthew 25:31; Titus 2:13; 1 Peter 4:13; also καθίσαι ἐπί θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ, Matthew 19:28; Matthew 25:31, cf. 1 Samuel 2:8; ἡ δόξα τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ, the majesty of his Messianic power with which he will punish his adversaries, 2 Thessalonians 1:9. β. the absolutely perfect inward or personal excellence of Christ: 2 Corinthians 3:18; 2 Corinthians 4:4; in which he excels by virtue of his nature as ὁ θεῖος λόγος, John 1:14; John 12:41; of which majesty he gave tokens in the miracles he performed, John 2:11 cf. John 11:40; ὁ κύριος τῆς δόξης, 1 Corinthians 2:8; James 2:1. γ. "the majesty (glory) of angels, as apparent in their exterior brightness, Luke 9:26; in a wider sense, in which angels are called δόξαι as being spiritual beings of preeminent dignity: Jude 1:8; 2 Peter 2:10. 4. a most glorious condition, most exalted state; a. of that condition with God the Father in heaven to which Christ was raised after he had achieved his work on earth: Luke 24:26; John 17:5 (where he is said to have been in the same condition before his incarnation, and even before the beginning of the world); John 17:22, 24; Hebrews 2:7, 9; 1 Peter 1:11, 21; τό σῶμα τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ, the body in which his glorious condition is manifested, Philippians 3:21; ἀνελήφθη ἐν δόξῃ, was taken np (into heaven) so that he is now ἐν δόξῃ, 1 Timothy 3:16 (cf. Winers Grammar, 413 (385); Buttmann, 328 (283)). b. "the glorious condition of blessedness into which it is appointed and promised that true Christians shall enter after their Saviour's return from heaven": Romans 8:18, 21; Romans 9:23; 2 Corinthians 4:17; Colossians 1:27 (twice; cf. Meyer at the passage); Colossians 3:4; 2 Timothy 2:10; Hebrews 2:10; 1 Peter 5:1; which condition begins to be enjoyed even now through the devout contemplation of the divine majesty of Christ, and its influence upon those who contemplate it, 2 Corinthians 3:18; and this condition will include not only the blessedness of the soul, but also the gain of a more excellent body (1 Corinthians 15:43; Philippians 3:21); cf. Lipsius, Paulin. Rechtfertigungslehre, p. 203ff; ἡ δόξα τοῦ Θεοῦ, which God bestows, Romans 5:2; 1 Thessalonians 2:12; δόξα τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, the same in which Christ rejoices, 2 Thessalonians 2:14 (cf. Romans 8:17 etc.); εἰς δόξαν ἡμῶν, to render us partakers of δόξα, 1 Corinthians 2:7. Cf. Weiss, Biblical Theol. des N. T. § 76 d. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δοξάζω Transliteration: doxazō Phonetic Spelling: dox-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to render or esteem glorious (in a wide application) Meaning: to render or esteem glorious (in a wide application) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1392 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1392 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1392 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1392 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1392, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δοξάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1392 doxazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: glorify, honor, magnify. From doxa; to render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application) -- (make) glorify(-ious), full of (have) glory, honour, magnify. see GREEK doxa Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1392: δοξάζωδοξάζω; (imperfect ἐδόξαζον); future δοξάσω; 1 aorist ἐδόξασα; passive (present δοξάζομαι); perfect δεδόξασμαι; 1 aorist ἐδοξάσθην; (δόξα); Vulg.honorifico, glorifico, clarifico; the Sept. chiefly for כָּבַד, several times for פֵּאֵר (in Exodus 34:29f, 35 δοξάζεσθαι stands for קָרַן, to shine); 1. to think, suppose, be of opinion, (Aeschylus, Sophocles, Xenophon, Plato, Thucydides, and following; nowhere in this sense in the sacred writings). 2. from Polybius (6, 53, 10 δεδοξασμένοι ἐπ' ἀρετή) on to praise, extol, magnify, celebrate: τινα, passive, Matthew 6:2; Luke 4:15; ἑαυτόν, to glorify oneself, John 8:54; Revelation 18:7; τόν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, Acts 13:48; τό ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου, Revelation 15:4; τόν Θεόν, Matthew 5:16; Matthew 9:8; Matthew 15:31; Mark 2:12; Luke 5:25; Luke 7:16; Luke 13:13; Luke 17:15; Luke 18:43; Luke 23:47; Acts 11:18; Acts 21:20 (Rec. κύριον); Romans 15:6, 9 (Winer's Grammar, § 44, 3 b.; 332 (311)); 1 Peter 2:12; 1 Peter 4:14 Rec.; with the addition of ἐπί τίνι, for something, Luke 2:20; Acts 4:21; 2 Corinthians 9:13; ἐν ἐμοί, on account of me (properly, finding in me matter for giving praise (cf. Winer's Grammar, 387f (362f))), Galatians 1:24; ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ, 1 Peter 4:16 L T Tr WH. 3. to honor, do honor to, hold in honor: τήν διακονίαν μου, by the most devoted administration of it endeavoring to convert as many Gentiles as possible to Christ, Romans 11:13; a member of the body, 1 Corinthians 12:26; Θεόν, to worship, Romans 1:21; with the adjunct ἐν τῷ σώματι, by keeping the body pure and sound, 1 Corinthians 6:20; τῷ θανάτῳ, to undergo death for the honor of God, John 21:19. 4. By a use not found in secular writings to make glorious, adorn with lustre, clothe with splendor; a. to impart glory to something, render it excellent: perfect passive δεδόξασμαι, to excel, be preeminent; δεδοξασμένος, excelling, eminent, glorious, 2 Corinthians 3:10; δεδοξασμένῃ χαρά, surpassing i. e. heavenly, joy (A. V. full of glory), 1 Peter 1:8. b. to make renowned, render illustrious, i. e. to cause the dignity and worth of some person or thing to become manifest and acknowledged: τόν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, 2 Thessalonians 3:1 Christ, the Son of God, John 8:54; John 11:4; John 16:14; John 17:10; God the Father, John 13:31; John 14:13; John 15:8; John 17:1, 4; 1 Peter 4:11; τό ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ, John 12:28. c. to exalt to a glorious rank or condition (Isaiah 44:23; Isaiah 55:5, etc.; joined to ὑψοῦν, Isaiah 4:2; Esther 3:1): οὐχ ἑαυτόν ἐδόξασε did not assume to himself the dignity (equivalent to οὐχ ἑαυτῷ τήν τιμήν ἔλαβε, Esther 3:4), the words γενηθῆναι ἀρχιερέα being added epexegetically (Winer's Grammar, § 44, 1), Hebrews 5:5;. of God exalting, or rather restoring, Christ his Son to a state of glory in heaven: John 7:39; John 12:16 (); ; Acts 3:13; (see δόξα, III. 4 a.); of God bringing Christians to a heavenly dignity and condition (see δόξα, III. 4 b.): Romans 8:30. (Compare: ἐνδοξάζω, συνδοξάζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δορκάς Transliteration: Dorkas Phonetic Spelling: dor-kas' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: "gazelle" (an animal with large bright eyes), Dorcas, a Christian woman Meaning: Dorcas -- "gazelle" (an animal with large bright eyes), a Christian woman GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1393 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1393 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1393 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1393 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1393, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δορκάς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1393 Dorkas 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Dorcas. Gazelle; Dorcas, a Christian woman -- Dorcas. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1393: ΔορκάςΔορκάς, δορκάδος, ἡ (properly, a wild she-goat a gazelle, "παρά τό δέρκω, τό βλέπω. Ὀξυδερκες γάρ τό ζοων καί ἐυομματον Etym. Magn. (284, 6)), Dorcas, a certain Christian woman: Acts 9:36, 39; see Ταβιθά. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δόσις Transliteration: dosis Phonetic Spelling: dos'-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the act of giving, a gift Meaning: the act of giving, a gift GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1394 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1394 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1394 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1394 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1394, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δόσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1394 dosis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: gift, giving. From the base of didomi; a giving; by implication, (concretely) a gift -- gift, giving. see GREEK didomi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1394: δόσιςδόσις, δόσεως, ἡ (δίδωμι); 1. a giving (from Herodotus down): λόγος δόσεως καί λήψεως, an account of giving and receiving (i. e. debit and credit accounts; cf. λόγος II. 3), Philippians 4:15; here Paul, by a pleasant euphemism, refers to the pecuniary gifts, which the church bestowing them enters in the account of expenses, but he himself in the account of receipts; cf. Van Hengel at the passage; so δόσις καί λῆψις, of money given and received, Sir. 41:19 Sir. 42:7; (Hermas, mand. 5, 2, 2 [ET]), and plural Epictetus diss. 2, 9, 12. 2. a gift, (from Homer down): James 1:17. (Synonym: see δόμα, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δότης Transliteration: dotēs Phonetic Spelling: dot'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a giver Meaning: a giver GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1395 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1395 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1395 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1395 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1395, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δότης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1395 dotēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: giver. From the base of didomi; a giver -- giver. see GREEK didomi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1395: δότηςδότης, δοτου, ὁ (δίδωμι), for the more usual δοτήρ, a giver, bestower: 2 Corinthians 9:7 from Proverbs 22:8. Not forrod elsewhere. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δουλαγωγέω Transliteration: doulagōgeō Phonetic Spelling: doo-lag-ogue-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to enslave, subdue Meaning: to enslave, subdue GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1396 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1396 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1396 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1396 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1396, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δουλαγωγέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1396 doulagōgeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bring into subjection, enslaveFrom a presumed compound of doulos and ago; to be a slave-driver, i.e. To enslave (figuratively, subdue) -- bring into subjection. see GREEK doulos see GREEK ago Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1396: δουλαγωγέωδουλαγωγέω (Rec.st δουλαγαγέω), δουλαγωγῶ; (δουλαγωγος, cf. παιδαγωγός; to lead away into slavery, claim as one's slave, (Diodorus Siculus 12, 24, and occasionally in other later writings); to make a slave and to treat as a slave, i. e. with severity, to subject to stern and rigid discipline: 1 Corinthians 9:27. Cf. Fischer, De vitiis lexicorum N. T., p. 472f |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δουλεία Transliteration: douleia Phonetic Spelling: doo-li'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: slavery Meaning: slavery GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1397 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1397 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1397 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1397 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1397, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δουλεία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1397 douleia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bondage. From douleuo; slavery (ceremonially or figuratively) -- bondage. see GREEK douleuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1397: δουλείαδουλεία (Tdf. δουλια (see Iota)), δουλείας, ἡ, (δουλεύω); slavery, bondage, the condition of a slave: τῆς φθορᾶς, the bondage which consists in decay (Winers Grammar, § 59, 8 a., cf. Buttmann, 78 (68)), equivalent to the law, the necessity, of perishing, Romans 8:21; used of the slavish sense of fear, devoid alike of buoyancy of spirit and of trust in God, such as is produced by the thought of death, Hebrews 2:15, as well as by the Mosaic law in its votaries, Romans 8:15 (πνεῦμα δουλείας); the Mosaic system is said to cause δουλεία on account of the grievous burdens its precepts impose upon its adherents: Galatians 4:24; Galatians 5:1. (From Pindar down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δουλεύω Transliteration: douleuō Phonetic Spelling: dool-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be a slave, to serve Meaning: to be a slave, to serve GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1398 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1398 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1398 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1398 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1398, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δουλεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1398 douleuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be in bondage, do service. From doulos; to be a slave to (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary) -- be in bondage, (do) serve(-ice). see GREEK doulos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1398: δουλεύωδουλεύω; future δουλεύσω; 1 aorist ἐδούλευσα; perfect δεδούλευκά; (δοῦλος); the Sept. for עָבַד; 1. properly, to be a slave, serve, do service: absolutely, Ephesians 6:7; 1 Timothy 6:2; τίνι Matthew 6:24; Luke 16:13; Romans 9:12; said of nations in subjection to other nations, John 8:33; Acts 7:7; men are said δουλεύειν who bear the yoke of the Mosaic law, Galatians 4:25 (see δουλεία). 2. metaphorically, to obey, submit to; a. in a good sense: absolutely, to yield obedience, Romans 7:6; τίνι, to obey one's commands and render to him the services due, Luke 15:29; God: Matthew 6:24; Luke 16:13; 1 Thessalonians 1:9; κυρίῳ and τῷ κυρίῳ, Acts 20:19; Romans 12:11 (not Rec.st, see below); Ephesians 6:7; Christ: Romans 14:18; Colossians 3:24; νόμῳ Θεοῦ, according to the context, feel myself bound to, Romans 7:25; τοῖς θεοῖς, to worship gods, Galatians 4:8; τῷ καιρῷ (Anth. 9, 441, 6), wisely adapt oneself to, Romans 12:11 Rec.st (see above), cf. Fritzsche at the passage; perform services of kindness and Christian love: ἀλλήλοις, Galatians 5:13; used of those who zealously advance the interests of anything: ὡς πατρί τέκνον σύν ἐμοί ἐδούλευσεν εἰς τό εὐαγγέλιον equivalent to ὡς πατρί τέκνον δουλεύει, ἐμοί ἐδούλευσεν καί οὕτω σύν ἐμοί ἐδούλευσεν, etc. Philippians 2:22 (Winers Grammar, 422 (393); 577 (537)). b. in a bad sense, of those who become slaves to some base power, to yield to, give oneself up to: τῇ ἁμαρτία, Romans 6:6; νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας, Romans 7:25; ἐπιθυμίαις καί ἡδοναῖς, Titus 3:3, (Xenophon, mem. 1, 5, 5; Apology Socrates 16; Plato, Phaedrus, p. 238 e.; Polybius 17, 15, 16; Herodian, 1, 17, 22 (9, Bekker edition)); τῇ κοιλία, Romans 16:18, (γαστρί, Anthol. 11, 410, 4; Xenophon, mem. 1, 6, 8;abdomini servire, Seneca, de benef. 7, 26, 4;ventri obedire, Sall. (Cat. 1:1)); μαμωνᾷ, to devote oneself to getting wealth: Matthew 6:24; Luke 16:13. τοῖς στοιχειοις τοῦ κόσμου, Galatians 4:9. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δούλη Transliteration: doulē Phonetic Spelling: doo'-lay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: female slave, bondmaid Meaning: female slave, bondmaid GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1399 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1399 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1399 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1399 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1399, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δούλη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1399 doulē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: female slave, bondwomanFeminine of doulos; a female slave (involuntarily or voluntarily) -- handmaid(-en). see GREEK doulos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1399: δοῦλοςδοῦλος, δούλη, δοῦλον (derived by most from δέω, to tie, bind; by some from ΔΑΛΩ, to ensnare, capture ((?) others besides; cf. Vanicek, p. 322)); serving, subject to: παρεστήσατε τά μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσία, Romans 6:19. Then substantively, ἡ δούλη, a female slave, bondmaid, handmaid: τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ κυρίου, one who worships God and submits to him, Acts 2:18 (from Joel 2:29 ()); Luke 1:38, 48. ὁ δοῦλος, the Sept. for עֶבֶד; 1. a slave, bondman, man of servile condition; a. properly: opposed to ἐλεύθερος, 1 Corinthians 7:21; 1 Corinthians 12:13; Galatians 3:28; Ephesians 6:8; Colossians 3:11; Revelation 6:15; Revelation 13:16; Revelation 19:18; opposed to κύριος, δεσπότης, οἰκοδεσπότης, Matthew 10:24; Matthew 13:27; Luke 12:46; John 15:15 Ephesians 6:5; Colossians 3:22; Colossians 4:1; 1 Timothy 6:1; Titus 2:9, and very often. b. metaphorically, α. one who gives himself up wholly to another's will, 1 Corinthians 7:23; or dominion, τῆς ἁμαρτίας, John 8:34; Romans 6:17, 20; τῆς φθορᾶς, 2 Peter 2:19, (τῶν ἡδονῶν, Athen. 12, p. 531 c.; τῶν χρημάτων, Plutarch, Pelop c. 3; τοῦ πίνειν, Aelian v. h. 2, 41). β. the δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, are those whose service is used by Christ in extending and advancing his cause among men: used of apostles, Romans 1:1; Galatians 1:10; Philippians 1:1; 2 Timothy 2:24; Titus 1:1; James 1:1; 2 Peter 1:1; of other preachers and teachers of the gospel, Colossians 4:12; 2 Timothy 2:24; Jude 1:1; of the true worshippers of Christ (who is κύριος πάντων, Acts 10:36), Ephesians 6:6. The δοῦλοι τοῦ Θεοῦ, יְהוָה עַבְדֵי, are those whose agency God employs in executing his purposes: used of apostles, Acts 4:29; Acts 16:17; of Moses (Joshua 1:1), Revelation 15:3; of prophets (Jeremiah 7:25; Jeremiah 25:4), Revelation 1:1; Revelation 10:7; Revelation 11:18; of all who obey God's commands, his true worshippers, Luke 2:29; Revelation 2:20; Revelation 7:3; Revelation 19:2, 5; Revelation 22:3, 6; (Psalm 33:23 (); Psalm 68:37 (); Psalm 88:4, 21 ()). γ. δοῦλος τίνος, devoted to another to the disregard of one's own interests: Matthew 20:27; Mark 10:44; strenuously laboring for another's salvation, 2 Corinthians 4:5. 2. a servant, attendant, (of a king): Matthew 18:23, 26ff. (Synonym: see διάκονος.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δοῦλον Transliteration: doulon Phonetic Spelling: doo'-lon Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: slavish, servile Meaning: slavish, servile GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1400 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1400 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1400 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1400 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1400, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δοῦλον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1400 doulon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: servant. Neuter of doulos; subservient -- servant. see GREEK doulos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1400: δοῦλοςδοῦλος, δούλη, δοῦλον (derived by most from δέω, to tie, bind; by some from ΔΑΛΩ, to ensnare, capture ((?) others besides; cf. Vanicek, p. 322)); serving, subject to: παρεστήσατε τά μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσία, Romans 6:19. Then substantively, ἡ δούλη, a female slave, bondmaid, handmaid: τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ κυρίου, one who worships God and submits to him, Acts 2:18 (from Joel 2:29 ()); Luke 1:38, 48. ὁ δοῦλος, the Sept. for עֶבֶד; 1. a slave, bondman, man of servile condition; a. properly: opposed to ἐλεύθερος, 1 Corinthians 7:21; 1 Corinthians 12:13; Galatians 3:28; Ephesians 6:8; Colossians 3:11; Revelation 6:15; Revelation 13:16; Revelation 19:18; opposed to κύριος, δεσπότης, οἰκοδεσπότης, Matthew 10:24; Matthew 13:27; Luke 12:46; John 15:15 Ephesians 6:5; Colossians 3:22; Colossians 4:1; 1 Timothy 6:1; Titus 2:9, and very often. b. metaphorically, α. one who gives himself up wholly to another's will, 1 Corinthians 7:23; or dominion, τῆς ἁμαρτίας, John 8:34; Romans 6:17, 20; τῆς φθορᾶς, 2 Peter 2:19, (τῶν ἡδονῶν, Athen. 12, p. 531 c.; τῶν χρημάτων, Plutarch, Pelop c. 3; τοῦ πίνειν, Aelian v. h. 2, 41). β. the δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, are those whose service is used by Christ in extending and advancing his cause among men: used of apostles, Romans 1:1; Galatians 1:10; Philippians 1:1; 2 Timothy 2:24; Titus 1:1; James 1:1; 2 Peter 1:1; of other preachers and teachers of the gospel, Colossians 4:12; 2 Timothy 2:24; Jude 1:1; of the true worshippers of Christ (who is κύριος πάντων, Acts 10:36), Ephesians 6:6. The δοῦλοι τοῦ Θεοῦ, יְהוָה עַבְדֵי, are those whose agency God employs in executing his purposes: used of apostles, Acts 4:29; Acts 16:17; of Moses (Joshua 1:1), Revelation 15:3; of prophets (Jeremiah 7:25; Jeremiah 25:4), Revelation 1:1; Revelation 10:7; Revelation 11:18; of all who obey God's commands, his true worshippers, Luke 2:29; Revelation 2:20; Revelation 7:3; Revelation 19:2, 5; Revelation 22:3, 6; (Psalm 33:23 (); Psalm 68:37 (); Psalm 88:4, 21 ()). γ. δοῦλος τίνος, devoted to another to the disregard of one's own interests: Matthew 20:27; Mark 10:44; strenuously laboring for another's salvation, 2 Corinthians 4:5. 2. a servant, attendant, (of a king): Matthew 18:23, 26ff. (Synonym: see διάκονος.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δοῦλος Transliteration: doulos Phonetic Spelling: doo'-los Part of Speech: Adjective; Noun, Feminine; Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a slave Meaning: a slave GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1401 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1401 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1401 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1401 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1401, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δοῦλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1401 doulos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bondman, servant, slaveFrom deo; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency) -- bond(-man), servant. see GREEK deo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1401: δοῦλοςδοῦλος, δούλη, δοῦλον (derived by most from δέω, to tie, bind; by some from ΔΑΛΩ, to ensnare, capture ((?) others besides; cf. Vanicek, p. 322)); serving, subject to: παρεστήσατε τά μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσία, Romans 6:19. Then substantively, ἡ δούλη, a female slave, bondmaid, handmaid: τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ κυρίου, one who worships God and submits to him, Acts 2:18 (from Joel 2:29 ()); Luke 1:38, 48. ὁ δοῦλος, the Sept. for עֶבֶד; 1. a slave, bondman, man of servile condition; a. properly: opposed to ἐλεύθερος, 1 Corinthians 7:21; 1 Corinthians 12:13; Galatians 3:28; Ephesians 6:8; Colossians 3:11; Revelation 6:15; Revelation 13:16; Revelation 19:18; opposed to κύριος, δεσπότης, οἰκοδεσπότης, Matthew 10:24; Matthew 13:27; Luke 12:46; John 15:15 Ephesians 6:5; Colossians 3:22; Colossians 4:1; 1 Timothy 6:1; Titus 2:9, and very often. b. metaphorically, α. one who gives himself up wholly to another's will, 1 Corinthians 7:23; or dominion, τῆς ἁμαρτίας, John 8:34; Romans 6:17, 20; τῆς φθορᾶς, 2 Peter 2:19, (τῶν ἡδονῶν, Athen. 12, p. 531 c.; τῶν χρημάτων, Plutarch, Pelop c. 3; τοῦ πίνειν, Aelian v. h. 2, 41). β. the δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, are those whose service is used by Christ in extending and advancing his cause among men: used of apostles, Romans 1:1; Galatians 1:10; Philippians 1:1; 2 Timothy 2:24; Titus 1:1; James 1:1; 2 Peter 1:1; of other preachers and teachers of the gospel, Colossians 4:12; 2 Timothy 2:24; Jude 1:1; of the true worshippers of Christ (who is κύριος πάντων, Acts 10:36), Ephesians 6:6. The δοῦλοι τοῦ Θεοῦ, יְהוָה עַבְדֵי, are those whose agency God employs in executing his purposes: used of apostles, Acts 4:29; Acts 16:17; of Moses (Joshua 1:1), Revelation 15:3; of prophets (Jeremiah 7:25; Jeremiah 25:4), Revelation 1:1; Revelation 10:7; Revelation 11:18; of all who obey God's commands, his true worshippers, Luke 2:29; Revelation 2:20; Revelation 7:3; Revelation 19:2, 5; Revelation 22:3, 6; (Psalm 33:23 (); Psalm 68:37 (); Psalm 88:4, 21 ()). γ. δοῦλος τίνος, devoted to another to the disregard of one's own interests: Matthew 20:27; Mark 10:44; strenuously laboring for another's salvation, 2 Corinthians 4:5. 2. a servant, attendant, (of a king): Matthew 18:23, 26ff. (Synonym: see διάκονος.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δουλόω Transliteration: douloō Phonetic Spelling: doo-lo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to enslave, bring under subjection Meaning: to enslave, bring under subjection GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1402 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1402 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1402 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1402 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1402, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δουλόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1402 douloō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bring into bondage, become a servant. From doulos; to enslave (literally or figuratively) -- bring into (be under) bondage, X given, become (make) servant. see GREEK doulos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1402: δουλόωδουλόω, δούλῳ: future δουλώσω; 1 aorist ἐδούλωσα; perfect passive δεδουλωμαι; 1 aorist passive ἐδουλωθην; (δοῦλος); (from Aeschylus and Herodotus down); to make a slave of, reduce to bondage; a. properly: τινα, Acts 7:6; τούτῳ καί (yet T WH omit; Tr brackets καί) δεδούλωται to him he has also been made a bondman, 2 Peter 2:19. b. metaphorically: ἐμαυτόν τίνι, give myself wholly to one's needs and service, make myself a bondman to him, 1 Corinthians 9:19; δουλουσθαι τίνι, to be made subject to the rule of some one, e. g. τῇ δικαιοσύνη, τῷ Θεῷ, Romans 6:18, 22; likewise ὑπό τί, Galatians 4:3; δεδουλωμενος οἴνῳ, wholly given up to, enslaved to, Titus 2:3 (δουλεύειν οἴνῳ, Libanius, epist. 319); δεδουλωμαι ἐν τίνι, to be under bondage, held by constraint of law or necessity, in some matter, 1 Corinthians 7:15. (Compare: καταδουλόω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δοχή Transliteration: dochē Phonetic Spelling: dokh-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a reception, a banquet Meaning: a reception, a banquet GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1403 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1403 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1403 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1403 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1403, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δοχή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1403 dochē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: feast. From dechomai; a reception, i.e. Convivial entertainment -- feast. see GREEK dechomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1403: δοχήδοχή, δοχης, ἡ (δέχομαι, to receive as a guest), a feast, banquet, (cf. our reception]: δοχήν ποιῶ, Luke 5:29; Luke 14:13. (equivalent to מִשְׁתֶה, Gen. (); ; Esther 1:3; Esther 5:4ff; Athen. 8, p. 348 f.; Plutarch, moral., p. 1102 b. (i. e.non posse suav. vivi etc. 21, 9).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δράκων Transliteration: drakōn Phonetic Spelling: drak'-own Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a dragon (a mythical monster) Meaning: a dragon (a mythical monster) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1404 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1404 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1404 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1404 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1404, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δράκων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1404 drakōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dragon. Probably from an alternate form of derkomai (to look); a fabulous kind of serpent (perhaps as supposed to fascinate) -- dragon. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1404: δράκωνδράκων, δράκοντος, ὁ (apparently from δέρκομαι, 2 aorist ἔδρακον; hence, δράκων, properly, equivalent to ὀξύ βλέπων (Etym. Magn. 286, 7; cf. Curtius, § 13)); the Sept. chiefly for תָּנִּין; a dragon, a great serpent, a fabulous animal (so as early as Homer, Iliad 2, 308f, etc.). From it, after Genesis 3:1ff, is derived the figurative description of the devil in Revelation 12:3-17; Revelation 13:2, 4, 11; Revelation 16:13; Revelation 20:2. (Cf. Baudissin, Studien zur semitisch. Religionsgesch. vol. i. (iv. 4), p. 281ff.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δράσσομαι Transliteration: drassomai Phonetic Spelling: dras'-som-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to grasp, entrap Meaning: to grasp, entrap GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1405 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1405 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1405 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1405 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1405, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δράσσομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1405 drassomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to catch, seizePerhaps akin to the base of drakon (through the idea of capturing); to grasp, i.e. (figuratively) entrap -- take. see GREEK drakon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1405: δράσσομαιδράσσομαι; to grasp with the hand, to take: τινα, 1 Corinthians 3:19 (Buttmann, 291 (250); Winers Grammar, 352 (330)). (In Greek writings from Homer down; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δραχμή Transliteration: drachmē Phonetic Spelling: drakh-may' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: as much as one can hold in the hand, a drachma (a Greek coin made of silver) Meaning: as much as one can hold in the hand, a drachma (a Greek coin made of silver) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1406 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1406 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1406 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1406 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1406, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δραχμή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1406 drachmē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: piece of silver, drachmaFrom drassomai; a drachma or (silver) coin (as handled) -- piece (of silver). see GREEK drassomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1406: δραχμήδραχμή, δραχμης, ἡ (δράσσομαι (hence, properly, a grip, a handful)) (from Herodotus down), a drachma, a silver coin of (nearly) the same weight as the Roman denarius (see δηνάριον): Luke 15:8f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δρέπανον Transliteration: drepanon Phonetic Spelling: drep'-an-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a sickle, a pruning hook Meaning: a sickle, a pruning hook GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1407 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1407 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1407 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1407 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1407, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δρέπανον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1407 drepanon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sickle. From drepo (to pluck); a gathering hook (especially for harvesting) -- sickle. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1407: δρέπανονδρέπανον, δρεπανου, τό (equivalent to δρεπάνη, from δρέπω, to pluck, pluck off), a sickle, a pruning-hook, a hooked vine-knife, such as reapers and vine-dressers use: Mark 4:29; Revelation 14:14-19. (Homer and subsequent writings; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δρόμος Transliteration: dromos Phonetic Spelling: drom'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a course, race Meaning: a course, race GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1408 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1408 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1408 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1408 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1408, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δρόμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1408 dromos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: course, raceFrom the alternate of trecho; a race, i.e. (figuratively) career -- course. see GREEK trecho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1408: δρόμοςδρόμος, δρόμου, ὁ (from ΔΡΑΜΩ (which see); cf. νόμος, τρόμος, and the like), a course (Homer and following); in the N. T. figuratively, the course of life or of office: πληροῦσθαι τόν δρόμον, Acts 13:25; τελειουν, Acts 20:24; τέλειν, 2 Timothy 4:7. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Δρούσιλλα Transliteration: Drousilla Phonetic Spelling: droo'-sil-lah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Drusilla, a member of the Herodian family Meaning: Drusilla -- a member of the Herodian family GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1409 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1409 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1409 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1409 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1409, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Δρούσιλλα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1409 Drousilla 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Drusilla. A feminine diminutive of Drusus (a Roman name); Drusilla, a member of the Herodian family -- Drusilla. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1409: ΔρούσιλλαΔρούσιλλα (others Δρούσιλλα, cf. Chandler § 120), Δρουσιλλης, ἡ, Drusilla, daughter of Agrippa the elder, wife of Felix, the governor of Judaea, a most licentious woman (Josephus, Antiquities 20, 7, 1f): Acts 24:24; cf. Winers RWB (and B. D.) under the word; Schürer, Neutest. Zeitgesch., § 19, 4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δύναμαι Transliteration: dynamai Phonetic Spelling: doo'-nam-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be able, to have power Meaning: to be able, to have power GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1410 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1410 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1410 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1410 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1410, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δύναμαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1410 dynamai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to be powerful, ableOf uncertain affinity; to be able or possible -- be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1410: δύναμαιδύναμαι, deponent verb, present indicative 2 person singular δύνασαι and, according to a rarer form occasional in the poets and from Polybius on to be met with in prose writings also (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 359; (WHs Appendix, p. 168; Winers Grammar, § 13, 2 b.; Veitch, under the word)), δύνῃ (Mark 9:22f L T Tr WH; (Luke 16:2 T WH Tr text); Revelation 2:2); imperfect ἐδυναμην and Attic ἠδυναμην, between which forms the manuscripts and editions are almost everywhere divided (in Mark 6:19; Mark 14:5; Luke 8:19; Luke 19:3; John 9:33; John 12:39 all editions read ἠδυναμην, so R G in Matthew 26:9; Luke 1:22; John 11:37; Revelation 14:3; on the other hand, in Matthew 22:46; Luke 1:22; John 11:37; Revelation 14:3, L T Tr WH all read ἐδυναμην, so T WH in Matthew 26:9; R G in Matthew 22:46. Cf. WHs Appendix, p. 162; Winer's Grammar, § 12, 1 b.; B, 33 (29)); future δυνήσομαι; 1 aorist ἠδυνήθην and (in Mark 7:24 T WH, after manuscripts א B only; in Matthew 17:16 manuscript B) ἠδυνάσθην (cf. (WH as above and p. 169); Kühner, § 343, under the word; (Veitch, under the word; Winers Grammar, 84 (81); Buttmann, 33 (29); Curtius, Das Verbum, 2:402)); the Sept. for יָכֹל; to be able, have power, whether by virtue of one's own ability and resources, or of a state of mind, or through favorable circumstances, or by permission of law or custom; a. followed by an infinitive (Winers Grammar, § 44, 3) present or aorist (on the distinction between which, cf. Winer's Grammar, § 44, 7). α. followed by a present infinitive: Matthew 6:24; Matthew 9:15; Mark 2:7; Mark 3:23; Luke 6:39; John 3:2; John 5:19; Acts 27:15; 1 Corinthians 10:21; Hebrews 5:7; 1 John 3:9; Revelation 9:20, and often. β. followed by an aorist infinitive: Matthew 3:9; Matthew 5:14; Mark 1:45; Mark 2:4; Mark 5:3; Luke 8:19; Luke 13:11; John 3:3; John 6:52; John 7:34, 36; Acts 4:16 (R G); ; Romans 8:39; Romans 16:25; 1 Corinthians 2:14; 1 Corinthians 3:1; 1 Corinthians 6:5; 2 Corinthians 3:7; Galatians 3:21; Ephesians 3:4, 20; 1 Thessalonians 3:9; 1 Timothy 6:7, 16; 2 Timothy 2:13; 2 Timothy 3:7, 15; Hebrews 2:18; Hebrews 3:19; ( Lachmann); James 1:21; Revelation 3:8; Revelation 5:3; Revelation 6:17, and very often. b. with an infinitive omitted, as being easily supplied from the context: Matthew 16:3 (here T brackets WH reject the passage); ; Mark 6:19; Mark 10:39; Luke 9:40; Luke 16:26; Luke 19:3; Romans 8:7. c. joined with an accusative, δύναμαι τί, to be able to do something (cf. German ich vermag etwas): Mark 9:22; Luke 12:26; 2 Corinthians 13:8 (and in Greek writings from Homer on). d. absolutely, like the Latinpossum (as in Cues. b. gall. 1, 18, 6), equivalent to to be able, capable, strong, powerful: 1 Corinthians 3:2; 1 Corinthians 10:13. (2 Chronicles 32:13; 1 Macc. 5:40f; in 2 Macc. 11:13 manuscript Alex., and often in Greek writings as Euripides, Or. 889; Thucydides 4, 105; Xenophon, an. 4, 5, 11f; Isocrates, Demosthenes, Aeschines) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δύναμις Transliteration: dynamis Phonetic Spelling: doo'-nam-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: (miraculous) power, might, strength Meaning: (miraculous) power, might, strength GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1411 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1411 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1411 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1411 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1411, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δύναμις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1411 dynamis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ability, power, strength From dunamai; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself) -- ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work. see GREEK dunamai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1411: δύναμιςδύναμις, δυνάμεως, ἡ; (from Homer down); the Sept. for חַיִל, גְּבוּרָה, עֹז, כֹּחַ, צָבָא (an army, a host); strength, ability, power; a. universally, "inherent power, power residing in a thing by virtue of its nature, or which a person or thing exerts and puts forth": Luke 1:17; Acts 4:7; 1 Corinthians 4:20; 2 Corinthians 4:7; 2 Corinthians 12:9 (ἡ δύναμις ἐν ἀσθένεια τελεῖται (R G τελειοῦται)); ; 1 Thessalonians 1:5; Hebrews 7:16; Hebrews 11:34; Revelation 1:16; Revelation 17:13; ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει, Acts 3:12; μεγάλη δυνάμει, Acts 4:33; ἑκάστῳ κατά τήν ἰδίαν δύναμιν, Matthew 25:15; ὑπέρ δύναμιν, beyond our power, 2 Corinthians 1:8; ἐν δυνάμει namely, ὤν, endued with power, Luke 4:36; 1 Corinthians 15:43; so in the phrase ἔρχεσθαι ἐν δυνάμει, Mark 9:1; powerfully, Colossians 1:29; 2 Thessalonians 1:11; contextually, equivalent to evidently, Romans 1:4; ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καί τεράτων, through the power which I exerted upon their souls by performing miracles, Romans 15:19; δύναμις εἰς τί, Hebrews 11:11; δύναμις ἐπί τά δαιμόνια καί νόσους θεραπεύειν, Luke 9:1; ἡ δύναμις τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ νόμος, sin exercises its power (upon the soul) through the law, i. e. through the abuse of the law, 1 Corinthians 15:56; τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ, the power which the resurrection of Christ has, for instructing, reforming, elevating, tranquilizing, the soul, Philippians 3:10; τῆς εὐσεβείας, inhering in godliness and operating upon souls, 2 Timothy 3:5; δυνάμεις μέλλοντος αἰῶνος (see αἰών, 3), Hebrews 6:5; τό πνεῦμα τῆς δυνάμεως (see πνεῦμα, 5), 1 Peter 4:14 Lachmann; 2 Timothy 1:7; δύναμις is used of the power of angels: Ephesians 1:21 (cf. Meyer at the passage]) 2 Peter 2:11; of the power of the devil and evil spirits, 1 Corinthians 15:24; τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, i. e. of the devil, Luke 10:19; τοῦ δράκοντος, Revelation 13:2; angels, as excelling in power, are called δυνάμεις (cf. (Philo de mutat. nora. § 8 δυνάμεις ἀσωματοι) Meyer as above; Lightfoot on Colossians 1:16; see ἄγγελος): Romans 8:38; 1 Peter 3:22. ἡ δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ, universally, the power of God: Matthew 22:29; Mark 12:24; Luke 22:69; Acts 8:10; Romans 1:20; Romans 9:17; 1 Corinthians 6:14; δύναμις ὑψίστου, Luke 1:35; ἡ δύναμις, especially in doxologies, the kingly power of God, Matthew 6:13 Rec.; Revelation 4:11; Revelation 7:12; Revelation 11:17; Revelation 12:10; Revelation 15:8; Revelation 19:1; and the abstract for the concrete (as הַגְּבוּרָה in Jewish writings; cf. Buxtorf Lex. talm. col. 385 (p. 201f, Fischer edition)) equivalent to ὁ δυνατός, Matthew 26:64; Mark 14:62; δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ is used of the divine power considered as acting upon the minds of men, 1 Corinthians 2:5; 2 Corinthians 6:7; Ephesians 3:7, 20; (2 Timothy 1:8; 1 Peter 1:5); εἰς τινα, 2 Corinthians 13:4 (but WH in brackets); Ephesians 1:19; ἐνδύεσθαι δύναμιν ἐξ ὕψους, Luke 24:49; by metonymy, things or persons in which God's saving power shows its efficacy are called δυνάμεις Θεοῦ: thus, ὁ Χριστός, 1 Corinthians 1:24; ὁ λόγος τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Corinthians 1:18; τό εὐαγγέλιον, with the addition εἰς σωτηρίαν παντί, etc. Romans 1:16 (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 36, 3 b.). δύναμις is ascribed to Christ, now in one sense and now in another: a power to heal disease proceeds from him, Mark 5:30; Luke 5:17; Luke 6:19; Luke 8:46 the kingly power of the Messiah is his, Matthew 24:30; (Mark 13:26); Luke 21:27; 2 Peter 1:16; Revelation 5:12; ἄγγελοι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ (see ἄγγελος, 2), ministering to his power, 2 Thessalonians 1:7 (Winer's Grammar, § 34, 3 b. note); metaphysical (or essential) power, viz. that which belongs to him as ὁ θεῖος λόγος, in the expression τό ῤῆμα τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, the word uttered by his power, equivalent to his most powerful will and energy, Hebrews 1:3; moral power, operating on the soul, 2 Corinthians 12:9 R G; and called ἡ θεία αὐτοῦ δύναμις in 2 Peter 1:3; ἡ δύναμις τοῦ κυρίου, the power of Christ invisibly present and operative in Christian church formally assembled, 1 Corinthians 5:4. δύναμις τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος: Acts 1:8 (Winer's Grammar, 125 (119)); πνεῦμα ἅγιον καί δύναμις, Acts 10:38; ἀπόδειξις πνεύματος καί δυνάμεως (see ἀπόδειξις, b.), 1 Corinthians 2:4; ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ πνεύματος, under or full of the power of the Holy Spirit, Luke 4:14; ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου, by the power and influence of the Holy Spirit, Romans 15:13; by the power which, under the influence of the Holy Spirit, I exerted upon their souls, Romans 15:19. b. specifically, the power of performing miracles: Acts 6:8; πᾶσα δύναμις, every kind of power of working miracles (with the addition of καί σημείοις καί τέρασι), 2 Thessalonians 2:9; plural: (Matthew 13:54; Matthew 14:2; Mark 6:14); 1 Corinthians 12:28; Galatians 3:5; ἐνεργήματα δυνάμεων, 1 Corinthians 12:10; by metonymy, of the cause for the effect, a mighty work (cf. Winers Grammar, 32; Trench, § xci.): δύναμιν ποιεῖν, Mark 6:5; Mark 9:39; so in the plural, Mark 6:2 Luke 19:37; joined with σημεῖα, Acts 8:13; with σημεῖα καί τέρατα, Acts 2:22; 2 Corinthians 12:12; Hebrews 2:4 (?); ποιεῖν δυνάμεις, Matthew 7:22; (); Acts 19:11; γίνονται δυνάμεις, Matthew 11:20f, 23; Luke 10:13. c. moral power and excellence of soul: 1 Corinthians 4:19; 2 Corinthians 4:7; Ephesians 3:16; Colossians 1:11. d. the power and influence which belong to riches; (pecuniary ability), wealth: τοῦ στρήνους, 'riches ministering to luxury' (Grotius), Revelation 18:3; κατά δύναμιν καί ὑπέρ (others, δύναμιν, according to their means, yea, beyond their means, 2 Corinthians 8:3; (in this sense, for חַיִל, the Sept. Deuteronomy 8:17; Ruth 4:11; not infrequent Greek writings, as Xenophon, Cyril 8, 4, 34; an. 7, 7, 21 (36)). e. power and resources arising from numbers: Revelation 3:8. f. power consisting in or resting upon armies, forces, hosts, (so, both in singular and in plural, often in Greek writings from Herodotus, Thucydides, Xenophon, on; in the Sept. and in Apocrypha); hence, δυνάμεις τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, the host of heaven, Hebraistically the stars: Matthew 24:29; Luke 21:26; and δυνάμεις ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, Mark 13:25; equivalent to הַשָּׁמַיִם צְבָא, 2 Kings 17:16; 2 Kings 23:4; Isaiah 34:4; Jeremiah 8:2; Daniel 8:10, etc. (cf. σαβαώθ). g. Like the Latinvis andpotestas, equivalent to the (force i. e.) meaning of a word or expression: 1 Corinthians 14:11; (Plato, Crat., p. 394 h.; Polybius 20, 9, 11; Dionysius Halicarnassus 1, 68; Dio Cuss. 55, 3; others). [SYNONYMS: βία, δύναμις, ἐνέργεια, ἐξουσία, ἰσχύς, κράτος βία, force, effective, often oppressive power, exhibiting itself in single deeds of violence; δύναμις, power, natural ability, general and inherent; ἐνέργεια, working, power in exercise, operative power; ἐξουσία, primarily liberty of action; then, authority — either as delegated power, or as unrestrained, arbitrary power; ἰσχύς, strength, power (especially physical) as an endowment κράτος, might, relative and manifested power — in the N. T. chiefly of God; τῷ κράτει τῆς ἰσχύος, Ephesians 6:10, τήν ἐνέργειαν τῆς δυναμμεως, Ephesians 3:7, τήν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ κράτους τῆς ἰσχύος, Ephesians 1:19. Cf. Schmidt, chapter 148; Lightfoot on Colossians 1:16; Meyer on Ephesians 1:19.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δυναμόω Transliteration: dynamoō Phonetic Spelling: doo-nam-o'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make strong, enable Meaning: to make strong, enable GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1412 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1412 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1412 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1412 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1412, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δυναμόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1412 dynamoō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: strengthen. From dunamis; to enable -- strengthen. see GREEK dunamis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1412: δυναμόωδυναμόω, δυνάμω: (present passive δυναμοῦμαι); to make strong, confirm, strengthen: Colossians 1:11; (Ephesians 6:10 WH marginal reading); 1 aorist ἐδυναμώθησαν, Hebrews 11:34 (R G ἐνεδυναμώθησαν). (Psalm 67:29 (); Ecclesiastes 10:10; Daniel 9:27 (Theod.; Psalm 64:4 () Aq.; Job 36:9 Aq.) and occasionally in ecclesiastical and Byzantine writings; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 605; (Winer's Grammar, 26 (25)).) (Compare: ἐνδυναμόω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δυνάστης Transliteration: dynastēs Phonetic Spelling: doo-nas'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a ruler, a potentate Meaning: a ruler, a potentate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1413 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1413 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1413 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1413 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1413, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δυνάστης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1413 dynastēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ruler, officer, potentateFrom dunamai; a ruler or officer -- of great authority, mighty, potentate. see GREEK dunamai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1413: δυνάστηςδυνάστης, δυνάστου, ὁ (δύναμαι); from (Sophocles and) Herodotus on; powerful; 1. a prince, potentate: Luke 1:52; used of God (Sir. 46:5; 2 Macc. 15:3, 23, etc.; of Zeus, Sophocles Ant. 608), 1 Timothy 6:15. 2. a courtier, high officer, royal minister: Acts 8:27 (A. V. (a eunuch) of great authority; but see Meyer at the passage) (δυνάσται Φαραώ, Genesis 50:4). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δυνατέω Transliteration: dynateō Phonetic Spelling: doo-nat-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be able, be powerful Meaning: to be able, be powerful GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1414 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1414 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1414 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1414 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1414, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δυνατέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1414 dynateō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be mighty. From dunatos; to be efficient (figuratively) -- be mighty. see GREEK dunatos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1414: δυνατέωδυνατέω, δυνάτω; (δυνατός); to be powerful or mighty; show oneself powerful: 2 Corinthians 13:3 (opposed to ἀσθενῶ); to be able, have power: followed by an infinitive, Romans 14:4 L T Tr WH 2 Corinthians 9:8 L T Tr WH. Not found in secular writings nor in the Sept. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δυνατός Transliteration: dynatos Phonetic Spelling: doo-nat-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: strong, mighty, powerful Meaning: strong, mighty, powerful GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1415 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1415 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1415 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1415 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1415, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δυνατός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1415 dynatos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: able, mighty, possibleFrom dunamai; powerful or capable (literally or figuratively); neuter possible -- able, could, (that is) mighty (man), possible, power, strong. see GREEK dunamai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1415: δυνατόςδυνατός, δυνατή, δυνατόν (δύναμαι); (from Pindar down), the Sept. for גִּבּור; able, powerful, mighty, strong; 1. absolutely; a. mighty in wealth and influence: 1 Corinthians 1:26; (Revelation 6:15 Rec.); οἱ δυνατοί, the chief men, Acts 25:5 (Josephus, b. j. 1, 12, 4 ἧκον Ἰουδαίων οἱ δυνατοί; Xenophon, Cyril 5, 4, 1; Thucydides 1, 89; Polybius 9, 23, 4). ὁ δυνατός, the preeminently mighty one, almighty God, Luke 1:49. b. strong in soul: to bear calamities and trials with fortitude and patience, 2 Corinthians 12:10; strong in Christian virtue, 2 Corinthians 13:9; firm in conviction and faith, Romans 15:1. 2. in construction; a. δυνατός εἰμί with an infinitive, "to be able (to do something; (Buttmann, 260 (224); Winer's Grammar, 319 (299))): Luke 14:31; Acts 11:17; Romans 4:21; Romans 11:23; Romans 14:4 R G; 2 Corinthians 9:8 R G; 2 Timothy 1:12; Titus 1:9; Hebrews 11:19 (Lachmann δύναται; James 3:2. b. δυνατός ἐν τίνι, mighty, i. e. excelling in something: ἐν ἔργῳ καί λόγῳ, Luke 24:19; ἐν λόγοις καί ἔργοις, Acts 7:22; ἐν γραφαῖς:, excelling in knowledge of the Scriptures, Acts 18:24. c. πρός τί, mighty, i. e. having power for something: 2 Corinthians 10:4. d. neuter δυνατόν (in passive sense, cf. Buttmann, 190 (165)) possible: εἰ δυνατόν (ἐστι), Matthew 24:24; Matthew 26:39; Mark 13:22; Mark 14:35; Romans 12:18; Galatians 4:15; οὐκ ἦν δυνατόν followed by infinitive Acts 2:24; δυνατόν τί ἐστι τίνι (Buttmann, 190 (165)), Mark 9:23; Mark 14:36; Acts 20:16; παρά Θεῷ πάντα δυνατά ἐστι, Matthew 19:26; Mark 10:27; Luke 18:27. Τό δυνατόν αὐτοῦ, what his power could do, equivalent to τήν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, Romans 9:22, cf. Winer's Grammar, § 34, 2. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δύνω Transliteration: dynō Phonetic Spelling: doo'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to enter, to sink into Meaning: to enter, to sink into GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1416 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1416 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1416 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1416 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1416, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δύνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1416 dynō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to enter, to setOr dumi doo'-mee prolonged forms of an obsolete primary duo doo'-o (to sink) to go "down" -- set. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1416: δύνωδύνω, δύω; 2 aorist ἔδυν; 1 aorist (in Greek writings transitively) ἐδυσα (Mark 1:32 L Tr WH), cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. ii., p. 156f; Winers Grammar, p. 84 (81); Buttmann, 56 (49); (Veitch, see under the words); to go into, enter; go under, be plunged into, sink in: in the N. T. twice of the setting sun (sinking as it were into the sea), Mark 1:32; Luke 4:40. So times without number in Greek writings from Homer on; the Sept., Genesis 28:11; Leviticus 22:7, etc.; Tobit 2:4; 1 Macc. 10:50. (Compare: ἐκδύνω, ἀπεκδύνω (ἀπεκδύνομαι), ἐνδύνω, ἐπενδύνω, παρεισδύνω, ἐπιδύνω.) STRONGS NT 1416: δύσις [δύσις, δύσεως, ἡ; 1. a sinking or setting, especially of the heavenly bodies; 2. of the quarter in which the sun sets, the west: Mark 16 WH (rejected) 'Shorter Conclusion.' (So both in singular and in plural: Aristotle, de mund. 3, p. 393{a}, 17; 4, p. 394^b, 21; Polybius 1, 42, 5 etc.)] STRONGS NT 1416: δύωδύω, see δύνω. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δύο Transliteration: dyo Phonetic Spelling: doo'-o Part of Speech: Adjective; Indeclinable Numeral (Adjective) Short Definition: two Meaning: two GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1417 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1417 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1417 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1417 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1417, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δύο [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1417 dyo 🕊 Strong's Concordance: both, twain, two. A primary numeral; "two" -- both, twain, two. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1417: δύοδύο, genitive indeclinable δύο (as in Epic, and occasionally in Herodotus, Thucydides, Xenophon, Polybius, others for δυοιν, more common in Attic (see Rutherford, New Phryn., p. 289f)); dative δυσί, δυσίν (δυσί in Matthew 6:24; Luke 16:13; Acts 21:33 (Tr δυσίν), δυσίν in Matthew 22:40; Mark 16:12; Luke 12:52 (R G δυσί; Acts 12:6 (R G L δυσί); Hebrews 10:28; Revelation 11:3 (R G δυσί); cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 98; WHs Appendix, p. 147) — a form not found in the older and better writings, met with in Hippocrates, Aristotle, Theophrastus, frequent from Polybius on, for the Attic δυοιν); accusative δύο (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 210; Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. i., p. 276f; Winers Grammar, § 9, 2 b.; Passow, i., p. 729); two: absolutely, οὐκ ἔτι εἰσί δύο, ἀλλά σάρξ μία, Matthew 19:6; Mark 10:8; δύο ἤ τρεῖς, Matthew 18:20; 1 Corinthians 14:29; τρεῖς ἐπί δυσί καί δύο ἐπί τρισί, Luke 12:52; ἀνά and κατά δύο, two by two (Winers Grammar, 398 (372); 401 (374); Buttmann, 30 (26)), Luke 9:3 (WH omits; Tr brackets ἀνά); (WH ἀνά δύο (δύο); cf. Acta Philip. § 36, Tdf. edition, p. 92); John 2:6 (apiece); 1 Corinthians 14:27; δύο δύο, two and two, Mark 6:7 (so, after the Hebrew, in Genesis 6:19, 20; but the phrase is not altogether foreign even to the Greek poets, as Aesehyl. Pers. 981 μύρια μύρια for κατά μυριάδας, cf. Winer's Grammar, 249 (234) (cf. 39 (38))); neuter εἰς δύο into two parts, Matthew 27:51; Mark 15:38; with the genitive δύο τῶν μαθητῶν (αὐτοῦ), Mark 11:1; Mark 14:13; Luke 19:29; (Matthew 11:2 R G); τῶν οἰκετῶν, Acts 10:7. δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν, Luke 24:13 (cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) 158 (138); Winer's 203 (191)). with a noun or pronoun: δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι, Matthew 8:28. δύο μάχαιραι, Luke 22:38; ἐπί στόματος δύο μαρτύρων, Matthew 18:16; 2 Corinthians 13:1; δυσί κυρίοις, Matthew 6:24; Luke 16:13; εἶδε δύο ἀδελφούς, Matthew 4:18; preceded by the article, οἱ δύο, the two, the twain: Matthew 19:5; Mark 10:8; 1 Corinthians 6:16; Ephesians 5:31; τούς δύο, Ephesians 2:15; αἱ (Rec. only) δύο διαθῆκαι, Galatians 4:24; οὗτοι (Lachmann brackets οὗτοι) οἱ δύο υἱοί μου, Matthew 20:21; περί τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν, Matthew 20:24; ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσίν ἐντολαῖς, Matthew 22:40; τούς δύο ἰχθύας, Matthew 14:19; Mark 6:41; Luke 9:16; δύο δηνάρια, Luke 10:35. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δυσ- Transliteration: dys- Phonetic Spelling: doos Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: like un- or mis- (as in unrest, misjudge), nullifies good sense or increases bad sense of a word Meaning: like un- or mis- (as in unrest, misjudge), nullifies good sense GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1418 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1418 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1418 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1418 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1418, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δυσ- [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1418 dys- 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hard, grievous. A primary inseparable particle of uncertain derivation; used only in composition as a prefix; hard, i.e. With difficulty -- + hard, + grievous, etc. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1418: δυς(δυς(, an inseparable prefix conveying the idea of difficulty, opposition, injuriousness or the like, and corresponding to our mis-, un- (Curtius, § 278); opposed to εὖ. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δυσβάστακτος Transliteration: dysbastaktos Phonetic Spelling: doos-bas'-tak-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: hard to be borne, oppressive Meaning: hard to be borne, oppressive GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1419 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1419 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1419 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1419 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1419, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δυσβάστακτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1419 dysbastaktos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: grievous, hard to bear. From dus- and a derivative of bastazo; oppressive -- grievous to be borne. see GREEK dus- see GREEK bastazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1419: δυσβάστακτοςδυσβάστακτος, δυσβάστακτον (βαστάζω), hard (A. V. grievous) to be borne: Matthew 23:4 (T WH text omit; Tr brackets δυσβάστακτος and Luke 11:46 φορτία δυσβάστακτα, said of precepts hard to obey, and irksome. (the Sept. Proverbs 27:3; Philo, omn. prob. book § 5; Plutarch, quaest. nat. c. 16, 4, p. 915 f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δυσεντερία Transliteration: dysenteria Phonetic Spelling: doos-en-ter-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: dysentery Meaning: dysentery GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1420 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1420 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1420 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1420 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1420, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δυσεντερία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1420 dysenteria 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dysenteryFrom dus- and a comparative of entos (meaning a bowel); a "dysentery" -- bloody flux. see GREEK dus- see GREEK entos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1420: δυσεντερίᾳδυσεντερίᾳ, δυσεντεριας, ἡ (ἔντερον, intestine), dysentery (Latintormina intestinorum, bowel-complaint): Acts 28:8 R G; see the following word. (Hippocrates and medical writers; Herodotus, Plato, Aristotle, Polybius, others.) STRONGS NT 1420: δυσεντέριονδυσεντέριον, δυσεντεριου, τό, a later form for δυσεντερίᾳ, which see: Acts 28:8 LT Tr WH. Cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 518. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δυσερμήνευτος Transliteration: dysermēneutos Phonetic Spelling: doos-er-mane'-yoo-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: hard of interpretation Meaning: hard of interpretation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1421 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1421 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1421 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1421 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1421, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δυσερμήνευτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1421 dysermēneutos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hard to utter or explain. From dus- and a presumed derivative of hermeneuo; difficult of explanation -- hard to be uttered. see GREEK dus- see GREEK hermeneuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1421: δυσερμήνευτοςδυσερμήνευτος, δυσερμηνευτον (ἑρμηνεύω), hard to interpret, difficult of explanation: Hebrews 5:11. (Diodorus 2, 52; Philo de somn. § 32 at the end; Artemidorus Daldianus, oneir. 3, 66.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δύσκολος Transliteration: dyskolos Phonetic Spelling: doo'-kol-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: a sinking, setting Meaning: a sinking, setting GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1422 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1422 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1422 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1422 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1422, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δύσκολος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1422 dyskolos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: difficultFrom dus- and kolon (food); properly, fastidious about eating (peevish), i.e. (genitive case) impracticable -- hard. see GREEK dus- Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1422: δύσκολοςδύσκολος, δύσκολόν (κόλον, food); 1. properly, hard to find agreeable food for, fastidious about food. 2. difficult to please, always finding fault; (Euripides, Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, others). 3. universally, difficult (Xenophon, oec. 15, 10 ἡ γεωργία δύσκολος ἐστι μαθεῖν): πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστι, followed by an accusative with an infinitive, Mark 10:24. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δυσκόλως Transliteration: dyskolōs Phonetic Spelling: doos-kol'-oce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: with difficulty Meaning: with difficulty GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1423 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1423 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1423 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1423 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1423, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δυσκόλως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1423 dyskolōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hardly. Adverb from duskolos; impracticably -- hardly. see GREEK duskolos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1423: δυσκόλωςδυσκόλως, adverb (δύσκολος) (from Plato down), with difficulty: Matthew 19:23; Mark 10:23; Luke 18:24. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δυσμή Transliteration: dysmē Phonetic Spelling: doos-may' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a setting (as of the sun), by implication (the) western (region) Meaning: a setting (as of the sun), by implication (the) western (region) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1424 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1424 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1424 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1424 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1424, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δυσμή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1424 dysmē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: west. From duno; the sun-set, i.e. (by implication) the western region -- west. see GREEK duno Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1424: δυσμήδυσμή, δυσμης, ἡ (from Aeschylus and Herodotus down), much more often in plural (Winer's Grammar, § 27, 3) δυσμαι, αἱ (δύω or δύνω, which see), namely, ἡλίου, the setting of the sun: Luke 12:54 (according to the reading of T WH Tr marginal reading ἐπί δυσμή may possibly be understood of time (cf. Winers Grammar, 375f (352)); see ἐπί, A. II.; others take the preposition locally, over, in, and give δυσμή the meaning which follows; see ἐπί, A. I. 1 b.); the region of sunset, the west, (anarthrous, Winer's Grammar, 121 (115)): Revelation 21:13; ἀπό ἀνατολῶν καί δυσμῶν, from all regions or nations, Matthew 8:11; Matthew 24:27; Luke 13:29; in Hebrew הַשֶּׁמֶשׁ מְבוא, Joshua 1:4. Often in secular writings from Herodotus on, both with and without ἡλίου. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δυσνόητος Transliteration: dysnoētos Phonetic Spelling: doos-no'-ay-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: hard to understand Meaning: hard to understand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1425 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1425 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1425 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1425 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1425, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δυσνόητος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1425 dysnoētos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hard to understandFrom dus- and a derivative of noieo; difficult of perception -- hard to be understood. see GREEK dus- see GREEK noieo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1425: δυσνόητοςδυσνόητος, δυσνοητον (νοέω, hard to be understood: 2 Peter 3:16. (χρησμός, Lucian, Alex. 54; (Diogenes Laërtius 9, 13 δυσνοητον τέ καί δυσεξηγητον; (Aristotle, plant. 1, 1, p. 816{a}, 3).) STRONGS NT 1425a: δυσφημέωδυσφημέω, δυσφήμω: (present passive δυσφημοῦμαι); (δύσφημος); to use ill words, defame; passive robe defamed, 1 Corinthians 4:13 T WH Tr marginal reading (1 Macc. 7:41; in Greek writings from Aeschylus Agam. 1078 down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δυσφημία Transliteration: dysphēmia Phonetic Spelling: doos-fay-mee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: to use evil words, to speak ill of Meaning: to use evil words, to speak ill of GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1426 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1426 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1426 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1426 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1426, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δυσφημία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1426 dysphēmia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: evil report. From a compound of dus- and pheme; defamation -- evil report. see GREEK dus- see GREEK pheme Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1426: δυσφημίαδυσφημία, δυσφημίας, ἡ, both the condition of a δύσφημος, i. e. of one who is defamed, viz. ill-repute, and the action of one who uses opprobrious language, viz. defamation, reproach: διά δυσφημίας καί εὐφημίας (A. V. by evil report and good report), 2 Corinthians 6:8. (1 Macc. 7:38; 3Macc. 2:26. Dionysius II. 6, 48; Plutarch, de gen. Socrates § 18, p. 587f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δώδεκα Transliteration: dōdeka Phonetic Spelling: do'-dek-ah Part of Speech: Indeclinable Numeral (Adjective) Short Definition: two and ten, twelve Meaning: two and ten, twelve GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1427 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1427 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1427 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1427 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1427, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δώδεκα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1427 dōdeka 🕊 Strong's Concordance: twelve. From duo and deka; two and ten, i.e. A dozen -- twelve. see GREEK duo see GREEK deka Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1427: δώδεκαδώδεκα, οἱ, αἱ, τά (from Homer down), twelve: Matthew 9:20; Matthew 10:1; (L T Tr WH in Acts 19:7; Acts 24:11 for δεκαδύο); Revelation 7:5 (R G i b'); Revelation 21:21, etc.; οἱ δώδεκα, the twelve apostles of Jesus, so called by way of eminence: Mark 9:35; Mark 10:32; Mark 11:11; Matthew 26:14, 20; Luke 22:3, etc. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δωδέκατος Transliteration: dōdekatos Phonetic Spelling: do-dek'-at-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: twelfth Meaning: twelfth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1428 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1428 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1428 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1428 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1428, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δωδέκατος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1428 dōdekatos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: twelfth. From dodeka; twelfth -- twelfth. see GREEK dodeka Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1428: δωδέκατοςδωδέκατος, δωδεκάτῃ, δωδέκατον, twelfth: Revelation 21:20. (From Homer on.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δωδεκάφυλον Transliteration: dōdekaphylon Phonetic Spelling: do-dek-af'-oo-lon Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: the twelve tribes Meaning: the twelve tribes GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1429 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1429 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1429 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1429 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1429, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δωδεκάφυλον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1429 dōdekaphylon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: twelve tribes. From dodeka and phule; the commonwealth of Israel -- twelve tribes. see GREEK dodeka see GREEK phule Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1429: δωδεκάφυλονδωδεκάφυλον, δωδεκαφυλου, τό (from δώδεκα, and φυλή, tribe), the twelve tribes, used collectively of the Israelitish people, as consisting of twelve tribes: Acts 26:7. (Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 55, 6 [ET]; Protevangelium Jacobi, c. 1, 3; λαός ὁ δωδεκάφυλος, Sibylline Oracles Cf. δεκάφυλος, τετράφυλος, Herodotus 5, 66; (Winer's Grammar, 100 (95)).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δῶμα Transliteration: dōma Phonetic Spelling: do'-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a house, a housetop Meaning: a house, a housetop GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1430 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1430 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1430 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1430 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1430, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δῶμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1430 dōma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: housetop. From demo (to build); properly, an edifice, i.e. (specially) a roof -- housetop. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1430: δῶμαδῶμα, δώματος, τό (δέμω, to build); 1. a building, house, (Homer and following). 2. a part of a building, dining-room, hall, (Homer and following). 3. in the Script. equivalent to γααγ house-top, roof (Winer's Grammar, 23): Matthew 24:17; Mark 13:15; Luke 5:19; Luke 17:31. The house-tops of the Orientals were (and still are) level, and were frequented not only for walking but also for meditation and prayer: Acts 10:3; hence, ἐπί δωμάτων, on the house-tops, i. e. in public: Matthew 10:27; Luke 12:3; ἐπί τό δῶμα ... κατ' ὀφθαλμούς παντός Ἰσραήλ, 2 Samuel 16:22. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δωρεά Transliteration: dōrea Phonetic Spelling: do-reh-ah' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a gift Meaning: a gift GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1431 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1431 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1431 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1431 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1431, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δωρεά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1431 dōrea 🕊 Strong's Concordance: gift. From doron; a gratuity -- gift. see GREEK doron Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1431: δωρεάδωρεά, δωρεᾶς, ἡ (δίδωμι); from (Aeschyh and) Herodotus down; a gift: John 4:10; Acts 8:20; Acts 11:17; Romans 5:15; 2 Corinthians 9:15; Hebrews 6:4; ἡ χάρις ἐδόθη κατά τό μέτρον τῆς δωρεᾶς τοῦ Χριστοῦ, according to the measure in which Christ gave it, Ephesians 4:7; with an epexegetical genitive of the thing given, viz. τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, Acts 2:38; Acts 10:45; δικαιοσύνης, Romans 5:17 (L WH Tr marginal reading brackets τῆς δωρεᾶς); τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ, Ephesians 3:7. The accusative δωρεάν (properly, as a gift, gift-wise (cf. Winers Grammar, 230 (216); Buttmann, 153 (134))) is used adverbially; the Sept. for חִנָּם; a. freely, for naught, gratis, gratuitously: Matthew 10:8; Romans 3:24; 2 Corinthians 11:7; 2 Thessalonians 3:8; Revelation 21:6; Revelation 22:17 (Polybius 18, 17, 7; Exodus 21:11; δωρεάν ἄνευ ἀργυρίου, Isaiah 52:3). b. by a usage of which as yet no example has been noted from Greek writings, without just cause, unnecessarily: John 15:25 (Psalm 68:5 (); Psalm 34:19 (); Galatians 2:21 (Job 1:9 (?); Psalm 34:7 () (where Symm. ἀναιτίως); so the Latingratuitus: Livy 2, 42gratuitus furor, Seneca, epistles 105, 3 (book xviii., epistle 2, § 3)odium aut est ex offensa ... aut gratuitum). (Synonym: see δόμα, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δωρεάν Transliteration: dōrean Phonetic Spelling: do-reh-an' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: as a gift, to no purpose Meaning: as a gift, to no purpose GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1432 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1432 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1432 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1432 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1432, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δωρεάν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1432 dōrean 🕊 Strong's Concordance: without a cause, freely, for naught, in vain. Accusative case of dorea as adverb; gratuitously (literally or figuratively) -- without a cause, freely, for naught, in vain. see GREEK dorea Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1432: δωρεάνδωρεάν, see δωρεά. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δωρέομαι Transliteration: dōreomai Phonetic Spelling: do-reh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to give, present, bestow Meaning: to give, present, bestow GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1433 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1433 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1433 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1433 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1433, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δωρέομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1433 dōreomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: give. Middle voice from doron; to bestow gratuitously -- give. see GREEK doron Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1433: δωρέωδωρέω, δώρῳ: to present, bestow, (Hesiod, Pindar, Herodotus, others); passive Leviticus 7:5 (Heb. text Leviticus 7:15). But much more frequently as deponent middle δωρέομαι, δωροῦμαι (Homer and following): 1 aorist ἐδωρησαμην; perfect δεδώρημαι; τίνι τί, Mark 15:45; 2 Peter 1:3, 4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δώρημα Transliteration: dōrēma Phonetic Spelling: do'-ray-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a gift, a bestowment Meaning: a gift, a bestowment GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1434 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1434 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1434 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1434 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1434, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δώρημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1434 dōrēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: gift. From doreomai; a bestowment -- gift. see GREEK doreomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1434: δώρημαδώρημα, δωρηματος, τό (δωρέομαι); a gift, bounty benefaction; Romans 5:16; James 1:17. ((Aesehyl.), Sophocles, Xenophon, others) (Cf. δόμα, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: δῶρον Transliteration: dōron Phonetic Spelling: do'-ron Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a gift, present, a sacrifice Meaning: a gift, present, a sacrifice GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1435 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1435 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1435 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1435 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1435, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/δῶρον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1435 dōron 🕊 Strong's Concordance: gift, offering. A present; specially, a sacrifice -- gift, offering. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1435: δῶρονδῶρον, δώρου, τό (from Homer down), the Sept. generally for קָרְבָּן, often also for מִנְחָה and שֹׁחַד; a gift, present: Ephesians 2:8; Revelation 11:10; of gifts offered as an expression of honor, Matthew 2:11; of sacrifices and other gifts offered to God, Matthew 5:23; Matthew 8:4; Matthew 15:5; Matthew 23:18; Mark 7:11; Hebrews 5:1; Hebrews 8:3; Hebrews 9:9; Hebrews 11:4; of money cast into the treasury for the purposes of the temple and for the support of the poor, Luke 21:1,(4). (Synonym: see δόμα, at the end.) STRONGS NT 1435a: δωροφορίαδωροφορία, δωροφοριας, ἡ (δωροφόρος, bringing gifts), the offering of a gift or of gifts: Romans 15:31 L Tr marginal reading, cf. διακονία, 3. (Alciphron 1, 6; Pollux 4, 47 (p. 371, Hemst. edition); several times in ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔα Transliteration: ea Phonetic Spelling: eh'-ah Part of Speech: Interjection Short Definition: ah! ha! (interjection expressing surprise, indignation, fear) Meaning: ah! ha! (interjection expressing surprise, indignation, fear) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1436 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1436 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1436 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1436 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1436, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1436 ea 🕊 Strong's Concordance: aha!Apparent imperative of eao; properly, let it be, i.e. (as interjection) aha! -- let alone. see GREEK eao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1436: ἔαἔα, an interjection expressive of indignation, or of wonder mixed with fear (derived apparently from the imperative present of the verb ἐάν (according to others a natural instinctive, sound)), frequent in the Attic poets, rare in prose writings (as Plato, Prot., p. 314 d.), "Ha! Ah!": Mark 1:24 R G; Luke 4:34; cf. Fritzsche on Mark, p. 32f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐάν Transliteration: ean Phonetic Spelling: eh-an' Part of Speech: Conditional Particle Or Conjunction Short Definition: if Meaning: if GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1437 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1437 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1437 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1437 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1437, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐάν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1437 ean 🕊 Strong's Concordance: before, but, except, ifFrom ei and an; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty -- before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See me. see GREEK ei see GREEK an see GREEK me Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1437: ἐάνἐάν; I. a conditional particle (derived from εἰ ἄν), which makes reference to time and to experience, introducing something future, but not determining, before the event, whether it is certainly to take place; if, in case, (Latinsi; German wenn; im Fall, dass; falls; wofern); cf., among others, Hermann ad Viger., p. 832; Klotz ad Devar. ii. 2, p. 450ff; Winers Grammar, 291f (273f). It is connected: 1. with the subjunctive, according to the regular usage of the more ancient and elegant classic writers. a. with the subjunctive present: Matthew 6:22 (ἐάν οὖν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς ἤ, if it be the case, as to which I do not know, that thine eye etc.); Matthew 6:23; Matthew 17:20; Luke 10:6; John 7:17; John 8:54 (R G L marginal reading); ; Acts 5:38; Acts 13:41; Romans 2:25; 1 Corinthians 9:16; Galatians 5:2; 1 Timothy 1:8 (not Lachmann); Hebrews 13:23; 1 John 1:9; 1 John 2:3, 15 etc. b. with the subjunctive aorist, corresponding to the Latin future perfect: Matthew 4:9 (ἐάν προσκυνήσῃς μοι, if thou shalt have worshipped me); Matthew 5:46; Matthew 9:21; Mark 3:24; Mark 9:50 Luke 14:34; Luke 17:4; Luke 20:28; John 5:43; John 11:57; Romans 7:2; Romans 10:9; 1 Corinthians 7:8, 39; 1 Corinthians 8:10; 1 Corinthians 16:10 (ἐάν ἔλθῃ Τιμόθεος; for although he was already on his way to Corinth, yet some hindrance might still prevent his arriving); 2 Corinthians 9:4; Galatians 6:1; James 2:2; 1 John 5:16 (Lachmann present); Revelation 3:20, and often; also in the oratio obliqua, where the better Greek writers use the optative: John 9:22; John 11:57; Acts 9:2 (Winers Grammar, 294 (276); (cf. Buttmann, 224 (193))). The difference between the present and the aorist may be seen especially from the following passages: 2 Timothy 2:5 ἐάν δέ καί ἀθλῇ τίς, οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐάν μή νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ, 1 Corinthians 14:23 ἐάν οὖν συνέλθῃ ἡ ἐκκλησία ... καί πάντες γλώσσαις λαλῶσιν, εἰσέλθωσι δέ ἰδιῶται ἤ ἀπ', 1 Corinthians 14:24 ἐάν δέ πάντες προφητεύωσιν, εἰσέλθῃ δέ τίς ἄπιστος, Matthew 21:21 ἐάν ἔχητε πίστιν καί μή διακριθῆτε. Also εἰ ("quod per se nihil significat praeter conditionem," Klotz, the passage cited, p. 455) and ἐάν are distinguished in propositions subjoined the one to the other (Winer's Grammar, 296 (277f)): John 13:17 εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε, μακάριοι ἐστε, ἐάν ποιῆτε αὐτά, John 3:12; 1 Corinthians 7:36; in statements antithetic, Acts 5:38f; or parallel, Mark 3:24-26. Finally, where one of the evangelists uses εἰ, another has ἐάν, but so that each particle retains its own force, inasmuch as one and the same thing is differently conceived of by the different minds: Mark 9:43 ἐάν σκανδαλίζῃ (σκανδαλίσῃ L marginal reading T WH text) ἡ χείρ σου, and Mark 9:47 ἐάν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, i. e. if so be that, etc.; on the other hand, Matthew, in Matthew 18:8f and Matthew 5:29f concerning the same thing says εἰ. c. irregularly, but to be explained as an imitation of the Hebrew אִם which is also a particle of time (cf. Gesenius, Thesaurus, under the word, 4), ἐάν with the subjunctive aorist is used of things which the speaker or writer thinks will certainly take place, where ὅταν, when, whenever, should have been used: ἐάν ὑψωθῶ, John 12:32; ἐάν πορευθῶ, John 14:3; ἐάν φανερωθῇ, 1 John 2:28 (L T Tr WH, for ὅταν R G); 1 John 3:2; ἐάν ἀκούσητε, Hebrews 3:7 from Psalm 94:8 (); (ἐάν εἰσέλθῃς εἰς τόν νυμφῶνα, Tobit 6:17 (16) (others, ὅταν); ἐάν ἀποθάνω, θάψον με, Tobit 4:3, cf. Tobit 4:4 ὅταν ἀποθάνῃ, θάψον αὐτήν; for אִם when, Isaiah 24:13; Amos 7:2). d. sometimes when the particle is used with the subjunctive aorist the futurity of a thing is not so much affirmed as imagined, it being known to be something which never could happen: ἐάν εἴπῃ ὁ πούς, if the foot should say, or were to say, 1 Corinthians 12:15; ἐάν ἔλθω πρός ὑμᾶς γλώσσαις λαλῶν, 1 Corinthians 14:6. 2. by a somewhat negligent use, met with from the time of Aristotle on, ἐάν is connected also with the indicative (cf. Klotz, the passage cited, p. 468ff; Kühner, § 575 Anm. 5; Winers Grammar, 295 (277); Buttmann, 221f (191f); Tdf. Proleg., p. 124f; WHs Appendix, p. 171; Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word; Vincent and Dickson, Modern Greek, 2nd edition, Appendix, § 77); and a. with the future indicative, in meaning akin, as is well known, to the subjunctive: (ἐάν δύο συμφωνησουσιν, Matthew 18:19 T Tr); ἐάν οὗτοι σιωπησουσι, Luke 19:40 L T Tr WH; ἐάν ... ὁδηγήσει, Acts 8:31 T Tr WH (ἐάν βεβηλώσουσιν αὐτά, Leviticus 22:9); but also b. with the present indicative: ἐάν δανείζετε, Luke 6:34 L marginal reading Tr text; ἐάν στήκετε, 1 Thessalonians 3:8 T Tr text WH; ἐάν τέ ἀποθνῄσκομεν, Romans 14:8 Lachmann with an preterite indicative, but one having the force of a present: ἐάν (Lachmann ἄν) οἴδαμεν, 1 John 5:15 without variant. 3. ἐάν joined with other particles; a. ἐάν δέ καί, but if also, but even if, (A. V. but and if (retained by R. V. in 1 Cor.)); with the subjunctive: Matthew 18:17; 1 Corinthians 7:11, 28; 2 Timothy 2:5. b. ἐάν καί: Galatians 6:1. c. ἐάν μή, if not, unless, except; with the subjunctive present: Matthew 10:13; Luke 13:3 (Lachmann text aorist); Acts 15:1 (Rec.); 1 Corinthians 8:8; 1 Corinthians 9:16 (R G L marginal reading T WH marginal reading); James 2:17; 1 John 3:21; with the subjunctive aorist: Matthew 6:15; Matthew 18:35; Mark 3:27; John 3:8; John 8:24; 1 Corinthians 14:6f, 9; Romans 10:15; ( R L); 2 Timothy 2:5; Revelation 2:5, 22 (R L), and often. with the indicative present: ἐάν μή πιστεύετε, John 10:38 Tdf. In some passages, although the particles ἐάν μή retain their native force of unless, if not, yet, so far as the sense is concerned, one may translate them, but that, without: Matthew 26:42 (the cup cannot pass by without my drinking. it); οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτόν, ἐάν μή φανερωθῇ (Treg.), there is nothing hid, but that it shall be made manifest (properly, nothing whatever is hid, except that it should be made manifest), Mark 4:22; οὐδείς ἐστιν, ὅς ἀφῆκεν οἰκίαν ... ἐάν μή λάβῃ, but that shall receive (properly, unless he shall receive ... it cannot be said that anyone has left), Mark 10:29, 30 (cf. Buttmann, § 149, 6. On the supposed use of ἐάν μή (εἰ μή) as equivalent to ἀλλά, cf. Meyer on Matthew 12:4; Galatians 1:7; Galatians 2:16; Fritzsche on Romans 14:14 at the end; Ellicott and Lightfoot on Galatians, at the passages cited. See εἰ, III. 8 c. β.) d. ἐάνπερ (L Tr separately, ἐάν περ) if only, if indeed: Hebrews 3:6 (where L brackets περ, and T Tr WH read ἐάν), ; ; it occurs neither in the Sept. nor in the O. T. Apocrypha; on its use in Greek writings cf. Klotz, the passage cited, p. 483f. e. ἐάν τέ ... ἐάν τέ,sive ...sive, whether ... or: Romans 14:8; (often in the Sept. for אִם ... אִם, as Exodus 19:13; Leviticus 3:1; Deuteronomy 18:3). Cf. Klotz, the passage cited, p. 479f; Kühner, § 541; (Buttmann, 221 (191)). f. κἄν for καί ἐάν, see κἄν. II. The classic use of the conditional particle ἐάν also in the contracted form ἄν (see p. 34{b} above) seems to have led the biblical writers of both Testaments to connect ἐάν, with relative pronouns and adverbs instead of the potential particle ἄν, as ὅς ἐάν (so Tdf. in 12 places), ὁ ἐάν (so Tdf. uniformly), etc. (this use among secular writings is very doubtful, cf. Winers Grammar, p. 310 (291); Buttmann, 72 (63)): Matthew 5:19; Matthew 10:14 (R G); ; Mark 6:22; Luke 9:48 (WH ἄν); ; Acts 7:7 (R G T); 1 Corinthians 6:18; Ephesians 6:8 (R G L text); 3 John 1:5, etc.; ὅπου ἐάν, Matthew 8:19; Matthew 26:13; Mark 6:10 (L Tr ἄν). ὁσάκις ἐάν, Revelation 11:6. οὗ ἐάν, 1 Corinthians 16:6 (1 Macc. 6:36). καθό ἐάν, 2 Corinthians 8:12 (Tdf. ἄν; ὅστις ἐάν, Galatians 5:10 T Tr WH; ἥτις ἐάν, Acts 3:23 Tdf. For many other examples see Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word, ἐάν, 3.) In many places the manuscripts vary between ἐάν and ἄν; cf. ἄν, II., p. 34; (and especially Tdf. Proleg., p. 96). STRONGS NT 1437a: ἐάνπερἐάνπερ, see ἐάν I. 3 d. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑαυτοῦ Transliteration: heautou Phonetic Spelling: heh-ow-too' Part of Speech: Reflexive Pronoun Short Definition: of himself, herself, itself Meaning: of himself, herself, itself GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1438 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1438 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1438 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1438 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1438, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑαυτοῦ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1438 heautou 🕊 Strong's Concordance: alone, herself, himself, itself, own From a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of autos; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc. -- alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves). see GREEK autos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1438: ἑαυτοῦἑαυτοῦ, ἑαυτῆς, ἑαυτοῦ, etc. or (contracted) αὑτοῦ, αὑτῆς, αὑτοῦ (see p. 87); plural ἑαυτῶν; dative ἑαυτοῖς, ἑαυταῖς, ἑαυτοῖς, etc.; reflexive pronoun of the 3rd person. It is used: 1. of the 3rd person singular and plural, to denote that the agent and the person acted on are the same; as, σῴζειν ἑαυτόν, Matthew 27:42; Mark 15:31; Luke 23:35; ὑψοῦν ἑαυτόν, Matthew 23:12, etc. ἑαυτῷ, ἑαυτόν are also often added to middle verbs: διεμερίσαντο ἑαυτοῖς, John 19:24 (Xenophon, mem. 1, 6, 13 ποιεῖσθαι ἑαυτῷ φίλον); cf. Winers Grammar, § 38, 6; (Buttmann, § 135., 6). Of the phrases into which this pronoun enters we notice the following: ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ, see ἀπό, II. 2 d. aa.; δἰ ἑαυτοῦ, of itself, i. e. in its own nature, Romans 14:14 (Tr L text read αὐτοῦ); ἐν ἑαυτῷ, see in διαλογίζεσθαι, λέγειν, εἰπεῖν. Αἰς ἑαυτόν ἔρχεσθαι, to come to oneself, to a better mind, Luke 15:17 (Diodorus 13, 95). Καθ' ἑαυτόν, by oneself, alone: Acts 28:16; James 2:17. Παῥ ἑαυτῷ, by him, i. e. at his home, 1 Corinthians 16:2 (Xenophon, mem. 3, 13, 3). Πρός ἑαυτόν, to himself i. e. to his home, Luke 24:12 (R G; T omits, WH (but with αὑτόν) reject, L Tr (but the latter with αὐτόν) brackets, the verse); John 20:10 (T Tr αὐτόν (see αὑτοῦ)); with (cf. our to) himself, i. e. in his own mind, προσεύχεσθαι, Luke 18:11 (Tdf. omits) (2 Macc. 11:13); in the genitive, joined with a noun, it has the force of a possessive pronoun, as τούς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς: Matthew 8:22; Luke 9:60. 2. It serves as reflexive also to the 1st and 2nd person, as often in classic Greek, when no ambiguity is thereby occasioned; thus, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς equivalent to ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, Romans 8:23; ἑαυτούς equivalent to ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, 1 Corinthians 11:31; ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ equivalent to ἀπό σεαυτοῦ (read by L Tr WH), John 18:34; ἑαυτόν equivalent to σεαυτόν (read by L T Tr WH), Romans 13:9; ἑαυτοῖς for ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς, Matthew 23:31, etc.; cf. Matthiae, § 489 II.; Winers Grammar, § 22, 5; (Buttmann, § 127, 15). 3. It is used frequently in the plural for the reciprocal pronoun ἀλλήλων, ἀλλήλοις, ἀλλήλους, reciprocally, mutually, one another: Matthew 16:7; Matthew 21:38; Mark 10:26 (Tr marginal reading WH αὐτόν); ; Luke 20:5; Ephesians 4:32; Colossians 3:13, 16; 1 Peter 4:8, 10; see Matthine § 489 III.; Kühner, ii., p. 497f; Bernhardy (1829), p. 273; (Lightfoot on Colossians 3:13). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐάω Transliteration: eaō Phonetic Spelling: eh-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to let alone, leave Meaning: to let alone, leave GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1439 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1439 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1439 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1439 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1439, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1439 eaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: permit, leave alone. Of uncertain affinity; to let be, i.e. Permit or leave alone -- commit, leave, let (alone), suffer. See also ea. see GREEK ea Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1439: ἐάωἐάω, ἕω; imperfect εἴων; future ἐάσω; 1 aorist εἴασα; from Homer down; 1. to allow, permit, let: followed by the infinitive, οὐκ ἄν εἴασε διορυγῆναι (T Tr WH διορυχθῆναι), Matthew 24:43; by the accusative of the person and the infinitive, Luke 4:41 (οὐκ εἴα αὐτά λαλεῖν); Acts 14:16; Acts 23:32; Acts 27:32; Acts 28:4; 1 Corinthians 10:13; by the accusative alone, when the infinitive is easily supplied from the context, οὐκ εἴασεν αὐτούς, namely, πορευθῆναι, Acts 16:7; οὐκ εἴων αὐτόν, namely, εἰσελθεῖν, Acts 19:30; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 476 (444)]. 2. τινα, to suffer one to do what he wishes, not to restrain, to let alone: Revelation 2:20 Rec.; Acts 5:38 R G; ἐᾶτε namely, αὐτούς, is spoken by Christ to the apostles, meaning, 'do not resist them, let them alone,' (the following ἕως τούτου is to be separated from what precedes; (others connect the words closely, and render 'suffer them to go even to this extreme'; but cf. Meyer at the passage, Weiss edition)), Luke 22:51. 3. To give up, let go, leave: τάς ἀγκύρας ... εἴων εἰς τήν θάλασσαν, they let down into the sea (i. e., abandoned; cf. B. D. American edition, p. 3009{a} bottom), Acts 27:40. (Compare: προσεάω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑβδομήκοντα Transliteration: hebdomēkonta Phonetic Spelling: heb-dom-ay'-kon-tah Part of Speech: Indeclinable Numeral (Adjective) Short Definition: seventy Meaning: seventy GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1440 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1440 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1440 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1440 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1440, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑβδομήκοντα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1440 hebdomēkonta 🕊 Strong's Concordance: seventy, three score and ten. From hebdomos and a modified form of deka; seventy -- seventy, three score and ten. see GREEK hebdomos see GREEK deka Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1440: ἑβομηκονταἑβομηκοντα, οἱ, αἱ, τά (from Herodotus down), seventy: Acts 7:14 (here Relz ἑβδομηκονταπεντε); ; οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα (ἑβδομήκοντα δύο, L brackets WH brackets), the seventy disciples whom Jesus sent out in addition to the twelve apostles: Luke 10:1, 17. (B. D. American edition, under the phrase Seventy Disciples.) STRONGS NT 1440a: ἑβδομηκονταέξ [ἑβδομηκονταέξ for ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ, seventy-six: Acts 27:37 Rec.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑβδομηκοντάκις Transliteration: hebdomēkontakis Phonetic Spelling: heb-dom-ay-kon-tak-is Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: seventy times Meaning: seventy times GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1441 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1441 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1441 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1441 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1441, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑβδομηκοντάκις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1441 hebdomēkontakis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: seventy times. Multiple adverb from hebdomekonta; seventy times -- seventy times. see GREEK hebdomekonta Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1441: ἑβδομηκοντάκιςἑβδομηκοντάκις (Genesis 4:24), seventy times: ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά, seventy times seven times, i. e. countless times, Matthew 18:22 (cf. Winers Grammar, § 37, 5 Note 2; Buttmann, 30 (26) and see ἑπτά, at the end; others (cf. R. V. marginal reading) seventy-seven times, see Meyer at the passage]. STRONGS NT 1441a: ἑβδομηκονταπεντεἑβδομηκονταπεντε, seventy-five: Acts 7:14 Rec.elz (Genesis 25:7; Exodus 39:6 (Exodus 38:27); 1 Esdr. 5:12).*) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἕβδομος Transliteration: hebdomos Phonetic Spelling: heb'-dom-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: seventh Meaning: seventh GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1442 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1442 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1442 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1442 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1442, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἕβδομος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1442 hebdomos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: seventh. Ordinal from hepta; seventh -- seventh. see GREEK hepta Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1442: ἕβδομοςἕβδομος, ἑβδόμῃ, ἕβδομον, seventh: John 4:52; Hebrews 4:4; Jude 1:14; Revelation 8:1; Revelation 11:15, etc. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἕβερ Transliteration: Heber Phonetic Spelling: eb-er' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Heber, an ancestor of Christ Meaning: Heber -- an ancestor of Christ GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1443 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1443 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1443 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1443 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1443, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἕβερ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1443 Heber 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Eber. Of Hebrew origin (Eber); Eber, a patriarch -- Eber. see HEBREW Eber Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1443: ἜβερἜβερ (Rst G), more correctly (L T WH) Ἔβερ (on the accent in manuscripts see Tdf. Proleg., p. 103; Treg. Ἑβέρ, cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 107; WH. Introductory § 408; cf. B. D. under the word ), ὁ, Eber or Heber, indeclinable proper name of a Hebrew: Luke 3:35 (Genesis 10:24f). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἑβραϊκός Transliteration: Hebraikos Phonetic Spelling: heb-rah-ee-kos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: Hebrew, the Jewish language Meaning: Hebrew -- the Jewish language GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1444 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1444 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1444 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1444 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1444, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἑβραϊκός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1444 Hebraikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Hebrew. From Eber; Hebraic or the Jewish language -- Hebrew. see GREEK Eber Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1444: ἙβραϊκόςἙβραϊκός, ἑβραικη, ἑβραικον, Hebrew: Luke 23:38 (R G L brackets Tr marginal reading brackets). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἑβραῖος Transliteration: Hebraios Phonetic Spelling: heb-rah'-yos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: a Hebrew or Jew Meaning: Hebrews -- a Hebrew or Jew GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1445 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1445 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1445 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1445 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1445, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἑβραῖος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1445 Hebraios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Hebrew. From Eber; a Hebr?An (i.e. Hebrew) or Jew -- Hebrew. see GREEK Eber Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1445: ἙβραῖοςἙβραῖος (WH Ἐβραῖος, see their Introductory § 408), ἑβραιου, ὁ, a Hebrew (עִבְרִי a name first given to Abraham, Genesis 14:13, afterward transferred to his posterity descended from Isaac and Jacob; by it in the O. T. the Israelites are both distinguished from and designated by foreigners, as afterward by Pausanias, Plutarch, others. The name is now generally derived from עֵבֶר for הַנָּהָר עֵבֶר, i. e. of the region beyond the Euphrates, whence עִבְרִי equivalent to one who comes from the region beyond the Euphrates; Genesis 14:13 the Sept. ὁ περάτης. Cf. Gesenius, Gesch. d. hebr. Sprache u. Schrift, p. 11f; Thesaurus, ii., p. 987; Knobel, Volkertafel der Genesis, p. 176ff; Bleek, Einl. in d. A. T. edition 1, p. 73f. (English translation, i. 76f); (B. D. under the word . For Synonym: see Ἰουδαῖος.)). 1. In the N. T. anyone of the Jewish or Israelitish nation: 2 Corinthians 11:22; Philippians 3:5. (In this sense Euseb. h. e. 2, 4, 3 calls Philo the Alexandrian Jew, Ἑβραῖος, although his education was Greek, and he had little (if any) knowledge even of the Hebrew language; and in Praep. evang. 8, 8, 34 he applies the same word to Aristobulus, who was both an Alexandrian, and a Greek-speaking Jew.) 2. In a narrower sense those are called Ἑβραῖοί, who lived in Palestine and used the language of the country, i. e. Chaldee; from whom are distinguished οἱ ἑλληνισται, which see That name adhered to them even after they had gone over to Christianity: Acts 6:1. (Philo in his de conf. lingg. § 26 makes a contrast between Ἑβραῖοί and ἡμεῖς; and in his de congr. erud. grat. § 8 he calls Greek ἡ ἡμετέρα διάλεκτος. Hence, in this sense he does not reckon himself as a Hebrew.) 3. All Jewish Christians, whether they spoke Aramaic or Greek, equivalent to πιστοί ἐξ Ἑβραίων; so in the heading of the Epistle to the Hebrews; called by Eusebius, h. e. 3, 4, 2 οἱ ἐξ Ἑβραίων ὄντες. (Cf. K. Wieseler, Unters. u. d. Hebraerbrief, 2te Halfte. Kiel, 1861, pp. 25-30.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἑβραΐς Transliteration: Hebrais Phonetic Spelling: heb-rah-is' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Hebrew, the Aramaic vernacular of Pal Meaning: Hebrew -- the Aramaic vernacular of Palestine GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1446 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1446 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1446 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1446 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1446, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἑβραΐς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1446 Hebrais 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Hebrew. From Eber; the Hebraistic (Hebrew) or Jewish (Chaldee) language -- Hebrew. see GREEK Eber Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1446: ἙβραΐςἙβραΐς (WH Αβραΐς, see their Introductory § 408), ἑβραιδος, ἡ, Hebrew, the Hebrew language; not that however in which the O. T. was written, but the Chaldee (not Syro-Chaldaic, as it is commonly but incorrectly called; cf. A. Th. Hoffmann, Grammat. Syriac., p. 14), which at the time of Jesus and the apostles had long superseded it in Palestine: Acts 21:40; Acts 22:2; Acts 26:14; Ἑβραΐς φωνή, 4 Macc. 12:7; 16:15. (Cf. B. D., under the phrase, Shemitic Languages etc.; ibid. American edition, under the phrase, Language of the New Testament.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἑβραϊστί Transliteration: Hebraisti Phonetic Spelling: heb-rah-is-tee' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: in Hebrew, in Aramaic Meaning: in Hebrew, in Aramaic GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1447 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1447 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1447 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1447 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1447, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἑβραϊστί [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1447 Hebraisti 🕊 Strong's Concordance: in the Hebrew tongue. Adverb from Hebrais; Hebraistically or in the Jewish (Chaldee) language -- in (the) Hebrew (tongue). see GREEK Hebrais Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1447: ἙβραϊστίἙβραϊστί (WH Αβραϊστί, see their Introductory § 408), adverb, (ἑβραίζω), in Hebrew, i. e. in Chaldee (see the foregoing word and references): John 5:2; John 19:13, 17, 20; (xx. 16 T Tr WH L brackets); Revelation 9:11; Revelation 16:16. (Sir. prol. line 13.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγγίζω Transliteration: engizō Phonetic Spelling: eng-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make near, to come near Meaning: to make near, to come near GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1448 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1448 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1448 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1448 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1448, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγγίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1448 engizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: approach, be at hand, draw near. From eggus; to make near, i.e. (reflexively) approach -- approach, be at hand, come (draw) near, be (come, draw) nigh. see GREEK eggus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1448: ἐγγίζωἐγγίζω; imperfect ἠγγιζον; Attic future ἐγγιω (James 4:8 (Alexander Buttmann (1873) 37 (32); with § 13, 1 c.)); 1 aorist ἤγγισα; perfect ἤγγικα (ἐγγύς); in Greek writings from Polybius and Diodorus on; the Sept. for נִגַשׁ and קָרַב. 1. transitive, to bring near, to join one thing to another: Polybius 8, 6, 7; the Sept., Genesis 48:10; Isaiah 5:8. 2. intransitive, to draw or come near, to approach; absolutely, Matthew 21:34; Luke 18:40; (); ; Acts 7:17; Acts 21:33; Acts 23:15; (Hebrews 10:25); perfect ἤγγικε, has come nigh, is at hand: ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, Matthew 3:2; Matthew 4:17; Matthew 10:7; Mark 1:15; Luke 10:11; with the addition ἐφ' ὑμᾶς, Luke 10:9; ἡ ἐρήμωσις, Luke 21:20; ἡ ὥρα, Matthew 26:45; ὁ παραδιδούς με, Matthew 26:46; (Mark 14:42 (where Tdf. ἤγγισεν)); ὁ καιρός, Luke 21:8; ἡ ἡμέρα, Romans 13:12; τό τέλος, 1 Peter 4:7; ἡ παρουσία τοῦ κυρίου, James 5:8. Construed with the dative of the person or the place approached: Luke 7:12; Luke 15:1, 25; Luke 22:47: Acts 9:3; Acts 10:9; Acts 22:6; ἐγγίζειν τῷ Θεῷ (in the Sept. used especially of the priests entering the temple to offer sacrifices or to perform other ministrations there, Exodus 19:22; Exodus 34:30; Leviticus 10:3, etc.): to worship God, Matthew 15:8 Rec., from Isaiah 29:13; to turn one's thoughts to God, to become acquainted with him, Hebrews 7:19; ὁ Θεός ἐγγίζει τίνι, God draws near to one in the bestowment of his grace and help, James 4:8. Followed by εἰς and the accusative of the place: Matthew 21:1; Mark 11:1; Luke 18:35; Luke 19:29; Luke 24:28; (followed by πρός with the dative, Luke 19:37, see Buttmann, § 147, 28; others regard this as a pregnant construction, cf. Winer's Grammar, §§ 48, e.; 66, 2 d.); μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισε, to draw nigh unto, be at the point of, death, Philippians 2:30 (ἐγγίζειν εἰς θάνατον, Job 33:22); with an adverb of place, ὅπου κλέπτης οὐκ ἐγγίζει, Luke 12:33. (Compare: προσεγγίζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγγράφω Transliteration: engraphō Phonetic Spelling: eng-graf'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to inscribe, to enter in a register Meaning: to inscribe, to enter in a register GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1449 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1449 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1449 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1449 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1449, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγγράφω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1449 engraphō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: write in, inscribe From en and grapho; to "engrave", i.e. Inscribe -- write (in). see GREEK en see GREEK grapho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1449: ἐγγράφωἐγγράφω (T WH ἐγγράφω, see ἐν, III. 3): perfect passive ἐγγεγραμμαι; (from Aeschylus and Herodotus down); to engrave; inscribe, write in or on: τί, passive with the dative of the means (with) and followed by ἐν, with the dative of the place (in minds, tablets), 2 Corinthians 3:2, 3; to record, enrol: τά ὀνόματα, passive Luke 10:20 T Tr WH. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔγγυος Transliteration: engyos Phonetic Spelling: eng'-goo-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: under good security (adjective), guarantee (noun) Meaning: under good security, guarantee (noun) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1450 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1450 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1450 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1450 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1450, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔγγυος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1450 engyos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: surety. From en and guion (a limb); pledged (as if articulated by a member), i.e. A bondsman -- surety. see GREEK en Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1450: ἔγγυοςἔγγυος, ἐγγύου, ὁ, ἡ, a surety, (Cicero and Vulg. sponsor): κρείττονος διαθήκης ἔγγυος, he by whom we get full assurance of the more excellent covenant made by God with us, and of the truth and stability of the promises connected with it, Hebrews 7:22. (2 Macc. 10:28; Sir. xxix., 15f Xenophon, vect. 4, 20; Aeschines Epistles 11, 12, p. 128 a.; Aristotle, oec. 2, 22 (vol. ii., p. 1350{a}, 19), Polybius, Diodorus, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγγύς Transliteration: engys Phonetic Spelling: eng-goos' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: near (in place or time) Meaning: near (in place or time) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1451 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1451 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1451 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1451 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1451, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγγύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1451 engys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: at hand, near, nigh, ready. From a primary verb agcho (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the base of agkale); near (literally or figuratively, of place or time) -- from, at hand, near, nigh (at hand, unto), ready. see GREEK agkale Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1451: ἔγγιστα [ἔγγιστα, neuter plural superlative (from ἐγγύς) as adverb, nearest, next: WH (rejected) marginal reading in Mark 6:36 (others, κύκλῳ]. STRONGS NT 1451: ἐγγύςἐγγύς, adverb (from ἐν and γυιον (limb, hand), at hand; (but rather allied with ἄγχι, ἄγχω, anxious, anguish, etc.; see Curtius § 166; Vanicek, p. 22)) (from Homer down), the Sept. for קָרוב; near; 1. of place and position; a. properly: absolutely, John 19:42 (cf. also 20 G L T Tr WH (but see below)); with the genitive (Matthiae, § 339, 1, p. 812; Winers Grammar, 195 (183); (471 (439); Buttmann, § 132, 24)), Luke 19:11; John 3:23; John 6:19, 23; John 11:18, 54; John 19:20 (Rec., but see above); Acts 1:12; with the dative (Matthiae, § 386, 6; Kühner, § 423, 13; (Jelf, § 592, 2)), Acts 9:38; Acts 27:8. b. tropically; οἱ ἐγγύς, those who are near of access to God, i. e. Jews, and οἱ μακράν, those who are alien from the true God and the blessings of the theocracy, i. e. Gentiles: Ephesians 2:17 (cf. Isaiah 57:19); ἐγγύς γίνεσθαι, to be brought near, namely, to the blessings of the kingdom of God, Ephesians 2:13 (so with the rabbis not infrequently to make nigh is equivalent to to make a proselyte, cf. Wetstein at the passage cited; (Schottgen, Horae etc. i., 761f; Valck. Schol. 1:363)); ἐγγύς σου τό ῤῆμα ἐστιν, near thee, i. e. at hand, already, as it were, in thy mind, Romans 10:8 from Deuteronomy 30:14 (cf. Buttmann, § 129, 11; Winer's Grammar, 465 (434)). 2. of Time; concerning things imminent and soon to come to pass: Matthew 24:32; Matthew 26:18; Mark 13:28; Luke 21:30, 31; John 2:13; John 6:4; John 7:2; John 11:55; Revelation 1:3; Revelation 22:10; of the near advent of persons: ὁ κύριος ἐγγύς, of Christ's return from heaven, Philippians 4:5 (in another sense, of God in Psalm 144:18 (); with the addition ἐπί θύραις, at the door, Matthew 24:33; Mark 13:29; ἐγγύς κατάρας, near to being cursed, Hebrews 6:8; ἀφανισμοῦ, soon to vanish, Hebrews 8:13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγγύτερον Transliteration: engyteron Phonetic Spelling: eng-goo'-ter-on Part of Speech: Adverb, Comparative Short Definition: nearer Meaning: nearer GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1452 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1452 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1452 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1452 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1452, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγγύτερον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1452 engyteron 🕊 Strong's Concordance: nearer. Neuter of the comparative of eggus; nearer -- nearer. see GREEK eggus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1452: ἐγγύτερονἐγγύτερον, neuter of the comparitive ἐγγυτερος (from ἐγγύς), used adverbially, nearer: Romans 13:11. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγείρω Transliteration: egeirō Phonetic Spelling: eg-i'-ro Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to waken, to raise up Meaning: to waken, to raise up GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1453 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1453 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1453 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1453 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1453, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγείρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1453 egeirō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: awake, lift up, raise upProbably akin to the base of agora (through the idea of collecting one's faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. Rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence) -- awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up. see GREEK agora Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1453: ἐγείρωἐγείρω; future ἐγερῶ 1 aorist ἤγειρα; passive, present ἐγείρομαι, imperative 2 person singular ἐγείρου (Mark 2:9 Tr WH), Luke 8:54 (where L Tr WH ἔγειρε), 2 person plural ἐγείρεσθε; perfect ἐγήγερμαι; 1 aorist ἠγέρθην (cf. Buttmann, 52 (45); Winer's Grammar, § 38, 1); 1 future ἐγερθήσομαι; middle, 1 aorist imperative ἐγεῖραι Rec.; but, after good manuscripts, Griesbach has in many passages and lately L T Tr WH have everywhere in the N. T. restored ἔγειρε, present active imperative used intransitively and employed as a formula for arousing; properly, rise, i. e. "Up! Come!" cf. ἄγε; so in Euripides, Iph. A. 624; Aristophanes ran. 340; cf. Fritzsche on Mark, p. 55; (Buttmann, 56 (49), 144f (126f); Kühner, § 373, 2); the Sept. generally for הֵעִיר and הֵקִים; to arouse, cause to rise; 1. as in Greek writings from Homer down, to arouse from sleep, to awake: Acts 12:7; (Mark 4:38 T Tr WH); passive to be awaked, wake up, (A. V. arise, often including thus the subsequent action (cf. 3 below)): Matthew 25:7; Mark 4:27; (ἀπό τοῦ ὕπνου, Matthew 1:24 L T Tr WH); ἐγερθείς with the imperative Matthew 2:13, 20; with a finite verb, Matthew 2:14, 21; Matthew 8:26; (Luke 8:24 R G L Tr marginal reading); ἐγείρεσθε, Matthew 26:46; Mark 14:42. Metaphorically, ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι, to arise from a state of moral sloth to an active life devoted to God, Romans 13:11; likewise ἔγειρε (Rec. ἐγεῖραι) arise, ὁ καθεύδων, Ephesians 5:14. 2. to arouse from the sleep of death, to recall the dead to life: with νεκρούς added, John 5:21; Acts 26:8; 2 Corinthians 1:9. ἔγειρε [Rec. ἐγεῖραι) arise, Mark 5:41; passive ἐγείρου, Luke 8:54 (R GT); ἐγέρθητι, arise from death, Luke 7:14; ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί, Matthew 11:5; Luke 7:22; Luke 20:37; 1 Corinthians 15:15, 16, 29, 32 (Isaiah 26:19); ἐγείρειν ἐκ νεκρῶν, from the company of the dead (cf. Winers Grammar, 123 (117); Buttmann, 89 (78)), John 12:1, 9; Acts 3:15; Acts 4:10; Acts 13:30; Romans 4:24; Romans 8:11; Romans 10:9; Galatians 1:1; Ephesians 1:20; Colossians 2:12; 1 Thessalonians 1:10; Hebrews 11:19; 1 Peter 1:21; passive, Romans 6:4, 9; Romans 7:4; 1 Corinthians 15:12, 20; John 2:22; John 21:14; Mark 6:16 (T WH omits; Tr brackets ἐκ νεκρῶν); Luke 9:7; (Matthew 17:9 L T Tr WH text); ἀπό τῶν νεκρῶν, Matthew 14:2; Matthew 27:64; Matthew 28:7 (νεκρόν ἐκ θανάτου καί ἐξ ᾅδου, Sir. 48:5; for הֵקִיץ, 2 Kings 4:31); ἐγείρειν simply: Acts 5:30; Acts 10:40; Acts 13:37; 1 Corinthians 6:14; 2 Corinthians 4:14; passive, Matthew 16:21; Matthew 17:23 (L WH marginal reading ἀναστήσεται); (Matthew 20:19 T Tr text WH text); ; Mark ( T WH (see above)); ; Luke 24:6 (WH reject the clause), ; Romans 4:25; 1 Corinthians 15:4, etc. 3. in later usage generally to cause to rise, raise, from a seat, bed, etc.; passive and middle to rise, arise; used a. of one sitting: ἐγείρεται (L Tr WH ἠγέρθη) ταχύ, John 11:29, cf. John 11:20; present active imperative ἔγειρε (see above), Mark 10:49 (not Rec.), cf. Mark 10:46; hence (like the Hebrew קוּם, Genesis 22:3; 1 Chronicles 22:19), in the redundant manner spoken of under the word ἀνίστημι, II. 1 c. it is used before verbs of going, etc.: ἐγερθείς ἠκολούθει (ἠκολούθησεν R G) αὐτῷ, Matthew 9:19; ἔγειρε (R G ἐγεῖραι) καί μέτρησον, Revelation 11:1. b. of one reclining: ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου, John 13:4; ἐγείρεσθε, John 14:31. c. of one lying, to raise up: ἤγειρεν αὐτόν, Acts 10:26; ἐγέρθητε arise, Matthew 17:7; ἔγειρε (see above) Acts 3:6 (L Tr text brackets); ἠγέρθη ἀπό τῆς γῆς, he rose from the earth, Acts 9:8; to (raise up, i. e.) draw out an animal from a pit, Matthew 12:11. d. of one 'down' with disease, lying sick: active, Mark 9:27; Acts 3:7; ἐγερεῖ αὐτόν ὁ κύριος, will cause him to recover, James 5:15; passive Matthew 8:15; ἔγειρε ((Rec. ἐγεῖραι, so Griesbach (doubtfully in Matt.)), see above) arise: Matthew 9:5; John 5:8; Acts 3:6 (T WH omit; Tr brackets). 4. To raise up, produce, cause to appear; a. to cause to appear, bring before the public (anyone who is to attract the attention of men): ἤγειρε τῷ Ἰσραήλ σωτῆρα, Acts 13:23 Rec.; ἤγειρεν αὐτοῖς τόν Δαυειδ εἰς βασιλέα, Acts 13:22 (so הֵקִים, Judges 2:18; Judges 3:9, 15); passive ἐγείρομαι, to come before the public, to appear, arise": Matthew 11:11; Matthew 24:11, 24; Mark 13:22; Luke 7:16; John 7:52 (cf. Winers Grammar, 266 (250); Buttmann, 204 (177)); contextually, to appear before a judge: Matthew 12:42; Luke 11:31. b. ἐπί τινα to raise up, incite, stir up, against one; passive to rise against: Matthew 24:7; Mark 13:8; Luke 21:10. c. to raise up i. e. cause to be born: τέκνα τίνι, Matthew 3:9; Luke 3:8; κέρας σωτηρίας, Luke 1:69 (see ἀνίστημι, I c. ἐξανίστημι, 1); θλῖψιν τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου, to cause affliction to arise to my bonds, i. e. tire misery of my imprisonment to be increased by tribulation, Philippians 1:16-17L T Tr WH. d. of buildings, to raise, construct, erect: τόν ναόν, John 2:19f (so הֵקִים, Deuteronomy 16:22; 1 Kings 16:32. Aelian de nat. an. 11, 10; Josephus, Antiquities 4, 6, 5; Herodian, 3, 15, 6 (3rd edition, Bekker); 8, 2, 12 (5th edition, Bekker); Lucian, Pseudomant. § 19; Anthol. 9, 696. 1 Esdr. 5:43; Sir. 49:13; Latinexcito turrem, Caesar b. g. 5, 40;sepulcrum, Cicero, legg. 2, 27, 68). (Ammonius: ἀναστῆναι καί ἐγερθῆναι διαφέρει. ἀναστῆναι μέν γάρ ἐπί ἔργον, ἐγερθῆναι δέ ἐξ ὕπνου; cf. also Thomas Magister, Ritschl edition, p. 14, 10f. But see examples above. Compare: διεγείρω, ἐξεγείρω, ἐπεγείρω, συνεγείρω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔγερσις Transliteration: egersis Phonetic Spelling: eg'-er-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a rousing, a rising (from death) Meaning: a rousing, a rising (from death) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1454 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1454 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1454 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1454 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1454, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔγερσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1454 egersis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: resurrection. From egeiro; a resurgence (from death) -- resurrection. see GREEK egeiro Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1454: ἔγερσιςἔγερσις, ἐγερσεως, ἡ (ἐγείρω "a rousing, excitation:" τοῦ θυμοῦ, Plato, Tim., p. 70 c.; a rising up, Psalm 138:2 (); resurrection from death; Matthew 27:58. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκάθετος Transliteration: enkathetos Phonetic Spelling: eng-kath'-et-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: hired to lie in wait, lying in wait Meaning: hired to lie in wait, lying in wait GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1455 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1455 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1455 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1455 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1455, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκάθετος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1455 enkathetos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: spy. From en and a derivative of kathiemi; subinduced, i.e. Surreptitiously suborned as a lier-in-wait -- spy. see GREEK en see GREEK kathiemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1455: ἐγκάθετοςἐγκάθετος (T WH ἐνκαθετος, see ἐν, III. 3), ἐγκαθετου ὁ ἡ (ἐγκαθίημι (to send down in (secretly))), suborned to lie in wait; a lier-in-wait, a spy, (cf. Latininsidiator; English "insidious): used in Luke 20:20 of one who is suborned by others to entrap a man by crafty words. (Plato, Ax., p. 368 e.; Demosthenes, p. 1483, 1; Josephus, b. j. 6, 5, 2; Polybius 13, 5, 1, others; the Sept., Job (); .) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκαίνια Transliteration: enkainia Phonetic Spelling: eng-kah'-ee-nee-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: dedication, renewal (of religious services) Meaning: dedication, renewal (of religious services) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1456 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1456 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1456 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1456 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1456, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκαίνια [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1456 enkainia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dedication. Neuter plural of a presumed compound from en and kainos; innovatives, i.e. (specially) renewal (of religious services after the Antiochian interruption) -- dedication. see GREEK en see GREEK kainos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1456: ἐγκαίνιαἐγκαίνια (T WH ἐανκαινια, see ἐν, III. 3), ἐγκαινιων, τά (from ἐν and καινός); only in Biblical and ecclesiastical writings (on the plural cf. Winers Grammar, § 27, 3; Buttmann, 23 (21)); dedication, consecration; thus, in 2 Esdr. 6:16, 17; Nehemiah 12:27 for חֲנֻכָּה; in particular (Vulg.encaeaium, i. e. renovation], an 'annual feast celebrated eight days beginning on the 25th of Chislev (the middle of our December), instituted by Judas Maccabaeus () in memory of the cleansing of the temple from the pollutions of Antiochus Epiphanes (αἱ ἡμέραι ἐγκαινισμοῦ τοῦ θυσιασθηριου, 1 Macc. 4:59): John 10:22. Cf. Winers RWB (also Riehm, HWB) under the word Kirchweihfest; Oehler in Herzog iv., p. 389; Grimm on 1 Macc. 1:54 1 Macc. 4:52; Dillmann in Schenkel iii., 534f; (BB. DD. (especially Kitto) under the word the). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκαινίζω Transliteration: enkainizō Phonetic Spelling: eng-kahee-nid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to renew, inaugurate Meaning: to renew, inaugurate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1457 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1457 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1457 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1457 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1457, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκαινίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1457 enkainizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: consecrate, dedicate. From egkainia; to renew, i.e. Inaugurate -- consecrate, dedicate. see GREEK egkainia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1457: ἐγκαινίζωἐγκαινίζω (T WH ἐνκαινίζω, see ἐν, III 3): 1 aorist ἐνεκαινισα; perfect passive ἐγκεκαινισμαι; a word exclusively Biblical and ecclesiastical (Winers Grammar, 33); to innovate, i. e.: 1. to renew: 2 Chronicles 15:8. 2. to do anew, again: σημεῖα, Sir. 33:6 (Sir. 36:6). 3. to initiate, consecrate, dedicate, (Deuteronomy 20:5; 1 Kings 8:63; 1 Samuel 11:14, etc.): διαθήκην, Hebrews 9:18; ὁδόν, Hebrews 10:20. STRONGS NT 1457a: ἐγκακέωἐγκακέω, ἐγκάκω ((see below); 1 aorist ἐνεκάκησα; (κακός); (properly, to behave badly in; hence) to be weary in anything, or to lose courage, flag, faint: adopted by L T Tr WH in place of R G ἐκκακέω (which see) in Luke 18:1; 2 Corinthians 4:1, 16; Galatians 6:9; Ephesians 3:13; 2 Thessalonians 3:13 — except that T WH write ἐνκακέω in Luke 18:1; Galatians 6:9; Ephesians 3:13; so WH in 2 Thessalonians 3:13, also; see ἐν, III. 3; (cf. Tdf.'s note on 2 Corinthians 4:1; Meyer ibid., who thinks that ἐκκακέω may have been a colloquial form. See the full exhibition of the usage of the manuscripts given by Dr. Gregory in his Proleg. to Tdf. edition 8, p. 78.) (Found a few times in Symm. (Genesis 27:46; Numbers 21:5; Isaiah 7:16; also Proverbs 3:11 Theod.); Clement of Rome, 2 Cor. 2, 2 [ET]; in secular writings only in Polybius 4, 19, 10 τό πέμπειν τάς βοηθείας ἐνεκακησαν they culpably neglected to send aid (add Philo de confus. lingg. § 13 (Mang. i., 412, 36) οὐκ ἐκκακουμενος; ἐκναμφθην.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκαλέω Transliteration: enkaleō Phonetic Spelling: eng-kal-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to call in (as a debt or demand), bring to account Meaning: to call in (as a debt or demand), bring to account GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1458 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1458 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1458 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1458 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1458, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκαλέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1458 enkaleō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: accuse, call in question, lay to the charge. From en and kaleo; to call in (as a debt or demand), i.e. Bring to account (charge, criminate, etc.) -- accuse, call in question, implead, lay to the charge. see GREEK en see GREEK kaleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1458: ἐγκαλέωἐγκαλέω (see ἐν, III. 3) ἐγκάλω; future ἐγκαλέσω; imperfect ἐνεκάλουν; (present passive ἐγκαλοῦμαι); properly, to call (something) in someone (ἐν (i. e. probably in his case; or possibly, as rooted in him)); hence, to call to account, bring a charge against, accuse: as in classic Greek followed by the dative of the person (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 30, 9 a.), Acts 19:38; Acts 23:28 (Sir. 46:19); κατά with the genitive of the person to come forward as accuser against, bring a charge against: Romans 8:33. Passive to be accused (cf. Buttmann, § 134, 4 (sec. 133, 9; yet cf. Meyer on Acts as below, Winer's Grammar, as above)); with the genitive of the thing: στάσεως, Acts 19:40, (ἀσεβείας ἐς τόν Τιβεριον ἐγκληθείς, Dio Cassius, 58, 4; active with the dative of the person and the genitive of the thing, Plutarch, Aristotle 10, 9; see Winers Grammar, as above; Matthiae, § 369); περί τούτων, ὧν ἐγκαλοῦμαι, unless this is to be resolved into περί τούτων ἅ, etc., according to the well-known construction ἐγκάλειν τίνι τί, Acts 26:2; περί τίνος (active, Diodorus 11, 83) Acts 23:29; Acts 26:7 (Buttmann, § 133, 9). (In Greek writings from Sophocles and Xenophon down.) (Synonym: see κατηγορέω, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκαταλείπω Transliteration: enkataleipō Phonetic Spelling: eng-kat-al-i'-po Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to leave behind, (in a good sense) let remain over or (in a bad sense) desert Meaning: to leave behind, (in a good sense) let remain over or (in a bad sense) desert GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1459 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1459 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1459 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1459 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1459, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκαταλείπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1459 enkataleipō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: forsake, leave. From en and kataleipo; to leave behind in some place, i.e. (in a good sense) let remain over, or (in a bad sense) to desert -- forsake, leave. see GREEK en see GREEK kataleipo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1459: ἐγκαταλείπωἐγκαταλείπω (Acts 2:27, 31, T WH ἐνκαταλείπω.; T also in Romans 9:29, see his note and cf. ἐν, III. 3); (imperfect ἐγκατελειπον (WH text in 2 Timothy 4:10, 16)); future ἐγκαταλείψω; 2 aorist ἐγκατέλιπον; passive (present ἐγκαταλείπομαι) 1 aorist ἐγκατελειφθην; the Sept. for עָזַב; 1. to abandon, desert (ἐν equivalent to ἐν τίνι, in some place or condition), i. e. to leave in straits, leave helpless, (colloquial, leave in the lurch): τινα, Matthew 27:46 and Mark 15:34 from Psalm 21:2 (); Hebrews 13:5; passive 2 Corinthians 4:9; after the Hebrew עָזַב with לְ, τινα εἰς ᾅδου (or ᾅδην), by forsaking one to let hlm go into Hades, abandon unto Hades, Acts 2:27, 31 (not R). to desert, forsake: τινα, 2 Timothy 4:10, 16; τήν ἐπισυναγωγήν, Hebrews 10:25. 2. to leave behind among, to leave surviving: ἡμῖν σπέρμα, Romans 9:29 from Isaiah 1:9. (Hesiod, Works, 376; Thucydides, and following.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκατοικέω Transliteration: enkatoikeō Phonetic Spelling: eng-kat-oy-keh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to settle down in (a place), reside Meaning: to settle down in (a place), reside GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1460 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1460 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1460 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1460 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1460, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκατοικέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1460 enkatoikeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dwell among. From en and katoikeo; to settle down in a place, i.e. Reside -- dwell among. see GREEK en see GREEK katoikeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1460: ἐγκατοικέωἐγκατοικέω (T WH ἐνκατοικέω, see ἐν, III. 3), ἐγκατοίκω; to dwell among: ἐν αὐτοῖς, among them, 2 Peter 2:8. (Very rare in secular writings as (Herodotus 4, 204); Euripides, fragment (188) quoted in Dio Chrysostom or. 73 fin; Polybius 18, 26, 13.) STRONGS NT 1460a: ἐγκαυχάομαιἐγκαυχάομαι (T WH ἐνκαυχάομαι, see ἐν, III. 3); to glory in: followed by ἐν with the dative of the object (Psalm 51:3 (); (); Psalm 105:47 (), 2 Thessalonians 1:4 L T Tr WH. (With simple dative of thing in ecclesiastical writings and Aesop's Fables.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκεντρίζω Transliteration: enkentrizō Phonetic Spelling: eng-ken-trid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to take pride in, glory in Meaning: to take pride in, glory in GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1461 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1461 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1461 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1461 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1461, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκεντρίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1461 enkentrizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: graft into. From en and a derivative of kentron; to prick in, i.e. Ingraft -- graff in(-to). see GREEK en see GREEK kentron Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1461: ἐγκεντρίζωἐγκεντρίζω (T WH ἐνκεντρίζω, see ἐν, III. 3): 1 aorist ἐνεκεντρισα; passive, 1 aorist ἐνεκεντρίσθην; 1 future ἐγκεντρισθήσομαι; to cut into for the sake of inserting a scion; to inoculate, ingraft, graft in, (Aristotle quoted in Athen. 14, 68 (p. 653 d.); Theophrastus, h., p. 2, 2, 5; Antoninus 11, 8): τινα, Romans 11:17, 19, 23, 24 (cf. Winers Grammar, § 52, 4, 5); in these passages Paul likens the heathen who by becoming Christians have been admitted into fellowship with the people for whom the Messianic salvation is destined, to scions from wild trees inserted into a cultivated stock; (cf. Beet on verse 24; B. D. under the word ). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔγκλημα Transliteration: enklēma Phonetic Spelling: eng'-klay-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: an accusation Meaning: an accusation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1462 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1462 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1462 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1462 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1462, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔγκλημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1462 enklēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: an accusation, chargeFrom egkaleo; an accusation, i.e. Offence alleged -- crime laid against, laid to charge. see GREEK egkaleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1462: ἔγκλημαἔγκλημα (see ἐν, III. 3), ἐγκλήματος, τό (ἐγκαλέω), accusation: the crime of which one is accused, Acts 25:16; ἔγκλημα ἔχειν, to have laid to one's charge, be accused of a crime, Acts 23:29. (Often in Attic writings from Sophocles and Thucydides on.) [SYNONYMS: see κατηγορέω; cf. Isocrates 16, 2 τάς μέν γάρ δίκας ὑπέρ τῶν ἰδίων ἐγκληματων λαγχανουσι, τάς δέ κατηγοριας ὑπέρ τῶν τῆς πόλεως πραγμάτων ποιοῦνται, καί πλείω χρόνον διατριβουσι τόν πατέρα μου διαβαλλοντες ἤ κτλ.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκομβόομαι Transliteration: enkomboomai Phonetic Spelling: eng-kom-bo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to put on oneself (as a garment) Meaning: to put on oneself (as a garment) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1463 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1463 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1463 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1463 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1463, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκομβόομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1463 enkomboomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be clothed with. Middle voice from en and komboo (to gird); to engirdle oneself (for labor), i.e. Figuratively (the apron as being a badge of servitude) to wear (in token of mutual deference) -- be clothed with. see GREEK en Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1463: ἐγκομβωμαιἐγκομβωμαι (see ἐν, III. 3), ἐγκομβοῦμαι: (1 aorist middle ἐνεκομβωσαμην); (from ἐν and κομβόω, to knot, tie, and this from κομβος, knot, band (German Schleife), by which two things are fastened together), to fasten or gird on oneself; the ἐγκομβωμα was the white scarf or apron of slaves, which was fastened to the girdle of the vest (ἐξωμίς), and distinguished slaves from freemen; hence, 1 Peter 5:5, τήν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώσασθε, gird yourselves with humility as your servile garb (ἐγκομβωμα) i. e. by putting on humility show your subjection one to another. That this idea lies in the phrase is shown by C. F. A. Fritzsche, with his usual learning, in Fritzschiorum Opuscc., p. 259ff. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκοπή Transliteration: enkopē Phonetic Spelling: eng-kop-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a hindrance Meaning: a hindrance GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1464 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1464 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1464 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1464 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1464, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκοπή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1464 enkopē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hinder. From egkopto; a hindrance -- X hinder. see GREEK egkopto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1464: ἐγκοπήἐγκοπή (WH ἐνκοπη T ἐκκοπῇ, see ἐν, III. 3), ἐγκοπης, ἡ (ἐγκόπτω, properly, a cutting (made in the road to impede an enemy in pursuit ((?)), hence), a hindrance: 1 Corinthians 9:12. (Diodorus 1, 32; Dionysius Halicarnassus, de comp. verb., p. 157, 15 (22); Longinus, de sublim. 41, 3; (others).) STRONGS NT 1464: ἐκκοπῇἐκκοπῇ, ἐκκοπης, ἡ (Polybius, Plutarch, others), see ἐγκοπή. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκόπτω Transliteration: enkoptō Phonetic Spelling: eng-kop'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cut into, impede, detain Meaning: to cut into, impede, detain GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1465 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1465 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1465 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1465 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1465, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκόπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1465 enkoptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hinder, be tedious unto. From en and kopto; to cut into, i.e. (figuratively) impede, detain -- hinder, be tedious unto. see GREEK en see GREEK kopto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1465: ἐγκόπτωἐγκόπτω (in Acts T WH ἐνκόπτω, so T in 1 Pet. where R ἐκκόπτω; see ἐν, III. 3); 1 aorist ἐνεκοψα; passive (present ἐγκόπτομαι; imperfect ἐνεκοπτόμην; to cut into, to impede one's course by cutting off his way; hence, universally, to hinder (Hesychius: ἐμποδίζω, διακωλύω); with the dative of the object, Polybius 24, 1, 12; in the N. T. with the accusative of the object, 1 Thessalonians 2:18; followed by an infinitive, Galatians 5:7 (see ἀνακόπτω); an infinitive preceded by τοῦ, Romans 15:22; εἰς τό μή ἐγκόπτεσθαι τάς προσευχάς ὑμῶν, that ye be not hindered from praying (together), 1 Peter 3:7; equivalent to to detain (A. V. to be tedious unto) one, Acts 24:4 (cf. Valcken. Schol. 1:600f). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκράτεια Transliteration: enkrateia Phonetic Spelling: eng-krat'-i-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: mastery, self-control Meaning: mastery, self-control GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1466 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1466 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1466 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1466 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1466, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκράτεια [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1466 enkrateia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: temperance. From egkrates; self-control (especially continence) -- temperance. see GREEK egkrates Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1466: ἐγκράτειαἐγκράτεια (see ἐν III. 3), ἐγκρατείας, ἡ, (ἐγκρατής), self-control, Latincontinentia, temperantia (the virtue of one who masters his desires and passions, especially his sensual appetites): Acts 24:25; Galatians 5:23 (22); 2 Peter 1:6. (Xenophon, Plato, and following; Sir. 18:29; 4 Macc. 5:34.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκρατεύομαι Transliteration: enkrateuomai Phonetic Spelling: eng-krat-yoo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to exercise self-control Meaning: to exercise self-control GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1467 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1467 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1467 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1467 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1467, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκρατεύομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1467 enkrateuomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: contain, be temperate. Middle voice from egkrates; to exercise self-restraint (in diet and chastity) -- can(-not) contain, be temperate. see GREEK egkrates Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1467: ἐγκρατεύομαιἐγκρατεύομαι (see ἐν, III. 3); depon, middle; to be self-controlled, continent (ἐγκρατής); to exhibit self-government, conduct oneself temperately: (used absolutely in Genesis 43:30); with the dative of respect, τῇ γλώσσῃ, Sir. 19:6 variant; πάντα, in everything, every way, 1 Corinthians 9:25 (in a figure drawn from athletes, who in preparing themselves for the games abstained from unwholesome food, wine, and sexual indulgence); οὐκ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι, said of those who cannot curb sexual desire, 1 Corinthians 7:9. Though this word does not occur in the earlier Greek writings that have come down to us (except in Aristotle, eth. Eudem. 2, 7, p. 1223{b}, 13th edition, Bekker), yet its use is approved of by Phrynichus; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 442; (Winer's Grammar, 25). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκρατής Transliteration: enkratēs Phonetic Spelling: eng-krat-ace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: strong, master of, self-controlled Meaning: strong, master of, self-controlled GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1468 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1468 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1468 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1468 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1468, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκρατής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1468 enkratēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: temperate. From en and kratos; strong in a thing (masterful), i.e. (figuratively and reflexively) self-controlled (in appetite, etc.) -- temperate. see GREEK en see GREEK kratos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1468: ἐγκρατήςἐγκρατής (see ἐν, III. 3), ἐγκρατες (κράτος); 1. properly, equivalent to ὁ ἐν κράτει ὤν, strong, robust: Aeschylus, Thucydides, and following. 2. having power over, possessed of (a thing), with a genitive of the object; so from (Sophocles and) Herodotus down. 3. mastering, controlling, curbing, restraining: ἀφροδισιων, Xenophon, mere. 1, 2, 1; ἠδωνης, ibid. 4, 5, 10; ἑαυτοῦ, Plato; absolutely (without a genitive), controlling oneself, temperate, continent, ((Aristotle, eth. Nic. 7, 4, p. 1146{b}, 10ff); Sir. 26:15; Wis. 8:21; Philo de Jos. § 11): Titus 1:8. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκρίνω Transliteration: enkrinō Phonetic Spelling: eng-kree'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to judge in, to reckon among Meaning: to judge in, to reckon among GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1469 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1469 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1469 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1469 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1469, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκρίνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1469 enkrinō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: classifyFrom en and krino; to judge in, i.e. Count among -- make of the number. see GREEK en see GREEK krino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1469: ἐγκρίνωἐγκρίνω (T WH ἐνκρίνω, see ἐν, III. 3): (1 aorist ἐνεκρινα); to reckon among, judge among: τινα τίνι, to judge one worthy of being admitted to a certain class (A. V. to number with), 2 Corinthians 10:12. (From Xenophon, and Plato down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγκρύπτω Transliteration: enkryptō Phonetic Spelling: eng-kroop'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to conceal in Meaning: to conceal in GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1470 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1470 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1470 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1470 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1470, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγκρύπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1470 enkryptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hid in. From en and krupto; to conceal in, i.e. Incorporate with -- hid in. see GREEK en see GREEK krupto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1470: ἐνκρύπτωἐνκρύπτω: 1 aorist ἐνεκρυψα; to conceal in something, τί εἰς τί (Diodorus 3, 63; Apollod. 1, 5, 1 § 4); contextually, to mingle one thing with another: Matthew 13:33; Luke 13:21 here T Tr WH ἔκρυψεν. (τί τίνι, Homer, Odyssey 5, 488.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔγκυος Transliteration: enkyos Phonetic Spelling: eng'-koo-os Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: pregnant Meaning: pregnant GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1471 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1471 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1471 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1471 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1471, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔγκυος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1471 enkyos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pregnantFrom en and the base of kuma; swelling inside, i.e. Pregnant -- great with child. see GREEK en see GREEK kuma Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1471: ἔγκυοςἔγκυος (WH ἐνκυος, see ἐν, III. 3.), ἐγκυον, for the more usual ἐγκύμων (from ἐν and κύω), big with child, pregnant: Luke 2:5. (Herodotus 1, 5 etc.; Diodorus 4, 2; Josephus, Antiquities 4, 8, 33.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγχρίω Transliteration: enchriō Phonetic Spelling: eng-khree'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to rub in (oil) Meaning: to rub in (oil) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1472 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1472 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1472 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1472 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1472, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγχρίω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1472 enchriō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: anoint. From en and chrio; to rub in (oil), i.e. Besmear -- anoint. see GREEK en see GREEK chrio Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1472: ἐγχρίωἐγχρίω (see ἐν, III. 3): 1 aorist active imperative ἐγχρῖσον, middle (in T Tr) ἐνχρισαι (but L WH 1 aorist active infinitive ἐνχρισαι, (Griesbach ἐγχρῖσαι; cf. Veitch, under the word χρίω, at the end)); to rub in, besmear, anoint; middle to anoint for oneself: τούς ὀφθαλμούς, Revelation 3:18 (cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) 149f, 131); Winer's Grammar, § 32, 4 a.). (Tobit 6:9 Tobit 11:7; Strabo, Anthol., Epictetus, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐγώ Transliteration: egō Phonetic Spelling: eg-o' Part of Speech: Personal Pronoun Short Definition: I (only expressed when emphatic) Meaning: I (only expressed when emphatic) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1473 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1473 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1473 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1473 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1473, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐγώ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1473 egō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: I, me. A primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic) -- I, me. For the other cases and the plural see eme, emoi, emou, hemas, hemeis, hemin, hemon, etc. see GREEK eme see GREEK emoi see GREEK emou see GREEK hemas see GREEK hemeis see GREEK hemin see GREEK hemon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1473: ἐγώἐγώ, genitive ἐμοῦ, enclitic μου; dative ἐμοί, enclitic μοι; accusative ἐμέ, enclitic με; plural ἡμεῖς, etc.; personal pronoun, I. 1. The nominatives ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, when joined to a verb, generally have force and emphasis, or indicate antithesis, as Matthew 3:11; Mark 1:8; Luke 3:16 (ἐγώ μέν ... ὁ δέ); Matthew 3:14 (ἐγώ ... ἔχω, καί σύ); , and often; ἡμεῖς, contrasted with God, Matthew 6:12; ἡμεῖς καί οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, Matthew 9:14; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 22, 6. But sometimes they are used where there is no emphasis or antithesis in them, as Matthew 10:16; John 10:17; and in many editions in Mark 1:2; Luke 7:27; cf. Buttmann, § 129, 12. ἰδού ἐγώ, הִנֵּנִי, behold me, here am I: Acts 9:10 (1 Samuel 3:8). ἐγώ, like אֲנִי, I am: John 1:23; Acts 7:32 (cf. Winers Grammar, 585 (544); Buttmann, 125 (109)). 2. The enclitic (and monosyllabic) genitive, dative, and accusative are connected with nouns, verbs, adverbs, but not with prepositions: ἔμπροσθεν μου, John 1:15; ὀπίσω μου, Matthew 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ibid.; τίς μου ἥψατο, Mark 5:31; λέγει μοι, Revelation 5:5; ἀρνήσηταί με, Matthew 10:33; Luke 12:9 (on the accent in these expressions cf. Winers Grammar, § 6, 3; (Lipsius, Gram. Untersuch., p. 59ff; Lob. Path. Elementa ii., p. 323f; Tdf. N. T. edition 7, Proleg., p. 61f; edition 8, p. 104)); but δἰ ἐμοῦ, κατ' ἐμοῦ, πρό ἐμοῦ, etc., ἐν ἐμοί, περί, δἰ, ἐπ', κατ', εἰς ἐμέ. The only exception is πρός, to which the enclitic με is generally joined, Matthew 25:36; Mark 9:19, and very often; very rarely πρός ἐμέ, John 6:37{a}, and according to L T Tr WH in Acts 22:8, 13; Acts 24:19; (also Acts 23:22 T Tr WH; John 6:35 and 45 T Tr text WH; Luke 1:43 T WH; Matthew 19:14; John 6:37{b},65, Tdf.; John 6:44 Tr text WH marginal reading; 1 Corinthians 16:11 L Tr; but πρός με, Matthew 3:14 Tdf. and Matthew 11:28 Griesbach; cf. Lipsius as above, p. 61 note). Moreover, the full forms ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ are used in case of emphasis or antithesis; thus, ἐμοῦ, Luke 10:16; ἐμοί, John 7:23; John 10:38, etc.; ἐμέ, Mark 14:7; John 7:7, etc. 3. As in classic Greek, μου and ἡμῶν are very often used for the possessive pronouns ἐμός and ἡμέτερος (Buttmann, § 127, 21); and when so used, a. they are generally placed after their substantives, as ὁ οἶκος μου, ἡ ζωή ἡμῶν, etc. — the fuller form ἐμοῦ only for the sake of distinction or antithesis (cf. Buttmann, § 127, 22), as μητέρα αὐτοῦ καί ἐμοῦ, Romans 16:13; πίστεως ὑμῶν τέ καί ἐμοῦ, Romans 1:12. b. But they are sometimes placed before substantives, even which have the article, when no emphasis resides in the pronoun or antithesis is involved in its use (Winers Grammar, § 22, 7 N. 1; Buttmann, as above): μου τούς λόγους, Matthew 7:24, 26; even before prepositions, μου ὑπό τήν στέγην, Matthew 8:8; less frequently ἡμῶν, as ἡμῶν τήν πόλιν, Acts 16:20; it is prefixed for emphasis in ἡμῶν τό πολίτευμα, Philippians 3:20, cf. Winers Grammar, as above; Rost § 99, 4, p. 452ff 7th edition adduces a multitude of examples from Greek authors; (cf. Krüger, § 47, 9, 12 who states the rule as follows: when joined to a substantive having the article the reflexive genitive, with αὐτοῦipsius, and ἀλλήλων, requires the attributive position, the personal genitive, and αὐτοῦejus, the partitive position). 4. τί ἐμοί (ἡμῖν) καί σοι (ὑμῖν); what have I (we) to do with thee (you)? (cf. Buttmann, 138 (121); Winer's Grammar, 211 (198); 585 (544)): Matthew 8:29; Mark 1:24; Mark 5:7; Luke 8:28; John 2:4; Heb. וָלָך מַה־לִּי, Judges 11:12; 2 Kings 3:13; 2 Samuel 16:10; 2 Chronicles 35:21; 1 Esdr. 1:24; also in classic Greek; cf. Aulus Gellius n. a. 1, 2; Epictetus diss. 2, 9, 16; τί ἡμῖν καί αὐτῷ, ibid. 1, 1, 16; τί ἐμοί καί αὐτοῖς, ibid. 1, 27, 13; 22, 15. τί γάρ μοι, what does it concern me? what have I to do etc.: 1 Corinthians 5:12; cf. Bos, Ellipses Graec., p. 599, Schaefer edition; Bernhardy (1829), p. 98; Krüger, § 48, 3, 9; Kühner, 2:364f; (Buttmann, as above, also 394 (337); Winers Grammar, 586 (545)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐδαφίζω Transliteration: edaphizō Phonetic Spelling: ed-af-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to raze Meaning: to raze GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1474 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1474 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1474 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1474 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1474, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐδαφίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1474 edaphizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: lay even with the ground, razeFrom edaphos; to raze -- lay even with the ground. see GREEK edaphos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1474: ἐδαφιζοἐδαφιζο: Attic future ἐδαφιω (Buttmann, 37 (32); Winers Grammar, § 13, 1 c.); (see ἔδαφος); to throw to the ground — both of cities, buildings, to raze, level with the earth, and of men; in both applications in Luke 19:44 (by zeugma (?) cf. Winer's Grammar, § 66, 2 e.). (Psalm 136:9 (); Isaiah 3:26; Ezekiel 31:12; Hosea 14:1 (Hosea 13:16); Amos 9:14 (Ald.); rare in secular writings, as (Aristotle, probl. 23, 29); Polybius 6, 33, 6.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔδαφος Transliteration: edaphos Phonetic Spelling: ed'-af-os Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a basis, bottom, ground Meaning: a basis, bottom, ground GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1475 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1475 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1475 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1475 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1475, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔδαφος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1475 edaphos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ground. From the base of hedraios; a basis (bottom), i.e. The soil -- ground. see GREEK hedraios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1475: ἔδαφοςἔδαφος, ἐδαφεος (ἐδάφους), τό, bottom, base, ground: πίπτειν εἰς τό ἔδαφος, Acts 22:7. (the Sept.; in classical writings from Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑδραῖος Transliteration: hedraios Phonetic Spelling: hed-rah'-yos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: sitting, steadfast Meaning: sitting, steadfast GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1476 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1476 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1476 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1476 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1476, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑδραῖος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1476 hedraios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: settled, steadfast. From a derivative of hezomai (to sit); sedentary, i.e. (by implication) immovable -- settled, stedfast. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1476: ἑδραῖοςἑδραῖος (rarely feminine ἑδραια (Winer's Grammar, § 11, 1)), ἑδραιον (ἕδρα, seat, chair); 1. sitting, sedentary, (Xenophon, Plato, others). 2. firm, immovable, steadfast, (Euripides, Plato, others); in the N. T. metaphorically, of those who are fixed in purpose: 1 Corinthians 15:58; Colossians 1:23; ἕστηκεν ἐν τῇ καρδία, 1 Corinthians 7:37. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑδραίωμα Transliteration: hedraiōma Phonetic Spelling: hed-rah'-yo-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a support, a basis Meaning: a support, a basis GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1477 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1477 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1477 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1477 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1477, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑδραίωμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1477 hedraiōma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: support, basisFrom a derivative of hedraios; a support, i.e. (figuratively) basis -- ground. see GREEK hedraios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1477: ἑδραίωμαἑδραίωμα, ἑδραιωματος, τό (ἑδραιόω, to make stable, settle firmly), a stay, prop, support, (Vulg.firmamentum): 1 Timothy 3:15 (A. V. ground). (Ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἑζεκίας Transliteration: Hezekias Phonetic Spelling: ed-zek-ee'-as Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Hezekiah, a king of Judah Meaning: Hezekiah -- a king of Judah GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1478 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1478 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1478 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1478 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1478, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἑζεκίας [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1478 Hezekias 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Ezekias. Of Hebrew origin (Chizqiyah); Ezekias (i.e. Hezekeiah), an Israelite -- Ezekias. see HEBREW Chizqiyah Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1478: ΑζεκιαςΑζεκιας (WH Ἑζεκίας; L Ἐζεκειας, see Tdf. Proleg., p. 85, (הִזְקִיָה, strength of Jehovah, i. e. strength given by Jehovah; GermGotthard; the Sept. Αζεκιας) (genitive Αζεκιου, cf. Buttmann, 17 (16) no. 8), Hezekiah, king of Judah (2 Kings 18:1ff; 20:1ff; Isaiah 38:1ff): Matthew 1:9, 10. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐθελοθρησκεία Transliteration: ethelothrēskeia Phonetic Spelling: eth-el-oth-race-ki'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: self-willed (arbitrary and unwarranted) piety Meaning: self-willed (arbitrary and unwarranted) piety GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1479 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1479 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1479 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1479 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1479, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐθελοθρησκεία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1479 ethelothrēskeia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: voluntary worship. From ethelo and threskeia; voluntary (arbitrary and unwarranted) piety, i.e. Sanctimony -- will worship. see GREEK ethelo see GREEK threskeia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1479: ἐθελοθρησκείαἐθελοθρησκεία (T WH ἐθελοθρησκία, see Iota), ἐθελοθρησκειας, ἡ (from ἐθέλω and θρησκεία, which see (cf. Winers Grammar, 100 (95))), voluntary, arbitrary worship, (Vulg.superstitio) (A. V. will-worship), i. e. worship which one devises and prescribes for himself, contrary to the contents and nature of the faith which ought to be directed to Christ; said of the misdirected zeal and practices of ascetics: Colossians 2:23; Suidas ἐθελοθρησκει. ἰδίῳ θελήματι σεβει τό δοκοῦν. Cf. ἐθελόδουλος, ἐθελοδουλεία, ἐθελοπρόξενος, one who acts the part of aproxenus without having been appointed to the office, etc. The explanation of others: simulated, counterfeit religion (cf. inThayer's Greek Lexicon: s, ἐθελοφιλοσοφος, ἐθελοκωφος, etc.), does not square so well with the context. (The word is found besides in Mansi, Collect. Concil. vol. iv., p. 1380, and in Theodoret, vol. iv., epistle clxi., p. (1460 b., Migne edition) 1831, Halle edition; (Eusebius, h. e. 6, 12, 1; Jerome, epistle 121, vol. 1,1031, Migne edition). Epiphanius haer. 1, 16 (i., p. 318, 3rd edition, Dindorf) attributes ἐθελοπερισσοθρησκεια to the Pharisees.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐθίζω Transliteration: ethizō Phonetic Spelling: eth-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to accustom, the established custom Meaning: to accustom, the established custom GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1480 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1480 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1480 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1480 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1480, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐθίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1480 ethizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to accustomFrom ethos; to accustom, i.e. (neuter passive participle) customary -- custom. see GREEK ethos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1480: ἐθίζωἐθίζω: (ἔθος, which see); to accustom; passive to be accustomed; perfect preposition τό εἰθισμένον, usage, custom: τοῦ νόμου, prescribed by the law, Luke 2:27. (Euripides, (Aristophanes), Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐθνάρχης Transliteration: ethnarchēs Phonetic Spelling: eth-nar'-khace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: an ethnarch, a governor (not king) of a province Meaning: an ethnarch, a governor (not king) of a province GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1481 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1481 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1481 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1481 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1481, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐθνάρχης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1481 ethnarchēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ethnarch. From ethnos and arche; the governor (not king) of a district -- ethnarch. see GREEK ethnos see GREEK arche Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1481: ἐθνάρχηςἐθνάρχης, ἐθναρχου, ὁ (from ἔθνος and ἄρχω), (equivalent to founder of a nation, Philo,quis rer. div. her. § 56), an ethnarch, one set over a people as ruler, but without the authority and name of king (Lucian, in Macrobius, § 17 ἀντί ἐθναρχου βασιλεύς ἀναγορευθεις Βοσπορου; so the governor whom the Alexandrian Jews used to have was called ἐθνάρχης, of whom Josephus says, Antiquities 14, 7, 2, ὅς διοικεῖ τέ τό ἔθνος καί δίαιτα κρίσεις καί συμβολαιων ἐπιμελειται καί προσταγμάτων, ὡς ἄνπολιτείας ἄρχων ἀυτοτελους; likewise Simon Maccabaeus, 1 Macc. 14:47 1 Macc. 15:1, 2; Josephus, Antiquities 13, 6, 6; cf. (19, 5, 2); b. j. 2, 6, 3): 2 Corinthians 11:32 ὁ ἐθνάρχης Ἁρέτα τοῦ βασιλέως, the governor of Damascene Syria, ruling in the name of king Aretas ((which see); cf. B. D. under the word , 11). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐθνικός Transliteration: ethnikos Phonetic Spelling: eth-nee-kos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: national, foreign, a Gentile Meaning: national -- foreign, a Gentile GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1482 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1482 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1482 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1482 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1482, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐθνικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1482 ethnikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a GentileFrom ethnos; national ("ethnic"), i.e. (specially) a Gentile -- heathen (man). see GREEK ethnos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1482: ἐθνικόςἐθνικός, ἐθνικη, ἐθνικον (ethnos); 1. adapted to the genius or customs of a people, peculiar to a people, national: Polybius, Diodorus, others. 2. suited to the manners or language of foreigners, strange, foreign; so in the grammarians (cf. our 'gentile']. 3. in the N. T. savoring of the nature of pagans, alien to the worship of the true God, heathenish; substantively, ὁ ἐθνικός, the pagan, the Gentile: Matthew 18:17; plural, Matthew 5:47 G L T Tr WH; ; and 3 John 1:7 L T Tr WH. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐθνικῶς Transliteration: ethnikōs Phonetic Spelling: eth-nee-koce' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: as a Gentile Meaning: as a Gentile GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1483 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1483 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1483 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1483 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1483, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐθνικῶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1483 ethnikōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: after the manner of Gentiles. Adverb from ethnikos; as a Gentile -- after the manner of Gentiles. see GREEK ethnikos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1483: ἐθνικῶςἐθνικῶς, adverb (see ἐθνικός), like the Gentiles: Galatians 2:14 (Winers Grammar, 463 (431). Apollonius Dyscolus, p. 190, 5; (Diogenes Laërtius 7, 56). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔθνος Transliteration: ethnos Phonetic Spelling: eth'-nos Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a race, a nation, the nations (as distinct from Israel) Meaning: Gentiles -- a race, a nation, the nations (as distinct from Israel) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1484 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1484 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1484 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1484 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1484, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔθνος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1484 ethnos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gentile, heathenProbably from etho; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. A tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan) -- Gentile, heathen, nation, people. see GREEK etho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1484: ἔθνοςἔθνος, ἔθνους, τό: 1. a multitude (whether of men or of beasts) associated or living together; a company, troop, swarm: ἔθνος ἑταίρων, ἔθνος Ἀχαιων, ἔθνος λαῶν, Homer, Iliad; ἔθνος μελισσαων, 2, 87; μυιαων ἐθνεα, ibid. 469. 2. "a multitude of individuals of the same nature or genus (τό ἔθνος τό θῆλυ ἤ ἀρρεν, Xenophon, oec. 7, 26): πᾶν ἔθνος ἀνθρώπων, the human race, Acts 17:26 (but this seems to belong under the next entry). 3. race, nation: Matthew 21:43; Acts 10:35, etc.; ἔθνος ἐπί ἔθνος, Matthew 24:7; Mark 13:8: οἱ ἄρχοντες, οἱ βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν, Matthew 20:25; Luke 22:25; used (in the singular) of the Jewish people, Luke 7:5; Luke 23:2; John 11:48, 50-53; John 18:35; Acts 10:22; Acts 24:2 (), ; . 4. (τά ἔθνη, like הַגויִם in the O. T., foreign nations not worshipping the true God, pagans, Gentiles, (cf. Trench, § xcviii.): Matthew 4:15 (Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν), ; (3 John 1:7 R G; cf. Revelation 15:3 G L T Tr WH marginal reading after John 10:7), and very often; in plain contradistinction to the Jews: Romans 3:29; Romans 9:24; (1 Corinthians 1:23 G L T Tr WH): Galatians 2:8, etc.; ὁ λαός (τοῦ Θεοῦ, Jews) καί τά ἔθνη, Luke 2:32; Acts 26:17, 23; Romans 15:10. 5. Paul uses τά ἔθνη even of Gentile Christians: Romans 11:13; Romans 15:27; Romans 16:4; Galatians 2:12 (opposite Galatians 2:13 to οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, i. e. Jewish Christians), Galatians 2:14; Ephesians 3:1, cf. Ephesians 4:17 (Winers Grammar, § 59, 4 a.; Buttmann, 130 (114)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔθος Transliteration: ethos Phonetic Spelling: eth'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: custom, a usage (prescribed by habit or law) Meaning: custom, a usage (prescribed by habit or law) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1485 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1485 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1485 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1485 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1485, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔθος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1485 ethos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: custom, mannerFrom etho; a usage (prescribed by habit or law) -- custom, manner, be wont. see GREEK etho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1485: ἔθοςἔθος, ἐθεος (ἦθος), τό, from Aeschylus (Agam. 728 (?); better from Sophocles) down, custom: Luke 22:39; ἔθος ἐστι τίνι followed by an infinitive, John 19:40; Acts 25:16; Hebrews 10:25; contextually, usage prescribed by law, institute, prescription, rite: Luke 1:9; Luke 2:42; Acts 16:21; Acts 21:21; Acts 26:3; Acts 28:17; περιτέμνεσθαι τῷ ἔθει Μωϋσέως, Acts 15:1; ἀλλάξει τά ἔθη ἅ παρέδωκε Μωϋσῆς, Acts 6:14. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἴωθα Transliteration: eiōtha Phonetic Spelling: eth'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be accustomed, custom Meaning: to be accustomed, custom GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1486 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1486 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1486 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1486 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1486, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἴωθα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1486 eiōtha 🕊 Strong's Concordance: by custom, manner. A primary verb; to be used (by habit or conventionality); neuter perfect participle usage -- be custom (manner, wont). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1486: ἔθωἔθω (of the present only the participle ἐθῶν is used, in Homer): perfect εἴωθα, to be accustomed, used, wont; (pluperfect as imperfect (Winer's Grammar, 274 (257f)) ἐιώθειν; followed by an infinitive: Matthew 27:15; Mark 10:1. Participle τό εἰωθός in a passive sense, that which is wont; usage, custom: κατά τό εἰωθός τίνι, as one's custom is, as is his wont, Luke 4:16; Acts 17:2. STRONGS NT 1486: εἴωθαεἴωθα, see ἔθω. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰ Transliteration: ei Phonetic Spelling: i Part of Speech: Conditional Particle Or Conjunction Short Definition: forasmuch as, if, that Meaning: forasmuch as, if, that GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1487 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1487 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1487 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1487 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1487, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1487 ei 🕊 Strong's Concordance: forasmuch as, if, thatA primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc. -- forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in eige, ei de me(ge), ei kai, ei me, ei me ti, ei per, ei pos, ei tis, ek. See also ean. see GREEK eige see GREEK ei de me(ge) see GREEK ei kai see GREEK ei me see GREEK ei me ti see GREEK ei per see GREEK ei pos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1487: εἰ [εἰ, ἰ: εἰ and ἰ are frequent interchanged in N. T. spelling. This is due partly to itacism, partly to the endeavor to mark the iota sound as long or short. See the remarks on this subject in WHs Appendix, p. 152f (cf. Introductory § 399); Tdf Proleg., p. 83f; Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word εἰ. The use of iota ἰ for εἰ is noticed under the word Iota; instances in which εἰ is substituted for iota ἰ are the folling: Ἀβειληνη WH; Ἀδδει T Tr WH; Ἀντειπας T; Ἀρεοπαγειτης T; Βενιάμειν L T Tr WH; Δαυειδ L T Tr WH; Ἐζεκειας L; Ἐλαμειτης T WH; Ἐλεισαβετ WH; Ἐσλει T Tr WH; Ἐυνεικη Rec.st; ἡλει T Tr WH; ἠλειας T WH; ἱερείχω T WH; ἱεροσολυμειτης T WH; Ἰσραηλειτης T WH, so Tr in John 1:47 (48); Ἰωσείας L T Tr WH; κεἰς L T Tr WH; Κυρεῖνος Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading; Λευεις T WH, so Tr except in Mark 2:14; Λευειτης T WH, so Tr except in Acts 4:36; Λευειτικος T WH; Μελχει T Tr WH; Νηρει T Tr WH; Νινευειτης T WH, so Tr in Matthew 12:41; Ὀζείας L T Tr WH; Πειλᾶτος T WH; Σεμηιν T Tr WH; Ταβειθα WH; Χερούβειν L T Tr WH (χερουβιμ R G); Χοράζειν T Tr WH; ἀφειδεια L; ἐιδεια T Tr WH; ἐπαρχεία T WH; ἐπιποθεια WH; ἡλει T; πανοικεί T WH; ῥαββει T WH; ῥαββουνει WH; σαβαχθανε T Tr WH; ταλειθα WH; τάχειον WH; τραπεζειτης T WH.) εἰ, is first a conditional particle, if (Latinsi); secondly, an interrogative particle, whether, (Latinan, num, ne). I. εἰ Conditional (on the difference between it and ἐάν, see ἐάν, I. 1 b.) is connected, according to the variety of conditions, with various tenses and moods; viz. 1. with the indicative of all tenses, when anything is simply and generally assumed to be, or to be done, or to have been done, or to be about to be, (Winers Grammar, § 41 b., 2; cf. 42, 2; (Buttmann, 220 (190))). a. with the present indicative α. following in the apodosis by the present indicative: Matthew 19:10 (εἰ οὕτως ἐστιν ἡ αἰτία ... οὐ συμφέρει γαμῆσαι); ; Romans 7:16, 20; Romans 8:25; Romans 14:15; 1 Corinthians 9:17; Galatians 2:18; Galatians 5:18; Hebrews 12:8; James 2:8f, etc. β. followed by an imperative in the apodosis — either the present, as (Matthew 19:17 L Tr text WH text); Mark 4:23; Mark 7:16 R G L; John 15:18; Acts 13:15; Acts 25:5; 1 Corinthians 7:12, 15; James 3:14, etc.; or the aorist, as Matthew 5:29, 30; Matthew 8:31; Matthew 19:17 (R G T Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading); Mark 9:22 (cf. Buttmann, 55 (48)); Luke 22:67 (); 1 Corinthians 7:9. γ. followed by the future in the apodosis: ; Acts 5:39 L T Tr WH; ; Romans 8:11, 13; 2 Corinthians 11:30, etc. δ. followed by the perfect or the aorist in the apodosis, where it is declared that, if this or that is, something else has or has not occurred: Matthew 12:26, 28; Luke 11:20; 1 Corinthians 15:16; Galatians 2:21; Romans 4:14; 2 Peter 2:20. ε. followed by the imperfect, either with or without ἄν, where in the protasis something is simply assumed to be, but the apodosis shows that what has been assumed cannot be the case. Three passages falling under this head have a doubtful or disputed text: εἰ ἔχετε (T Tr WH, for the R G L εἴχετε) ἐλέγετε ἄν, etc. Luke 17:6; εἰ ... μνημονεύουσιν (T Tr, for R G L WH ἐμνημόνευον) ... εἶχον ἄν, Hebrews 11:15 (where by the present tense the writer refers to the language of the Jewish Fathers as at present corded in the sacred Scriptures; cf. τοιαῦτα λέγοντες Luke 17:14); εἰ τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ ἐστε (G L T Tr WH, for R ἦτε) ... ἐποιεῖτε ((WH text ποιεῖτε.) R L add ἄν), John 8:39; Alexander Buttmann (1873) in Studien und Kritiken for 1858, p. 474ff (N. T. Gram. § 139, 26; but cf. Meyer on Luke, the passage cited). But 2 Corinthians 11:4 εἰ ... κηρύσσει ... ἀνείχεσθέ G T Tr WH marginal reading (ἀνέχεσθε L WH text) must not be referred to this head; here Paul in the protasis supposes something which actually occurred, in the apodosis censures a thing which actually occurred viz. the readiness with which his readers gave ear continually (this is indicated by the imperfect) to false teachers. On the difficulty of the passage cf. Holsten in the Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Theol. for 1874, p. 1ff; (cf. also Buttmann, 226 (195); but Winer's Grammar, 306 (287) and Meyer at the passage). ζ. with a question as the apodosis: Matthew 6:23; John 5:47; John 7:23; John 8:46; 1 Peter 2:20. b. with the future indicative: Matthew 26:33; James 2:11 R G; 1 Peter 2:20. c. with the perfect indicative: John 11:12; Acts 16:15; Romans 6:5; Romans 11:6 (where after εἰ supply λεῖμμα γέγονεν from what precedes), 2 Corinthians 2:5; 2 Corinthians 5:16; 2 Corinthians 7:14. d. with the aorist indicative — followed by the present in the apodosis, Luke 19:8; Romans 4:2; Romans 15:27; followed by a question in the apodosis, Luke 16:11, 12; John 18:23; 1 Corinthians 4:7; 1 Corinthians 9:11; followed by the aorist in the apodosis, Revelation 20:15; by the Impv. in the apodosis, John 18:23; John 20:15; Romans 11:17; 1 Timothy 5:9, 10; Philemon 1:18; by the future in the apodosis, John 13:32; John 15:20; Hebrews 12:25 (where supply οὐκ ἐκφευξόμεθα in the apodosis). 2. Not infrequently, when a conclusion is drawn from something that is quite certain, εἰ with the indicative is used argumentatively so as to be equivalent in sense to ἐπεί (cf. the use of German wenn) (cf. Winer's Grammar, 448 (418)): Matthew 12:28; Luke 23:31; John 7:4; Romans 5:17; Romans 6:5; Romans 8:31; Romans 11:6, 12; Colossians 2:20; Colossians 3:1, etc. 3. When it is said what would have been, or what would be now or in the future, if something else were or had been, εἰ is used with the imperfect, pluperfect, and aorist indicative; in the apodosis it is followed in direct discourse by ἄν with the imperfect or the pluperfect or the aorist; sometimes ἄν is omitted, (on the causes of the omission, see Buttmann, § 139, 27); sometimes the apodosis is made a question (cf. Winers Grammar, 304f (285f)). a. εἰ with the imperfect, followed in the apodosis by ἄν with the imperfect: Matthew 23:30; Luke 7:39 (εἰ οὗτος ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν ἄν, if this man were a prophet, he would know); John 5:46; John 8:42; John 9:41; John 15:19; 1 Corinthians 11:31; Galatians 1:10; Hebrews 8:4, 7 (if ... were, etc., there would not be sought, etc., viz. in the O. T. passage quoted Hebrews 8:8); by a question in the apodosis: 1 Corinthians 12:19; Hebrews 7:11; by ἄν with the aorist, where the Latin uses the pluperfect subjunctive: John 11:32 if thou hadst been here, οὐκ ἄν ἀπέθανε μου ὁ ἀδελφός, my brother would not have died (when he did (cf. below); Buttmann, § 139, 25 regards the imperfect in protasis as expressing duration)); John 4:10; John 18:30 (εἰ μή ἦν οὗτος κακοποιός, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν, we would not have delivered him to thee); Acts 18:14; by ἄν with the pluperfect: John 11:21 (εἰ ἦς ὧδε ... οὐκ ἄν ἐτεθνήκει, would not have died (and be now dead; cf. Winers Grammar, 304 (285) and see above; but L T Tr text WH read the aorist here also)); 1 John 2:19. b. εἰ with the pluperfect, followed in the apodosis by ἄν with the pluperfect or the aorist, in the sense of the Latin pluperfect subjunctive: Matthew 12:7 (εἰ ἐγνώκειτε, if ye had understood, i. e., if ye knew, οὐκ ἄν κατεδικάσατε τούς ἀναιτίους, ye would not have condemned the guiltless); Matthew 24:43 and Luke 12:39 (εἰ ᾔδει, if he had perceived, i. e., if he knew, ἐγρηγόρησεν ἄν, he would have watched, namely, before the thief had approached (Tr text WH omit ἄν in Luke, the passage cited)); John 4:10; John 8:19; John 14:7 (R G L). c:. with the aorist in the same sense as the Latin pluperfect subjunctive: εἰ ἐδόθη νόμος ... ὄντως ἄν ἐκ νόμου ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη, if a law had been given, righteousness would in truth come from the law, Galatians 3:21; εἰ αὐτούς Ἰησοῦς κατέπαυσεν, if Joshua had given them rest, οὐκ ἄν περί ἄλλης ἐλάλει, he would not be speaking, namely, in the passage quoted, Hebrews 4:8; apodosis without ἄν, John 15:22, see ἄν I. 3, p. 33f. 4. As in classic Greek, εἰ with the indicative is often joined to verbs expressing wonder, surprise, or other strong emotion (where ὅτι might have been expected), when the thing spoken of is either not quite certain, or, although certain, yet in accordance with the well-known Greek urbanity is represented as not quite free from doubt (Matthiae, ii., p. 1474f; Kühner, ii., p. 887f; (Jelf, § 804, 9); Winers Grammar, § 60, 6; (Buttmann, § 139, 52]). Thus, it is joined — to the verb, θαυμάζω: ἐθαύμαζεν, εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκε, for the matter had not yet been investigated; hence, it is added ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν, εἰ ἤδη (R G T Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading πάλαι) ἀπέθανεν, Mark 15:44; μή θαυμάζετε, εἰ μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος (the thing is certain) 1 John 3:13; to the phrase ἄπιστον κρίνεται: Acts 26:8 (with παράδοξον preceding, Lucian, dial. mort. 13, 1); to καλόν ἐστιν and λυσιτελεῖ: Mark 9:42 and Luke 17:2 (Matthew 18:6 has συμφέρει, ἵνα); Matthew 26:24 and Mark 14:21; to μέγα ἐστι: 1 Corinthians 9:11 (on which see 8 below); 2 Corinthians 11:15; τί θέλω, εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη (τό πῦρ), how would I if (i. e., that) it were already kindled (but it has not yet been kindled), Luke 12:49 (others besides, but cf. Meyer at the passage; (so B. 1. e.; cf. Winers Grammar, 448 (418); see τίς, 1 e. γ. at the end); Sir. 23:14 θελήσεις, εἰ μή ἐγεννήθης; (in addition to the other interpretations noticed by Winer's and Meyer the passages cited mention may be made of that which takes θέλω as subjunctive: what am I to choose if (as I may well assume) it has already been kindled; cf. Green, 'Critical Notes' at the passage)). 5. Contrary to Greek usage, in imitation of the Hebrew אִם, εἰ, with the indicative is so used in oaths and asseverations that by aposiopesis the formula of imprecation (constituting the apodosis) is suppressed (Winers Grammar, § 55 at the end; Buttmann, § 149, 4): ἀμήν λέγω ὑμῖν, εἰ δοθήσεται ... σημεῖον (fully expressed, 'may God punish me, if it shall be given,' i. e. it shall by no means be given), Mark 8:12; ὤμοσα, εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τήν κατάπαυσιν μου (fully, 'let my name no longer be Jehovah, if they shall enter,' etc.), Hebrews 3:11; Hebrews 4:3, from Psalm 94:11 () the Sept. (Hebrew אִם, Genesis 14:23; Numbers 14:30; 1 Samuel 14:45, etc.; we have the full expression in 1 Samuel 3:17; Song of Solomon 2:7, etc.). 6. Sometimes, as in classic Greek, after a protasis with εἰ and the indicative, the apodosis is suppressed on account of mental agitation and left to be supplied by the reader or the hearer from the context (cf. Winer's Grammar, 599f (557)): εἰ βούλει παρενεγκεῖν τό ποτήριον τοῦτο (namely, παρένεγκε (but here L Tr WH adopt the imperative in place of the infinitive; yet cf. Buttmann, 396 (339))), Luke 22:42; εἰ δέ πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ ἤ ἄγγελος, supply in place of an apodosis the question what then? Acts 23:9 (the apodosis added in Rec., μή θεομαχωμεν is spurious); εἰ ἔγνως ... τά πρός εἰρήνην σου, namely, ἐπιστευες ἄν ἐμοί, Luke 19:42 (Buttmann, 396 (339)]. 7. The conditional εἰ is joined with the optative, to indicate that the condition is merely thought of or stated as a possibility (cf. Klotz ad Devar. ii. 2, p. 491ff; Winers Grammar, 293f (275f); Buttmann, § 139, 24). No example of this construction is found in the Gospels; very few in the rest of the N. T. a. universally, in short intercalated clauses: εἰ τύχοι, if it so chance, it may be (see τυγχάνω 2), 1 Corinthians 14:10; 1 Corinthians 15:37; εἰ θέλοι τό θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, 1 Peter 3:17 (Rec. θέλει. b. where it indicates that something may occur repeatedly (cf. Klotz, the passage cited, p. 492f): εἰ καί πάσχοιτε, 1 Peter 3:14 (cf. Winers Grammar, as above). c. where the condition represents the mind and judgment of others: εἰς ὁ ἐβουλεύοντο (R G ἐβουλεύσαντο), εἰ δύναιντο ἐξῶσαι (WH text ἐκσωσαι (which see)) τό πλοῖον, into which bay (or rather 'upon which beach'; see ἐξωθέω) they determined to run the ship, if they could; as though the navigators had said among themselves, ἐξώσομεν, εἰ δυνάμεθα, Acts 27:39; so also εἰ τί ἔχοιεν πρός με, if they think they have anything against me, Acts 24:19. 8. with the subjunctive, when it is assumed that something may take place, but whether it will in reality is unknown before the event, in order to make the event seem to be more certain than if ἐάν were used (Klotz, the passage cited, p. 500ff; Winers Grammar, 294f (276f); Buttmann, § 139, 22): εἰ ... θερισωμεν, 1 Corinthians 9:11 Tdf. editions 2, 7 (Lachmann marginal reading; others, θερίσομεν); (the Sept. Genesis 43:3f; Sir. 22:26; 4 Macc. 6:20). But see III. below, under εἰ μή, εἰ μήτι, εἰ πῶς, εἴτε ... εἴτε, εἰ τίς. II. εἰ Interrogative, whether. "The conditional particle gets this force if a question is asked about anything, whether it is or is not so, and that about which the question is put is uttered as it were conditionally" (Klotz, the passage cited, p. 508; (Winers Grammar, § 57, I; Alexander Buttmann (1873) 248ff (214ff); 254f (218f)). 1. As in Greek writings in an indirect question after verbs of seeing, asking, deliberating, knowing, saying, etc. a. with the present indicative: as ὀυδ' εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐστιν, ἠκούσαμεν (properly, according to the conditional force of the particle, 'if there is (i. e. has appeared, been given; cf. εἰμί, I. 2) a Holy Spirit, we did not even hear'), Acts 19:2; ἴδωμεν, εἰ ἔρχεται, Matthew 27:49; Mark 15:36; βουλεύεται (T WH L marginal reading βουλήσεται), εἰ δυνατός ἐστιν, Luke 14:31; ἵνα εἴπῃς, εἰ σύ εἰ, Matthew 26:63; (ἵνα γνῷ τήν δοκιμήν ὑμῶν εἰ (WH marginal reading ἡ) ... ὑπηκωι ἐστε, 2 Corinthians 2:9 (see WH. Introductory § 404)); after οὐκ οἶδα, John 9:25; after κρίνατε, Acts 4:19; δοκιμάζετε ((?), πειράζετε), 2 Corinthians 13:5. b. with the future indicative (cf. Winers Grammar, 300 (282); Buttmann, § 139, 61 b.): δεήθητι, εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεται σοι, Acts 8:22; τί οἶδας, εἰ ... σώσεις, 1 Corinthians 7:16; παρετήρουν, εἰ θεραπεύσει (Tdf. θεραπεύει), Mark 3:2 and in Luke 6:7 (R G WH marginal reading); ἦλθεν (namely, to see), εἰ ἄρα τί εὑρήσει, Mark 11:13. c. with the aorist indicative: οὐκ οἶδα, εἰ τινα ἄλλον ἐβάπτισα, whether I baptized, 1 Corinthians 1:16; ἐπηρώτησαν, εἰ πάλαι (L Tr text WH text ἤδη) ἀπέθανεν, whether he were long dead, Mark 15:44; εἶπε μοι, εἰ ... ἀπέδοσθε, Acts 5:8. d. with the subjunctive aorist (cf. Buttmann, 255f (220); Winer's Grammar, 298f (280f)): διώκω, εἰ καί καταλάβω, I press on (namely, πειρωμενος or σκοπῶν, trying to see), whether I may also lay hold, Philippians 3:12. Sosi is used in Latin, e. g. Nepos, vit. Hann. 8 Hannibal ...African accessit in finibus Cyrenaeorum (namely,experturus),si forte Carthaginienses ad bellum possent induci Caesar b. g. 1, 8, 4si perrumpere possent, conati; add Caesar b. g. 2, 9, 1. Cf. Kühner, ii., p. 1032f; (Jelf, § 877 b.). 2. Contrary to the usage of Greek authors, like the Hebrew אִם and the interrogative he (ה), it is used in the Sept. and the N. T. (especially by Luke) also in direct questions (cf. the colloquial use of the German ob; e. g.ob icb wohl thun soll?); cf. Winers Grammar, § 57, 1; Buttmann, 248 (214), and, in opposition to those who have striven to absolve the sacred writers from this misuse of the particle (especially Fritzsche and Meyer (see the latter's note on Matthew 12:10 and Luke 13:23; he quotes with approval the language of Ast (Platonic Lexicon, vol. i. 601), 'dubitanter interrogat, ita ut interrogatio videatur directa esse)), cf. Lipsius, Paulin. Rechtfertigungslehre, p. 30ff: — εἶπε τίς αὐτῷ, κύριε, εἰ ὀλογοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι; Luke 13:23; κύριε, εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μάχαιρα (μαχαίρῃ T Tr WH); Luke 22:49; κύριε, εἰ ... ἀποκαθιστάνεις τήν βασιλείαν; Acts 1:6; cf. besides, Matthew 12:10; Matthew 19:3; Mark 8:23 (according to the reading of (Tdf. 2, 7) Tr (marginal reading WH text) εἰ τί βλέπεις for R G L T Tr text WH marginal reading βλέπει); Acts 19:2, etc. (Genesis 17:17; Genesis 43:6; 1 Samuel 10:24, etc.; in the O. T. Apocrypha, 2 Macc. 7:7 2Macc. 15:3; 4 Macc. 18:17 from Ezekiel 37:3 the Sept.; Tobit 5:5). III. εἰ with other particles and with the indefinite pronoun τίς, τί. 1. εἰ ἄρα, see ἄρα, 1. 2. εἴγε, see γέ, 3 c. 3. εἰ δέ καί, a. but if also, so that καί belongs to some word that follows: Luke 11:18 (but if Satan also). b. but though, but even if, so that καί belongs to εἰ: 1 Corinthians 4:7; 2 Corinthians 4:3; 2 Corinthians 5:16 (R G; others omit δέ); 2 Corinthians 11:6; see 6 below. 4. εἰ δέ μή, but if not; if it is or were otherwise, (Buttmann, 393 (336f), cf. 345 (297); Winer's Grammar, as below): John 14:2 (εἰ δέ μή, namely, οὕτως ἦν), John 14:11 (εἰ δέ μή namely, ἐμοί πιστεύετε, i. e. my words). As in these passages so generally the phrase stands where a word or clause must be repeated in thought from what immediately precedes; it thus has the force of the Latinalioquin, otherwise, or else, (Winer's Grammar, 583 (543)): Revelation 2:5, 16; also after negative declarations, Mark 2:21f; cf. Matthiae, § 617 b. 5. εἰ δέ μήγε, see γέ, 3 d. 6. εἰ καί, a. iif even, if also, (cf. εἰ δέ καί, 3 a., (and 7 below)): 1 Corinthians 7:21 (cf. Meyer at the passage; Lightfoot on Philemon, p. 324); 2 Corinthians 11:15. b. though, although: Luke 11:8; 2 Corinthians 4:16; 2 Corinthians 7:8, 12; Philippians 2:17; Colossians 2:5 (εἰ γάρ καί); Hebrews 6:9; with the optative, 1 Peter 3:14; see I. 7 b. above. 7. καί εἰ, even if: Mark 14:29 (T Tr WH εἰ καί); 1 Peter 3:1; cf. Klotz, the passage cited, p. 519 (who says, "In εἰ καί the conditional particle εἰ has the greater force; in καί εἰ the conjunctive particle καί. Hence, καί εἰ is used of what is only assumed to be true; εἰ καί, on the other hand, of what is as it is said to be." Bäumlein (Griech. Partikeln, p. 151) says, "In εἰ καί the καί naturally belongs to the conditional clause and is taken up into it, if even; in the combination καί εἰ the καί belongs to the consequent clause, even if. Sometimes however the difference disappears." Krüger (sec. 65, 5, 15): "with καί εἰ, the leading clause is regarded as holding under every condition, even the one stated, which appears to be the most extreme; with εἰ καί the condition, which may also come to pass, is regarded as a matter of indifference in reference to the leading clause;" Sauppe (on Demosthenes, Ol. 2 § 20) is very explicit: "καί εἰ and εἰ καί both indicate that something conflicts with what is expressed in the leading clause, but that that is (or is done) notwithstanding. καί εἰ, however, represents the thing adduced in the conditional sentence to be the only thing conflicting; but when the conditional particle precedes (εἰ καί), the representation is that something which is (or may be) accompanied by many others (καί) conflicts ineffectually. Accordingly, the phrase καί αἱ greatly augments the force of what follows, εἰ καί lays less emphasis upon it; although it is evident that εἰ καί can often be substituted for καί εἰ." Cf. Herm. Vig., p. 829f; Winer's Grammar, 444 (413); Ellicott on Philippians 2:17; Schmalfeld, Griech. Syntax, § 41; Paley, Greek Particles, p. 31). 8. εἰ μή, a. in a conditional protasis, with the same sequence of moods and tenses as the simple εἰ see I. above, if not, unless, except, (Winers Grammar, 477ff (444ff); Buttmann, 345 (297)): Matthew 24:22; John 9:33; John 15:22, 24; Romans 7:7, etc. b. it serves, with the entire following sentence, to limit or correct what has just been said, only, save that, (Latinnisi quod) (Buttmann, 359 (308)): Mark 6:5; 1 Corinthians 7:17 (where Paul by the addition εἰ μή ἑκάστῳ κτλ. strives to prevent anyone in applying what had been said a little while before, viz. οὐ δεδούλωται ... ἐν τοιούτοις to his own case, from going too far); in ironical answers, unless perchance, save forsooth that, (Kühner, § 577, 7; (Jelf, § 860, 5 Obs.)): εἰ μή χρῄζομεν κτλ., 2 Corinthians 3:1 Rec. c. εἰ μή very often coalesce into one particle, as it were, which takes the same verb as the preceding negation: unless, equivalent to except, save, (Kühner, § 577, 8; Buttmann, 359 (308)); a. universally: Matthew 11:27; Matthew 12:39; Mark 2:26; Mark 8:14; John 3:13; Romans 7:7; Romans 13:1, 8; 1 Corinthians 8:4; 1 Corinthians 12:3; 2 Corinthians 12:5, etc. as in classic Greek, μόνος, μόνον, is added pleonastically: Matthew 17:8; Matthew 21:19; Matthew 24:36; Acts 11:19; Philippians 4:15; Revelation 13:17, etc. β. after negatives joined to nouns it is so used as to refer to the negative alone (hence, many have regarded it as used for ἀλλά (i. e. as being not exceptive but adversative)), and can be rendered in Latinsed tantum, but only: Matthew 12:4 (οὐκ ἐξόν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν οὐδέ τοῖς μετ' αὐτοῦ, εἰ μή τοῖς ἱερεῦσι μόνοις, as if οὐκ ἐξόν ἦν φαγεῖν alone preceded); Luke 4:26; Romans 14:14; Revelation 9:4; Revelation 21:27 (ἐάν μή is so used in Galatians 2:16; on Galatians 1:19 see Ἰάκωβος, 3); cf. Fritzsche on Romans, vol. iii., p. 195; (see ἐάν, I. 3 c. and references). γ. when preceded by the interrogative τίς in questions having a negative force: Mark 2:7; Luke 5:21; Romans 11:15; 1 Corinthians 2:11; 2 Corinthians 2:2; 2 Corinthians 12:13; Hebrews 3:18; 1 John 2:22; 1 John 5:5; (Xenophon, oec. 9, 1; Aristophanes eqq. 615). δ. with other conjunctions: εἰ μή ἵνα John 10:10; εἰ μή ὅταν, Mark 9:9; εἰ μή ὅτι etc., 2 Corinthians 12:13; Ephesians 4:9. ε. it has its own verb, and makes a phrase by itself: ὁ οὐκ ἐστιν ἄλλο, εἰ μή τινες εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς which means nothing else, save that there are some who trouble you, Galatians 1:7 (so Winer (commentary at the passage) et al.; but see Meyer)) d. ἐκτός εἰ μή, arising from the blending of the two expressions εἰ μή and ἐκτός εἰ, like the Latinnisi si equivalent topraeterquam si, except in case, except: 1 Timothy 5:19; with the aorist indicative, 1 Corinthians 15:2; with the subjunctive present 1 Corinthians 14:5; (Lucian, de luctu c. 19; dial. meret. 1, 2, etc.). Cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 459; Winers Grammar, § 65, 3 c.; (Buttmann, index under the word ἐκτός εἰ μή). 9. εἰ μήν, assuredly, surely, in oaths: Hebrews 6:14 L T Tr WH (for R G ἤ μήν (which see)) and several times in the Sept. as Ezekiel 33:27; Ezekiel 34:8; (cf. ; 1 Kings 21:23 ()), etc.; here, if εἰ did not come from ἤ by itacism, εἰ μήν must be explained as confusion of the Hebraisic εἰ μή (see I. 5 above) and the Greek formula of asseveration ἤ μήν; cf. Bleek on Heb. vol. 2:2, p. 248ff, and what Fritzsche says on the other side, commentary on Baruch 2:29; Judith 1:12; (cf. Kneucker on Baruch, the passage cited; Buttmann, 359 (308); Tdf. Proleg., p. 59; WHs Appendix, p. 151; B. D. under the word , I. 31). 10. εἰ μή τί or μήτι, unless in some respect, unless perchance, unless indeed: ironically, with the present indicative, 2 Corinthians 13:5; hesitatingly, with the subjunctive aorist Luke 9:13; Meyer at the passage (also Winers Grammar, 294 (276); Buttmann, 221 (191)); τί ἄν: 1 Corinthians 7:5, see ἄν, IV. 11. εἰ οὐ (fully discussed by Winers Grammar, § 55, 2 c. and Buttmann, 345ff (297ff)), if not; this combination is used much more frequently in the N. T. than in the more elegant Greek authors; it differs from εἰ μή in this, that in the latter μή belongs to the particle εἰ, while in εἰ οὐ the οὐ refers to some following word and denies it emphatically, not infrequently even coalescing with it into a single idea. a. when the idea to which οὐ belongs is antithetic a. to a positive term, either preceding or following: εἰ δέ οὐ μοιχεύεις φονεύεις δέ, James 2:11 (in R G the future); εἰ γάρ ὁ Θεός ... οὐκ ἐφείσατο, ... ἀλλά ... παρέδωκεν εἰς κρίσιν, 2 Peter 2:4f; εἰ καί οὐ δώσει ... διά γέ ... δώσει, Luke 11:8; εἰ οὐ ποιῶ ... εἰ δέ ποιῶ, John 10:37f; εἰ γάρ ἐπιστεύετε ..., εἰ δέ ... οὐ πιστεύετε, John 5:46f; add, Mark 11:26 R G L; Romans 8:9; 1 Corinthians 9:2; 1 Corinthians 11:6; James 3:2. β. to some other idea which is negative (formally or virtually): εἰ ... οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδέ ... πεισθήσονται, Luke 16:31; εἰ ... οὐκ ἐφείσατο, οὐδέ σου φείσεται (Rec. φείσηται), Romans 11:21; add, 1 Corinthians 15:13, 15-17; 2 Thessalonians 3:10; followed in the apodosis by a question having the force of a negative: Luke 16:11; John 3:12; 1 Timothy 3:5. γ. the οὐ denies with emphasis the idea to which it belongs: καλόν ἦν αὐτῷ εἰ οὐκ ἐγεννήθη, good were it for him not to have been born, Matthew 26:24; Mark 14:21. δ. the whole emphasis is placed on the negative itself: εἰ σύ οὐκ εἰ ὁ Χριστός, John 1:25. b. the οὐ coalesces, as it were, with the word to which it belongs into a single idea: εἰ δέ οὐκ ἐγκρατεύονται if they are incontinent, 1 Corinthians 7:9; εἰ τίς τῶν ἰδίων οὐ προνοεῖ (or προνοειται T Tr text WH marginal reading), "neglects, 1 Timothy 5:8; add, Luke 14:26; 1 Corinthians 16:22; Revelation 20:15, etc. 12. εἰ οὖν, if then: Matthew 6:23; Matthew 7:11; Luke 11:13, 36; John 13:14; John 18:8; Acts 11:1; Colossians 3:1; Philemon 1:1. (On εἰ μέν οὖν see μέν II. 4.) 13. εἴπερ (so T WH (except in 2 Corinthians 5:3 marginal reading), but L Tr εἰ περ; cf. Winers Grammar, 45; Lipsius, Gram. Unters., p. 123) (εἰ and περ, and this apparently from περί), properly, if on the whole; if only, provided that, is used of a thing which is assumed to be, but whether rightly or wrongly is left in doubt (Herm. ad Vig., p. 831 (so Winers Grammar, 448 (417); but cf. Bäumlein, Griech. Partikeln, p. 202 (cf. 64 bottom); Klotz ad Devar. 2:2, p. 528, and especially under the word εἴγε (in γέ, 3 c.) and the references to Meyer, Lightfoot, Ellicott, there given)): Romans 8:9, 17; 1 Corinthians 8:5; 1 Corinthians 15:15; 1 Peter 2:3 (where L T Tr WH εἰ); by a species of rhetorical politeness it is used of that about which there is no doubt: 2 Thessalonians 1:6; Romans 3:30 L T Tr WH; 2 Corinthians 5:3 L Tr WH marginal reading 14. εἰ πῶς (LTr WH) or εἴπως (G T), if in any way, if by any means, if possibly: with the optative present (see I. 7 above), Acts 27:12; interrogatively, with the future indicative, Romans 1:10; with the subjunctive aorist, so that before εἰ the word σκοπῶν or πειρωμενος must be mentally supplied (see II. 1 d. above): Romans 11:14; Philippians 3:11. 15. εἴτε ... εἴτε, a. whether ... or (as disjunc. conjunc.,sive ... sive; cf. Winers Grammar, 440 (409f); Buttmann, 221 (191)), without a verb following: Romans 12:6-8; 1 Corinthians 3:22; 1 Corinthians 8:5; 2 Corinthians 5:9; Philippians 1:18, 20, 27; 2 Thessalonians 2:15; Colossians 1:16, 20; 1 Peter 2:13f; εἴτε οὖν ... εἴτε, 1 Corinthians 15:11; followed by the present indicative, 1 Corinthians 12:26; 1 Corinthians 13:8; 2 Corinthians 1:6; followed by the subjunctive present 1 Thessalonians 5:10, where the use of the subjunctive was occasioned by the subjunctive ζήσωμεν in the leading clause; cf. Winers Grammar, 294 (276); Buttmann, 221 (191). b. whether ... or (as indirect interrogatives,utrum ... an; cf. Buttmann, 250 (215)) (see examples from Greek authors in Matthiae, p. 1476f): after οὐκ οἶδα, 2 Corinthians 12:2f. 16. εἰ τίς, εἰ τί: examples of this combination have already been given among the preceding; here may be added εἰ τίς ἕτερος, εἰ τί ἕτερον and if (there be) any other person or thing — a phrase used as a conclusion after the mention or enumeration of several particulars belonging to the same class (in the classics εἰ τίς ἄλλος, εἰ καί τίς ἄλλος, καί εἰ τί ἄλλο, etc., in Herodotus, Xenophon, Plato, others): Romans 13:9; 1 Timothy 1:10; εἰ τίς with subjunctive present Revelation 11:5 Rec.; with the subjunctive aorist, ibid. T Tr WH text |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἶ Transliteration: ei Phonetic Spelling: i Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: are, be Meaning: are, be GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1488 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1488 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1488 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1488 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1488, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἶ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1488 ei 🕊 Strong's Concordance: art, be. Second person singular present of eimi; thou art -- art, be. see GREEK eimi |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἴγε Transliteration: eige Phonetic Spelling: i'-gheh Part of Speech: Conditional Particle Or Conjunction Short Definition: if indeed, seeing that, unless, with negative otherwise Meaning: if indeed, seeing that, unless, with negative otherwise GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1489 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1489 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1489 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1489 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1489, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἴγε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1489 eige 🕊 Strong's Concordance: if, yet. From ei and ge; if indeed, seeing that, unless, (with negative) otherwise -- if (so be that, yet). see GREEK ei see GREEK ge Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1489: εἴγε [εἴγε, see γέ, 3 c.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰ δὲ μήγε Transliteration: ei de mēge Phonetic Spelling: gheh Part of Speech: Particle, Negative Short Definition: form, appearance Meaning: form, appearance GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1490 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1490 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1490 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1490 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1490, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰ δὲ μήγε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1490 ei de mēge 🕊 Strong's Concordance: or else, if not, otherwise. From ei, de, and me (sometimes with ge added); but if not -- (or) else, if (not, otherwise), otherwise. see GREEK ei see GREEK de see GREEK me see GREEK ge |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἶδος Transliteration: eidos Phonetic Spelling: i'-dos Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: appearance, fashion, shape, sight Meaning: appearance, fashion, shape, sight GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1491 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1491 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1491 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1491 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1491, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἶδος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1491 eidos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: appearance, fashion, shape, sight. From eido; a view, i.e. Form (literally or figuratively) -- appearance, fashion, shape, sight. see GREEK eido Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1491: εἶδοςεἶδος, εἴδους, τό (ἘΙΔΩ), in the Sept. chiefly for מַרְאֶה and תֹּאַר; properly, that which strikes the eye, which is exposed to view; 1. the external oppearance, form, figure, shape, (so from Homer down): John 5:37; σωματικῷ εἴδει, Luke 3:22; τό εἶδος τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ, Luke 9:29; διά εἴδους, as encompassed with the visible appearance (of eternal things) (see διά, A. I. 2), 2 Corinthians 5:7, — commonly explained, by sight i. e. beholding (Luth.:im Schauen); but no example has yet been adduced from any Greek writings in which εἶδος is used actively, like the Latin species, of vision; (στόμα κατά στόμα, ἐν εἴδει, καί οὐ δἰ ὁραμάτων καί ἐνυπνίων, Clement. homil. 17, 18; cf. Numbers 12:8 the Sept.). 2. form, kind: ἀπό παντός εἴδους πονηροῦ ἀπέχεσθε, i. e. from every kind of evil or wrong, 1 Thessalonians 5:22 (cf.πονηρός, under the end); (Josephus, Antiquities 10, 3, 1 πᾶν εἶδος πονηρίας. The Greeks, especially Plato, oppose τό εἶδος to τό γένος, as the Latin does species to genus. Cf. Schmidt, chapter 182, 2). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἶδα Transliteration: oida Phonetic Spelling: i'-do Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: be aware, behold, consider, perceive Meaning: be aware, behold, consider, perceive GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1492 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1492 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1492 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1492 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1492, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἶδα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1492 oida 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be aware, behold, consider, perceiveA primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent optanomai and horao; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know -- be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare optanomai. see GREEK optanomai see GREEK horao see GREEK optanomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1492: εἰδῶεἰδῶ, ἴδω, Latinvideo (Sanskritvid, perfectveda know,vind-a-mi find, (cf. Vedas); Curtius, § 282), an obsolete form of the present tense, the place of which is supplied by ὁράω. The tenses coming from εἰδῶ and retained by usage form two families, of which one signifies to see, the other to know. I. 2 aorist εἶδον, the common form, with the term. of the 1 aorist (see references under the word ἀπέρχομαι, at the beginning) ἐιδα, Revelation 17:3 L, 6 L T Tr; 1 person plural εἴδαμεν, L T Tr WH in Acts 4:20; Mark 2:12; Tr WH in Matthew 25:37; WH in Matthew 25:38; Mark 9:38; Luke 9:49; 3 person plural εἶδαν, T WH in Luke 9:32; Tr WH in Luke 10:24; Acts 6:15; Acts 28:4; T Tr WH in Mark 6:50; L T Tr WH in John 1:39 (40); Acts 9:35; Acts 12:16; WH in Mark 6:33; add ἰδαν Tdf. in Matthew 13:17; Luke 10:24; ἴδον (an epic form, cf. Matthiae, i., p. 564; (Veitch, p. 215); very frequent in the Sept. and in 1 Macc., cf. Grimm on 1 Macc., p. 54; on the frequent interchange of ἴδον and ἴδον in manuscripts, cf. Jacobs ad Achilles Tatius 2, 24; (WHs Appendix, pp. 162, 164; Tdf. the Sept. Proleg., p. ix.; N. T. Proleg., p. 89; Buttmann, 39 (34))), Tdf. in Revelation 4:1; Revelation 6:1, 2, 5, 8, 9, 12; Revelation 7:1, etc.; 3 person singular ἰδεν, Tdf. in Luke 5:2; Revelation 1:2; 2 person plural ἴδετε, Philippians 1:30 Rec.; 3 person plural ἴδον, Tdf. in (Luke 2:20); John 19:6; subjunctive ἴδω; imperative ἴδε (Attic ἴδε cf. Winers Grammar, § G, 1 a.; (Buttmann, 62 (54); Göttling, Accentl. 52)) (2 person plural ἴδετε, John 1:39-40R G L); infinitive ἰδεῖν; participle ἰδών; (the Sept. mostly for רָאָה sometimes for חָזָה and יָדַע ); to see (have seen), be seeing (saw), i. e. 1. to perceive (with the eyes; Latinconspicere, German erblicken); a. universally, τινα or τί: Matthew 2:2; Matthew 4:16; Matthew 14:14; Matthew 28:6; Mark 1:10, 16; Mark 2:14; Luke 5:26; Luke 7:22; John 1:47f (f); ; Acts 9:35; Acts 12:16; Galatians 1:19; 1 Timothy 6:16, and very often. οὐδέποτε οὕτως εἴδομεν we never saw in such fashion, i. e. such a sight never befell us, Mark 2:12, old German alsohat man nicht gesehen, seit etc.; cf. Kuinoel ad Mat., p. 280 edition 4. ἰδεῖν τί and ἀκοῦσαι τί are conjoined in Luke 7:22; Acts 22:14; 1 Corinthians 2:9; James 5:11; ἰδεῖν and ἰδεῖν τί are also used by those to whom something is presented in vision, as the author of the Apocalypse relates that he saw this or that: Revelation 1:12, 17; Revelation 4:1 (here εἶδον καί ἰδού a formula peculiar to Rev.; see ἰδού, at the end); , etc.; John 12:41; ἰδεῖν ὅραμα Acts 10:17; Acts 16:10; ἰδεῖν ἐν ὁράματι, Acts 9:12 (R G); ; ἐν τῇ ὁράσει, Revelation 9:17; elliptically ἰδεῖν τί τίνος namely, ἐκπορευθεν, Revelation 16:13, cf. Revelation 1:16; Hebraistically (on which see Winers Grammar, § 45, 8; Buttmann, § 144, 30) ἰδών εἶδον I have surely seen: Acts 7:34 after Exodus 3:7. Frequent in the historical books of the N. T. is the participleἰδών, ἰδόντες, continuing the narrative, placed before a finite verb, and either having an accusative added, as in Matthew 2:10; Matthew 3:7; Matthew 5:1; Matthew 8:34; Mark 5:22; Mark 9:20; Luke 2:48; Luke 7:13; John 5:6; John 6:14; Acts 13:12; Acts 14:11, etc.; or the accusative is omitted, as being evident from the context: Matthew 9:8, 11; Matthew 21:20; Mark 10:14; Luke 1:12; Luke 2:17; Acts 3:12; Acts 7:31, etc. b. with the accusative of a person or a thing, and a participle (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 45, 4 a.): Matthew 3:7, 16; Matthew 8:14; Mark 1:16; Mark 6:33; Luke 9:49; Luke 21:2; John 1:33, 47f (f); Acts 3:9; Acts 11:13; 1 Corinthians 8:10; 1 John 5:16; Revelation 9:1, and often. c. followed by ὅτι: Mark 2:16 L T Tr WH; ; John 6:22, 24, etc. d. followed by an indirect question with the indicative: with τίς, Luke 19:3; with τί, Mark 5:14; with πηλίκος, Galatians 6:11. e. ἔρχου καί ἴδε, a formula of invitation, the use of which leaves the object of the seeing to be inferred by the hearers from the matter under consideration: John 11:34 (); () (here ἴδε is equivalent to by seeing learn, namely, that Jesus is the Messiah), and Griesbach in Revelation 6:1, 5; plural John 1:39 (40) (where T Tr WH ἔρχεσθε καί ὄψεσθε). The rabbis use the phrases וחזי תא and וראה בא to command attention. f. ἰδεῖν used absolutely and πιστεύειν are contrasted in John 20:29. 2. like the Latinvideo, to perceive by any of the senses: Matthew 27:54; Mark 15:39; Luke 17:15. 3. universally, to perceive, notice, discern, discover: τήν πίστιν αὐτῶν, Matthew 9:2; τάς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, Matthew 9:4 (where L Tr WH text εἰδώς for ἰδών); τόν διαλογισμόν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν, Luke 9:47 (T WH text Tr marginal reading εἰδώς); ἴδε with the accusative of the thing, Romans 11:22; followed by ὅτι, Matthew 27:3, 24; Acts 12:3; Acts 14:9; Acts 16:19; Galatians 2:7, 14; ἴδε, ὅτι, John 7:52; ἰδεῖν τινα, ὅτι, Mark 12:34 (Tr brackets the accusative). 4. to see, i. e. to turn the eyes, the mind, the attention to anything; a. to pay attention, observe: followed by εἰ intertog. Matthew 27:49; by ποταπός, 1 John 3:1. b. περί τίνος (cf. Latinvidere de allqua re), to see about something (A. V. to consider of), i. e. to ascertain what must be done about it, Acts 15:6. c. to inspect, examine: τί, Luke 14:18. d. τινα, to look at, behold: John 21:21; Mark 8:33. 5. to experience, τί, any state or condition (cf. Winer's Grammar, 17): as τόν θάνατον, Luke 2:26; Hebrews 11:5 (Josephus, Antiquities 9, 2, 2 (οἶδεν) cf. John 8:51 (Psalm 88:49 (); τήν διαφθοράν, to pass into a state of corruption, be dissolved, Acts 2:27, 31; Acts 13:35-37 (Psalm 15:10 ()); τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, to partake of salvation in the kingdom of God, John 3:3; πένθος, Revelation 18:7; τήν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, by some marvelous event get a signal experience of the beneficent power of God, John 11:40; στενοχωρίας, 1 Macc. 13:3 (ἀλοχου χάριν, Homer, Iliad 11, 243); on the same use of the verb רָאָה and the Latinvidere, cf. Gesenius, Thesaurus 3, p. 1246. ἡμέραν, to live to see a day (a time) and enjoy the blessings it brings: ἡμέρας ἀγαθάς, 1 Peter 3:10 from Psalm 33:13 (); τήν ἡμέραν ἐμήν (Christ's language) the time when I should exercise my saving power on earth, John 8:56; εἶδε namely, τήν ἡμέραν τήν ἐμήν, from the abode of the blessed in paradise he in spirit saw my day, ibid. (see ἀγαλλιάω, under the end); ἐπιθυμήσετε μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν ... ἰδεῖν, ye will wish that even a single day of the blessed coming age of the Messiah may break upon your wretched times, Luke 17:22; so in Greek writings, especially the poets, ἦμαρ, ἡμέραν ἰδεῖν, in Latinvidere diem; cf. Kuinoel on John 8:56. 6. with the accusative of person to see i. e. have an interview with, to visit: Luke 8:20; John 12:21; Acts 16:40; Acts 28:20; Romans 1:11; 1 Corinthians 16:7; Philippians 1:27; 1 Thessalonians 3:6; 2 Timothy 1:4; 3 John 1:14; τό πρόσωπον τίνος: 1 Thessalonians 2:17; 1 Thessalonians 3:10 (Lucian, dial. d. 24, 2 (cf. Rutherford on Babrius 11, 9)); with an accusative of place, to visit, go to: Acts 19:21. (Synonyms: 'When εἶδον, ἰδεῖν are called momentary preterites, it must not be supposed that thereby a quickly-past action is designated; these forms merely present the action without reference to its duration ... The unaugmented moods, too, are not exclusively past, but present or future as well — the last most decidedly in the imperative. Now it is obvious that when a perception is stated without regard to its duration, its form or mode cannot have prominence; hence ἰδεῖν is much less physical than ὁρᾶν. ἰδεῖν denotes to perceive with the eyes; ὁρᾶν (which see), on the other hand, to see, i. e. it marks the use and action of the eye as the principal thing. Perception as denoted by ἰδέαν when conceived of as completed, permits the sensuous element to be forgotten and abides merely as an activity of the soul; for οἶδα, εἰδέναι, signifies not to have seen, but to know Schmidt, chapter 11. Compare: ἀπεῖδον, ἐπεῖδόν, προεῖδον, συνεῖδον εἶδον) II. 2 perfect οἶδα, οἶδας (1 Corinthians 7:16; John 21:15, for the more common οἶσθα, οἴδαμεν (for ἰσμεν, more common in Greek), οἴδατε (ἴστε, the more usual classic form, is found only in Ephesians 5:5 G L T Tr WH and Hebrews 12:17 (probably also in James 1:19 according to the reading of L T Tr WH; but see below)), ὀισασι (and once the Attic ἴσασι, Acts 26:4), imperative ἴστε, once, James 1:19 L T Tr WH (but see above), subjunctive εἰδῶ, infinitive εἰδέναι, participle εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα (Mark 5:33; Acts 5:7); pluperfect ᾔδειν, 2 person everywhere ᾔδεις, 3 person ᾔδει, plural 2 person ᾔδειτε, 3 person ᾔδεισαν (for the more common ἠδεσαν (Veitch, p. 218; Buttmann, 43 (38))); future ἐιδήσω (Hebrews 8:11); cf. Winers Grammar, 84 (81); Buttmann, 51 (44); the Sept. chiefly for ψααδα>; like the Latinnovi it has the signification of a present to know, understand; and the pluperfect the significance of an imperfect; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 274 (257)). 1. to know: with the accusative of the thing, Matthew 25:13; Mark 10:19; John 10:4; John 13:17; John 14:4; Acts 5:7; Romans 7:7; 1 Corinthians 2:2; Revelation 2:2, 9, etc.; τοῦτο (Rec.; others have πάντα) followed by ὅτι, etc. Jude 1:5; with the accusative of person, Matthew 26:72, 74; John 1:31; John 6:42; Acts 3:16; 2 Corinthians 5:16, etc.; τόν Θεόν, Titus 1:16, cf. John 8:19; John 15:21; Gentiles are called οἱ μή εἰδότες τόν Θεόν in 1 Thessalonians 4:5; 2 Thessalonians 1:8, cf. Galatians 4:8; the predicate of the person is added (as often in Attic), εἰδώς αὐτόν ἄνδρα δίκαιον, namely, ὄντα, Mark 6:20 (Buttmann, 304 (261)); in the form of a participle 2 Corinthians 12:2. to an accusative of the object by attraction (Winers Grammar, § 66, 5 a.; Buttmann, 377 (323)) an epexegetical clause is added (cf. especially Buttmann, 301 (258)), with ὅτι, 1 Corinthians 16:15; 2 Corinthians 12:3; Acts 16:3; or an indirect question (Buttmann, 250f (215f)), Mark 1:24; Luke 4:34; Luke 13:25, 27; John 7:27; John 9:29. εἰδέναι is used with the accusative and infinitive in Luke 4:41; 1 Peter 5:9; followed by ὅτι, Matthew 9:6; John 19:35; Acts 2:30; Romans 5:3, and very often; οἴδαμεν Pollux by ὅτι is not infrequently, so far as the sense is concerned, equivalent to it is well known, acknowledged: Matthew 22:16; Luke 20:21; John 3:2; John 9:31; Romans 2:2; Romans 3:19; Romans 7:14; Romans 8:22, 28; 2 Corinthians 5:1; 1 Timothy 1:8; 1 John 3:2; 1 John 5:20; cf. Lightfoot (in his Horae Hebrew et Talm.) and Baumg.-Crusius on John 3:2. frequent, especially in Paul, is the interrogative formula οὐκ οἴδατε and ἤ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι, by which something well known is commended to one for his thoughtful consideration: Romans 11:2; 1 Corinthians 3:16; 1 Corinthians 5:6; 1 Corinthians 6:2f, 9, 15f, 19; 1 Corinthians 9:13, 24; οὐκ οἴδατε followed by an indirect question. Luke 9:55 (Rec.); οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι, John 19:10; οὐκ ᾔδειτε, Luke 2:49; εἰδέναι followed by an indirect question. (cf. Buttmann, as above], Matthew 26:70; John 9:21, 25, 30; John 14:5; John 20:13; 1 Corinthians 1:16; 1 Corinthians 7:16; 2 Corinthians 12:2; Romans 8:26; Ephesians 6:21; 1 Timothy 3:15, and very often. 2. to know, i. e. get knowledge of, understand, perceive; a. any fact: as, τάς ἐνθυμήσεις, Matthew 12:25; τήν ὑπόκρισιν, Mark 12:15; τούς διαλογισμούς αὐτῶν, Luke 6:8; Luke 11:17; with the addition of ἐν ἑαυτῷ followed by ὅτι, John 6:61. b. the force and meaning of something, which has a definite meaning: 1 Corinthians 2:11f; τήν παραβολήν, Mark 4:13; μυστήρια, 1 Corinthians 13:2; followed by an indirect question. Ephesians 1:18. c. as in classical Greek, followed by an infinitive in the sense of to know how (Latincalleo, to be skilled in): Matthew 7:11; Luke 11:13; Luke 12:56; Philippians 4:12; 1 Thessalonians 4:4; 1 Timothy 3:5; James 4:17; 2 Peter 2:9; ὡς οἴδατε, namely, ἀσφαλίσασθαι, Matthew 27:65. 3. Hebraistically, εἰδέναι τινα to have regard for one, cherish, pay attention to: 1 Thessalonians 5:12 (the Sept. Genesis 39:6 for יָדַע ). (Synonym: see γινώσκω.) STRONGS NT 1492: οἶδαοἶδα, see εἰδῶ, II., p. 174. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰδωλεῖον Transliteration: eidōleion Phonetic Spelling: i-do-li'-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: an idol's temple Meaning: an idol's temple GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1493 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1493 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1493 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1493 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1493, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰδωλεῖον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1493 eidōleion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: idol's temple. Neuter of a presumed derivative of eidolon; an image-fane -- idol's temple. see GREEK eidolon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1493: εἰδωλεῖονεἰδωλεῖον (εἰδώλιον T WH; see Iota), ἐιδωλειου, τό (εἴδωλον, which see; cf. 'Ἀσκληπειον, Ἀπολλωνειον, ἡρακλειον etc. (Winers Grammar, 95 (90))), an idol's temple, temple consecrated to idols: 1 Corinthians 8:10 (1 Macc. 1:47 1 Macc. 10:83; 1 Esdr. 2:9; not found in secular authors; for in the fragment from Sophocles (152 Dindorf) in Plutarch, de amico et adul. c. 36 ἑδωλια has of late been restored). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰδωλόθυτος Transliteration: eidōlothytos Phonetic Spelling: i-do-loth'-oo-ton Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: sacrificed to idols Meaning: sacrificed to idols GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1494 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1494 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1494 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1494 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1494, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰδωλόθυτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1494 eidōlothytos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: meat offered in sacrifice unto idols. Neuter of a compound of eidolon and a presumed derivative of thuo; an image-sacrifice, i.e. Part of an idolatrous offering -- (meat, thing that is) offered (in sacrifice, sacrificed) to (unto) idols. see GREEK eidolon see GREEK thuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1494: εἰδωλόθυτοςεἰδωλόθυτος, εἰδωλόθυτον (εἴδωλον and θύω), a Biblical and ecclesiastical word (Winers Grammar, 26; 100 (94)), sacrificed to idols; τό εἰδωλόθυτον and τά εἰδωλόθυτα denote the flesh left over from the heathen sacrifices; it was either eaten at feasts, or sold (by the poor and the miserly) in the market: Acts 15:29; Acts 21:25; 1 Corinthians 8:1, 4, 7, 10; 1 Corinthians 10:19, 28 (here L text T Tr WH read ἱερόθυτόν, which see); Revelation 2:14, 20. (Cf. Lightfoot on Galatians, p. 308f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰδωλολατρεία Transliteration: eidōlolatreia Phonetic Spelling: i-do-lol-at-ri'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: image worship Meaning: image worship GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1495 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1495 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1495 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1495 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1495, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰδωλολατρεία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1495 eidōlolatreia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: idolatry. From eidolon and latreia; image-worship (literally or figuratively) -- idolatry. see GREEK eidolon see GREEK latreia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1495: εἰδωλολατρείαεἰδωλολατρεία εἰδωλολατρία WH; see Iota], εἰδωλολατρείας, ἡ (εἴδωλον, which see, and λατρεία) (Tertullian, others haveidololatria), the worship of false gods, idolatry: Galatians 5:20; used of the formal sacrificial feasts held in honor of false gods, 1 Corinthians 10:14; of avarice, as a worship of Mammon (which see), Colossians 3:5 (Lightfoot at the passage); in plural, the vices springing from idolatry and peculiar to it, 1 Peter 4:3. (Ecclesiastical writings (cf. Winer's Grammar, 26).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰδωλολάτρης Transliteration: eidōlolatrēs Phonetic Spelling: i-do-lol-at'-race Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: an image worshiper Meaning: an image worshiper GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1496 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1496 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1496 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1496 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1496, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰδωλολάτρης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1496 eidōlolatrēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: idolater. From eidolon and the base of latreuo; an image- (servant or) worshipper (literally or figuratively) -- idolater. see GREEK eidolon see GREEK latreuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1496: εἰδωλολάτρηςεἰδωλολάτρης ἐιδωλολατρου, ὁ (εἴδωλον, and λάτρις i. e. a hireling, servant, slave), a worshipper of false gods, an idolater, (Tertullianidololatres): 1 Corinthians 5:10; Revelation 21:8; Revelation 22:15; anyone, even a Christian, participant in any way in the worship of heathen, 1 Corinthians 5:11; 1 Corinthians 6:9; especially one who attends their sacrificial feasts and eats of the remains of the offered victims, 1 Corinthians 10:7; a covetous man, as a worshipper of Mammon, Ephesians 5:5; cf. Meyer at the passage (Ecclesiastical writings (cf. Winer's Grammar, 100 (94f)).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἴδωλον Transliteration: eidōlon Phonetic Spelling: i'-do-lon Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: an image (for worship), by implication a false god Meaning: an image (for worship), by implication a false god GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1497 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1497 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1497 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1497 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1497, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἴδωλον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1497 eidōlon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: idol. From eidos; an image (i.e. For worship); by implication, a heathen god, or (plural) the worship of such -- idol. see GREEK eidos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1497: εἴδωλονεἴδωλον, εἰδώλου, τό (εἶδος (cf. Winers Grammar, 96 (91); Etym. Magn. 296, 9)), in Greek writings from Homer down, an image, likeness, i. e. whatever represents the form of an object, either real or imaginary; used of the shades of the departed (in Homer), of apparitions, spectres, phantoms of the mind, etc.; in Biblical writings (an idol, i. e.): 1. the image of a heathen god: Acts 7:41; 1 Corinthians 12:2; Revelation 9:20 (Isaiah 30:22; 2 Chronicles 23:17, etc.; θεῶν ἤ δαιμον´ων εἴδωλα, Polybius 31, 3, 13); 2. a false god: Acts 15:20 (on which see ἀλίσγημα); Romans 2:22; 1 Corinthians 8:4, 7; 1 Corinthians 10:19; 2 Corinthians 6:16; 1 Thessalonians 1:9 (often in the Sept.); φυλάσσειν ἑαυτόν ἀπό τῶν εἰδώλων, to guard oneself from all manner of fellowship with heathen worship, 1 John 5:21. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἴην Transliteration: eiēn Phonetic Spelling: i'-ane Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: should be, was, were Meaning: should be, was, were GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1498 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1498 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1498 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1498 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1498, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἴην [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1498 eiēn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: should be, was, were. Optative (i.e. English subjunctive) present of eimi (including the other person); might (could, would, or should) be -- mean, + perish, should be, was, were. see GREEK eimi |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰ Transliteration: ei Phonetic Spelling: i kahee Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: if that, though Meaning: if that, though GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1499 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1499 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1499 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1499 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1499, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1499 ei 🕊 Strong's Concordance: if that, though. From ei and kai; if also (or even) -- if (that), though. see GREEK ei see GREEK kai |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰκῇ Transliteration: eikē Phonetic Spelling: i-kay' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: without cause or reason, vainly Meaning: without cause or reason, vainly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1500 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1500 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1500 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1500 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1500, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰκῇ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1500 eikē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: without a cause, in vain. Probably from eiko (through the idea of failure); idly, i.e. Without reason (or effect) -- without a cause, (in) vain(-ly). see GREEK eiko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1500: εἰκῇεἰκῇ (L WH Relz εἰκῇ; cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. ii., p. 342; Buttmann, 69 (61); (Winers Grammar, § 5, 4 e.; Jelf, § 324 Obs. 6; Kühner, § 336 Anm. 7; especially Etym. Magn. 78, 26f; and references under the word Iota)), adverb; in Greek writings from Aeschylus down; 1. inconsiderately, without purpose, without just cause: Matthew 5:22 R G Tr brackets; Romans 13:4 (i. e. 'not to hide it in the scabbard, but to draw it' Fritzsche); Colossians 2:18. 2. in vain; without success or effect: 1 Corinthians 15:2; Galatians 3:4; Galatians 4:11. (From Xenophon, Aeschylus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἴκοσι Transliteration: eikosi Phonetic Spelling: i'-kos-ee Part of Speech: Indeclinable Numeral (Adjective) Short Definition: twenty Meaning: twenty GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1501 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1501 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1501 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1501 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1501, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἴκοσι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1501 eikosi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: twenty. Of uncertain affinity; a score -- twenty. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1501: εἴκοσιεἴκοσι (or εἴκοσιν; Tdf. uses εἴκοσι ten times before a consonant, and says εἴκοσι "etiam ante vocalem fere semper in manuscripts antiquiss." Proleg., p. 98; WH everywhere εἴκοσι. cf. their Appendix, p. 148; Buttmann, 9), οἱ, αἱ, τά, twenty: Luke 14:31; Acts 1:15, etc. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἴκω Transliteration: eikō Phonetic Spelling: i'-ko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to yield Meaning: to yield GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1502 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1502 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1502 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1502 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1502, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἴκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1502 eikō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: give place. Apparently a primary verb; properly, to be weak, i.e. Yield -- give place. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1502: εἴκωεἴκω: 1 aorist ἐιξα; to yield, (A. V. give place): τίνι, Galatians 2:5. (From Homer down.) (Compare: ὑπείκω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔοικα Transliteration: eoika Phonetic Spelling: i'-ko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: be like Meaning: be like GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1503 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1503 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1503 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1503 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1503, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔοικα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1503 eoika 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be like. Apparently a primary verb (perhaps akin to eiko through the idea of faintness as a copy); to resemble -- be like. see GREEK eiko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1503: ἘΙΚΩἘΙΚΩ: whence 2 perfect ἔοικα with the force of a present (Winers Grammar, 274 (257)); to be like: τίνι, James 1:6, 23. (From Homer down.) STRONGS NT 1503: ἔοικαἔοικα, see ἘΙΚΩ. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰκών Transliteration: eikōn Phonetic Spelling: i-kone' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: an image, statue, representation Meaning: an image, statue, representation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1504 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1504 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1504 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1504 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1504, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰκών [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1504 eikōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: image. From eiko; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance -- image. see GREEK eiko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1504: εἰκώνεἰκών, εἰκόνος (accusative ἐικοναν, Revelation 13:14 Lachmann; see ἄρσην, ἡ (ἘΙΚΩ which see); (from Aeschylus and Herodotus down); the Sept. mostly for צֶלֶם; an image, figure, likeness; a. Matthew 22:20; Mark 12:16; Luke 20:24; Romans 1:23; 1 Corinthians 15:49; Revelation 13:14; Revelation 14:9, 11; Revelation 15:2; Revelation 16:2; Revelation 19:20; Revelation 20:4; ἡ εἰκών τῶν πραγμάτων, the image of the things (namely, the heavenly things), in Hebrews 10:1, is opposed to ἡ σκιά, just as in Cicero, de off. 3, 17solida et expressa effigies is opposed toumbra; εἰκών τοῦ Θεοῦ is used of the moral likeness of renewed men to God, Colossians 3:10; εἰκών τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ the image of the Son of God, into which true Christians are transformed, is likeness not only to the heavenly body (cf. 1 Corinthians 15:49; Philippians 3:21), but also to the most holy and blessed state of mind, which Christ possesses: Romans 8:29; 2 Corinthians 3:18. b. metonymically, εἰκών τίνος, the image of one; one in whom the likeness of anyone is seen: εἰκών Θεοῦ is applied to man, on account of his power of command (see δόξα, III. 3 a. α.), 1 Corinthians 11:7; to Christ, on account of his divine nature and absolute moral excellence, Colossians 1:15; 2 Corinthians 4:4; (cf. Lightfoot and Meyer on Colossians, the passage cited). [SYNONYMS: εἰκών, ὁμοίωμα: ὁμοίωμα denotes often not mere similarity but likeness (see ὁμοίωμα, b. and cf. Meyer on Romans 1:23), visible conformity to its object; εἰκών adds to the idea of likeness the suggestions of representation (as a derived likeness) and manifestation. Cf. Trench, § xv.; Lightfoot as above] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰλικρίνεια Transliteration: eilikrineia Phonetic Spelling: i-lik-ree'-ni-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: clearness, by implication purity, sincerity Meaning: clearness, by implication purity, sincerity GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1505 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1505 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1505 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1505 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1505, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰλικρίνεια [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1505 eilikrineia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sincerity. From eilikrines; clearness, i.e. (by implication) purity (figuratively) -- sincerity. see GREEK eilikrines Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1505: εἰλικρίνειαεἰλικρίνεια (ἐιλικρινια T (WH, see Iota; on the breathing see WH's Appendix, p. 144)), εἰλικρινείας, ἡ (εἰλικρινής, which see), purity, sincerity, ingenuousness: 1 Corinthians 5:8; 2 Corinthians 2:17; τοῦ Θεοῦ, which God effects by the Holy Spirit, 2 Corinthians 1:12 (Winers Grammar, § 36, 3 b.). (Theophrastus, Sextus Empiricus, Stobaeus) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰλικρινής Transliteration: eilikrinēs Phonetic Spelling: i-lik-ree-nace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: judged by sunlight, unalloyed, pure Meaning: judged by sunlight, unalloyed, pure GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1506 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1506 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1506 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1506 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1506, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰλικρινής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1506 eilikrinēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pure, sincere. From heile (the sun's ray) and krino; judged by sunlight, i.e. Tested as genuine (figuratively) -- pure, sincere. see GREEK krino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1506: εἰλικρινήςεἰλικρινής, ἐιλικρινες ((on the breathing see WH's Appendix, p. 144; Liddell and Scott, under the word, at the end); commonly supposed to be from εἴλη or ἕλη, sunlight, and κρίνω, properly, found pure when unfolded and examined by the sun's light; hence, some write εἰλικρινής. (see references above); according to the conjecture of others from ἐιλος, ἐίλειν, properly, sifted and cleansed by rapid movement or rolling to and fro), pure, unsullied, sincere; of the soul, an εἰλικρινής man: Philippians 1:10; διάνοια, 2 Peter 3:1. (Wis. 7:25, where cf. Grimm, Exgt. Hdb.; (see, on the word, also Trench, § lxxxv.); (Hippocrates), Xenophon, Plato (Aristotle, Plutarch), Polybius, Philo (others).) [SYNONYMS: εἰλικρινής, καθαρός: According to Trench as above the former word expresses freedom from the falsehoods, the latter from the defilements, of the flesh and of the world.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἱλίσσω Transliteration: heilissō Phonetic Spelling: hi-lis'-so Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: roll together Meaning: roll together GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1507 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1507 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1507 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1507 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1507, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἱλίσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1507 heilissō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: roll together. A prolonged form of a primary but defective verb heilo (of the same meaning); to coil or wrap -- roll together. See also helisso. see GREEK helisso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1507: εἱλίσσωεἱλίσσω, Ionic and poetic and occasional in later prose for ἑίσσω (Winer's Grammar, § 2, 1 a.): (present passive ἑιλίσσομαι); εἴλω to press close, to roll up (cf. Liddell and Scott, under the word, at the end)), to roll up or together: Revelation 6:14 R G; but L T Tr WH have restored ἑλισσόμομαι. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰ Transliteration: ei Phonetic Spelling: i may Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: if not Meaning: if not GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1508 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1508 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1508 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1508 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1508, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1508 ei 🕊 Strong's Concordance: but, except that, if not, save only. From ei and me; if not -- but, except (that), if not, more than, save (only) that, saving, till. see GREEK ei see GREEK me |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰ Transliteration: ei Phonetic Spelling: i may tee Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: if not somewhat Meaning: if not somewhat GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1509 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1509 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1509 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1509 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1509, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1509 ei 🕊 Strong's Concordance: except. From ei me and the neuter of tis; if not somewhat -- except. see GREEK ei me see GREEK tis |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰμί Transliteration: eimi Phonetic Spelling: i-mee' Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: I exist, I am Meaning: I exist, I am GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1510 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1510 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1510 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1510 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1510, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰμί [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1510 eimi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: am, have been, it is I, was. The first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic) -- am, have been, X it is I, was. See also ei, eien, einai, heis kath heis, en, esomai, esmen, este, esti, kerdos, isthi, o. see GREEK ei see GREEK eien see GREEK einai see GREEK heis kath heis see GREEK en see GREEK esomai see GREEK esmen see GREEK este see GREEK esti see GREEK kerdos see GREEK isthi see GREEK o Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1510: εἰμίεἰμί (from ἕω, whence ἐμι in inscriptions (?); Aeolic, ἐμμί (Curtius, (yet ἐμμί, so G. Meyer) § 564; Veitch, p. 228)), imperative ἴσθι, ἔστω, less usual ἤτω, 1 Corinthians 16:22; James 5:12; Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 48, 5 [ET]; (1 Macc. 10:31; Psalm 103:31 ()); Plato, rep. 2, p. 361 c. (here it has given place to ἔστω (or ἴτω), see Stallb. at the passage; Veitch, p. 200f; 3 person plural ἔστωσαν, Luke 12:35; 1 Timothy 3:12), infinitive εἶναι; imperfect — accusative, the more ancient and elegant form, ἦν, 2 person ἦσθα (Matthew 26:69; Mark 14:67), rarer form ἦς (Matthew 25:21, 23; John 11:21, 32; John 21:18; Revelation 3:15 G L T Tr WH), 3 person ἦν, 1 person plural ἦμεν — according to the middle form, common in later Greek (cf. Veitch, p. 226), ἤμην (Matthew 25:35f; (on Acts 11:11 cf. WH. Introductory § 404); Galatians 1:10, etc.), plural ἤμεθα (Matthew 23:30 G L T Tr WH; Acts 27:37 L T Tr WH; (Galatians 4:3 T WH Tr marginal reading; Ephesians 2:3 T Tr WH; Baruch 1:19)); cf. Lob. ad Phryn., pp. 149, 152; future ἔσομαι; cf. Winers Grammar, § 14, 2; Buttmann, 49f (43); to be; I. εἰμί has the force of a predicate (i. e. is the substantive verb): to be, i. e. 1. to exist; a. passages in which the idea of the verb preponderates, and some person or thing is said to exist by way of distinction from things non-existent: ἐστιν ὁ Θεός, Hebrews 11:6; ὁ ὤν καί ὁ ἦν (Winers Grammar, 68 (66), cf. 182 (172); Buttmann, 50 (43)), Revelation 1:4 (; ); ; ἐν ἀρχή ἦν ὁ λόγος, John 1:1; πρίν Ἀβραάμ γενέσθαι, ἐγώ εἰμί, John 8:58 (so WH marginal reading in 24, 28; (see II. 5 below)); πρό τοῦ τόν κόσμον εἶναι, John 17:5; ἦν, καί οὐκ ἐστι καίπερ ἐστιν Rec., according to the better reading καί παρέσται (G Tr WH, but L T παρέσται, correctly; cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. § 108 Anm. 20; Chandler § 803), Revelation 17:8; ἐσμεν, Acts 17:28; τά μή ὄντα and τά ὄντα things that are not, things that are, Romans 4:17; things that have some or have no influence, of some or of no account, 1 Corinthians 1:28 (ἐκάλεσεν ὑμᾶς οὐκ ὄντας καί ἠθέλησεν ἐκ μή ὄντος εἶναι ἡμᾶς, Clement of Rome, 2 Cor. 1:8 (cf. Gebh. and Harn. at the passage and especially on Hermas, vis. 1, 1, 6 [ET])). Hence, b. equivalent to to live: εἰ ἤμεθα (or ἦμεν Rec.) ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had been (viz. living) in the days of our fathers, Matthew 23:30; οὐκ εἶναι is used (as in classical Greek, cf. Passow, i., p. 792 (Liddell and Scott, under A. I. 1)) of the dead (who are not, are no more): Matthew 2:18. c. equivalent to to stay, remain, be in a place: Matthew 2:13, 15; Mark 1:45 (L WH brackets ἦν); ; Luke 1:80; see V. 4 below. d. equivalent to to be found, the subject being anarthrous; as, ἦν ἄνθρωπος there was (found, German es gab) a man, etc.: Luke 16:1, 19; Luke 18:23; John 3:1; John 4:6; John 5:2; John 6:10; 1 Corinthians 8:5; 1 Corinthians 12:4-6; 1 Corinthians 14:10; 1 Corinthians 15:44; 1 John 5:16, and often; ἔσονται ἐμπαῖκται Jude 1:18; ἐστι, ἦν, ἔσται with a negative: οὐκ ἐστι δίκαιος there is not (namely, found) a righteous man, Romans 3:10; add Romans 3:12, 18; χρόνος οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι there shall be no longer time, Revelation 10:6; add, Revelation 22:3, 5 (Rec. adds ἐκεῖ); Revelation 21:25 (here ἐκεῖ stands) ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἐστιν, 1 Corinthians 15:12; μή εἶναι ἀνάστασιν, Matthew 22:23 and its parall.; Acts 23:8. Here belong also the phrases εἰσιν, οἱ etc., οἵτινες etc., there are (some) who etc.: Matthew 16:28; Matthew 19:12; Mark 9:1; Luke 9:27; John 6:64; Acts 11:20; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς, Mark 9:39; Mark 10:29; Luke 1:61; Luke 18:29; with a noun added, ἕξ ἡμέραι εἰσιν, ἐν αἷς etc. Luke 13:14; τίς ἐστιν, ὅς, Matthew 7:9 (L Tr WH omit ἐστιν); Matthew 12:11 (Tr omits; WH brackets ἐστιν): ἐστιν ὁ with a participle there is (viz., is not lacking) one that etc. John 5:32 (?), ; . e. when used of things, events, facts, etc., εἶναι is equivalent to to happen, take place: νῦν κρίσις ἐστιν, John 12:31; γογγυσμός ἦν, John 7:12 θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ. Mark 14:2; σχίσμα, σχίσματα, John 9:16; 1 Corinthians 1:10; 1 Corinthians 12:25; ἔριδες, 1 Corinthians 1:11; αἱρέσεις, 1 Corinthians 11:19: πένθος, πόνος, κραυγή, Revelation 21:4; ἔσονται λιμοί καί λοιμοί (R G Tr marginal reading in br:, others omit καί λοιμοί) καί σεισμοί Matthew 24:7; ἀνάγκη μεγάλη, Luke 21:23; ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι, Acts 24:15. of times and seasons: χειμών ἐστιν, John 10:22; νύξ, John 13:30 ψῦχος, John 18:18; καύσων, Luke 12:55; ἑσπέρα Acts 4:3 πρωΐα, John 18:28 (Rec.); σκοτία, John 20:1: ἐστι, ἦν ὥρα — as ἕκτη, Luke 23:44; John 4:6; John 19:14 (L T Tr WH) (), etc.; also of feasts: John 5:1, 10; John 9:14; Acts 12:3; Luke 23:54; Mark 15:42. universally, τό ἐσόμενον what will be, follow, happen: Luke 22:49; πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; Matthew 24:3; πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; Luke 1:34; after the Hebrew, καί ἔσται (equivalent to וְהָיָה) followed by the future of another verb: Acts 2:17 (from Joel 2:28 ()); (from Joel 2:32 ()); Acts 3:23: Romans 9:26 (from Hosea 1:10 ()). τί οὖν ἐστιν; what then is it? i. e. how stands the case? What follows therefore? Acts 21:22; 1 Corinthians 14:15, 26. 2. equivalent to πάρειμι, to be present; to be at hand; to be in store: οἶνος οὐκ ἐστιν, John 2:3 Tdf.; παμπολλοῦ (Rec.) ὄχλου ὄντος, when there was present, Mark 8:1; add, ; Matthew 12:10 R G; Hebrews 8:4; οὔπω γάρ ἦν πνεῦμα (ἅγιον), was not yet present, i. e. had not yet been given (which some authorities add). John 7:39; so also in the words εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐστιν (but R G Tr accent ἅγιον ἐστιν., cf. Chandler § 938), Acts 19:2; ἀκούσας ... ὄντα σῖτα, that there was an abundance of grain, Acts 7:12; δύναμις κυρίου ἦν εἰς τό ἰᾶσθαι αὐτούς, was present to heal them, Luke 5:17. 3. ἐστιν with an infinitive, as in Greek writings from Homer down (see Passow, i., p. 792f; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, A. VI.); see examples from the O. T. Apocrypha in Wahl, Clavis apocryph., p. 155), it is possible to etc.; with a negative (as more common in classic Greek also), it is impossible: Hebrews 9:5; 1 Corinthians 11:20 (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 44, 2 b.). II. εἰμί (as a copula) connects the subject with the predicate, where the sentence shows who or what a person or thing is as respects character, nature, disposition, race, power, dignity, greatness, age, etc. 1. universally: ἐγώ εἰμί πρεσβύτης, Luke 1:18; ἐγώ εἰμί Γαβριήλ, Luke 1:19; ἔρημος ἐστιν ὁ τόπος, Matthew 14:15; προφήτης εἰ σύ, John 4:19; σύ εἰ ὁ Χριστός, Matthew 26:63; καθαροί ἐστε, John 13:10; ὑμεῖς ἐστε τό ἅλας τῆς γῆς, Matthew 5:13; Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς, Revelation 3:9, cf. Revelation 2:9, and countless other examples 2. εἰμί, as a copula, indicates that the subject is or is to be compared to the thing expressed by the predicate: ἡ σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε, ye are, as it were, the seal attesting my apostleship, i. e. your faith is proof that the name of apostle is given me rightfully, 1 Corinthians 9:2; ἡ ἐπιστολή (namely, συστατικη, cf. 1 Corinthians 9:1) ὑμεῖς ἐστε, i. e. ye yourselves are like a letter of recommendation for me, or ye serve as a substitute for a letter of recommendation, 2 Corinthians 3:2; τοῦτο ἐστι τό σῶμα μου, this which I now hand to you is, as it were, my body, Matthew 26:26; Mark 14:22; Luke 22:19; ὑμεῖς ναός Θεοῦ ἐστε (L text T Tr text WH ἡμεῖς ... ἐσμεν ye (we) are to be regarded as the temple of God, 2 Corinthians 6:16, cf. 1 Corinthians 6:19; ὁ Θεός ναός αὐτῆς ἐστιν (ἐστι R G Tr], καί τό ἀρνίον, they are to be regarded as its temple, they occupy the place of a temple in the city because present with everyone in it, Revelation 21:22. Hence, 3. εἶναι, getting an explicative force, is often equivalent to to denote, signify, import, as ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος, Matthew 13:37-39, 19f, 22; Luke 8:11f, 14; Galatians 4:24; Revelation 17:15; Revelation 19:8, (the Sept. Genesis 41:28; Ezekiel 37:11); τουτ' ἐστιν (so T WH uniformly, except that WH omits ν. ἐφελκ. in Hebrews 2:14), Lachmann τοῦτ᾿ἔστιν (except in Romans 10:6, 7, 8; also Treg. except in Matthew 27:46; Mark 7:2; Acts 1:19; Romans 9:8; Romans 10:6, 7, 8; sometimes written τοῦτο ἐστιν, see Tdf. Proleg., p. 111; cf. Winers Grammar, 45; Buttmann, 11 (10)), an explanatory formula (equivalent to τοῦτο σημαίνει) which is either inserted into the discourse as a parenthesis, or annexed to words as an apposition (cf. Winers Grammar, 530 (493); Buttmann, 400 (342). It is to be distinguished from τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν: τουτ' ἐστιν introduces an incidental explanation for the most part of the language; τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν subjoins an explanatory statement, relating generally to the thought; (cf. our that is to say, and that is); see Romans 1:12 and Fritzsche at the passage): Matthew 27:46; Mark 7:2; Acts 1:19; Romans 7:18; Romans 10:6-8; Philemon 1:12; Hebrews 2:14; Hebrews 7:5, etc.; likewise ὁ ἐστι, Mark 3:17; Mark 7:11, 34; Hebrews 7:2; ὁ ἐστι μεθερμηνευόμενον, this signifies, when interpreted, etc. Mark 15:34; Acts 4:36; see 6 c. below. 4. In the Bible far more frequently than in secular authors, and in the N. T. much more often in the historical than in the other books, a participle without the article serves as the predicate, being connected with the subject by the verb εἶναι (cf. Winers Grammar, § 45, 5 and especially Buttmann, 309ff (265ff)); and a. so as to form a mere periphrasis of the finite verb; a. with the present participle is formed — a periphrasis of the present: ἐστι προσαναπληροῦσα ... καί περισσεύουσα, 2 Corinthians 9:12; — a periph. of the imperfect or of the aorist, mostly in Mark and Luke (Buttmann, 312 (268)): ἦν καθευδεν, Mark 4:38; ἦν προάγων, ; ἦν συγκαθήμενος, ; ἦν διανεύων, Luke 1:22; ἦσαν καθήμενοι, ; ἦν ἐκβάλλων, ; ἦσαν καθεζόμενοι (Lachmann, others, καθήμενοι), Acts 2:2, and other examples; once in Paul, Philippians 2:26 ἐπιποθῶν ἦν; — a periph. of the future: ἔσονται πίπτοντες (ἐκπίπτοντες R G), Mark 13:25. β. with the perfect participle is formed — a periph. of the aorist (imperfect (?)): ἦν ἑστώς, Luke 5:1; — a periph. of the pluperfect: ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες, συνεληλυθυῖαι Luke 5:17; Luke 23:55; especially with the perfect passive participle: ἦν ἡ ἐπιγραφή ἐπιγεγραμμένη, Mark 15:26; ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον, Luke 2:26; ἦν τεθραμμένος, Luke 4:16; add, Luke 8:2; Luke 23:51; Acts 1:17, etc. γ. once with an aorist participle a periph. of the pluperfect is formed: ἦν ... βληθείς (R G L Tr marginal reading βεβλημένος) ἐν τῇ φυλακή, Luke 23:19 T Tr text WH; on the same use of the aorist sometimes in Greek writings cf. Passow, i., p. 793; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, B. 2; yet cf. Buttmann, § 144, 24 at the end). b. so as to indicate continuance in any act or state (Buttmann, 310f (266)): ἦν διδάσκων was accustomed to teach, Mark 1:22; Luke 4:31; Luke 19:47; ἦν (T Tr text WH ἦλθεν) κηρύσσων, Mark 1:39; Luke 4:44; ἦσαν νηστεύοντες held their fast, Mark 2:18; ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες were talking, Mark 9:4;ἦν συγκύπτουσα, Luke 13:11; ἦν θέλων, Luke 23:8; ἦν προσδεχόμενος, Mark 15:43 (Luke 23:51 προσεδέχετο); once in Paul, Galatians 1:23 ἦσαν ἀκούοντες, with the future (cf. Buttmann, 311 (267)): ἔσται δεδεμένον, ἔσται λελυμένον, equivalent to shall remain bound, shall remain loosed, Matthew 16:19; ἔσται πατουμένη shall continue to be trodden down, Luke 21:24, and other examples c. to signify that one is in the act of doing something: ἦν ἐρχόμενον was in the act of coming, John 1:9 (cf. Meyer edition Weiss at the passage); ἦν ὑποστρέφων, Acts 8:28. d. the combination of εἶναι with participle seems intended also to give the verbal idea more force and prominence by putting it in the form of a noun (see Buttmanns Grammar, and Winer's Grammar, as above) ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά (German wohlhabend (English was one that had)), Matthew 19:22; Mark 10:22; ἔσῃ σιωπῶν, Luke 1:20; ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος (obedient, in subjection), Luke 2:51; ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, be thou ruler over, Luke 19:17; ἦν συνευδοκῶν Acts 8:1; ζῶν εἰμί, Revelation 1:18, and in other examples three times in Paul: εἰ ... ἠλπικότες ἐσμεν μόνον if we are those who have only hoped, or to whom nothing is left but hope, 1 Corinthians 15:19; ἦν ἦν ... καταλλάσσων, the reconciler, 2 Corinthians 5:19; ἅτινά ἐστι λόγον ἔχοντα σοφίας, are things having a reputation of wisdom, Colossians 2:23 (Matthiae, § 560 ((so Kühner, § 353 Anm. 3)) gives examples from secular authors in which several words intervene between εἶναι and the participle). e. Of quite another sort are those examples in which εἶναι has its own force, being equivalent to to be found, to be present, to stay, (see I. above), and the participle is added to express an act or condition of the subject (cf. Buttmann, § 144, 27): ἐν τοῖς μνημασι ... ἦν was i. e. stayed) κράζων, Mark 5:5; ἦν δέ ἐκεῖ (was kept there) ... βοσκομένη, Mark 5:11; Matthew 8:30; ἦσαν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναβαίνοντες, Luther correctly, they were in the road (going up etc. Mark 10:32; εἰσιν ἄνδρες ... εὐχήν ἔχοντες, Acts 21:23; add, Matthew 12:10 (R G); ; Mark 2:6, (in the last two examples ἦσαν were present); Luke 4:33; John 1:28; John 3:23; Acts 25:14; Romans 3:12, etc.; ἄνωθεν ἐστιν, καταβαῖνον etc. (insert a comma after ἐστιν), is from above, καταβαῖνον etc. being added by way of explanation, James 1:17 (cf. Buttmann, 310 (266)). 5. The formula ἐγώ εἰμί (I am he), frequent in the Gospels, especially in John, must have its predicate supplied mentally, inasmuch as it is evident from the context (cf. Krüger, § 60, 7); thus, ἐγώ εἰμί, namely, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖον, John 18:5 (here L marginal reading expresses ὁ Ἰησοῦς, WH marginal reading Ἰησοῦς); John 18:6, 8; it is I whom you see, not another, Matthew 14:27; Mark 6:50; Luke 24:36 (Lachmann in brackets); John 6:20; namely, ὁ καθήμενος καί προσαιτῶν, John 9:9; simply εἰμί, I am teacher and Lord, John 13:13; οὐκ εἰμί namely, ἐξ αὐτῶν, Luke 22:58; John 18:25; I am not Elijah, John 1:21; specifically, I am the Messiah, Mark 13:6; Mark 14:62; Luke 21:8; John 4:26; John 8:24, 28; John 13:19; I am the Son of God, Luke 22:70 (like הוּא אֲנִי, Deuteronomy 32:39; Isaiah 43:10); cf. Keim, 3:320 (English translation, 6:34; Hofmann, Schriftbeweis, i. 63f). The third person is used in the same way: ἐκεῖνος ἐστιν, namely, ὁ υἱός τοῦ Θεοῦ, John 9:37; namely, ὁ παραδώσων ἐμέ, John 13:26. 6. Of the phrases having a pronoun in place of a predicate, the following deserve notice: a. τίς εἰμί, εἰ, ἐστιν, a formula of inquiry, used by those desiring — either to know what sort of a man one is whom they see, or what his name is, John 1:19; John 8:25; John 21:12; Acts 26:15 — or that they may see the face of some one spoken of, and that he may be pointed out to them, Luke 19:3; John 9:36; σύ τίς εἰ ὁ with a participle, who (i. e. how petty) art thou, that etc.? the question of one administering a rebuke and contemptuously denying another's right to do a thing, Romans 9:20; Romans 14:4 (Strabo 6, 2, 4, p. 271 σύ τίς εἰ ὁ τόν Ὀμηρον ψεγων ὡς μυθογραφον); ἐγώ τίς εἰμί; who (how small) am I? the language of one holding a modest opinion of himself and recognizing his weakness, Acts 11:17, cf. Exodus 3:11. b. εἰμί τίς, likesum aliquis in Latin, to be somebody (eminent): Acts 5:36; εἶναι τί, like the Latinaliquid esse, to be something (i. e., something excellent): Galatians 2:6; Galatians 6:3; in these phrases τίς and τί are emphatic; cf. Kühner, § 470, 3; (Winers Grammar, 170 (161); Buttmann, 114 (100)); εἶναι τί after a negative, to be nothing, 1 Corinthians 3:7, cf. Meyer at the passage; also in questions having a negative force, 1 Corinthians 10:19 (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 6, 2). οὐδέν εἰμί, 1 Corinthians 13:2; 2 Corinthians 12:11; οὐδέν ἐστιν, it is nothing, is of no account, Matthew 23:16, 18; John 8:54; Acts 21:24; 1 Corinthians 7:19. c. τίς ἐστι, e. g. ἡ παραβολή, what does it mean? what is the explanation of the thing? Luke 8:9 τίς εἴη ἡ παραβολή αὐτῇ; Acts 10:17 τί ἄν εἰν τό ὅραμα; Mark 1:27 τί ἐστι τοῦτο; what is this? expressive of astonishment, Luke 15:26 τί εἰν ταῦτα; what might be the cause of the noise he heard? Luke 18:36; John 10:6, τινα ἦν, ἅ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς. Τί ἐστι what does it mean? Matthew 9:13; Matthew 12:7; Luke 20:17; John 16:17f; τί ἐστιν εἰ μή ὅτι, Ephesians 4:9; see II. 3 above. d. οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο ἐστιν followed by a noun, equivalent to in this is seen, is contained, etc. α. is so employed that the pronoun refers to something which has just been said: οὗτος γάρ ἐστι ὁ νόμος, the law is summed up in what I have just mentioned, comes to this, Matthew 7:12. β.. in John's usage it is so employed that the pronoun serves as the subject, which is defined by a noun that follows, and this noun itself is a substitute as it were for the predicate: αὐτῇ ἐστιν ἡ νίκη ... ἡ πίστις ἡμῶν 1 John 5:4; αὕτη ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἥν, etc. 1 John 5:9 Rec. οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο ἐστι followed by ὅτι (Buttmann, 105 (92); cf. Winer's Grammar, 161 (152)): John 3:19; 1 John 1:5; 1 John 5:11, 14; followed by ἵνα (to say that something ought to be done, or that something is desired or demanded (cf. Winers Grammar, 338 (317); Buttmann, 240 (207))): John 6:29, 39; John 15:12; 1 John 3:11, 23; 1 John 5:3; followed by ὅτε etc. John 1:19 (Winer's Grammar, 438 (408)). 7. The participle ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν, ὄντες, ὄντα, joined to a substantive or an adjective, has the force of an intercalated clause, and may be translated since or although I am, thou art, etc. (here the English use of the participle agrees in the main with the Greek): εἰ οὖν ὑμεῖς, πονηροὶ οὔντες, οἴδατε, Matthew 17:11; add, ; Luke 20:36; John 3:4; John 4:9; Acts 16:21; Romans 5:10; 1 Corinthians 8:7; Galatians 2:3; James 3:4, and often; twice with other participles, used adjectivally (Buttmann, 310 (266)): ὄντες ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι, Colossians 1:21; ἐσκοτισμένοι (R G, others ἐσκοτωμένοι), Ephesians 4:18. 8. Sometimes the copula ἐστιν (with the accent (see Chandler § 938)) stands at the beginning of a sentence, to emphasize the truth of what the sentence affirms or denies: Luke 8:11; 1 Timothy 6:6; ἐστι δέ πίστις etc. Hebrews 11:1 (although some explain it here (as a substantive verb), 'but faith exists' or 'is found,' to wit in the examples adduced immediately after (see Winers Grammar, § 7, 3)); several times so used in Philo in statements (quoted by Delitzsch on Hebrews 11:1) resembling definitions. οὐκ ἐστιν: Matthew 13:57; Mark 12:27; Acts 10:34; 1 Corinthians 14:33; James 3:15. III. εἰμί joined with adverbs; 1. with adverbs of place; a. where? to be, be busy, somewhere: ἐκεῖ, Matthew 2:15; Matthew 27:55; Mark 3:1 (L omits; Tr brackets ἦν), etc.; ἐνθάδε, Acts 16:28; ἔσω, John 20:26; οὗ, Matthew 2:9; Matthew 18:20; Acts 16:13; ὅπου, Mark 2:4; Mark 5:40; John 6:62; Acts 17:1, etc.; ποῦ, Matthew 2:2; John 7:11, etc.; ὧδε, Matthew 28:6; Mark 9:5, etc. b. with adverbs of distance: ἀπέναντι τίνος, Romans 3:18 (Psalm 35:2 ()); ἐκτός τίνος, 2 Corinthians 12:2 (3 χωρίς τοῦ L T Tr WH); ἔμπροσθεν τίνος, Luke 14:2; ἐντός τίνος. Luke 17:21; ἐνώπιον τίνος, Revelation 1:4; Revelation 7:15; μακράν ἀπό τίνος, John 21:8; Mark 12:34; πόρρω, Luke 14:32; ἐπάνω, John 3:31{a} (31^b G T WH marginal reading omits the clause); of the situation of regions and places: ἀντιπέρα (or ἀντιπέρα etc. see under the word) τίνος, Luke 8:26; ἐγγύς — now standing absolutely, John 19:42; now with the genitive, John 11:18; John 19:20, etc.; now with the dative, Acts 9:38; Acts 27:8. c. whence? to be from some quarter, i. e. to come, originate, from: πόθεν, Matthew 21:25; Luke 13:25, 27; John 7:27; John 9:29; John 19:9; John 2:9 (πόθεν ἐστιν namely, ὁ οἶνος, whence the wine was procured); ἐντεῦθεν, John 18:36. 2. with adverbs of quality; οὕτως εἰμί, to be thus or so, to be such; absolutely, Matthew 13:49; with ἐν ὑμῖν added, Matthew 20:26 (here R G T ἔσται); οὕτως ἔσται, so will it be, i. e. come to pass, Matthew 13:40 (49 (see above)); οὕτως ἐστιν or ἔσται, of things, events, etc., such is or will be the state of the case (Winer's Grammar, 465 (434)): Matthew 19:10; Matthew 24:27, 37, 39; Mark 4:26; Romans 4:18 (Genesis 15:5); so of persons, John 3:8. καθώς ἐστιν as, even as, he, etc. is, 1 John 3:2, 7; 1 John 4:17; εἰμί ὥσπερ τίς to be, to do as one, to imitate him, be like him, Matthew 6:5 (R G); Luke 18:11 (R G T WH text); ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ etc. regard him as a heathen and a publican, i. e. have no fellowship with him, Matthew 18:17; εἰμί ὡς or ὡσεί τίς, to be as, i. e. like or equal to anyone, Matt. ( L T Tr WH); ; Luke 11:44; ( L Tr WH marginal reading); ; 1 Corinthians 7:29f; τά σπλάγχνα περισσοτέρως εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐστιν he is moved with the more abundant love toward you, 2 Corinthians 7:15. — But see each adverb in its place. IV. εἰμί with the oblique cases of substantives or of pronouns; 1. εἶναι τίνος, like the Latinalicuius esse, equivalent to to pertain to a person or a thing, denotes any kind of possession or connection (possessive genitive); cf. Krüger, § 47, 6, 4ff; Winers Grammar, § 30, 5 b.; Buttmann, § 132, 11. a. of things which one owns: ἔσται σου πᾶσα (Rec. πάντα), Luke 4:7; οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, Acts 21:11; add, Mark 12:7; John 10:12; John 19:24; — or for the possession of which he is fitted: τίνος ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ οὐρανοῦ or τοῦ Θεοῦ, he is fit for a share in the kingdom of God, Matthew 5:3, 10; Matthew 19:14; Mark 10:14; Luke 18:16. πάντα ὑμῶν ἐστι, all things serve your interests and promote your salvation, 1 Corinthians 3:21. b. of things which proceed from one: 2 Corinthians 4:7. c. to be of one's party, be devoted to one: 1 Corinthians 1:12; 2 Timothy 2:19; τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Mark 9:41; Romans 8:9; 1 Corinthians 1:12; 2 Corinthians 10:7; hence also τῆς ὁδοῦ (namely, τοῦ κυρίου) εἶναι, Acts 9:2 (cf. Buttmann, 163 (142)). d. to be subject to one; to be in his hands or power: Matthew 22:28; Acts 27:23; Romans 9:16; Romans 14:8; 1 Corinthians 3:23; 1 Corinthians 6:19, 20 Rec.; πνεύματος, Luke 9:55 Rec. Hence, e. to be suitable, fit, for one: Acts 1:7. f. to be of a kind or class: εἶναι νυκτός, σκότους, ἡμέρας, 1 Thessalonians 5:5, 8; or to be of the number of (a partitive genitive, cf. Buttmann, 159 (139)): Acts 23:6; 1 Timothy 1:20; 2 Timothy 1:15. g. with a genitive of quality: Hebrews 10:39; Hebrews 12:11. h. with a genitive of age: Mark 5:42; Luke 3:23; Acts 4:22 (Tobit 14:11). With this use (viz. 1) of εἶναι, those examples must not be confounded in which a predicate nominative is to be repeated from the subject (cf. Krüger, § 47, 6, 1): οὐκ ἐστιν ὁ Θεός νεκρῶν, ἀλλά ζώντων, namely, Θεός, Matthew 22:32, cf. Mark 12:27; Luke 20:38; ταῦτα τά ῤήματα οὐκ ἐστι δαιμονιζομένου, namely, ῤήματα, John 10:21; οὐκ ἐστιν ἀκαταστασίας ὁ Θεός, ἀλλά εἰρήνης, 1 Corinthians 14:33; ἄλλο βιβλίον, ὁ ἐστι τῆς ζωῆς, Revelation 20:12; add, 2 Corinthians 2:3; 1 Peter 3:3. 2. εἰμί with the dative (cf. Krüger, § 48, 3 (who appears to regard the dative as expressing a less close or necessary relationship than the genitive); Winers Grammar, § 31, 2); a. ἐστι μοι, ἡμῖν, etc. it is mine, ours, etc., I, we, etc., have: Luke 1:7; Luke 2:7, 10; Luke 14:10; John 18:10, 39; John 19:40; Acts 7:5; Acts 8:21; Acts 10:6; Romans 9:2, 9; 1 Corinthians 9:16; 1 Peter 4:11, and often. οὐκ ἐστι ἡμῖν (others ὑμῖν) ἡ πάλη πρός etc. we have not a struggle against etc. Ephesians 6:12; εἰσιν ἡμῖν we have here etc. Acts 21:23; τί ἔσται ἡμῖν what shall we have? what will be given us? Matthew 19:27; ὑμῖν ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία the promise belongs to you, Acts 2:39. b. εἶναι τίνι τί to be something to (or for) someone, used of various relations, as of service, protection, etc.: σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστι μοι οὗτος namely, τοῦ with an infinitive Acts 9:15; ἔσεσθε μοι μάρτυρες, Acts ( R G, cf.) ; ἔσομαι αὐτῷ Θεός καί αὐτός ἔσται μοι υἱός, Revelation 21:7; ἔσονται μοι λαός, 2 Corinthians 6:16 (R G); εἰς τό εἶναι αὐτόν ... πατέρα ... τοῖς etc. Romans 4:11. c. εἶναι τίνι τί, to be to one as or for something, to pass for etc.: 1 Corinthians 1:18; 1 Corinthians 2:14; 1 Corinthians 9:2, cf. Matthew 18:17. d. εἶναι τίνι τί, to be, i. e. conduce, redound to one for (or as) something (cf. Krüger, § 48, 3, 5): 1 Corinthians 11:14; 2 Corinthians 2:15; Philippians 1:28; οὐαί δέ μοι ἐστι, 1 Corinthians 9:16 (Hosea 9:12). e. ἔσται τίνι, will come upon, befall, happen to, one: Matthew 16:22; Luke 1:45. f. Acts 24:11 οὐ πλείους εἰσί μοι ἡμέραι ἤ δεκαδύο (L T Tr WH omit ἤ and read δώδεκα) not more than twelve days are (namely, passed) to me, i. e. it is not more than twelve days. Luke 1:36 οὗτος μήν ἕκτος ἐστιν αὐτῇ this is the sixth month to (with) her. Those passages must not be brought under this head in which the dative does not belong to the verb but depends on an adjective, as καλός, κοινωνός, φίλος, etc. V. εἰμί with prepositions and their cases. 1. ἀπό ὁ τίνος (τόπου), to come from, be a native of: John 1:44 (45) (cf. ἀπό, II. 1 a.). 2. εἰς τί, a. to have betaken oneself to some place and to be there, to have gone into (cf. Winers Grammar, § 50, 4 b.; (Buttmann, 333 (286)): εἰς οἶκον, Mark 2:1 (R G; others ἐν); εἰς τόν ἀγρόν, Mark 13:16 (R G); εἰς τήν κοίτην, Luke 11:7; εἰς τόν κόλπον, John 1:18, where cf. Tholuck (Winers Grammar, 415 (387); Buttmann, as above); (on Acts 8:20 see ἀπώλεια, 2 a.). metaphorically, to come to: εἰς χολήν πικρίας (hast fallen into), Acts 8:23. b. to be directed toward a thing: ὥστε τήν πίστιν ὑμῶν ... εἶναι εἰς Θεόν, 1 Peter 1:21; to tend to anything: Romans 11:36 (Winers Grammar, § 50, 6). c. to be for, i. e. conduce or inure to, serve for (Buttmann, 150f (131f); Winer's Grammar, § 29, 3 a.): 1 Corinthians 14:22; Colossians 2:22; James 5:3; ἐμοί εἰς ἐλάχιστον ἐστι, it results for me in, i. e. I account it, a very small thing, 1 Corinthians 4:3, (εἰς ὠφέλειαν, Aesop fab. 124, 2). d. In imitation of the Hebrew הָיָה followed by לְ, εἶναι εἰς τινα or τί stands where the Greeks use a nominative (Winers Grammar and Buttmann, as above; especially Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word εἰς, 3): Matthew 19:5 and Mark 10:8 and 1 Corinthians 6:16 and Ephesians 5:31 ἔσονται εἰς σάρκα μίαν (from Genesis 2:24); 1 John 5:8 εἰς τό ἐν εἰσιν, unite, conspire, toward one and the same result, agree in one; 2 Corinthians 6:18 (Jeremiah 38:1 ()); Hebrews 1:5 (2 Samuel 7:14); . 3. ἐκ τίνος, a. to be of, i. e. a part of anything, to belong to, etc. (Winers Grammar, 368 (345); cf. Buttmann, 159 (139)): 1 Corinthians 12:15f; ἐκ τινων, of the number of: Matthew 26:73; Mark 14:69; Luke 22:58; John 1:24; John 6:64, 71 (R T); ; Acts 21:8; 2 Timothy 3:6; 1 John 2:19; Revelation 17:11 (Xenophon, mem. 3, 6, 17); ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τινων, Luke 22:3. b. to be of, i. e. to have originated, sprung, come, from (Winers Grammar, § 51, 1 d.; Buttmann, 327 (281f)): Luke 23:7; John 1:46 (); (ὁ ὤν ἐκ τῆς γῆς); ; Acts 4:6; Acts 19:25; Acts 23:34; Galatians 3:21; 1 John 4:7; ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν, your fellow-countryman, Colossians 4:9. c. to be of, i. e. proceed from one as the author (Winers Grammar, 366f (344f); Buttmann, 327 (281)): Matthew 5:37; John 7:17; Acts 5:38; 2 Corinthians 4:7; 1 John 2:16; Hebrews 2:11; εἶναι ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, to be instituted by the authority of God, by the authority of men, Matthew 21:25; Mark 11:30; Luke 20:4; to be begotten of one, Matthew 1:20. d. to be of, i. e. be connected with one; to be related to, (cf. Winer's § 51, 1 d.; cf. in ἐκ, II. 1 a. and 7): ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἐστιν ἐκ πίστεως, has no connection with faith, Galatians 3:12; ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι (Luth.mit Werken umgehen), Galatians 3:10; especially in John's usage, to depend on the power of one, to be prompted and governed by one, and reflect his character: thus εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου, John 8:44; 1 John 3:8; ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ, 1 John 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, John 15:19; John 17:14, 16; 1 John 4:5; when this expression is used of wickedness, it is equivalent to produced by the world and pertaining to it, 1 John 2:16; opposed to ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶναι, John 8:47; 1 John 4:1-3; this latter phrase is used especially of true Christians, as begotten anew by the Spirit of God (see γεννάω, 2 d.): 1 John 4:4, 6; 1 John 5:19; 3 John 1:11; ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι, either to come from the love of truth as an effect, as 1 John 2:21, or, if used of a man, to be led and governed by the love and pursuit of truth, as John 18:37; 1 John 3:19; ὁ ὤν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστι, he who is from the earth as respects origin bears the nature of this his earthly origin, is earthly, John 3:31. e. to be of, i. e. formed from: Revelation 21:21; 1 Corinthians 11:8. 4. ἐν τίνι, a. with the dative of place, to be in, i. e. be present, to stay, dwell; a prop Matthew 24:26; Luke 2:49, etc.; on the surface of a place (Germauf), as ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, Mark 10:32 and elsewhere; ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, Luke 15:25. at: ἐν δεξιά tou] Θεοῦ, Romans 8:34; to live, dwell, as in a city: Luke 18:3; Acts 9:10; Philippians 1:1; 1 Corinthians 1:2, etc.; of God, ἐν οὐρανοῖς, Ephesians 6:9; of things which are found, met with, in a place: 2 Timothy 2:20, etc. β. things so pertaining to locality that one can, in a proper sense, be in them or be surrounded by them, are spoken of in the same way metaphorically and improperly, as εἶναι ἐν τῷ φωτί, ἐν τῇ σκοτία: 1 John 2:9, 11; 1 Thessalonians 5:4; ἐν σαρκί, Romans 7:5; Romans 8:8 (see σάρξ, 4). b. to be in a state or condition (see Buttmann, 330 (284); cf. Winer's Grammar, § 29, 3 b. and ἐν, I. 5 c.): ἐν εἰρήνη, Luke 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρα, Luke 23:12; ἐν κρίματι, Luke 23:40; ἐν περιτομή, ἐν ἀκροβυστία, Romans 4:10; ἐν δόξῃ, 2 Corinthians 3:8, etc.; hence, spoken of ills which one is afflicted with: ἐν ῤύσει αἵματος, Mark 5:25; Luke 8:43 (ἐν τῇ νόσῳ, Sophocles Aj. 271; inmorbo esse, Cicero, Tusc. 3, 4, 9); of wickedness in which one is, as it were, merged, ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις, 1 Corinthians 15:17; of holiness, in which one perseveres, ἐν πίστει, 2 Corinthians 13:5. c. to be in possession of, provided with a thing (Winer's Grammar, 386 (361)): Philippians 4:11; ἐν ἐξουσία, Luke 4:32; ἐν βαρεῖ (see βάρος, at the end), 1 Thessalonians 2:7 (6). d. to be occupied in a thing (Bernhardy (1829), p. 210; (see iv, I. 5 g.)): ἐν τῇ ἑορτή, in celebrating the feast, John 2:23; to be sedulously devoted to (A. V. give oneself wholly to) a thing, 1 Timothy 4:15 (Horace, epistles 1, 1, 11omnis in hoc sum). e. a person or thing is said to be in one, i. e. in his soul: thus, God (by his power and influence) in the prophets, 1 Corinthians 14:25; Christ (i. e. his holy mind and power) in the souls of his disciples or of Christians, John 17:26; 2 Corinthians 13:5; τό πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, John 14:17; friends are said to be ἐν τῇ καρδία of one who loves them, 2 Corinthians 7:3. vices, virtues, and the like, are said to be in one: as δόλος, John 1:47 (48); ἀδικία, John 7:18; ἄγνοια, Ephesians 4:18; ἁμαρτία, 1 John 3:5; ἀλήθεια, John 8:44; 2 Corinthians 11:10; Ephesians 4:21; 1 John 1:8; 1 John 2:4, (ἀλήθεια καί κρίσις, 1 Macc. 7:18); ἀγάπη, John 17:26; 1 John 2:15; ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ (τοῦ Θεοῦ) οὐκ ἐστιν ἐν ἡμῖν, God's word has not left its impress on our souls, 1 John 1:10; τό φῶς οὐκ ἐστιν ἐν αὐτῷ, the efficacy or influence of the light is not in his soul (rather, an obvious physical fact is used to suggest a spiritual truth: the light is not in him, does not shine from within outward), John 11:10; σκοτία, 1 John 1:5; σκάνδαλον, 1 John 2:10, i. e. there is nothing within him to seduce him to sin (cf. Dusterdieck and Huther at the passage). Acts 13:15 (if ye have in mind any word of exhortation etc. (Winers Grammar, 218 (204f)). f. ἐν τῷ Θεῷ εἶναι is said α. of Christians, as being rooted, so to speak, in him, i. e. intimately united to him, 1 John 2:5; 1 John 5:20; β. of all men, because the ground of their creation and continued being is to be found in him alone, Acts 17:28. g. with a dative of the person to be in — (i. e. either) among the number of: Matthew 27:56; Mark 15:40; Luke 2:44; Romans 1:6; — (or, in the midst of: Acts 2:29; Acts 7:44 Rec., etc.) h. noteworthy, further, are the following: ἐστι τί ἐν τίνι there is something (to blame) in one, Acts 25:5; something is (founded (A. V. stand)) in a thing, 1 Corinthians 2:5; οὐκ ἐστιν ἐν οὐδενί ἄλλῳ ἡ σωτηρία salvation is (laid up, embodied) in none other, can be expected from none, Acts 4:12; with the dative of the thing, is (contained, wrapped up) in something: Ephesians 5:18; Hebrews 10:3; 1 John 4:18. 5. εἰμί ἐπί a. τίνος, to be on: ἐπί τοῦ δώματος, Luke 17:31; ἐπί τῆς κεφαλῆς, John 20:7; to be (set) over a thing, Acts 8:27; to preside, rule, over, Romans 9:5. b. τίνι, to be at (Winer's Grammar, 392 (367)): ἐπί θύραις, Matthew 24:33; Mark 13:29. c. τινα, to be upon one: χάρις ἦν ἐπί τινα, was with him, assisted him, Luke 2:40; Acts 4:33; πνεῦμα ἦν ἐπί τινα, had come upon one, was impelling him, Luke 2:25, cf. Luke 4:18; the Sept. Isaiah 61:1; add, Galatians 6:16; εἶναι ἐπί τό αὐτό, to be (assembled) together (cf. αὐτός, III. 1), Acts 1:15; Acts 2:1, 44; of cohabitation, 1 Corinthians 7:5 (according to the reading ἦτε for Rec. συνέρχεσθε). 6. εἰμί κατά a. τίνος, to be against one, to oppose him: Matthew 12:30; Luke 9:50; Luke 11:23; Galatians 5:23; Romans 8:31 (opposed to ὑπέρ τίνος, as in Mark 9:40). b. κατά τί, according to something: κατά σάρκα, κατά πνεῦμα, to bear the character, have the nature, of the flesh or of the Spirit, Romans 8:5; εἶναι κατ' ἄνθρωπον, Galatians 1:11; κατ' ἀλήθειαν, Romans 2:2. 7. μετά τίνος, a. to be with (i. e., to associate with) one: Matthew 17:17; Mark 3:14; Mark 5:18; Luke 6:3; John 3:26; John 12:17; John 16:32; Acts 9:39, and often in the Gospels; Revelation 21:3; of ships accompanying one, Mark 4:36; of what is present with one for his profit, 2 John 1:2; Romans 16:20; Hebraistically, to be with one, i. e. as a help (of God, becoming the companion, as it were, of the righteous): Luke 1:66; John 3:2; John 8:29; John 16:32; Acts 7:9; Acts 10:38; Acts 11:21; Acts 18:10; 2 Corinthians 13:11; Philippians 4:9; 2 John 1:3, cf. Matthew 28:20 (Genesis 21:20; Judges 6:12, etc.). b. to be (i. e. to cooperate) with: Matthew 12:30; Luke 11:23 (Xenophon, an. 1, 3, 5 (others ἰέναι)). 8. εἰμί παρά a. τίνος, to (have come and so) be from one: Christ is said εἶναι παρά τοῦ Θεοῦ, John 6:46; John 7:29; John 9:16, 33; τί παρά τίνος, is from i. e. given by one, John 17:7. b. τίνι, to be with one: Matthew 22:25; οὐκ εἶναι παρά τῷ Θεῷ is used to describe qualities alien to God, as προσωπολημψία, Romans 2:11; Ephesians 6:9; ἀδικία, Romans 9:14. c. τινα (τόπον), by, by the side of: Mark 5:21; Acts 10:6. 9. πρός τινα (cf. Winers Grammar, 405 (378)), a. toward: πρός ἑσπέραν ἐστι it is toward evening, Luke 24:29. b. by (turned toward): Mark 4:1. c. with one: Matthew 13:56; Mark 6:3; Mark 9:19; Luke 9:41; John 1:1 (cf. Meyer at the passage). 10. σύν τίνι, a. to associate with one: Luke 22:56; Luke 24:44; Acts 13:7; Philippians 1:23; Colossians 2:5; 1 Thessalonians 4:17. b. to be the companion of one, to accompany him: Luke 7:12 (Relz T Tr brackets WH); ; Acts 4:13; Acts 22:9; 2 Peter 1:18. c. (to be an adherent of one, be on his side: Acts 5:17; Acts 14:4 (A. V. to hold with) (Xenophon, Cyril 5, 4, 37). 11. εἰμί ὑπέρ a. τίνος, to be for one, to favor his side: Mark 9:40; Luke 9:50; Romans 8:31 (opposed to εἰμί κατά τίνος). b. τινα, to be abore one, to surpass, excel him: Luke 6:40. 12. ὑπό τινα (cf. Buttmann, 341 (293)), a. to be under (i. e., subject to) one: Matthew 8:9 R G T Tr; Romans 3:9; Romans 6:14; Galatians 3:10, 25; Galatians 5:18; 1 Timothy 6:1. b. to be (locally) under a thing: e. g. under a tree, John 1:48 (49); a cloud, 1 Corinthians 10:1. Further, see each preposition in its own place. VI. As in classical Greek, so also in the N. T. εἰμί is very often omitted (cf. Winer § 64, I. 2, who gives numerous examples (cf. 596 (555); 350 (328f)); Buttmann, 136f (119f)), ἐστιν most frequently of all the parts: Luke 4:18; Romans 11:36; 1 Corinthians 4:20; 2 Timothy 3:16; Hebrews 5:13, etc.; in exclamations, Acts 19:28, 34; in questions, Romans 9:14; 2 Corinthians 6:14-16; τί γάρ, Philippians 1:18; Romans 3:3; τί οὖν, Romans 3:9; Romans 6:15; also εἰ, Revelation 15:4; εἰμί, 2 Corinthians 11:6; ἐσμεν, ἐστε, 1 Corinthians 4:10; εἰσί, Romans 4:14; 1 Corinthians 13:8, etc.; the imperative ἔστω, Romans 12:9; Hebrews 13:4f; ἐστε, Romans 12:9; 1 Peter 3:8; εἰν in wishes, Matthew 16:22; Galatians 6:16, etc.; even the subjunctive ἤ after ἵνα, Romans 4:16; 2 Corinthians 8:11 (after ὅπως), 13; often the participle ὤν, ὄντες, as (see Buttmann, § 144, 18) in Mark 6:20; Acts 27:33; in the expressions οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, οἱ ὑπό νόμον, etc. (Compare: ἄπειμι, ἔνειμι (ἔξεστι), πάρειμι, συμπάρειμι, σύνειμι.) STRONGS NT 1510: εἶμιεἶμι, to go, approved of by some in John 7:34, 36, for the ordinary εἰμί, but cf. Winers Grammar, § 6, 2; (Buttmann, 50 (43). Compare: ἄπειμι, εἴσειμι, ἔξειμι, ἔπειμι, σύνειμι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἶναι Transliteration: einai Phonetic Spelling: i'-nahee Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: am, was, come, is, there is, to be, was Meaning: am, was, come, is, there is, to be, was GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1511 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1511 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1511 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1511 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1511, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἶναι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1511 einai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: am, was, come, is, there is, to be, was. Present infinitive from eimi; to exist -- am, was. Come, is, X lust after, X please well, there is, to be, was. see GREEK eimi |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἴπερ Transliteration: eiper Phonetic Spelling: i per Part of Speech: Conditional Particle Or Conjunction Short Definition: if perhaps Meaning: if perhaps GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1512 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1512 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1512 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1512 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1512, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἴπερ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1512 eiper 🕊 Strong's Concordance: if so be, seeing, though. From ei and per; if perhaps -- if so be (that), seeing, though. see GREEK ei see GREEK per Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1512: εἴπερεἴπερ, see εἰ, III. 13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἴ Transliteration: ei Phonetic Spelling: i poce Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: if by any means, if somehow Meaning: if by any means, if somehow GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1513 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1513 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1513 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1513 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1513, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἴ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1513 ei 🕊 Strong's Concordance: if by any means, if somehowFrom ei and pos; if somehow -- if by any means. see GREEK ei see GREEK pos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1513: εἴπωςεἴπως, see εἰ, III. 14. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰρηνεύω Transliteration: eirēneuō Phonetic Spelling: i-rane-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to bring to peace, to be at peace Meaning: to bring to peace, to be at peace GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1514 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1514 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1514 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1514 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1514, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰρηνεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1514 eirēneuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: have peace, live peaceably. From eirene; to be (act) peaceful -- be at (have, live in) peace, live peaceably. see GREEK eirene Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1514: εἰρηνεύωεἰρηνεύω; (εἰρήνη); 1. to make peace: 1 Macc. 6:60; Dio Cassius, 77 12, etc. 2. to cultivate or keep peace, i. e. harmony; to be at peace, live in peace: 2 Corinthians 13:11; ἐν ἀλλήλοις, Mark 9:50; ἐν ἑαυτοῖς (T Tr αὐτοῖς), 1 Thessalonians 5:13; μετά τίνος, Romans 12:18; (Plato, Theact., p. 180 b. Dio Cassius, 42, 15, etc.; the Sept.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰρήνη Transliteration: eirēnē Phonetic Spelling: i-ray'-nay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: one, peace, quietness, rest Meaning: one, peace, quietness, rest GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1515 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1515 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1515 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1515 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1515, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰρήνη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1515 eirēnē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: one, peace, quietness, rest. Probably from a primary verb eiro (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity -- one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1515: εἰρήνηεἰρήνη, εἰρήνης, ἡ (apparently from εἴρω, to join; (others from εἴρω equivalent to λέγω; Etym. Magn. 803, 41; Vanicek, p. 892; Lob. Path. Proleg., p. 194; Benfey, Wurzellex. ii., p. 7)), the Sept. chiefly for שָׁלום; (from Homer down); peace, i. e. 1. a state of national tranquility; exemption from the rage and havoc of war: Revelation 6:4; πολλή εἰρήνη, Acts 24:2 (3); τά (WH text omits τά) πρός εἰρήνην, things that look toward peace, as an armistice, conditions for the restoration of peace Luke 14:32; αἰτεῖσθαι εἰρήνην, Acts 12:20; ἔχειν εἰρήνην, of the church free from persecutions, Acts 9:31. 2. peace between individuals, i. e. harmony, concord: Matthew 10:34; Luke 12:51; Acts 7:26; Romans 14:17; 1 Corinthians 7:15; Galatians 5:22; Ephesians 2:17; Ephesians 4:3; equivalent to the anthor of peace, Ephesians 2:14 (cf. Buttmann, 125 (109)); ἐν εἰρήνη, where harmony prevails, in a peaceful mind, James 3:18; ὁδός εἰρήνης, way leading to peace, a course of life promoting harmony, Romans 3:17 (from Isaiah 59:8); μετ' εἰρήνης, in a mild and friendly spirit, Hebrews 11:31; ποιεῖν εἰρήνην, to promote concord, James 3:18; to effect it, Ephesians 2:15; ζητεῖν, 1 Peter 3:11; διώκειν, 2 Timothy 2:22; with μετά πάντων added, Hebrews 12:14; τά τῆς εἰρήνης διώκειν, Romans 14:19 (cf. Buttmann, 95 (83); Winers Grammar, 109 (103f)). Specifically, good order, opposed to ἀκαταστασία, 1 Corinthians 14:33. 3. after the Hebrew שָׁלום, security, safety, prosperity, felicity, (because peace and harmony make and keep things safe and prosperous): Luke 19:42; Hebrews 7:2; εἰρήνη καί ἀσφάλεια, opposed to ὄλεθρος, 1 Thessalonians 5:3; ἐν εἰρήνη ἐστι τά ὑπάρχοντα, αὐτοῦ, his goods are secure from hostile attack, Luke 11:21; ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην, Mark 5:34, and πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην Luke 7:50; Luke 8:48, a formula of wishing well, blessing, addressed by the Hebrews to departing friends (לְשָׁלום לֵך 1 Samuel 1:17; 1 Samuel 20:42, etc.; properly, depart into a place or state of peace; (cf. Buttmann, 184 (160))); πορεύεσθαι ἐν εἰρήνη, Acts 16:36, and ὑπάγετε ἐν εἰρήνη, James 2:16, go in peace, i. e. may happiness attend you; ἀπολύειν τινα μετ' εἰρήνης, to dismiss one with good wishes, Acts 15:33; ἐν εἰρήνη, with my wish fulfilled, and therefore happy, Luke 2:29 (see ἀπολύω, 2 a.); προπέμπειν τινα ἐν εἰρήνη free from danger, safe, 1 Corinthians 16:11 (others take it of inward peace or of harmony; cf. Meyer at the passage). The Hebrews in invoking blessings on a man called out לְך שָׁלום (Judges 6:23; Daniel 10:19); from this is to be derived the explanation of those expressions which refer apparently to the Messianic blessings (see 4 below): εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ, let peace, blessedness, come to this household, Luke 10:5; υἱός εἰρήνης, worthy of peace (cf. Winers Grammar, § 34, 3 N. 2; Buttmann, 161f (141)), Luke 10:6; ἐλθέτω ἡ εἰρήνη ἐπ' αὐτόν, let the peace which ye wish it come upon it, i. e. be its lot, Matthew 10:13; to the same purport ἐπαναπαήσεται ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ' αὐτόν, Luke 10:6; ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρός ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω, let your peace return to you, because it could not rest upon it, i. e. let it be just as if ye had not uttered the wish, Matthew 10:13. 4. Specifically, the Messiah's peace: Luke 2:14; ὁδός εἰρήνης, the way that leads to peace (salvation), Luke 1:79; εἰρήνης ἐν οὐρανῷ, peace, salvation, is prepared for us in heaven, Luke 19:38; εὐαγγελίζεσθαι εἰρήνην, Acts 10:36. 5. according to a conception distinctly peculiar to Christianity, "the tranquil state of a soul assured of its salvation through Christ, and so fearing nothing from God and content with its earthly lot, of whatsoerer sort that is": Romans 8:6; ἐν εἰρήνη namely, ὄντες; is used of those who, assured of salvation, tranquilly await the return of Christ and the transformation of all things which will accompany that event, 2 Peter 3:14; (πληροῦν πάσης ... εἰρήνης ἐν τῷ πιστεύειν, Romans 15:13 (where L marginal reading ἐν πιστεύειν εἰρήνη)); ἔχειν ἐν Χριστῷ εἰρήνην (opposed to ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ θλῖψιν ἔχειν), John 16:33; ἔχειν εἰρήνην πρός τόν Θεόν, with God, Romans 5:1, (εἰρήνη πρός τινα, Plato, rep. 5, p. 465 b.; cf. Diodorus 21, 12; cf. Meyer on Romans, the passage cited; Winer's Grammar, 186 (175); 406 (379))); εὐαγγελίζεσθαι εἰρήνην, Romans 10:15 (R G Tr marginal reading in brackets); τό εὐαγγέλιον τῆς εἰρήνης, Ephesians 6:15; in the expression εἰρήνην ἀφίημι κτλ., John 14:27, in which Christ, with allusion to the usual Jewish formula at leave-taking (see 3 above), says that he not merely wishes, but gives peace; ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ, which comes, from Christ, Colossians 3:15 (Rec. θεοῦ; τοῦ Θεοῦ, Philippians 4:7 (cf. Winers Grammar, 186 (175)). Comprehensively, of every kind of peace (blessing), yet with a predominance apparently of the notion of peace with God, εἰρήνη is used — in the salutations of Christ after his resurrection, εἰρήνη ὑμῖν (לָכֶם שָׁלום, Luke 24:36 (T omits; WH reject the clause); John 20:19, 21, 26; in the phrases ὁ κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης, the Lord who is the author and promoter of peace, 2 Thessalonians 3:16; ὁ Θεός τῆς εἰρήνης Romans 15:33; Romans 16:20; 2 Corinthians 13:1; Philippians 4:9; 1 Thessalonians 5:23; Hebrews 13:20; in the salutations at the beginning and the close of the apostolic Epistles: Romans 1:7; 1 Corinthians 1:3; 2 Corinthians 1:2; Galatians 1:3; Galatians 6:16; Ephesians 1:2; Ephesians 6:23; Philippians 1:2; Colossians 1:2; 1 Thessalonians 1:1; 2 Thessalonians 1:2; 2 Thessalonians 3:16; 1 Timothy 1:2; 2 Timothy 1:2; Titus 1:4; (Philemon 1:3); 1 Peter 1:2; 1 Peter 5:14; 2 Peter 1:2; 2 John 1:3; 3 John 1:15 (14); (Jude 1:2); Revelation 1:4. Cf. Kling in Herzog iv., p. 596f under the words Friede mit Gott; Weiss, Biblical Theol. d. N. T. § 83 b.; (Otto in the Jahrbb. fur deutsch. Theol. for 1867, p. 678ff; cf. Winer's Grammar, 549 (511)). 6. of the blessed state of devout and upright men after death (Wis. 3:3): Romans 2:10. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰρηνικός Transliteration: eirēnikos Phonetic Spelling: i-ray-nee-kos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: peaceful Meaning: peaceful GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1516 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1516 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1516 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1516 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1516, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰρηνικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1516 eirēnikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: peaceable. From eirene; pacific; by implication, salutary -- peaceable. see GREEK eirene Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1516: εἰρηνικόςεἰρηνικός, εἰρηνική, εἰρηνικόν, 1. relating to peace:ἐπίστημαι, the arts of peace, Xenophon, oec. 1, 17; ἔργα, ibid. 6, 1; χρειαι, Diodorus 5, 31; often in 1 Maccabees (). 2. peaceable, pacific, loving peace: James 3:17; (Plato, Isocrates, others; the Sept.). 3. bringing peace with it, peaceful, salutary, (see εἰρήνη, 3): Hebrews 12:11. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰρηνοποιέω Transliteration: eirēnopoieō Phonetic Spelling: i-ray-nop-oy-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make peace Meaning: to make peace GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1517 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1517 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1517 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1517 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1517, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰρηνοποιέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1517 eirēnopoieō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: make peace. From eirenopoios; to be a peace-maker, i.e. (figuratively) to harmonize -- make peace. see GREEK eirenopoios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1517: εἰρηνοποιέωεἰρηνοποιέω, ἐιρηνοποιῶ (1 aorist ἐιρηνοποιησἀ'; (εἰρηνοποιός); to make peace, establish harmony: Colossians 1:20. (Proverbs 10:10; in the middle, Hermes quoted in Stobaeus, eclog. ph. 1, 52 (984).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰρηνοποιός Transliteration: eirēnopoios Phonetic Spelling: i-ray-nop-oy-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: peacemaking, a peacemaker Meaning: peacemaking, a peacemaker GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1518 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1518 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1518 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1518 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1518, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰρηνοποιός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1518 eirēnopoios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: peacemaker. From eirenopoios and poieo; pacificatory, i.e. (subjectively) peaceable -- peacemaker. see GREEK eirenopoios see GREEK poieo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1518: εἰρηνοποιόςεἰρηνοποιός, ἐιρηνοποιον, masculine a peace-maker (Xenophon, Hell. 6, 3, 4; Dio Cassius); pacific, loving peace: Matthew 5:9; (others (cf. A. V.) dispute this secondary meaning; see Meyer at the passage). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰς Transliteration: eis Phonetic Spelling: ice Part of Speech: Preposition Short Definition: to or into (indicating the point reached or entered, of place, time, purpose, result) Meaning: to, into GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1519 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1519 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1519 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1519 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1519, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1519 eis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: against, among, as, at, backward, beforeA primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases -- (abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to),...ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) Expressing motion (literally or figuratively). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1519: εἰςεἰς, a preposition governing the accusative, and denoting entrance into, or direction and limit: into, to, toward, for, among. It is used: A. Properly I. of place, after verbs of going, coming, sailing, flying, falling, living, leading, carrying, throwing, sending, etc.; 1. of a place entered, or of entrance into a place, into; and a. it stands before nouns designating an open place, a hollow thing, or one in which an object can be hidden: as εἰς (τήν) πόλιν, Matthew 26:18; Matthew 28:11; Mark 1:45, and often; εἰς τόν οἶκον, Matthew 9:7; συναγωγήν, Acts 17:10; πλοῖον, Matthew 8:23; John 6:17; Acts 21:6; θάλασσαν, Matthew 17:27; ἄβυσσον, Luke 8:31; οὐρανόν, Luke 2:15; κόσμον, John 1:9; John 3:19, etc.; τά ἰδίᾳ, John 1:11; John 16:32; Acts 21:6; ἀποθήκην, Matthew 3:12; εἰς τά ὦτα, Luke 1:44; εἰς τάς ζώνας or ζώνην, Matthew 10:9; Mark 6:8, etc.; εἰς ἀέρα, 1 Corinthians 14:9; εἰς πῦρ, Mark 9:22, etc.; εἰς αὐτόν, of a demon entering the body of a man, Mark 9:25. with the accusative of person (German zu jemand hinein), into the house of one (cf. Kühner, § 432, 1, 1 a.; (Jelf, § 625, 1 a.)): εἰς τήν Λυδίαν, Acts 16:40 Rec., but here more correctly πρός with G L T Tr WH; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 49, a, α. (εἰς ἐμαυτόν, Wis. 8:18). γίνομαι εἰς with the accusative of place, see γίνομαι, 5 g. b. before names of cities, villages, and countries, εἰς may be rendered simply to, toward, (German nach; as if it indicated merely motion toward a destination; (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 49, a, α.)); as εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα εἰς Δαμασκόν, εἰς Βέροιαν, etc.; εἰς Σπανίαν, Αἴγυπτον, Γαλιλαίαν, etc.; but it is not to be so translated in such phrases as εἰς τήν Ιουδαίαν γῆν, etc., John 3:22; Matthew 2:12 cf. Matthew 20, 21; εἰς τά μέρη τῆς Γαλιλαίας, Matthew 2:22, etc. c. elliptical expressions are — εἰς ᾅδου, namely, δομον, Acts 2:27 (Rec.), 31 (not T WH); see ᾅδης, 2. ἐπιστολαί εἰς Δαμασκόν, to be carried to D., Acts 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς (L Tr marginal reading ἐν) Ἱερουσαλήμ (see in διακονία, 3), Romans 15:31; cf. Bernhardy (1829), p. 216. d. εἰς means among (in among) before nouns comprising a multitude; as, εἰς τούς λῃστάς, Luke 10:36; εἰς (L marginal reading ἐπί) τάς ἀκάνθας, Mark 4:7 (for which Luke 8:7 gives ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀκανθῶν); or before persons, Mark 8:19; Luke 11:49; John 21:23; Acts 18:6; Acts 20:29; Acts 22:21, 30; Acts 26:17; see ἀποστέλλω, 1 b.; or before a collective noun in the singular number, as εἰς τόν δῆμον, Acts 17:5; Acts 19:30; εἰς τόν ὄχλον, Acts 14:14; εἰς τόν λαόν, Acts 4:17. 2. If the surface only of the place entered is touched or occupied, εἰς, like the Latinin, may (often) be rendered on, upon, (German auf) (sometimes by unto, — (idioms vary)), to mark the limit reached, or where one sets foot. Of this sort are εἰς τό πέραν (A. V. unto), Matthew 8:18; Matthew 14:22; Mark 4:35; εἰς τήν γῆν, Luke 12:49 (L T Tr WH ἐπί); Acts 26:14; Revelation 8:5, 7; Revelation 9:3; Revelation 12:4, 9 εἰς τήν κλίνην, Revelation 2:22; εἰς ὁδόν, Matthew 10:5; Mark 6:8; Luke 1:79; εἰς τήν ὁδόν, Mark 11:8{a} (L marginal reading ἐν with the dative, 8{b} R G L); εἰς τόν ἀγρόν, Matthew 22:5; Mark 13:16; εἰς τό ὄρος (or εἰς ὄρος; here A. V. uses into), Matthew 5:1; Matthew 14:23; Matthew 15:29; Matthew 17:1; Mark 3:13; Mark 9:2; Luke 9:28; John 6:3, etc.; εἰς τά δεξιά, John 21:6; σπείρειν εἰς τί (τήν σάρκα), Galatians 6:8 (here A. V. unto; cf. Ellicott at the passage); ἀναπίπτειν εἰς τόπον, Luke 14:10; δέχομαι εἰς τάς ἀγκάλας, Luke 2:28; τύπτειν εἰς τήν κεφαλήν, Matthew 27:30 (εἰς τήν σιαγόνα, Luke 6:29 Tdf.; ῥαπίζειν εἰς τήν ... σιαγόνα, Matthew 5:39 L T Tr text WH, where R G ἐπί), and in other phrases. 3. of motion (not into a place itself, but) into the vicinity of a place; where it may be rendered to, near, toward, (cf. Fritzsche on Mark, p. 81f (for examples only)): εἰς τήν. θάλασσαν, Mark 3:7 G L T Tr marginal reading; εἰς πόλιν, John 4:5 cf. John 4:28; εἰς τό μνημεῖον, John 11:31, 38; John 20:1, 3f, 8; ἐγγιζεινεις etc. Matthew 21:1; Mark 11:1; Luke 18:35; Luke 19:29; εἰς τούς φραγμούς, Luke 14:23; πίπτειν εἰς τί πόδας, at, John 11:32 (T Tr WH πρός); κλίνειν τό πρόσωπον εἰς τήν γῆν, Luke 24:5; εἰς τήν χεῖρα, on, Luke 15:22. 4. of the limit to which; with the accusative of place, as far as, even to: λάμπειν ἐκ ... εἰς, Luke 17:24; with the accusative plural of person to, unto Acts 23:15 (εἰς ὑμᾶς, for R G πρός); Romans 5:12; Romans 16:19; 2 Corinthians 9:5 (L Tr πρός); . 5. of local direction; a. after verbs of seeing: ἐπαίρειν τούς ὀφθαλμούς εἰς τί, τινα, Luke 6:20 βλέπειν, Luke 9:62; John 13:22; Acts 3:4; ἀναβλέπειν, Mark 6:41; Luke 9:16; Acts 22:13; ἐμβλέπειν, Matthew 6:26; ἀτενίζειν, which see b. after verbs of saying, teaching, announcing, etc. (cf. German die Rede richten an etc.; Latindicere ad orcoram; (English direct one's remarks to or toward); examples from Greek authors are given by Bernhardy (1829), p. 217; Passow, i., p. 802{b}; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, I. b. 3); Krüger, § 68, 21, 6): κηρύσσειν, as ἦν κηρύσσων εἰς τάς συναγωγάς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τήν Γαλιλαίαν, preaching to the synagogues throughout all Galilee, Mark 1:39 (Rec. ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς, as Luke 4:44 (where T WH Tr text now εἰς; cf. Winers Grammar, 416 (387); Buttmann, 333 (287); but in Mark, the passage cited T Tr text WH now read ἦλθεν κηρύσσων κτλ.)); τό εὐαγγέλιον εἰς ὅλον τόν κόσμον, Mark 14:9; εἰς πάντα τά ἔθνη, Mark 13:10; Luke 24:47; εἰς ὑμᾶς, 1 Thessalonians 2:9; ἀπαγγέλλειν (Rec. ἀναγγέλλειν) τί εἰς, Mark 5:14; Luke 8:34; γνωρίζειν, Romans 16:26; εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, 2 Corinthians 10:16; εἰς ὑμᾶς, 1 Peter 1:25; λέγειν (Rec.; others, λαλεῖν) εἰς τόν κόσμον, John 8:26; (λαλεῖν τόν λόγον εἰς τήν Πέργην, Acts 14:25 T WH marginal reading); διαμαρτύρεσθαι and μαρτυρεῖν, Acts 23:11. II. of Time; 1. it denotes entrance into period which is penetrated, as it were, i. e. duration through a time (Latinin; German hinein, hinaus): εἰς τόν αἰῶνα and the like, see αἰών, 1 a.; εἰς τό διηνεκές, Hebrews 7:3; Hebrews 10:1, 12, 14; εἰς πολλά, Luke 12:19; τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ (ἡμέρα) εἰς μίαν σαββάτων, dawning into (A. V. toward) the first day of the week, Matthew 28:1. Hence, 2. of the time in which a thing is done; because he who does or experiences a thing at any time is conceived of as, so to speak, entering into that time: εἰς τόν καιρόν αὐτῶν, in their season, Luke 1:20; εἰς τό μέλλον namely, ἔτος, the next year (but under the word μέλλω, 1. Grimm seems to take the phrase indefinitely, thenceforth (cf. Greek text)), Luke 13:9; εἰς τό μεταξύ σάββατον, on the next sabbath, Acts 13:42; εἰς τό πάλιν, again (for the second, third, time), 2 Corinthians 13:2. 3. of the (temporal) limit for which anything is or is done; Latinin; our for, unto: Revelation 9:15; εἰς τήν αὔριον namely, ἡμέραν, for the morrow, Matthew 6:34; Acts 4:3; εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως, 2 Peter 2:9; 2 Peter 3:7; εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ, Philippians 1:10; Philippians 2:16; εἰς ἡμέραν ἀπολυτρώσεως, Ephesians 4:30. 4. of the (temporal) limit to which; unto, i. e. even to, until: Acts 25:21; 1 Thessalonians 4:15; εἰς ἐκείνην τήν ἡμέραν, 2 Timothy 1:12. On the phrase εἰς τέλος, see τέλος, 1 a. B. Used Metaphorically, I. εἰς retains the force of entering into anything, 1. where one thing is said to be changed into another, or to be separated into parts, or where several persons or things are said to be collected or combined into one, etc.: ἀποβαίνειν εἰς τί, Philippians 1:19; γίνεσθαι εἰς τί, see γίνομαι, 5 d.; εἶναι εἰς τί, see εἰμί, V. 2 (a. at the end) c. and d.; στρέφειν τί εἰς τί Revelation 11:6; μεταστρέφειν, Acts 2:20; James 4:9; μεταλλάσνειν, Romans 1:26; μετασχηματίζεσθαι, 2 Corinthians 11:13f; συνοικοδομεῖσθαι, Ephesians 2:22; κτίζειν τινα εἰς, Ephesians 2:15; λαμβάνειν τί εἰς, Hebrews 11:8; λογίζεσθαι εἰς τί, see λογίζομαι, 1 a. ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο, Matthew 27:51; Mark 15:38 (Polybius 2, 16, 11 σχίζεται εἰς δύο μέρη); δηιν εἰς δέσμας, Matthew 13:30 (G omits; Tr WH brackets εἰς); εἰς ἐν τελειουσθαι, John 17:23; συνάγειν εἰς ἐν, John 11:52. 2. after verbs of going, coming, leading, etc., εἰς is joined to nouns designating the conditional state into which one passes, falls, etc.: ἐισέρχεσθαι εἰς τήν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν or τοῦ Θεοῦ, see βασιλεία, 3, p. 97{b}; εἰς τήν ζωήν, Matthew 18:8; Matthew 19:17; Matthew 25:46; εἰς τήν χαράν, Matthew 25:21, 23; εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον, Matthew 25:46; ἔρχεσθαι εἰς κρίσιν, John 5:24; εἰσφέρειν, ἐισέρχεσθαι εἰς πειρασμόν, Matthew 6:13; Matthew 26:41; Mark 14:38 (T WH ἔλθητε); ἔρχεσθαι εἰς τό χεῖρον, Mark 5:26; εἰς ἀπελεγμόν, Acts 19:27; εἰς προκοπήν, Philippians 1:12; μεταβαίνειν εἰς τήν ζωήν, John 5:24; 1 John 3:14; πορεύεσθαι εἰς θάνατον, Luke 22:33; ὑπάγειν εἰς ἀπώλειαν, Revelation 17:8, 11; ὑπάγειν or πορεύεσθαι εἰς εἰρήνην, see εἰρήνη, 3; ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφοράν, Acts 13:34; συντρέχειν εἰς ἀνάχυσιν, 1 Peter 4:4; βάλλειν εἰς θλῖψιν, Revelation 2:22; περιτρέπειν εἰς μανίαν, Acts 26:24; μεταστρέφειν and στρέφειν εἰς τί, Acts 2:20; Revelation 11:6; ὁδηγεῖν τήν ἀλήθειαν (T ἐν τῇ ἀλήθειαν), John 16:13; αἰχμαλωτίζειν εἰς ὑπακοήν, 2 Corinthians 10:5; παραδιδόναι εἰς θλῖψιν, Matthew 24:9; εἰς θάνατον, 2 Corinthians 4:11; εἰς κρίμα θανάτου, Luke 24:20; συγκλείειν εἰς ἀπείθειαν, Romans 11:32; ἐμπίπτειν εἰς κρίμα, εἰς ὀνειδισμόν καί παγίδα, εἰς πειρασμόν, 1 Timothy 3:6; 1 Timothy 6:9. 3. it is used of the business which one enters into, i. e. of what he undertakes: ἐισέρχεσθαι εἰς τόν κόπον τίνος, to take up and carry on a labor begun by another, John 4:38; τρέχειν εἰς πόλεμον, Revelation 9:9; ἔρχομαι εἰς ἀποκαλύψεις, I come, in my narrative, to revelations, i. e. to the mention of them, 2 Corinthians 12:1. II. εἰς after words indicating motion or direction or end; 1. it denotes motion to something, after verbs of going, coming, leading, calling, etc., and answers to the Latinad, to: καλεῖν τινα εἰς γάμον, γάμους, δεῖπνον, etc. to invite to, etc., Matthew 22:3; Luke 14:8, 10; John 2:2; καλεῖν τινα εἰς μετάνοιαν, etc., Luke 5:32; 2 Thessalonians 2:14; ἄγειν τινα εἰς μετάνοιαν, Romans 2:4; ἐπιστρέφειν εἰς τό φῶς, Acts 26:18; ἐκτρέπεσθαι εἰς ματαιολογίαν, 1 Timothy 1:6; μετατίθεσθαι εἰς ἕτερον εὐαγγέλιον Galatians 1:6; χωρῆσαι εἰς μετάνοιαν, 2 Peter 3:9, etc. 2. of ethical direction or reference; a. universally, of acts in which the mind is directed toward, or looks to, something: βλέπειν εἰς πρόσωπον τίνος (see βλέπω, 2 c.); ἀποβλέπειν εἰς τήν μισθαποδοσίαν, Hebrews 11:26; ἀφοραν εἰς ... Ἰησοῦν, Hebrews 12:2 (see A. I. 5 a. above); πιστεύειν εἰς τινα, and the like, cf. under πιστεύω, πίστις, ἐλπίζω (ἐλπίς), etc.; ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχειν εἰς τί, directed toward etc. Philippians 1:23; λέγειν εἰς τινα, to speak with reference to one, Acts 2:25 (Diodorus Siculus 11, 50); λέγειν τί εἰς τί, to say something in reference to something, Ephesians 5:32; λαλεῖν τί εἰς τί, to speak something relating to something, Hebrews 7:14; ὀμνύειν εἰς τί, to swear with the mind directed toward, Matthew 5:35; ἐυδόκειν εἰς τινα, Matthew 12:18 (R G); 2 Peter 1:17. b. for one's advantage or disadvantage; α. for, for the benefit of, to the advantage of: εἰς ἡμᾶς, Ephesians 1:19; εἰς ὑμᾶς, 2 Corinthians 13:4 (but WH brackets); Ephesians 3:2; Colossians 1:25; πλουτεῖν εἰς θεόν to abound in riches made to subserve God's purposes and promote his glory, Luke 12:21 (so too Winer's Grammar, 397 (371); but cf. Meyer edition Weiss, at the passage); Christ is said πλουτεῖν εἰς πάντας, to abound in riches redounding to the salvation of all men, Romans 10:12; πλεονάζειν εἰς τί, Philippians 4:17; ἐλεημοσύνην ποιεῖν εἰς τό ἔθνος, Acts 24:17; εἰς τούς πτωχούς, for the benefit of the poor, Romans 15:26; εἰς τούς ἁγίους, 2 Corinthians 8:4; 2 Corinthians 9:1, cf. 2 Corinthians 9:13; κοπιαν εἰς τινα, Romans 16:6; Galatians 4:11; εἰς Χριστόν, to the advantage and honor of Christ, Philemon 1:6; ἐργάζεσθαι τί εἰς τινα, Mark 14:6 Rec.; 3 John 1:5; λειτουργός εἰς τά ἔθνη, Romans 15:16; γενόμενα εἰς Καθαρναουμ (for Rec. ἐν Καπερναούμ (cf. Winers Grammar, 416 (388); Buttmann, 333 (286))), Luke 4:23. β. unto in a disadvantageous sense (against): μηδέν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτόν γενόμενον, Acts 28:6. c. of the mood or inclination, affecting one toward any person or thing; of one's mode of action toward; a. in a good sense: ἀγάπη εἰς τινα, unto, toward, one, Romans 5:8; 2 Corinthians 2:4, 8; Colossians 1:4; 1 Thessalonians 3:12; τό αὐτό εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονεῖν, Romans 12:16; φιλόστοργος, Romans 12:10; φιλόξενος, 1 Peter 4:9; χρηστός, Ephesians 4:32; ἀποκαταλλάσσειν εἰς αὐτόν (others, αὐτόν see αὑτοῦ, Colossians 1:20 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 397 (371)). β. in a bad sense: ἁμαρτάνειν εἰς τινα (see ἁμαρτάνω, b.); λόγον εἰπεῖν and βλασθήμειν εἰς τινα, Luke 12:10; Mark 3:29; βλασθημος εἰς τινα, Acts 6:11; βλασθημων λέγω εἰς τινα, Luke 22:65; ἐπιβουλή εἰς τινα, Acts 23:30; ἔχθρα, Romans 8:7; ἀντιλογία, Hebrews 12:3; θάρρειν εἰς τινα, 2 Corinthians 10:1. d. of reference or relation; with respect to, in reference to; as regards, (cf. Kühner, 2:408 c.; (Jelf, § 625, 3 e.)): Luke 7:30; Acts 25:20 (T Tr WH omit εἰς; Romans 4:20; Romans 15:2; 2 Corinthians 10:16; 2 Corinthians 13:3; Galatians 6:4; Ephesians 3:16; Philippians 1:5; Philippians 2:22; 1 Thessalonians 5:18; εἰς τί ἐδίστασας; '(looking) unto what (i. e. wherefore) didst thou doubt? Matthew 14:31; cf. Hermann ad Oed. C. 528' (Fritzsche). of the consideration influencing one to do anything: μετανοεῖν εἰς κήρυγμα τίνος, at the preaching of one, i. e. out of regard to the substance of his preaching, Matthew 12:41; δέχεσθαι τινα εἰς ὄνομα τίνος, Matthew 10:41f; εἰς διαταγάς ἀγγέλων (see διαταγή), Acts 7:53. e. with the accusative of the person toward (German nach einem hin), but in sense nearly equivalent to the simple dative to, unto, after verbs of approving, manifesting, showing oneself: ἀποδεδειγμένος εἰς ὑμᾶς, Acts 2:22; ἔνδειξιν ἐνδείκνυσθαι, 2 Corinthians 8:24; φανερωθέντες εἰς ὑμᾶς, 2 Corinthians 11:6 (L T Tr WH φανερώσαντες namely, τήν γνῶσιν). 3. it denotes the end; and a. the end to which a thing reaches or extends, i. e. measure or degree: (ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, Mark 4:8 T Tr text WH; cf. Buttmann, 80 (27); Liddell and Scott, under the word, A. III. 2); εἰς τά ἄμετρα, 2 Corinthians 10:13; εἰς περισσείαν, 2 Corinthians 10:15; εἰς ὑπερβολήν (often in Greek writings, as Euripides, Hipp. 939; Aeschines f. leg. § 4), 2 Corinthians 4:17. of the limit: εἰς τό σωφρονεῖν, unto moderation, modesty, i. e. not beyond it, Romans 12:3. b. the end which a thing is adapted to attain (a use akin to that in B. II. 2 b.; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 213 (200))): ἀργός καί ἄκαρπος εἰς τί, 2 Peter 1:8; ἐυρηετος, Luke 9:62 R G; (); εὔχρηστος, 2 Timothy 4:11; χρήσιμος, 2 Timothy 2:14 R G, δυναμουμενος, Colossians 1:11; θεοδίδακτος, 1 Thessalonians 4:9; βραδύς, James 1:19; σοφός, Revelation 16:19; φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν, Luke 2:32; δύναμις εἰς etc. Romans 1:16; Hebrews 11:11; ἀναγενναν εἰς, 1 Peter 1:3f; ἀνακαινόω, Colossians 3:10; σοφίζειν τινα εἰς, 2 Timothy 3:15; ἰσχύειν εἰς, Matthew 5:13. c. the end which one has in view, i. e. object, purpose; a. associated with other prepositions (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 50, 5): ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν, to produce faith Revelation 1:17, cf. Fritzsche, Meyer, Van Hengel, at the passage; ἐξ αὐτοῦ καί δἰ αὐτοῦ καί εἰς αὐτόν, answering to his purposes (the final cause), Romans 11:36; ἐξ οὗ τά πάντα καί ἡμεῖς εἰς αὐτόν, 1 Corinthians 8:6; δἰ αὐτοῦ καί εἰς αὐτόν (see διά, A. III. 2 b. under the end), Colossians 1:16; δἰ αὐτοῦ εἰς αὐτόν, Colossians 1:20. β. shorter phrases: εἰς τοῦτο, to this end, Mark 1:38; (Luke 4:43 R G Tr marginal reading); εἰς αὐτό τοῦτο (R. V. for this very thing), 2 Corinthians 5:5; εἰς τοῦτο ... ἵνα etc. John 18:37; 1 John 3:8; Romans 14:9; 2 Corinthians 2:9; 1 Peter 4:6; εἰς αὐτό τοῦτο ... ὅπως etc. Romans 9:17; ἵνα, Colossians 4:8; Ephesians 6:22; εἰς τί, to what purpose, Matthew 26:8; Mark 14:4; εἰς ὁ, to which end, for which cause, 2 Thessalonians 1:11; Colossians 1:29. γ. universally: βαπτίζω εἰς τινα, τί (see βαπτίζω, II. b. aa.); παιδαγωγός εἰς τόν Χριστόν, Galatians 3:24; συγκεκλεισμένοι εἰς τήν πίστιν, that we might the more readily embrace the faith when its time should come, Galatians 3:23; φρουρούμενοι εἰς τήν σωτηρίαν, that future salvation may be yours, 1 Peter 1:5; ἀγοράζειν εἰς τήν ἑορτήν, John 13:29; εἰς ὄλεθρον σαρκός, 1 Corinthians 5:5; εἰς τήν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν, Revelation 15:4, and in many other examples especially after verbs of appointing, choosing, preparing, doing, coming, sending, etc.: κεῖμαι, Luke 2:34; Philippians 1:17 (16); 1 Thessalonians 3:3; τασσο, 1 Corinthians 16:15; τάσσομαι, Acts 13:48; ἀφορίζω, Revelation 1:1; Acts 13:2; πρωρίζω, Ephesians 1:5; 1 Corinthians 2:7; ἁιρέομαι, 2 Thessalonians 2:13; τίθεμαι, 1 Timothy 1:12; 1 Peter 2:8; καταρτίζω, Romans 9:22f; ἀποστέλλω, Hebrews 1:14; πέμπω, 1 Thessalonians 3:2, 5; Colossians 4:8; Philippians 4:16 (L brackets εἰς); 1 Peter 2:14; ἔρχομαι, John 9:39; ποιεῖν τί εἰς, 1 Corinthians 10:31; 1 Corinthians 11:24. Modeled after the Hebrew are the phrases, ἐγείρειν τινα εἰς βασιλέα, to be king, Acts 13:22; ἀνατρέφεσθαι τινα εἰς υἱόν, Acts 7:21; τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, Acts 13:47 (from Isaiah 49:6 Alex.); cf. Gesenius, Lehrgeb., p. 814; Buttmann, 150 (131); (Winer's Grammar, § 32, 4b.). δ. εἰς τί, indicating purpose, often depends not on anyone preceding word with which it coalesces into a single phrase, but has the force of a telic clause added to the already complete preceding statement; thus, εἰς δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, Romans 15:7; Philippians 1:11; Philippians 2:11; εἰς φόβον, that ye should fear, Romans 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, that he might show, Romans 3:25; εἰς ζωήν, to procure eternal life (namely, for those mentioned), John 4:14; John 6:27 (in which passages the phrase is by many interpretations (e. g. DeWette, Meyer, Lange; cf. Winer's Grammar, 397 (371) note) incorrectly joined with ά῾λλεσθαι and μένειν (cf. Thol., Luthardt, others)); Romans 5:21; 1 Timothy 1:16; Jude 1:21; add, Matthew 8:4; Matthew 27:7; Mark 6:11; Acts 11:18; Romans 10:4; Philippians 1:25; Philippians 2:16; 2 Timothy 2:25; Revelation 22:2, etc. ε. εἰς τό followed by an infinitive, a favorite construction with Paul (cf. Buttmann, 264f (227f); Harmsen in the Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Theol. for 1874, pp. 345-360), is like the Latinad with the gerundive. It is of two kinds; either αα. εἰς τό combines with the verb on which it depends into a single sentence, as παραδώσουσιν αὐτόν ... εἰς τό ἐμπαῖξαι (Vulg.ad deludendum), Matthew 20:19; εἰς τό σταυρωθῆναι, Matthew 26:2; οἰκοδομηθήσεται εἰς τό τά εἰδωλόθυτα ἐσθίειν (Vulg.aedificabitur ad manducandum idolothyta), 1 Corinthians 8:10; μή οἰκίας οὐκ ἔχετε εἰς τό ἐσθίειν καί πίνειν, 1 Corinthians 11:22; εἰς τό προσφέρειν δῶρα τέ καί θυσίας καθίσταται (Vulg.ad offerenda munera et hostias), Hebrews 8:3; add, Hebrews 9:28; 1 Thessalonians 2:16; 1 Thessalonians 4:9; Philippians 1:23; or ββ. εἰς τό with the infinitive has the force of a separate telic clause (equivalent to ἵνα with the subjunctive) (Meyer (on Romans 1:20) asserts that this is its uniform force, at least in Romans (cf. his note on 2 Corinthians 8:6); on the other hand, Harmsen (u. s.) denies the telic force of εἰς τό before an infinitive present; cf. also Winers Grammar, 329 (309); especially Buttmann, as above and p. 265 note; Ellicott on 1 Thessalonians 2:12; and see below, d. at the end): Luke 20:20 R G; Acts 3:19 (T WH πρός); Romans 1:11; Romans 4:16, 18; Romans 11:11; Romans 12:2; Romans 15:8, 13; 1 Corinthians 9:18; 1 Corinthians 10:6; Galatians 3:17; Ephesians 1:12, 18; 1 Thessalonians 2:12, 16; 1 Thessalonians 3:5; 2 Thessalonians 1:5; 2 Thessalonians 2:2, 10; James 1:18; Hebrews 2:17; Hebrews 7:25; Hebrews 9:14, 28; Hebrews 12:10; Hebrews 13:21; εἰς τό μή, lest, 2 Corinthians 4:4; 1 Peter 3:7. d. the end by which a thing is completed, i. e. the result or effect: Acts 10:4; Revelation 6:19 (εἰς τήν ἀνομίαν (but WH brackets), so that iniquity was the result); Revelation 10:10; Revelation 13:14; 1 Corinthians 11:17; 2 Corinthians 2:16; Ephesians 5:2, etc.; εἰς τό with an infinitive so that (cf. ββ. above): Romans 1:20; 2 Corinthians 8:6. C. Constructions that are peculiar in some respects. 1. Various forms of pregnant and brachylogical construction (Winers Grammar, § 66, 2; (less fully, Buttmann, 327 (282)); Bernhardy (1829), p. 348f): σῴζειν τινα εἰς etc. to save by translating into etc. 2 Timothy 4:18 (see σῴζω, b. under the end); διασώζειν, 1 Peter 3:20 (the Sept. Genesis 19:19, and often in Greek writings); μισθουσθαι ἐργάτας εἰς τήν ἀμπελῶνα, to go into etc. Matthew 20:1; ἐλευθερουν εἰς etc. Romans 8:21; ἀποδιδόναι τινα εἰς Αἴγυπτον, Acts 7:9; ἔνοχος εἰς γηνναν, to depart into etc. (cf. Buttmann, 170 (148) note), Matthew 5:22; κλαν εἰς τινας, to break and distribute among etc. Mark 8:19; ἀσφαλίζεσθαι εἰς τό ξύλον, Acts 16:24; κτᾶσθαι χρυσόν εἰς τάς ζώνας, Matthew 10:9; ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον, rolled up and laid away in etc. John 20:7. 2. Akin to this is the very common use of εἰς after verbs signifying rest or continuance in a place, because the idea of a previous motion into the place spoken of is involved (cf. Winers Grammar, § 50, 4b.; Buttmann, 332f (286f); Kühner, ii., p. 317; (Jelf, § 646, 1); Bernhardy (1829), p. 215; (yet cf. also examples in Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word εἰς, 1)): ὑρεθη εἰς Ἄζωτον, namely, transferred or carried off to, Acts 8:40, cf. Acts 8:39 πνεῦμα κυρίου ἥρπασε τόν Φίλιππον (Esther 1:5, τοῖς ἔθνεσι τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν εἰς τό πόλιν; so φανεῖσθαι is followed by εἰς in 2 Macc. 1:33 2Macc. 7:22). δεῖ με τήν ἑορτήν ποιῆσαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, namely, by going, Acts 18:21 Rec.; likewise ἑτοίμως ἔχω ἀποθανεῖν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, Acts 21:13 (ἡφαιστιων εἰς Ἐκβάτανα ἀπέθανε, Aelian v. h. 7, 8); συνέβαλεν ἡμῖν εἰς Ασσον, Acts 20:14; ἡ μελλουσα δόξα εἰς ἡμᾶς ἀποκαλυφθῆναι, which shall be revealed (and conferred) on us, Romans 8:18.κατοικεῖν εἰς πόλιν, εἰς γῆν, to come into a city and dwell there, Matthew 2:23; Matthew 4:13; Acts 7:4 (cf. Numbers 35:33; 2 Chronicles 19:4 etc.); also παροικεῖν, Hebrews 11:9 (ἐνοικεῖν, Xenophon, an. 1, 2, 24); στῆναι, ἑστηκεναι (because it is nearly equivalent to to have placed oneself) εἰς τί, Luke 6:8; John 20:19, 26; 1 Peter 5:12; καθῆσθαι, to have gone unto a place and to be sitting there, Mark 13:3; 2 Thessalonians 2:4 (on this use of these two verbs in Greek authors cf. Matthiae, ii., p. 1344f; (cf. Winers Grammar, and Buttmann, as above)). εἶναι εἰς with the accusative of place see εἰμί, V. 2 a.; οἱ εἰς τόν οἶκον μου namely, ὄντες, Luke 9:61; τοῖς εἰς μακράν namely, οὖσι (German ins Ferne hin befindlich), Acts 2:39. συνάγεσθαι followed by εἰς with the accusative of place: to go to a place and assemble there, Matthew 26:3 and Acts 4:5 R T, (1 Esdr. 5:46 (); ). Sometimes a word implying motion, occurring in the same sentence, seems to have occasioned the connection of a verb of rest with εἰς, as it were by a kind of attraction (Buttmann, as above): ἐξερχόμενος ηὐλίζετο εἰς τό ὄρος, Luke 21:37; ἀκούσας ... ὄντα σιτία εἰς Αἴγυπτον (Rec. σῖτα ἐν Αἴγυπτον.) ἐξαπέστειλεν etc. Acts 7:12; παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια καί εἰς συναγωγάς δααρησεσθε, Mark 13:9 (Winers Grammar, 416 (387), Buttmann, 333 (287)); ὕπαγε, νίψαι (but L brackets) εἰς τήν κολυμβήθραν, John 9:7, although νίπτεσθαι εἰς τί can also be used (as λούεσθαι εἰς τό βαλανεῖον, Alciphron, epistles 3, 43; εἰς λουτρωνας, Athen. 10, p. 438 e.; λούειν τινα εἰς σκάφην, Epictetus diss. 3, 22, 71), since the water with which one bathes flows down into the pool. Cf. Beyer, De praepositt. εἰς; et ἐν in N. T. permutatione. Lipsius 1824, 4to. D. Adverbial phrases (cf. Matthiae, § 578 d.): εἰς τέλος (see τέλος 1 a.); εἰς τό πάλιν, see A. II 2 above; εἰς τό παντελές, perfectly, utterly, Luke 13:11 (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 51, 1 c.); εἰς κενόν (see κενός, 3); εἰς ὑπάντησιν and εἰς ἀπάντησιν, see each substantive. In composition εἰς is equivalent to the Latinin andad. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἷς Transliteration: heis Phonetic Spelling: hice Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: one Meaning: one GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1520 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1520 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1520 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1520 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1520, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἷς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1520 heis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: man, one another, only, other, some. (including the neuter (etc.) Hen); a primary numeral; one -- a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also heis kath heis, medeis, mia, oudeis. see GREEK heis kath heis see GREEK medeis see GREEK mia see GREEK oudeis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1520: εἷςεἷς, μία, ἐν, genitive ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός, a cardinal numeral, one. Used: 1. universally, a. in opposed to many; and α. added to nouns after the manner of an adjective: Matthew 25:15 (opposed to πέντε δύο); Romans 5:12 (opposed to πάντες); Matthew 20:13; Matthew 27:15; Luke 17:34 (but L WH brackets); Acts 28:13; 1 Corinthians 10:8; James 4:13 (R G), and often; παρά μίαν namely, πληγήν (Winers Grammar, 589 (548); Buttmann, 82 (72)), save one (Winer's Grammar, § 49, g.), 2 Corinthians 11:24; with the article, ὁ εἰς ἄνθρωπος, the one man, of whom I have spoken, Romans 5:15. β. substantively, with a partitive genitive — to denote one, whichever it may be: μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν, one commandment, whichever of the whole number it may be, Matthew 5:19; add, Matthew 6:29; Matthew 18:6; Mark 9:42; Luke 12:27; Luke 17:2, 22; or, that one is required to be singled out from a certain number: Luke 23:39; John 19:34, etc. followed by ἐκ with the genitive of a noun signifying a whole, to denote that one of (out of) a company did this or that: Matthew 22:35; Matthew 26:21; Matthew 27:48; Mark 14:18; Luke 17:15; John 1:40 (); (T WH Tr marginal reading in brackets), (Tr omits ἐκ); (Rec. omits ἐκ); ; Revelation 5:5; Revelation 7:13; Revelation 9:13; Revelation 13:3 (Rec. omits ἐκ. γ. absolutely: Matthew 23:8-10; Hebrews 2:11; Hebrews 11:12; and where it takes the place of a predicate, Galatians 3:20 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 593 (551)), Galatians 3:28 (ye that adhere to Christ make one person, just as the Lord himself); συνάγειν εἰς ἐν, to gather together into one, John 11:52; ποιεῖν τά ἀμφότερα ἐν, Ephesians 2:14; with the article, ὁ εἰς, the one, whom I have named, Romans 5:15, 19. b. in opposed to a division into parts, and in ethical matters to dissensions: ἐν σῶμα πολλά μέλη, Romans 12:4; 1 Corinthians 12:12, 20; ἐν εἶναι, to be united most closely (in will, spirit), John 10:30; John 17:11, 21-23; ἐν ἑνί πνεύματι, μία ψυχή, Philippians 1:27 cf. Acts 4:32 (cf. Cicero, Lael. 25 (92)amicitiae vis est in eo, ut unus quasi animus fiat ex pluribus); ἀπό μιᾶς (see ἀπό, III., p. 59{b}), Luke 14:18. c. with a negative following joined to the verb, εἰς ... οὐ or μή (one ... not, i. e.) no one, (more explicit and emphatic than οὐδείς): ἐν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται, Matthew 10:29; besides, Matthew 5:18; Luke 11:46; Luke 12:6; this usage is not only Hebraistic (as that language has no particular word to express the notion of none), but also Greek (Aristophanes ecclesiastical 153: thesm. 549; Xenophon, an. 5, 6, 12; Dionysius Halicarnassus, verb. comp. 18, etc.), cf. Winers Grammar, 172 (163); (Buttmann, 121 (106)). 2. emphatically, so that others are excluded, and εἰς is the same as 2. a single (Latinunus equivalent tounicus); joined to nouns: Matthew 21:24; Mark 8:14 (οὐκ ... εἰ μή ἕνα ἄρτον); Mark 12:6; Luke 12:52; John 11:50; John 7:21; 1 Corinthians 12:19; Ephesians 4:5, etc.; absolutely: 1 Corinthians 9:24; 2 Corinthians 5:14 (15); 1 Timothy 2:5; James 4:12, etc.; οὐδέ εἰς, not even one: Matthew 27:14; John 1:3; Acts 4:32; Romans 3:10; 1 Corinthians 6:5 (R G); οὐκ ἐστιν ἕως ἑνός (there is not so much as one), Romans 3:12 from Psalm 13:3 (); cf. Latinomnes ad unum, all to a man. Neuter, ἐν, one thing, exclusive of the rest; one thing before all others: Mark 10:21; Luke 18:22; Luke 10:42 (but WH only text); John 9:25; Philippians 3:13 (); James 2:10. b. alone: οὐδείς ... εἰ μή εἰς ὁ Θεός, Mark 2:7 (for which in Luke 5:21 μόνος ὁ Θεός); Mark 10:18; Luke 18:19. c. one and the same (not at variance with, in accord with oneself): Romans 3:30; Revelation 17:13, 17 (L omits); ; τό ἐν φρονεῖν, Philippians 2:2 (WH marginal reading αὐτό); ἕν εἶναι are one, i. e. are of the same importance and esteem, 1 Corinthians 3:8; εἰς τό ἐν εἶναι (see εἰμί, V. 2 d.), 1 John 5:8; more fully τό ἐν καί τό αὐτό. 1 Corinthians 12:11; ἐν καί τό αὐτό τίνι, 1 Corinthians 11:5. 3. the numerical force of εἰς is often so weakened that it hardly differs from the indefinite pronoun τίς, or from our indefinite article (Winers Grammar, 117 (111) (cf. 29 note 2; Buttmann, 85 (74))): Matthew 8:19 εἰς γραμματεύς); ; John 6:9 (παιδάριον ἐν, where T Tr WH omit and L brackets ἐν); Revelation 8:13; Revelation 9:13 (Aristophanes av. 1292; Xenophon, mem. 3, 3, 12; Plato, de rep. 6, p. 494 d.; legg. 9, p. 855 d., etc.; especially later writings; (Tobit 1:19 Tobit 2:3; 3Esdr. 4:18 [LXX 1 Esdras 4:18]; Genesis 21:15; 2 Samuel 2:18; Judith 14:6); so the Hebrew אֶחָד, Daniel 8:3; Genesis 22:13; 1 Samuel 1:2; 1 Kings 21:13 (); see Gesenius, Lchrgeb., p. 655); εἰς τίς (Latinunus aliquis), a certain one; one, I know not who; one who need not be named: with a substantive, Mark 14:51 (L Tr WH omit εἰς); or followed by a genitive Mark 14:47 where L Tr omit; WH brackets τίς; followed by ἐκ, ἐξ, with the genitive: Luke 22:50; John 11:49 (ἕν τί τῶν ῤημάτων, Judith 2:13, and often in Greek writings; cf. Wetstein on Mark 14:51; Matthiae, § 487). 4. it is used distributively (Winers Grammar, § 26, 2; especially Buttmann, 102 (90)); a. εἰς ... καί εἰς, one ... and one: Matthew 17:4; Matthew 20:21; Matthew 24:40 L T Tr WH, ; ; Mark 4:8 (R G L WH marginal reading); Mark 4:20 (R G L Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading in brackets); ; Luke 9:33; John 20:12; Galatians 4:22; (in Greek authors, εἰς μέν ... εἰς δέ, as Aristotle, eth. 6, 1, 5; Xcn. Cyril 1, 2, 4); with the article prefixed, ὁ εἰς the one, Luke 24:18 R G; followed by ὁ εἰς, the one ... the other, Matthew 24:40 R G; followed by ὁ ἕτερος, Matthew 6:24; Luke 7:41; Luke 16:13{b}; R WH; R G T WH marginal reading; Acts 23:6; εἰς (without the article ... ὁ ἕτερος: Luke 16:13{c}; G L T Tr; L Tr WH text; πέντε ... ὁ εἰς ... ὁ ἄλλος, Revelation 17:10. b. εἰς ἕκαστος, everyone: Acts 2:6; Acts 20:31; Ephesians 4:16; Colossians 4:6; followed by a partitive genitive: Luke 4:40; Luke 16:5; Acts 2:3; Acts 17:27; Acts 21:26; 1 Corinthians 12:18; Ephesians 4:7; 1 Thessalonians 2:11; cf. Buttmann, 102f (89f); ἀνά εἰς ἕκαστος (see ἀνά, 2), Revelation 21:21. c. a solecism, common in later Greek (cf. Lucian, solace. (Pseudosoph.) § 9; Winers Grammar, § 37, 3; Buttmann, 30f (26f); Fritzsche on Mark, p. 613f; (Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word καθεῖς)), is καθ' εἰς, and in combination καθεῖς (so that either κατά is used adverbially, or εἰς as indeclinablc): ὁ καθ' εἰς, equivalent to εἰς ἕκαστος, Romans 12:5 (where L T Tr WH τό καθ', as respects each one, severally; cf. what is said against this reading by Fritzsche, commentary, iii., p. 44f, and in its favor by Meyer); with a partitive genitive 3Macc. 5:84; εἰς καθ' (T WH Tr marginal reading κατά) εἰς, everyone, one by one, Mark 14:19; John 8:9; καθ' ἕνα, καθ' ἕν (as in Greek writings), of a series, one by one, successively: καθ' ἐν, all in succession, John 21:25 (not Tdf.); καθ' ἕνα πάντες, 1 Corinthians 14:31 (Xenophon, venat. 6, 14); καθ' ἕν ἕκαστον, Acts 21:19 (Xenophon, Cyril 1, 6, 22 (27); Ages. 7, 1); ὑμεῖς οἱ καθ' ἕνα ἕκαστος, ye severally, every one, Ephesians 5:33. 5. like the Hebrew אֶחָד, εἰς is put for the ordinal πρῶτος, first (Winers Grammar, § 37, 1; Buttmann, 29 (26)): μία σαββάτων the first day of the week, Matthew 28:1; Mark 16:2; Luke 24:1; John 20:1, 19; Acts 20:7; 1 Corinthians 16:2 (L T Tr WH μία σαββάτου); (in Greek writings so used only when joined with other ordinal numbers, as εἷς καί τριηκοστος, Herodotus 5, 89: Diodorus 16. 71. Cicero, de senect. 5uno et octogesimo anna. (Cf. Sophocles Lexicon, under the word)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰσάγω Transliteration: eisagō Phonetic Spelling: ice-ag'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to bring in, to introduce Meaning: to bring in, to introduce GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1521 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1521 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1521 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1521 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1521, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰσάγω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1521 eisagō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bring into, lead into. From eis and ago; to introduce (literally or figuratively) -- bring in(-to), (+ was to) lead into. see GREEK eis see GREEK ago Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1521: εἰσάγωεἰσάγω: 2 aorist εἰσήγαγον; (present passive ἐισάγομαι); (from Homer down); the Sept. chiefly for הֵבִיא; 1. to lead in: τινα followed by εἰς with the accusative of place, Luke 22:54 (Tr marginal reading brackets); Acts 9:8; Acts 21:28, 29, 37; Acts 22:24 (for Rec. ἄγεσθαι); ὧδε Luke 14:21; the place into which not being expressly noted: John 18:16 (namely, εἰς τήν αὐλήν); Hebrews 1:6 ὅταν ... εἰσαγάγῃ, λέγει, God, having in view the time when he shall have again brought in the firstborn into the world (i. e., at the time of the παρουσία) says etc. 2. to bring in, the place into which not being expressly stated: Acts 7:45 (namely, εἰς τήν γῆν); Luke 2:27 (namely, εἰς τό ἱερόν). (Compare: παρεισάγω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰσακούω Transliteration: eisakouō Phonetic Spelling: ice-ak-oo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to listen, to obey Meaning: to listen, to obey GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1522 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1522 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1522 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1522 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1522, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰσακούω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1522 eisakouō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hear. From eis and akouo; to listen to -- hear. see GREEK eis see GREEK akouo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1522: εἰσακούωεἰσακούω: future εἰσακούσομαι; passive, 1 aorist ἐισηκουσθην; 1 future ἐισακουσθήσομαι; the Sept. very often for שָׁמַע , but also for עָנָה to answer; in (Greek writings from Homer Il. 8, 97 down; to hearken unto, to give ear to; i. e. 1. to give heed to, comply with, admonition; to obey (Latinobedio, i. e.ob-audio): τίνος, 1 Corinthians 14:21 (Deuteronomy 1:43; Deuteronomy 9:23; Sir. 3:6, etc.). 2. to listen to, assent to, a request; passive to be heard, to have one's request granted; a. of persons offering up prayers to God: Hebrews 5:7 (on which see ἀπό, I. 3 d. at the end); Matthew 6:7. b. of the prayers offered up: Luke 1:13; Acts 10:31 (Psalm 4:2; Sir. 31:29 (Sir. 34:26), etc.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰσδέχομαι Transliteration: eisdechomai Phonetic Spelling: ice-dekh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to admit, to receive (into one's favor) Meaning: to admit, to receive (into one's favor) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1523 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1523 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1523 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1523 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1523, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰσδέχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1523 eisdechomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: receive. From eis and dechomai; to take into one's favor -- receive. see GREEK eis see GREEK dechomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1523: εἰσδέχομαιεἰσδέχομαι: future εἰσδέχομαι; to receive kindly, i. e. contextually, to treat with favor: τινα, 2 Corinthians 6:17. (From Pindar and Sophocles down. Synonym: cf. δέχομαι, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἴσειμι Transliteration: eiseimi Phonetic Spelling: ice'-i-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to go in, enter Meaning: to go in, enter GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1524 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1524 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1524 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1524 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1524, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἴσειμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1524 eiseimi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: enter, go into. From eis and eimi (to go); to enter -- enter (go) into. see GREEK eis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1524: εἴσειμιεἴσειμι, infinitive εἰσιέναι; imperfect ἐισεηιν; (εἰμί (cf. Buttmann, 50 (43))); (from Homer down); to go into, enter: followed by εἰς with the name of the place (cf. Winer's De verb. comp. etc. Part ii., p. 11), Acts 3:3; Acts 21:26; Hebrews 9:6 (Winer's Grammar, 267 (251)); πρός τινα, Acts 21:18. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰσέρχομαι Transliteration: eiserchomai Phonetic Spelling: ice-er'-khom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to go in (to), enter Meaning: to go in (to), enter GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1525 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1525 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1525 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1525 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1525, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰσέρχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1525 eiserchomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: arise, come into, enter into, go through. From eis and erchomai; to enter (literally or figuratively) -- X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through). see GREEK eis see GREEK erchomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1525: εἰσέρχομαιεἰσέρχομαι future εἰσελεύσομαι; 2 aorist εἰσῆλθον, 2 person plural εἰσήλθατε (Luke 11:52, but Rec. εἰσήλθετε), imperative εἰσέλθατε (Matthew 7:13 but R G εἰσέλθετε (3rd person singular ἐισεθάτω Mark 13:15, R G εἰσελθέτω)); see ἀπέρχομαι, at the beginning; perfect εἰσελήλυθα, 3 person plural ἐισεληλυθαν (James 5:4, for R G εἰσεληλύθασιν, see γίνομαι, at the beginning); the Sept. mostly for בּוא; to go or come into or in; to enter; 1. properly, of men and of animals: followed by εἰς with specification of the place (cf. Winer's De verb. comp. etc. Part ii., p. 12f), as into a house, into a city, Matthew 8:5; Matthew 10:12; Mark 2:1; Mark 11:11; Acts 23:16, 33, and often. without specification of place — when mention of it has already been made, as Matthew 9:25; (Mark 7:25 Tdf.); Luke 7:45; Luke 14:23; Luke 15:28, cf. ; Acts 1:13; Acts 5:7, 10; Acts 10:25; 1 Corinthians 14:23f; or it can be easily supplied from the context, as Luke 13:24; Luke 17:7; εἰς is also added to signify among: Acts 19:30; Acts 20:29; ἐισέρχεσθαι διά τίνος, to enter (a place) through something: διά τῆς πύλης, to enter the kingdom of God (compared to a palace) through the gate, Matthew 7:13; Luke 13:24; διά τῆς θύρας εἰς τήν αὐλήν, John 10:1f; add, Matthew 19:24 G T Tr text WH text; (Mark 10:25 Rst L marginal reading Tr marginal reading); Luke 18:25 R G T Tr text WH; ἐισέρχεσθαι ὑπό τήν στέγην, by entering to come under the roof, i. e. enter my house, Matthew 8:8; with adverbs: ὅπου, Mark 14:14; Hebrews 6:20; ὧδε, Matthew 22:12; ἔσω Matthew 26:58; εἰς with the accusative of person, into one's house, Acts 16:40, but on this passage see εἰς, A. I. 1 a. ἐισέρχεσθαι πρός τινα, to one, i. e. into his house, visit, Mark 15:43; Luke 1:28; Acts 10:3; Acts 11:3; Acts 16:40 G L T Tr WH; ; Revelation 3:20; to an assembly of persons, Acts 17:2. Moreover, the following deserve notice: a. the phrase ἐισέρχεσθαι καί ἐξέρχεσθαι, to go in and out, (the Hebrew וְצֵאת בּוא or reversed וּבוא צֵאת, usually denotes one's whole mode of living and acting, Deuteronomy 28:6; 1 Samuel 29:6, etc.; cf. Gesenius, Thesaurus i., p. 184f), is used of familiar contact with one: ἐν παντί χρόνῳ ᾧ εἰσῆλθε καί ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος, equivalent to εἰσῆλθε ἐφ' ἡμᾶς καί. ἐξηλθεαφ' ἡμ. Acts 1:21 (Euripides, Phoen. 536 ἐς οἴκους εἰσῆλθε καί ἐξηλθ' (Winers Grammar, 624f (580); but cf. Buttmann, 390 (334))); figuratively, of moral pursuits unimpeded by difficulties, John 10:9. b. ἐισέρχεσθαι εἰς is joined with nouns designating not a place, but what occurs in a place: εἰς τούς γάμους, Matthew 25:10; εἰς τήν χαράν τοῦ κυρίου, 21, 23. c. εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τινα is used of demons or of Satan taking possession of the body of a person: Mark 9:25; Luke 8:30; Luke 22:3; John 13:27. d. of things: — as of food, that enters into the eater's mouth, Matthew 15:11; Acts 11:8; figuratively, hope is called ἄγκυρα ἐισερχομενη εἰς τό ἐσώτερον τοῦ καταπετάσματος, i. e. we firmly rely on the hope that we shall be received into heaven, Hebrews 6:19; cries of complaint are said ἐισέρχεσθαι εἰς τά ὦτα τίνος, i. e. to be heard, James 5:4; of forces and influences: πνεῦμα ζωῆς εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (Tr omits; WH brackets ἐν; Rec. ἐπ' αὐτούς (Buttmann, 338 (291))), a pregnant construction, the breath of life entered into and remained in them, Revelation 11:11 (Winers Grammar, § 50, 4; Buttmann, 329 (283)). 2. Metaphorically used, a. of entrance into any condition, state of things, society, employment: εἰς τήν ζωήν, Matthew 18:8; Matthew 19:17; Mark 9:43, 45; εἰς τήν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν or τοῦ Θεοῦ (see βασιλεία, 3, p. 97{b}): τούς εἰσερχομένους, that are trying to enter, or rather, that have taken the road to enter, are (engaged in) entering, Matthew 23:13 (14); Luke 11:52; used absolutely of those who come into (i. e. become members of) the Christian church, Romans 11:25 (hence, in 1 Corinthians 5:12f οἱ ἔσω and οἱ ἔξω are distinguished); εἰς τήν κατάπαυσιν, Hebrews 3:11, 18; Hebrews 4:1, 3, 5f, 10f; εἰς τήν δόξαν, Luke 24:26; εἰς πειρασμόν, to come (i. e., fall) into temptation, Matthew 26:41; Mark 14:38 (T WH ἔλθητε); Luke 22:40, 46; εἰς τόν κόπον τίνος (see εἰς, B. I. 3), John 4:38. ἐισερχέσθεσθαι εἰς τόν κόσμον, to enter the world (cf. Winer's Grammar, 18), is α. equivalent to to arise, come into existence, begin to be (i. e., among men): used thus of sin and death, Romans 5:12; of death, Wis. 2:24; Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 3, 4 [ET]; of idols, Wis. 14:14. β. of men, to come into life: whether by birth, Antoninus 6, 56; or by divine creation, Philo, opif. mund. § 25. γ. to come before the public: 2 John 1:7 (Rec.); to come to men, of Christ, John 18:37; εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τόν κόσμον, when he cometh into the world, i. e. when he was on the point of entering it, viz. at his incarnation, Hebrews 10:5. b. of thoughts coming into the mind: εἰσῆλθε διαλογισμός ἐν αὐτοῖς, a pregnant construction, there came in and established itself within (others take ἐν outwardly: among (cf. διαλογέομαι at the end)) them, Luke 9:46 (cf. Winers Grammar, 413 (385)). The Greeks from Homer down use ἐισέρχεσθαι τινα of thoughts and feelings, as φόβος, μένος, πόθος, etc. (cf. Winer's Grammar, 427 (398). Compare: ἐπέρχομαι, παρέρχομαι, συνέρχομαι, εἰσέρχομαι. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰσί3rd Transliteration: eisi3rd Phonetic Spelling: i-see' Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: agree, are, be, were Meaning: agree, are, be, were GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1526 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1526 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1526 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1526 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1526, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰσί3rd [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1526 eisi3rd 🕊 Strong's Concordance: agree, are, be, were. 3d person plural present indicative of eimi; they are -- agree, are, be, dure, X is, were. see GREEK eimi |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἷς Transliteration: heis Phonetic Spelling: hice kath hice Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: one by one Meaning: one by one GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1527 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1527 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1527 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1527 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1527, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἷς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1527 heis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: one by one. From heis repeated with kata inserted; severally -- one by one. see GREEK heis see GREEK kata |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰσκαλέομαι Transliteration: eiskaleomai Phonetic Spelling: ice-kal-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to call in Meaning: to call in GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1528 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1528 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1528 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1528 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1528, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰσκαλέομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1528 eiskaleomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: call in. From eis and kaleo; to invite in -- call in. see GREEK eis see GREEK kaleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1528: εἰσκαλέομαιεἰσκαλέομαι, ἐισκαλοῦμαι (middle of εἰσκαλέω): 1 aorist participle εἰσκαλεσάμενος; to call in unto oneself, to invite in to one's house: τινα, Acts 10:23. (Polybius, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἴσοδος Transliteration: eisodos Phonetic Spelling: ice'-od-os Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: an entrance, a means or place of entering Meaning: an entrance, a means or place of entering GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1529 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1529 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1529 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1529 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1529, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἴσοδος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1529 eisodos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: coming, entering into. From eis and hodos; an entrance (literally or figuratively) -- coming, enter(-ing) in (to). see GREEK eis see GREEK hodos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1529: εἴσοδοςεἴσοδος, εἰσόδου, ἡ (ὁδός) (from Homer on), an entrance, i. e. both the place or way leading into a place (as, a gate), and the act of entering; only in the latter sense in the N. T. With the genitive of place, τῶν ἁγίων, entrance into the holy place, i. e. reception into heaven, Hebrews 10:19 (but in 20 apparently called ὁδός); εἰς τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ κυρίου, 2 Peter 1:11; of the act of coming forward to administer an office, Acts 13:24; with πρός τινα added, 1 Thessalonians 1:9; 1 Thessalonians 2:1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰσπηδάω Transliteration: eispēdaō Phonetic Spelling: ice-pay-dah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to rush in Meaning: to rush in GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1530 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1530 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1530 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1530 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1530, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰσπηδάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1530 eispēdaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: run in, spring in. From eis and pedao (to leap); to rush in -- run (spring) in. see GREEK eis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1530: εἰσπηδάωεἰσπηδάω ἐισπηδω: 1 aorist ἐισεπήδησα; to spring in: εἰς τόν ὄχλον, Acts 14:14 Rec. (see ἐκπηδάω); to rush in impetuously, Acts 16:29. (Xenophon, Dem, others; the Sept. Amos 5:19.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰσπορεύομαι Transliteration: eisporeuomai Phonetic Spelling: ice-por-yoo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to enter Meaning: to enter GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1531 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1531 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1531 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1531 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1531, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰσπορεύομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1531 eisporeuomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: come, enter in, go into. From eis and poreuomai; to enter (literally or figuratively) -- come (enter) in, go into. see GREEK eis see GREEK poreuomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1531: εἰσπορεύομαιεἰσπορεύομαι (passive of εἰσπορεύω to lead into, Euripides, El. 1285); imperfect εἰσεπορευόμην (Mark 6:56); to go into, enter; 1. properly, a. of persons: followed by εἰς with the accusative of place, Mark 1:21; Mark 6:56; Mark 11:2; Acts 3:2; ὅπου, Mark 5:40; οὗ, Luke 22:10 (R G, cf. Buttmann, 71 (62); Winer's Grammar, § 54, 7); without specification of place where that is evident from the context, Luke 8:16; Luke 11:33; Luke 19:30; κατά τούς οἴκους, to enter house after house (A. V. every house, see κατά, II. 3 a. α.), Acts 8:3; πρός τινα, to visit one at his dwelling, Acts 28:30; εἰσπορεύεσθαι καί ἐκπορεύεσθαι μετά τίνος, to associate with one, Acts 9:28 (ἐνώπιον τίνος, Tobit 5:18; see εἰσέρχομαι, 1 a.). b. when used of things it is, equivalent to to be carried into or put into: so of food, which is put into the mouth, Mark 7:15, 18, (19); Matthew 15:17 (see εἰσέρχομαι, 1 d.). 2. metaphorically: (εἰς τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, Luke 18:24 T Tr text WH; see βασιλεία, 3, p. 97{b}); of affections entering the soul, Mark 4:19; see εἰσέρχομαι, 2 b. (Of the earlier Greek writings Xenophon, alone uses this verb, Cyril 2, 3, 21; the Sept. often for בּוא.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰστρέχω Transliteration: eistrechō Phonetic Spelling: ice-trekh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to run in Meaning: to run in GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1532 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1532 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1532 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1532 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1532, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰστρέχω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1532 eistrechō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: run in. From eis and trecho; to hasten inward -- run in. see GREEK eis see GREEK trecho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1532: εἰστρέχωεἰστρέχω: 2 aorist εἰσέδραμον; to run in: Acts 12:14. (Thucydides, Xenophon, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἰσφέρω Transliteration: eispherō Phonetic Spelling: ice-fer'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to carry in Meaning: to carry in GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1533 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1533 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1533 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1533 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1533, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἰσφέρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1533 eispherō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bring in, lead into. From eis and phero; to carry inward (literally or figuratively) -- bring (in), lead into. see GREEK eis see GREEK phero Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1533: εἰσφέρωεἰσφέρω; 1 aorist ἐισήνεγκα; 2 aorist ἐισηνεγκον; (present passive ἐισφέρομαι; from Homer down); to bring into, in or to; a. τί, followed by εἰς with the accusative of place, 1 Timothy 6:7; passive Hebrews 13:11; τινα namely, εἰς τήν οἰκίαν, Luke 5:18f; (τινα ἐπί τάς συναγωγάς etc. Luke 12:11 T Tr text WH); τί εἰς τάς ἀκοάς τίνος, i. e. to tell one a thing, Acts 17:20 (φέρειν τί εἰς τά ὦτα τίνος, Sophocles Aj. 149). b. to lead into: τινα εἰς πειρασμόν, Matthew 6:13; Luke 11:4. (Compare: παρεισφέρω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἶτα Transliteration: eita Phonetic Spelling: i'-tah Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: then, next, therefore (an adverb denoting sequence) Meaning: then, next, therefore (an adverb denoting sequence) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1534 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1534 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1534 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1534 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1534, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἶτα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1534 eita 🕊 Strong's Concordance: after that, afterward, furthermore, then. Of uncertain affinity; a particle of succession (in time or logical enumeration), then, moreover -- after that(-ward), furthermore, then. See also epeita. see GREEK epeita Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1534: εἶταεἶτα, adverb of time, then; next; after that: Mark 8:25; Luke 8:12; John 13:5; John 19:27; John 20:27; James 1:15; with the addition of a genitive absolutely to define it more precisely, Mark 4:17; as in classic Greek, it stands in enumerations, to mark a sequence depending either on temporal succession, as Mark 4:28 (see εἶτεν); 1 Corinthians 15:5-7 (εἶτα (T ἔπειτα, so in marginal reading Tr WH) ... ἔπειτα ... ἔπειτα ... εἶτα (T ἔπειτα, so in marginal reading L Tr WH)); 1 Corinthians 15:24 (ἔπειτα ... εἶτα); 1 Timothy 2:13; or on the nature of the things enumerated, 1 Corinthians 12:28 (πρῶτον ... δεύτερον ... τρίτον ... ἔπειτα ... εἶτα for which L T Tr WH ἔπειτα); (1 Timothy 3:10); in arguments it serves to add a new reason, furthermore (German sodann): Hebrews 12:9. STRONGS NT 1534: εἶτενεἶτεν a very rare (Ionic) form for εἶτα (which see): Mark 4:28 T WH. (Cf. Kuenen et Cobet, Nov. Test. etc. praef., p. xxxiii.; Lob. Phryn., p. 124, also Pathol. Gr. Element. 2:155; Stephanus' Thesaurus under the word εἶτεν, also under the word ἔπειτεν.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἴτε Transliteration: eite Phonetic Spelling: i'-teh Part of Speech: Conjunction Short Definition: if, whether, or Meaning: if, whether, or GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1535 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1535 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1535 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1535 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1535, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἴτε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1535 eite 🕊 Strong's Concordance: if, or, whether. From ei and te; if too -- if, or, whether. see GREEK ei see GREEK te Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1535: εἴτεεἴτε, see εἰ, III. 15. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: εἴ Transliteration: ei Phonetic Spelling: i tis Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: he that, if a man, whether any, whosoever Meaning: he that, if a man, whether any, whosoever GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1536 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1536 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1536 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1536 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1536, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/εἴ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1536 ei 🕊 Strong's Concordance: he that, if a man, whether any, whosoever. From ei and tis; if any -- he that, if a(-ny) man('s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever. see GREEK ei see GREEK tis |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκ Transliteration: ek Phonetic Spelling: ek Part of Speech: Preposition Short Definition: from, from out of Meaning: from, from out of GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1537 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1537 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1537 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1537 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1537, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1537 ek 🕊 Strong's Concordance: out of, from, by means ofA primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote) -- after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in,...ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1537: ἐκἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, a preposition governing the genitive. Also, it denotes exit or emission out of, as separation from, something with which there has been close connection; opposed to the prepositions εἰς into and ἐν in: from out of, out from, forth from, from, (Latine, ex) (cf. Winers Grammar, 364, 366f (343f); Buttmann, 326f (281)). It is used I. of place, and 1. universally, of the place from which; from a surrounding or enclosing place, from the interior of: ἄρτος, ἄγγελος, φῶς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, John 6:31; Acts 9:3 (here R G ἀπό); Galatians 1:8; ἀνατολή, δύναμις ἐξ ὕψους, Luke 1:78; Luke 24:49; especially after verbs of going, fleeing, leading, calling, freeing, removing, releasing, etc.: ἥκειν ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τήν Γαλιλαίαν, John 4:47; ἐξέρχεσθαι ἐκ τίνος out of the body of one (spoken of demons), Mark 1:25; Mark 5:8 (here L marginal reading ἀπό); ; of power emanating from the body, Mark 5:30 (cf. Buttmann, 301 (258); Winer's Grammar, 346 (324); Meyer edition Weiss at the passage); ἐκ τῶν μνημείων, Matthew 8:28; Matthew 27:53; ἐκπορεύεσθαι, Matthew 15:11, 18f; καταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Matthew 28:2; John 1:32; John 3:13; John 6:33; ἐξάγειν, Acts 12:17; φεύγειν, Acts 27:30; καλεῖν, Matthew 2:15; metaphorically, ἐκ τοῦ σκότους εἰς τό φῶς, 1 Peter 2:9; ἐκβάλλειν τό κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ, Matthew 7:(4 (R G ἀπό)), 5; Luke 6:42 (opposed to ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ); τί ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ, Matthew 12:35 (but see under II. 9 below); ; τό δαιμόνιον ἐκ τίνος, out of the body of one, Mark 7:26; ἀποκυλίειν τόν λίθον ἐκ (L Tr text ἀπό; cf. Winer's Grammar, 364 (342) note) τῆς θύρας, Mark 16:3; αἴρειν, John 20:1f; κινέω, Revelation 6:14; σῴζειν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, Jude 1:5; διασώζειν ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης, Acts 28:4. Metaph, ἐκ τῆς χειρός τίνος, out of the power of one (cf. Buttmann, 182 (158)): after ἐξέρχεσθαι, John 10:39; after ἀπάγειν, Acts 24:7 (Rec.); after ἁρπάζειν, John 10:28f; after ἐξαιρεῖσθαί, Acts 12:11; after ῤύεσθαι, Luke 1:74; after σωτηρία, Luke 1:71. after πίνειν, of the thing out of which one drinks (differently in II. 9 below): ἐκ τοῦ ποτηρίου, Matthew 26:27; Mark 14:23; 1 Corinthians 11:28; ἐκ πέτρας, 1 Corinthians 10:4; ἐκ τοῦ φρέατος, John 4:12; after ἐσθίειν, of the place whence the food is derived, ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, 1 Corinthians 9:13 (but T Tr WH read τά ἐκ κτλ.). of the place forth from which one does something: διδάσκειν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου, Luke 5:3 (here Tdf. ἐν etc.). It is joined also to nouns designating not a place, but what is done in a place: ἐγείρεσθαι ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου, John 13:4; ἀναλύειν ἐκ τῶν γάμων, Luke 12:36. 2. from the midst (of a group, number, company, community) of many; a. after verbs of going, leading, choosing, removing, etc. a. before collective nouns, as ἐξολεθρεύω ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ, Acts 3:23; προβιβάζω or συμβιβάζω ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου, Acts 19:33; ἐκλέγειν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, John 15:19. μέσου τινων ἀφορίζειν, Matthew 13:49; ἐξέρχεσθαι, Acts 17:33; ἁρπάζειν, Acts 23:10; ἐξαίρειν, 1 Corinthians 5:13; πάσης φυλῆς καί γλώσσης ἀγοράζειν, Revelation 5:9; ἐκ παντός γένους συνάγειν, Matthew 13:47. β. before plurals: ἀνισταναι τινα ἐκ τινων, Acts 3:22; ἐκ νεκρῶν, Acts 17:31; ἀνίσταται τίς ἐκ νεκρῶν, Acts 10:41; Acts 17:3; ἐγείρειν τινα ἐκ νεκρῶν, John 12:1, 9, 17; Acts 3:15; Acts 4:10; Acts 13:30; Hebrews 11:19, etc.; ἡ ἀνάστασις ἐκ νεκρῶν, Luke 20:35; 1 Peter 1:3; ἀνάγειν τινα ἐκ νεκρῶν, Romans 10:7; ἐκλέγειν, Acts 1:24; Acts 15:22; καλεῖν, Romans 9:24; ἐγένετο ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν etc. John 3:25 (but cf. II. 1 b.; Winers Grammar, 368 (345)). b. before words signifying quantity: after εἰς, as Matthew 10:29; Matthew 26:21; Luke 17:15, and often; πολλοί, John 11:19, 45, etc.; οἱ πλείους (πλείονες), 1 Corinthians 15:6; οὐδείς, John 7:19; John 16:5, and elsewhere; χιλιάδες ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς, Revelation 7:4; after the indefinite τίς, Luke 11:15; Luke 12:13; John 6:64; John 7:48; τίς γυνή ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου, Luke 11:27; with τινες to be added mentally (cf. Winers Grammar, 203 (191); Buttmann, 158 (138)): John 9:40 ((?) better, ); ; Revelation 11:9, (1 Esdr. 5:45 (44)); τινας: Matthew 23:34; Luke 11:49; Luke 21:16; 2 John 1:4; Revelation 2:10; cf. Fritzsche, Conjectanea in N. T., p. 36 note; after the intertog. τίς, who? Matthew 6:27; Luke 11:5, etc.; τίς πατήρ, Luke 11:11 (L T Tr WH); preceded by a generic noun: ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν etc. John 3:1. c. εἶναι ἐκ τινων, to be of the number, company, fellowship, etc., of; see εἰμί, V. 3 a. 3. from a local surfacc, as sometimes the Latinex forde; down from: καταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους (Homer II. 13, 17; Xenophon, an. 7, 4, 12; the Sept. Exodus 19:14; Exodus 32:1; Deuteronomy 9:15; Deuteronomy 10:5; Joshua 2:23), Matthew 17:9 (for the more common ἀπό τοῦ ὄρους of Rec. and the parallel passage Mark 9:9 (here L WH text Tr marginal reading ἐκ); Luke 9:37; (cf. Matthew 8:1)); θρίξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀπόλλυται (unless we prefer to regard ἐκ as prompted here by the conception of the hair as fixed in the skin), Luke 21:18; Acts 27:34 (here L T Tr WH ἀπό; cf. Winer's Grammar, 364 (342) note); ἐκπίπτειν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν, of the chains with which the hands had been bound, Acts 12:7; κρέμασθαι ἐκ τίνος, Acts 28:4, (1 Macc. 1:61; 2 Macc. 6:10; so the Greeks from Homer down); φαγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, the things laid upon the altar, Hebrews 13:10. Akin to this is ἐξελθεῖν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ, from an abode with God (for the more usual ἀπό τοῦ Θεοῦ), John 8:42. 4. of the direction whence; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Latina dextra, literally, from i. e. (German zu) on the right, see δεξιός; so ἐκ δεξιᾶς, ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς, namely, χώρας (or χειρός which is sometimes expressed; Winers Grammar, 592 cf. 591; Buttmann, 82 (72)) (also in Greek writ, as Xenophon, Cyril 8, 5, 15); ἐξ ἐναντίας, over against, Mark 15:39 (Herodotus 8, 6; Sir. 37:9; 1 Macc. 4:34; Wis. 4:20); metaphorically (Winer's Grammar, § 51, 1 d.) ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας (A. V. he that is of the contrary part), our opponent, adversary," Titus 2:8; ἐκ ῤιζῶν, from the roots, i. e. utterly, Mark 11:20 (Job 28:9; Job 31:12). 5. of the conditon or state out of which one comes or is brought: σῴζειν ἐκ θανάτου Hebrews 5:7; James 5:20; ἔρχεσθαι ἐκ (Lachmann ἀπό) θλίψεως, Revelation 7:14; μεταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τήν ζωήν, John 5:24; 1 John 3:14; ἐγερθῆναι ἐξ ὕπνου, Romans 13:11 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 366 (344) note); ζῶντες ἐκ νεκρῶν, alive from being dead (i. e. who had been dead and were alive again), Romans 6:13; ζωή ἐκ νεκρῶν, i. e. of those that had been νεκροί, Romans 11:15 (ἐλεύθερος ἐκ δούλου καί πλούσιος ἐκ πτωχοῦ γεγονώς, Demosthenes, p. 270 at the end ἐκ πλουσίου πένητα γενέσθαι καί ἐκ βασιλέως ἰδιωτην φανῆναι, Xenophon, an. 7, 7, 28; γίγνομαι τυφλός ἐκ dedorkotos, Sophocles O. T. 454; ἔλαφον ἐξ ἀνδρός γενέσθαι, Palaeph. 3, 2; add, Lysias, adv. Ergocl. at the beginning; Tacitus, ann. 1, 74ex pauperibus divites, ex contemtis metuendi). Also of the state out of the midst of which one does something: ἐκ πολλῆς θλψεως γράφειν, 2 Corinthians 2:4. 6. of any kind of separation or dissolution of connection with a thing or person (cf. Buttmann, 157 (138)): ἀναπαύεσθαι ἐκ (released from) τῶν κόπων, Revelation 14:13; ἀνανήφειν ἐκ (set free from) τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος, 2 Timothy 2:26; μετανοῶν ἐκ etc. Revelation 2:21; Revelation 9:20; Revelation 16:11;ἐπιστρέφειν (L T Tr WH ὑψτρέφειν) ἐκ ((L ἀπό), by severing their connection with) τῆς ἐντολῆς, 2 Peter 2:21; τηρεῖν τινα ἐκ etc. to keep one at a distance from etc. (cf. Buttmann, 327 (281)), John 17:15; Revelation 3:10; also διατήρειν, Acts 15:29 νικαν ἐκ τίνος, by conquest to free oneself from the power of one (cf. Buttmann, 147 (128); Winer's Grammar, 367 (344)), Revelation 15:2; ὑψουσθαι ἐκ τῆς γῆς, to be so lifted up as to dissolve present relations to the earth (`taken out of the sphere of earthly action' Westcott), John 12:32; ἐλεύθερος ἐκ πάντων (elsewhere always ἀπό τίνος), 1 Corinthians 9:19. 7. Hebraistically: ἐκδίκειν τό αἷμα τίνος ἐκ χειρός τίνος (מִיָּד דָּם נִקַּם, 2 Kings 9:7), to avenge the blood (murder) of one at the hand of (on) the slayer, Revelation 19:2 (Buttmann, 182 (158)); κρίνειν τό κρίμα τίνος ἐκ τίνος, to judge one's judgment on one, vindicate by vengeance on (cf. Buttmann, as above), Revelation 18:20 (cf. the Sept. Psalm 118:84 (). II. of the origin, source, cause; 1. of generation, birth, race, lineage, nativity; a. after verbs of begetting, being born, etc.: ἐν γαστρί ἔχειν ἐκ τίνος, Matthew 1:18, cf. Matthew 1:20; κοίτην ἔχειν ἐκ τ., Romans 9:10; γενναν τινα ἐκ with the genitive of the woman, Matthew 1:3, 5f, 16; γίνεσθαι ἐκ γυναικός to be born of a woman, Galatians 4:4 cf. Galatians 4:22f; γέννασθαι ἐξ αἱμάτων, ἐκ θελήματος σαρκός, John 1:13; ἐκ τῆς σαρκός, John 3:6; ἐκ πορνείας, John 8:41; ἐγείρειν τίνι τέκνα ἐκ, Matthew 3:9; Luke 3:8; (τίς) ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, Acts 2:30 (Psalm 131:11 ()); ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, Romans 2:27. In a supernatural sense: τό πνεῦμα τό ἐκ Θεοῦ SC. ὄν, from the divine nature (cf. Winer's Grammar, 193 (182)), 1 Corinthians 2:12 cf. Revelation 2:11; men are said γέννασθαι ἐκ πνεύματος, John 3:5f, 8; γεγεννήμενοι εἶναι ἐκ Θεοῦ (see γεννάω 2 d.), and to the same purport εἶναι ἐκ Θεοῦ, 1 John 4:4, 6; 1 John 5:19 (see εἰμί, V. 3 d. (and cf. 7 below)). b. εἶναι, γενέσθαι, ἔρχεσθαι, etc., ἐκ with the name of the city, race, people, tribe, family, etc., to spring or originate from, come from: ἐκ Ναζαρέτ εἶναι, John 1:46 (47); ἐκ πόλεως, John 1:44 (45); ἐξ ὧν, namely, πατέρων (?), Romans 9:5; ἐξ οἴκου τίνος, Luke 1:27; Luke 2:4; ἐκ γένους, Philippians 3:5; Acts 4:6; Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων, Philippians 3:5; ἐκ φυλῆς, Luke 2:36; Acts 13:21; Romans 11:1; ἐξ Ιουδα, Hebrews 7:14; ἐκ σπέρματος τίνος, John 7:42; Romans 1:3; Romans 11:1; without a verb: ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί, sinners of Gentile birth, Galatians 2:15; of the country to which anyone belongs: εἶναι ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Luke 23:7; ἐξ ἐπαρχίας, Acts 23:34; ὁ ὤν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, John 3:31. 2. of any other kind of origin: καπνός ἐκ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ, Revelation 15:8; ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστι, comes from the Jews, John 4:22; εἶναι ἐκ τίνος, to proceed from anyone as the author, Matthew 5:37; John 7:17, 22; Romans 2:29; 2 Corinthians 4:7; 1 John 2:16, 21, etc.; with ἐστιν to be mentally supplied: Romans 11:36; 1 Corinthians 8:6 (see εἰς, B. II. 3 c. a.) 1 Corinthians 11:12; 2 Corinthians 3:5; 2 Corinthians 5:18; Galatians 5:8; ἔργα ἐκ τοῦ πατρός μου, works of which my father is the author, i. e. which I, endued with my father's power, have wrought, John 10:32; οἰκοδομή ἐκ Θεοῦ, whose author is God, 2 Corinthians 5:1; χάρισμα, 1 Corinthians 7:7; δεδομένον ἐκ τοῦ πατρός, John 6:65; add, John 18:3; 1 Corinthians 7:7. ἡ ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνη, that comes from God, i. e. is adjudged by him, Philippians 3:9; ἡ ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐν ἡμῖν (WH text ἡμῖν ἐν ὑμῖν ἀγάπη, love preceding from you and taking up its abode in us, i. e. your love the influence of which we feel (Winers Grammar, 193 (181f); Buttmann, 157 (137)), 2 Corinthians 8:7; ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν ζῆλος, your zeal, 2 Corinthians 9:2 (R G; cf. Winers Grammar, as above note; Buttmann, as above); βλασφημία ἐκ τίνος, calumny from, i. e. disseminated by, Revelation 2:9 (not Rec.); εἶναι ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων see εἰμί, V. 3 c.; with the suggested idea of a nature and disposition derived from one's origin: οὐκ ἐστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, is not of earthly origin nor of earthly nature, John 18:36; ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, is of an earthly nature, John 3:31; ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖν, to speak as an earthly origin prompts, ibid.; human virtues are said to be from God, as having their prototype in God and being wrought in the soul by his power, ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν, 1 John 4:7. 3. of the material out of which a thing is made, etc.: ἡ γυνή ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρός, from one of his ribs, 1 Corinthians 11:12; στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν, Matthew 27:29; John 19:2; add, John 2:15; John 9:6; Romans 9:21; 1 Corinthians 15:47; Revelation 18:12; Revelation 21:21. 4. Its use to note the price is related, because the money is as it were, changed into that which is bought (the simple genitive of price is more common, cf. Winers Grammar, 206 (194); (Buttmann, § 132, 13)): ἀγοράζειν τί ἐκ τίνος, Matthew 27:7 (Baruch 6 (i. e., epistle of Jeremiah); Matthew 27:24); κτᾶσθαι ἐκ, Acts 1:18 (ὠνεῖσθαι ἐκ, Palaeph. 46, 3f); συμφώνειν ἐκ δηναρίου (because the agreement comes from the promised denary (cf. Winers Grammar, 368 (345); Buttmann, as above)), Matthew 20:2. Cognate to this is the phrase ποιεῖν ἑαυτῷ φίλους ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾷ Luke 16:9. 5. especially after neuter and passive verbs, ἐκ is used of the cause (whether thing or person) by which the act expressed by the accompanying verb is aided, sustained, effected: ὠφελεῖσθαι ἐκ τίνος, Matthew 15:5; Mark 7:11; ζημιουσθαι, 2 Corinthians 7:9; λυπεῖσθαι, 2 Corinthians 2:2; especially in the Apocalypse: ἀδικεῖσθαι, Revelation 2:11; ἀποθανεῖν, Revelation 8:11; (ἀποκτείνεσθαι), Revelation 9:18; φωτίζεσθαι, Revelation 18:1; σκοτίζεσθαι (L T WH σκοτουσθαι), Revelation 9:2; πυροῦσθαι, Revelation 3:18; γεμίζεσθαι Revelation 15:8 (cf. Isaiah 6:4); John 6:13; γέμειν, Matthew 23:25 (where L omits; Tr brackets ἐξ); πληροῦσθαι, John 12:3 (Treg. margin ἐπλήσθη); χορτάζεσθαι, Revelation 19:21; πλουτεῖν, Revelation 18:3, 19; μεθύσκεσθαι, μεθύειν Revelation 17:2, 6 (not Treg. margin); ζῆν ἐκ, Romans 1:17; 1 Corinthians 9:14; Galatians 3:11; αὔξησιν ποιεῖσθαι, Ephesians 4:16; Colossians 2:19; τελειουσθαι, James 2:22; κεκοπιακώς, John 4:6 (Aelian v. h. 3, 23 ἐκ τοῦ πότου ἐκάθευδεν). Also after active verbs: γεμίζειν, John 6:13; Revelation 8:5; ποτίζειν, Revelation 14:8; (on ἐκ with the genitive after verbs of fullness, cf. Buttmann, 163 (142f); Winer's Grammar, 201 (189)). 6. of that on which a thing depends, or from which it results: οὐκ ἐστιν ἡ ζωή ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων, does not depend upon possessions, i. e. possessions cannot secure life, Luke 12:15; εὐπορία ἡμῶν ἐστι ἐκ τῆς ἐργασίας ταύτης, Acts 19:25; τό ἐξ ὑμῶν, as far as depends on you, Romans 12:18; in the Pauline phrases δίκαιος, δικαιοσύνη, δικαιοῦν ἐκ πίστεως, ἐξ ἔργων, see (the several words, especially), p. 150; ἐξ (as the result of, in consequence of) ἔργων λαβεῖν τό πνεῦμα, Galatians 3:2, 5; ἐξ ἀναστάσεως λαβεῖν τούς νεκρούς, Hebrews 11:35; ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας, 2 Corinthians 13:4; add, Romans 11:6; Galatians 3:18, 21; Ephesians 2:8f. 7. of the power on which anyone depends, by which he is prompted and governed, whose character he reflects: ἐκ Θεοῦ (equivalent to θεοπνευστον) λαλεῖν, 2 Corinthians 2:17; in the Johannine expressions, εἶναι ἐκ Θεοῦ, John 8:47 (in a different sense above, II. 1 a.); ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου, ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ, ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, see εἰμί, V. 3 d.; ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι, to be led by a desire to know the truth, be a lover of the truth, John 18:37; 1 John 3:19; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, the subjects of the law, Romans 4:14; οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας equivalent to οἱ ἐριθευόμενοι (cf. ἐριθεία), Romans 2:8; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως equivalent to ὁ πιστεύων, Romans 3:26; Romans 4:16. εἶναι ἐκ τίνος also means to be bound to one, connected with him; to have relations with him; see εἰμί, V. 3 d.; hence, the periphrasis οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, the circumcised: Acts 11:2; Romans 4:12; Galatians 2:12; οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς, Colossians 4:11; οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστοί, Jewish Christians, Acts 10:45. 8. of the cause for which: ἐκ τοῦ πόνου, for pain, Revelation 16:10; of the reason for (because of) which: Revelation 8:13; Revelation 16:11; ἐκ τούτου, John 6:66; John 19:12; cf. Meyer on these passages (who urges that ἐκ τούτου used of time denotes the point of departure of a temporal series (Winers Grammar, 367 (344)): from this time on, thenceforth. This argument seems not to be decisive in the second example (John 19:12), for there the verb is in the imperfect. On the use of the phrase in classic Greek see Liddell and Scott, under the word ἐκ, II. 1; Krüger, § 68, 17, 7. Cf. our English upon this, hereupon, in which the temporal sense and the causal often seem to blend. See below, IV. 1 at the end). 9. of the supply out of (from) which a thing is taken, given, received, eaten, drunk, etc. (cf. Winers Grammar, § 30, 7 and 8; Buttmann, 159ff (139ff)): λαμβάνειν ἐκ, John 1:16; John 16:14f; διδόναι, διαδιδοναι, Matthew 25:8; John 6:11; 1 John 4:13; ἐσθίειν, 1 Corinthians 9:7; 1 Corinthians 11:28; φαγεῖν, John 6:26, 50; Revelation 2:7; μετέχειν, 1 Corinthians 10:17 (but see μετέχω); πίνειν, Matthew 26:29; Mark 14:25; John 4:13; Revelation 14:10; Revelation 18:3 (differently in I. 1 above); λαλεῖν ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων, John 8:44; ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, Matthew 12:34; ἐκβάλλειν, Matthew 12:35 (this belongs here only in case θησαυρός is taken in the sense of treasure not treasury (the contents as distinguished from the repository); cf. I. 1 above, and under the word θησαυρός); βάλλειν ἐκ (a part), Mark 12:44; Luke 21:4. 10. of that from which anything is obtained: συλλέγειν ἐξ ἀκανθῶν, τρυγᾶν ἐκ βάτου, Luke 6:44; θερίζειν ἐκ, Galatians 6:8. 11. of the whole of which anything is a part: 1 Corinthians 12:15f (cf. Winer's Grammar, 368 (345)). 12. of the source; a. universally: ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλάλησα, John 12:49 (οὐδέν ἐκ σαυτης λέγεις, Sophocles El. 344). b. of the source of conduct, as to be found in the state of the soul, its feelings, virtues, vices, etc.: ἐκ καρδίας, Romans 6:17; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Ephesians 6:6; Colossians 3:23 (1 Macc. 8:27; ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀσπάζεσθαι, Xenophon, oec. 10, 4); ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας, 1 Timothy 1:5; 2 Timothy 2:22; 1 Peter 1:22 (L T Tr WH omit; καθαρᾶς); ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας ... ψυχῆς ... διανοίας κτλ. Mark 12:30ff (Wis. 8:21; 4 Macc. 7:18); ἐκ πίστεως, Romans 14:23; ἐξ εἰλικρινείας, 2 Corinthians 2:17; ἐξ ἐριθείας, Philippians 1:16 (17) (yet see ἐριθεία). c. of the source of knowledge: κατηχεῖσθαι ἐκ, Romans 2:18; ἀκούειν ἐκ, John 12:34; γινώσκειν, Matthew 12:33; Luke 6:44; 1 John 4:6; ἐποπτεύειν, 1 Peter 2:12. δεικνύναι, James 2:18; ὁρίζειν, to declare, prove to be, Romans 1:4 (cf. under the word ὁίρζω, 2 and Meyer at the passage). 13. of that from which a rule of judging or acting is derived; after, according to (cf. Winer's Grammar, 368 (345)): κρίνειν ἐκ, Luke 19:22 (A. V. out of thine own mouth, etc.); Revelation 20:12 (Xenophon, Cyril 2, 2, 21 ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κρίνεσθαι); δικαιοῦν, καταδικάζειν, Matthew 12:37; ὀνομάζειν ἐκ, Ephesians 3:15 (Homer, Iliad 10, 68; Sophocles O. T. 1036, etc.); ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, according to your ability, 2 Corinthians 8:11. III. By Attraction, common in classic Greek (cf. Winers Grammar, § 66, 6; (Buttmann, 377f (323))), two prepositions coalesce as it were into one, so that ἐκ seems to be used for ἐν, thus ἆραι τά ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ concisely for τά ἐν τῇ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ἐξ αὐτῆς, Matthew 24:17; ὁ πατήρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ δώσει for ὁ πατήρ ὁ ἐν οὐρανῷ δώσει ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Luke 11:13; τήν ἐκ Λαοδικείας ἀπιστολην for τήν εἰς Λαοδικείας γεγραμμένην καί ἐκ Λαοδικείας κομιστεαν, Colossians 4:16 (2 Macc. 3:18). (To this construction some would refer ἐπιγνούς ἐν ἑαυτῷ τήν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν, Mark 5:30, resolving τήν ἐν αὐτῷ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν ἐξ αὐτοῦ; cf. Field, Otium Norvicense, pars 3 at the passage) IV. of Time (Winer's Grammar, 367 (344)); 1. of the (temporal) point from which; Latinex,indea; from, from ... on, since: ἐκ χρόνων ἱκανῶν, Luke 8:27 (R G Tr marginal reading); ἐκ γενετῆς, John 9:1 (Homer, Iliad 24, 535; Odyssey 18, 6); ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός (see κολια, 4); ἐκ νεότητός, Matthew 19:20 (R G); Mark 10:20; Luke 18:21; Acts 26:4 (Homer, Iliad 14, 86); ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος (see αἰών, 1 b.), John 9:32 (Aelian v. h. 6, 13; 12, 64 ἐξ αἰῶνος); ἐξ ἀρχῆς, John 6:64; John 16:4; ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων, Acts 15:21; ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτώ, Acts 9:33; ἐκ πολλῶν ἐτῶν, Acts 24:10; ἐξ αὐτῆς (namely, ὥρας), forthwith, instantly (see ἐξαυτῆς); ἐξ ἱκανοῦ ((namely, χρόνου); but L T Tr WH here ἐξ ἱκανῶν χρόνων), of a long time, Luke 23:8 (ἐκ πολλοῦ, Thucydides 1, 68; 2, 88); with an adverb: ἐκ παιδιόθεν, Mark 9:21 L T Tr WH (ἐκ πρωίθεν, 1 Macc. 10:80), cf. Winers Grammar, § 65, 2; (Buttmann, 70 (62)). Many interpreters translate ἐκ τούτου, John 6:66; John 19:12, from this time, but cf. II. 8 above. 2. of succession in time, a temporal series: ἐκ δευτέρου (as it were, proceeding from, beginning from the second), a second time (see δεύτερος); ἐκ τρίτου, Matthew 26:44 (L Tr marginal reading brackets ἐκ τρίτου); ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας (diemexdie, Cicero, ad Att. 7, 26; Caesar b. g. 1, 16, 4;diemdedie, Livy 5, 48) from day to day, day after day, 2 Peter 2:8 (Genesis 39:10; Numbers 30:15; (2 Chronicles 24:11); Sir. 5:7; Euripides, Rhes. 437 (445) etc.; ἔτος ἐξ ἔτους, Leviticus 25:50; ἐνιαυτόν ἐξ ἐνιαυτοῦ, Deuteronomy 15:20). V. Adverbial phrases (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 51, 1d.), in which lies the idea 1. of direction whence: ἐξ ἐναντίας, cf. I. 4 above. 2. of source: ἐκ συμφώνου, by consent, by agreement, 1 Corinthians 7:5; ἐξ ἀνάγκης of necessity, i. e. by compulsion, 2 Corinthians 9:7; necessarily, Hebrews 7:12. 3. of the measure or standard: ἐκ μέρους, so that each is a part of the whole, proportionately (R. V. marginal reading each in his part), 1 Corinthians 12:27, cf. Meyer at the passage; in part, partly, 1 Corinthians 13:9ff; ἐκ μέτρου equivalent to μετρίως, by measure, moderately, sparingly, John 3:34; ἐξ ἰσότητος, by equality, in equal proportion, 2 Corinthians 8:13 (14) (ἐξ ἴσου, Herodotus 7, 135); ἐκ περισσοῦ, beyond measure, Mark 6:51 (WH omit; Tr. brackets). VI. In Composition ἐκ denotes 1. egress ἐκβαίνω, ἐξέρχομαι. 2. emission, removal, separation: ἐκβάλλω, ἐκπέμπω, ἐξαιρέω. 3. origin: ἔκγονος. 4. publicity: ἐξαγγέλλω. 5. the unfolding, opening out, of something tied together or rolled up: ἐκτείνω, ἐκπετάννυμι. 6. is equivalent to utterly, entirely, παντελῶς (cf. English out and out), denoting completion and perfection: ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω. Cf. Fritzsche on Matthew, p. 120f. STRONGS NT 1537: ἐξἐξ, see ἐκ. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἕκαστος Transliteration: hekastos Phonetic Spelling: hek'-as-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: each, every Meaning: each, every GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1538 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1538 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1538 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1538 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1538, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἕκαστος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1538 hekastos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: any, both, each oneAs if a superlative of hekas (afar); each or every -- any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1538: ἕκαστοςἕκαστος, ἑκάστη, ἕκαστον, the Sept. for אִישׁ (from Homer down), each, every; a. joined to a substantive: ἕκαστον δένδρον, Luke 6:44; ἑκάστῳ στρατιώτῃ, John 19:23; κατά μῆνα ἕκαστον, every month, Revelation 22:2 (not Rec.); καθ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν, Hebrews 3:13; cf. Winers Grammar, 111 (106); Buttmann, § 127, 30. preceded by εἷς, Latinunusquisque, every one: with a substantive, Ephesians 4:16; Revelation 22:2 Rec. b. used substantively: John 7:53 (Rec.); Acts 4:35; Romans 2:6; Galatians 6:4, etc.; once plural ἕκαστοι: Revelation 6:11 Rec. With a partitive genitive added: ἡμῶν, Romans 14:12; ὑμῶν, Luke 13:15; 1 Corinthians 1:12; Hebrews 6:11; αὐτῶν, John 6:7 (R G); τῶν σπερμάτων, 1 Corinthians 15:38. εἷς ἕκαστος, every one (see εἷς, 4 b.): without a partitive genitive, Acts 20:31; Colossians 4:6; with a partitive genitive, Luke 4:40; Acts 2:3; Acts 17:27; 1 Corinthians 12:18, etc. ἕκαστος, when it denotes individually, every one of many, is often added appositively to nouns and pronouns and verbs in the plural number (Matthiae, ii., p. 764f; (Winers Grammar, 516 (481); Buttmann, 131 (114))): ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος, Acts 2:8; σκορπισθῆτε ἕκαστος, John 16:32; ἐπορεύοντο πάντες ..., ἕκαστος ..., Luke 2:3; add, Acts 3:26; 1 Peter 4:10; Revelation 5:8; Revelation 20:13; likewise εἷς ἕκαστος, Acts 2:6; Acts 21:26; ὑμεῖς οἱ καθ' ἕνα ἕκαστος τήν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα ἀγαπάτω, you one by one, each one of you severally, Ephesians 5:33. In imitation of the Hebrew, ἕκαστος τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ (לְאָחִיו אִישׁ, Genesis 26:31), Matthew 18:35; μετά τοῦ πλησίον αὐτοῦ (אֶל־רֵעֵהוּ אִישׁ, Judges 6:29, etc.), Ephesians 4:25, cf. Hebrews 8:11 Rec. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑκάστοτε Transliteration: hekastote Phonetic Spelling: hek-as'-tot-eh Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: each time, always Meaning: each time, always GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1539 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1539 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1539 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1539 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1539, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑκάστοτε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1539 hekastote 🕊 Strong's Concordance: always. As if from hekastos and tote; at every time -- always. see GREEK hekastos see GREEK tote Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1539: ἑκάστοτεἑκάστοτε, adv, at every time, always: 2 Peter 1:15. (Herodotus, Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑκατόν Transliteration: hekaton Phonetic Spelling: hek-at-on' Part of Speech: Indeclinable Numeral (Adjective) Short Definition: a hundred Meaning: a hundred GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1540 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1540 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1540 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1540 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1540, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑκατόν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1540 hekaton 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hundred. Of uncertain affinity; a hundred -- hundred. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1540: ἑκατόνἑκατόν, οἱ, αἱ, τά (from Homer down), a hundred: Matthew 13:8 (namely, καρπούς); ; John 19:39, etc. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑκατονταέτης Transliteration: hekatontaetēs Phonetic Spelling: hek-at-on-tah-et'-ace Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: a hundred years old Meaning: a hundred years old GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1541 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1541 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1541 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1541 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1541, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑκατονταέτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1541 hekatontaetēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hundred years old. From hekaton and etos; centenarian -- hundred years old. see GREEK hekaton see GREEK etos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1541: ἑκατονταετήςἑκατονταετής (R G T), ἑκατονταετες, and ἑκατονταετής (L Tr WH), ἑκατονταετες (from ἑκατόν and ἔτος; on the want of uniformity in accentuation among authors, copyists, and grammarians see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 406f; Winers Grammar, § 6, 1 b.; Buttmann, 29 (26); (Tdf. Proleg., p. 102; Ellendt, Lex. Sophocles under the word δεκέτης; especially Chandler §§ 703, 709; Göttling, p. 323f)), centenarian, a hundred years old: Romans 4:19. (Pindar Pythagoras 4, 502.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑκατονταπλασίων Transliteration: hekatontaplasiōn Phonetic Spelling: hek-at-on-ta-plah-sec'-own Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: a hundred times Meaning: a hundred times GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1542 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1542 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1542 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1542 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1542, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑκατονταπλασίων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1542 hekatontaplasiōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hundredfold. From hekaton and a presumed derivative of plasso; a hundred times -- hundredfold. see GREEK hekaton see GREEK plasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1542: ἑκατονταπλασίωνἑκατονταπλασίων, ἑκατονταπλασιον, a hundredfold, a hundred times as much: Matthew 19:29 (R G); Mark 10:30; Luke 8:8. (2 Samuel 24:3; Xenophon, oec. 2, 3.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑκατοντάρχης Transliteration: hekatontarchēs Phonetic Spelling: hek-at-on-tar'-khace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a centurion, a captain of one hundred men Meaning: a centurion, a captain of one hundred men GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1543 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1543 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1543 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1543 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1543, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑκατοντάρχης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1543 hekatontarchēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: centurion. Or hekatontarchos hek-at-on'-tar-khos; from hekaton and archo; the captain of one hundred men -- centurion. see GREEK hekaton see GREEK archo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1543: ἑκατοντάρχηςἑκατοντάρχης, Ἑκατοντάρχου, ὁ (ἑκατόν and ἄρχω; on the terminations ἀρχῆς and ἀρχός see the full exposition in Winers Grammar, 61 (60); cf. Buttmann, 73 (64); Bornemann, Schol. ad Luc., p. 151f; (Tdf. Proleg., p. 117; WHs Appendix, p. 156f)), a centurion: Matthew 8:(5 and 8 Tdf.), 13 G L T Tr WH; (Matthew 27:54 T); Luke 7:(2 (?)), 6 T WH; (Luke 23:47 T Tr WH); Acts 10:1, 22; Acts 21:32 L T Tr WH; (Acts 22:26 L T WH); L T Tr WH, G L T Tr WH, L T Tr WH; genitive plural T WH in Acts 23:17, 23. (Aeschylus quoted in Athen. 1, p. 11 d.; Herodotus 7, 81; Dionysius Halicarnassus, Plutarch, others). See the following word. ἑκατόνταρχοςἑκατόνταρχος, Ἑκατοντάρχου, ὁ, equivalent to ἑκατοντάρχης, which see: Matthew 8:5, 8 (in 5, 8, Tdf. ἑκατοντάρχης), Rec.; (Tdf. ἑκατοντάρχης); Luke 7:2, 6 (T WH ἑκατοντάρχης); (T Tr WH ἑκατοντάρχης); Acts 21:32 R G; (L T WH ἑκατοντάρχης); Acts 27:6 (R G, Rec., R G), also Rec.; genitive plural, Acts 23:17 and R G L Tr. (Xenophon, Cyril 5, 3, 41; Plutarch, others) (Cf. Meisterhans, p. 53f.) STRONGS NT 1543a: ἐκβαίνωἐκβαίνω: 2 aorist ἐξεβην; (from Homer down); to go out: Hebrews 11:15 L T Tr WH. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκβάλλω Transliteration: ekballō Phonetic Spelling: ek-bal'-lo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cast out Meaning: to cast out GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1544 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1544 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1544 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1544 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1544, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκβάλλω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1544 ekballō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bring forth, cast forth, drive out, expel. From ek and ballo; to eject (literally or figuratively) -- bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out). see GREEK ek see GREEK ballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1544: ἐκβάλλωἐκβάλλω; imperfect 3 person plural ἐξέβαλλον (Mark 6:13 (Tr marginal reading aorist)); future ἐκβάλω; pluperfect ἐκβεβλήκειν (without augment, Mark 16:9; cf. Winers Grammar, § 12, 9; Buttmann, 33 (29)); 2 aorist ἐξέβαλον; (passive and middle present ἐκβάλλομαι); 1 aorist passive ἐξεβλήθην; future passive ἐκβληθήσομαι; (from Homer down); the Sept. generally for גָּרַשׁ, occasionally for הוצִיא, הורִישׁ, הִשְׁלִיך; to cast out; to drive out; to send out; 1. with the included notion of more or less violence; a. to drive out, (cast out): a person, Matthew 21:12; Mark 9:15; John 2:15 (ἐκ); Luke 20:12, etc.; passive Matthew 8:12 (T WH (rejected) marginal reading ἐξελεύσονται); δαιμόνια, Matthew 7:22; Matthew 8:16, 31; Matthew 9:33; Mark 1:34, 39; Luke 11:20; Luke 13:32, etc.; ἐκ τίνος, Mark 7:26; ἀπό, Mark 16:9 (L WH Tr text παρά); ἐν τίνι, by, through (Winer's Grammar, 389 (364)), Matthew 9:34; Matthew 12:24, 27; Mark 3:22; Luke 11:15, 19f; τῷ ὀνόματι τίνος, Matthew 7:22; (Mark 9:38 Rst G); ἐπί τῷ ὀνόματι τίνος, Luke 9:49 (WH Tr marginal reading ἐν; ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Mark 9:38 Relz L T Tr WH); λόγῳ, Matthew 8:16; τινα ἔξω τῆς πόλεως, Luke 4:29; Acts 7:58. b. to cast out: τινα followed by ἔξω, John 6:37; John 9:34; John 12:31 (namely, out of the world, i. e. be deprived of the power and influence he exercises in the world); Luke 13:28; ἔξω with the genitive, Matthew 21:39; Mark 12:8; Luke 20:15. a thing: excrement from the belly into the sink, Matthew 15:17; middle ἐκβαλλόμενοι (i. e. for themselves, that they might the more easily save the ship and thereby their lives) τόν σῖτον εἰς τήν θάλασσαν, Acts 27:38. c. to expel a person from a society: to banish from a family, Galatians 4:30 (Genesis 21:10); ἐκ (Tdf. omits ἐκ) τῆς ἐκκλησίας, 3 John 1:10. d. to compel one to depart: ἀπό τῶν ὁρίων, Acts 13:50; to bid one depart, in stern though not violent language, Matthew 9:25; Mark 5:40; Acts 9:40; Acts 16:37 (where distinguished from ἐξάγειν); to bid one go forth to do some business, Matthew 9:38; Luke 10:2. e. so employed that the rapid motion of the one going is transferred to the one sending forth; to command or cause one to depart in haste: Mark 1:43; James 2:25; τά πάντα (namely, πρόβατα), to let them out of the fold so that they rush forth (others, to thrust them forth by laying hold of them), John 10:4. f. to draw out with force, tear out: τί, Mark 9:47. g. with the implication of force overcoming opposing force; to cause a thing to move straight on to its intended goal: τήν κρίσιν εἰς νῖκος, Matthew 12:20. h. to reject with contempt; to cast off or away: τό ὄνομα τίνος ὡς πονηρόν, Luke 6:22 (Plato, Crito, p. 46 b.; de rep. 2, p. 377 c.; Sophocles O. C. 636,646; of actors driven from the stage, hissed and hooted off, Demosthenes, p. 449, 19). 2. without the notion of violence; a. to draw out, extract, one thing inserted in another: τό κάρφος τό ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ, Luke 6:42; ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ, ibid. and Matthew 7:5; ἀπό τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ 4 (where L T Tr WH ἐκ). b. to bring out of, to draw or bring forth: τί ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ, Matthew 12:35; Matthew 13:52; money from a purse, Luke 10:35. e. to except, to leave out, i. e. not receive: τί, followed by ἔξω (or ἔξωθεν), Revelation 11:2 (leave out from the things to be measured, equivalent to μή αὐτήν μετρήσῃς). d. followed by εἰς with the accusative of place, to lead one forth or away somewhere with a force which he cannot resist: Mark 1:12. (On the pleonastic phrase ἐκβάλλειν ἔξω (or ἔξωθεν) cf. Winers Grammar, § 65, 2.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔκβασις Transliteration: ekbasis Phonetic Spelling: ek'-bas-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: an exit, outcome Meaning: an exit, outcome GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1545 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1545 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1545 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1545 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1545, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔκβασις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1545 ekbasis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: end, way to escape. From a compound of ek and the base of basis (meaning to go out); an exit (literally or figuratively) -- end, way to escape. see GREEK ek see GREEK basis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1545: ἔκβασιςἔκβασις, ἐκβασεως, ἡ (ἐκβαίνω); 1. an egress, way out (Homer, et al.): applied figuratively to the way of escape from temptation into which one εἰσέρχεται or εἰσφέρεται (see these words), 1 Corinthians 10:13. 2. in a sense foreign to secular authors, the issue ((cf. its objective sense e. g. Epictetus diss. 2, 7, 9)) equivalent to end: used of the end of life, Wis. 2:17; ἔκβασις τῆς ἀναστροφῆς τινων, in Hebrews 13:7, is not merely the end of their physical life, but the manner in which they closed a well-spent life as exhibited by their spirit in dying; cf. Delitzsch, at the passage. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκβολή Transliteration: ekbolē Phonetic Spelling: ek-bol-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a throwing out, a throwing overboard (of the cargo) Meaning: a throwing out, a throwing overboard (of the cargo) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1546 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1546 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1546 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1546 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1546, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκβολή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1546 ekbolē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: lighten the ship, jettisonFrom ekballo; ejection, i.e. (specially) a throwing overboard of the cargo -- + lighten the ship. see GREEK ekballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1546: ἐκβολήἐκβολή, ἐκβολης, ἡ (ἐκβάλλω); a. a casting out. b. specifically, the throwing overboard of goods and lading whereby sailors lighten a ship in a storm to keep her from sinking (Aeschylus sept. 769; Aristotle, eth. Nic. 3, 1, 5 (p. 1110{a}, 9); Lucian, de merc. cond. 1): ποιεῖσθαι ἐκβολήν, Latinjacturam facere, to throw the cargo overboard, Acts 27:18; with τῶν σκευῶν added, the Sept. Jonah 1:5; τῶν φορτιων, Pollux 1, 99, p. 70, Hemsterh edition. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκγαμίζω Transliteration: ekgamizō Phonetic Spelling: ek-gam-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: give in marriage Meaning: give in marriage GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1547 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1547 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1547 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1547 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1547, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκγαμίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1547 ekgamizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: give in marriage. From ek and a form of gamisko (compare ekgamisko); to marry off a daughter -- give in marriage. see GREEK ek see GREEK gamisko see GREEK ekgamisko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1547: ἐκγαμίζωἐκγαμίζω; passive (present ἐκγαμίζομαι); imperfect ἐξεγαμιζομην; to give away (ἐκ out of the house (cf. Winers Grammar, 102 (97))) in marriage: a daughter, 1 Corinthians 7:38{a} R G (1 Corinthians 7:38{b} Rec.); Matthew 24:38 R G Tr text, passive, to marry, to be given in marriage, Matthew 22:30 R G (cf. Tdf.'s note at the passage); Luke 17:27 R G; see γαμίζω. Not found elsewhere. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκγαμίσκω Transliteration: ekgamiskō Phonetic Spelling: ek-gam-is'-ko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: give in marriage Meaning: give in marriage GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1548 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1548 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1548 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1548 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1548, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκγαμίσκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1548 ekgamiskō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: give in marriage. From ek and gamisko; the same as ekgamizo -- give in marriage. see GREEK ek see GREEK gamisko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1548: ἐκ῟γαμίσκωἐκ῟γαμίσκω, equivalent to ἐκγαμίζω, which see: passive (present ἐκγαμίσκομαι); Luke 20:34f. R G; cf. γαμίσκω and Fritzsche on Mark, p. 529ff. Not found elsewhere. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔκγονος Transliteration: ekgonos Phonetic Spelling: ek'-gon-on Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: born of, a descendant, a grandchild Meaning: born of, a descendant, a grandchild GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1549 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1549 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1549 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1549 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1549, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔκγονος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1549 ekgonos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: nephew. Neuter of a derivative of a compound of ek and ginomai; a descendant, i.e. (specially) grandchild -- nephew. see GREEK ek see GREEK ginomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1549: ἔκγονοςἔκγονος, ἔκγονον (ἐκγίνομαι), sprung from one, born, begotten (Homer and following); commonly as a substantive, ὁ, ἡ ἔκγονος, οἱ ἐκγονοι, a son, daughter, offspring, children, descendants; in the Sept. common in neuter plural ἔκγονα and τά ἔκγονα, for פְּרִי, Deuteronomy 7:13 (Alex.); , etc.; צֶאֱצָאִים, Isaiah 48:19; Isaiah 61:9; בֵּן, Isaiah 49:15; also in Sir. 40:15 Sir. 44:11, etc. In the N. T. once: 1 Timothy 5:4 τέκνα ἤ ἔκγονα, grandchildren (A. V. renders it by the obsolete, nephews; cf. Eastwood and Wright, Bible Word-Book, or B. D. American edition under the word ). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκδαπανάω Transliteration: ekdapanaō Phonetic Spelling: ek-dap-an-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to expend wholly, to exhaust Meaning: to expend wholly, to exhaust GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1550 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1550 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1550 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1550 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1550, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκδαπανάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1550 ekdapanaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: spend. From ek and dapanao; to expend (wholly), i.e. (figuratively) exhaust -- spend. see GREEK ek see GREEK dapanao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1550: ἐκδαπανάωἐκδαπανάω: (future ἐκδαπανήσω); 1 future passive ἐκδαπαναθήσομαι; to exhaust by expending, to spend wholly, use up: τάς προσόδους, Polybius 25, 8, 4. Passive reflexively, to spend oneself wholly: followed by ὑπέρ τίνος, of one who consumes strength and life in laboring for others' salvation, 2 Corinthians 12:15; cf. Kypke at the passage; (Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκδέχομαι Transliteration: ekdechomai Phonetic Spelling: ek-dekh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to take or receive, by implication to await, expect Meaning: to take or receive, by implication to await, expect GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1551 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1551 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1551 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1551 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1551, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκδέχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1551 ekdechomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: expect, look for, wait for. From ek and dechomai; to accept from some source, i.e. (by implication) to await -- expect, look (tarry) for, wait (for). see GREEK ek see GREEK dechomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1551: ἐκδέχομαιἐκδέχομαι; imperfect ἐξεδεχομην; (ἐκ from some person or quarter); 1. to receive, accept ((Homer), Aeschylus, Herodotus, and following). 2. to look for, expect, wait for, await: τί, John 5:3 R L; Hebrews 11:10; James 5:7; τινα, Acts 17:16; 1 Corinthians 16:11; ἀλλήλους ἐκδέχεσθε wait for one another, namely, until each shall have received his food, 1 Corinthians 11:33, cf. 1 Corinthians 11:21; followed by ἕως etc. Hebrews 10:13; (absolutely, 1 Peter 3:20 Rec., but see Tdf.s note at the passage). Rarely with this meaning in secular authors, as Sophocles Phil. 123; Apollod. 1, 9, 27 § 3; ἕως ἄν γένηται τί, Dionysius Halicarnassus 6, 67. (Compare: ἀπεκδέχομαι. Cf. δέχομαι, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔκδηλος Transliteration: ekdēlos Phonetic Spelling: ek'-day-los Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: wholly evident Meaning: wholly evident GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1552 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1552 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1552 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1552 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1552, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔκδηλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1552 ekdēlos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: manifest. From ek and delos; wholly evident -- manifest. see GREEK ek see GREEK delos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1552: ἔκδηλοςἔκδηλος, ἔκδηλον (δῆλος), evident, clear, conspicuous: 2 Timothy 3:9. (Homer, Iliad 5, 2; Demosthenes, p. 24, 10; Polybius) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκδημέω Transliteration: ekdēmeō Phonetic Spelling: ek-day-meh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be away from home, absent Meaning: to be away from home, absent GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1553 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1553 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1553 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1553 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1553, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκδημέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1553 ekdēmeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be absent. From a compound of ek and demos; to emigrate, i.e. (figuratively) vacate or quit -- be absent. see GREEK ek see GREEK demos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1553: ἐκδημέωἐκδημέω, ἐκδήμω; 1 aorist infinitive ἐκδημῆσαι; (ἔκδημος away from home); 1. to go abroad (Herodotus, Sophocles, Plato, Josephus, others); hence, universally, to emigrate, depart: ἐκ τοῦ σώματος, from the body as the earthly abode of the spirit, 2 Corinthians 5:8. 2. to be or live abroad: 2 Corinthians 5:9; ἀπό τοῦ κυρίου, abode with whom is promised us, 2 Corinthians 5:6; in these examples opposed to ἐνδήμω, which see |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκδίδωμι Transliteration: ekdidōmi Phonetic Spelling: ek-did-o'-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to give up, give out, let out for hire Meaning: to give up, give out, let out for hire GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1554 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1554 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1554 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1554 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1554, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκδίδωμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1554 ekdidōmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: let forth, let out. From ek and didomi; to give forth, i.e. (specially) to lease -- let forth (out). see GREEK ek see GREEK didomi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1554: ἐκδίδωμιἐκδίδωμι: middle, future ἐκδώσομαι; 2 aorist 3 person singular ἐξέδοτο, T WH ἐξέδετο (see ἀποδίδωμι); a common word in Greek authors from Homer, Iliad 3, 459 on; to give out of one's house, power, hand, stores; to give out, give up, give over; hence, also to let out for hire, to farm out, Herodotus 1, 68; γεωργιαι δέ ἐκδεδομεναι δούλοις, Plato, legg. 7, p. 806 d.; others. In the N. T, middle to let out for one's advantage: Matthew 21:33, 41 (Rec. ἐκδόσεται, cf. Tdf.s note; Buttmann, 47 (41)); Mark 12:1; Luke 20:9. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκδιηγέομαι Transliteration: ekdiēgeomai Phonetic Spelling: ek-dee-ayg-eh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to tell in detail Meaning: to tell in detail GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1555 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1555 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1555 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1555 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1555, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκδιηγέομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1555 ekdiēgeomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: declare. From ek and a compound of dia and hegeomai; to narrate through wholly -- declare. see GREEK ek see GREEK dia see GREEK hegeomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1555: ἐκδιηγέομαιἐκδιηγέομαι, ἐκδιηγοῦμαι; deponent middle; properly, to narrate in full or wholly; universally, to relate, tell, declare: τί, Acts 13:41 (Hebrews 1:5); . ((Aristotle, rhet. Alex. 23, p. 1434{b}, 4); Josephus, (Philo), Galen (others); the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκδικέω Transliteration: ekdikeō Phonetic Spelling: ek-dik-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to vindicate, to avenge Meaning: to vindicate, to avenge GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1556 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1556 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1556 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1556 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1556, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκδικέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1556 ekdikeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: avenge. From ekdikos; to vindicate, retaliate, punish -- a (re-)venge. see GREEK ekdikos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1556: ἐκδικέωἐκδικέω, ἐκδικῶ; future ἐκδικήσω; 1 aorist ἐξεδίκησα; (ἔκδικος, which see); the Sept. for נָקַם, פָּקַד, שָׁפַט; a. τινα, to vindicate one's right, do one justice (A. V. avenge): Luke 18 (1 Macc. 6:22); τινα ἀπό τίνος, to protect, defend, one person from another, Luke 18:3; ἑαυτόν, to avenge oneself, Romans 12:19. b. τί, to avenge a thing (i. e. to punish a person for a thing): τήν παρακοήν, 2 Corinthians 10:6; τό haima] τίνος ἀπό or ἐκ τίνος, to demand in punishment the blood of one from another, i. e. to exact of the murderer the penalty of his crime (A. V. avenge one's blood on or at the hand of): Revelation 6:10; Revelation 19:2; see ἐκ, I. 7. (In Greek authors from (Apollod.), Diodorus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκδίκησις Transliteration: ekdikēsis Phonetic Spelling: ek-dik'-ay-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: vengeance, vindication Meaning: vengeance, vindication GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1557 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1557 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1557 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1557 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1557, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκδίκησις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1557 ekdikēsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: vengeance, punishment. From ekdikeo; vindication, retribution -- (a-, re-)venge(-ance), punishment. see GREEK ekdikeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1557: ἐκδίκησιςἐκδίκησις, ἐκδικήσεως, ἡ (ἐκδικέω, which see), the Sept. for נְקָמָה and נָקָם, פְּקֻדָּה, מִשְׁפָּט (Ezekiel 16:38; Ezekiel 23:45) and שְׁפָטִים; a revenging; vengeance, punishment: Romans 12:19 and Hebrews 10:30 from Deuteronomy 32:35; 2 Corinthians 7:11; Luke 21:22; ποιεῖν τήν ἐκδίκησιν τίνος, to vindicate one from wrongs, accomplish the avenging of, Luke 18:7f; τίνι, to avenge an injured person, Acts 7:24 (Judges 11:36); ἐκδίκησις τίνος, objec. genitive, the punishment of one, 1 Peter 2:14; διδόναι ἐκδίκησιν τίνι, to inflict punishment on (render vengeance to) one, 2 Thessalonians 1:8; cf. (Sir. 12:6); Ezekiel 25:14. (Polybius 3, 8, 10.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔκδικος Transliteration: ekdikos Phonetic Spelling: ek'-dik-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: exacting penalty from, avenging Meaning: exacting penalty from, avenging GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1558 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1558 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1558 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1558 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1558, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔκδικος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1558 ekdikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: avenger. From ek and dike; carrying justice out, i.e. A punisher -- a (re-)venger. see GREEK ek see GREEK dike Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1558: ἔκδικοςἔκδικος, ἔκδικον (δίκη right, justice, penalty); 1. "without law and justice (cf. Latinexlex), unjust": Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Aelian n. an. 16, 5. 2. exacting penalty from (ἐκ) one; an avenger, punisher: Romans 13:4; περί τίνος, 1 Thessalonians 4:6; (Wis. 12:12; Sir. 30:6; 4 Macc. 15:26 (29); (Plutarch, de garrul. § 14, p. 509 f.); Herodian, 7, 4, 10 (5th edition, Bekker; others)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκδιώκω Transliteration: ekdiōkō Phonetic Spelling: ek-dee-o'-ko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to pursue out, expel or persecute Meaning: to pursue out, expel or persecute GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1559 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1559 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1559 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1559 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1559, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκδιώκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1559 ekdiōkō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: persecute. From ek and dioko; to pursue out, i.e. Expel or persecute implacably -- persecute. see GREEK ek see GREEK dioko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1559: ἐκδιώκωἐκδιώκω: future ἐκδιώξω; 1 aorist ἐξεδιωξα; 1. to drive out, banish: τινα, Luke 11:49 (here WH Tr marginal reading διώξουσιν; some refer this to 2); (Thucydides 1, 24; Lucian, Tim. 10; the Sept. 1 Chronicles 8:13; Joel 2:20, etc.). 2. to pursue equivalent to to persecute, oppress with calamities: τινα, 1 Thessalonians 2:15 (some refer this to 1); (Psalm 118:157 (); Sir. 30:19; Demosthenes, 883, 27). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔκδοτος Transliteration: ekdotos Phonetic Spelling: ek'-dot-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: given out or over, surrendered Meaning: given out or over, surrendered GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1560 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1560 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1560 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1560 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1560, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔκδοτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1560 ekdotos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: delivered. From ek and a derivative of didomi; given out or over, i.e. Surrendered -- delivered. see GREEK ek see GREEK didomi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1560: ἔκδοτοςἔκδοτος, ἔκδοτον (ἐκδίδωμι), given over, delivered up, (to enemies, or to the power, the will, of someone): λαμβάνειν τινα ἔκδοτον, Acts 2:23 (but λαβόντες is rejected by G L T Tr WH); διδόναι or ποιεῖν τινα ἔκδοτος Herodotus 3, 1; Demosthenes, 648, 25; Josephus, Antiquities 6, 13, 9; Palaeph. 41, 2; others; Bel and the Dragon, verse ; ἑαυτόν ἔκδοτος διδόναι τῷ θανάτῳ, Ignatius ad Smyrn. 4, 2 [ET]. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκδοχή Transliteration: ekdochē Phonetic Spelling: ek-dokh-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a receiving from, expectation Meaning: a receiving from, expectation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1561 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1561 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1561 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1561 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1561, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκδοχή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1561 ekdochē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: expectationFrom ekdechomai; expectation -- looking foreign see GREEK ekdechomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1561: ἐκδοχήἐκδοχή, ἐκδοχης, ἡ (ἐκδέχομαι), the act or manner of receiving from; hence, in secular authors. 1. reception. 2. succession. 3. (a taking in a certain sense, i. e.) interpretation. 4. once in the sacred writings, expectation, awaiting (cf. ἐκδέχομαι, 2): Hebrews 10:27. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκδύω Transliteration: ekdyō Phonetic Spelling: ek-doo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to take off, to put off Meaning: to take off, to put off GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1562 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1562 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1562 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1562 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1562, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκδύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1562 ekdyō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: strip, take off from, unclothe. From ek and the base of duno; to cause to sink out of, i.e. (specially as of clothing) to divest -- strip, take off from, unclothe. see GREEK ek see GREEK duno Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1562: ἐκδύωἐκδύω: 1 aorist ἐξεδυσα; 1 aorist middle ἐξεδυσάμην; (δύω); to take off: τινα, to strip one of his garments, Matthew 27:28 (L WH marginal reading ἐνδυς.); Luke 10:30; τινα τί (as in Greek from Homer down) (a thing from a person): Matthew 27:31; Mark 15:20; middle, to take off from oneself, to put off one's raiment (Xenophon, Ag. 1, 28; Hell. 3, 4, 19); figuratively, to put off the body, the clothing of the soul (A. V. be unclothed): 2 Corinthians 5:4; the reading ἐκδυσάμενοι, adopted in 2 Corinthians 5:3 by certain critics (e. g. Mill, Tdf. 7, Reiche, others), is due to a correction by the copyists; see γυμνός, 1 d. (Compare: ἀπεκδύομαι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκεῖ Transliteration: ekei Phonetic Spelling: ek-i' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: there, to there Meaning: there, to there GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1563 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1563 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1563 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1563 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1563, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκεῖ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1563 ekei 🕊 Strong's Concordance: there, to yonder place. Of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither -- there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1563: ἐκεῖἐκεῖ, adverb of place, there; a. properly: Matthew 2:13, 15; Matthew 5:24, and frequent. In Luke 13:28; ἐκεῖ is not used for ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ followed by ὅταν (at that time ... when etc.), but means in that place whither ye have been banished; cf. Meyer at the passage οἱ ἐκεῖ, namely, ὄντες, standing there, Matthew 26:71 (Tr marginal reading αὐτοί ἐκεῖ). It answers to a relative adverb: οὗ τό πνεῦμα, ἐκεῖ ἐλευθερία, 2 Corinthians 3:17 Rec.; Matthew 6:21; Matthew 18:20; Matthew 24:28; Mark 6:10; Luke 12:34; Hebraistically, where a preceding adverb or relative pronoun has already attracted the verb, ἐκεῖ is added to this verb pleonastically: Revelation 12:6 G T Tr WH (ὅπου ἔχει ἐκεῖ τόπον), Revelation 12:14 (ὅπου τρέφεται ἐκεῖ); cf. Deuteronomy 4:5, 14, 26; 1 Macc. 14:34, and what was said, p. 86{b}, 5 on the pronoun αὐτός after a relative. b. by a negligent use common also in the classics it stands after verbs of motion for ἐκεῖσε, thither: so after ἀπέρχομαι, Matthew 2:22; μεταβαίνω, Matthew 17:20; ὑπάγω, John 11:8; ἔρχομαι, John 18:3; προπέμπομαι, Romans 15:24; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., pp. 43f, 128; Hermann on Sophocles Antig. 515; Trachin. 1006; Alexander Buttmann (1873) on Philoct. 481; Winers Grammar, § 54, 7; Buttmann, 71 (62) and 378 (324). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκεῖθεν Transliteration: ekeithen Phonetic Spelling: ek-i'-then Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: from there Meaning: from there GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1564 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1564 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1564 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1564 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1564, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκεῖθεν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1564 ekeithen 🕊 Strong's Concordance: from that place, from thence, there. From ekei; thence -- from that place, (from) thence, there. see GREEK ekei Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1564: ἐκεῖθενἐκεῖθεν, adverb of place, thence, from that place (A. V. sometimes from thence): Matthew 4:21; Mark 6:1; Luke 9:4; John 4:43; Acts 13:4; and often in the historical books of the N. T. οἱ ἐκεῖθεν elliptically for οἱ ἐκεῖθεν, διαβῆναι, θέλοντες, Luke 16:26 (where L WH omit οἱ). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκεῖνος Transliteration: ekeinos Phonetic Spelling: ek-i'-nos Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun Short Definition: that one (or that thing), often intensified by the article preceding Meaning: that one, that thing GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1565 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1565 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1565 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1565 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1565, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκεῖνος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1565 ekeinos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: he, it, the other, that very From ekei; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed -- he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also houtos. see GREEK ekei see GREEK houtos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1565: ἐκεῖνοςἐκεῖνος, ἐκείνῃ, ἐκεῖνο (from ἐκεῖ, properly, the one there, cf. German dortig,derdort), demonstrative pronoun, that man, woman, thing (Latinille,illa,illud); properly of persons, things, times, places somewhat remote from the speaker. 1. used absolutely, a. in antithesis, referring to the more remote subject: opposed to οὗτος, Luke 18:14; James 4:15; ὑμῖν ... ἐκείνοις, Matthew 13:11; Mark 4:11; ἐκεῖνοι ... ἡμεῖς, Hebrews 12:25; ἄλλοι ... ἄλλοι ... ἐκεῖνος, John 9:9; ἐκεῖνον ... ἐμέ, John 3:30; οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ... ἐκεῖνος δέ, John 2:20f; ὁ μέν κύριος Ἰησοῦς (R G T omit Ἰησοῦς WH Tr marginal reading brackets) ... ἐκεῖνοι δέ, Mark 16:19f, etc. b. of noted persons (as in classic Greek): in a bad sense, that notorious man, John 7:11; John 9:28; in a good sense — of the Lord Jesus, 1 John 2:6; 1 John 3:3, 5, 7, 16; 1 John 4:17; of the Holy Spirit, with an apposition added, ἐκεῖνος, τό πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, John 16:13. c. referring to a noun immediately preceding, he, she, it, (Latinis,ea,id, German selbiger): John 7:45; John 5:46; Mark 16:11; Acts 3:13, etc.; cf. Winers Grammar, § 23, 1; (Buttmann, 104 (91). Here perhaps may be noticed its use together with αὐτός of the same subject in the same sentence: ἐζωγρημένοι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ (i. e. the devil) εἰς τό ἐκείνου θέλημα, 2 Timothy 2:26; cf. Thucydides 1, 132, 6; 4, 29, 3; Xenophon, Cyril 4, 5, 20; see Riddell, the Apology of Plato, Appian, § 49; Kühner, § 467, 12; cf. ζωγρέω 2); equivalent to an emphatic (German er) he, etc., Matthew 17:27; John 1:8; John 5:43; Titus 3:7; equivalent to the forcibly uttered German der (that one etc.), in which sense it serves to recall and lay stress upon nouns just before used (cf. our resumptive the same; Winer's Grammar, § 23, 4): John 1:18; John 5:39; John 12:48; John 14:26; John 15:26; especially is it thus resumptive of a subject expressed participially (Buttmann, 306 (262f)): Mark 7:15 (T WH omit; Tr brackets the pronoun), Mark 7:20; John 1:33; John 9:37 (ἐκεῖνος ἐστιν, namely, ὁ υἱός τοῦ Θεοῦ, see εἰμί, II. 5); John 10:1; John 14:21; Romans 14:14; 2 Corinthians 10:18; (Xenophon, Cyril 6, 2, 33 ὁ γάρ λογχην ἀκονων, ἐκεῖνος καί τήν ψυχήν τί παρακονα). d. followed by ὅτι, Matthew 24:43; followed by ὅς, John 13:26; Romans 14:15. 2. joined with nouns, and then the noun with the article either precedes, or (somewhat more rarely) follows it (Winers Grammar, 162 (153)) (Buttmann, 119f (104f)); a. in contrasts: ἡ πρώτη ἐκείνῃ, Hebrews 8:7. b. used to distinguish accurately from others the things or the persons spoken of, (German selbig): Matthew 7:25, 27; Matthew 10:15; Matthew 18:32; Mark 3:24; Luke 6:48; John 18:15, and often; especially of Time — and of time past: ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις, הָהֵם בַּיָמִים, at that time which has been spoken of; said of time which the writer either cannot or will not define more precisely and yet wishes to be connected with the time of the events just narrated: Matthew 3:1; Mark 1:9; Mark 8:1; Luke 2:1 (Exodus 2:11; Judges 18:1; 1 Samuel 28:1); cf. Fritzsche on Matthew, p. 106f; at the time under consideration: Luke 4:2; Luke 9:36; the same phrase is used of time future: Matthew 24:19; Acts 2:18 (from Joel 2:29 ()); Revelation 9:6; likewise in the singular, ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρα, Luke 17:31; John 16:23, 26. But the solemn phrase ἐκείνῃ ἡ ἡμέρα, or ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνῃ, simply sets future time in opposition to the present, that fateful day, that decisive day, when the Messiah will come to judge: Matthew 7:22; Luke 6:23; Luke 10:12; 2 Thessalonians 1:10; 2 Timothy 1:12, 18; Revelation 16:14 (where L T Tr WH omit ἐκείνης); so in the phrase ὁ αἰών ἐκεῖνος, Luke 20:35. 3. ἐκείνης (in Rec. δἰ ἐκείνης), scil. ὁδοῦ, adverbially, (by) that way: Luke 19:4; Winers Grammar, § 64, 5; (Buttmann, 171 (149); see ποῖος, at the end). John's use of the pronoun ἐκεῖνος is discussed by Steitz in the Studien und Kritiken for 1859, p. 497ff; 1861, p. 267ff, and by Alex. Buttmann, ibid. 1860, p. 505ff and in Hilgenfeld's Zeitsch. für wissenschaftl. Theol. 1862, p. 204ff; Buttmann clearly proves in opposition to Steitz that John's usage deviates in no respect from the Greek; Steitz, however, resorts to psychological considerations in the case of John 19:35 (regarding ἐκεῖνος there as expressing the writer's inward assurance. But Steitz is now understood to have modified his published views.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκεῖσε Transliteration: ekeise Phonetic Spelling: ek-i'-seh Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: to there Meaning: to there GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1566 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1566 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1566 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1566 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1566, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκεῖσε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1566 ekeise 🕊 Strong's Concordance: there. From ekei; thither -- there. see GREEK ekei Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1566: ἐκεῖσεἐκεῖσε, adverb of place, thither, toward that place: Acts 21:3, on which see Winer's Grammar, 349 (328); used for ἐκεῖ in the pregnant construction τούς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας, collected there, Acts 22:5 (Acta Thomae § 8); cf. Winer's Grammar, § 54, 7. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκζητέω Transliteration: ekzēteō Phonetic Spelling: ek-zay-teh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to seek out, demand, inquire Meaning: to seek out, demand, inquire GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1567 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1567 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1567 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1567 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1567, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκζητέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1567 ekzēteō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: enquire, seek after diligently. From ek and zeteo; to search out, i.e. (figuratively)investigate, crave, demand, (by Hebraism) worship -- en- (re-)quire, seek after (carefully, diligently). see GREEK ek see GREEK zeteo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1567: ἐκζητέωἐκζητέω, ἐκζήτω; 1 aorist ἐξεζήτησα; passive, 1 aorist ἐξεζητήθην; 1 future ἐκζητηθήσομαι; (ἐκ out from a secret place, from all sides); the Sept. very often for דָּרַשׁ, also for בִּקֵּשׁ, etc.; a. to seek out, search for: properly, τινα, 1 Macc. 9:26; figuratively: τόν κύριον, τόν Θεόν, to seek the favor of God, worship him, Acts 15:17; Romans 3:11 (Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading ζητῶν); Hebrews 11:6 (Psalm 13:2 (); Psalm 33:5; (Psalm 34:5); Psalm 68:33 (); Amos 5:4, etc.). b. to seek out i. e. investigate, scrutinize: τί, Sir. 39:1, 3; περί τίνος, to examine into anything, 1 Peter 1:10, where it is joined with ἐξερευναν (to seek out and search out), as in 1 Macc. 9:26. c. to seek out for oneself, beg, crave: Hebrews 12:17. d. to demand back, require: τό αἷμα τῶν προφητῶν ἀπό τῆς γενεάς ταύτης, to take vengeance on this generation for the slaughter of the prophets (after the Hebrew, cf. 2 Samuel 4:11; Ezekiel 3:18; see ἐκ, I. 7): Luke 11:50 (51). (In secular authors thus far only a single passage has been noted in which this word appears, Aristid. or. 8, i., p. 488 (i. e. orat. 38, i., p. 726, Dindorf edition).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκθαμβέομαι Transliteration: ekthambeomai Phonetic Spelling: ek-tham-beh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to amaze, to be amazed Meaning: to amaze, to be amazed GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1568 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1568 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1568 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1568 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1568, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκθαμβέομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1568 ekthambeomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: affright, greatly astonished.From ekthambos; to astonish utterly -- affright, greatly (sore) amaze. see GREEK ekthambos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1568: ἐκθαμβέωἐκθαμβέω, ἐκθαμβω: Passive (present ἐκθαμβοῦμαι); 1 aorist ἐξεθαμβήθην; (ἔκθαμβος, which see); 1. transitive, to throw into amazement or terror; to alarm thoroughly, to terrify: Sir. 30:9; (Job 33:7 Aq., Complutensian). 2. intransitive, to be struck with amazement; to be thoroughly amazed, astounded; in Greek writings once, the Orphica Arg. 1217. In the N. T. only in the passive and by Mark: to be amazed, for joy at the unexpected coming of Christ, ; to be struck with terror, f; joined with ἀδημονεῖν, . |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔκθαμβος Transliteration: ekthambos Phonetic Spelling: ek'-tham-bos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: utterly astounded, amazed Meaning: utterly astounded, amazed GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1569 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1569 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1569 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1569 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1569, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔκθαμβος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1569 ekthambos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: greatly wondering, astonishedFrom ek and thambos; utterly astounded -- greatly wondering. see GREEK ek see GREEK thambos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1569: ἔκθαμβοςἔκθαμβος, ἔκθαμβον (θάμβος, cf. ἔκφοβος), quite astonished, amazed: Acts 3:11. (Polybius 20, 10, 9. Ecclesiastical and Byzantine writings; terrifying, dreadful, Daniel 12:7 Theod..) STRONGS NT 1569a: ἐκθαυμάζωἐκθαυμάζω: (imperfect ἐξεθαύμαζον); to wonder or marvel greatly (see ἐκ, VI. 6): ἐπί τίνι, at one, Mark 12:17 T WH. (Sir. 27:23 Sir. 43:18; Dionysius Halicarnassus, Longinus, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔκθετος Transliteration: ekthetos Phonetic Spelling: ek'-thet-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: cast out, exposed (to perish) Meaning: cast out, exposed (to perish) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1570 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1570 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1570 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1570 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1570, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔκθετος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1570 ekthetos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cast out. From ek and a derivative of tithemi; put out, i.e. Exposed to perish -- cast out. see GREEK ek see GREEK tithemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1570: ἔκθετοςἔκθετος, ἐκθετον (ἐκτίθημι), cast out, exposed: ποιεῖν ἔκθετα (equivalent to ἐκτιθεναι) τά βρέφη, Acts 7:19. (Euripides, Andr. 70; (Manetho, apoteles. 6, 52).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκκαθαίρω Transliteration: ekkathairō Phonetic Spelling: ek-kath-ah'-ee-ro Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cleanse thoroughly Meaning: to cleanse thoroughly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1571 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1571 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1571 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1571 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1571, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκκαθαίρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1571 ekkathairō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: purge out. From ek and kathairo; to cleanse thoroughly -- purge (out). see GREEK ek see GREEK kathairo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1571: ἐκκαθαίρωἐκκαθαίρω: 1 aorist ἐξεκάθαρα (on the ἆ cf. Buttmann, 41 (35)); (ἐκ either equivalent to utterly or for ἐκ τίνος); in Greek writings from Homer, Iliad 2, 153 down; to cleanse out, clean thoroughly: ἐμαυτόν ἀπό τίνος, to avoid defilement from one and so keep oneself pure, 2 Timothy 2:21; with the accusative of the thing by the removal of which something is made clean (A. V. purge out), 1 Corinthians 5:7. (For צָרַף equivalent to to cleanse, Judges 7:4 variant; for בִּעֵר equivalent to to take away, Deuteronomy 26:13.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκκαίομαι Transliteration: ekkaiomai Phonetic Spelling: ek-kah'-yo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to kindle, to be inflamed Meaning: to kindle, to be inflamed GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1572 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1572 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1572 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1572 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1572, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκκαίομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1572 ekkaiomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: burn. From ek and kaio; to inflame deeply -- burn. see GREEK ek see GREEK kaio Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1572: ἐκκαίωἐκκαίω: 1 aorist passive ἐξεκαυθην; 1. to burn out. 2. to set on fire. passive to be kindled, to burn (Herodotus and following; often in the Sept.): properly, of fire; metaphorically, of the fire and glow of the passions (of anger, Job 3:17; Sir. 16:6, and often in Plutarch); of lust, Romans 1:27 (Alciphron 3, 67 οὕτως ἐξεκαυθην εἰς ἐρωτᾷ). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκκακέω Transliteration: ekkakeō Phonetic Spelling: ek-kak-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: faint, be weary Meaning: faint, be weary GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1573 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1573 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1573 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1573 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1573, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκκακέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1573 ekkakeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: faint, be weary. From ek and kakos; to be (bad or) weak, i.e. (by implication) to fail (in heart) -- faint, be weary. see GREEK ek see GREEK kakos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1573: ἐκκακέωἐκκακέω, ἐκκάκω; (1 aorist ἐξεκάκησα); (κακός); to be utterly spiritless, to be wearied out, exhausted; see ἐγκακέω (cf. Winers Grammar, 25). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκκεντέω Transliteration: ekkenteō Phonetic Spelling: ek-ken-teh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to prick out, to pierce Meaning: to prick out, to pierce GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1574 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1574 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1574 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1574 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1574, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκκεντέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1574 ekkenteō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pierce. From ek and the base of kentron; to transfix -- pierce. see GREEK ek see GREEK kentron Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1574: ἐκκεντέωἐκκεντέω, ἐκκέντω: 1 aorist ἐξεκέντησά; 1. to put out, dig out: τά ὄμματα, Aristotle, h. a. 2, 17 (p. 508{b}, 6); 6, 5. 2. to dig through, transfix, pierce: τινα, Revelation 1:7; ὄψονται εἰς ὅν (i. e. εἰς τοῦτον, ὅν (cf. Winer's Grammar, 158 (150))) ἐξεκέντησαν, John 19:37. (Polybius 5, 56, 12; Polyaen. 5, 3, 8; for דָּקַר, Judges 9:54; הָרַג to kill, Numbers 22:29. 2 Macc. 12:6. Cf. Fischer, De vitiis lexicc. etc., p. 540f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκκλάω Transliteration: ekklaō Phonetic Spelling: ek-klah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to break off Meaning: to break off GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1575 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1575 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1575 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1575 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1575, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκκλάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1575 ekklaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: break off. From ek and klao; to exscind -- break off. see GREEK ek see GREEK klao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1575: ἐκκλάωἐκκλάω: 1 aorist passive ἐξεκλασθην; to break off; to cut off: Romans 11:17, 19, 20 R G T WH (on this verse see κλάω). (the Sept. Leviticus 1:17; Plato, rep. 10, p. 611 d.; Plutarch, Alciphron, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκκλείω Transliteration: ekkleiō Phonetic Spelling: ek-kli'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to shut out Meaning: to shut out GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1576 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1576 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1576 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1576 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1576, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκκλείω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1576 ekkleiō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: exclude. From ek and kleio; to shut out (literally or figuratively) -- exclude. see GREEK ek see GREEK kleio Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1576: ἐκκλείωἐκκλείω: 1 aorist infinitive ἐκκλεῖσαι; 1 aorist passive ἐξεκλείσθην; (from (Herodotus) Euripides down); to shut out: Galatians 4:17 (viz. from contact with me and with teachers cooperating with me); equivalent to to turn out of doors: to prevent the approach of one, passive in Romans 3:27. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκκλησία Transliteration: ekklēsia Phonetic Spelling: ek-klay-see'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: an assembly, a (religious) congregation Meaning: an assembly, a (religious) congregation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1577 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1577 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1577 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1577 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1577, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκκλησία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1577 ekklēsia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: assembly, church. From a compound of ek and a derivative of kaleo; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both) -- assembly, church. see GREEK ek see GREEK kaleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1577: ἐκκλησίαἐκκλησία, ἐκκλεσιας, ἡ (from ἔκκλητος called out or forth, and this from ἐκκαλέω); properly, a gathering of citizens called out from their homes into some public place; an assembly; so used 1. among the Greeks from Thucydides (cf. Herodotus 3, 142) down, an assembly of the people convened at the public place of council for the purpose of deliberating: Acts 19:39. 2. in the Sept. often equivalent to קָהָל, the assembly of the Israelites, Judges 21:8; 1 Chronicles 29:1, etc., especially when gathered for sacred purposes, Deuteronomy 31:30 (Deuteronomy 32:1); Joshua 8:35 (Joshua 9:8), etc.; in the N. T. thus in Acts 7:38; Hebrews 2:12. 3. any gathering or throng of men assembled by chance or tumultuously: Acts 19:32, 41. 4. in the Christian sense, a. an assembly of Christians gathered for worship: ἐν ἐκκλησία, in the religious meeting, 1 Corinthians 14:19, 35; ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις, 1 Corinthians 14:34; συνέρχεσθαι ἐν ἐκκλησία, 1 Corinthians 11:18; cf. Winers Grammar, § 50, 4a. b. a company of Christians, or of those who, hoping for eternal Salvation through Jesus Christ, observe their own religious rites, hold their own religious meetings, and manage their own affairs according to regulations prescribed for the body for order's sake; aa. those who anywhere, in city or village, constitute such a company and are united into one body: Acts 5:11; Acts 8:3; 1 Corinthians 4:17; 1 Corinthians 6:4; Philippians 4:15; 3 John 1:6 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 122 (116)); with specification of place, Acts 8:1; Acts 11:22; Romans 16:1; 1 Corinthians 4:17; 1 Corinthians 6:4; Revelation 2:1, 8, etc.; Θεσσαλονικέων, 1 Thessalonians 1:1; 2 Thessalonians 1:1; Λαοδικέων, Colossians 4:16; with the genitive of the possessor, τοῦ Θεοῦ (equivalent to יְהוָה קֲהַל, Numbers 16:3; Numbers 20:4), 1 Corinthians 11:22; and mention of the place, 1 Corinthians 1:2; 2 Corinthians 1:1. Plural, αἱ ἐκκλησίαι: Acts 15:41; 1 Corinthians 7:17; 2 Corinthians 8:19; Revelation 1:4; Revelation 3:6, etc.; with τοῦ Θεοῦ added, 1 Thessalonians 2:14; 2 Thessalonians 1:4; τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Romans 16:16; with mention of the place, as τῆς Ἀσίας, Γαλατίας, etc.: 1 Corinthians 16:1, 19; 2 Corinthians 8:1; Galatians 1:2; τῆς Ἰουδαίας ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ, joined to Christ (see ἐν, I. 6b.), i. e. Christian assemblies, in contrast with those of the Jews, Galatians 1:22; ἐκκλησίαι τῶν ἐθνῶν, gathered from the Gentiles, Romans 16:4; τῶν ἁγίων, composed of the saints, 1 Corinthians 14:33. ἡ ἐκκλησία κατ' οἶκον τίνος, the church in one's house, i. e. the company of Christians belonging to a person's family; others less aptly understand the phrase of the Christians accustomed to meet for worship in the house of someone (for as appears from 1 Corinthians 14:23, the whole Corinthian church was accustomed to assemble in one and the same place; (but see Lightfoot on Colossians 4:15)): Romans 16:5; 1 Corinthians 16:19; Colossians 4:15; Philemon 1:2. The name ἡ ἐκκλησία is used even by Christ while on earth of the company of his adherents in any city or village: Matthew 18:17. bb. the whole body of Christians scattered throughout the earth; collectively, all who worship and honor God and Christ in whatever place they may be: Matthew 16:18 (where perhaps the Evangelist employs τήν ἐκκλησίαν although Christ may have said τήν βασιλείαν μου); 1 Corinthians 12:28; Ephesians 1:22; Ephesians 3:10; Ephesians 5:23ff,27,29,32; Philippians 3:6; Colossians 1:18, 24; with the genitive of the possessor: τοῦ κυρίου, Acts 20:28 (R Tr marginal reading WH τοῦ Θεοῦ); τοῦ Θεοῦ, Galatians 1:13; 1 Corinthians 15:9; 1 Timothy 3:15. cc. the name is transferred to the assembly of faithful Christians already dead and received into heaven: Hebrews 12:23 (on this passage see in ἀπογράφω, b. and πρωτότοκος, at the end). (In general, see Trench, § 1, and B. D. under the word , especially American edition; and for patristic usage Sophocles Lexicon, under the word.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκκλίνω Transliteration: ekklinō Phonetic Spelling: ek-klee'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to deviate, to turn away (from someone or something) Meaning: to deviate, to turn away (from someone or something) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1578 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1578 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1578 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1578 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1578, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκκλίνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1578 ekklinō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: avoid, eschew, go out of the way. From ek and klino; to deviate, i.e. (absolutely) to shun (literally or figuratively), or (relatively) to decline (from piety) -- avoid, eschew, go out of the way. see GREEK ek see GREEK klino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1578: ἐκκλίνωἐκκλίνω (Romans 16:17 T Tr WH); 1 aorist ἐξέκλινα; in Greek writings from Thucydides down; the Sept. chiefly for סוּר and נָטָה; intransitive, to turn aside, deviate (from the right way and course, Malachi 2:8 (cf. Deuteronomy 5:32)); metaphorically and absolutely, to turn (oneself) away (Buttmann, 144f (126f); Winer's Grammar, 251 (236)), either from the path of rectitude, Romans 3:12 (Psalm 13:3 ()); or from evil (amalisdeclinare, Cicero, Tusc. 4, 6): ἀπό κακοῦ, 1 Peter 3:11 (Psalm 33:15 (); Psalm 36:27 (); Proverbs 3:7); ἀπό with the genitive of person to turn away from, keep aloof from, one's society; to shun one: Romans 16:17 (οὕς, Ignatius ad Eph. 7, 1 [ET]). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκκολυμβάω Transliteration: ekkolymbaō Phonetic Spelling: ek-kol-oom-bah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to swim out of Meaning: to swim out of GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1579 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1579 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1579 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1579 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1579, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκκολυμβάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1579 ekkolymbaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: swim out. From ek and kolumbao; to escape by swimming -- swim out. see GREEK ek see GREEK kolumbao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1579: ἐκκολυμβάωἐκκολυμβάω, ἐκκολυμβω: 1 aorist participle ἐκκολυμβήσας; to swim out of: Acts 27:42. (Euripides, Hel. 1609; Diodorus, Dionysius Halicarnassus). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκκομίζω Transliteration: ekkomizō Phonetic Spelling: ek-kom-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to carry out (for burial) Meaning: to carry out (for burial) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1580 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1580 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1580 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1580 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1580, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκκομίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1580 ekkomizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: carry out. From ek and komizo; to bear forth (to burial) -- carry out. see GREEK ek see GREEK komizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1580: ἐκκομίζωἐκκομίζω: imperfect passive ἐξεκομιζομην; to carry out; a dead man for burial (Polybius 35, 6, 2; Plutarch, Agis 21; Herodian, 2, 1, 5 (2nd edition, Bekker), etc.; in Latinefferre): Luke 7:12. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκκόπτω Transliteration: ekkoptō Phonetic Spelling: ek-kop'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cut off, cut down, cut out, to frustrate Meaning: to cut off, cut down, cut out, to frustrate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1581 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1581 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1581 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1581 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1581, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκκόπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1581 ekkoptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cut down, cut out, hew down, hinder. From ek and kopto; to exscind; figuratively, to frustrate -- cut down (off, out), hew down, hinder. see GREEK ek see GREEK kopto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1581: ἐκκόπτωἐκκόπτω: future ἐκκόψω; 1 aorist imperative ἔκκοψον, subjunctive ἐκκόψω; (passive, present ἐκκόπτομαι); 2 aorist ἐξεκοπην; 2 future ἐκκοπήσομαι; to cut out, cut off; a. properly: of a tree, Matthew 3:10; Matthew 7:19; Luke 3:9; Luke 13:7, 9 (Herodotus 9, 97, etc.); a hand, an eye: Matthew 5:30; Matthew 18:8 (τόν ὀφθυλμον, Demosthenes, p. 744 (13) 17); passive ἐκ τίνος, a branch from a tree, Romans 11:22, 24. b. figuratively: τήν ἀφορμήν, to cut off occasion, 2 Corinthians 11:12 (τήν ἐλπίδα, Job 19:10). In 1 Peter 3:7 read ἐγκόπτεσθαι; see ἐγκόπτω. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκκρεμάννυμι Transliteration: ekkremannymi Phonetic Spelling: ek-krem'-am-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to hang from, hang upon (the lips of a speaker), to listen closely Meaning: to hang from, hang upon (the lips of a speaker), to listen closely GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1582 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1582 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1582 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1582 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1582, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκκρεμάννυμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1582 ekkremannymi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be very attentive. Middle voice from ek and kremannumi; to hang upon the lips of a speaker, i.e. Listen closely -- be very attentive. see GREEK ek see GREEK kremannumi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1582: ἐκκρέμαμαιἐκκρέμαμαι (middle of ἐκκρεμάννυμι, cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. 2:224f; (Veitch, under the word, κρέμαμαι); Buttmann, 61 (53)): (imperfect ἐξεκρεμαμην); to hang from: ἐξεκρέματο αὐτοῦ ἀκούων, hung upon his lips (Vergil Aen. 4, 79), Luke 19:48, where T WH ἐξεκρεμετο, after manuscripts א B, a form which T conjectures "avulgariusuhaudalienumfuisse;" (cf. Buttmann, as above; WHs Appendix, p. 168). (Plato, Philo, Plutarch, others.) STRONGS NT 1582: ἐκκρέμομαιἐκκρέμομαι, see the preceding word. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκλαλέω Transliteration: eklaleō Phonetic Spelling: ek-lal-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to speak out, divulge Meaning: to speak out, divulge GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1583 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1583 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1583 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1583 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1583, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκλαλέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1583 eklaleō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tell. From ek and laleo; to divulge -- tell. see GREEK ek see GREEK laleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1583: ἐκλαλέωἐκλαλέω, ἐκλάλω: 1 aorist infinitive ἐκλαλῆσαι; to speak out, divulge: τίνι, followed by ὅτι, Acts 23:22. (Judith 11:9; Demosthenes, Philo, Dio Cassius, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκλάμπω Transliteration: eklampō Phonetic Spelling: ek-lam'-po Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to shine out Meaning: to shine out GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1584 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1584 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1584 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1584 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1584, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκλάμπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1584 eklampō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: shine forth. From ek and lampo; to be resplendent -- shine forth. see GREEK ek see GREEK lampo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1584: ἐκλάμπωἐκλάμπω: future ἐκλαμψω; to shine forth: Matthew 13:43; Daniel 12:3 variant (Greek writings from Aeschylus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκλανθάνομαι Transliteration: eklanthanomai Phonetic Spelling: ek-lan-than'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to forget utterly Meaning: to forget utterly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1585 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1585 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1585 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1585 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1585, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκλανθάνομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1585 eklanthanomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: forget. Middle voice from ek and lanthano; to be utterly oblivious of -- forget. see GREEK ek see GREEK lanthano Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1585: ἐκλανθάνωἐκλανθάνω: to cause to forget; middle, to forget; perfect ἐκλέλησμαι, followed by the genitive: Hebrews 12:5. (Homer and following.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκλέγομαι Transliteration: eklegomai Phonetic Spelling: ek-leg'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to select Meaning: to select GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1586 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1586 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1586 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1586 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1586, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκλέγομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1586 eklegomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: make choice, choose, chosen. Middle voice from ek and lego (in its primary sense); to select -- make choice, choose (out), chosen. see GREEK ek see GREEK lego Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1586: ἐκλέγωἐκλέγω: perfect passive participle ἐκλελεγμένος, once in Luke 9:35 L marginal reading T Tr WH; middle, imperfect ἐξελεγομην (Luke 14:7); 1 aorist ἐξελεξάμην; in Greek writings from Herodotus down; the Sept. for בָּחַר; to pick out, choose; in the N. T. (except Luke 9:35, where the reading is doubtful) always middle, ἐκλέγομαι, to pick or choose out for oneself: τί, Luke 10:42; Luke 14:7; τινα, one from among many (of Jesus choosing his disciples), John 6:70; John 13:18; John 15:16; Acts 1:2; ἀπό τινων, from a number of persons (Sir. 45:16), Luke 6:13: ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, John 15:19; used of choosing one for an office, Acts 6:5; followed by ἐκ τινων, Acts 1:24; to discharge some business, Acts 15:22, 25; ἐν ἡμῖν (others ὑμῖν) ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός, followed by the accusative and infinitive denoting the end, God made choice among us i. e. in our ranks, Acts 15:7, where formerly many, misled by the Hebrew בְּ בָּחַר (1 Samuel 16:9; 1 Kings 8:16, etc., and the Sept. of these passages), wrongly regarded ἐν ἡμῖν as the object on which the mind of the chooser was as it were fixed; (Winers Grammar, § 32, 3 a.; Buttmann, 159 (138)). Especially is God said ἐκλέξασθαι those whom he has judged fit to receive his favors and separated from the rest of mankind to be peculiarly his own and to be attended continually by his gracious oversight: thus of the Israelites, Acts 13:17 (Deuteronomy 14:2 (cf. Deuteronomy 4:37); 2 Macc. 5:19); of Christians, as those whom he has set apart from among the irreligious multitude as dear unto himself, and whom he has rendered, through faith in Christ, citizens in the Messianic kingdom: Mark 13:20; 1 Corinthians 1:27f; with two accusatives, one of the object, the other of the predicate (Winer's Grammar, § 32, 4 b.), James 2:5; τινα ἐν Χριστῷ, so that the ground of the choice lies in Christ and his merits, followed by the accusative with an infinitive denoting the end, Ephesians 1:4. In Luke 9:35 L marginal reading T Tr WH Jesus is called ὁ υἱός τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐκλελεγμένος (R G L text ἀγαπητός), as being dear to God beyond all others and exalted by him to the preeminent dignity of Messiah; but see ἐκλεκτός, 1 b. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκλείπω Transliteration: ekleipō Phonetic Spelling: ek-li'-po Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to leave out, leave off, by implication to cease Meaning: to leave out, leave off, by implication to cease GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1587 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1587 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1587 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1587 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1587, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκλείπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1587 ekleipō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fail. From ek and leipo; to omit, i.e. (by implication) cease (die) -- fail. see GREEK ek see GREEK leipo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1587: ἐκλείπωἐκλείπω; future ἐκλείψω; 2 aorist ἐξέλιπον; 1. transitive, a. to leave out, omit, pass by. b. to leave, quit (a place): τό ζῆν, τόν βίον, to die, 2 Macc. 10:13; 3Macc. 2:23; Sophocles Electr. 1131; Polybius 2, 41, 2, others; Dionysius Halicarnassus 1, 24; Luc. Macrobius, 12; Alciphron 3, 28. 2. intransitive, to fail; i. e. to leave off, cease, stop: τά ἔτη, Hebrews 1:12 from Psalm 101: (cii.) 28 (where for תָּמַם); ἡ πίστις, Luke 22:32; riches, according to the reading ἐκλίπῃ (L text T Tr WH), Luke 16:9 (often so in Greek writings, and the Sept. as Jeremiah 7:28; Jeremiah 28:30 ()). as often in classic Greek from Thucydides down, it is used of the failing or eclipse of the light of the sun and the moon: τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλιπόντος (WH ἐκλειποντος), the sun having failed (or failing), Luke 23:45 Tdf.; on this (without doubt the true) reading (see especially WHs Appendix, at the passage, and) cf., besides Tdf.s note, Keim, iii. 440 (English translation, 6:173) (Sir. 17:31 (26)). to expire, die; so according to R G L marginal reading ἐκλίπητε in Luke 16:9 (Tobit 14:11; Wis. 5:13; the Sept. for גָּוַע , Genesis 25:8, etc.; Psalm 103:29 (); Lamentations 1:19; for מוּת, Jeremiah 49:17 (), 22. Plato, legg. 6, 759 e.; 9,856 e.; Xenophon, Cyril |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκλεκτός Transliteration: eklektos Phonetic Spelling: ek-lek-tos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: select, by implication favorite Meaning: select, by implication favorite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1588 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1588 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1588 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1588 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1588, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκλεκτός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1588 eklektos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: chosen, elect. From eklegomai; select; by implication, favorite -- chosen, elect. see GREEK eklegomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1588: ἐκλεκτόςἐκλεκτός, ἐκλεκτή, ἐκλεκτόν (ἐκλέγω), picked out, chosen; rare in Greek writ:, as Thucydides 6, 100; Plato, legg. 11, p. 938 b.; 12, 948 a., etc.; the Sept. for בָּחוּר and בָּחִיר; in the N. T. 1. chosen by God, and a. to obtain salvation through Christ (see ἐκλέγω); hence, Christians are called οἱ ἐκλεκτοί τοῦ Θεοῦ, the chosen or elect of God (cf. Winer's Grammar, 35 (34); 234 (219)), (יְהוָה בְּחִירֵי, said of pious Israelites Isaiah 65:9, 15, 23; Psalm 104:43 (), cf. Wis. 4:15): Luke 18:7; Romans 8:33; Colossians 3:12; Titus 1:1; without the genitive Θεοῦ, Matthew 24:22, 24; Mark 13:20, 22; 1 Peter 1:1; with the addition of τοῦ Χριστοῦ, as the genitive of possessor, Matthew 24:31; Mark 13:27 (T Tr omit the genitive); κλητοί καί ἐκλεκτοί καί πιστοί, Revelation 17:14; γένος ἐκλεκτόν, 1 Peter 2:9 (from Isaiah 43:20, cf. Additions to Esther 8:40 [Esther 8:368:12t] (Esth. 6:17, p. 64, Fritzsche edition)); ἐκλεκτοί, those who have become true partakers of the Christian salvation are contrasted with κλητοί, those who have been invited but who have not shown themselves fitted to obtain it (others regard the 'called' and the 'chosen' here as alike partakers of salvation, but the latter as the 'choice ones' (see 2 below), distinguished above the former; cf. James Morison or Meyer at the passage), Matthew 20:16 (here T WH omit; Tr brackets the clause); ; finally, those are called ἐκλεκτοί who are destined for salvation but have not yet been brought to it, 2 Timothy 2:10 (but cf. Huther or Ellicott at the passage). b. The Messiah is called preeminently ὁ ἐκλεκτός τοῦ Θεοῦ, as appointed by God to the most exalted office conceivable: Luke 23:35, cf. Luke 9:35 L marginal reading T Tr WH; cf. Dillmann, Das Buch Henoch (übers.u.erkhärt;allgem.Einl.), p. 23: c. Angels are called ἐκλεκτοί, as those whom God has chosen out from other created beings to be peculiarly associated with him, and his highest ministers in governing the universe: 1 Timothy 5:21; see ἅγιος, 1 b.; μαρτύρομαι δέ ἐγώ μέν ὑμῶν τά ἅγια καί τούς ἱερούς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ, Josephus, b. j. 2, 16, 4 under the end; (yet others explain by 2 Peter 2:4; Jude 1:6; cf. Ellicott on 1 Timothy, the passage cited). 2. universally, choice, select, i. e. the best of its kind or class, excellent, preeminent: applied to certain individual Christians, 2 John 1:1, 13; with ἐν κυρίῳ added, eminent as a Christian (see ἐν, I. 6 b.), Romans 16:13; of things: λίθος, 1 Peter 2:4 (6) (Isaiah 28:16; 2 Esdr. 5:8; Enoch, chapter 8 Greek text, Dillmann edition, p. 82f). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκλογή Transliteration: eklogē Phonetic Spelling: ek-log-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a (divine) selection Meaning: a (divine) selection GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1589 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1589 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1589 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1589 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1589, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκλογή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1589 eklogē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: chosen, election. From eklegomai; (divine) selection (abstractly or concretely) -- chosen, election. see GREEK eklegomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1589: ἐκλογήἐκλογή, ἐκλογῆς, ἡ (ἐκλέγω), election, choice; a. the act of picking out, choosing: σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς (the genitive of quality; cf. Winers Grammar, § 34, 3 b.; (Buttmann, 161 (140f))), equivalent to ἐκλεκτόν, namely, τοῦ Θεοῦ, Acts 9:15; specifically used of that act of God's free will by which before the foundation of the world he decreed his blessings to certain persons; — ἡ κατ' ἐκλογήν προφεσις, the decree made from choice (A. V. the purpose according to election, cf. Winer's Grammar, 193 (182)), Romans 9:11 (cf. Fritzsche at the passage, p. 298ff); — particularly that by which he determined to bless certain persons through Christ, Romans 11:28; κατ' ἐκλογήν χάριτος, according to an election which is due to grace, or a gracious election, Romans 11:5; with the genitive of the person elected, 1 Thessalonians 1:4; 2 Peter 1:10. b. the thing or person chosen: equivalent to ἐκλεκτοί, Romans 11:7. (Plato, Aristotle, Polybius, Diodorus, Josephus, Dionysius Halicarnassus, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκλύω Transliteration: eklyō Phonetic Spelling: ek-loo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to loose, release, to grow weary Meaning: to loose, release, to grow weary GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1590 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1590 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1590 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1590 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1590, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκλύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1590 eklyō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: faint. From ek and luo; to relax (literally or figuratively) -- faint. see GREEK ek see GREEK luo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1590: ἐκλύωἐκλύω: (passive, present ἐκλύομαι); perfect participle ἐκλελυμένος; 1 aorist ἐξελυθην; 1 future ἐκλυθήσομαι; often in Greek writings from (Homer), Aeschylus down; 1. to loose, unloose (cf. German auslösen), to set free: τινα τίνος and ἐκ τίνος. 2. to dissolve; metaphorically, to weaken, relax, exhaust (the Sept. Joshua 10:6; Jeremiah 45:4 (); Aristotle, h. an. 9, 1 at the end (p. 610a, 27); Josephus, Antiquities 8, 11, 3; 13, 8, 1). Commonly in the passive a. "to have one's strength relaxed, to be enfeebled through exhaustion, to grow weak, grow weary, be tired out" (often so in Greek writings): of the body, Matthew 9:36 Rec.; ; Mark 8:3; thus for עָיֵף, 1 Samuel 14:28; 2 Samuel 17:29; for רָפָה, 2 Samuel 4:1 etc.; of the mind, Galatians 6:9 (μή ἐκλυόμενοι if we faint not, namely, in well-doing). Cf. Grimm on 1 Macc. 3:17. b. to despond, become faint-hearted: Hebrews 12:5 (Deuteronomy 20:3; Proverbs 3:11); with ταῖς ψυχαῖς added, Hebrews 12:3; τοῖς σωμασι, ταῖς ψυχαῖς, Polybius 20, 4, 7; τῇ ψυχή, 29, 6, 14; 40, 12, 7; cf. Grimm on 1 Macc. 9:8; 2 Macc. 3:24. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκμάσσω Transliteration: ekmassō Phonetic Spelling: ek-mas'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to knead out, to wipe dry Meaning: to knead out, to wipe dry GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1591 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1591 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1591 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1591 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1591, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκμάσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1591 ekmassō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wipe. From ek and the base of massaomai; to knead out, i.e. (by analogy) to wipe dry -- wipe. see GREEK ek see GREEK massaomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1591: ἐκμάσσωἐκμάσσω; imperfect ἐξεμασσον; 1 aorist ἐξεμαξα; to wipe off, to wipe away: with the accusative of object and dative of instrument, Luke 7:38, 44; John 11:2; John 12:3; John 13:5. (Sophocles, Euripides, Hippocrates, Aristotle, others, Sir. 12:11; Baruch 6 (ep. Jer.) 12, 23 (13, 24).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκμυκτηρίζω Transliteration: ekmyktērizō Phonetic Spelling: ek-mook-ter-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to hold up the nose in derision of Meaning: to hold up the nose in derision of GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1592 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1592 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1592 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1592 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1592, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκμυκτηρίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1592 ekmyktērizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: deride. From ek and mukterizo; to sneer outright at -- deride. see GREEK ek see GREEK mukterizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1592: ἐκμυκτηρίζωἐκμυκτηρίζω: imperfect ἐξεμυκτήριζον; to deride by turning up the nose, to sneer at, scoff at: τινα, Luke 16:14; Luke 23:35. (For לָעַג, Psalm 2:4; (Psalm 34:16 ()); 2 Kings 19:21 (here the simple verb); 1 Esdr. 1:49 Alex.; Ev. Nicod. c. 10. Secular writings use the simple verb (from μυκτήρ the nose); (cf. Winer's Grammar, 25).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκνεύω Transliteration: ekneuō Phonetic Spelling: ek-nyoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to bend the head away, to withdraw Meaning: to bend the head away, to withdraw GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1593 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1593 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1593 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1593 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1593, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκνεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1593 ekneuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to turn aside, withdrawFrom ek and neuo; (by analogy) to slip off, i.e. Quietly withdraw -- convey self away. see GREEK ek see GREEK neuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1593: ἐκνεύωἐκνεύω: 1 aorist ἐξένευσα; 1. to bend to one side (τῇ κεφαλή, Xenophon, ven. 10, 12). 2. to take oneself away, withdraw: John 5:13, where Chrysostom says that ἐξενευσε is equivalent to ἐξεκλινε; but others derive the form from ἐκνέω, which see (the Sept. for סוּר, Judges 4:18 Alex.; פָּנָה, to turn oneself, Judges 18:26 Alex.; 2 Kings 2:24; 2 Kings 23:16; (add 3Macc. 3:22; Josephus, Antiquities 7, 4, 2). In secular authors also transitively, to avoid a thing; as τά βέλη, Diodorus 15, 87; πληγήν, ibid. 17, 100.) STRONGS NT 1593: ἐκνέωἐκνέω 1. properly, to swim away, escape by swimming (Thucydides 2, 90). 2. to escape, slip away secretly ((Pindar Ol. 13, 163); Euripides, Hipp. 470, etc.); in this sense many interpretations take ἐξενευσε in John 5:13. But Jesus withdrew not to avoid danger but the admiration of the people; for the danger first arose after his withdrawal. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκνήφω Transliteration: eknēphō Phonetic Spelling: ek-nay'-fo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to become sober (after drunkenness) Meaning: to become sober (after drunkenness) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1594 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1594 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1594 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1594 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1594, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκνήφω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1594 eknēphō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to come to one's sensesFrom ek and nepho; (figuratively) to rouse (oneself) out of stupor -- awake. see GREEK ek see GREEK nepho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1594: ἐκνήφωἐκνήφω: 1 aorist ἐξενηψα; a. properly, to return to oneself from drunkenness, become sober (Genesis 9:24; (1 Samuel 25:37); Joel 1:5; (Sir. 34:2 (Sir. 31:2)); Lynceus quoted in Ath. 4, 5, p. 130 b.). b. metaphorically, to return to soberness of mind (cf. ἀνανήφω): 1 Corinthians 15:34 (Plutarch, Demosthenes 20). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑκούσιος Transliteration: hekousios Phonetic Spelling: hek-oo'-see-on Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of free will, voluntary Meaning: of free will, voluntary GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1595 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1595 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1595 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1595 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1595, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑκούσιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1595 hekousios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: willingly. Neuter of a derivative from hekon; voluntariness -- willingly. see GREEK hekon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1595: ἑκούσιοςἑκούσιος, ἑκούσιον (ἑκών), voluntary: κατά ἑκούσιον, of free will, Philemon 1:14. (Numbers 15:3; καθ' ἑκουσιαν, Thucydides 8, 27 — ("The word understood in the one case appears to be τρόπον (Porphyry, de abst. 1, 9 καθ' ἑκούσιον τρόπον, comp. Euripides, Med. 751 ἑκουσίῳ τρόπῳ); in the other, γνώμην so ἑκούσια (doubtful, see Liddell and Scott), ἐξ ἑκουσιας, etc.;" cf. Lobeck, Phryn., p. 4; Lightfoot on Philemon, the passage cited; cf. Winer's Grammar, 463 (432)).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑκουσίως Transliteration: hekousiōs Phonetic Spelling: hek-oo-see'-ose Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: voluntarily Meaning: voluntarily GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1596 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1596 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1596 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1596 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1596, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑκουσίως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1596 hekousiōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: willfully, willingly. Adverb from the same as hekousion; voluntarily -- wilfully, willingly. see GREEK hekousion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1596: ἑκουσίωςἑκουσίως, adverb (from Euripides down), voluntarily, willingly, of one's own accord: Hebrews 10:26 (ἑκουσίως ἁμαρτάνειν (A. V. to sin willfully) is tacitly opposed to sins committed inconsiderately, and from ignorance or from weakness); 1 Peter 5:2. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔκπαλαι Transliteration: ekpalai Phonetic Spelling: eh'-pal-ahee Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: long ago, for a long while Meaning: long ago, for a long while GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1597 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1597 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1597 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1597 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1597, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔκπαλαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1597 ekpalai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: of a long time, of old. From ek and palai; long ago, for a long while -- of a long time, of old. see GREEK ek see GREEK palai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1597: ἔκπαλαιἔκπαλαι, adverb (from ἐκ and πάλαι, formed like ἐκτοτε (cf. Winers Grammar, 24 (23); 422 (393); Buttmann, 321 (275))), from of old; of a long time: 2 Peter 2:3; 2 Peter 3:5. (A later Greek word, from Philo down; see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 45ff.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκπειράζω Transliteration: ekpeirazō Phonetic Spelling: ek-pi-rad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to test thoroughly, tempt Meaning: to test thoroughly, tempt GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1598 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1598 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1598 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1598 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1598, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκπειράζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1598 ekpeirazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tempt. From ek and peirazo; to test thoroughly -- tempt. see GREEK ek see GREEK peirazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1598: ἐκπειράζωἐκπειράζω; future ἐκπειράσω; (1 aorist ἐξεπείρασα, 1 Corinthians 10:9b L marginal reading T WH marginal reading); a word wholly biblical (put by Philo (de congr. erud. grat. § 30, Mang. 1:543) for the Sept.'s πειράζω in quoting Deuteronomy 8:2); to prove, test, thoroughly (A. V. tempt): τινα his mind and judgment, Luke 10:25; τόν Θεόν, to put to proof God's character and power: Matthew 4:7; Luke 4:12, after Deuteronomy 6:16, where for נִסָּה; τόν Χριστόν, by irreligion and immorality to test the patience or the avenging power of Christ (exalted to God's right hand), 1 Corinthians 10:9a ((yet L T WH Tr text κύριον), 9b L marginal reading T WH marginal reading Cf. Psalm 77:18 (). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκπέμπω Transliteration: ekpempō Phonetic Spelling: ek-pem'-po Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to send forth Meaning: to send forth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1599 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1599 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1599 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1599 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1599, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκπέμπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1599 ekpempō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: send away, send forth. From ek and pempo; to despatch -- send away (forth). see GREEK ek see GREEK pempo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1599: ἐκπέμπωἐκπέμπω: 1 aorist ἐξέπεμψα; 1 aorist passive participle ἐκπεμφθεις; to send forth, send away: Acts 13:4; Acts 17:10. (From Homer down.) STRONGS NT 1599a: ἐκπερισσῶςἐκπερισσῶς, adverb, exceedingly, out of measure, the more: used of intense earnestness, Mark 14:31 L T Tr WH (for Rec. ἐκ περισσοῦ); not found elsewhere. But see ὑπερεκπερισσῶς. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκπετάννυμι Transliteration: ekpetannymi Phonetic Spelling: ek-pet-an'-noo-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: more exceedingly Meaning: more exceedingly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1600 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1600 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1600 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1600 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1600, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκπετάννυμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1600 ekpetannymi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: stretch forth. From ek and a form of petomai; to fly out, i.e. (by analogy) to extend -- stretch forth. see GREEK ek see GREEK petomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1600: ἐκπετάννυμιἐκπετάννυμι: 1 aorist ἐξεπέτασα; to spread out, stretch forth: τάς χεῖρας πρός τινα, Romans 10:21 from Isaiah 65:2. (Euripides, Polybius, Plutarch, Anthol., others.) STRONGS NT 1600a: ἐκπηδάωἐκπηδάω, ἐκπηδω: 1 aorist ἐξεπήδασα; to spring out, leap forth: εἰς τόν ὄχλον, Acts 14:14 G L T Tr WH. (εἰς τόν λαόν, Judith 14:17; in Greek writings from (Sophocles and) Herodotus down. Deuteronomy 33:22.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκπίπτω Transliteration: ekpiptō Phonetic Spelling: ek-pip'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to leap out Meaning: to leap out GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1601 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1601 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1601 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1601 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1601, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκπίπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1601 ekpiptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be cast, fail, fall away.From ek and pipto; to drop away; specially, be driven out of one's course; figuratively, to lose, become inefficient -- be cast, fail, fall (away, off), take none effect. see GREEK ek see GREEK pipto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1601: ἐκπίπτωἐκπίπτω; perfect ἐκπέπτωκα; 2 aorist ἐξέπεσον; 1 aorist ἐξέπεσα (Acts 12:7 L T Tr WH; Galatians 5:4; on this aorist see (πίπτω and) ἀπέρχομαι); (from Homer down); to fall out of, to fall down from; 1. properly: αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν (see ἐκ, I. 3 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 427 (398) and De verb. comp. etc. Part ii., p. 11)), Acts 12:7 (ἐκ τῆς θήκης, Isaiah 6:13; ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Isaiah 14:12); absolutely: Mark 13:25 R G; Acts 27:32; James 1:11; 1 Peter 1:24; of navigators, ἐκπίπτειν εἰς (i. e. from a straight course) to fall off, i. e. be driven into (cf. Stallbaum on Plato's Phileb., p. 106f; others supply 'from deep water,' and render ἐκπίπτειν, to be cast away), Acts 27:17, 26, 29, in this last verse L T Tr] WH have adopted ἐκπίπτειν κατά; (often in Greek writings, as εἰς γῆν, Euripides, Hel. 409; εἰς τόν λιμένα, Thucydides 2, 92). 2. metaphorically, a. τίνος (Winers Grammar, 427 (398), and De verb. comp. etc. as above), to fall from a thing, to lose it: τῆς χάριτος, Galatians 5:4; τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ, 2 Peter 3:17 (τῆς πρός τόν δῆμον εὐνοίας, Plutarch, Tib. Gracch. 21; βασιλείας, Josephus, Antiquities 7, 9, 2; also with prepositions, ἐκ τῶν ἐοντων, Herodotus 3, 14; ἀπό τῶν ἐλπίδων, Thucydides 8, 81); πόθεν, Revelation 2:5 Rec. (ἐκεῖθεν, Aelian v. h. 4, 7). b. absolutely, to perish; to fail (properly, to fall from a place which one cannot keep, fall from its position): ἡ ἀγάπη, 1 Corinthians 13:8 R G; to fall powerless, fall to the ground, be without effect: of the divine promise of salvation by Christ, Romans 9:6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκπλέω Transliteration: ekpleō Phonetic Spelling: ek-pleh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sail away Meaning: to sail away GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1602 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1602 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1602 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1602 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1602, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκπλέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1602 ekpleō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sail away. From ek and pleo; to depart by ship -- sail (away, thence). see GREEK ek see GREEK pleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1602: ἐκπλέωἐκπλέω: (imperfect ἐξεπλεον); 1 aorist ἐξέπλευσα; to sail from sail away, depart by ship: ἀπό with the genitive of place, Acts 20:6; εἰς with the accusative of place, Acts 15:39; Acts 18:18. (Sophocles, Herodotus, Thucydides, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκπληρόω Transliteration: ekplēroō Phonetic Spelling: ek-play-ro'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to fill full, to fulfill Meaning: to fill full, to fulfill GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1603 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1603 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1603 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1603 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1603, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκπληρόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1603 ekplēroō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fulfill. From ek and pleroo; to accomplish entirely -- fulfill. see GREEK ek see GREEK pleroo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1603: ἐκπληρόωἐκπληρόω: perfect ἐκπεπλήρωκα; to fill full, to fill up completely; metaphorically, τήν ἐπαγγελίαν, to fulfill, i. e. make good: Acts 13:33 (32), as in Polybius 1, 67, 1. (From Herodotus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκπλήρωσις Transliteration: ekplērōsis Phonetic Spelling: ek-play'-ro-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a completion, fulfillment Meaning: a completion, fulfillment GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1604 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1604 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1604 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1604 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1604, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκπλήρωσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1604 ekplērōsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: accomplishment. From ekpleroo; completion -- accomplishment. see GREEK ekpleroo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1604: ἐκπλήρωσιςἐκπλήρωσις, ἐκπληρωσεως, ἡ, a completing, fulfillment: τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ, the time when the days of purification are to end, Acts 21:26. (Dionysius Halicarnassus, Strabo, Philo, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκπλήσσω Transliteration: ekplēssō Phonetic Spelling: ek-place'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to strike out, to strike with panic, to amaze Meaning: to strike out, to strike with panic, to amaze GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1605 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1605 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1605 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1605 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1605, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκπλήσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1605 ekplēssō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: amaze, astonish. From ek and plesso; to strike with astonishment -- amaze, astonish. see GREEK ek see GREEK plesso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1605: ἐκπλήσσωἐκπλήσσω, ἐκπλήττω: passive (present ἐκπλήσσομαι or ἐκπλήττομαι (so R G Matthew 13:54; Tr WH Acts 13:12)); imperfect ἐξεπλησσομην; 2 aorist ἐξεπλάγην; common in Greek from Homer down; properly, to strike out, expel by a blow, drive out or away; to cast off by a blow, to drive out; commonly, to strike one out of self-possession, to strike with panic, shock, astonish; passive to be struck with astonishment, astonished, amazed; absolutely: Matthew 13:54; Matthew 19:25; Mark 6:2; Mark 10:26; Luke 2:48; used of the glad amazement of the wondering people, Mark 7:37; ἐπί τῇ διδαχή, Matthew 7:28; Matthew 22:33; Mark 1:22; Mark 11:18; Luke 4:32; Acts 13:12; (ἐπί τῇ μεγαλειότητι, Luke 9:43), (ἐπί τῷ κάλλει, Xenophon, Cyril 1, 4, 27; ἐπί τῇ θεά, Aelian v. h. 12, 41; (Winer's Grammar, § 33, b.); by the Greeks also with simple dative and with accusative of the thing, as Wis. 13:4; 2 Macc. 7:12). (Synonym: see φοβέω, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκπνέω Transliteration: ekpneō Phonetic Spelling: ek-pneh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to breathe out, expire Meaning: to breathe out, expire GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1606 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1606 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1606 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1606 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1606, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκπνέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1606 ekpneō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: give up the ghost. From ek and pneo; to expire -- give up the ghost. see GREEK ek see GREEK pneo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1606: ἐκπνέωἐκπνέω: 1 aorist ἐξέπνευσα; to breathe out, breathe out one's life, breathe one's last, expire: Mark 15:37, 39; Luke 23:46, and often in Greek writings, both without an object (from (Sophocles Aj. 1026) Euripides down), and with βίον or ψυχήν added (from Aeschylus down). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκπορεύομαι Transliteration: ekporeuomai Phonetic Spelling: ek-por-yoo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make to go forth, to go forth Meaning: to make to go forth, to go forth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1607 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1607 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1607 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1607 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1607, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκπορεύομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1607 ekporeuomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: come out of, depart, go forthFrom ek and poreuomai; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project -- come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of). see GREEK ek see GREEK poreuomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1607: ἐκπορεύομαιἐκπορεύομαι; imperfect ἐξεπορευόμην; future ἐκπορεύσομαι; (passive (mid, cf. πορεύω) of ἐκπορεύω to make to go forth, to lead out, with future middle); (from Xenophon down); the Sept. for יָצָא; to go forth, go out, depart; 1. properly, with mention of the place whence: ἀπό, Matthew 20:29; Mark 10:46; ἐξο (τῆς πόλεως), Mark 11:19; ἐκ, Mark 13:1; ἐκεῖθεν, Mark 6:11; παρά τίνος, from one's abode, one's vicinity, John 15:26 (ἀκούσωμεν τά ἐκπορευόμενα παρά κυρίου, Ezekiel 33:30); without mention of the place whence or whither, which must be learned from the context: Luke 3:7; Acts 25:4; with mention of the end to which: ἐπί τινα, Revelation 16:14; πρός τινα, Matthew 3:5; Mark 1:5; ἐκπορεύεσθαι εἰς ὁδόν, to go forth from some place into the road (or on his way, cf. ὁδός, 1 b.), Mark 10:17; on Acts 9:28 see εἰσπορεύομαι, 1 a. demons, when expelled, are said to go out (namely, from the human body): Matthew 17:21 R G L; Acts 19:12 G L T Tr WH. (food (excrement)) to go out i. e. be discharged, Mark 7:19. to come forth, ἐκ τῶν μνημείων, of the dead who are restored to life and leave the tomb, John 5:29. 2. figuratively, to come forth, to issue, to proceed: with the adjuncts ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἐκ τῆς καρδίας, ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, of feelings, affections, deeds, sayings, Matthew 15:11, 18; Mark 7:15 L T Tr WH, 20; Luke 4:22; Ephesians 4:29; (ἔσωθεν ἐκ τῆς καρδίας, Mark 7:21; with ἔσωθεν alone, Mark 7:23); πᾶν ῤῆμα ἐκπορευομένῳ διά στόματος Θεοῦ, every appointment whereby God bids a man to be nourished and preserved, Matthew 4:4, from Deuteronomy 8:3. to break forth: of lightnings, flames, etc., ἐκ τίνος, Revelation 4:5; Revelation 9:17ff; 11:5. to flow forth: of a river (ἐκ τίνος), Revelation 22:1. to project, from the month of one: of a sword, Revelation 1:16; Revelation 19:15, 21 Rec. to spread abroad, of a rumor: followed by εἰς, Luke 4:37. (Synonym: cf. ἔρχομαι, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκπορνεύω Transliteration: ekporneuō Phonetic Spelling: ek-porn-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to give oneself up to fornication Meaning: to give oneself up to fornication GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1608 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1608 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1608 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1608 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1608, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκπορνεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1608 ekporneuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: give self over to fornication. From ek and porneuo; to be utterly unchaste -- give self over to fornication. see GREEK ek see GREEK porneuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1608: ἐκπορνεύωἐκπορνεύω: 1 aorist participle feminine ἐκπορνεύσασα; (the prefix ἐκ seems to indicate a lust that gluts itself, satisfies itself completely); the Sept. often for זָנָה; "to go a whoring, 'give oneself over to fornication'" A. V.: Jude 1:7. Not found in secular writings. (Test xii. Patr. test. Dan § 5; Pollux 6, 30 (126).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκπτύω Transliteration: ekptyō Phonetic Spelling: ek-ptoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to spit out, to spurn Meaning: to spit out, to spurn GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1609 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1609 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1609 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1609 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1609, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκπτύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1609 ekptyō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: reject, loatheFrom ek and ptuo; to spit out, i.e. (figuratively) spurn -- reject. see GREEK ek see GREEK ptuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1609: ἐκπτύωἐκπτύω: 1 aorist ἐξεπτυσα; to spit out (Homer, Odyssey 5, 322, etc.); tropically, to reject, spurn, loathe: τί, Galatians 4:14, in which sense the Greeks used καταπτύειν, προσπτύειν, πτύειν, and Philo παραπτύειν; cf. Kypke and Loesner (or Ellicott) on Galatians, the passage cited; Lob. ad Phryn., p. 17. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκριζόω Transliteration: ekrizoō Phonetic Spelling: ek-rid-zo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to uproot Meaning: to uproot GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1610 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1610 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1610 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1610 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1610, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκριζόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1610 ekrizoō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pluck up by the root, root up. From ek and rhizoo; to uproot -- pluck up by the root, root up. see GREEK ek see GREEK rhizoo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1610: ἐκριζόωἐκριζόω, ἐκρίζω: 1 aorist ἐξεριζωσα; passive, 1 aorist ἐξεριζωθην; 1 future ἐκριζωθήσομαι; to root out, pluck up by the roots: τί, Matthew 13:29; Matthew 15:13; Luke 17:6; Jude 1:12. (Jeremiah 1:10; Zephaniah 2:4; Sir. 3:9; (Wis. 4:4); 1 Macc. 5:51 (Alex.); 2 Macc. 12:7; (Sibylline fragment 2, 21; others); Geoponica.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔκστασις Transliteration: ekstasis Phonetic Spelling: ek'-stas-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a displacement (of the mind), bewilderment, ecstasy Meaning: a displacement (of the mind), bewilderment, ecstasy GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1611 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1611 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1611 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1611 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1611, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔκστασις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1611 ekstasis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: amazement, astonishmentFrom existemi; a displacement of the mind, i.e. Bewilderment, "ecstasy" -- + be amazed, amazement, astonishment, trance. see GREEK existemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1611: ἔκστασιςἔκστασις, ἐκστάσεως, ἡ (ἐξίστημι); 1. universally, in Greek writing, any casting down of a thing from its proper place or state; displacement (Aristotle, Plutarch). 2. a throwing of the mind out of its normal state, alienation of mind, whether such as makes a lunatic (διανοίας, Deuteronomy 28:28; τῶν λογισμῶν, Plutarch, Sol. 8), or that of the man who by some sudden emotion is transported as it were out of himself, so that in this rapt condition, although he is awake, his mind is so drawn off from all surrounding objects and wholly fixed on things divine that he sees nothing but the forms and images lying within, and thinks that he perceives with his bodily eyes and ears realities shown him by God (Philo,quisrerumdivin.heres § 53 (cf. 51; B. D. under the word, Trance; Delitzsch, Psychol. 5:5)): ἐπέπεσεν (Rec., others ἐγένετο) ἐπ' ἔκστασις, Acts 10:10; εἶδεν ἐν ἐκστάσει ὅραμα, Acts 11:5; γενέσθαι ἐν ἐκστάσει, Acts 22:17, cf. 2 Corinthians 12:2f. 3. In the O. T. and the New amazement (cf. Longinus, 1, 4; Stobaeus, flor. tit. 104, 7), the state of one who, either owing to the importance or the novelty of an event, is thrown into a state of blended fear and wonder: εἶχεν αὐτάς τρόμος καί ἔκστασις, Mark 16:8; ἐξέστησαν ἐκστάσει μεγάλη, Mark 5:42 (Ezekiel 26:16); ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας, Luke 5:26; ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καί ἐκστάσεως, Acts 3:10; (for חֲרָדָה, trembling, Genesis 27:33; 1 Samuel 14:15, etc.; פַּחַד, fear, 2 Chronicles 14:14, etc.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκστρέφω Transliteration: ekstrephō Phonetic Spelling: ek-stref'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to turn inside out, to pervert Meaning: to turn inside out, to pervert GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1612 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1612 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1612 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1612 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1612, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκστρέφω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1612 ekstrephō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: subvert. From ek and strepho; to pervert (figuratively) -- subvert. see GREEK ek see GREEK strepho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1612: ἐκστρέφωἐκστρέφω: perfect passive ἐξεστραμμαι; 1. to turn or twist out, tear up (Homer, Iliad 17, 58). 2. to turn inside out, invert; tropically, to change for the worse, pervert, corrupt (Aristophanes nub. 554; the Sept. Deuteronomy 32:20): Titus 3:11. STRONGS NT 1612a: ἐκσῴζω [ἐκσῴζω: 1 aorist ἐξεσωσα; to save from, either to keep or to rescue from danger (from Aeschylus and Herodotus down): εἰς αἰγιαλόν ἐκσωσαι τό πλοῖον, to bring the ship safe to shore, Acts 27:39 WH text; others ἐξῶσαι, see ἐξωθέω, and εἰ I. 7 c.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκταράσσω Transliteration: ektarassō Phonetic Spelling: ek-tar-as'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to throw into great trouble Meaning: to throw into great trouble GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1613 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1613 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1613 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1613 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1613, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκταράσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1613 ektarassō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to agitate, throw into confusionFrom ek and tarasso; to disturb wholly -- exceedingly trouble. see GREEK ek see GREEK tarasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1613: ἐκταράσσωἐκταράσσω; post-classical; to agitate, trouble, exceedingly: τήν πόλιν, Acts 16:20. (τόν δῆμον, Plutarch, Coriol. 19, and the like often in Dion Cass. Psalm 17:5 (); Wis. 17:3, etc.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκτείνω Transliteration: ekteinō Phonetic Spelling: ek-ti'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to extend Meaning: to extend GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1614 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1614 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1614 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1614 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1614, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκτείνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1614 ekteinō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cast, put forth, stretch out. From ek and teino (to stretch); to extend -- cast, put forth, stretch forth (out). see GREEK ek Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1614: ἐκτείνωἐκτείνω; future ἐκτενῶ; 1 aorist ἐξέτεινα; (from Aeschylus, Sophocles, Herodotus down); the Sept. common for נָטָה, פָּרַשׂ and שָׁלַח; to stretch out, stretch forth: τήν χεῖρα (often in the Sept.), Matthew 8:3; Matthew 12:13; Matthew 14:31; Matthew 26:51; Mark 1:41; Mark 3:5; Luke 5:13; Luke 6:10; John 21:18; Acts 26:1; with the addition of ἐπί τινα, over, toward, against one — either to point out something, Matthew 12:49, or to lay hold of a person in order to do him violence, Luke 22:53; ἐκτείνειν τήν χεῖρα εἰς ἴασιν, spoken of God, Acts 4:30; ἀγκύρας, properly, to carry forward (R. V. lay out) the cable to which the anchor is fastened, i. e. to cast anchor (the idea of extending the cables runs into that of carrying out and dropping the anchors (Hackett); cf. B. D. American edition, p. 3009a last paragraph), Acts 27:30. (Compare: ἐπτείνω, |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκτελέω Transliteration: ekteleō Phonetic Spelling: ek-tel-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to complete fully Meaning: to complete fully GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1615 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1615 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1615 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1615 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1615, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκτελέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1615 ekteleō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: finish. From ek and teleo; to complete fully -- finish. see GREEK ek see GREEK teleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1615: ἐκτελέωἐκτελέω, ἐκτέλω: 1 aorist infinitive ἐκτελέσαι; to finish, complete: Luke 14:29f (From Homer down; equivalent to כִּלָּה, Deuteronomy 32:45.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκτένεια Transliteration: ekteneia Phonetic Spelling: ek-ten'-i-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: zeal, intentness Meaning: zeal, intentness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1616 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1616 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1616 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1616 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1616, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκτένεια [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1616 ekteneia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: earnestness, intentnessFrom ektenes; intentness -- X instantly. see GREEK ektenes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1616: ἐκτένειαἐκτένεια, ἐκτενειας, ἡ (ἐκτενής), a later Greek word (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 311); a. properly, extension. b. intentness (of mind), earnestness: ἐν ἐκτένεια, earnestly, Acts 26:7. (2 Macc. 14:38; Judith 4:9. Cf. Grimm on 3Macc. 6:41 (where he refers to Cicero, ad Att. 10, 17, 1).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκτενέστερον Transliteration: ektenesteron Phonetic Spelling: ek-ten-es'-ter-on Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: more intently Meaning: more intently GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1617 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1617 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1617 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1617 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1617, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκτενέστερον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1617 ektenesteron 🕊 Strong's Concordance: more earnestly. Neuter of the comparative of ektenes; more intently -- more earnestly. see GREEK ektenes |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκτενής Transliteration: ektenēs Phonetic Spelling: ek-ten-ace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: stretched, zealous, earnest Meaning: stretched, zealous, earnest GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1618 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1618 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1618 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1618 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1618, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκτενής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1618 ektenēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: without ceasing, fervent. From ekteino; intent -- without ceasing, fervent. see GREEK ekteino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1618: ἐκτενήςἐκτενής, ἐκτενές (ἐκτείνω), properly, stretched out; figuratively, intent, earnest, assiduous: προσευχή, Acts 12:5 R G (εὐχή, Ignatius (interpolated) ad Eph. 10 [ET]; δέησις καί ἱκεσία, Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 59, 2 [ET]); ἀγάπη, 1 Peter 4:8. Neuter of the comparitive ἐκτενέστερον, as adverb, more intently, more earnestly, Luke 22:44 (L brackets WH reject the passage). (ἐκτενής φίλος, Aeschylus suppl. 983; Polybius 22, 5, 4; then very often from Philo on; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 311.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκτενῶς Transliteration: ektenōs Phonetic Spelling: ek-ten-oce' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: intently, fervently Meaning: intently, fervently GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1619 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1619 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1619 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1619 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1619, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκτενῶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1619 ektenōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fervently. Adverb from ektenes; intently -- fervently. see GREEK ektenes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1619: ἐκτενῶςἐκτενῶς, adverb, earnestly, fervently: Acts 12:5 L T Tr WH; ἀγαπᾶν, 1 Peter 1:22. (Jonah 3:8; Joel 1:14; 3Macc. 5:9. Polybius etc. Cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 311; (Winer's Grammar, 25; 463 (431)).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκτίθημι Transliteration: ektithēmi Phonetic Spelling: ek-tith'-ay-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to set forth, to declare Meaning: to set forth, to declare GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1620 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1620 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1620 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1620 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1620, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκτίθημι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1620 ektithēmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: declare, expound. From ek and tithemi; to expose; figuratively, to declare -- cast out, expound. see GREEK ek see GREEK tithemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1620: ἐκτίθημιἐκτίθημι: 1 aorist passive participle ἐκτεθεις; middle, imperfect ἐξετιθεμην; 2 aorist ἐξεθέμην; to place or set out, expose; 1. properly: an infant, Acts 7:21; (Wis. 18:5; (Herodotus 1, 112); Aristophanes nub. 531; Aelian v. h. 2, 7; Lucian, de sacrif. 5, and often). 2. Middle metaphorically, to set forth, declare, expound: Acts 11:4; τί, Acts 18:26; Acts 28:23; ((Aristotle, passim); Diodorus 12, 18; Josephus, Antiquities 1, 12, 2; Athen. 7, p. 278 d.; others). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκτινάσσω Transliteration: ektinassō Phonetic Spelling: ek-tin-as'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to shake off or out Meaning: to shake off or out GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1621 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1621 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1621 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1621 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1621, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκτινάσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1621 ektinassō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: shake off.From ek and tinasso (to swing); to shake violently -- shake (off). see GREEK ek Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1621: ἐκτινάσσωἐκτινάσσω: 1 aorist imperative ἐκτινάξατε; 1 aorist middle participle ἐκτιναξάμενος; to shake off, so that something adhering shall fall: τόν χοῦν, Mark 6:11; τόν κονιορτόν, Matthew 10:14 (where the genitive τῶν ποδῶν does not depend on the verb but on the substantive (L T WH marginal reading, however, insert ἐκ)); by this symbolic act a person expresses extreme contempt for another and refuses to have any further contact with him (B. D. American edition under the word ); middle to shake off for (the cleansing of) oneself: τόν κονιορτόν ... ἐπί τινα, against one, Acts 13:51; τά ἱμάτια, dust from garments, Acts 18:6; (cf. B. D. as above; Nehemiah 5:13). (to knock out, τούς ὀδόντας, Homer, Iliad 16, 348; Plutarch, Cat. maj. 14.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκτός Transliteration: ektos Phonetic Spelling: ek-tos' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: the exterior, (as a preposition) aside from, besides Meaning: the exterior, (as a preposition) aside from, besides GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1622 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1622 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1622 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1622 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1622, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκτός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1622 ektos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: but, except, other than, besidesFrom ek; the exterior; figuratively (as a preposition) aside from, besides -- but, except(-ed), other than, out of, outside, unless, without. see GREEK ek Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1622: ἐκτόςἐκτός, adverb (opposed to ἐντός, which see), outside, beyond; a. s τό ἐκτός, the outside, exterior, with possessive the genitive, Matthew 23:26 (cf. τό ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου, 25). On the pleonastic phrase ἐκτός εἰ μή, see εἰ, III. 8 d. b. It has the force of a preposition (cf. Winers Grammar, § 54, 6), and is followed by the genitive (so even in Homer); αα. outside of: ἐκτός τοῦ σώματος out of the body, i. e. freed from it, 2 Corinthians 12:2f. (in 2 Corinthians 12:3 L T Tr WH read χωρίς for ἐκτός); εἶναι ἐκτός τοῦ σώματος (A. V. without the body, i. e.), does not pertain to the body, 1 Corinthians 6:18. β. beyond, besides, except: Acts 26:22 (where the construction is οὐδέν λέγων ἐκτός τούτων, ἅτε οἱ ... ἐλάλησαν etc. (cf. Buttmann, 287 (246); Winer's Grammar, 158f (149f)); 1 Corinthians 15:27. (the Sept. for לְבַד followed by מִן, Judges 8:26; מִלְּבַד, 1 Kings 10:13; 2 Chronicles 9:12; 2 Chronicles 17:19.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἕκτος Transliteration: hektos Phonetic Spelling: hek'-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: sixth Meaning: sixth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1623 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1623 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1623 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1623 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1623, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἕκτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1623 hektos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sixth. Ordinal from hex; sixth -- sixth. see GREEK hex Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1623: ἕκτοςἕκτος, ἕκτη, ἕκτον, the sixth: Matthew 20:5, etc. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκτρέπω Transliteration: ektrepō Phonetic Spelling: ek-trep'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to turn away Meaning: to turn away GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1624 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1624 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1624 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1624 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1624, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκτρέπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1624 ektrepō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: avoid, turn out of the way. From ek and the base of trope; to deflect, i.e. Turn away (literally or figuratively) -- avoid, turn (aside, out of the way). see GREEK ek see GREEK trope Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1624: ἐκτρέπωἐκτρέπω: passive (present ἐκτρέπομαι); 2 aorist ἐξετραπην; 2 future ἐκτραπήσομαι; 1. to turn or twist out; passive in a medical sense, in a figurative sense of the limbs: ἵνα μή τό χωλόν ἐκτραπῇ, lest it be wrenched out of (its proper) place, dislocated (R. V. marginal reading put out of joint) (see examples of this use from medical writers in Stephanus' Thesaurus iii. col. 607 d.), i. e. lest he who is weak in a state of grace fall therefrom, Hebrews 12:13 (but Lünem., Delitzsch, others, still adhere to the meaning turn aside, go astray; cf. A. V., R. V. text). 2. to turn off or aside; passive in a middle sense (cf. Buttmann, 192 (166f)), to turn oneself aside, to be turned aside; (intransitive) to turn aside; Hesychius: ἐξετράπησαν. ἐξέκλιναν (τῆς ὁδοῦ, Lucian, dial. deor. 25, 2; Aelian v. h. 14, 49 (48); ἔξω τῆς ὁδοῦ, Arrian exp. Al. 3, 21, 7 (4); absolutely Xenophon, an. 4, 5, 15; Aristophanes Plutarch, 837; with mention of the place to which, Herodotus 6, 34; Plato, Sophocles, p. 222 a.; others); figuratively: εἰς ματαιολογίαν, 1 Timothy 1:6; ἐπί τούς μύθους, 2 Timothy 4:4; ὀπίσω τίνος, to turn away from one in order to follow another, 1 Timothy 5:15 (εἰς ἀδίκους πράξεις, Josephus, Antiquities 8, 10, 2). with the accusative to turn away from, to shun a thing, to avoid meeting or associating with one: τάς κενοφωνίας, 1 Timothy 6:20, (τόν ἔλεγχον, Polybius 35, 4, 14; Γαλλους ἐκτρέπεσθαι καί σύνοδον φεύγειν τήν μετ' αὐτῶν, Josephus, Antiquities 4, 8, 40). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκτρέφω Transliteration: ektrephō Phonetic Spelling: ek-tref'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to bring up to maturity, to nourish Meaning: to bring up to maturity, to nourish GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1625 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1625 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1625 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1625 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1625, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκτρέφω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1625 ektrephō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bring up, nourish. From ek and trepho; to rear up to maturity, i.e. (genitive case) to cherish or train -- bring up, nourish. see GREEK ek see GREEK trepho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1625: ἐκτρέφωἐκτρέφω; from Aeschylus down; 1. to nourish up to maturity; then universally, to nourish: τήν ἑαυτοῦ σάρκα, Ephesians 5:29. 2. to nurture, bring up: τά τέκνα, Ephesians 6:4. STRONGS NT 1625a: ἔκτρομος [ἔκτρομος, adjective (cf. ἔκφοβος), trembling exceedingly, exceedingly terrified: Hebrews 12:21 Tr marginal reading WH mrg, after the Sinaiticus and Claromontanus manuscripts (others ἔντρομος, which see). Not found elsewhere.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔκτρωμα Transliteration: ektrōma Phonetic Spelling: ek'-tro-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: untimely birth, miscarriage Meaning: untimely birth, miscarriage GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1626 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1626 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1626 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1626 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1626, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔκτρωμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1626 ektrōma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: untimely birth, miscarriageFrom a comparative of ek and titrosko (to wound); a miscarriage (abortion), i.e. (by analogy) untimely birth -- born out of due time. see GREEK ek Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1626: ἔκτρωμαἔκτρωμα, ἐκτρωτος, τό (ἐκτιτρώσκω to cause or to suffer abortion; like ἔκβρωμα from ἐκβιβρώσκω), an abortion, abortive birth; an untimely birth: 1 Corinthians 15:8, where Paul likens himself to an ἔκτρωμα, and in 1 Corinthians 15:9 explains in what sense: that he is as inferior to the rest of the apostles as an immature birth comes short of a mature one, and is no more worthy of the name of an apostle than an abortion is of the name of a child. (Numbers 12:12; Ecclesiastes 6:3; Job 3:16; in Greek first used by Aristotle, de gen. an. 4, 5, 4 (p. 773b, 18); but, as Phrynichus shows, p. 208f, Lob. edition (288f, edition Rutherford), ἀμβλωμα and ἐξαμβλωμα are preferable; (Huxtable in Expositor for Apr. 1882, p. 277ff; Lightfoot Ignatius ad Rom. 9 [ET], p. 230 f).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκφέρω Transliteration: ekpherō Phonetic Spelling: ek-fer'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to carry out, bring forth Meaning: to carry out, bring forth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1627 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1627 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1627 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1627 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1627, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκφέρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1627 ekpherō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bear, bring forth, carry out. From ek and phero; to bear out (literally or figuratively) -- bear, bring forth, carry forth (out). see GREEK ek see GREEK phero Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1627: ἐκφέρωἐκφέρω; future ἐξοίσω; 1 aorist ἐξήνεγκα; 2 aorist ἐξηνεγκον; 1. to carry out, to bear forth: τινα, Acts 5:15; the dead for burial, Acts 5:6, 9f (often so in Greek writings from Homer, Iliad 24, 786 down; see ἐκκομίζω); τί, Luke 15:22; 1 Timothy 6:7. 2. to (bring i. e.) lead out: τινα, Mark 8:23 T Tr text WH. 3. to bring forth i. e. produce: of the earth bearing plants, Hebrews 6:8 (cf. Winers Grammar, § 45, 6 a.); (Herodotus 1,193; Xenophon, oec. 16, 5; Aelian v. h. 3, 18 and often; the Sept., Genesis 1:12; Haggai 1:11; Song of Solomon 2:13). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκφεύγω Transliteration: ekpheugō Phonetic Spelling: ek-fyoo'-go Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to flee away Meaning: to flee away GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1628 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1628 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1628 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1628 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1628, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκφεύγω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1628 ekpheugō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: escape, flee. From ek and pheugo; to flee out -- escape, flee. see GREEK ek see GREEK pheugo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1628: ἐκφεύγωἐκφεύγω: future ἐκφεύξομαι; perfect ἐκπεφευγα; 2 aorist ἐξέφυγον; (from Homer down); to flee out of, flee away; a. to seek safety in flight; absolutely Acts 16:27; ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου, Acts 19:16. b. to escape: 1 Thessalonians 5:3; Hebrews 2:3; τί, Luke 21:36; Romans 2:3; τινα, Hebrews 12:25 L T Tr WH; (τάς χεῖρας τίνος, 2 Corinthians 11:33. Cf. Winers Grammar, § 52, 4, 4; Buttmann, 146f (128f)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκφοβέω Transliteration: ekphobeō Phonetic Spelling: ek-fob-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to frighten away Meaning: to frighten away GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1629 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1629 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1629 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1629 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1629, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκφοβέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1629 ekphobeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: terrify. From ek and phobeo; to frighten utterly -- terrify. see GREEK ek see GREEK phobeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1629: ἐκφοβέωἐκφοβέω, ἐκφοβω; to frighten away, to terri; to throw into violent fright: τινα, 2 Corinthians 10:9. (Deuteronomy 28:26; Zephaniah 3:13, etc.; Thucydides, Plato, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔκφοβος Transliteration: ekphobos Phonetic Spelling: ek'-fob-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: terrified Meaning: terrified GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1630 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1630 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1630 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1630 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1630, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔκφοβος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1630 ekphobos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: frightened out of one's wits; sore afraid.From ek and phobos; frightened out of one's wits: sore afraid, exceedingly fear. see GREEK ek see GREEK phobos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1630: ἔκφοβοςἔκφοβος, ἐκφοβον, stricken with fear or terror, exceedingly frightened, terrified: Mark 9:6; Hebrews 12:21 from Deuteronomy 9:19. (Aristotle, physiogn. 6 (p. 812b, 29); Plutarch, Fab. 6.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκφύω Transliteration: ekphyō Phonetic Spelling: ek-foo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sprout up Meaning: to sprout up GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1631 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1631 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1631 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1631 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1631, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκφύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1631 ekphyō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: put forth. From ek and phuo; to sprout up -- put forth. see GREEK ek see GREEK phuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1631: ἐκφύωἐκφύω; 2 aorist passive ἐξεφυην (Winers Grammar, 90 (86); Buttmann, 68 (60); Krüger, § 40, under the word φύω; (Veitch, ibid.)); (from Homer down); to generate or produce from; to cause to grow out: ὅταν ὁ κλάδος ... τά φύλλα ἐκφύῃ (subjunctive present), when the branch has become tender and puts forth leaves, R (not Rst) G T WH in Matthew 24:32 and Mark 13:28; (others, retaining the same accentuation, regard it as 2 aorist active subjunctive intransitive, with τά φύλλα as subject; but against the change of subject see Meyer or Weiss). But Fritzsche, Lachmann, Treg., others have with reason restored (after Erasmus) ἐκφύῃ (2 aorist passive subjunctive), which Griesbach had approved: when the leaves hare grown out — so that τά φύλλα is the subject. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκχέω Transliteration: ekcheō Phonetic Spelling: ek-kheh'-o, Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to pour out, to bestow Meaning: to pour out, to bestow GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1632 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1632 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1632 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1632 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1632, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκχέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1632 ekcheō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: gush forth, pour out, shed, spill. Or (by variation) ekchuno ek-khoo'-no from ek and cheo (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow -- gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill. see GREEK ek Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1632: ἐκχέωἐκχέω and (a form censured by the grammarians, see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 726) ἐκχύνω (whence present passive participle ἐκχυνόμενος and, in L T Tr WH after the Aeolic form, ἐκχυννόμενος (cf. Buttmann, 69 (61); Winers Grammar, § 2, 1 d.; Tdf. Proleg., p. 79): Matthew 23:35; Matthew 26:28; Mark 14:24; Luke 11:50 (where Tr text WH text ἐκκεχυμένον for ἐκχυννόμενον); (WH reject the passage)); imperative plural ἐκχητε (Revelation 16:1 L T WH; on which uncontracted form cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Gram., p. 196 (p. 174 Robinson's translation); Buttmann, 44 (38); (some would make it a 2 aorist, see WH, Appendix, p. 165)); future ἐκχέω (Acts 2:17; Exodus 29:12), for which the earlier Greek used ἐκχεύσω (Winers Grammar, 77 (74); (cf. 85 (82); especially Buttmann, 68 (60))); 1 aorist ἐξέχεα, 3 person singular ἐξεχη ((whereas the 3 singular of the imperfect is contracted ἐξεχη ἐξεχει, cf. Rutherford, New Phryn., p. 299f); cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Gram., p. 196 note (English translation as above the dagger note)), infinitive ἐκχέαι (Romans 3:15; Isaiah 59:7; Ezekiel 9:8); passive (present ἐκχεῖται, Mark 2:22 R G L Tr marginal reading brackets; imperfect 3 person singular ἐξεχεῖτο, Acts 22:20 R G, ἐξεχύννετο L T Tr WH); perfect ἐκκέχυμαι; 1 aorist ἐξεχύθην; 1 future ἐκχυθήσομαι (see Buttmann, 69f (60f)); (from Homer down); the Sept. for שָׁפַך; to pour out; a. properly: φιάλην, by metonymy, of the container for the contained, Revelation 16:1-4, 8, 10, 12, 17; of wine, which when the vessel is burst runs out and is lost, Matthew 9:17; Mark 2:22 (R G L Tr marginal reading in brackets); Luke 5:37; used of other things usually guarded with care which are poured forth or cast out: of money, John 2:15; ἐξεχύθη τά σπλάγχνα, of the ruptured body of a man, Acts 1:18 (ἐξεχύθη ἡ κοιλία αὐτοῦ εἰς τήν γῆν, of a man thrust through with a sword, 2 Samuel 20:10). The phrase αἷμα έ᾿κχειν or ἐκχύν῾ν᾿ειν is frequently used of bloodshed: (Matthew 23:35; Luke 11:50; Acts 22:20; Romans 3:15; Revelation 16:6a (where Tdf. αἵματα)); see αἷμα, 2 a. b. metaphorically, equivalent to to bestow or distribute largely (cf. Fritzsche on Tobit 4:17 and Sir. 1:8): τό πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον or ἀπό τοῦ πνεύματος, i. e. the abundant bestowal of the Holy Spirit, Acts 2:33 from Joel 2:28, 29 (); ἐπί τινα, Acts 2:17; Acts 10:45; Titus 3:6; ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διά πνεύματος ἁγίου, the Holy Spirit gives our souls a rich sense of the greatness of God's love for us, Romans 5:5; (ὀργήν, Sir. 33:8 (Sir. 36:8) (cf. Sir. 16:11)). The passive, like the Latineffundor,meeffundo, is used of those wire give themselves up to a thing, rush headlong into it, (γέλωτι, Alciphron; εἰς ἑταίρας, Polybius 32, 11, 4): absolutely τῇ πλάνη τοῦ Βαλαάμ μισθοῦ ἐξεχύθησαν, led astray by the hire of Balaam (i. e. by the same love of reward as Balaam) they gave themselves up, namely, to wickedness, Jude 1:11 (so ἐκχυθῆναι in Aristophanes vesp. 1469 is used absolutely of one giving himself up to joy. The passage in Jude is generally explained thus: for hire they gave themselves up to (R. V. ran riotously in) the error of Balaam; cf. Winer's Grammar, 206 (194) (and De Wette (edited by Brückner) at the passage)). STRONGS NT 1632: ἐκχύνωἐκχύνω, and (L T Tr WH) ἐκχύννω, see ἐκχέω. (Compare: ὑπερχύνω ἐκχύνω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκχωρέω Transliteration: ekchōreō Phonetic Spelling: ek-kho-reh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to depart, withdraw Meaning: to depart, withdraw GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1633 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1633 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1633 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1633 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1633, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκχωρέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1633 ekchōreō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: depart out. From ek and choreo; to depart -- depart out. see GREEK ek see GREEK choreo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1633: ἐκχωρέωἐκχωρέω, ἐκχώρω; (from Sophocles and Herodotus on); to depart from; to remove from in the sense of fleeing from: Luke 21:21. (For בָּרַח, Amos 7:12.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐκψύχω Transliteration: ekpsychō Phonetic Spelling: ek-psoo'-kho Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to expire, breathe one's last Meaning: to expire, breathe one's last GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1634 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1634 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1634 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1634 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1634, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐκψύχω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1634 ekpsychō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: give up the ghost. From ek and psucho; to expire -- give (yield) up the ghost. see GREEK ek see GREEK psucho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1634: ἐκψύχωἐκψύχω: 1 aorist ἐξεψυξα; to expire, to breathe out one's life (see ἐκπνέω): Acts 5:5, 10; Acts 12:23. (Hippocrates (), Jamblichus.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑκών Transliteration: hekōn Phonetic Spelling: hek-own' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of one's own free will, voluntary Meaning: of one's own free will, voluntary GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1635 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1635 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1635 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1635 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1635, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑκών [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1635 hekōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: willingly. Of uncertain affinity; voluntary -- willingly. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1635: ἑκώνἑκών, ἑκοῦσα, ἑκον, unforced, voluntary, willing, of one's own will, of one's own accord: Romans 8:20; 1 Corinthians 9:17. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλαία Transliteration: elaia Phonetic Spelling: el-ah'-yah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: an olive (the tree or the fruit) Meaning: an olive (the tree or the fruit) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1636 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1636 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1636 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1636 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1636, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλαία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1636 elaia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: olive or berry tree. Feminine of a presumed derivative from an obsolete primary; an olive (the tree or the fruit) -- olive (berry, tree). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1636: ἐλαίαἐλαία, ἐλαίας, ἡ (from Homer down), the Sept. for זַיִת; 1. an olive tree: Romans 11:17, 24; plural Revelation 11:4. τό ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν (for הַזֵּיתִים הַר, Zechariah 14:4), the Mount of Olives, so called from the multitude of olive-trees which grew upon it, distant from Jerusalem (Josephus, Antiquities 20, 8, 6) five stadia eastward (cf. Winers RWB, under the word Oelberg; Arnold in Herzog x., p. 549ff; Furrer in Schenkel iv. 354f; (Grove and Porter in BB. DD.)): Matthew 21:1; Matthew 24:3; Matthew 26:30; Mark 11:1; Mark 13:3; Mark 14:26; Luke 19:37; Luke 22:39; John 8:1 Rec.; (on Luke 19:29; Luke 21:37, see ἐλαιῶν). 2. an olive, the fruit of the olive-tree: James 3:12. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔλαιον Transliteration: elaion Phonetic Spelling: el'-ah-yon Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: olive oil Meaning: olive oil GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1637 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1637 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1637 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1637 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1637, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔλαιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1637 elaion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: oil. Neuter of the same as elaia; olive oil -- oil. see GREEK elaia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1637: ἔλαιονἔλαιον, ἐλαίου, τό (from Homer down), the Sept. chiefly for שֶׁמֶן, also for יִצְהָר; olive-oil: used for feeding lamps, Matthew 25:3f, 8; for healing the sick, Mark 6:13; Luke 10:34; James 5:14; for anointing the head and body at feasts (Athen. 15, c. 11) (cf. under the word μύρον), Luke 7:46; Hebrews 1:9 (on which passage see ἀγαλλίασις); mentioned among articles of commerce, Luke 16:6; Revelation 6:6; Revelation 18:13. Cf. Winers RWB, under the word Oel; Furrer in Schenkel 4:354; Schnedermann, Die Biblical Symbolik des Oelbaumes u. d. Oeles, in the Zeitschr. f. d. luth. Theol. for 1874, p. 4ff; (B. D., under the word , II. 4; and Meyer edition Weiss on Mark 6:13). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἐλαιών Transliteration: Elaiōn Phonetic Spelling: el-ah-yone' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: an olive orchard, the Mount of Olives Meaning: Olivet -- an olive orchard, the Mount of Olives GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1638 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1638 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1638 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1638 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1638, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἐλαιών [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1638 Elaiōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Olivet. From elaia; an olive-orchard, i.e. (specially) the Mount of Olives -- Olivet. see GREEK elaia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1638: ἐλαιῶνἐλαιῶν, Ἐλαιῶνος, ὁ (the ending ὤν in derivative nouns indicating a place set with trees of the kind designated by the primitive, as δαφνων, ἰτεων, δρυμῶν κέδρων, cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. ii., p. 422ff: Kühner, i., p. 711; (Jelf, § 335 d.)); an olive-orchard, a place planted with olive trees, i. e. the Mount of Olives (A. V. Olivet) (see ἐλαία, 1): Acts 1:12 (διά τοῦ Ἐλαιῶνος ὄρους, Josephus, Antiquities 7, 9, 2). In Luke 19:29; Luke 21:37 also we should write τό ὄρος τό καλούμενον ἐλαιῶν (so L T Tr (but WH with R G ἐλααιων)); likewise in Josephus, Antiquities 20, 8, 6 πρός ὄρος τό προσαγορευόμενον ἐλαιῶν; b. j. 2, 13, 5 and 5, 2, 3 εἰς (κατά) ἐλαιῶν καλούμενον ὄρος; 6, 2, 8 κατά τό ἐλαιῶν ὄρος; (but in Josephus the passages cited; Bekker editions, ἐλαιῶν). Cf. Fritzsche on Mark, p. 794f; Buttmann, 22 (19f); Winers Grammar, 182 (171) n. 1; (but see WHs Appendix, p. 158b). (The Sept. sometimes render זַיִת freely by ἐλαιῶν, as Exodus 23:11; Deuteronomy 6:11; 1 Samuel 8:14, etc.; not found in Greek writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἐλαμίτης Transliteration: Elamitēs Phonetic Spelling: el-am-ee'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: an Elamite, an inhabitant of Elam Meaning: Elamites -- an Elamite, an inhabitant of Elam GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1639 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1639 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1639 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1639 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1639, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἐλαμίτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1639 Elamitēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Elamite. Of Hebrew origin (Eylam); an Elamite or Persian -- Elamite. see HEBREW Eylam Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1639: ἘλαμίτηςἘλαμίτης (T WH Ἐλαμειτης (see under the word εἰ, ἰ)), Ἐλαμιτου, ὁ, an Elamite, i. e. an inhabitant of the province of Elymais, a region stretching southward to the Persian Gulf, but the boundaries of which are variously given (cf. Winers RWB under the word Elam; Vaihinger in Herzog iii., p. 747ff; Dillmann in Schenkel ii., p. 91f; Schrader in Rheim, p. 358f; Grimm on 1 Macc. 6:1; (BB. DD., see under the words, , )): Acts 2:9. (Isaiah 21:2; in Greek writings Ἐλυμαῖος, and so Judith 1:6.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλάσσων Transliteration: elassōn Phonetic Spelling: el-as'-sone Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: smaller, less Meaning: smaller, less GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1640 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1640 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1640 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1640 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1640, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλάσσων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1640 elassōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: less, under, worse, younger. Or elatton el-at-tone'; comparative of the same as elachistos; smaller (in size, quantity, age or quality) -- less, under, worse, younger. see GREEK elachistos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1640: ἐλάσσωνἐλάσσων (in John and Romans) or ἐλαττῶν (in Hebrews, 1 Timothy; cf. Buttmann, 7), ἐλασσον (comparitive of the epic adjective ἐλαχύς equivalent to μικρός) (from Homer down), less — either in age (younger), Romans 9:12; or in rank, Hebrews 7:7; or in excellence, worse (opposed to καλός), John 2:10. Neuter ἔλαττον, adverbially, less (namely, than etc., A. V. under; cf. Winers Grammar, 239 (225); 595f, (554); Buttmann, 127f (112)): 1 Timothy 5:9. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλαττονέω Transliteration: elattoneō Phonetic Spelling: el-at-ton-eh-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be less Meaning: to be less GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1641 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1641 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1641 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1641 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1641, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλαττονέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1641 elattoneō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: have lack. From elasson; to diminish, i.e. Fall short -- have lack. see GREEK elasson Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1641: ἐλαττονέωἐλαττονέω (Buttmann, 7), ἐλαττόνω: 1 aorist ἠλαττόνησα; (ἔλαττον); not found in secular authors (yet see Aristotle, de plant. 2, 3, p. 825a, 23); to be less, inferior (in possessions): 2 Corinthians 8:15 from Exodus 16:18. (Proverbs 11:24; Sir. 19:6 (Sir. 19:5); also transitively, to make less, diminish: Genesis 8:3; Proverbs 14:34; 2 Macc. 13:19, etc.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλαττόω Transliteration: elattoō Phonetic Spelling: el-at-to'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make less (in rank or influence) Meaning: to make less (in rank or influence) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1642 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1642 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1642 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1642 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1642, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλαττόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1642 elattoō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: decrease, make lower. From elasson; to lessen (in rank or influence) -- decrease, make lower. see GREEK elasson Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1642: ἐλαττόωἐλαττόω (Buttmann, 7), ἐλάττω: 1 aorist ἠλαττωσα; passive, (present ἐλαττοῦμαι); perfect participle ἠλαττωμενος; (ἐλαττῶν); to make less or inferior: τινα, in dignity, Hebrews 2:7; passive to be made less or inferior: in dignity, Hebrews 2:9; to decrease (opposed to αὐξάνω), in authority and popularity, John 3:30. (Many times in the Sept.; in Greek writings from Thucydides on.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλαύνω Transliteration: elaunō Phonetic Spelling: el-ow'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to drive or push (as wind, oars, or demoniacal power) Meaning: to drive or push (as wind, oars, or demoniacal power) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1643 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1643 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1643 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1643 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1643, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλαύνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1643 elaunō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: carry, drive, row. A prolonged form of a primary verb (obsolete except in certain tenses as an alternative of this) of uncertain affinity; to push (as wind, oars or d?Monical power) -- carry, drive, row. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1643: ἐλαύνωἐλαύνω; perfect participle ἐληλακως; passive (present ἐλαύνομαι); imperfect ἠλαυνομην; to drive: of the wind driving ships or clouds, James 3:4; 2 Peter 2:17; of sailors propelling a vessel by oars, to row, Mark 6:48; to be carried in a ship, to sail, John 6:19 (often so in Greek writings from Homer down; often also with νῆα or ναῦν added); of demons driving to some place the men whom they possess, Luke 8:29. (Compare: ἀπελαύνω, συνελαύνω.) STRONGS NT 1643: ἐλάωἐλάω, see ἐλαύνω. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλαφρία Transliteration: elaphria Phonetic Spelling: el-af-ree'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: levity, fickleness Meaning: levity, fickleness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1644 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1644 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1644 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1644 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1644, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλαφρία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1644 elaphria 🕊 Strong's Concordance: lightness. From elaphros; levity (figuratively), i.e. Fickleness -- lightness. see GREEK elaphros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1644: ἐλαφρίᾳἐλαφρίᾳ, ἐλαφριας, ἡ (ἐλαφρός), lightness; used of levity and fickleness of mind, 2 Corinthians 1:17; a later word, cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 343. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλαφρός Transliteration: elaphros Phonetic Spelling: el-af-ros' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: light, easy to bear Meaning: light, easy to bear GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1645 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1645 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1645 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1645 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1645, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλαφρός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1645 elaphros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: light. Probably akin to elauno and the base of elasson; light, i.e. Easy -- light. see GREEK elauno see GREEK elasson Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1645: ἐλαφρόςἐλαφρός, ἐλαφρα, ἐλαφρόν, light in weight, quick, agile; a light φορτίον is used figuratively concerning the commandments of Jesus, easy to be kept, Matthew 11:30; neuter τό ἐλαφρόν, substantively, the lightness: τῆς θλίψεως (A. V. our light affliction), 2 Corinthians 4:17. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλάχιστος Transliteration: elachistos Phonetic Spelling: el-akh'-is-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: least (in size, amount, dignity, etc.) Meaning: least (in size, amount, dignity, etcetera) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1646 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1646 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1646 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1646 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1646, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλάχιστος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1646 elachistos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: least, very little, smallest. Superlative of elachus (short); used as equivalent to mikros; least (in size, amount, dignity, etc.) -- least, very little (small), smallest. see GREEK mikros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1646: ἐλάχιστοςἐλάχιστος, ἐλαχίστη, ἐλάχιστον (superlative of the adjective μικρός, but coming from ἐλαχύς) ((Homer h. Merc. 573), Herodotus down), smallest, least — whether in size: James 3:4; in amount: of the management of affairs, πιστός ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, Luke 16:10 (opposed to ἐν πολλῷ); ; ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ ἄδικος, Luke 16:10; in importance: what is of the least moment, 1 Corinthians 6:2; in authority: of commandments, Matthew 5:19; in the estimation of men: of persons, Matthew 25:40, 45; in rank and excellence: of persons, Matthew 5:19; 1 Corinthians 15:9; of a town, Matthew 2:6. οὐδέ (R G οὔτε) ἐλάχιστον, not even a very small thing, Luke 12:26; ἐμοί εἰς ἐλάχιστον, ἐστι (see εἰμί, V. 2 c.), 1 Corinthians 4:3. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλαχιστότερος Transliteration: elachistoteros Phonetic Spelling: el-akh-is-tot'-er-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: less than the least Meaning: less than the least GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1647 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1647 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1647 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1647 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1647, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλαχιστότερος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1647 elachistoteros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: less than the least. Comparative of elachistos; far less -- less than the least. see GREEK elachistos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1647: ἐλαχιστοτεροςἐλαχιστοτερος, ἐλαχιστερα, ἐλαχιστερον (comparitive formed from the superlative ἐλάχιστος; there is also a superlative ἐλαχιστοτατος; "it is well known that this kind of double comparison is common in the poets; but in prose, it is regarded as faulty." Lob. ad Phryn., p. 136; cf. Winers Grammar, § 11, 2 b. (also 27 (26); Buttmann, 28 (25))), less than the least, lower than the lowest: Ephesians 3:8. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἐλεάζαρ Transliteration: Eleazar Phonetic Spelling: el-eh-ad'-zar Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Eleazar, an Israelite Meaning: Eleazar -- an Israelite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1648 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1648 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1648 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1648 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1648, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἐλεάζαρ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1648 Eleazar 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Eleazar. Of Hebrew origin (El'azar); Eleazar, an Israelite -- Eleazar. see HEBREW El'azar Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1648: ἘλεάζαρἘλεάζαρ (אֶלְעָזָר whom God helps), ὁ, indeclinable, Eleazar, one of the ancestors of Christ: Matthew 1:15. STRONGS NT 1648a: ἐλεγμόςἐλεγμός, ἐλεγμοῦ, ὁ (ἐλέγχω), correction, reproof, censure: 2 Timothy 3:16 L T Tr WH for R G ἔλεγχον. (Sir. 21:6 Sir. 35:17 (Sir. 32:17), etc.; for תּוכֵחָה chastisement, punishment, 2 Kings 19:3; Psalm 149:7; (Isaiah 37:3; etc.). Not found in secular writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔλεγξις Transliteration: elenxis Phonetic Spelling: el'-eng-xis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: reproof Meaning: reproof GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1649 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1649 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1649 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1649 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1649, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔλεγξις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1649 elenxis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: rebuke. From elegcho; refutation, i.e. Reproof -- rebuke. see GREEK elegcho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1649: ἔλεγξιςἔλεγξις, ἐλεγξεως, ἡ (ἐλέγχω, which see), refutation, rebuke; (Vulg.correptio; Augustine,convictio): ἔλεγξιν ἔσχεν ἰδίας παρανομίας, he was rebuked for his own transgression, 2 Peter 2:16. (Philostr. vit. Apoll. 2, 22 (p. 74, Olear. edition); the Sept., Job 21:4; Job 23:2, for שִׂיחַ complaint; (Protevangel. Jacob. 16, 1 τό ὕδωρ τῆς ἐλεγξεως κυρίου (the Sept. Numbers 5:18 τό ὑδδορ τοῦ ἐλεγμοῦ)).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔλεγχος Transliteration: elenchos Phonetic Spelling: el'-eng-khos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a proof, test Meaning: a proof, test GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1650 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1650 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1650 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1650 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1650, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔλεγχος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1650 elenchos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: evidence, reproof. From elegcho; proof, conviction -- evidence, reproof. see GREEK elegcho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1650: ἔλεγχοςἔλεγχος, ἐλέγχου, ὁ (ἐλέγχω); 1. a proof, that by which a thing is proved or tested (τό πρᾶγμα τόν ἔλεγχον δώσει, Demosthenes 44, 15 (i. e. in Philippians 1:15); τῆς εὐψυχίας, Euripides, Herc. fur. 162; ἐνθαδ' ὁ ἔλεγχος τοῦ πράγματος, Epictetus diss. 3, 10, 11; others): τῶν (or rather, πραγμάτων) οὐ βλεπομένων, that by which invisible things are proved (and we are convinced of their reality), Hebrews 11:1 (Vulg.argumentumnonapparentium (Tdf.rerumarg.nonparentum)); (others take the word here (in accordance with the preceding ὑπόστασις, which see) of the inward result of proving viz. a conviction; see Lünem, at the passage). 2. conviction (Augustine,convictio): πρός ἔλεγχον, for convicting one of his sinfulness, 2 Timothy 3:16 R G. (Euripides, Plato, Demosthenes, others; the Sept. chiefly for תּוכַחַת.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλέγχω Transliteration: elenchō Phonetic Spelling: el-eng'-kho Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to expose, convict, reprove Meaning: to expose, convict, reprove GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1651 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1651 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1651 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1651 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1651, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλέγχω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1651 elenchō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: convict, convince, rebuke, reprove. Of uncertain affinity; to confute, admonish -- convict, convince, tell a fault, rebuke, reprove. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1651: ἐλέγχωἐλέγχω; future ἐλέγξω; 1 aorist infinitive ἐλέγξαι, imperative ἔλεγξον; (passive, present ἐλέγχομαι; 1 aorist ἐλεγχθην); the Sept. for הוכִיחַ; 1. to convict, refute, confute, generally with a suggestion of the shame of the person convicted ("ἐλέγχεινhateigentlichnichtdieBedeutung 'tadeln,schmähen,zurechtweisen,'welcheihmdieLexikazuschreiben,sondernbedeutetnichtsalsüberführen (Schmidt, chapter 4: § 12)): τινα, of crime, fault, or error; of sin, 1 Corinthians 14:24; ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπό τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται, James 2:9; ὑπό τῆς συνειδήσεως, John 8:9 R G (Philo, Works, ii., p. 649 (ed. Mang., vi. 203, Richter edition, fragment περί ἀναστάσεως καί κρίσεως) τό συνειδός ἔλεγχος ἀδέκαστος καί πάντων ἀψευδεστατος); followed by περί with the genitive of thing, John 8:46; John 16:8, and L T Tr WH in Jude 1:15 (Aristophanes, Plutarch, 574); contextually, by conviction to bring to light, to expose: τί, John 3:20, cf. 21; Ephesians 5:11, 13 (Aristophanes ecclesiastical 485; τά κρυπτά, Artemidorus Daldianus, oneir. 1, 68; ἐπιστάμενος, ὡς εἰ καί λαθοι ἡ ἐπιβουλή καί μή ἐλεγχθειη, Herodian, 3, 12, 11 (4th edition, Bekker); others); used of the exposure and confutation of false teachers of Christianity, Titus 1:9, 13; ταῦτα ἔλεγχε, utter these things by way of refutation, Titus 2:15. 2. to find fault with, correct; a. by word; to reprehend severely, chide, admonish, reprove: Jude 1:22 L T Tr text; 1 Timothy 5:20; 2 Timothy 4:2; τινα περί τίνος, Luke 3:19; contextually, to call to account, show one his fault, demand an explanation: τινα, from someone, Matthew 18:15. b. by deed; to chasten, punish (according to the translation of the Hebrew הוכִיחַ, Psalm 37:2 (), etc.; Wis. 12:2): Hebrews 12:5 (from Proverbs 3:11); Revelation 3:19. (On this word cf. J. C. Hare, The Mission of the Comforter, note L; Trench, § iv. Compare: ἐξελέγχω, διακατελεγχὡ(μαἰ.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλεεινός Transliteration: eleeinos Phonetic Spelling: el-eh-i-nos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: pitiable Meaning: pitiable GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1652 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1652 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1652 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1652 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1652, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλεεινός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1652 eleeinos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: miserable. From eleos; pitiable -- miserable. see GREEK eleos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1652: ἐληινοςἐληινος, ἐληινη, ἐληινον (ἔλεος), from Homer down, to be pitied, miserable: Revelation 3:17 (where WH have adopted the Attic form ἐλεινός, see their Appendix, p. 145); comparative, 1 Corinthians 15:19. (Cf. Winer's Grammar, 99 (94).) STRONGS NT 1652: ἐλεινός [ἐλεινός, see ἐληινος.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλεέω Transliteration: eleeō Phonetic Spelling: el-eh-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to have pity or mercy on, to show mercy Meaning: to have pity or mercy on, to show mercy GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1653 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1653 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1653 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1653 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1653, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλεέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1653 eleeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: have compassion, show mercy. From eleos; to compassionate (by word or deed, specially, by divine grace) -- have compassion (pity on), have (obtain, receive, shew) mercy (on). see GREEK eleos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1653: ἐλεάωἐλεάω, adopted for the more common ἐληω (which see) by L T Tr WH in Romans 9:16 and Jude 1:23 (also by WH Tr marginal reading in 22); (Proverbs 21:26 Vat.; 4 Macc. 9:3 variant; Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 13, 2 [ET]; Polycarp, ad Philip. 2, 2 [ET]). Cf. Winers Grammar, 85 (82); Buttmann, 57 (50); (Mullach, p. 252; WHs Appendix, p. 166; Tdf. Proleg., p. 122). STRONGS NT 1653: ἐληωἐληω, ἐλεῶ; future ἐλεήσω; 1 aorist ἠλέησα; passive, 1 aorist ἠλεήθην; 1 future ἐλεηθήσομαι; perfect participle ἠλεημένος; (ἔλεος); from Homer down; the Sept. most frequently for חָנַן to be gracious, also for רִחַם to have mercy; several times for חָמַל to spare, and נִחַם to console; to have mercy on: τινα (Winer's Grammar, § 32, 1 b. α.), to succor one afflicted or seeking aid, Matthew 9:27; Matthew 15:22; Matthew 17:15; Matthew 18:33; Matthew 20:30; Mark 5:19 (here, by zeugma (Winer's Grammar, § 66, 2 e.), the ὅσα is brought over with an adverbial force (Winers Grammar, 463 (431f), how); f; Luke 16:24; Luke 17:13; Luke 18:38; Philippians 2:27; Jude 1:22 Rec.; absolutely to succor the afflicted, to bring help to the wretched (A. V. to show mercy), Romans 12:8; passive to experience (A. V. obtain) mercy, Matthew 5:7. Specifically, of God granting even to the unworthy favor, benefits, opportunities, and particularly salvation by Christ: Romans 9:15, 16 R G (see ἐλεάω), Romans 9:18; Romans 11:32; passive, Romans 11:30; 1 Corinthians 7:25; 2 Corinthians 4:1; 1 Timothy 1:13, 16; 1 Peter 2:10. [SYNONYMS: ἐληω, οἰκτείρω: ἐληω, to feel sympathy with the misery of another, especially such sympathy as manifests itself in act, less frequent in word; whereas οἰκτείρω denotes the inward feeling of compassion which abides in the heart. A criminal begs ἔλεος of his judge; but hopeless suffering is often the object of οἰκτιρμός. Schmidt, chapter 143. On the other hand, Fritzsche (Commentary on Romans, vol. ii., p. 315) makes οἰκτείρω and its derivatives the stronger terms: ἐληω, the generic word for the feeling excited by another's misery; οἰκτείρω the same, especially when it calls (or is suited to call) out exclamations and tears.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλεημοσύνη Transliteration: eleēmosynē Phonetic Spelling: el-eh-ay-mos-oo'-nay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: mercy, pity, alms Meaning: mercy, pity, alms GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1654 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1654 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1654 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1654 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1654, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλεημοσύνη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1654 eleēmosynē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: alms. From eleos; compassionateness, i.e. (as exercised towards the poor) beneficence, or (concretely) a benefaction -- alms(-deeds). see GREEK eleos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1654: ἐλεημοσύνηἐλεημοσύνη, ἐλεημοσύνης, ἡ (ἐλεήμων), the Sept. for חֶסֶד and צְדָקָה (see δικαιοσύνη, 1 b.); 1. mercy, pity (Callimachus () in Del. 152; Isaiah 38:18; Sir. 17:22 (), etc.), especially as exhibited in giving alms, charity: Matthew 6:4; ποιεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην, to practise the virtue of mercy or beneficence, to show one's compassion (A. V. do alms) (cf. the similar phrases δικαιοσύνην, ἀλήθειαν, etc. ποιεῖν), Matthew 6:1 Rec., 2, 3, (Sir. 7:10; Tobit 4:7 Tobit 12:8, etc.; for חֶסֶד עָשָׂה, Genesis 47:29); ἐλεημοσύνας, acts of beneficence, benefactions (cf. Winers Grammar, 176 (166); Buttmann, 77 (67)), Acts 10:2; εἰς τινα, Acts 24:17. Hence, 2. the benefaction itself, a donation to the poor, alms (the German Almosen (and the English alms) being (alike) a corruption of the Greek word): ἐλεημοσύνην διδόναι (((Diogenes Laërtius 5, 17)), Luke 11:41; Luke 12:33; αἰτεῖν, Acts 3:2; λαμβάνειν, Acts 3:3; πρός τήν ἐλεημοσύνην for (the purpose of asking) alms, Acts 3:10; plural, Acts 9:36; Acts 10:4, 31. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλεήμων Transliteration: eleēmōn Phonetic Spelling: el-eh-ay'-mone Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: merciful Meaning: merciful GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1655 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1655 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1655 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1655 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1655, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλεήμων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1655 eleēmōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: merciful. From eleeo; compassionate (actively) -- merciful. see GREEK eleeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1655: ἐλεήμωνἐλεήμων, ἐλεημον, merciful: Matthew 5:7; Hebrews 2:17. (From Homer, Odyssey 5, 191 on; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔλεος Transliteration: eleos Phonetic Spelling: el'-eh-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine; Noun, Neuter Short Definition: mercy, pity, compassion Meaning: mercy, pity, compassion GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1656 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1656 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1656 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1656 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1656, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔλεος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1656 eleos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tender mercy. Of uncertain affinity; compassion (human or divine, especially active) -- (+ tender) mercy. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1656: ἔλεος (1)ἔλεος (1), ἐλέου, ὁ, mercy: that of God toward sinners, Titus 3:5; ἔλεον λαμβάνειν, to receive i. e. experience, Hebrews 4:16; that of men: readiness to help those in trouble, Matthew 9:13 and Matthew 12:7 (from Hosea 6:6); Matthew 23:23. But in all these passages L T Tr WH have adopted the neuter form τό ἔλεος (which see), much more common in Hellenistic writings than the masculine ὁ ἔλεος, which is the only form in classic Greek (Sophocles (Lexicon, under the word) notes ἔλεος in Polybius 1, 88, 2; and Pape in Diodorus Siculus 3, 18 variant). The Greek manuscripts of the O. T. also frequently waver between the two forms. Cf. (WHs Appendix, p. 158); Winers Grammar, 66 (64); Buttmann, 22 (20). STRONGS NT 1656: ἔλεος (2)ἔλεος (2), ἐλέους, τό (a form more common in Hellenistic Greek than the classic ὁ ἔλεος, which see), "mercy; kindness or good will toward the miserable and afflicted, joined with a desire to relieve them"; 1. of men toward men: Matthew 9:13; Matthew 12:7; Matthew 23:23 (in these three passages, accusatives to L T Tr WH); James 2:13; James 3:17; ποιεῖν ἔλεος, to exercise the virtue of mercy, show oneself merciful, James 2:13; with the addition of μετά τίνος (in imitation of the very common Hebrew phrase פּ עִם חֶסֶד עָשָׂה, Genesis 21:23; Genesis 24:12; Judges 1:24, etc.; cf. Thiersch, De Pentateuchi vers. Alex., p. 147; (Winer's Grammar, 33 (32); 376 (353))), to show, afford, mercy to one, Luke 10:37. 2. of God toward men; a. universally: Luke 1:50; in benedictions: Galatians 6:16; 1 Timothy 1:2; 2 Timothy 1:2; ((probably) Titus 1:4 R L); 2 John 1:3; Jude 1:2. ἐμεγάλυνε κύριος τό ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ' αὐτῆς, magnified his mercy toward her, i. e. showed distinguished mercy to her (after the Hebrew, see Genesis 19:19), Luke 1:58. b. especially the mercy and clemency of God in providing and offering to men salvation by Christ: Luke 1:54; Romans 15:9; Ephesians 2:4; (Titus 3:5 L T Tr WH; Hebrews 4:16 L T Tr WH); 1 Peter 1:3; σπλάγχνα ἐλέους (the genitive of quality (cf. Winers Grammar, 611 (568))), wherein mercy dwells, as we should say, the heart of mercy, Luke 1:78; ποιεῖν ἔλεος μετά τίνος (see 1 above), Luke 1:72; σκεύη ἐλέους, vessels (fitted for the reception) of mercy, i. e. men whom GOd has made fit to obtain salvation through Christ, Romans 9:23; τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐληι, by (in consequence of, moved by) the mercy shown you in your conversion to Christ, Romans 11:31 (cf. Winers Grammar, § 22, 7 (cf. § 61, 3 a.); Buttmann, 157 (137)). 3. the mercy of Christ, whereby at his return to judgment he will bless true Christians with eternal life: Jude 1:21; (2 Timothy 1:16, 18 (on the repetition of κύριος in 2 Timothy 1:18 cf. Genesis 19:24; 1 Samuel 3:21; 1 Samuel 15:22; 2 Chronicles 7:2; Genesis 1:27, etc. Winer's Grammar, § 22, 2); but Prof. Grimm understands κύριος here as referring to God; see κύριος, c. α.). (Cf. Trench, § xlvii.; and see ἐληω at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλευθερία Transliteration: eleutheria Phonetic Spelling: el-yoo-ther-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: liberty, freedom Meaning: liberty, freedom GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1657 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1657 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1657 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1657 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1657, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλευθερία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1657 eleutheria 🕊 Strong's Concordance: liberty. From eleutheros; freedom (legitimate or licentious, chiefly moral or ceremonial) -- liberty. see GREEK eleutheros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1657: ἐλευθερίαἐλευθερία, ἐλευθέρας, ἡ (ἐλεύθερος), liberty, (from Pindar, Herodotus down); in the N. T. a. liberty to do or to omit things having no relation to salvation, 1 Corinthians 10:29; from the yoke of the Mosaic law, Galatians 2:4; Galatians 5:1, 13; 1 Peter 2:16; from Jewish errors so blinding the mental vision that it does not discern the majesty of Christ, 2 Corinthians 3:17; freedom from the dominion of corrupt desires, so that we do by the free impulse of the soul what the will of God requires: ὁ νόμος τῆς ἐλευθερίας, i. e. the Christian religion, which furnishes that rule of right living by which the liberty just mentioned is attained, James 1:25; James 2:12; freedom from the restraints and miseries of earthly frailty: so in the expression ἡ ἐλευθερία τῆς δόξης (epexegetical genitive (Winer's Grammar, 531 (494))), manifested in the glorious condition of the future life, Romans 8:21. b. fancied liberty, i. e. license, the liberty to do as one pleases, 2 Peter 2:19. J. C. Erler, Commentatio exeg. de libertatis christianae notione in N. T. libris obvia, 1830 (an essay I have never had the good fortune to see). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλεύθερος Transliteration: eleutheros Phonetic Spelling: el-yoo'-ther-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: free, not a slave or not under restraint Meaning: free, not a slave or not under restraint GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1658 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1658 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1658 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1658 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1658, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλεύθερος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1658 eleutheros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: free man, free woman, at liberty. Probably from the alternate of erchomai; unrestrained (to go at pleasure), i.e. (as a citizen) not a slave (whether freeborn or manumitted), or (genitive case) exempt (from obligation or liability) -- free (man, woman), at liberty. see GREEK erchomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1658: ἐλεύθεροςἐλεύθερος, ἐλευθέρα, ἐλεύθερον (ἘΛΑΥΘΩ equivalent to ἔρχομαι (so Curtius, p. 497, after Etym. Magn. 329, 43; Suidas col. 1202 a., Gaisf. edition; but others besides, cf. Vanicek, p. 61); hence, properly, one who can go whither he pleases) (from Homer down), the Sept. for חָפְשִׁי, free; 1. freeborn; in a civil sense, one who is not a slave: John 8:33; 1 Corinthians 7:22; 1 Corinthians 12:13; Galatians 3:28; Ephesians 6:8; Colossians 3:11; Revelation 6:15; Revelation 13:16; Revelation 19:18; feminine, Galatians 4:22f, 30f. (opposed to ἡ παιδίσκη); of one who ceases to be a slave, freed, manumitted: γίνεσθαι ἐλεύθερον, 1 Corinthians 7:21. 2. free, exempt, unrestrained, not bound by an obligation: 1 Corinthians 9:1; ἐκ πάντων (see ἐκ, I. 6 at the end), 1 Corinthians 9:19; ἀπό τίνος, free from i. e. no longer under obligation to, so that one may now do what was formerly forbidden by the person or thing to which he was bound, Romans 7:3 (cf. Winers Grammar, 196f (185); Buttmann, 157f (138), 269 (231)); followed by an infinitive (Winers Grammar, 319 (299); Buttmann, 260 (224)), ἐλευθέρα ἐστιν ... γαμηθῆναι she is free to be married, has liberty to marry, 1 Corinthians 7:39; exempt from paying tribute or tax, Matthew 17:26. 3. in an ethical sense: free from the yoke of the Mosaic law, Galatians 4:26; 1 Peter 2:16; from the bondage of sin, John 8:36; left to one's own will and pleasure, with the dative of respect, τῇ δικαιοσύνη, so far as relates to righteousness, as respects righteousness, Romans 6:20 (Winers Grammar, § 31, 1 k.; Buttmann, § 133, 12). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλευθερόω Transliteration: eleutheroō Phonetic Spelling: el-yoo-ther-o'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make free, to exempt (from liability) Meaning: to make free, to exempt (from liability) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1659 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1659 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1659 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1659 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1659, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλευθερόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1659 eleutheroō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: deliver, make free. From eleutheros; to liberate, i.e. (figuratively) to exempt (from moral, ceremonial or mortal liability) -- deliver, make free. see GREEK eleutheros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1659: ἐλευθερόωἐλευθερόω, ἐλευθέρω: future ἐλευθερώσω; 1 aorist ἠλευθερωσα; passive, 1 aorist ἠλευθερωθην; 1 future ἐλευθερωθήσομαι; (ἐλεύθερος); (from Aeschylus down); to make free, set at liberty: from the dominion of sin, John 8:32, 36; τινα ἀπό τίνος, one from another's control (Winers Grammar, 196f (185); Buttmann, 157f (138)): ἀπό τοῦ νόμου τάς ἁμαρτίας καί τοῦ θανάτου (see νόμος, 1), Romans 8:2; ἀπό τάς ἁμαρτίας, from the dominion of sin, Romans 6:18, 22; ἀπό τάς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς εἰς τήν ἐλευθερίαν, to liberate from bondage (see δουλεία) and to bring (transfer) into etc. (see εἰς, C. 1), Romans 8:21; with a dative commodi, τῇ ἐλευθερία, that we might be possessors of liberty, Galatians 5:1; cf. Buttmann, § 133, 12 (and Lightfoot at the passage). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔλευσις Transliteration: eleusis Phonetic Spelling: el'-yoo-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a coming Meaning: a coming GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1660 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1660 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1660 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1660 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1660, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔλευσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1660 eleusis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: coming. From the alternate of erchomai; an advent -- coming. see GREEK erchomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1660: ἔλευσιςἔλευσις, ἐλεύσεως, ἡ (ἔρχομαι), a coming, advent (Dionysius Halicarnassus 3, 59): Acts 7:52. (ἐν τῇ ἐλευσει αὐτοῦ, i. e. of Christ, καί ἐπιφάνεια τῇ ὑστέρα, Act. Thom. 28; plural αἱ ἐλευσεις, of the first and the second coming of Christ to earth, Irenaeus 1, 10.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλεφάντινος Transliteration: elephantinos Phonetic Spelling: el-ef-an'-tee-nos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of ivory Meaning: of ivory GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1661 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1661 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1661 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1661 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1661, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλεφάντινος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1661 elephantinos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: of ivory. From elephas (an "elephant"); elephantine, i.e. (by implication) composed of ivory -- of ivory. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1661: ἐλεφάντινοςἐλεφάντινος, ἐλεφαντινη, ἐλεφάντινον (ἐλέφας), of ivory: Revelation 18:12. (Alcaeus Mytilenaeus, Aristophanes, Polybius, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἐλιακείμ Transliteration: Eliakeim Phonetic Spelling: el-ee-ak-ime' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Eliakim, two Israelites Meaning: Eliakim -- two Israelites GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1662 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1662 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1662 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1662 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1662, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἐλιακείμ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1662 Eliakeim 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Eliakim. Of Hebrew origin ('Elyaqiym'); Eliakim, an Israelite -- Eliakim. see HEBREW 'Elyaqiym' Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1662: ἘλιακείμἘλιακείμ (אֶלְיָקִים whom God set up), Eliakim, one of the ancestors of Christ: Matthew 1:13; Luke 3:30. STRONGS NT 1662a: ἕλιγμα [ἕλιγμα, ἑλιγματος, τό (ἑλίσσω), a roll: John 19:39 WH text, where others read μίγμα, which see (Athen., Anth. P., others.)] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἐλιέζερ Transliteration: Eliezer Phonetic Spelling: el-ee-ed'-zer Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Eliezer, an Israelite Meaning: Eliezer -- an Israelite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1663 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1663 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1663 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1663 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1663, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἐλιέζερ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1663 Eliezer 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Eliezer. Of Hebrew origin (Eliy'ezer); Eliezer, an Israelite -- Eliezer. see HEBREW Eliy'ezer Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1663: ΑλιεζερΑλιεζερ (אֶלִיעֶזֶר my God is help), Eliezer, one of the ancestors of Christ: Luke 3:29. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἐλιούδ Transliteration: Elioud Phonetic Spelling: el-ee-ood' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: "God of majesty", Eliud, an Israelite Meaning: Eliud -- "God of majesty", an Israelite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1664 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1664 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1664 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1664 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1664, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἐλιούδ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1664 Elioud 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Eliud. Of Hebrew origin ('el and howd); God of majesty; Eliud, an Israelite -- Eliud. see HEBREW 'el see HEBREW howd Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1664: ἘλιούδἘλιούδ (from אֵל and הוד glory (?)), Eliud, one of the ancestors of Christ: Matthew 1:14f |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἐλισάβετ Transliteration: Elisabet Phonetic Spelling: el-ee-sab'-et Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Elizabeth, an Israelitess Meaning: Elizabeth -- an Israelitess GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1665 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1665 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1665 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1665 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1665, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἐλισάβετ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1665 Elisabet 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Elisabeth. Of Hebrew origin (Eliysheba'); Elisabet, an Israelitess -- Elisabeth. see HEBREW Eliysheba' Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1665: ἘλισάβετἘλισάβετ (WH Ἐλεισαβετ, see WH's Appendix, p. 155, and under the word εἰ, ἰ) (אֱלִישֶׁבַע my God is my oath, i. e. a worshipper of God), Elisabeth, wife of Zacharias the priest and mother of John the Baptist: Luke 1:5ff |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἐλισσαῖος Transliteration: Elissaios Phonetic Spelling: el-is-sah'-yos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Elisha, an Israelite prophet Meaning: Elisha -- an Israelite prophet GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1666 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1666 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1666 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1666 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1666, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἐλισσαῖος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1666 Elissaios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Elissaeus. Of Hebrew origin (Eliysha'); Elissaeus, an Israelite -- Elissaeus. see HEBREW Eliysha' Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1666: ἘλισσαιοςἘλισσαιος and (so L T) Ἐλισαῖος (cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 107; Tr WH Ἐλισαῖος, cf. WH's Appendix, p. 159), Ἐλισσαίου, ὁ, (אֱלִישַׁע my God is salvation), Elisha, a distinguished O. T. prophet, the disciple, companion, and successor of Elijah (1 Kings 19:16; 2 Kings 1-13): Luke 4:27. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑλίσσω Transliteration: helissō Phonetic Spelling: hel-is'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to roll up, to coil Meaning: to roll up, to coil GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1667 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1667 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1667 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1667 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1667, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑλίσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1667 helissō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fold up. A form of heilisso; to coil or wrap -- fold up. see GREEK heilisso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1667: ἑλίσσωἑλίσσω: future ἑλιξω (Rec.st ἑλίσσω); (present passive ἑλίσσομαι; from Homer down); to roll up, fold together: Hebrews 1:12 (where T Tr marginal reading ἀλλάξεις), and Revelation 6:14 L T Tr WH; see εἱλίσσω. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἕλκος Transliteration: helkos Phonetic Spelling: hel'-kos Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a wound, a sore, an ulcer Meaning: a wound, a sore, an ulcer GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1668 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1668 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1668 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1668 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1668, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἕλκος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1668 helkos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sore. Probably from helkuo; an ulcer (as if drawn together) -- sore. see GREEK helkuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1668: ἕλκοςἕλκος, ἑλκεος (ἕλκους) (cf. Latinulcus,ulcerare; perhaps akin to ἕλκω (Etym. Magn. 331, 3; 641, 3), yet cf. Curtius, § 23), τό; 1. a wound, especially a suppurated wound; so in Homer and earlier writings. 2. from (Thucydides), Theophrastus, Polybius on, a sore, an ulcer: Revelation 16:2; plural, Luke 16:21; Revelation 16:11. (for שְׁחִין, Exodus 9:9; Job 2:7, etc.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑλκόω Transliteration: helkoō Phonetic Spelling: hel-ko'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to wound, to ulcerate, pass. to suffer from sores Meaning: to wound, to ulcerate, to suffer from sores GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1669 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1669 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1669 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1669 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1669, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑλκόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1669 helkoō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: full of sores or ulcersFrom helkos; to cause to ulcerate, i.e. (passively) be ulcerous -- full of sores. see GREEK helkos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1669: ἑλκόωἑλκόω, ἕλκω: to make sore, cause to ulcerate (Hippocrates and medical writers); passive to be ulcerated; perfect participle passive ἡλκωμένος (L T Tr WH εἱλκωμένος (WHs Appendix, p. 161; Winers Grammar, § 12, 8; Buttmann, 34 (30))), full of sores: Luke 16:20 (Xenophon, de re. eq. 1, 4; 5, 1). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑλκύω Transliteration: helkyō Phonetic Spelling: hel-koo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to drag Meaning: to drag GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1670 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1670 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1670 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1670 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1670, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑλκύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1670 helkyō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: draw. Or helko hel'-ko; probably akin to haireomai; to drag (literally or figuratively) -- draw. Compare helisso. see GREEK haireomai see GREEK helisso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1670: ἑλκύωἑλκύω, see ἕλκω. STRONGS NT 1670: ἕλκωἕλκω (and in later writings ἑλκύω also (Veitch, under the word; Winer's Grammar, 86 (82))); imperfect εἷλκον (Acts 21:30); future ἑλκύσω (ἑλκύσω Rec.elz John 12:32); 1 aorist εἵλκυσα ((infinitive (John 21:6) ἑλκύσαι Rbez elz L T WH, ἑλκύσαι R {s} G Tr); cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. § 114, vol. ii., p. 171; Krüger, § 40, under the word; (Lob. Paralip., p. 35f; Veitch, under the word)); from Homer down; the Sept. for מָשַׁך; to draw; 1. properly: τό δίκτυον, John 21:6, 11; μάχαιραν, i. e. unsheathe, John 18:10 (Sophocles Ant. 1208 (1233), etc.); τινα, a person forcibly and against his will (our drag, drag off), ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ, Acts 21:30; εἰς τήν ἀγοράν, Acts 16:19; εἰς κριτήρια, James 2:6 (πρός τόν δῆμον, Aristophanes eqq. 710; and in Latin, as Caesar b. g. 1, 53 (54, 4)cumtriniscatenisvinctustraheretur, Livy 2, 27cumalictoribusjamtraheretur). 2. metaphorically, to draw by inward power, lead, impel: John 6:44 (so in Greek also; as ἐπιθυμίας ... ἑλκουσης ἐπί ἡδονάς, Plato, Phaedr., p. 238 a.; ὑπό τῆς ἡδονῆς ἑλκόμενοι, Aelian h. a. 6, 31; likewise 4 Macc. 14:13; 15:8 (11).trahitsuaquemquevoluptas, Vergil, ecl. 2, 65); πάντας ἑλκύσω πρός ἐμαυτόν, I by my moral, my spiritual, influence will win over to myself the hearts of all, John 12:32. Cf. Meyer on John 6:44; (Trench, § 21, Compare: ἐξέλκω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἑλλάς Transliteration: Hellas Phonetic Spelling: hel-las' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Hellas, Greece, a country of Europe Meaning: Hellas -- Greece, a country of Europe GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1671 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1671 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1671 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1671 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1671, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἑλλάς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1671 Hellas 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Greece. Of uncertain affinity; Hellas (or Greece), a country of Europe -- Greece. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1671: ἑλλάςἑλλάς, Ἑλλάδος, ἡ, Greece i. e. Greece proper, as opposed to Macedonia, equivalent to Ἀχαΐα (which see) in the time of the Romans: Acts 20:2 (cf. Wetstein at the passage; Meyer on Acts 18:12). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἕλλην Transliteration: Hellēn Phonetic Spelling: hel'-lane Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a Greek, usually a name for a Gentile Meaning: Greeks -- a Greek, usually a name for a Gentile GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1672 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1672 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1672 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1672 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1672, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἕλλην [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1672 Hellēn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Gentile, Greek. From Hellas; a Hellen (Grecian) or inhabitant of Hellas; by extension a Greek-speaking person, especially a non-Jew -- Gentile, Greek. see GREEK Hellas Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1672: ἝλληνἝλλην, Ἕλληνος, ὁ; 1. a Greek by nationality, whether a native of the main land or of the Greek islands or colonies: Acts 18:17 Rec.; Ἕλληνες τέ καί βάρβαροι, Romans 1:14. 2. in a wider sense the name embraces all nations not Jews that made the language, customs, and learning of the Greeks their own; so that where Ἕλληνες are opposed to Jews, the primary reference is to a difference of religion and worship: John 7:35 (cf. Meyer at the passage); Acts 11:20 G L T Tr (cf. B. D. American edition, p. 967); Acts 16:1, 3; (Acts 21:28); 1 Corinthians 1:22, 23 Rec.; Galatians 2:3 (Josephus, Antiquities 20, 11, 2); Ἰουδαῖοι τέ καί Ἕλληνες, and the like: Acts 14:1; Acts 18:4; Acts 19:10, 17; Acts 20:21; Romans 1:16; Romans 2:9, 10; Romans 3:9; Romans 10:12; 1 Corinthians 1:24; 1 Corinthians 10:32; 1 Corinthians 12:13; Galatians 3:28; Colossians 3:11. The word is used in the same wide sense by the Greek church Fathers, cf. Otto on Tatian, p. 2; (Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word). The Ἕλληνες spoken of in John 12:20 and Acts 17:4 are Jewish proselytes from the Gentiles; see προσήλυτος, 2. (Cf. B. D. under the word etc. (especially American edition).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἑλληνικός Transliteration: Hellēnikos Phonetic Spelling: hel-lay-nee-kos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: Hellenic, Grecian (in language) Meaning: Hellenic -- Grecian (in language) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1673 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1673 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1673 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1673 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1673, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἑλληνικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1673 Hellēnikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Greek. From Hellen; Hellenic, i.e. Grecian (in language) -- Greek. see GREEK Hellen Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1673: ἙλληνικόςἙλληνικός, Ἑλληνικῇ, Ἑλληνικόν, Greek, Grecian: Luke 23:38 (T WH Tr text omit; L Tr marginal reading brackets the clause); Revelation 9:11. (From Aeschylus, Herodotus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἑλληνίς Transliteration: Hellēnis Phonetic Spelling: hel-lay-nis' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a Greek (i.e. Gentile) woman Meaning: Gentile -- a Greek (Gentile) woman GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1674 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1674 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1674 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1674 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1674, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἑλληνίς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1674 Hellēnis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Greek. Feminine of Hellen; a Grecian (i.e. Non-Jewish) woman -- Greek. see GREEK Hellen Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1674: ἙλληνίςἙλληνίς, ἑλληνιδος, ἡ; 1. a Greek woman. 2. a Gentile woman; not a Jewess (see Ἕλλην, 2): Mark 7:26; Acts 17:12. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἑλληνιστής Transliteration: Hellēnistēs Phonetic Spelling: hel-lay-nis-tace' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a Hellenist (Greek-speaking Jew) Meaning: Hellenistic -- a Hellenist (Greek-speaking Jew) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1675 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1675 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1675 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1675 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1675, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἑλληνιστής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1675 Hellēnistēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Grecian. From a derivative of Hellen; a Hellenist or Greek-speaking Jew -- Grecian. see GREEK Hellen Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1675: ἙλληνιστήςἙλληνιστής, ἑλληνιστου, ὁ (from ἑλληνίζω to copy the manners and worship of the Greeks or to use the Greek language (Winers Grammar, 94 (89f), cf. 28)), a Hellenist, i. e. one who imitates the manners and customs or the worship of the Greeks, and uses the Greek tongue; employed in the N. T. of Jews born in foreign lands and speaking Greek (Grecian Jews): Acts 11:20 R (WH; see in Ἕλλην, 2); Acts 9:29; the name adhered to them even after they had embraced Christianity, Acts 6:1, where it is opposed to οἱ Ἑβραῖοί, which see Cf. Winers RWB, under the word Hellenisten; Reuss in Herzog see p. 701ff; (BB. DD., under the word ; Farrar, St. Paul, chapter vii.; Wetstein (1752) on Acts 6:1). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἑλληνιστί Transliteration: Hellēnisti Phonetic Spelling: hel-lay-nis-tee' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: in Greek Meaning: in Greek GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1676 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1676 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1676 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1676 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1676, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἑλληνιστί [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1676 Hellēnisti 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Greek. Adverb from the same as Hellenistes; Hellenistically, i.e. In the Grecian language -- Greek. see GREEK Hellenistes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1676: ἙλληνιστίἙλληνιστί, adverb (ἑλληνίζω), in Greek, i. e. in the Greek language: John 19:20; Acts 21:37. (Xenophon, an. 7, 6, 8; others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλλογέω Transliteration: ellogeō Phonetic Spelling: el-log-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to charge to one's account, impute Meaning: to charge to one's account, impute GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1677 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1677 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1677 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1677 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1677, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλλογέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1677 ellogeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: impute, put on account. From en and logos (in the sense of account); to reckon in, i.e. Attribute -- impute, put on account. see GREEK en see GREEK logos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1677: ἐλλογάωἐλλογάω, equivalent to ἐλλογέω, which see ἐλλογέω (see ἐν, III. 3), ἐλλόγω; (passive, 3 person singular present ἐλλογεῖται R G L txt T Tr; imperfect ἐλλογατο L marginal reading WH; cf. WHs Appendix, p. 166; Tdf. Proleg., p. 122; Mullach, p. 252; Buttmann, 57f (50); Winer's Grammar, 85 (82)); (λόγος a reckoning, account); to reckon in, set to one's account, lay to one's charge, impute: τοῦτο ἐμοί ἐλλόγει (L T Tr WH ἐλλόγα (see references above)), charge this to my account, Philemon 1:18; sin the penalty of which is under consideration, Romans 5:13, where cf. Fritzsche, p. 311. (Inscr. quoted in Boeckh i., p. 850 (no. 1732 a.; Lightfoot adds Edict. Diocl. in Corp. Inscriptions Latin iii., p. 836; see further his note on Philemon 1:18; cf. Buttmann, 57f (50)).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἐλμωδάμ Transliteration: Elmōdam Phonetic Spelling: el-mo-dam' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Elmadam, an Israelite Meaning: Elmadam -- an Israelite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1678 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1678 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1678 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1678 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1678, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἐλμωδάμ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1678 Elmōdam 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Elmodam. Of Hebrew origin (perhaps for antiloidoreo); Elmodam, an Israelite -- Elmodam. see HEBREW 'Almowdad Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1678: ἘλμωδάμἘλμωδάμ (Lachmann Ἐλμαδάμ, T Tr WH Ἐλμαδαμ (on the breathing in manuscripts see Tdf. Proleg., p. 107)), ὁ, Elmodam or Elmadam, proper name of one of the ancestors of Christ: Luke 3:28. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλπίζω Transliteration: elpizō Phonetic Spelling: el-pid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to expect, to hope (for) Meaning: to expect, to hope (for) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1679 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1679 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1679 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1679 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1679, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλπίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1679 elpizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hope, expectFrom elpis; to expect or confide -- (have, thing) hope(-d) (for), trust. see GREEK elpis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1679: ἐλπίζωἐλπίζω; imperfect ἠλπιζον; Attic future ἐλπιῶ (Matthew 12:21, and often in the Sept. ((whence in Romans 15:12); cf. Buttmann, 37 (32); Winer's Grammar, § 13, 1 c.); the common form ἐλπίσω does not occur in Biblical Greek); 1 aorist ἤλπισα; perfect ἠλπικα; (present passive ἐλπίζομαι); (ἐλπίς, which see); the Sept. for בָּטַח to trust; חָסָה to flee for refuge; יִחֵל to wait, to hope; to hope (in a religious sense, to wait for salvation with joy and full of confidence): τί, Romans 8:24; 1 Corinthians 13:7; (τά) ἐλπιζομενα, things hoped for, Hebrews 11:1 (but WH marginal reading connect ἐλπιζομένων with the following πραγμάτων); once with the dative of the object on which the hope rests, hopefully to trust in: τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ (as in secular authors once τῇ τύχῃ, Thucydides 3, 97, 2), Matthew 12:21 G L T Tr WH (cf. Buttmann, 176 (153)); καθώς, 2 Corinthians 8:5. followed by an infinitive relating to the subject of the verb ἐλπίζω (cf. Winers Grammar, 331 (311); Buttmann, 259 (223)): Luke 6:34; Luke 23:8; Acts 26:7; Romans 15:24; 1 Corinthians 16:7; Philippians 2:(19),23; 1 Timothy 3:14; 2 John 1:12; 3 John 1:14; followed by a perfect infinitive 2 Corinthians 5:11; followed by ὅτι with a present Luke 24:21; ὅτι with a future, Acts 24:26; 2 Corinthians 1:13; 2 Corinthians 13:6; Philemon 1:22. Peculiar to Biblical Greek is the construction of this verb with prepositions and a case of noun or pronoun (cf. Buttmann, 175f (152f) (cf. 337 (290); Winer's Grammar, § 33, d.; Ellicott on 1 Timothy 4:10)): εἰς τινα, to direct hope unto one, John 5:45 (perfect ἠλπίκατε, in whom you have put your hope, and rely upon it (Winer's Grammar, § 40, 4 a.)); 1 Peter 3:5 L T Tr WH; with addition of ὅτι with future 2 Corinthians 1:10 (L text Tr WH brackets ὅτι, and so detach the following clause); ἐπί τίνι, to build hope on one, as on a foundation (often in the Sept.): Romans 15:12 (from Isaiah 11:10); 1 Timothy 4:10; 1 Timothy 6:17; ἐν τίνι, to repose hope in one, 1 Corinthians 15:19; followed by infinitive Philippians 2:19; ἐπί with according to direct hope toward something: ἐπί τί, to hope to receive something, 1 Peter 1:13; ἐπί τόν Θεόν, of those who hope for something from God, 1 Peter 3:5 R G; 1 Timothy 5:5, (and often in the Sept.). (Compare: ἀπελπίζω, προελπίζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλπίς Transliteration: elpis Phonetic Spelling: el-pece' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: expectation, hope Meaning: expectation, hope GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1680 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1680 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1680 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1680 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1680, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλπίς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1680 elpis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: faith, hope. From a primary elpo (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence -- faith, hope. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1680: ἐλπίςἐλπίς (sometimes written ἐλπίς; so WH in Romans 8:20; Tdf. in Acts 2:26; see (in 2 below, and) the references under the word ἀφειδον), ἐλπίδος, ἡ (ἔλπω to make to hope), the Sept. for בֶּטַח and מִבְטַח, trust; מַחְסֶה that in which one confides or to which he flees for refuge; תִּקְוָה expectation, hope; in the classics a vox media, i. e. expectation whether of good or of ill; 1. rarely in a bad sense, expectation of evil, fear; as, ἡ τῶν κακῶν ἐλπίς, Lucian, Tyrannic c. 3; τοῦ φοβοῦ ἐλπίς, Thucydides 7, 61; κακῇ ἐλπίς, Plato, rep. 1, p. 330 e. (cf. legg. 1, p. 644 c. at the end); πονηρά ἐλπίς Isaiah 28:19, the Sept. 2. much more frequent in the classics, and always in the N. T., in a good sense: expectation of good, hope; and in the Christian sense, joyful and confident expectation of eternal salvation: Acts 23:6; Acts 26:7; Romans 5:4; Romans 12:12; Romans 15:13; 1 Corinthians 13:13; 1 Peter 1:3; 1 Peter 3:15; ἀγαθή ἐλπίς (often in secular authors, as Plato, Phaedo 67 c.; plural ἐλπίδες ἀγαθαί, legg. 1, p. 649 b.; Xenophon, Ages. 1, 27), 2 Thessalonians 2:16; ἐλπίς βλεπομένη, hope whose object is seen, Romans 8:24; ὁ Θεός τῆς ἐλπίδος, God, the author of hope, Romans 15:13; ἡ πληροθορια τῆς ἐλπίδος, fullness, i. e. certainty and strength of hope, Hebrews 6:11; ἡ ὁμολογία τῆς ἐλπίδος, the confession of those things which we hope for, Hebrews 10:23; τό καύχημα τῆς ἐλπίδος hope wherein we glory, Hebrews 3:6; ἐπεισαγωγή κρείττονος ἐλπίδος, the bringing in of a better hope, Hebrews 7:19; ἐλπίς with the genitive of the subjunctive, Acts 28:20; 2 Corinthians 1:7 (6); Philippians 1:20; with the genitive of the object, Acts 27:20; Romans 5:2; 1 Corinthians 9:10; 1 Thessalonians 5:8; Titus 3:7; with the genitive of the thing on which the hope depends, ἡ ἐλπίς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν, Acts 16:19; τῆς κλήσεως, Ephesians 1:18; Ephesians 4:4; τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, Colossians 1:23; with the genitive of the person in whom hope is reposed, 1 Thessalonians 1:3 (cf. Buttmann, 155 (136)). ἐπ' (or ἐφ' — so Acts 2:26 L T; Romans 4:18 L; () T WH; cf. Scrivener, Introduction, etc., p. 565; (but see above, at the beginning)) ἐλπίδι, relying on hope, having hope, in hope (Euripides, Herc. fur. 804; Diodorus Siculus 13, 21; ἐπ' ἐλπίδι ἀγαθή, Xenophon, mem. 2, 1, 187 (Winers Grammar, 394 (368), cf. 425 (396); Buttmann, 337 (290)): Acts 2:26 (of a return to life); Romans 4:18; with the genitive of the thing hoped for added: ζωῆς αἰωνίου, Titus 1:2; τοῦ μετέχειν, 1 Corinthians 9:10 (G L T Tr WH); in hope, followed by ὅτι, Romans 8:20 (21) (but Tdf. reads διότι); on account of the hope, for the hope (Buttmann, 165 (144)), with the genitive of the thing on which the hope rests, Acts 26:6. παῥ ἐλπίδα, beyond, against, hope (Winer's Grammar, 404 (377)): Romans 4:18 (i. e. where the laws of nature left no room for hope). ἔχειν ἐλπίδα (often in Greek writings): Romans 15:4; 2 Corinthians 3:12; with an infinitive belonging to the person hoping, 2 Corinthians 10:15; ἐλπίδα ἔχειν εἰς (Tdf. πρός) Θεόν, followed by an accusative with an infinitive Acts 24:15 (εἰς Χριστόν ἔχειν, τάς ἐλπίδας, Acta Thomae § 28; (τήν ἐλπίδα εἰς τόν Ἰησοῦν ἐν τῷ πνεύματι ἔχοντες, the Epistle of Barnabas 11, 11 [ET])); ἐπί with the dative of person 1 John 3:3; ἐλπίδα μή ἔχοντες (of the heathen) having no hope (of salvation), Ephesians 2:12; 1 Thessalonians 4:13; ἤ ἐλπίς ἐστιν εἰς Θεόν, directed unto God, 1 Peter 1:21. By metonymy, it denotes a. the author of hope, or he who is its foundation, (often so in Greek authors, as Aeschylus choëph. 776; Thucydides 3, 57; (cf. Ignatius ad Eph. 21, 2 [ET]; ad Magn. 11 [ET] at the end; ad Philad. 11, 2 [ET]; ad Trall. inscr. and 2, 2 [ET], etc.)): 1 Timothy 1:1; 1 Thessalonians 2:19; with the genitive of object added, τῆς δόξης, Colossians 1:27. b. the thing hoped for: προσδέχεσθαι τήν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα, Titus 2:13; ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδέχεσθαι, the thing hoped for, which is righteousness (cf. Meyer edition Sieffert at the passage), Galatians 5:5 (προσδοκῶν τάς ὑπό Θεοῦ ἐλπίδας, 2 Macc. 7:14); διά ἐλπίδα τήν ἀποκειμένην ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, Colossians 1:5; κρατῆσαι τῆς προκειμένης ἐλπίδος, Hebrews 6:18 (cf. Bleek at the passage). — Zöckler, De vi ac notlone vocis ἐλπίς in N. T. Gissae 1856. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἐλύμας Transliteration: Elymas Phonetic Spelling: el-oo'-mas Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Elymas, a magician Meaning: Elymas -- a magician GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1681 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1681 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1681 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1681 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1681, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἐλύμας [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1681 Elymas 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Elymas. Of foreign origin; Elymas, a wizard -- Elymas. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1681: ἘλύμαςἘλύμας, ὁ (Buttmann, 20 (18)), Elymas, an appellative name which Luke interprets as μάγος — derived either, as is commonly supposed, from the Arabic (elymon), i. e. wise; or, according to the more probable opinion of Delitzsch (Zeitschrift f. d. Luth. Theol. 1877, p. 7), from the Aramaic אְלִימָא powerful: Acts 13:8. (BB. DD., under the word.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐλωΐ Transliteration: elōi Phonetic Spelling: el-o-ee' Part of Speech: Aramaic Transliterated Word (Indeclinable) Short Definition: my God Meaning: Eloi -- my God GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1682 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1682 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1682 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1682 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1682, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐλωΐ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1682 elōi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Eloi. Of Chaldean origin ('elahh with pronominal suffix) my God -- Eloi. see HEBREW 'elahh Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1682: ελωιελωι (L T ελωι (WH ελωι; see Iota)), Eloi, Syriac form ( אֶלֹהִי) for Hebrew אֵלִי (Psalm 21:2 (); Mark 15:34. (Cf. Kautzsch, Gram. d. Biblical-Aram., p. 11.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμαυτοῦ Transliteration: emautou Phonetic Spelling: em-ow-too' Part of Speech: Reflexive Pronoun Short Definition: of myself Meaning: of myself GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1683 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1683 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1683 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1683 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1683, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμαυτοῦ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1683 emautou 🕊 Strong's Concordance: me, myself. Genitive case compound of emou and autos; of myself so likewise the dative case emautoi em-ow-to', and accusative case emauton em-ow-ton' -- me, mine own (self), myself. see GREEK emou see GREEK autos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1683: ἐμαυτοῦἐμαυτοῦ, ἐμαυτης, ἐμαυτοῦ (from ἐμοῦ and αὐτοῦ, reflexive pronoun of 1st person, of myself, used only in the genitive, dative, and accusative singular (cf. Buttmann, 110ff (96ff)): ἀπ' ἐμαυτοῦ, see ἀπό, II. 2 d. aa.; ὑπ' ἐμαυτόν, under my control, Matthew 8:9; Luke 7:8; ἐμαυτόν, myself, as opposed to Christ, the supposed minister of sin (Luke 7:17), Galatians 2:18; tacitly opposed to an animal offered in sacrifice, John 17:19; negligently for αὐτός ἐμέ, 1 Corinthians 4:3 (yet cf. Meyer at the passage). As in Greek writers (Matthiae, § 148 Anm. 2, i., p. 354; Passow, under the word, p. 883), its force is sometimes so weakened that it scarcely differs from the simple person pronoun of the first person (yet denied by Meyer), as John 12:32; John 14:21; Philemon 1:13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμβαίνω Transliteration: embainō Phonetic Spelling: em-ba'-hee-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to walk on, to step into, embark Meaning: to walk on, to step into, embark GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1684 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1684 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1684 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1684 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1684, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμβαίνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1684 embainō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: come into, enter into, embarkFrom en and the base of basis; to walk on, i.e. Embark (aboard a vessel), reach (a pool) -- come (get) into, enter (into), go (up) into, step in, take ship. see GREEK en see GREEK basis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1684: ἐμβαίνωἐμβαίνω (see ἐν, III. 3); 2 aorist ἐνεβην, infinitive ἐμβῆναι, participle ἐμβάς; (from Homer down); to go into, step into: John 5:4 R L; εἰς τό πλοῖον, to embark, Matthew 8:23, and often. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμβάλλω Transliteration: emballō Phonetic Spelling: em-bal'-lo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cast into, subject to Meaning: to cast into, subject to GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1685 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1685 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1685 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1685 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1685, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμβάλλω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1685 emballō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cast into. From en and ballo; to throw on, i.e. (figuratively) subject to (eternal punishment) -- cast into. see GREEK en see GREEK ballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1685: ἐμβάλλωἐμβάλλω (see ἐν, III. 3): 2 aorist infinitive ἐμβαλεῖν; to throw in, cast into: εἰς, Luke 12:5. (From Homer down. Compare: παρεμβάλλω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμβάπτω Transliteration: embaptō Phonetic Spelling: em-bap'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to dip in Meaning: to dip in GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1686 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1686 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1686 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1686 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1686, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμβάπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1686 embaptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dip. From en and bapto; to whelm on, i.e. Wet (a part of the person, etc.) By contact with a fluid -- dip. see GREEK en see GREEK bapto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1686: ἐμβάπτωἐμβάπτω (see ἐν, III. 3): 1 aorist participle ἐμβάψας; to dip in: τί, John 13:26a Lachmann, 26b R G L text; τήν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ, Matthew 26:23; middle ὁ ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ' ἐμοῦ (Lachmann adds τήν χεῖρα) εἰς τό (WH add ἕν in brackets) τρύβλιον, Mark 14:20. (Aristophanes, Xenophon, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμβατεύω Transliteration: embateuō Phonetic Spelling: em-bat-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to set foot upon Meaning: to set foot upon GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1687 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1687 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1687 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1687 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1687, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμβατεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1687 embateuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: intrude into. From en and a presumed derivative of the base of basis; equivalent to embaino; to intrude on (figuratively) -- intrude into. see GREEK en see GREEK basis see GREEK embaino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1687: ἐμβατεύωἐμβατεύω (see ἐν, III. 3); (ἐμβάτης stepping in, going in); to enter; 1. properly: πόλιν, Euripides, El. 595; πατρίδος, Sophocles O. T. 825; εἰς τό ὄρος, Josephus, Antiquities 2, 12, 1; to frequent, haunt, often of gods frequenting favorite spots, as νῆσον, Aeschylus Pers. 449; τῷ χωρίῳ, Dionysius Halicarnassus, Antiquities 1, 77; often to come into possession of a thing; thus εἰς ναῦν, Demosthenes, p. 894, 7 (6 Dindorf); τήν γῆν, Joshua 19:51 the Sept.; to invade, make a hostile incursion into, εἰς with accusative of place, 1 Macc. 12:25, etc. 2. tropically (cf. German eingehen); a. to go into details in narrating: absolutely 2 Macc. 2:30. b. to investigate, search into, scrutinize minutely: ταῖς ἐπιστημαις, Philo, plant. Noë § 19; ἅ μή ἑώρακε ἐμβατεύων, things which he has not seen, i. e. things denied to the sight (cf. 1 John 4:20), Colossians 2:18 — where, if with G L (in the small edition, but in the major edition it was reinserted, yet in brackets) T Tr WH Huther, Meyer, we expunge μή, we must render, going into curious and subtile speculation about things which he has seen in visions granted him; but cf. Baumg.-Crusius at the passage and Winer's Grammar, § 55, 3 e.; (also Reiche (critical commentary), Bleek, Hofm., others, defend the μή. But see Tdf. and WH. ad loc., and Lightfoots 'detached note'; cf. Buttmann, 349 (300). Some interpret (conceitedly) taking his stand on the things which etc.; see under 1); Phavorinus ἐμβατεῦσαι. ἐπιβῆναι τά ἔνδον ἐξερευνησαι ἤ σκοπησαι; (similarly Hesychius 2293, vol. ii., p. 73, Schmidt edition, cf. his note; further see references in Suidas, col. 1213 d.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμβιβάζω Transliteration: embibazō Phonetic Spelling: em-bib-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to place on, to put on board Meaning: to place on, to put on board GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1688 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1688 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1688 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1688 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1688, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμβιβάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1688 embibazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to put aboard, transferFrom en and bibazo (to mount; causative of embaino); to place on, i.e. Transfer (aboard a vessel) -- put in. see GREEK en see GREEK embaino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1688: ἐμβιβάζωἐμβιβάζω: 1 aorist ἐνεβίβασα; to put in or on, lead in, cause to enter; as often in the Greek writings τινα εἰς τό πλοῖον: Acts 27:6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμβλέπω Transliteration: emblepō Phonetic Spelling: em-blep'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to look at, to consider Meaning: to look at, to consider GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1689 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1689 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1689 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1689 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1689, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμβλέπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1689 emblepō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: behold, gaze up, look uponFrom en and blepo; to look on, i.e. (relatively) to observe fixedly, or (absolutely) to discern clearly -- behold, gaze up, look upon, (could) see. see GREEK en see GREEK blepo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1689: ἐμβλέπωἐμβλέπω (see ἐν, III. 3); imperfect ἐνέβλεπον; 1 aorist ἐνεβλεψα, participle ἐμβλέψας; to turn one's eyes on; look at; 1. properly: with the accusative Mark 8:25 (Auth. 11, 3; the Sept. Judges 16:27 (Alex.)); τίνι (Plato, rep. 10, 608 d.; Polybius 15, 28, 3, and elsewhere), Matthew 19:26; Mark 10:21, 27; Mark 14:67; Luke 20:17; Luke 22:61; John 1:36, 42 (43) (in all these passages ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ or αὐτοῖς λέγει or εἶπεν, cf. Xenophon, Cyril 1, 3, 2 ἐμβλέπων αὐτῷ ἔλεγεν) εἰς τόν οὐρανόν Acts 1:11 R G L (εἰς τήν γῆν, Isaiah 5:30; Isaiah 8:22; εἰς ὀφθαλμόν, Plato, Alc. 1, p. 132 e.). Absol., οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον, I beheld not, i. e. the power of looking upon (namely, surrounding objects) was taken away from me, Acts 22:11 (Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading ἔβλεπον) (2 Chronicles 20:24 (Ald.); Xenophon, mem. 3, 11, 10). 2. figuratively, to look at with the mind, to consider: Matthew 6:26 (Isaiah 51:1f; Sir. 2:10 Sir. 36:15 (); with the accusative only, Isaiah 5:12; with the dative, 2 Macc. 12:45). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμβριμάομαι Transliteration: embrimaomai Phonetic Spelling: em-brim-ah'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be moved with anger, to admonish sternly Meaning: to be moved with anger, to admonish sternly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1690 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1690 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1690 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1690 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1690, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμβριμάομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1690 embrimaomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: admonishFrom en and brimaomai (to snort with anger); to have indignation on, i.e. (transitively) to blame, (intransitively) to sigh with chagrin, (specially) to sternly enjoin -- straitly charge, groan, murmur against. see GREEK en Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1690: ἐμβριμάομαιἐμβριμάομαι (see ἐν, III. 3), ἐμβριμωμαι, deponent verb, present participle ἐμβριμώμενος (John 11:38, where Tdf. ἐμβριμουμενος; see ἐρωτάω, at the beginning); imperfect 3 person plural ἐνεβριμῶντο (Mark 14:5, where Tdf. ἐμβριμουντο, cf. ἐρωτάω as above); 1 aorist ἐνεβριμησαμην, and (Matthew 9:30 L T Tr WH) ἐνεβριμήθην (Buttmann, 52 (46)); (βριμάομαι, from βρίμη, to be moved with anger); to snort in (of horses; German dareinschnauben): Aeschylus sept. 461; to be very angry, to be moved with indignation: τίνι (Libanius), Mark 14:5 (see above); absolutely, with addition of ἐν ἑαυτῷ, John 11:38; with the dative of respect, John 11:33. In a sense unknown to secular authors, to charge with earnest admonition, sternly to charge, threateningly to enjoin: Matthew 9:30; Mark 1:43. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμέ Transliteration: eme Phonetic Spelling: em-eh' Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: I, me, myself Meaning: I, me, myself GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1691 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1691 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1691 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1691 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1691, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμέ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1691 eme 🕊 Strong's Concordance: I, me, myself. A prolonged form of me; me -- I, me, my(-self). see GREEK me |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμέω Transliteration: emeō Phonetic Spelling: em-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to vomit Meaning: to vomit GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1692 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1692 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1692 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1692 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1692, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1692 emeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to vomit. Of uncertain affinity; to vomit -- (will) spue. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1692: ἐμέωἐμέω, ἐμῷ ((cf. Sanskritvam, Latinvomere; Curtius, § 452; Vanicek, p. 886f)): 1 aorist infinitive ἐμέσαι; to vomit, vomit forth, throw up, from Homer down: τινα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, i. e. to reject with extreme disgust, Revelation 3:16. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμμαίνομαι Transliteration: emmainomai Phonetic Spelling: em-mah'-ee-nom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to rage against Meaning: to rage against GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1693 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1693 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1693 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1693 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1693, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμμαίνομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1693 emmainomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be mad against. From en and mainomai; to rave on, i.e. Rage at -- be mad against. see GREEK en see GREEK mainomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1693: ἐμμαίνομαιἐμμαίνομαι (see ἐν, III. 3); τίνι, to rage against (A. V. to be exceedingly mad against) one: Acts 26:11; besides only in Joseph; Antiquities 17, 6, 5. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἐμμανουήλ Transliteration: Emmanouēl Phonetic Spelling: em-man-oo-ale' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: "God with us", Immanuel, a name of Christ Meaning: Immanuel -- "God with us", Immanuel, a name of Christ GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1694 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1694 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1694 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1694 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1694, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἐμμανουήλ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1694 Emmanouēl 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Emmanuel. Of Hebrew origin (Immanuw'el); God with us; Emmanuel, a name of Christ -- Emmanuel. see HEBREW Immanuw'el Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1694: ἘμμανουήλἘμμανουήλ, ὁ, Immanuel (from עִמָּנוּ and אֵל; God with us), equivalent to savior, a name given to Christ by Matthew, Matthew 1:23, after Isaiah 7:14. According to the orthodox interpretation the name denotes the same as θεανθρωπος, and has reference to the personal union of the human nature and the divine in Christ. (See BB. DD. under the word.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἐμμαούς Transliteration: Emmaous Phonetic Spelling: em-mah-ooce' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Emmaus, a place 60 stadia (7.5 miles) west of Jer Meaning: Emmaus -- a place west of Jerusalem GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1695 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1695 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1695 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1695 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1695, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἐμμαούς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1695 Emmaous 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Emmaus. Probably of Hebrew origin (compare yem); Emmaus, a place in Palestine -- Emmaus. see HEBREW yem Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1695: ἘμμαοῦςἘμμαοῦς (in Josephus also Αμμαους), ἡ, Emmaus (Latin genitive-untis), a village 30 stadia from Jerusalem (according to the true reading (so Dindorf and Bekker) in Josephus, b. j. 7, 6, 6; not, as is commonly said, following the authority of Luke, 60 stadia), apparently represented by the modern Kulonieh (cf. Ewald, Gesch. des Volkes Israel, 2te Ausg. vi., p. 675f; (Caspari, Chronolog. and Geograph. Introduction to the Life of Christ § 191; Sepp, Jerus. u. d. heil. Land, 1:52)): Luke 24:13. There was a town of the same name in the level country of Judaea, 175 stadia from Jerusalem, noted for its hot springs and for the slaughter of the Syrians routed by Judas Maccabaeus, 1 Macc. 3:40, 57; afterward fortified by Bacchides, the Syrian leader, 1 Macc. 9:50, and from the 3rd century on called Nicopolis (B. D., under the word or ). A third place of the same name was situated near Tiberias, and was famous for its medicinal springs. Cf. Keim, iii., p. 555f (English translation, vi. 306f); Wolff in Riehm, p. 376f; (especially Hackett in B. D. American edition, p. 731). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμμένω Transliteration: emmenō Phonetic Spelling: em-men'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to abide in, to be true to, to persevere Meaning: to abide in, to be true to, to persevere GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1696 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1696 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1696 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1696 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1696, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμμένω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1696 emmenō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: continue. From en and meno; to stay in the same place, i.e. (figuratively) persevere -- continue. see GREEK en see GREEK meno Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1696: ἐμμένωἐμμένω (Tdf. ἐνμένω, Acts 14:22; see ἐν, III. 3); 1 aorist ἐνεμεινα; from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; (Augustine,immaneo), to remain in, continue; a. properly, in a place: ἐν τίνι, Acts 28:30 T Tr WH. b. to persevere in anything, a state of mind, etc.; to hold fast, be true to, abide by, keep: τῇ πίστει, Acts 14:22 (νόμῳ, ὅρκοις, etc. in the Greek writings); ἐν τίνι (more rarely so in the classics, as ἐν ταῖς σπονδαις, Thucydides 4, 118; ἐν τῇ πίστει, Polybius 3, 70, 4): ἐν (so R G only) τοῖς γεγραμμένοις, Galatians 3:10 from Deuteronomy 27:26; ἐν τῇ διαθήκη, Hebrews 8:9 from Jeremiah 38:32 (). (Cf. Winer's Grammar, § 52, 4, 5.) STRONGS NT 1696a: ἐμμέσῳἐμμέσῳ, equivalent to ἐν μέσῳ (see μέσος, 2): Revelation 1:13; Revelation 2:1; Revelation 4:6; Revelation 5:6; Revelation 22:2, in Tdf. edition 7; (see his Proleg., p. xlviii. (but nowhere in edition 8, see the Proleg., p. 76f); cf. WHs Appendix, p. 150; B. 8). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ἐμμόρ Transliteration: Emmor Phonetic Spelling: em-mor' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Emmor, a Canaanite Meaning: Emmor -- a Canaanite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1697 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1697 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1697 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1697 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1697, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ἐμμόρ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1697 Emmor 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Emmor. Of Hebrew origin (Chamowr); Emmor (i.e. Chamor), a Canaanite -- Emmor. see HEBREW Chamowr Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1697: ἙμμόρἙμμόρ (Αμμωρ L T Tr (but WH Ἑμμώρ, see their Introductory § 408)), ὁ (חֲמור i. e. ass), Emmor (or Hamor, according to the Hebrew), proper name of a man: Acts 7:16; see concerning him, Genesis 33:19; Genesis 34:2f |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμοί Transliteration: emoi Phonetic Spelling: em-oy' Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: I, me, mine, my Meaning: I, me, mine, my GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1698 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1698 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1698 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1698 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1698, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμοί [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1698 emoi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: I, me, mine, my. A prolonged form of moi; to me -- I, me, mine, my. see GREEK moi |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμός Transliteration: emos Phonetic Spelling: em-os' Part of Speech: Possessive Pronoun Short Definition: my Meaning: my GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1699 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1699 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1699 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1699 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1699, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1699 emos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: of me, mine own, my. From the oblique cases of ego (emoi, emou, eme); my -- of me, mine (own), my. see GREEK ego see GREEK emoi see GREEK emou see GREEK eme Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1699: ἐμόςἐμός, ἐμή, ἐμόν (from ἐμοῦ), possessive pronoun of the first person, mine; a. that which I have; what I possess: John 4:34; John 13:35; ( ἡ χαρά ἡ ἐμή (see μένω, I. 1 b. ἆ.)); John 18:36; Romans 10:1; Philemon 1:12, and often; τῇ ἐμή χειρί, with my own hand (B. 117 (102) note), 1 Corinthians 16:21; Galatians 6:11; Colossians 4:18; as a predicate, John 7:16; John 14:24; John 16:15; substantively, τό ἐμόν that which is mine, mine own, especially my money, Matthew 25:27; divine truth, in the knowledge of which I excel, John 16:15; universally, in plural τά ἐμά my goods, Matthew 20:15; Luke 15:31. b. proceeding from me: οἱ ἐμοί λόγοι, Mark 8:38; Luke 9:26 (here Tr marginal reading brackets λόγοι); ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμός, John 8:37; ἡ ἐντολή ἡ ἐμή, John 15:12; ἡ ἐμή διδαχή, John 7:16, and in other examples c. pertaining or relating to me; α. appointed for me: ὁ καιρός ὁ ἐμός, John 7:6. β. equivalent to a genitive of the object: ἡ ἐμή ἀνάμνησις, Luke 22:19; 1 Corinthians 11:24; examples from Greek writings are given by Winers Grammar, § 22, 7; (Kühner, § 454, Anm. 11; Krüger, § 47, 7, 8). γ. ἐστιν ἐμόν it is mine, equivalent to, it rests with me: Matthew 20:23; Mark 10:40. In connecting the article with this pronoun the N. T. writings do not deviate from Attic usage; cf. Buttmann, § 124, 6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμοῦ Transliteration: emou Phonetic Spelling: em-oo' Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: me, mine, my Meaning: me, mine, my GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1700 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1700 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1700 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1700 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1700, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμοῦ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1700 emou 🕊 Strong's Concordance: me, mine, my. A prolonged form of mochthos; of me -- me, mine, my. see GREEK mochthos |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμπαιγμός Transliteration: empaigmos Phonetic Spelling: emp-aheeg-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: mockery Meaning: mockery GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1701 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1701 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1701 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1701 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1701, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμπαιγμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1701 empaigmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: mocking. From empaizo; derision -- mocking. see GREEK empaizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1701: ἐμπαιγμονῇἐμπαιγμονῇ (see ἐν, III. 3), ἐμπαιγμονης, ἡ, (ἐμπαίζω), derision, mockery: 2 Peter 3:3 G L T Tr WH. Not found elsewhere. STRONGS NT 1701: ἐμπαιγμόςἐμπαιγμός (see ἐν, III. 3), ἐμπαιγμου, ὁ, (ἐμπαίζω), unknown to secular authors, a mocking, scoffing: Hebrews 11:36; Ezekiel 22:4; Sir. 27:23; Wis. 12:25; (Psalm 37:8 ()); torture inflicted in mockery, 2 Macc. 7:7 (etc.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμπαίζω Transliteration: empaizō Phonetic Spelling: emp-aheed'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to mock at Meaning: to mock at GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1702 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1702 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1702 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1702 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1702, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμπαίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1702 empaizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: mock. From en and paizo; to jeer at, i.e. Deride -- mock. see GREEK en see GREEK paizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1702: ἐμπαίζωἐμπαίζω (see ἐν, III. 3); imperfect ἐνέπαιζον; future ἐμπαιξω (Mark 10:34 for the more common ἐμπαιξοῦμαι and ἐμπαίξομαι); 1 aorist ἐνεπαιξα (for the older ἐνεπαισα); passive, 1 aorist ἐνεπαίχθην (Matthew 2:16, for the older ἐνεπαίσθην); 1 future ἐμπαιχθήσομαι; (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 240f; Krüger, § 40 under the word παίζω; (Veitch, ibid.); Buttmann, 64f (56f)); to play in, τίνι, Psalm 103:26 (); Euripides, Bacch. 867. to play with, trifle with (Latinilludere) i. e. a. to mock: absolutely, Matthew 20:19; Matthew 27:41; Mark 10:34; Mark 15:31; Luke 23:11; τίνι (Herodotus 4, 134), Matthew 27:29 (31); Mark 15:20; Luke 14:29; Luke 22:63; Luke 23:36; in passive Luke 18:32. b. to delude, deceive, (Sophocles Ant. 799); in passive Matthew 2:16 (Jeremiah 10:15). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμπαίκτης Transliteration: empaiktēs Phonetic Spelling: emp-aheek-tace' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a mocker, by implication a false teacher Meaning: a mocker, by implication a false teacher GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1703 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1703 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1703 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1703 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1703, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμπαίκτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1703 empaiktēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: mocker, scoffer. From empaizo; a derider, i.e. (by implication) a false teacher -- mocker, scoffer. see GREEK empaizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1703: ἐμπαίκτηςἐμπαίκτης (see ἐν, III. 3), ἐμπαικτου, ὁ, (ἐμπαίζω), a mocker, a scoffer: 2 Peter 3:3; Jude 1:18; playing like children, Isaiah 3:4. Not used by secular authors. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμπεριπατέω Transliteration: emperipateō Phonetic Spelling: em-per-ee-pat-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to walk about in or among Meaning: to walk about in or among GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1704 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1704 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1704 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1704 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1704, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμπεριπατέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1704 emperipateō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: walk aboutFrom en and peripateo; to perambulate on a place, i.e. (figuratively) to be occupied among persons -- walk in. see GREEK en see GREEK peripateo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1704: ἐμπεριπατέωἐμπεριπατέω (T WH ἐνπεριπατέω, see ἐν, III. 3), ἐμπεριπάτω: future ἐμπεριπατήσω; to go about in, walk in: ἐν τισί, among persons, 2 Corinthians 6:16 from Leviticus 26:12. (Job 1:7; Wis. 19:20; (Philo, Plutarch), Lucian, Achilles Tatius, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμπίπλημι Transliteration: empiplēmi Phonetic Spelling: em-pip'-lay-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to fill up, by implication to satisfy Meaning: to fill up, by implication to satisfy GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1705 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1705 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1705 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1705 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1705, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμπίπλημι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1705 empiplēmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fill. Or empletho em-play'-tho; from en and the base of pleistos;to fill in (up), i.e. (by implication) to satisfy (literally or figuratively) -- fill. see GREEK en see GREEK pleistos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1705: ἐμπίπλημιἐμπίπλημι (not ἐμπίμπλημι (see ἐν, III. 3); for euphony's sake, Lob. ad Phryn., p. 95; Veitch, p. 536) and ἐμπιπλάω (from which form comes the present participle ἐμπιπλῶν, Acts 14:17 (Winers Grammar, § 14,1 f.; Buttmann, 66 (58))); 1 aorist ἐνέπλησα; 1 aorist passive ἐνεπλήσθην; perfect passive participle ἐμπεπλησμένος; the Sept. for מָלֵא and in passive often for שָׂבַע to be satiated; in Greek writings from Homer down; to fill up, fill full: τινα τίνος, to bestow something bountifully on one, Luke 1:53; Acts 14:17 (Jeremiah 38:14 (); Psalm 106:9 (); Isaiah 29:19; Sir. 4:12); to fill with food, i. e. satisfy, satiate; passive, Luke 6:25; John 6:12 (Deuteronomy 6:11; Deuteronomy 8:10; Ruth 2:14; Nehemiah 9:25, etc.); to take one's fill of, glut one's desire for: passive with the genitive of person, one's contact and companionship, Romans 15:24; cf. Kypke at the passage; τοῦ κάλλους αὐτῆς, gazing at her beauty, Susanna 32. STRONGS NT 1705a: ἐμπιπράωἐμπιπράω (see ἐν, III. 3) (for the more common ἐμπίπρημι, from πίμπρημι to burn; on the dropping of the mu μ', cf. ἐμπίπλημι, at the beginning); from Herodotus down; to burn, set on fire; present infinitive passive ἐμπίπρασθαι to be (inflamed, and so) swollen (Hesychius πιμπραν ... φυσαν; Etym. Magn. 672, 23 πιμπρασαι. φυσωσαι; Josephus, Antiquities 3, 11, 6; etc.); of the human body to swell up: from the bite of a viper, Acts 28:6 Tdf., for R G etc. πίμπρασθαι, which see (and Veitch, under the word πίμπρημι). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμπίπτω Transliteration: empiptō Phonetic Spelling: em-pip'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to fall into Meaning: to fall into GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1706 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1706 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1706 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1706 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1706, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμπίπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1706 empiptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fall into. From en and pipto; to fall on, i.e. (literally) to be entrapped by, or (figuratively) be overwhelmed with -- fall among (into). see GREEK en see GREEK pipto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1706: ἐμπίπτωἐμπίπτω (see ἐν, III. 3); future ἐμπεσοῦμαι; 2 aorist ἐνέπεσον; (from Homer down); to fall into: εἰς βόθυνον, Matthew 12:11, and L text T Tr WH in Luke 6:39; εἰς φρέαρ, Luke 14:5 (R G); to fall among robbers, εἰς τούς λῃστάς, Luke 10:36, and in metaphorical phrases, 1 Timothy 3:6; 1 Timothy 6:9; εἰς χεῖρας τίνος, into one's power: τοῦ Θεοῦ, to incur divine penalties, Hebrews 10:31, as in 2 Samuel 24:14; 1 Chronicles 21:13; Sir. 2:18. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμπλέκω Transliteration: emplekō Phonetic Spelling: em-plek'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to weave in, to entwine, to involve with Meaning: to weave in, to entwine, to involve with GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1707 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1707 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1707 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1707 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1707, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμπλέκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1707 emplekō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: entangle. From en and pleko; to entwine, i.e. (figuratively) involve with -- entangle (in, self with). see GREEK en see GREEK pleko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1707: ἐμπλέκωἐμπλέκω (see ἐν, III. 3): passive (present ἐμπλέκομαι); 2 aorist participle ἐμπλακεις; to inweave; tropically, in passive, with the dative of thing, to entangle, involve in: 2 Timothy 2:4; 2 Peter 2:20. (From Aeschylus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμπλοκή Transliteration: emplokē Phonetic Spelling: em-plok-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: (elaborate) braiding (of the hair) Meaning: (elaborate) braiding (of the hair) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1708 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1708 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1708 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1708 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1708, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμπλοκή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1708 emplokē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: elaborate braiding of the hairFrom empleko; elaborate braiding of the hair -- plaiting. see GREEK empleko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1708: ἐμπλοκήἐμπλοκή (see ἐν, III. 3), ἐμπλοκῆς, ἡ, (ἐμπλέκω), an interweaving, braiding, a knot: τριχῶν (Lachmann omits), an elaborate gathering of the hair into knots, Vulg.capillatura, (A. V. plaiting), 1 Peter 3:3 (κόμης, Strabo 17, p. 828). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμπνέω Transliteration: empneō Phonetic Spelling: emp-neh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to breathe (on), to inhale Meaning: to breathe (on), to inhale GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1709 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1709 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1709 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1709 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1709, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμπνέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1709 empneō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: breathe. From en and pneo; to inhale, i.e. (figuratively) to be animated by (bent upon) -- breathe. see GREEK en see GREEK pneo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1709: ἐμπνέωἐμπνέω (T WH ἐνπνέω, see ἐν, III. 3); 1. to breathe in or on (from Homer down). 2. to inhale (Aeschylus, Plato, others); with partitive genitive, ἀπειλῆς καί φόνου, threatening and slaughter were so to speak the element from which he drew his breath, Acts 9:1; see Meyer at the passage, cf. Winers Grammar, § 30, 9c.; (Buttmann, 167 (146)); ἐμπνέον ζωῆς, the Sept. Joshua 10:40. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμπορεύομαι Transliteration: emporeuomai Phonetic Spelling: em-por-yoo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to travel in, to traffic, by implication to trade Meaning: to travel in, to traffic, by implication to trade GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1710 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1710 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1710 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1710 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1710, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμπορεύομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1710 emporeuomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: buy and sell, trade, make merchandise. From en and poreuomai; to travel in (a country as a pedlar), i.e. (by implication) to trade -- buy and sell, make merchandise. see GREEK en see GREEK poreuomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1710: ἐμπορεύομαιἐμπορεύομαι (see ἐν, III. 3): deponent passive with future middle ἐμπορεύσομαι; (from ἔμπορος, which see); to go a trading, to travel for business, to traffic, trade (Thucydides and following; the Sept.): James 4:13 (Rst G here give the 1 aorist subjunctive ἐμπορευσώμεθα); with the accusative of a thing, to import for sale (as ἔλαιον εἰς Αἴγυπτον, the Sept. Hosea 12:1; πορφύραν ἀπό Φοινίκης, (Diogenes Laërtius 7, 2; γλαυκας, Lucian, Nigrin. at the beginning); to deal in; to use a thing or a person for gain (A. V. make merchandise of) (ὥραν τοῦ σώματος, Josephus, Antiquities 4, 6, 8; Ἀσπασια ἐνεπορεύετο πλήθη γυναικῶν, Athen. 13, p. 569 f.): 2 Peter 2:3; cf. Winers Grammar, 223 (209); (Buttmann, 147 (129)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμπορία Transliteration: emporia Phonetic Spelling: em-por-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: commerce, business, trade Meaning: commerce, business, trade GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1711 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1711 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1711 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1711 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1711, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμπορία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1711 emporia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: merchandise, tradeFeminine from emporos; traffic -- merchandise. see GREEK emporos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1711: ἐμπορίαἐμπορία (see ἐν, III. 3), ἐμπορίας, ἡ (ἔμπορος), trade, merchandise: Matthew 22:5. (Hesiod and following; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμπόριον Transliteration: emporion Phonetic Spelling: em-por'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a trading place Meaning: a trading place GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1712 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1712 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1712 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1712 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1712, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμπόριον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1712 emporion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a marketNeuter from emporos; a mart ("emporium") -- merchandise. see GREEK emporos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1712: ἐμπόριονἐμπόριον (see ἐν, III. 3), ἐμπορίου, τό (ἔμπορος), a place where trade is carried on, especially a seaport; a mart, emporium; (Pliny,forumnundinarium): οἶκος ἐμπορίου a market house (epexegetical genitive (Winers Grammar, § 59, 8 a.; A. V. a house of merchandise)), John 2:16. (From Herodotus down; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔμπορος Transliteration: emporos Phonetic Spelling: em'-por-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a passenger on shipboard, a merchant Meaning: a passenger on shipboard, a merchant GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1713 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1713 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1713 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1713 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1713, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔμπορος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1713 emporos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: merchant. From en and the base of poreuomai; a (wholesale) tradesman -- merchant. see GREEK en see GREEK poreuomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1713: ἔμποροςἔμπορος (see ἐν, III. 3), ἐμπόρου, ὁ (πόρος); 1. equivalent to ὁ ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας νεώς πλέων μισθοῦ, ὁ ἐπιβάτης; so Hesychius, with whom agree Phavorinus and the Schol. ad Aristophanes, Plutarch, 521; and so the word is used by Homer. 2. after Homer one on a journey, whether by sea or by land, especially for traffic; hence, 3. a merchant (opposed to κάπηλος a retailer, petty tradesman): Revelation 18:3, 11, 15, 23; ἄνθρωπος ἔμπορος (see ἄνθρωπος, 4 a.), Matthew 13:45 (WH text omits ἄνθρωπος). (the Sept. for סֹחֵד and רֹכֵל.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμπρήθω Transliteration: emprēthō Phonetic Spelling: em-pray'-tho Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: burn up Meaning: burn up GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1714 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1714 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1714 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1714 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1714, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμπρήθω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1714 emprēthō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: burn up. From en and pretho (to blow a flame); to enkindle, i.e. Set on fire -- burn up. see GREEK en Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1714: ἐμπρήθωἐμπρήθω: 1 aorist ἐνέπρησα; from Homer down; the Sept. for שָׂרַף and הִצִית; to burn; destroy by fire: τήν πόλιν, Matthew 22:7. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔμπροσθεν Transliteration: emprosthen Phonetic Spelling: em'-pros-then Part of Speech: Adverb; Preposition Short Definition: before, in front of (in place or time) Meaning: before, in front of (in place or time) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1715 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1715 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1715 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1715 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1715, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔμπροσθεν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1715 emprosthen 🕊 Strong's Concordance: against, before, in presence of, in sight of. From en and pros; in front of (in place (literally or figuratively) or time) -- against, at, before, (in presence, sight) of. see GREEK en see GREEK pros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1715: ἔμπροσθενἔμπροσθεν (Tdf. in Revelation 4:6 ἐνπροσθεν (see ἐν, III. 3; cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) 8)), adverb of place and of time (from ἐν and πρόσθεν, properly, in the fore part); (from Herodotus down); the Sept. chiefly for לִפְנֵי; before. In the N. T. used only of place; 1. adverbially, in front, before: Revelation 4:6 (opposed to ὄπισθεν, as in Palaeph. 29, 2). before: πορεύεσθαι, to precede, to go before, Luke 19:28; προδραμών ἔμπροσθεν, Luke 19:4 (T WH εἰς τό ἔμπροσθεν, cf. Herodotus 4, 61 (8, 89)), like προπορεύεσθαι ἔμπροσθεν, Xenophon, Cyril 4, 2, 23 (figuratively, Plato, Gorgias, p. 497 a. προιθι εἰς τό ἔμπροσθεν); τά ἔμπροσθεν the things which lie before one advancing, the goal set before one, Philippians 3:13 (14) (opposed to τά ὀπίσω). 2. it serves as a preposition, with the genitive (Buttmann, 319 (274); Winers Grammar, § 54, 6); a. before, i. e. in that local region which is in front of a person or a thing: Matthew 5:24; Matthew 7:6; Luke 5:19; Luke 14:2; to prostrate oneself ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν τίνος, Revelation 19:10; Revelation 22:8; γονυπέτειν ἔμπροσθεν τίνος, Matthew 27:29; πορεύεσθαι ἔμπροσθεν τίνος, to go before one, John 10:4; ἀποστέλλεσθαι ἔμπροσθεν τίνος, to be sent before one, John 3:28; σαλπίζειν ἔμπροσθεν τίνος, Matthew 6:2; τήν ὁδόν κατασκευάσαι, where ἔμπροσθεν τίνος is nearly equivalent to a dative (cf. Buttmann, 172 (150)), Matthew 11:10; Mark 1:2 Rec.; Luke 7:27. b. before, in the presence of, equivalent to opposite to, over against one: στῆναι, Matthew 27:11; ὁμολογεῖν and ἀρνεῖσθαι (Buttmann, 176 (153)), Matthew 10:32; Matthew 26:70; Luke 12:8,(9 Lachmann); also Galatians 2:14; 1 Thessalonians 1:3; 1 Thessalonians 2:19; 1 Thessalonians 3:9, 13; before one, i. e. at his tribunal: Matthew 25:32; Matthew 27:11; Luke 21:36; Acts 18:17; 2 Corinthians 5:10; 1 Thessalonians 2:19; (1 John 3:19). Here belong the expressions εὐδοκία, θέλημα ἐστι ἔμπροσθεν Θεοῦ, it is the good pleasure, the will of God, Matthew 11:26; Matthew 18:14; Luke 10:21, formed after Chaldean usage; for in 1 Samuel 12:22 the words יְהוָה הואִיל, God wills, Jonathan the targumist renders יְהוָה קֲדָם רַעֲוָא; cf. Fischer, De vitiis lexamples N. T. etc., p. 329f; (cf. Buttmann, 172 (150)). o. before i. e. in the sight of one: Matthew 5:16; Matthew 6:1; Matthew 17:2; Matthew 23:13 (); Mark 2:12 T Tr marginal reading WH; ; Luke 19:27; John 12:37; Acts 10:4 L T Tr WH. d. before, denoting rank: γεγονέναι ἔμπροσθεν τίνος, to have obtained greater dignity than another, John 1:15, 30, also R L brackets; (Genesis 48:20 ἔθηκε τόν Αφραιμ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Μανασσῆ; (cf. Plato, legg. 1,631 d.; 5, 743 e.; 7, 805 d.)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμπτύω Transliteration: emptyō Phonetic Spelling: emp-too'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to spit upon Meaning: to spit upon GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1716 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1716 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1716 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1716 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1716, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμπτύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1716 emptyō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: spit. From en and ptuo; to spit at or on -- spit (upon). see GREEK en see GREEK ptuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1716: ἐμπτύωἐμπτύω (see ἐν, III. 3); imperfect ἐνέπτυον; future ἐμπτύσω; 1 aorist ἐνέπτυσα; future passive ἐμπτυσθήσομαι; (from Herodotus down); to spit upon: τίνι, Mark 10:34; Mark 14:65; Mark 15:19; εἰς τό πρόσωπον τίνος, Matthew 26:67 (Numbers 12:14; Plutarch, ii., p. 189 a. (i. e. reg. et imper. apotheg. Phocylides, 17); κατά τό πρόσωπον τίνι, Deuteronomy 25:9); εἰς τινα, Matthew 27:30; passive to be spit upon: Luke 18:32. Musonius Rufus quoted in Stab. floril. 19, 16. Cf. Lob. ad Phryn. 10:17; (Rutherford, New Phryn., p. 66). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμφανής Transliteration: emphanēs Phonetic Spelling: em-fan-ace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: manifest Meaning: manifest GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1717 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1717 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1717 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1717 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1717, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμφανής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1717 emphanēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: manifest, openly. From a compound of en and phaino; apparent in self -- manifest, openly. see GREEK en see GREEK phaino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1717: ἐμφανήςἐμφανής (see ἐν, III. 3), ἐμφανές (ἐμφαίνω to show in, exhibit), manifest: γίνομαι τίνι, in its literal sense, Acts 10:40; figuratively, of God giving proofs of his saving grace and thus manifesting himself, Romans 10:20 from Isaiah 65:1. (From Aeschylus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμφανίζω Transliteration: emphanizō Phonetic Spelling: em-fan-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to exhibit, appear (in person), to declare Meaning: to exhibit, appear (in person), to declare GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1718 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1718 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1718 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1718 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1718, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμφανίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1718 emphanizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: appear, declare plainly, inform, discloseFrom emphanes; to exhibit (in person) or disclose (by words) -- appear, declare (plainly), inform, (will) manifest, shew, signify. see GREEK emphanes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1718: ἐμφανίζωἐμφανίζω (see ἐν, III. 3); future ἐμφανίσω (Buttmann, 37 (32)); 1 aorist ἐνεφανισα; 1 aorist passive ἐνεφανίσθην; from Xenophon, and Plato down; (ἐμφανής); 1. to manifest, exhibit to view: ἑαυτόν τίνι, properly, to present oneself to the sight of another, manifest oneself to (Exodus 33:13), John 14:22; metaphorically of Christ giving evidence by the action of the Holy Spirit on the souls of the disciples that he is alive in heaven, John 14:21. Passive to Show oneself, come to view, appear, be manifest: τίνι (of spectres, Wis. 17:4; αὐτοῖς Θεούς ἐμφανίζεσθαι λέγοντες, Diag. Laërtius prooem. 7; so of God, Josephus, Antiquities 1, 13, 1), Matthew 27:53; τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ, of Christ appearing before God in heaven, Hebrews 9:24; (of God imparting to souls the knowledge of himself, Wis. 1:2; Theophilus of Antioch ad Autol. 1, 2, 4). 2. to indicate, disclose, declare, make known: followed by ὅτι, Hebrews 11:14; with the dative of person Acts 23:15; τί πρός τινα, Acts 23:22; τί κατά τίνος, to report or declare a thing against a person, to inform against one, Acts 24:1; Acts 25:2; περί τίνος, about one, Acts 25:15. (Synonym: see δηλόω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔμφοβος Transliteration: emphobos Phonetic Spelling: em'-fob-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: terrible, in fear (used of godly fear) Meaning: terrible, in fear (used of godly fear) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1719 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1719 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1719 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1719 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1719, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔμφοβος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1719 emphobos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: terrified, afraidFrom en and phobos; in fear, i.e. Alarmed -- affrighted, afraid, tremble. see GREEK en see GREEK phobos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1719: ἔμφοβοςἔμφοβος (see ἐν, III. 3), ἐμφοβον,(φόβος), thrown into fear, terrified, affrighted: Luke 24:5,(37); Acts 10:4; (Acts 22:9 Rec.); ; Revelation 11:13. Theophrastus, char. 25 (24), 1; (1 Macc. 13:2; in a good sense, Sir. 19:24 (21)). (Actively, inspiring fear, terrible, Sophocles O. C. 39.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐμφυσάω Transliteration: emphysaō Phonetic Spelling: em-foo-sah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to breathe into or upon Meaning: to breathe into or upon GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1720 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1720 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1720 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1720 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1720, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐμφυσάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1720 emphysaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: breathe on. From en and phusao (to puff) (compare phuo); to blow at or on -- breathe on. see GREEK en see GREEK phuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1720: ἐμφυσάωἐμφυσάω, ἐμφύσω (see ἐν, III. 3): 1 aorist ἐνεφύσησα; to blow or breathe on: τινα, John 20:22, where Jesus, after the manner of the Hebrew prophets, expresses by the symbolic act of breathing upon the apostles the communication of the Holy Spirit to them — having in view the primary meaning of the words רוּחַ and πνεῦμα (cf. e. g. Ezekiel 37:5). (the Sept.; Dioscorides (?), Aretaeus (?), Geoponica, others; (to inflate, Aristotle, others).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔμφυτος Transliteration: emphytos Phonetic Spelling: em'-foo-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: innate, implanted Meaning: innate, implanted GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1721 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1721 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1721 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1721 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1721, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔμφυτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1721 emphytos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: engrafted, implantedFrom en and a derivative of phuo; implanted (figuratively) -- engrafted. see GREEK en see GREEK phuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1721: ἔμφυτοςἔμφυτος (see ἐν, III. 3), ἔμφυτον (ἐμφύω to implant), in secular authors (from Herodotus down) inborn, implanted by nature; cf. Grimm, Exeget. Hdb. on Sap. (xii. 10), p. 224; implanted by others' instruction: thus James 1:21 τόν ἔμφυτον λόγον, the doctrine implanted by your teachers (others by God; cf. Brückner in DeWette, or Huther at the passage), δέξασθε ἐν πραΰτητι, receive like mellow soil, as it were. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐν Transliteration: en Phonetic Spelling: en Part of Speech: Preposition Short Definition: in, on, at, by, with Meaning: in, on, at, by, with GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1722 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1722 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1722 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1722 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1722, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1722 en 🕊 Strong's Concordance: about, after, as. A primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. A relation of rest (intermediate between eis and ek); "in," at, (up-)on, by, etc. -- about, after, against, + almost, X altogether, among, X as, at, before, between, (here-)by (+ all means), for (... Sake of), + give self wholly to, (here-)in(-to, -wardly), X mightily, (because) of, (up-)on, (open-)ly, X outwardly, one, X quickly, X shortly, (speedi-)ly, X that, X there(-in, -on), through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), under, when, where(-with), while, with(-in). Often used in compounds, with substantially the same import; rarely with verbs of motion, and then not to indicate direction, except (elliptically) by a separate (and different) preposition. see GREEK eis see GREEK ek Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1722: ἐνἐν, a preposition taking the dative after it; Hebrew בְּ; Latinin with abl.; English in, on, at, with, by, among. (Winers Grammar, § 48 a.; Buttmann, 328f (282f)) It is used: I. Locally; 1. of place proper; a. in the interior of some whole; within the limits of some space: ἐν γαστρί, Matthew 1:18; ἐν Βηθλημ, Matthew 2:1; ἐν τῇ πόλει, Luke 7:37; ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαία, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, and innumerable other examples b. in (on) the surface of a place (German auf): ἐν τῷ ὄρει, John 4:20; Hebrews 8:5; ἐν πλαξί, 2 Corinthians 3:3; ἐν τῇ ἀγορά, Matthew 20:3; ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, Matthew 5:25, etc. c. of proximity, at, near, by: ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν, Matthew 6:5; ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ, at the fountain Siloam, Luke 13:4; ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ, John 8:20 (see B. D. American edition under the word : and on this passage and the preceding cf. Winer's Grammar, 385 (360)); καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιά Θεοῦ etc., at the right hand: Hebrews 1:3; Hebrews 8:1; Ephesians 1:20. d. of the contents of a writing, book, etc.: ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολή, 1 Corinthians 5:9; ἐν κεφαλίδι βιβλίου γράφειν, Hebrews 10:7; ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ, τῷ βιβλίῳ, Revelation 13:8; Galatians 3:10; ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, Luke 24:44; John 1:45 (46); ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, in the book of the prophets, Acts 13:40; ἐν Ἠλίᾳ, in that portion of Scripture which treats of Elijah, Romans 11:2, cf. Fritzsche at the passage; (Delitzsch, Brief a. d. Römer, p. 12; Winers Grammar, 385 (360); Buttmann, 331 (285)); ἐν Δαυίδ, in the Psalms of David, Hebrews 4:7 (see Δαβίδ, at the end); ἐν τῷ ὡσεη, in the prophecies of Hosea, Romans 9:25. e. tropically, applied to things not perceived by the senses, as ἐν τῇ καρδία, ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις, Matthew 5:28; Matthew 13:19; 2 Corinthians 4:6, and often; ἐν ταῖς συνειδησεσι, 2 Corinthians 5:11. 2. with the dative of a person, in the person, nature, soul, thought of anyone: thus ἐν τῷ Θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωή ὑμῶν, it lies hidden as it were in the bosom of God until it shall come forth to view, Colossians 3:3, cf. Ephesians 3:9; ἐν αὐτῷ, i. e. in the person of Christ, κατοικεῖ πᾶν τό πλήρωμαa etc., Colossians 1:19; Colossians 2:3 ((?), 9). phrases in which ἡ ἁμαρτία is said to dwell in men, Romans 7:17f; or ὁ Χριστός (the mind, power, life of Christ) εἶναι, (John 17:26); Romans 8:10; 2 Corinthians 13:5; μένειν, John 6:56; (John 15:4, 5); ζῆν, Galatians 2:20; μορφουσθαι, Galatians 4:19; λαλεῖν, 2 Corinthians 13:3; ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶναι, 1 John 1:10; μένειν, John 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν or οἰκεῖν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Colossians 3:16; τό πνεῦμα (of God, of Christ), Romans 8:9, 11; 1 Corinthians 3:16; 2 Timothy 1:14; τό ἐν τίνι χάρισμα, 1 Timothy 4:14; 2 Timothy 1:6; ἐνεργεῖν ἐν τίνι, Matthew 14:2; Ephesians 2:2; 1 Corinthians 12:6, etc.; ἐνεργεῖσθαι, Colossians 1:29; κατεργάζεσθαι, Romans 7:8. after verbs of revealing, manifesting: ἀποκαλύψαι ἐν ἐμοί, in my soul, Galatians 1:16; φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς, Romans 1:19. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, within oneself, i. e. in the soul, spirit, heart: after the verbs εἰδέναι, John 6:61; εἰπεῖν, Luke 7:39; Luke 18:4; ἐμβρίμασθαι, John 11:38; στενάζειν, Romans 8:23; διαλογίζεσθαι, Mark 2:8 (alternating there with ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις, cf. Mark 2:6); Luke 12:17; διαπόρειν, Acts 10:17; λέγειν, Matthew 3:9; Matthew 9:21; Luke 7:49; also 2 Corinthians 1:9; for other examples of divers kinds, see εἰμί, V. 4 e. 3. It answers to the German an (on; often freely to be rendered in the case of, with, etc. Winer's Grammar, § 48, a. 3 a.), when used a. of the person or thing on whom or on which some power is operative: ἵνα οὕτω γένηται ἐν ἐμοί, 1 Corinthians 9:15; ποιεῖν τί ἐν τίνι, Matthew 17:12; Luke 23:31; cf. Matthiae, ii., p. 1341; (Winers Grammar, as above and 218 (204f); Buttmann, 149 (130)). b. of that in which something is manifest (Winer's Grammar, as above): μανθάνειν ἐν τίνι, 1 Corinthians 4:6; γινώσκειν, Luke 24:35; John 13:35; 1 John 3:19 (examples from the classics are given by Passow, 1:2, p. 908b; (cf. Liddell and Scott, under the word, A. III.)); likewise of that in which a thing is sought: ζητεῖν ἐν τίνι, 1 Corinthians 4:2. c. after verbs of stumbling, striking: προσκόπτειν, Romans 14:21; πταίειν, James 2:10; ἐκανδαλίζεσθαι, which see in its place. 4. with, among, in the presence of, with the dative of person (also often in the classics; cf. Matthiae, ii., p. 1340; Winer's Grammar, 385 (360) and 217f (204)): 1 Corinthians 2:6; ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, Matthew 21:42; ἐν ἐμοί, in my judgment, 1 Corinthians 14:11; (perhaps add Jude 1:1 L T Tr WH; but cf. 6 b. below). To this head some refer ἐν ὑμῖν, 1 Corinthians 6:2, interpreting it in your assembly, cf. Meyer at the passage; but see 5 d.γ. 5. used of that with which a person is surrounded, equipped, furnished, assisted, or acts (Winers Grammar, § 48, a. 1 b.); a. in equivalent to among, with collective nouns: ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ, Mark 5:30 (Winer's Grammar, 414 (386)); ἐν τῇ γενεά ταύτῃ, among the men of this age, Mark 8:38; ἐν τῷ γένει μου, in my nation i. e. among my countrymen, Galatians 1:14; especially with the dative plural of persons, as ἐν ἡμῖν, ἐν ὑμῖν, among us, among you, ἐν ἀλλήλοις, among yourselves, one with another: Matthew 2:6; Matthew 11:11; Mark 9:50; Luke 1:1; John 1:14; John 13:35; Acts 2:29; 1 Corinthians 3:18; 1 Corinthians 5:1, and often. b. of the garments with (in) which one is clad: ἐν ἐνδύμασι and the like, Matthew 7:15; Mark 12:38; Luke 24:4; John 20:12; Acts 10:30; Hebrews 11:37; James 2:2; Revelation 3:4; ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν ἱματίοις, Matthew 11:8 (T Tr WH omit; L brackets ἱματίοις); Luke 7:23; περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις, Revelation 3:5; Revelation 4:4 (L WH text omit ἐν). c. of that which one either leads or brings with him, or with which he is furnished or equipped; especially after verbs of coming (ἐν of accompaniment), where we often say with: ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπανταν, Luke 14:31; ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι, Jude 1:14; cf. Grimm on 1 Macc. 1:17; ἐισέρχεσθαι ἐν αἵματι, Hebrews 9:25; ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καί ἐν τῷ αἵματι, 1 John 5:6 (i. e. with the water of baptism and the blood of atonement, by means of both which he has procured the pardon of our sins, of which fact we are assured by the testimony of the Holy Spirit); ἐν ῤάβδῳ, 1 Corinthians 4:21; ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας, Romans 15:29; φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, 2 Corinthians 10:14; ἐν πνεύματι καί δυνάμει ἥλιον, imbued or furnished with the spirit and power of Elijah, Luke 1:17; ἐν τῇ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ, furnished with the regal power of the Messiah, possessed of his kingly power (Buttmann, 330 (284)): Matthew 16:28; Luke 23:42 (WH text L marginal reading Tr marginal reading εἰς τήν βασιλείαν). Akin is its use d. of the instrument or means by or with which anything is accomplished, owing to the influence of the Hebrew preposition בְּ much more common in the sacred writers than in secular authors. (cf. Winers Grammar, § 48, a. 3 d.; Buttmann, 181 (157) and 329 (283f), where we say with, by means of, by (through); α. in phrases in which the primitive force of the preposition is discernible, as ἐν πυρί κατακαίειν, Revelation 17:16 (T omits; WH brackets ἐν); ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν or ἀρτύειν, Matthew 5:13; Mark 9:50; Luke 14:34; ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκάνειν, Revelation 7:14; ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν, Hebrews 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι βαπτίζειν, Matthew 3:11, etc. (see βαπτίζω, II. b. bb.). β. with the dative, where the simple dative of the instrument might have been used, especially in the Revelation: ἐν μάχαιρα, ἐν ῤομφαία ἀποκτείνειν, Revelation 6:8; Revelation 13:10; πατάσσειν, Luke 22:49; ἀπολλυσθαι, Matthew 26:52; καταπατεῖν ἐν τοῖς ποσίν, Matthew 7:6; ἐν βραχίονι αὐτοῦ, Luke 1:51; ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, Luke 11:20, and in other examples; of things relating to the soul, as ἐν ἁγιασμῷ, 2 Thessalonians 2:13 (Winer's Grammar, 417 (388)); 1 Peter 1:2; ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει, 2 Corinthians 7:7; ἐν προσευχή, Matthew 17:21 (T WH omit; Tr brackets the verse); εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογία, Ephesians 1:3; δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι, Romans 5:9. γ. more rarely with the dative of person, meaning aided by one, by the intervention or agency of someone, by (means of) one (cf. Winers Grammar, 389 (364); Buttmann, 329f (283f)): ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων, Matthew 9:34; ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις, 1 Corinthians 14:21; κρίνειν τήν οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί, Acts 17:31; ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (preceded by οἱ ἅγιοι τόν κόσμον κρινοῦσιν), 1 Corinthians 6:2; ἐργάζεσθαι ἐν τίνι, Sir. 13:4 Sir. 30:13, 34. δ. followed by an infinitive with the article, in that (German dadurchdass), or like the Latin gerund (or English participial noun; cf. Buttmann, 264 (227)): Acts 3:26; Acts 4:30; Hebrews 2:8; Hebrews 8:13. e. of the state or condition in which anything is done or anyone exists, acts, suffers; out of a great number of examples (see also in γίνομαι, 5 f.; and εἰμί, V. 4 b.) it is sufficient to cite: ἐν βασάνοις, Luke 16:23; ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ, 1 John 3:14; ἐν ζωή, Romans 5:10; ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς, Philemon 1:13; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, 1 Peter 1:6; ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός, Romans 8:3; ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι, 1 Thessalonians 2:2; ἐν δόξῃ, Philippians 4:19; 2 Corinthians 3:7f; σπείρεται ἐν φθορά κτλ. it (namely, that which is sown) is sown in a state of corruption, namely, ὅν, 1 Corinthians 15:42f; ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν, to be prepared, in readiness, 2 Corinthians 10:6; ἐν ἐκστάσει, Acts 11:5; Acts 22:17; very often so used of virtues and vices, as ἐν εὐσέβεια καί σεμνότητι, 1 Timothy 2:2; ἐν ἁγιασμῷ, 1 Timothy 2:15; ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς, Romans 6:4; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχή τοῦ Θεοῦ, Romans 3:26 (25); ἐν κακία καί φθόνῳ, Titus 3:3; ἐν πανουργία, 2 Corinthians 4:2; also with an adverbial force: as ἐν δυνάμει, powerfully, with power (Winers Grammar, § 51, 1 e.; Buttmann, 330 (284)), Mark 9:1; Romans 1:4; Colossians 1:29; 2 Thessalonians 1:11; κρίνειν ἐν δικαιοσύνη, Acts 17:31; Revelation 19:11; ἐν χαρά, in joy, joyful, Romans 15:32; ἐν ἐκτένεια, Acts 26:7; ἐν σπουδή, Romans 12:8; ἐν χάριτι, Galatians 1:6; 2 Thessalonians 2:16; ἐν τάχει, Luke 18:8; Romans 16:20; Revelation 1:1. (Here perhaps may be introduced the noteworthy adverbial phrase ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις, with all this, Luke 16:26 L marginal reading T Tr marginal reading WH for R G ἐπί πᾶσι τούτοις (see ἐπί, B. 2 d.); also ἐν πᾶσιν, in all things (R. V. withal), Ephesians 6:16 L text T Tr WH.) A similar use occurs in speaking f. of the form in which anything appears or is exhibited, where ἐν may be represented by the German als (English as); twice so in the N. T.: σοφίαν λαλεῖν ἐν μυστηρίῳ (as a mystery (here A. V. in)), 1 Corinthians 2:7; ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ὑποδείγματι πίπτειν, Hebrews 4:11 ((A. V. after); others regard this as a pregnant construction, the ἐν marking rest after motion (R. V. marginal reading into); cf. Kurtz or Lünem. at the passage; Buttmann, 329 (283); and 7 below); (διδόναι τί ἐν δωρεά, 2 Macc. 4:30; Polybius 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; ἐν μερίδι, Sir. 26:3; λαμβάνειν τί ἐν φερνή, Polybius 28, 17, 9; examples from Plato are given by Ast, Platonic Lexicon, i., p. 702; Latininmandatisdare i. e. to be considered as orders, Caesar b. g. 1, 43). (Here perhaps may be noticed the apparent use of ἐν to denote the measure or standard (Winers Grammar, § 48, a. 3b.; Bernhardy (1829), p. 211): ἐν μέτρῳ, Ephesians 4:16 (see μέτρον, 2); ἔφερεν ἐν ἑξήκοντα etc. Mark 4:8 WH text (note the εἰς, which see B. II. 3 a.); καρποφοροῦσιν ἐν τριάκοντα etc. Mark 4:20 T Tr text WH text; but some would take ἐν here distributively, cf. Fritzsche on Mark 4:8.) g. of the things in (with) which one is busied: 1 Timothy 4:15; Colossians 4:2; ἐν οἷς, Acts 26:12; ἐν αὐτῷ, in preaching the gospel, Ephesians 6:20; ἐν τῇ ἑορτή, in celebrating the feast, John 2:23 (L Tr brackets ἐν); ἐν τῇ διδαχή, in giving instruction, while teaching, Mark 4:2; Mark 12:38; see εἰμί, V. 4 d.; Passow, i., p. 910b; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, II. 1). h. of that in which anything is embodied or summed up: ἐν αὐτῷ ζωή ἦν, i. e. that life of which created beings were made partakers was comprehended in him, John 1:4; ἐν τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται, Romans 13:9 (on Ephesians 1:10 see ἀνακεφαλαιόω); πᾶσαν τήν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε, comprised in, consisting of, seventy-five souls, Acts 7:14 (Winer's Grammar, 391 (366)). 6. of that in which any person or thing is inherently fixed, implanted, or with which it is intimately connected; a. of the whole in which a part inheres: properly, μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ, John 15:4; ἐν ἑνί σώματι μέλη πολλά, Romans 12:4; figuratively, κρέμασθαι ἐν τίνι, Matthew 22:40. b. of a person to whom another is wholly joined and to whose power and. influence he is subject, so that the former may be likened to the place in which the latter lives and moves. So used in the writings of Paul and of John particularly of intimate relationship with God or with Christ, and for the most part involving contextually the idea of power and blessing resulting from that union thus, εἶναι or μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί or ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, of Christ, John 10:38; John 14:10f; of Christians, 1 John 3:24; 1 John 4:13, 15f; εἶναι or μένειν in Christ, of his disciples and worshippers, John 14:20; John 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καί ἐν τῷ πατρί, 1 John 2:24; ἐν Θεῷ, i. e. amplified and strengthened in the fellowship of God and the consciousness of that fellowship, ἐργάζεσθαι τί, John 3:21; παρρησιάζεσθαι, 1 Thessalonians 2:2. Of frequent use by Paul are the phrases ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἐν κυρίῳ (cf. Fritzsche, Commentary on Romans, vol. ii., p. 82ff; Winers Grammar, 389 (364); Weiss, Biblical Theol. des N. T. §§ 84 b., 149 c.), ingrafted as it were in Christ, in fellowship and union with Christ, with the Lord: Romans 3:24; Romans 6:11, 23; Romans 8:39; 1 Corinthians 1:4; 2 Corinthians 3:14; Galatians 2:4; Galatians 3:14, 26, 28; Galatians 5:6; Ephesians 1:3 (Rec. omits ἐν); Ephesians 2:6f, 10, 13; 1 Timothy 1:14; 2 Timothy 1:1, 13; 2 Timothy 2:1; 1 Peter 3:16; 1 Peter 5:10; στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ, Philippians 4:1; ἵνα εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ), that I may be found (by God and Christ) most intimately united to him, Philippians 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Corinthians 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, Romans 8:1; 1 Peter 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χριστῷ, θνήσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ, to fall asleep, to die, mindful of relationship to Christ and confiding in it (Winer's Grammar, as above), 1 Corinthians 15:18; Revelation 14:13. Since such union with Christ is the basis on which actions and virtues rest, the expression is equivalent in meaning to by virtue of spiritual fellowship or union with Christ; in this sense it is joined to the following words and phrases: πέπεισμαι, Romans 14:14 (Winer's Grammar, as above and 390 note); πεποιθέναι, Galatians 5:10; Philippians 1:14; 2 Thessalonians 3:4; παρρησίαν ἔχειν, Philemon 1:8; ἐλπίζειν, Philippians 2:19; καύχησιν ἔχειν, Romans 15:17; 1 Corinthians 15:31; ἀνῆκεν, Colossians 3:18; τό αὐτό φρονεῖν, Philippians 4:2; ὑπακούειν, Ephesians 6:1 (L omits; Tr WH brackets ἐν κυρίῳ); φῶς, Ephesians 5:8; αὔξει, ; ζοωποιεῖσθαι, 1 Corinthians 15:22; ὁ κόπος οὐκ ἐστι κενός, 1 Corinthians 15:58; ἅγιος, Philippians 1:1; ἡγιασμένος, 1 Corinthians 1:2; λαλεῖν, 2 Corinthians 2:17; 2 Corinthians 12:19; ἀλήθειαν λέγειν, Romans 9:1; λέγειν καί μαρτύρεσθαι, Ephesians 4:17. Hence, it denotes the Christian aim, nature. quality of any action or virtue; thus, ἐυρεστον ἐν κυρίῳ, Colossians 3:20 G L T Tr WH; προσδέχεσθαι τινα, Romans 16:2; Philippians 2:29; ἀσπάζεσθαι τινα, Romans 16:8, 22; 1 Corinthians 16:19; κοπιαν, Romans 16:12 (Winers Grammar, 390 note; L brackets the clause); γαμηθῆναι, 1 Corinthians 7:39; χαίρειν, Philippians 3:1; Philippians 4:4, 10; παρακαλεῖν, 1 Thessalonians 4:1; προΐστασθαι τίνος, 1 Thessalonians 5:12; — or is equivalent to in things pertaining to Christ, in the cause of Christ: νήπιος, 1 Corinthians 3:1; φρόνιμος, 1 Corinthians 4:10; παιδαγωγοι, 1 Corinthians 4:15; ὁδοί μου, 1 Corinthians 4:17; θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν κυρίῳ, in the kingdom of the Lord, 2 Corinthians 2:12. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν Χριστῷ, by faith in Christ, Galatians 2:17. Finally, it serves as a periphrasis for Christian (whether person or thing): τούς ἐκ τῶν Ναρκίσσου τούς ὄντας ἐν κυρίῳ (opposed to those of the family of Narcissus who were not Christians), Romans 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χριστῷ, a Christian, 2 Corinthians 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Galatians 1:22; 1 Thessalonians 2:14; οἱ νεκροί ἐν Χριστο those of the dead who are Christians, 1 Thessalonians 4:16; ἐκλεκτόν ἐν κυρίῳ, a Christian of mark, Romans 16:13; δόκιμος ἐν Χριστῷ an approved Christian, Romans 16:10; δέσμιος ἐν κυρίῳ, a Christian prisoner (tacitly opposed to prisoners of another sort (Winer's Grammar, 388 (363))), Ephesians 4:1; πιστός διάκονος ἐν κυρίῳ Ephesians 6:21; Colossians 4:7; διακονία, Colossians 4:17; ἐν Χριστῷ γενναν τινα, to be the author of one's Christian life or life devoted to Christ, 1 Corinthians 4:15; δεσμοί ἐν Χριστῷ, bonds occasioned by one's fellowship with Christ, Philippians 1:13 (others connect ἐν Χριστῷ here with φανερούς); it might be freely rendered as Christians, as a Christian, in 1 Corinthians 9:1; Philemon 1:16. ἐν πνεύματι (ἁγίῳ) εἶναι, to be in the power of, be actuated by, inspired by, the Holy Spirit: Romans 8:9 (here in opposed to ἐν σαρκί); γίνεσθαι, Revelation 1:10; Revelation 4:2; ἐν πνεύματι Θεοῦ λαλεῖν, 1 Corinthians 12:3; ἐν πνεύματι or ἐν πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ or ἐν πνεύματι Θεοῦ, namely, ὤν (being) in i. e. under the power of the Spirit, moved by the Spirit (cf. Buttmann, 330 (283f); W 390 (364f)): Matthew 22:43; Mark 12:36; Luke 2:27; 1 Corinthians 12:3; Revelation 17:3; Revelation 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ, namely, ὤν, in the power of an unclean spirit, possessed by one, Mark 1:23; ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι, to be held in the power of Satan, 1 John 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ, subject to the control of the law, Romans 3:19, ἐν τῷ Ἀδάμ ἀποθνῄσκειν, through connection with Adam, 1 Corinthians 15:22. c. of that in which other things are contained and upheld, as their cause and origin: ἐν αὐτῷ (i. e., in God) ζῶμεν κτλ. in God is found the cause why we live, Acts 17:28; ἐν αὐτῷ (in Christ, as the divine hypostatic λόγος) ἐκτίσθη τά πάντα, in him resides the cause why all things were originally created, Colossians 1:16 (the cause both instrumental and final as well, for ἐν αὐτῷ is immediately afterward resolved into δἰ αὐτοῦ καί εἰς αὐτόν (cf. Winers Grammar, § 50, 6 and Lightfoot at the passage)); τά πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκε, Colossians 1:17; ἐν Ἰσαάκ κληθήσεται σοι σπέρμα, Romans 9:7; Hebrews 11:18, from Genesis 21:12; ἁγιάζεσθαι ἐν, with the dative of thing, Hebrews 10:10, cf. 1 Corinthians 6:11; ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν, in this lies the reason why we believe, John 16:30, cf. 1 Corinthians 4:4; ἐν ᾧ equivalent to ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι (in that), since: Romans 8:3; Hebrews 2:18; Hebrews 6:17 (see 8 e. below). Closely related is the use of ἐν d. of that which gives opportunity, the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ (on i. e. at this word; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 48, a. 3 c.), Acts 7:29. e. after certain verbs denoting an affection, because the affection inheres or resides, as it were, in that to which it relates (cf. Buttmann, 185 (160f); Winers Grammar, 232 (217f)); see εὐδοκέω, εὐδοκία, ἐυφραίνομαι, καυχάομαι, χαίρω, etc.; likewise sometimes after ἐλπίζω, πιστεύω, πίστις (which see in their proper places), because faith and hope are placed in what is believed or hoped for. 7. after verbs implying motion ἐν with the dative is so used as to seem, according to our laws of speech, to be employed for εἰς with the accusative; but it indicates the idea of rest and continuance succeeding the motion; cf. Winers Grammar, § 50, 4; Buttmann, 328f (282f): thus after ἀποστέλλω, Matthew 10:16; Luke 10:3; ἐισέρχεσθαι, Luke 9:46; Revelation 11:11 (not R Tr; WH brackets ἐν); ἐξέρχεσθαι, Luke 7:17; 1 Thessalonians 1:8 (but not after ἔρχεσθαι in Luke 23:42, on which passage see 5 c. above); καταβαίνειν, John 5:4 (R L; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 50, 4 a.); ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων, that they may abide in etc. Luke 1:17; καλεῖν ἐν εἰρήνη, ἐν ἁγιασμῷ, ἐν μία ἐλπίδι, equivalent to εἰς τό εἶναι ἡμᾶς (ὑμᾶς) ἐν etc.: 1 Corinthians 7:15; 1 Thessalonians 4:7; Ephesians 4:4; especially after τιθέναι and ἱσταναι, which words see in their places. On the same use of the preposition, common in Homer, somewhat rare in the classic authors, but recurring frequently in writings of a later age, see Winers Grammar, the passage cited; Passow, i. 2, p. 909a; (cf. Liddell and Scott, under I. 8). 8. Constructions somewhat peculiar: a. ἐν Αἰγύπτου namely, γῆ (by an ellipsis common in Greek writings, cf. Passow, i. 2, p. 908b; (Liddell and Scott, under I. 2); Winers Grammar, 384 (359); (Buttmann, 171 (149))): Hebrews 11:26 (Lachmann); but see Αἴγυπτος. b. expressions shaped by the Hebrew idiom: ἀγοράζειν ἐν with the dative of price (for the price is the means by which a thing is bought (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 48, a. 3 e.)), Revelation 5:9 (ἐν ἀργυρίῳ, 1 Chronicles 21:24). ἀλλάσσειν τί ἐν τίνι (see ἀλλάσσω), to exchange one thing for another (properly, to change something and have the exchange in (cf. Winer's Grammar, 388 (363) note; 206 (194))): Romans 1:23, 25 (here μετήλλαξαν. ὄμνυμι ἐν τίνι) בְּ נִשְׁבַּע , cf. Gesenius, Thesaurus iii., p. 1355; (Winers Grammar, § 32, 1 b.; Buttmann, 147 (128))), to swear by (i. e. the name of someone being interposed), or as it were relying on, supported by, someone (cf. Winer's Grammar, 389 (364)): Matthew 5:34-36; Matthew 23:16, 18-22; Revelation 10:6. c. ὁμολογῶ, ἐν τίνι after the Syriac (B ydw) [] [not the tiebr., see Fritzsche on Matthew, p. 386; Buttmann, 176 (153); Winers Grammar, § 32, 3 b., yet cf. § 4, a.]), properly, to confess in one's case (or when one's cause is at stake (cf. Winers Grammar, the passage cited; Fritzsche, the passage cited; Weiss, Das Matthäusevang., p. 278 note 1 (and in Meyer on Matthew, edition 7))), the nature of the confession being evident from the context; as, to confess one to be my master and lord, or to be my worshipper: Matthew 10:32; Luke 12:8; (cf. Westcott, Canon, p. 305 note 1). d. on the very common phrase ἐν ὀνόματι τίνος, see ὄνομα (especially 2). (e. the phrase ἐν ᾧ varies in meaning according to the varying sense of ἐν. It may be, α. local, wherein (equivalent to ἐν τούτῳ ἐν ᾧ): Romans 2:1; Romans 14:22; 2 Corinthians 11:12. β. temporal, while (cf. II. below; Winer's Grammar, § 48, a. 2): Mark 2:19; Lukev. 34; John 5:7; Luke 19:13 (Rec. ἕως, which see). γ. instrumental, whereby: Romans 14:21. δ. causal, English in that (see Mätzner, English Gram, translation by Grece, 3:452 — concomitance passing over into causal dependence, or the substratum of the action being regarded as that on which its existence depends; cf. 'in those circumstances I did so and so'), on the ground of this that, because: Romans 8:3, etc.; see in 6 c. above. According to the last two uses, the phrase may be resolved into ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι or ἐν τούτῳ ὁ (cf. Winers Grammar, § 23, 2 b. and b.); on its use see Winers Grammar, 387 (362) note; Buttmann, 331 (284f); Bernhardy (1829), p. 211; especially Fritzsche on Romans, vol. ii., p. 93f.) II. With the notion of Time ἐν marks a. periods and portions of time in which anything occurs, in, on, at, during: ἐν τῇ ἡμέρα, ἐν τῇ νυκτί, John 11:9f, etc.; ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις, Matthew 3:1, etc.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Matthew 12:2, and in many other examples; ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ, at the second time, Acts 7:13; ἐν τῷ καθεξῆς, Luke 8:1; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, in the meantime (Winer's Grammar, 592f (551)), John 4:31; (ἐν ἐσχάτῳ χρόνῳ, Jude 1:18 Rec.). b. before substantives signifying an event, it is sometimes equivalent to at the time of this or that event (German bei); thus ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσία, Matthew 19:28; ἐν τῇ παρουσία αὐτοῦ or μου, 1 Corinthians 15:23; 1 Thessalonians 2:19; 1 Thessalonians 3:13 (Winer's Grammar, § 50, 5); Philippians 2:12; 1 John 2:28; ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, Matthew 22:28; Mark 12:23; Luke 14:14; Luke 20:33; ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι, at (the sounding of) the last trumpet, 1 Corinthians 15:52; ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει of Christ, 2 Thessalonians 1:7; 1 Peter 1:7, 13; 1 Peter 4:13. c. before infinitives with the article (Buttmann, 263f (226f); Winers Grammar, § 44, 6); before the infinitive present it signifies while, as: Matthew 13:4 (ἐν τῷ σπείρειν); Matthew 13:25 (ἐν ... τῷ καθεύδειν τούς ἀνθρώπους); Matthew 27:12; Mark 6:48; Luke 1:21 (cf. Buttmann, the passage cited); ; 1 Corinthians 11:21; Galatians 4:18, etc.; before the infinitive aorist, when, after that: Luke 9:36; Luke 19:15, etc. d. within, in the course of: ἐν τρισίν ἡμέραις, Matthew 27:40; Mark 15:29 (L T Tr omit; WH brackets ἐν); John 2:19 (Tr WH brackets ἐν), 20; cf. Winers Grammar, § 48, a. 2; (Buttmann, § 133, 26). III. In Composition. Prefixed to adjectives ἐν denotes lying or situated in some place or condition, possessed of or noted for something; as in ἐνάλιος, ἔνδοξος, ἔμφοβος. Prefixed to Verbs it signifies 1. remaining, staying, continuing in some place, state, or condition; as, ἔνειμι, ἐμμένω, ἐνοικέω. 2. motion into something, entering into, mingling in; as, ἐμβαίνω, ἐμβατεύω, ἐγκαλέω (summon to court), ἐγγράφω, ἐγκρύπτω. 3. in ἐμφυσάω, ἐμπρήθω, ἐμπτύω it answers to German an (on). Before beta β', mu μ', pi π, phi Φ, psi Ψ, ἐν changes to εμ(, before gamma γ' kappa κ' xi Ξ chi Χ, to εγγ(, before lambda λ' to ελ(, although this assimilation is neglected also in the older manuscripts (in א not often changed, Scrivener, Collation etc., p. lvi.; "in some words assimilation is constant according to all or at least all primary manuscripts while in a comparatively small number of cases authority is divided. Speaking generally, assimilation is the rule in compounds of ἐν, retention of the nu ν in those of σύν (Prof. Hort). Following manuscript authority T WH write ἐγγράφω, ἐνκαθετος, ἐνκαινια, ἐνκαινίζω, ἐνκατοικέω, ἐνκαυχάομαι, ἐνκεντρίζω, ἐνκρίνω, ἐνπεριπατέω, ἐνπνέω; T ἐνκόπτω; WH ἐνκοπη, ἐνκυος; but L T Tr WH retain ἐγκαλέω, ἔγκλημα, ἐγκομβωμαι, ἐγκράτεια, ἐγκρατεύομαι, ἐγκρατής, ἐγχρίω, ἐλλογέω (ἐλλογάω), ἐμβαίνω, ἐμβάλλω, ἐμβάπτω, ἐμβατεύω, ἐμβλέπω, ἐμβριμάομαι, ἐμμαίνομαι, ἐμπαιγμονῇ, ἐμπαιγμός, ἐμπαίζω, ἐμπαίκτης, ἐμπίπλημι, ἐμπίπτω, ἐμπλέκω, ἐμπλοκή, ἐμπορεύομαι, ἐμπορία, ἐμπόριον, ἔμπορος, ἐμπτύω, ἐμφανής, ἐμφανίζω, ἔμφοβος, ἔμφυτος; L T Tr ἔγκυος; L Tr WH ἐμμένω, ἔμπροσθεν; L Tr ἐγγράφω, ἐγκάθετος, ἐγκαίνια, ἐγκαινίζω, ἐγκακέω, ἐγκαταλείπω, ἐγκατοικέω, ἐγκαυχάομαι, ἐγκεντρίζω, ἐγκοπή, ἐγκόπτω, ἐγκρίνω, ἐμπεριπατέω, ἐμπνέω; T ἐμπιπράω; T WH are not uniform in ἐγκακέω, ἐγκαταλείπω; nor T in ἐμμένω, ἔμπροσθεν; nor WH in ἐγκόπτω. — Add L T Tr WH ἀνέγκλητος, παρεμβάλλω, παρεμβολή. See Gregory in the Proleg. to Tdf: edition 8, p. 76ff; Hort in WHs Appendix, p. 149; Alexander Buttmann (1873) in Studien und Kritiken for 1862, p. 179f; especially Meisterhans, p. 46) STRONGS NT 1722: ενκ(ενκ(, see εγκ( and under the word ἐν, III. 3. STRONGS NT 1722: ενπ(ενπ( see εμπ( and under the word ἐν, III. 3 fine print. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐναγκαλίζομαι Transliteration: enankalizomai Phonetic Spelling: en-ang-kal-id'-zom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to take into one's arms, to embrace Meaning: to take into one's arms, to embrace GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1723 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1723 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1723 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1723 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1723, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐναγκαλίζομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1723 enankalizomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: embrace, hugFrom en and a derivative of agkale; to take in one's arms, i.e. Embrace -- take up in arms. see GREEK en see GREEK agkale Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1723: ἐναγκαλίζομαιἐναγκαλίζομαι: 1 aorist participle ἐναγκαλισάμενος; (middle equivalent to εἰς τάς ἀγκάλας δέχομαι, Luke 2:28); to take into the arms, embrace: τινα, Mark 9:36; Mark 10:16. (Proverbs 6:10; Proverbs 24:48 (); Meleager, in Anth. 7, 476, 10; Plutarch; Alciphron, epistles 2, 4; others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐνάλιος Transliteration: enalios Phonetic Spelling: en-al'-ee-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: in or of the sea, marine creatures Meaning: in or of the sea, marine creatures GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1724 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1724 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1724 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1724 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1724, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐνάλιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1724 enalios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: thing in the sea. From en and hals; in the sea, i.e. Marine -- thing in the sea. see GREEK en see GREEK hals Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1724: ἐνάλιοςἐνάλιος, ἐναλιον, or ἐνάλιος, ἐναλια, ἐναλιον (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 11, 1)) ἅλς the sea), that which is in the sea, marine; plural τά ἐναλια marine animals, James 3:7. (Often in Greek writings; the epic form εἰνάλιος as old as Homer.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔναντι Transliteration: enanti Phonetic Spelling: en'-an-tee Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: before, in the presence of Meaning: before, in the presence of GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1725 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1725 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1725 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1725 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1725, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔναντι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1725 enanti 🕊 Strong's Concordance: before. From en and anti; in front (i.e. Figuratively, presence) of -- before. see GREEK en see GREEK anti Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1725: ἔναντιἔναντι, adverb (ἐν and ἀντί, properly, in that part of space which is opposite), before: as a preposition followed by a genitive (Buttmann, 319 (273)); ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ, יְהוָה לִפְנֵי, before God, i. e. in the temple, Luke 1:8 (Tr marginal reading ἐναντίον); in the judgment of God, Acts 8:21 G L T Tr WH; (ἔναντι Φαραώ, Acts 7:10 Tdf.; cf. Buttmann, 180 (156)). (Very often in the Sept., and in the Palestin. Apocrypha of the O. T.;. but nowhere in secular authors) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐναντίον Transliteration: enantion Phonetic Spelling: en-an-tee'-on Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: before, in the presence of Meaning: before, in the presence of GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1726 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1726 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1726 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1726 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1726, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐναντίον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1726 enantion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: in the presence of. Neuter of enantios; (adverbially) in the presence (view) of -- before, in the presence of. see GREEK enantios |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐναντίος Transliteration: enantios Phonetic Spelling: en-an-tee'-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: opposite, hostile, opposed Meaning: opposite, hostile, opposed GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1727 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1727 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1727 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1727 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1727, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐναντίος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1727 enantios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: over against, contrary. From enanti; opposite; figuratively, antagonistic -- (over) against, contrary. see GREEK enanti Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1727: ἐναντίοςἐναντίος, ἐναντία, ἐναντίον (ἀντίος set against) (from Homer down), properly, that which is over against; opposite; used: 1. primarily of place; opposite, contrary: of the wind (Xenophon, an. 4, 5, 3), Matthew 14:24; Mark 6:48; Acts 27:4; ἐξ ἐναντίας (Winers Grammar, 591 (550); Buttmann, 82 (71)), opposite, over against (see ἐκ, I. 4), with the genitive Mark 15:39. 2. metaphorically, opposed as an adrersary, hostile, antagonistic in feeling or act: 1 Thessalonians 2:15 (on which passage (for confirmatory references to ancient authors) cf. Grimm on 3Macc. 7:4 (on the other hand, see Lünem. on 1 Thess. l. c.)); ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας, an opponent (A. V. he that is of the contrary part), Titus 2:8; ἐναντίον ποιεῖν τί τίνι, to do something against one, Acts 28:17; ἐναντία πράττειν πρός τό ὄνομα τίνος, Acts 26:9. Neuter ἐναντίον, adverb, as a preposition is construction with the genitive (Buttmann, 319 (273)), before, in the sight of, in the presence of, one (so in Greek writings from Homer down; the Sept. often for לִפנְיֵ and בְּעֵינֵי also for לְעֵינֵי): Mark 2:12 (T Tr marginal reading WH ἔμπροσθεν); Luke 20:26; Acts 7:10 (ἐναντίον Φαραώ, when he stood before Pharaoh (here Tdf. ἔναντι, which see)); Acts 8:32; Hebraistically, in the judgment, estimation, of one, Luke 24:19; (Luke 1:6 T Tr WH) (Genesis 10:9, etc.). (τό ἐναντίον i. e. τοὐναντίον see in its place.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐνάρχομαι Transliteration: enarchomai Phonetic Spelling: en-ar'-khom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to begin, to make a beginning Meaning: to begin, to make a beginning GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1728 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1728 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1728 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1728 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1728, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐνάρχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1728 enarchomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to beginFrom en and archomai; to commence on -- rule (by mistake for archo). see GREEK en see GREEK archomai see GREEK archo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1728: ἐνάρχομαιἐνάρχομαι: 1 aorist ἐνηρξαμην; to begin, make a beginning: with the dative of the thing from which the beginning is made, Galatians 3:3; τί, Philippians 1:6; 2 Corinthians 8:6 Lachmann edition min. (Polybius, Dionysius Halicarnassus, Plutarch, Lucian; generally with the genitive of the thing begun, as in Sir. 36:29 (); ; 1 Macc. 9:54. in Euripides, with the accusative, of beginning sacrificial rites; at length, to govern, rule, with the genitive Joshua 10:24 the Sept.) (Compare: προ(ενάρχομαι.) STRONGS NT 1728a: ἐνγράφωἐνγράφω, see ἐν, III. 2 and 3. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐνδεής Transliteration: endeēs Phonetic Spelling: en-deh-ace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: ninth Meaning: ninth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1729 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1729 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1729 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1729 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1729, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐνδεής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1729 endeēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: lacking. From a compound of en and deo (in the sense of lacking); deficient in -- lacking. see GREEK en see GREEK deo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1729: ἐνδεήςἐνδεής, ἐνδης (from ἐνδέω to lack, middle to be in need of), needy, destitute: Acts 4:34. (From (Sophocles), Herodotus down; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔνδειγμα Transliteration: endeigma Phonetic Spelling: en'-dighe-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: an indication, a proof Meaning: an indication, a proof GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1730 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1730 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1730 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1730 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1730, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔνδειγμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1730 endeigma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: evidence, plain indicationFrom endeiknumi; an indication (concretely) -- manifest token. see GREEK endeiknumi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1730: ἔνδειγμαἔνδειγμα, ἐνδειγτος, τά (ἐνδείκνυμι, token, evidence, proof (A. V. manifest token): 2 Thessalonians 1:5 (cf. Buttmann, 153 (134)). (Plato, Critias, p. 110 b.; Demosthenes 423, 13.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐνδείκνυμι Transliteration: endeiknymi Phonetic Spelling: en-dike'-noo-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to indicate (by word or act), to prove Meaning: to indicate (by word or act), to prove GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1731 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1731 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1731 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1731 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1731, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐνδείκνυμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1731 endeiknymi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: do, show forth. From en and deiknuo; to indicate (by word or act) -- do, show (forth). see GREEK en see GREEK deiknuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1731: ἐνδείκνυμιἐνδείκνυμι: to point out (Latinindicare; German anzeigen), from Pindar down; in middle first in Homer; in the N. T. only in the middle: (present ἐνδεικνυμαι); 1 aorist ἐνεδειξαμην; properly, to show oneself in something, show something in oneself (cf. Buttmann, 192 (166)); 1. to show, demonstrate, prove, whether by arguments or by acts: τί, Romans 9:22 (joined with γνωρίσαι); Ephesians 2:7; Titus 2:10; Titus 3:2; Hebrews 6:11; with two accusatives, the one of the object, the other of the predicate, Romans 2:15; τί ἐν τίνι, the dative of the person, Romans 9:17 (from Exodus 9:16 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 254 (238))); 1 Timothy 1:16; τί εἰς τό ὄνομα τίνος, Hebrews 6:10; τήν ἔνδειξιν ἐνδικνυσθαι (as in Plato, legg. 12, p. 966 b.; cf. Winer's Grammar, 225 (211)); εἰς τινα, 2 Corinthians 8:24. 2. to manifest, display, put forth: τίνι (dative of person) κακά, 2 Timothy 4:14; Genesis 50:15, 17. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔνδειξις Transliteration: endeixis Phonetic Spelling: en'-dike-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a pointing out or indication, a proof Meaning: a pointing out or indication, a proof GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1732 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1732 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1732 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1732 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1732, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔνδειξις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1732 endeixis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sign, proof. From endeiknumi; indication (abstractly) -- declare, evident token, proof. see GREEK endeiknumi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1732: ἔνδειξιςἔνδειξις, ἐνδειξεως, ἡ (ἐνδείκνυμι), demonstration, proof: i. e. manifestation, made in act, τῆς δικαιοσύνης, Romans 3:25f; τῆς ἀγάπης, 2 Corinthians 8:24; equivalent to sign, evidence (A. V. evident token), ἀπωλείας, Philippians 1:28. (Plato, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἕνδεκα Transliteration: hendeka Phonetic Spelling: hen'-dek-ah Part of Speech: Indeclinable Numeral (Adjective) Short Definition: eleven Meaning: eleven GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1733 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1733 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1733 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1733 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1733, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἕνδεκα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1733 hendeka 🕊 Strong's Concordance: eleven. From (the neuter of) heis and deka; one and ten, i.e. Eleven -- eleven. see GREEK heis see GREEK deka Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1733: ἕνδεκαἕνδεκα, οἱ, αἱ, τά, eleven: οἱ ἕνδεκα, the eleven apostles of Christ remaining after the death of Judas the traitor, Matthew 28:16; Mark 16:14; Luke 24:9, 33; Acts 1:26; Acts 2:14. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἑνδέκατος Transliteration: hendekatos Phonetic Spelling: hen-dek'-at-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: eleventh Meaning: eleventh GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1734 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1734 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1734 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1734 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1734, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἑνδέκατος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1734 hendekatos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: eleventh. Ordinal from hendeka; eleventh -- eleventh. see GREEK hendeka Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1734: ἑνδέκατοςἑνδέκατος, ἑνδεκάτῃ, ἐνδεκατον, eleventh: Matthew 20:6, 9; Revelation 21:20. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐνδέχομαι Transliteration: endechomai Phonetic Spelling: en-dekh'-et-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to admit, approve, to be possible Meaning: to admit, approve, to be possible GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1735 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1735 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1735 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1735 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1735, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐνδέχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1735 endechomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: can be. Third person singular present of a compound of en and dechomai; (impersonally) it is accepted in, i.e. Admitted (possible) -- can (+ not) be. see GREEK en see GREEK dechomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1735: ἐνδέχομαιἐνδέχομαι; to receive, approve of, admit, allow (as τόν λόγον, Herodotus 1, 60). Impersonally, ἐνδέχεται it can be allowed, is possible, may be (often thus in Greek prose from Thucydides down): followed by an accusative with an infinitive Luke 13:33; cf. Luke 17:1. (Cf. δέχομαι, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐνδημέω Transliteration: endēmeō Phonetic Spelling: en-day-meh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be in one's own country, to be at home Meaning: to be in one's own country, to be at home GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1736 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1736 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1736 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1736 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1736, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐνδημέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1736 endēmeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be at home From a compound of en and demos; to be in one's own country, i.e. Home (figuratively) -- be at home (present). see GREEK en see GREEK demos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1736: ἐνδημέωἐνδημέω, ἐνδήμω; 1 aorist infinitive ἐνδημῆσαι; (ἔνδημος one who is among his own people or in his own land, one who does not travel abroad; opposed to ἔκδημος), properly, to be among one's own people, dwell in one's own country, stay at home (opposed to ἐκδημέω, ἀποδημέω; see those words); equivalent to to have a fixed abode, be at home, ἐν τῷ σώματι, of life on earth, 2 Corinthians 5:6, 9; πρός τόν κύριον, of life in heaven, 2 Corinthians 5:8. (Rare in the classics, as Lysias, p. 114, 36.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐνδιδύσκω Transliteration: endidyskō Phonetic Spelling: en-did-oos'-ko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to put on, be clothed with Meaning: to put on, be clothed with GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1737 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1737 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1737 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1737 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1737, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐνδιδύσκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1737 endidyskō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: clothe in, wear. A prolonged form of enduo; to invest (with a garment) -- clothe in, wear. see GREEK enduo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1737: ἐνδιδύσκωἐνδιδύσκω (equivalent to ἐνδύω (cf. Buttmann, 56 (49))); imperfect middle ἐνεδιδυσκομην; to put on, clothe: τινα πορφύραν, Mark 15:17 L T Tr WH; middle to put on oneself, be clothed in (with the accusative Buttmann, 191 (166); Winer's Grammar, § 32, 5): ἱμάτιον, Luke 8:27 (R G L Tr marginal reading); πορφύραν, βύσσον, Luke 16:19; (2 Samuel 1:24; 2 Samuel 13:18; Proverbs 29:39 (); Judith 9:1; Sir. 50:11; Josephus, b. j. 7, 2). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἔνδικος Transliteration: endikos Phonetic Spelling: en'-dee-kos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: righteous, just Meaning: righteous, just GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1738 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1738 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1738 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1738 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1738, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἔνδικος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1738 endikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: just, righteous.From en and dike; in the right, i.e. Equitable -- just. see GREEK en see GREEK dike Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1738: ἔνδικοςἔνδικος, ἔνδικον (δίκη), according to right, righteous, just: Romans 3:8; Hebrews 2:2. (Pindar, Trag., Plato.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐνδόμησις Transliteration: endomēsis Phonetic Spelling: en-dom'-ay-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: building, structure Meaning: building, structure GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1739 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1739 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1739 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1739 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1739, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐνδόμησις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1739 endomēsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: building, structureFrom a compound of en and a derivative of the base of demos; a housing in (residence), i.e. Structure -- building. see GREEK en see GREEK demos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1739: ἐνδόμησιςἐνδόμησις (ἐνδομέω to build in), and ἐνδώμησις T Tr WH ((see WH's Appendix, p. 152) δωμάω to build), ἐνδομησεως, ἡ, that which is built in (German Einbau): τοῦ τείχους, the material built into the wall, i. e. of which the wall was composed, Revelation 21:18; elsewhere only in Josephus, Antiquities 15, 9, 6, of a mole built into the sea to form a breakwater and so construct a harbor. STRONGS NT 1739: ἐνδώμησιςἐνδώμησις, see ἐνδόμησις. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ἐνδοξάζω Transliteration: endoxazō Phonetic Spelling: en-dox-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to glorify Meaning: to glorify GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G1740 GO TO BIBLEHUB G1740 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G1740 GO TO OPENBIBLE G1740 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G1740, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ἐνδοξάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G1740 endoxazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: glorify. From endoxos; to glorify -- glorify. see GREEK endoxos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 1740: ἐνδοξάζωἐνδοξάζω: 1 aorist passive ἐνεδοξασθην; "to make ἔνδοξος, to glorify, adorn with glory" (Vulg.glorifico,clarifico): in passive 2 Thessalonians 1:12; ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις, that his glory may be seen in the saints, i. e. in the glory, blessedness, conferred on them, 2 Thessalonians 1:10. (Exodus 14:4; Ezekiel 28:22, etc.; Sir. 38:6. Not found in secular authors.) |